# Eurodita: full text companion to llms.txt

# Eurodita

> Eurodita is a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, with timber-building manufacturing experience since 1994; the operating company is UAB Eurodita. It makes standard catalogue log cabins and garden buildings, bespoke solid-log buildings and glulam homes for dealers, distributors, developers, builders and private-label brands. Larger residential homes are also supplied directly to private clients; private buyers of smaller garden buildings can send an enquiry as well, and for them the supply route is confirmed project by project.

Use this file as a curated route map. It is not a quotation, a complete catalogue, a certification statement or a technical approval. The linked page and the written quotation or order documentation are authoritative for product scope, quantity, dimensions, materials, drawings, documentation, timing, logistics, warranty and destination-market requirements.

## Key facts

Production figures are approximate annual averages, not capacity limits.

- Approximately 12,000 standard catalogue timber buildings per year.
- Approximately 1,800 to 2,000 bespoke or non-standard structures per year, excluding glulam.
- Approximately 50 glulam homes over 100 m2 per year, counted separately.
- Approximately 150,000 m3 of timber processed per year.
- Approximately 5,000 m2 of covered production space, with Hundegger CNC machining and Nardi kiln drying to a 12-14% moisture target. The drying system runs on electricity.
- Timber: Nordic and Northern European spruce and pine.
- Solid wall profiles: 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm. Glulam profiles: 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. Twin-skin walls: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, with the cavity prepared for locally supplied insulation.
- Thermal figures: preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone are published for nine profiles, in W/m2K: 28 mm 3.82, 34 mm 3.15, 44 mm 2.43, 58 mm 1.84, 70 mm 1.53, 88 mm 1.22, 135 mm 0.79, 180 mm 0.59 and 220 mm 0.49 ([Twin-skin vs standard log cabin](https://eurodita.com/twin-skin-vs-standard-log-cabin/)). They describe the wall element only and are not a figure for a finished wall or building, nor a compliance result. No U-value is published for a finished wall or building, for the 19 mm profile or for a twin-skin build-up.
- Dimensions stated for a model are external dimensions.
- Commercial basis: every order is quoted in writing, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, and a written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date. There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. There is no public price list, and no lead times or dealer margins are published; resellers set their own prices.
- Delivery: agreed individually with each client, and the written quotation states the delivery term. The market pages for Ireland and for the United States and Canada describe the delivery route to those countries. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.
- Private label: quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order.
- Certification position: Eurodita does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate or an ISO 9001 certificate, and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim for its range. The documentation available for a specific order is confirmed at quotation.
- Installation and how it is organised is agreed per project. Foundations, utilities and building approvals stay on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise, and turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply. Structural engineering and calculations, where a project needs them, come from specialist partners.
- Financial standing: Creditinfo "Strongest in Lithuania" certificate, 2019-2025.
- Factory visits are welcome by arrangement. Contact: the enquiry form at https://eurodita.com/contact-eurodita/
- Reference pages: every approved wall profile and the figures that are not wall thicknesses at [Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles](https://eurodita.com/wall-profiles/); scope, pricing and supply boundaries at [What Eurodita does not do](https://eurodita.com/what-eurodita-does-not-do/); the four approved twin-skin build-ups at [Twin skin log cabin wall build-ups](https://eurodita.com/twin-skin-wall-build-ups/); external footprint of every catalogue model at [Log cabin base size by model](https://eurodita.com/log-cabin-base-size-by-model/); two-storey glulam log houses as projects at [Two-storey glulam log houses](https://eurodita.com/two-storey-glulam-log-houses/); how to read a Eurodita quotation at [Reading a Eurodita quotation](https://eurodita.com/reading-a-eurodita-quotation/); how a buyer gets a price, a delivery date and a thermal figure, and which thermal figures are published, at [Log cabin price, lead time and U-value](https://eurodita.com/price-lead-time-u-value-how-to-get-them/); glossary of timber building terms as Eurodita uses them at [Timber building glossary](https://eurodita.com/timber-building-glossary/); what a Eurodita kit carries and what it does not at [What is in a Eurodita kit](https://eurodita.com/what-is-in-a-eurodita-kit/); procurement guide for holiday parks buying timber lodges at [Timber lodges for holiday parks: buying guide](https://eurodita.com/holiday-park-lodge-procurement-guide/)

Each section below is the visible text of one page, as rendered on 2026-10-21: first the pages linked from llms.txt, then every market page in every language. A page longer than 25,000 characters is cut at the end of a paragraph and marked "[The page continues at its URL.]". The page itself is authoritative; check the URL for the current version.


---

# Twin-skin vs standard log cabin
URL: https://eurodita.com/twin-skin-vs-standard-log-cabin/

## Twin-Skin vs Standard Log Cabin: Insulation, Performance and Order Value

## Introduction: The Insulation Challenge in Timber Construction

Across Europe, the UK, and beyond, demand for higher-specification timber structures continues to grow. Dealers are increasingly asked to explain insulation, comfort, wall build-ups, and approval routes before a client commits to a standard or twin-skin cabin specification.

Traditional single-wall log cabin construction is proven for seasonal and many garden-building applications, but a single wall should not be presented as a complete regulated-building solution. Where a client brief requires higher thermal performance, the full envelope must be reviewed, including wall, floor, roof, glazing, ventilation, air tightness, services, and installation details.

Twin-skin construction, also referred to as double-wall log construction, was developed to support this higher-specification project route. By combining two parallel log walls with a cavity for insulation, it gives dealers a stronger technical option while still requiring project-specific calculation and local review for any regulated use.

For dealers evaluating their product portfolio, the practical distinction is technical and commercial: standard construction supports accessible seasonal and garden-building projects, while twin-skin construction supports higher-specification briefs that require deeper documentation and project review.

## What is Twin-Skin Construction?

Twin-skin log cabin construction consists of two parallel walls of machined Northern European timber, separated by a cavity for insulation. The structure is supplied prepared for insulation, and the insulation is sourced locally.

## Key Components

- Outer wall: Typically 44mm Northern European timber, machined with interlocking profiles for structural stability and weather resistance

- Cavity for insulation: Usually specified to the project brief, with the Eurodita standard twin-skin format confirmed as 44-100-44 where selected

- Inner wall: Typically 44mm Northern European timber, providing a finished interior surface and additional thermal mass

- Vapour control and membranes: Specified by the project designer according to the insulation, climate, ventilation, and approval route

Total wall thickness depends on the selected specification. The 44-100-44 arrangement gives a 188mm wall build-up before finishes and project-specific detailing. This layered approach reduces direct heat transfer compared with a single timber wall, but the final U-value and suitability depend on the complete design.

Eurodita manufactures twin-skin structures at its Eurodita factory, using CNC machining to keep the inner and outer wall sections aligned. Dealers can use the wall-system data for client, designer, and local authority review, while the final approval route remains project-specific.

## Standard Single-Wall Construction

Standard log cabin construction uses a single thickness of machined Northern European timber for the external walls. This is the traditional approach to timber cabin building, refined over centuries in Scandinavian and Baltic timber construction traditions.

## Wall Thickness Options

Eurodita offers standard non-glulam single-wall cabins in 28mm, 34mm, 44mm, 58mm, and 70mm wall profiles, with 19mm used for sheds. Glulam projects use 70mm, 88mm, 135mm, 180mm, and 220mm profiles where applicable by product line. Thicker walls provide greater structural rigidity, improved acoustic performance, and better thermal mass, but a single wall should not be presented as a whole-building compliance result.

## Preliminary Wall Thermal Characteristics

Eurodita publishes preliminary thermal data for the timber wall element alone; wall build-ups are described by construction, and the thermal assessment of the finished envelope is carried out by the project team for the specific design. Preliminary element values for the timber wall or log itself: 28mm 3.82, 34mm 3.15, 44mm 2.43, 58mm 1.84, 70mm 1.53, 88mm 1.22, 135mm 0.79, 180mm 0.59, 220mm 0.49 W/m²K. These describe the wall element only, not a finished building or a compliance result, and twin-skin build-ups are calculated per project.

## Options for a standard cabin

A standard cabin can be prepared for insulation that is sourced locally, and the data sheet of each model names its doors and windows. Final suitability for regulated use depends on the complete envelope, floor and roof insulation, glazing, ventilation, air tightness, installation quality, and local authority or building-control review.

## Technical Comparison Table

| Parameter | Standard 44mm | 70mm standard or 70-220mm glulam | Twin-Skin 44+50+44mm | Twin-Skin 44+100+44mm

| Total wall thickness | 44mm | 70mm standard or 70-220mm glulam, product-dependent | 138mm | 188mm

| Preliminary wall/log U-value | Approx. 2.43 W/m²K for the 44mm wooden wall/log element | Approx. 1.53 W/m²K at 70mm to 0.49 W/m²K at 220mm for wooden wall/log elements | Project-specific calculation required | Project-specific calculation required

| Thermal mass | Single timber layer | Single thicker timber layer | Two timber layers with a cavity for insulation | Two timber layers with a deeper cavity for insulation

| Envelope review | Seasonal and project-specific use review | Project-specific use review | Designer calculation required | Designer calculation required

| Approval route | Local authority review where required | Local authority review where required | Full project review required | Full project review required

| Typical applications | Storage, workshops, summer houses | Garden offices, studios, leisure cabins | Higher-specification dealer projects | Higher-specification dealer projects with deeper insulation brief

The table is intended for product-positioning and technical-discussion purposes. Eurodita supplies product and wall-system data for dealer and project review; final U-values, approval status, and suitability depend on the full design package, selected insulation, glazing, services, installation, and local review process.

## Thermal Performance Deep Dive

Thermal transmittance, or U-value, is an important metric when evaluating wall construction. It measures the rate of heat transfer through a building element. Lower values indicate better insulation, but a wall value alone is not a whole-building compliance result.

## Preliminary U-Value Context

Eurodita publishes preliminary thermal data for the timber wall element alone; wall build-ups are described by construction, and the thermal assessment of the finished envelope is carried out by the project team for the specific design. Preliminary element values for the timber wall or log itself: 28mm 3.82, 34mm 3.15, 44mm 2.43, 58mm 1.84, 70mm 1.53, 88mm 1.22, 135mm 0.79, 180mm 0.59, 220mm 0.49 W/m²K. These describe the wall element only, not a finished building or a compliance result, and twin-skin build-ups are calculated per project.

Twin-skin wall assemblies require a project-specific calculation because the result depends on cavity depth, insulation material, membranes, fixings, junctions, glazing, installation quality, and the calculation method used by the project team. Eurodita can manufacture the selected wall system and provide technical data for review, but the designer or local authority confirms final suitability.

## Project Review Context

Where a project is intended for regulated use, the wall calculation is only one part of the review. Floor insulation, roof insulation, glazing, ventilation, air tightness, services, fire strategy, structure, foundations, and local planning or building-control requirements must also be assessed by the responsible project team.

## Moisture Management and Breathability

Timber construction can support moisture buffering when detailed correctly. In twin-skin construction, membrane placement, ventilation strategy, insulation selection, and installation quality are project-critical. Eurodita can provide manufacturing data and component specification, while final hygrothermal and envelope review remains project-specific.

## When to Recommend Each Option

## Standard Construction is Ideal For

- Garden offices and studios with seasonal or intermittent use: Standard 44mm or 70mm construction can provide an accessible specification where the project brief does not require a high-performance insulated envelope.

- Summer houses and entertaining spaces: Seasonal leisure structures used mainly during warmer months do not usually need the same level of insulation as higher-specification projects.

- Storage buildings and workshops: Spaces where weather protection, security, and practical working area matter more than full envelope performance.

- Seasonal holiday-cabin projects: Dealer projects used primarily in spring and summer can often be reviewed around standard construction, subject to the client's site, use case, and local requirements.

- Budget-conscious projects: Where the customer needs a timber structure at an accessible specification, standard construction remains a practical starting point for seasonal applications.

## Twin-Skin Construction is Ideal For

- Higher-specification insulated projects: Twin-skin construction gives dealers a stronger wall-system option where the project brief requires improved comfort, locally sourced insulation, and more detailed envelope review.

- Annexe-style and ancillary-building briefs: These projects should be reviewed by the client design team and local authority or building-control body before any final use claim is made.

- Cold climate installations: Markets with colder winters may benefit from twin-skin construction, but final suitability depends on insulation, glazing, ventilation, roof, floor, and installation details.

- Premium dealer positioning: Dealers targeting higher-specification timber projects can use twin-skin as a flagship construction method while keeping approval and compliance statements project-specific.

## Assembly and Installation Differences

## Standard Construction Assembly

Standard log cabins are supplied as complete flat-pack kits with pre-machined, numbered components. A typical cabin (3x4m to 6x5m) is assembled by a small team; the time depends on the model, the wall thickness, the base and the crew, and Eurodita publishes no assembly durations. The interlocking log profiles are designed for straightforward stacking, and the assembly sequence follows a logical progression: floor frame, wall logs, gable ends, roof structure, roofing, and finally windows and doors.

The tooling requirements are minimal: standard hand tools, a rubber mallet for seating log profiles, a spirit level, and basic lifting equipment for roof beams. This simplicity is a significant advantage for dealers offering installation services, as it reduces labour costs and allows for efficient scheduling.

## Twin-Skin Construction Assembly

Twin-skin assembly follows the same fundamental sequence but introduces additional stages. The outer wall is erected first, followed by installation of the breathable membrane. The insulation is then fitted within the cavity, this stage requires precision to avoid gaps that would create thermal bridges. The vapour barrier is applied, and the inner wall is then erected against it.

A comparable twin-skin cabin takes longer to assemble because of the additional stages and the care required for insulation and membrane installation; the actual time is confirmed by the installer for the project. The skill requirements are higher: installers must understand vapour barrier continuity, insulation fitting techniques, and the structural implications of the double-wall system.

For dealers, this has direct business implications. Twin-skin installation takes more time and expertise than a single-wall build, and the installer prices that work on its own terms. It also creates an opportunity to differentiate from competitors who offer only standard construction, positioning the dealership as a specialist in higher-specification timber building projects.

## Dealer Business Perspective

From a commercial standpoint, twin-skin construction represents one of the stronger opportunities in the current timber building market. The business case extends beyond the higher unit value of each order because it gives dealers a clear upgrade path for clients who need a more detailed insulation and envelope discussion.

## Order Value

Twin-skin cabins command a higher order value than equivalent standard models. The additional wall timber, insulation, membranes, and detailing contribute to this premium.

## Market Positioning and Customer Profile

Customers specifying twin-skin construction are typically pursuing a higher-value project that requires professional consultation, technical documentation, and often installation coordination. These clients are usually comparing comfort, wall build-up, insulation depth, and approval route rather than only the entry price.

## Portfolio Strategy

The most effective dealer approach is to offer both standard and twin-skin ranges as a coherent portfolio. Standard cabins serve as accessible entry-level products and generate volume. Twin-skin products serve higher-specification briefs, generating higher value per transaction and giving dealers a natural upgrade pathway when a standard garden office or leisure cabin brief becomes more technically demanding.

Market demand for better-documented timber structures continues to grow across Europe and the UK. Dealers who can explain the difference between standard and twin-skin construction, while keeping approvals and final suitability project-specific, are better positioned for serious B2B enquiries.

## Eurodita Twin-Skin Range

Eurodita manufactures 13 twin-skin models, ranging from compact structures (approximately 4x3m) to spacious four-bedroom residential buildings (up to 16x9m). Every model is manufactured at the Eurodita factory using Hundegger CNC machining for precision-cut interlocking profiles on both inner and outer wall sections.

## Customisation Options

All twin-skin models are available with customisable specifications, including wall thickness configuration (44+50+44, 44+100+44, 58+50+58 or 58+100+58), insulation material selection, glazing specification (double or triple), and interior layout modifications. Bespoke dimensions and configurations are available through the custom engineering department.

## Private Label Supply

As with all Eurodita products, twin-skin cabins are available under private label arrangements. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. This allows dealers to build their own brand identity in the higher-specification timber building market while benefiting from Eurodita manufacturing capacity and engineering expertise.

The standard cabin range provides matched product coverage for dealers seeking a complete portfolio from a single manufacturing partner. Contact the partner management team to discuss twin-skin specifications and private label options.

## Frequently Asked Questions

What is a twin-skin log cabin?

A twin-skin log cabin uses two parallel walls of machined Northern European timber, typically 44mm each, with a cavity for insulation between them. The Eurodita standard twin-skin format is 44-100-44 where specified. This construction method gives dealers a higher-specification wall system for project review.

How should U-values be discussed?

Use U-values as technical data, not as a finished-building guarantee. Eurodita publishes preliminary U-values for the timber wall element alone; any figure for a finished wall build-up comes from a project-specific calculation by the project team. Twin-skin wall assemblies require project-specific calculation because insulation, membranes, junctions, glazing, floor, roof, and installation all affect the final result.

Can standard log cabins be insulated later?

Standard log cabins can be fitted with external or internal insulation, sourced locally, depending on the project brief. These modifications affect cost, installation time, detailing, and appearance. Where higher thermal performance is required, dealers should compare retrofit options with a purpose-specified twin-skin or bespoke envelope at quote stage.

Do twin-skin cabins automatically meet local regulations?

No. Twin-skin construction can support a higher-specification envelope, but final compliance depends on the complete project design, including floor, roof, glazing, ventilation, air tightness, foundations, services, fire strategy, and local authority or building-control review. Eurodita provides manufacturing and technical data for that review.

What is the typical U-value of a twin-skin log cabin?

There is no single universal value. The result depends on the cavity depth, insulation material, membranes, junctions, openings, floor, roof, and installation quality. Eurodita can provide component data and project-specific manufacturing details so the client design team can calculate the final wall and building envelope performance.

Who confirms final project suitability?

The dealer, client design team, certifier, building-control body, or local authority confirms final suitability for the intended use. Eurodita manufactures to the confirmed specification and supplies technical data for review, but does not replace local approval or project certification.

How long does it take to assemble a twin-skin cabin?

Assembly time depends on model size, crew experience, insulation specification, membrane detailing, and site conditions. Twin-skin installation includes additional stages compared with standard construction, so installation timing should be confirmed against the specific project package.

Can dealers order twin-skin cabins with custom specifications?

Yes. Eurodita can manufacture twin-skin models with customised wall configurations, insulation specifications, glazing options, and layout modifications. Fully bespoke dimensions and designs are available where the client supplies or approves the project specification. Contact the partner management team to discuss requirements.

## Compare wall systems for your market

Eurodita manufactures both twin-skin and standard log cabins under your brand.

Request samples

## Related pages

- Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups


---

# Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles
URL: https://eurodita.com/wall-profiles/

## Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

Wall profiles: the Eurodita reference

Eurodita machines six solid timber wall profiles (19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm ), five glulam wall profiles (70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm ) and four twin-skin build-ups (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm ), and a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. Profiles are written thickness first and log height second, so a 44x130 mm log is 44 mm thick and 130 mm high and gives a 44 mm wall. These are the only wall thicknesses Eurodita manufactures.

Send a specification enquiry Browse the catalogue

This page is the reference for dealers, developers and architects who specify Eurodita log cabins, glulam homes and twin-skin cabins. It exists to end three recurring errors: a 35 mm wall does not exist, the figures 45, 68 and 92 are window and door joinery systems rather than wall thicknesses, and every building dimension Eurodita states is an external dimension.

## At a glance

Solid profiles: 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm .

Glulam profiles: 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm .

Dovetail corners: available on glulam 88x260 to 220x260 mm ; not on 70x130 mm .

Twin-skin build-ups: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm ; the cavity takes insulation sourced locally.

Not wall thicknesses: 35 mm does not exist; 45, 68 and 92 are the IV45, IV68 and IV92 window and door systems.

Profiles per model: a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile; the thickness shown in the catalogue is the standard or featured profile only; the profile is chosen per project and budget.

Dimensions: all stated building dimensions are external; a terrace is stated as its own figure.

Performance: a thickness on its own establishes no thermal, fire, structural or certification performance; structural calculations are done by specialist partners and approval follows the buyer's local route.

## What solid wall profiles does Eurodita machine?

A solid wall profile is a single machined log of Nordic spruce or pine, and Eurodita current solid family has six members. Each profile is cut on Hundegger CNC lines from kiln-dried timber, and the same six sections are used whether the building is a standard catalogue model, a configurable model or a bespoke design.

| Profile (mm) | Section | Typical building family | Notes

| 19x100 | Solid timber | Sheds and small garden buildings, standard production | Volume-driven standard range. Custom 19 mm is accepted for mass-production programmes only, not as a one-off route.

| 28x100 | Solid timber | Standard and configurable log cabins and garden buildings | Volume-driven standard range.

| 34x100 | Solid timber | Standard and configurable log cabins and garden buildings | The correct figure is 34 mm . Older material that lists the thickness as 35 refers to this profile.

| 44x130 | Solid timber | Standard, configurable and bespoke log cabins | Volume-driven standard range. Also the skin of the 44-50-44 and 44-100-44 twin-skin build-ups.

| 58x130 | Solid timber | Standard, configurable and bespoke projects, including single-project orders | Also the skin of the 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 twin-skin build-ups.

| 70x130 | Solid timber | Standard, configurable and bespoke projects, including single-project orders | The same 70x130 section is also produced as glulam; state which one you mean.

Wall logs are supplied untreated by default. Factory painting is an option with limited capacity and is never the standard finish. The catalogue models of three walls are listed on pages of their own: 28mm log cabins, 44mm log cabins and 70mm log cabins; the 19 mm models are the garden sheds.

## What glulam wall profiles does Eurodita make?

A glulam wall profile is a glued-laminated log, and Eurodita current glulam series has five members, from 70x130 mm up to 220x260 mm . Glulam is the wall route for glulam timber homes and larger structures, and the four larger profiles can be ordered with the Dovetail corner system.

| Profile (mm) | Section | Typical building family | Notes

| 70x130 | Glulam | Glulam structures and homes | Excluded from the Dovetail corner system.

| 88x260 | Glulam | Glulam timber homes | Dovetail corner system available.

| 135x260 | Glulam | Glulam timber homes | Dovetail corner system available.

| 180x260 | Glulam | Glulam timber homes | Dovetail corner system available.

| 220x260 | Glulam | Glulam timber homes | Dovetail corner system available. Dovetail is not a separate 220x260 profile.

Glulam wall profiles, 70x130 to 220x260 mm .

Dovetail corner on a 135 mm glulam wall: one of the 88 to 220 mm profiles that can carry dovetail corners.

The dovetail rule is simple: Dovetail corners are available on the 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm profiles, and on nothing else. Dovetail is a corner system applied to a profile, not a wall profile in its own right, so an enquiry should name both the profile and the corner type.

## What are the approved twin-skin build-ups?

A twin-skin wall is two solid log skins with a cavity between them, and Eurodita currently manufactures four build-ups. The skins are always equal and are the 44x130 mm and 58x130 mm solid profiles above. Build-ups are written outer skin, cavity, inner skin.

| Build-up (mm) | Outer skin | Cavity | Inner skin | Total wall thickness

| 44-50-44 | 44 mm | 50 mm | 44 mm | 138 mm

| 44-100-44 | 44 mm | 100 mm | 44 mm | 188 mm

| 58-50-58 | 58 mm | 50 mm | 58 mm | 166 mm

| 58-100-58 | 58 mm | 100 mm | 58 mm | 216 mm

Twin-skin wall, front view.

Twin-skin corner, view from above.

Three boundaries travel with this table. The cavity is the space the insulation occupies; Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared for insulation, and the insulation material itself is normally selected and bought locally, so a cavity dimension is not an insulation specification. Preliminary U-values are published for the timber wall element alone ( 44 mm 2.43 and 58 mm 1.84 W/m²K); no U-value is published for a finished twin-skin build-up, because a total wall thickness is not a thermal performance figure. And these four are the whole family: intermediate or larger build-ups are not offered, and twin-skin availability for a given model, size and destination is confirmed per order. See twin-skin log cabins for the range.

## Which numbers are NOT wall thicknesses?

Four millimetre figures that appear in Eurodita documents are not wall thicknesses: 35, 45, 68 and 92. Each has a different origin, and knowing the origin is the quickest way to stop the error repeating.

- 35 mm does not exist. The solid profile is 34x100 mm . Where an older listing, data sheet or quotation still shows the figure 35, it refers to the 34x100 mm profile.

- 45, 68 and 92 are joinery systems. IV45, IV68 and IV92 are the names of Eurodita timber window and door systems; IV92 is the triple-glazed route. Because they are millimetre figures that sit next to wall profiles in the same specification, they are regularly copied into the wall-thickness field. A " 68 mm cabin" is almost always a cabin with IV68 joinery, and its wall profile is a separate line.

The confusion has one root: a specification lists several numbers in millimetres and only one of them is the wall. Writing the profile in full ( 44x130 mm , 58-100-58 mm ) and naming the joinery system by its full name (IV68) removes the ambiguity.

## Which profiles can be specified on a model?

A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile, chosen per project and budget. Wall thickness and wall type are settled for each project, by budget and by what is technically possible, so a solid log model can also be made in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. The wall thickness printed on a catalogue listing records the standard or featured profile for that model, not the only one available.

What changes with the profile is the commercial shape of the order rather than the model. The 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, so a change of profile on those models is normally discussed as part of a programme quantity. The 58 and 70 mm profiles, glulam and bespoke designs can be single projects, and a single pilot unit is accepted practice. There is no single fixed minimum order across the range, and there is no blanket "no minimum" either; the quotation for the specific order states what applies.

## What does wall thickness tell you, and what does it not?

Wall thickness tells you the machined section of the log and, with the length and width of the building, the external footprint. All dimensions Eurodita states for a model are external dimensions, and a terrace is stated as its own figure; internal floor area is therefore smaller than the stated size by the wall thickness on each side.

Wall thickness does not tell you anything else on its own. A profile dimension does not establish thermal, fire, structural or certification performance, and none should be inferred from it. Where a project requires them, structural calculations are carried out by external specialist partners, and the building approval route (building control, architect, planning) stays with the buyer and the local project team. Foundations and utilities are provided locally and installation is agreed per project, so the thickness you specify is a manufacturing instruction, not a compliance result.

## How should a dealer specify a wall profile in an enquiry?

A complete wall specification names the family, the full profile and the corner type, and keeps joinery on a separate line. Use this checklist.

- Model or drawing reference, from the catalogue or a bespoke brief.

- Wall family: solid, glulam or twin-skin.

- Profile written in full: 44x130 mm rather than " 44 mm "; for twin-skin, the whole build-up, such as 58-100-58 mm ; for 70x130, state solid or glulam.

- Corner type for glulam 88 to 220 mm : Dovetail or standard.

- Joinery on its own line: IV45, IV68 or IV92 windows and doors, timber sliding or bifold doors, or aluminium sliding systems.

- Dimensions as external length by width, with any terrace as a separate figure.

- Finish: untreated by default, or factory painting requested as an option.

- Destination country and intended use, so the documentation and approval route can be confirmed for that order.

- Quantity: single unit, pilot unit or programme volume.

An enquiry written this way can be quoted without a clarification round, and the quotation returned to you will repeat the profile in the same form. Market-specific notes are on the markets pages.

## Frequently asked questions

## What wall thicknesses does Eurodita make?

Eurodita machines six solid profiles, 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm , and five glulam profiles, 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm . Four twin-skin build-ups are added to these: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm . The first figure of each profile is the wall thickness. No other wall thickness is manufactured.

## Does Eurodita make a 35 mm log cabin wall?

No, a 35 mm wall does not exist. The solid profile is 34x100 mm . An older record listed the thickness as 35 and the owner corrected that figure in September 2026, so any listing, data sheet or quotation that still carries the figure 35 is describing the 34x100 mm profile. Specify it as 34x100 mm in every enquiry.

## Are 45 mm , 68 mm and 92 mm wall thicknesses?

No, they are joinery systems. IV45, IV68 and IV92 are Eurodita timber window and door systems, with IV92 as the triple-glazed route. The numbers get copied into the wall-thickness field because they are millimetre figures on the same specification. A cabin described as 68 mm normally has IV68 joinery, and its wall profile is a separate line in the specification.

## Which wall profiles can I order on a Eurodita model?

A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile, chosen per project and budget. Wall thickness and wall type are settled for each project, by budget and by what is technically possible, so a solid log model can also be made in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. The thickness shown on a catalogue listing is the standard or featured profile for that model only. The 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven; 58 and 70 mm , glulam and bespoke designs can be single projects, and a pilot unit is accepted practice.

## Which glulam profiles can have dovetail corners?

Dovetail corners are available on the 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm glulam profiles. The 70x130 mm glulam profile is excluded. Dovetail is a corner system applied to a profile, not a separate wall profile, so an enquiry should name both the glulam profile and the corner type, for example 135x260 mm with Dovetail corners.

## Are Eurodita building dimensions internal or external?

External. Every dimension Eurodita states for a model is an external dimension, and a terrace is stated as its own figure. Internal floor space is therefore smaller than the stated size by the wall thickness on each side. A wall thickness by itself establishes no thermal, fire, structural or certification performance; structural calculations are done by specialist partners and approval follows the buyer's local route.

## Related pages

- Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Price, lead time and U-value: how to get each figure

- Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

- What is in a Eurodita kit, and what is not

## How do I confirm a wall profile for a project?

Send a specification enquiry

Send the checklist above through the contact page and Eurodita will confirm the profile, corner system, joinery and documentation for that order in a written quotation. Every order is quoted in writing, EXW Eurodita factory by default, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery; there is no public price list, so the quotation is the reference for that project.

Wall profiles Send a specification enquiry


---

# What Eurodita does not do
URL: https://eurodita.com/what-eurodita-does-not-do/

## What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

Scope, pricing and supply boundaries

Eurodita is a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, manufacturing timber buildings since 1994, and this page sets out what Eurodita does not do. Most questions a dealer, developer, architect or private client asks before a first order are boundary questions: does the factory install, is there a price list, who arranges transport, which certificates are held. The answers are short and they are the same for every market.

Ask about a project How an order works

Eurodita manufactures timber building kits and timber joinery in its Lithuanian production operation and supplies them to trade, professional and project partners worldwide. It sells larger residential homes, including glulam homes, directly to private clients as well. Everything outside that manufacturing scope is handled by the buyer, the buyer's local partners, or a specialist Eurodita works with, and each section below says which.

## At a glance

Installation: Installation is agreed per project; Eurodita does not build foundations or connect utilities; it supplies the kit and the documentation, and unless installation is agreed for the project the buyer's local crew assembles.

Price list: there is no public price list; every order is quoted in writing in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default.

Lead times: no production or transit durations are published; timing is confirmed per order in the quotation.

Public sales: for the cabin and garden-building range, the supply route is confirmed project by project; larger residential homes are also sold directly to private clients.

Stock and transport: no stock is held in export markets and Eurodita runs no transport fleet; freight is quoted per route and load through third-party forwarders.

Certificates: Eurodita holds no own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate, no ISO 9001 certificate, and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim; documentation is confirmed per order.

Exclusivity and margins: no blanket exclusivity or protected territory; no dealer margins or resale prices are published; retailers set their own pricing.

Clients: Eurodita does not publish client names, partner counts or customer case studies; private-label documentation carries the partner's brand.

## Does Eurodita install buildings or offer turnkey delivery?

Installation is agreed per project. Eurodita does not build foundations and does not supply or connect electrical, plumbing or gas systems. Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply. Local installation, foundations, utilities, permitting and building-control approval are market and project specific, and Eurodita as the manufacturer does not promise them.

What Eurodita supplies instead is the timber building itself: the wall logs, floor, roof and joinery as a kit, machined on Hundegger CNC lines and kiln dried to a 12-14% moisture target. Kits are flat-packed. With the kit come the drawings, CAD and technical data for the order, with the exact document set agreed at quotation. Structural calculations, where a project needs them, are carried out by external engineering specialists.

Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is carried out by the buyer's own builder or local crew, and local approvals stay with the buyer's dealer, architect or project team. A developer or operator who needs local turnkey services can still buy the kit from Eurodita and contract the site work locally; that is the normal shape of a project, not an exception. Bespoke work follows the same boundary: see bespoke and custom log cabins.

## Does Eurodita publish a price list?

No. Eurodita does not publish a public price list. Every order is quoted in writing, and the quotation is the only document that fixes scope and price. Quotations are in EUR, exclude VAT and exclude delivery unless the quotation states otherwise. The default delivery basis is EXW Eurodita factory; DAP is offered per order where it is commercially suitable, and DDP is confirmed case by case only.

Payment terms are 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory. Bespoke, glulam and modified projects are calculated individually through Eurodita design and estimation system, which produces the priced proposal together with 2D CAD and 3D visualisation, and can carry the partner's brand where agreed. The standard range is listed in the catalogue; prices for it come only with a written quotation.

## Does Eurodita publish lead times?

No. Eurodita does not publish production lead times or transit times. Production timing varies by product, factory load, season and project complexity, and glulam projects vary most.

What Eurodita does instead is confirm timing for a specific order in the quotation and at order confirmation, from the current production schedule. Delivery timing is estimated separately by the forwarder for the route and is not fixed by Eurodita. A buyer with a date-sensitive project should state the required window in the enquiry so it can be checked before the order is placed.

## Does Eurodita sell to the public?

Partly. Eurodita is B2B-first, and the cabin and garden-building range, meaning log cabins, sheds, garden offices and similar small buildings, has its supply route confirmed project by project. There is no consumer shop, no showroom and no retail checkout. For a private buyer looking for a garden building, the supply route is confirmed project by project.

Larger residential homes, including glulam homes, are also supplied directly to private clients, each project assessed individually on scope, product, timing and delivery country. That is a project decision, not a retail service. Dealers and distributors who want to carry the range can read the dealer programme; a partner may start with a single pilot unit where the order makes commercial and operational sense.

## Does Eurodita hold stock in market or run its own transport?

No to both. Eurodita holds no stock in export markets and has no local warehouses, offices or factories outside Lithuania. Every order is manufactured in Lithuania and dispatched from the factory. Eurodita does not operate its own transport fleet; freight is arranged through third-party carrier and forwarder partners and is quoted separately for each route, load and order.

For UK transactions Eurodita can coordinate the full logistics and customs process, subject to the agreed order and Incoterm. For other non-EU markets the normal scope is transport to the destination port unless a broader service is agreed in writing. Unloading at the destination is the buyer's or site's responsibility: a forklift, telehandler, crane or other suitable equipment and safe access must be provided on site. Eurodita prepares the shipment and export documentation the transaction requires, such as commercial invoice, packing list and transport documents. Full details are in the shipping and delivery policy, and market-specific notes are on the markets hub.

## What certifications does Eurodita hold?

Eurodita does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate. It buys timber and materials from suppliers, and sourcing documentation is discussed only from the actual supplier and order paperwork for a specific project. Eurodita does not hold an ISO 9001 certificate. Quality control is an operational routine covering incoming timber, moisture, dimensional and CNC accuracy, joints, joinery, completeness, packing and pre-dispatch inspection; it is not a management-system certificate.

Eurodita makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim for its product range, and its own IV45, IV68 and IV92 windows and doors are not represented as CE marked. Where a destination market or project needs a conformity route, structural review or local approval, Eurodita can design and manufacture to the specified brief and the documentation route is confirmed for that product, project and order at quotation. Designing to a specification is not the same as holding a certificate, and Eurodita says which one applies.

One certificate Eurodita does hold is the Creditinfo Strongest in Lithuania certificate for 2019-2025. It is a financial-standing signal about the company and says nothing about product quality, delivery or conformity.

## Does Eurodita give exclusivity, publish dealer margins or name its clients?

No to all three as blanket policy. Eurodita does not promise exclusivity, protected territories, dropshipping or sole-supplier status as a company rule; any such arrangement belongs in a specific written agreement with owner approval. Eurodita does not publish dealer margins, recommended resale prices or profit projections. Retailers and distributors decide for themselves what they sell and at what price, and Eurodita has no control over it. What Eurodita quotes is the wholesale supply basis: EXW Eurodita factory, excluding VAT and delivery.

Eurodita does not publish client names, partner counts, country counts or customer case studies. In the private-label model the partner controls its customer-facing pricing, sales process and end-customer relationship, and quotations, drawings and project documentation can carry the partner's brand where agreed for the order. Naming the partner's customers, or the partner, would cut across that model. What Eurodita publishes instead are the manufacturing facts: the profiles, the joinery, the equipment and the annual output on average, as on the about page.

## Can a buyer visit the factory?

Yes, by arrangement. Factory visits in Lithuania are welcome for dealers, distributors, developers, architects and private clients of larger homes who have a project under discussion. Visits are not walk-in and there is no showroom, so each visit is agreed in advance with the sales team so that the production floor, the joinery shop and a current project can be shown properly.

## Frequently asked questions

## Does Eurodita install log cabins?

Installation is agreed per project. Eurodita manufactures the timber building kit in Lithuania and does not build foundations or connect electrical, plumbing or gas systems. Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply. Unless installation is agreed for the project, the buyer's own builder or local crew assembles the kit using the drawings and technical documentation supplied with the order, and local approvals stay with the buyer's project team.

## Does Eurodita have a price list?

No. Eurodita does not publish a public price list. Every order is quoted in writing in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, on an EXW Eurodita factory basis unless the quotation states otherwise. DAP is offered per order and DDP case by case. Payment terms are 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory.

## What are Eurodita lead times?

Eurodita does not publish lead times. Production timing depends on the product, factory load, season and project complexity, so it is confirmed for each order in the written quotation and at order confirmation. Transit timing is estimated separately by the forwarder for the specific route. Any figure found elsewhere is not an Eurodita commitment.

## Does Eurodita sell directly to private customers?

Partly. For the cabin and garden-building range, including log cabins, sheds and garden offices, the supply route is confirmed project by project. Larger residential homes, including glulam homes, are also supplied directly to private clients, with each project assessed individually. There is no consumer shop or showroom.

## Does Eurodita hold stock in my country or deliver with its own trucks?

No. Eurodita holds no stock in export markets and has no local warehouses or offices; every order is manufactured in Lithuania and dispatched from the factory. Eurodita runs no transport fleet. Freight is arranged through third-party forwarders and quoted per route and load, and unloading at the destination is the buyer's responsibility with suitable equipment.

## Does Eurodita have its own FSC, PEFC, ISO or CE certificates?

No. Eurodita does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate, does not hold an ISO 9001 certificate, and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim for its range. It buys timber from suppliers and can design and manufacture to a specified brief, with the documentation route for a given product, project and destination confirmed at quotation.

## Does Eurodita offer exclusivity or publish dealer margins?

No. Eurodita does not promise exclusivity, protected territories or dropshipping as a company rule; any such arrangement belongs in a specific written agreement. Eurodita publishes no dealer margins or resale prices. Retailers and distributors set their own pricing, and Eurodita quotes only the wholesale supply basis, EXW Eurodita factory, excluding VAT and delivery.

## Can I visit the Eurodita factory in Lithuania?

Yes, by arrangement. Factory visits in Lithuania are welcome for dealers, distributors, developers, architects and private clients of larger homes with a project under discussion. There is no showroom and visits are not walk-in, so each visit is agreed in advance with the sales team through the contact page.

## Related pages

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups

- Reading a Eurodita quotation: what each line means

- Price, lead time and U-value: how to get each figure

- Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

- What is in a Eurodita kit, and what is not

- Buying timber lodges for a holiday park from an EU manufacturer: a procurement guide

## How do I ask Eurodita whether a project is in scope?

Send the product category, approximate dimensions, wall profile if known, number of units, intended use, delivery country and required delivery window. Say whether local installation or turnkey services are expected, because that decides early whether supply-only scope works or whether a local partner route fits better. Eurodita replies with a written assessment and, where the project fits, a quotation.

Ask about a project

Scope, pricing and supply boundaries Ask about a project


---

# Twin skin log cabin wall build-ups
URL: https://eurodita.com/twin-skin-wall-build-ups/

## Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups

Twin-skin walls: the four approved build-ups

A Eurodita twin-skin log cabin is a timber building whose walls are made of two solid log skins with a cavity between them, machined in Lithuania from Nordic spruce or pine and supplied as a flat-packed kit prepared for insulation. Eurodita manufactures four twin-skin build-ups, 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, written outer skin, cavity, inner skin. The skins are always equal and are the 44x130 mm and 58x130 mm solid profiles from the standard wall family; the cavity is either 50 mm or 100 mm.

Request a twin-skin quotation Wall profile reference

This page is the reference for dealers, developers and project teams who specify twin-skin. It states the four build-ups, the cavity and the insulation scope, the difference from a single-skin cabin, and the boundaries that travel with every build-up: the published U-values describe the timber element alone, a build-up is not a thermal performance figure, and the insulation is bought locally. The models themselves are on the twin-skin log cabins page and the complete wall reference is on wall profiles.

## At a glance

Build-ups: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm; these four are the whole family.

Skins: always equal; the 44x130 mm and 58x130 mm solid profiles.

Cavity: 50 mm or 100 mm; the space the insulation occupies, not an insulation specification.

Total wall thickness: 138, 188, 166 and 216 mm respectively.

Insulation: selected and bought locally by the buyer; Eurodita supplies the structure prepared for insulation, not the material.

Not published: no U-value for a finished build-up (the timber element values are published separately); a build-up establishes no thermal, fire, acoustic, structural or certification performance.

Availability: any build-up can be requested on any model; availability for the model, size and destination is confirmed per order.

Commercial: every order quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default, 50% with order and 50% before dispatch.

## What are the four approved twin-skin build-ups?

Eurodita currently manufactures four build-ups and no others; the total wall thickness is the sum of the three figures. The 44 mm skin is the 44x130 mm solid profile and the 58 mm skin is the 58x130 mm solid profile, so a twin-skin wall is built from the same machined logs as a single-skin cabin in those thicknesses.

| Build-up (mm) | Outer skin | Cavity | Inner skin | Total wall thickness

| 44-50-44 | 44 mm | 50 mm | 44 mm | 138 mm

| 44-100-44 | 44 mm | 100 mm | 44 mm | 188 mm

| 58-50-58 | 58 mm | 50 mm | 58 mm | 166 mm

| 58-100-58 | 58 mm | 100 mm | 58 mm | 216 mm

Intermediate or larger build-ups, such as a 60 mm cavity or 70 mm skins, are not offered and should not be extrapolated from this table; a project that needs something outside the four is a bespoke conversation rather than a twin-skin order.

## What is the cavity for, and who supplies the insulation?

The cavity is the space the insulation occupies. Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared and configured for insulation and does not normally supply the insulation material itself. Insulation materials and the final insulation system are selected and provided locally, because national requirements and local partner practice differ.

Two consequences follow. A cavity dimension is not an insulation specification: 100 mm describes the void, not what goes in it. And the insulation, with everything that belongs to the insulation system as installed, is on the buyer's side of the scope. Eurodita estimator can calculate insulation thicknesses during design, but that is design support, not supply.

## How does twin-skin differ from a single-skin cabin?

Take two cabins of the same stated external size, one single-skin and one twin-skin. The footprint is identical, because every dimension Eurodita states is external; what differs is the wall.

| Item | Single-skin cabin | Twin-skin cabin

| Structure | One machined solid log per wall course | Two equal solid log skins per course with a cavity between them

| Wall thickness options | 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 or 70x130 mm solid; glulam 70x130 to 220x260 mm | 138, 166, 188 or 216 mm total, from the four build-ups

| Internal floor area | Stated external size less the log thickness on each side | Stated external size less the total wall thickness on each side, so smaller than the single-skin cabin of the same size

| What Eurodita supplies | Flat-packed kit of machined logs, floor and roof components and joinery | Flat-packed kit of machined logs for both skins, floor and roof components and joinery, prepared for insulation

| What the buyer adds in the wall | Nothing structural; finish and treatment as chosen | Insulation material and the insulation system, bought and fitted locally

The comparison stops at structure and scope. Neither column carries a performance figure, because a wall build-up on its own does not establish one. For the single-skin range see log cabins.

## What does a twin-skin build-up NOT tell you?

A build-up tells you the section of each skin, the width of the cavity and the total wall thickness. Four boundaries apply to every figure on this page.

- Element U-values only. Preliminary U-values are published for the timber wall element alone; no U-value, R-value or thermal performance figure is published for a finished twin-skin build-up. A total wall thickness is not a thermal performance figure.

- No thermal, fire or acoustic performance. The build-up establishes no thermal, fire, acoustic, structural or certification performance. Where a project needs such figures, they come from the insulation system and the project's own engineering, not from the wall dimensions.

- No delivered insulation specification. The cavity is a dimension. What fills it is chosen locally, so the kit does not arrive with an insulation specification attached.

- Approval is local. Building control, architect approval, planning and site acceptance stay with the buyer, dealer or local project team. Structural calculations, where required, are carried out by external specialist partners, with Eurodita drawings, CAD and technical data as input.

## Which projects use twin-skin?

Twin-skin is ordered where the buyer intends to insulate the walls and wants the cavity built into the log structure rather than added afterwards. The recurring project types are garden offices planned for use throughout the year, annexes, holiday lets and park accommodation, and residential log cabins. These are use-case routes of one manufacturing system; a twin-skin garden office and a twin-skin residential cabin are built from the same four build-ups.

The buyers are dealers and distributors, developers and holiday-park or resort operators ordering several units for one site, and larger private projects. Two rules apply. For the garden-building range, including twin-skin garden offices and small cabins, the supply route is confirmed project by project. Larger residential twin-skin homes are also supplied directly to private clients, each project assessed individually.

## Can twin-skin be specified on any model, and how is it quoted?

Any of the four build-ups can be requested on any model, chosen per project and budget, just as a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile; the thickness printed on a catalogue listing is the standard or featured profile only. Twin-skin availability is not universal across every product family, size and destination, so suitability for a given model and market is confirmed in the quotation for that order.

The commercial shape follows the wall family. The 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, so a build-up with 44 mm skins on a standard model is normally discussed as a programme quantity; the 58 mm profiles, bespoke designs and glulam can be single projects, and a pilot unit is accepted practice. There is no single fixed minimum order, and no blanket "no minimum" either; the quotation states what applies.

Every twin-skin order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default; DAP can be quoted per order and DDP is considered case by case. Payment is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch. There is no public price list. Kits ship flat packed, unloading is the buyer's responsibility, installation is agreed per project, and foundations and utilities are provided locally.

## What should a dealer confirm before quoting a twin-skin cabin?

A twin-skin enquiry can be quoted without a clarification round when it carries these nine items.

- Model or drawing reference, from the catalogue or a bespoke brief.

- The whole build-up written in full: 58-100-58 mm, not " 58 mm twin-skin".

- External dimensions as length by width, with any terrace as a separate figure.

- Who supplies the insulation locally; the cavity is a dimension, not a delivered specification.

- Joinery on its own line: IV45, IV68 or triple-glazed IV92 windows and doors, timber sliding or bifold doors, or aluminium sliding systems.

- Finish: untreated by default, or factory painting requested as an option with limited capacity.

- Destination country and intended use, so availability and documentation can be confirmed at quotation.

- Who handles the local approval route, and whether structural calculations by a specialist partner are required for that site.

- Quantity: single unit, pilot unit or programme volume.

## Twin skin log cabins for wholesale and dealer supply

Eurodita manufactures the twin skin range in Lithuania for dealers, distributors and other trade partners who resell under their own name. Eurodita supplies the kit; the partner normally controls pricing, the sales process and the end-customer relationship. The full range is catalogued on twin skin log cabins, and the wholesale route sits alongside Eurodita other product families on log cabin wholesale and the dealer programme.

A made to measure twin skin cabin is handled as a bespoke brief rather than a catalogue pick. Any footprint can be sent as a sketch or drawing for technical and commercial review, and comes back as a manufacturable, priced proposal for that project. This is a per-project review process, not an open-ended customisation promise.

The commercial shape stays the same as the rest of Eurodita trade supply. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR, EXW Eurodita factory by default. Insulation is bought locally by the buyer; Eurodita supplies the structure prepared for insulation, and no U-value is published for a finished build-up (the timber element values are published). A relationship can start with a single pilot unit where commercially sensible, and there is no single fixed minimum order figure across the range.

- The twin skin range as private-label supply: Eurodita manufactures, the dealer sells under its own brand.

- A choice of four build-ups: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, availability confirmed per order.

- A made to measure twin skin brief: any footprint reviewed from a sketch and quoted per project.

- Insulation scope kept clear: the cavity is bought and fitted locally; no U-value is published for the finished build-up.

- A written quotation for every order, in EUR, EXW Eurodita factory by default.

- A pilot unit accepted where commercially sensible, and no single fixed minimum order figure.

## Frequently asked questions

## What twin-skin build-ups does Eurodita make?

Eurodita manufactures four twin-skin build-ups: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, written outer skin, cavity, inner skin. The total wall thicknesses are 138, 188, 166 and 216 mm. Both skins are always equal and are the 44x130 mm and 58x130 mm solid profiles. No intermediate or larger build-up is offered, and these four are the complete family.

## Who supplies the insulation for a twin-skin log cabin?

The buyer, through a local supplier. Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared and configured for insulation and does not normally supply the insulation material itself. Insulation materials and the final insulation system are selected and provided locally, because national requirements and local partner practice differ. A cavity dimension therefore describes the space available and is not an insulation specification.

## Does Eurodita publish a U-value for its twin-skin walls?

No. Element U-values are published; no U-value, R-value or thermal performance figure is published for a finished twin-skin build-up, because a total wall thickness is not a thermal performance figure. The build-up also establishes no fire, acoustic, structural or certification performance on its own. Where a project needs such figures, they come from the locally specified insulation system and the project's own engineering.

## How does a twin-skin cabin differ from a single-skin cabin of the same size?

The external footprint is identical, because every dimension Eurodita states is external. The twin-skin wall is two equal log skins with a cavity between them, giving a total wall of 138 to 216 mm, so the internal floor area is smaller than in the single-skin cabin. The twin-skin kit is supplied prepared for insulation; the buyer adds the insulation locally.

## Can I order twin-skin on any Eurodita model?

Any of the four build-ups can be requested on any model, chosen per project and budget, and the thickness shown on a catalogue listing is the standard or featured profile only. Twin-skin availability is not universal across every product family, size and destination, so suitability for a given model and market is confirmed in the written quotation for that order.

## How is a twin-skin log cabin quoted?

In writing, for each order. Prices are in EUR excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default, with DAP quoted per order. Payment is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch. The 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven; 58 mm profiles and bespoke designs can be single projects, and a pilot unit is accepted practice. There is no public price list.

## Does Eurodita supply twin skin log cabins wholesale?

Yes. Eurodita manufactures the twin skin range for dealers, distributors and other trade partners who resell under their own brand; quotations and drawings can carry the partner's own brand where agreed per order. Eurodita supplies the kit; the partner normally controls its own pricing and the customer relationship. A relationship can start with a single pilot unit where commercially sensible, and there is no single fixed minimum order figure across the range.

## Can a twin skin log cabin be made to measure?

A twin skin cabin can be built to a bespoke brief. A sketch or drawing of the intended footprint is reviewed by Eurodita and converted into a manufacturable, priced proposal for that project, using the same four approved build-ups as the catalogue models. This is a per-project review and quotation, not an open-ended customisation offer.

## Related pages

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

- Twin-Skin vs Standard Log Cabin: Insulation, Performance and Order Value

## How do I request a twin-skin quotation?

Request a twin-skin quotation

Send the checklist above through the contact page. Eurodita will confirm the build-up, joinery, finish and documentation for that order in a written quotation; quotations and drawings can carry a partner's own brand where agreed per order.

Twin-skin walls Request a twin-skin quotation


---

# Log cabin base size by model
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabin-base-size-by-model/

## Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

Base planning: footprint of every model

The base a Eurodita building needs starts from one number: the external footprint of the model, stated as external dimensions in metres. This page lists that footprint for every one of the 230 catalogue models, with the eaves and ridge heights and the standard wall profile recorded for each, so a dealer, builder or private client can plan the base before the quotation arrives.

Request drawings and a quotation Wall profile reference

Eurodita supplies the timber building kit with impregnated floor bearers as standard; the base itself (slab, pad, pier, strip or timber frame) is outside the factory scope and is confirmed for the specific model and site. The figures below are the recorded catalogue values; the order drawings issued with the quotation are the document to build from.

## At a glance

What the footprint is: the external dimensions of the wall structure, stated length x width in metres, as recorded for each model.

What it is not: the base size. Base type and size are confirmed for the specific model and site, and the base is not part of the factory scope.

Floor bearers: impregnated as standard and supplied with the kit; they sit on the buyer's base.

Heights: eaves and ridge heights are recorded per model in centimetres; a row shows "per order" where no catalogue figure is recorded.

Wall profile: the standard profile of the model; a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile (see the wall profile reference).

Roof overhangs, verandas and terraces: stated separately on the model page and order drawings; they are not inside the footprint figure.

Order drawings: every quotation comes with drawings for the specific order; those drawings, not this table, are the basis for the base.

Who prepares the base: the buyer or the buyer's contractor, following the local approval route where one applies.

## How do I read the footprint of a model?

Each model page records external dimensions in the form length x width, for example 4.7 x 3.5 m. That figure is the outside of the wall structure. It does not include roof overhangs, a veranda, a terrace or an attached canopy, which are stated as their own figures where a model has them. When a plot is being checked, the footprint tells you the ground the walls stand on; the roof line will extend beyond it.

Two heights help with planning rules and with fitting a building under trees or next to a boundary: the eaves height, from the base of the wall to the underside of the roof at the wall line, and the ridge height, the highest point of the roof. Both are recorded in centimetres on the model's data sheet.

## What base does a Eurodita building need?

Eurodita does not specify or supply the base. The kit arrives with impregnated floor bearers that carry the floor and the wall structure, and those bearers need a level, load-bearing surface of at least the external footprint. What that surface is (a concrete slab, concrete pads or piers, a strip foundation or a timber frame on posts) depends on the ground, the size and weight of the building, the climate and the local rules, and is decided by the buyer or the buyer's contractor.

The safe order of work is: request the quotation, receive the order drawings, and build the base from the drawings. Where a building is subject to a local approval route, the base is part of that route, not part of the factory delivery.

## Which footprint figures are on this page?

Every published catalogue model appears once, grouped by product family, sorted from the smallest footprint to the largest. Bespoke and made-to-measure buildings are quoted from the project drawings and are not listed. The wall profile shown is the standard profile for the model; other approved profiles change the wall thickness but not the external footprint convention.

## Wooden Summer Houses (35 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Log Cabin Ryan 3x2m, 28mm | 3 x 2 m | 196 cm | 216 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Grendale 3.2x2.6m, 28mm | 3.2 x 2.6 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm, 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin George 3.5x2.5m, 44mm | 3.5 x 2.5 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Exmoor 3.5x2.5m, 28mm | 3.5 x 2.5 m | 215 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Alexander 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 212 cm | 265 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Michael 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 212 cm | 265 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Luke 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 210 cm | 240 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Toby 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 210 cm | 240 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Benjamin 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | per order | 293 cm | 28 x 100 mm, 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m, 28mm | 3 x 3 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Aylesbury 3.8x2.6m, 28mm | 3.8 x 2.6 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Adam 4x3m, 44mm | 4 x 3 m | 215 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Nicholas 4x3m, 34mm | 4 x 3 m | 221 cm | 250 cm | 34 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Oliver 4.0x3.0m, 44mm | 4 x 3 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Brookhaven 4x3m, 44mm | 4 x 3 m | 208 cm | 234 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Mini Weymouth Log Cabin 4x3m, 44mm | 4 x 3 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Ethan 3.5x3.5m, 28mm | 3.5 x 3.5 m | 210 cm | 230 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Samuel 4.2x3m, 28mm | 4.2 x 3 m | 210 cm | 250 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Daniel 4.4x3m, 44mm | 4.4 x 3 m | 224 cm | 278 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Glastonbury 4.2x3.2m, 34mm | 4.2 x 3.2 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 34 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Harry 3.0x4.5m, 44mm | 3 x 4.5 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Sherborne 4.5×3.0m, 44mm | 4.5 x 3 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Louis 5x3m, 44mm | 5 x 3 m | 202 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Abigail 5.0x3.0m, 28mm | 5 x 3 m | 220 cm | 250 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Corner Log Cabin With Veranda 3x5m, 44mm | 5.0 x 3 m | 200 cm | 250 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Dorchester 5x3m, 44mm | 5 x 3 m | 209 cm | 235 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Ringwood 4x4m, 28mm | 4 x 4 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Plymouth 4.7x3.5m, 44mm | 4.7 x 3.5 m | 214 cm | 240 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Bristol 4.7x3.5m, 44mm | 4.7 x 3.5 m | 214 cm | 240 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Jamie 4.8x3.5m, 44mm | 4.8 x 3.5 m | 214 cm | 253 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Corner Log Cabin Joseph 5x3.5m, 44mm | 5 x 3.5 m | 212 cm | 250 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Charlie 5.7×3.1m, 44mm, Apex | 5.7 x 3.1 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Jack 5.7×3.1m, 44mm, Pent | 5.7 x 3.1 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Joshua 6x3m, 44mm | 6 x 3 m | 202 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Austin 6.0x3.0m, 44mm | 6.0 x 3.0 m | per order | 255 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## Garden Offices (6 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof | 4 x 3 m | 215 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof | 4 x 3 m | 215 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin Jacob 4.0x3.83m, 44mm | 4 x 3.83 m | 208 cm | 234 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof | 5 x 4 m | 202 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof | 5 x 4 m | 202 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin 7.9x6.9m, 44mm | 7.9 x 6.9 m | per order | 280 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## Garden Workshop Log Cabins (9 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Apex Roof | 2 x 2 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Chalet Roof | 2 x 2 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Pent Roof | 2 x 2 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Apex Roof | 3 x 3 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Chalet Roof | 3 x 3 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Pent Roof | 3 x 3 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Apex Roof | 4 x 4 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Chalet Roof | 4 x 4 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Pent Roof | 4 x 4 m | 220 cm | 240 cm | 28 x 100 mm

## Modern Log Cabins with Aluminium Sliding Doors (4 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Modern Log Cabin 3.2×2.6m, Alu Sliding Doors, Apex Roof | 3.2 x 2.6 m | 205 cm | 245 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin 5.9×4.0m, Aluminium Sliding Doors | 5.9 x 4 m | 221 cm | 247 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof | 6 x 4 m | 202 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof | 6 x 4 m | 202 cm | 241 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## Contemporary Log Cabins (3 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Contemporary 1 Bedroom Log Home Ullswater | 10.25 x 6.55 m | 230 cm | 310 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Windermere | 10.25 x 6.55 m | 230 cm | 310 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Rutland | 10.25 x 8.95 m | 230 cm | 310 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

## Twin Skin Log Cabins (13 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m | 4 x 3 m | 210 cm | 247 cm |

| Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m | 4 x 3 m | 210 cm | 247 cm |

| Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m | 5 x 4 m | 210 cm | 247 cm |

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m | 5 x 4 m | 210 cm | 247 cm |

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m | 6 x 4 m | 210 cm | 247 cm |

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m | 6 x 5 m | 220 cm | 247 cm |

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m | 6 x 5.5 m | 220 cm | 247 cm |

| Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 8x7m | 8 x 7 m | 220 cm | 312 cm |

| Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 11x6m | 11 x 6 m | 220 cm | 312 cm |

| Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x8m | 9 x 8 m | 220 cm | 312 cm |

| Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12x7m | 12 x 7 m | 220 cm | 312 cm |

| Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 13x8m | 13 x 8 m | 220 cm | 312 cm |

| Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 16x9m | 16 x 9 m | 210 cm | 312 cm |

## Golf Simulator Cabins (10 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Bespoke Golf Simulator Cabin, Custom Dimensions | Custom, to specification | per order | per order | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 4.3×3.2m, 70mm | 3.54 x 4.64 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 5.0×3.0m, 70mm | 3.34 x 5.34 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 5.0×3.6m, 70mm | 3.94 x 5.34 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 5.0×4.0m, 70mm | 4.34 x 5.34 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 5.3×3.8m, 70mm | 4.14 x 5.64 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 6.0×4.0m, 70mm | 4.34 x 6.34 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 6.0×4.5m, 70mm | 4.84 x 6.34 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 7.0×4.0m, 70mm | 4.34 x 7.34 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Golf Simulator Cabin 7.5×4.0m, 70mm | 4.34 x 7.84 m | 240.5 cm | 364 cm | 70 x 130 mm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabins (9 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5.85x4.1m, with Loft | 5.85 x 4.1 m + 2 m | 234 cm | 351 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Betty 5.85x4.1m, 58mm | 5.85 x 4.1 m | 234 cm | 351 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m, 44mm | 6 x 4 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m, 44mm | 5 x 5.8 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m, 44mm | 6 x 5 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, 44mm | 5 x 7 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Folio 8x5m, 58mm | 8 x 5 m | 240 cm | 344 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Gladehaven 6x7.2m, 58mm | 6 x 7.2 m | 214 cm | 286 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Pinecrest 7x10.3m, 44mm | 7 x 10.3 m | 221 cm | 286 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabins (7 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m, 44mm | 6 x 5.8 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m, 44mm | 7 x 5.5 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Northlight 8x6m, 58mm | 8 x 6 m | 221 cm | 273 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x6m, 44mm | 9 x 6 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Stonepine 9.5x7.2m, 58mm | 9.5 x 6 m + 1.2 m terrace | 234 cm | 286 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm | 10 x 6 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.1x8m, 44mm | 10.1 x 8 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## 3 Bedroom Log Cabins (6 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm | 10 x 6 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Two Storey Log Cabin Roan, 70mm | 8.45 x 7.6 m | 351 cm | 572 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.2x7m, 44mm | 10.2 x 7 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12.2x6m, 58mm | 12.2 x 6 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Lakeview 7x12.5m, 3 Bedroom, 58mm | 7 x 11 m + 1.5 m terrace | 214 cm | 318 cm | 58 x 130 mm

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 11.3x7.1m, 44mm | 11.3 x 7.1 m | 221 cm | 312 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## 4 Bedroom Log Cabins (3 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Two Storey Log House Nicolas 8.45x7.6m, 70mm | 8.45 x 7.6 m | 442 cm | 572 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Finlandia | 8.870 x 13.58 m | per order | 240 cm | 70 x 130 mm

| 4 Bedroom Log Cabin Ryan 14.58x9.2m, 58mm | 14.58 x 9.2 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 58 x 130 mm

## Granny Annexes (4 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m | 10 x 4 m | 210 cm | 267 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m | 11 x 4.3 m | 234 cm | 273 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m | 9 x 6 m | 220 cm | 284 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m | 10 x 6 m | 235 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

## Mobile Log Homes (21 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 8 x 5 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 11x3.8m | 11 x 3.8 m | 234 cm | 312 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m | 10 x 5 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x7m | 9 x 7 m | 220 cm | 291 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 11 x 6.8 m | 234 cm | 316 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m | 14 x 5.8 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 14 x 6.0 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x6m | 14 x 6 m | 210 cm | 285 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 14x6m | 14 x 6 m | 220 cm | 285 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m | 15 x 6 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m | 15 x 6 m | 235 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.8m | 14 x 6.8 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m | 14 x 7 m | 220 cm | 297 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 16x6.8m | 16 x 6.8 m | 235 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 17x7m | 17 x 7 m | 210 cm | 297 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 17x7m | 17 x 7 m | 220 cm | 297 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m | 20 x 6.0 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 18 x 6.8 m | 234 cm | 325 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m | 19 x 6.6 m | 234 cm | 299 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m | 20 x 7 m | 220 cm | 297 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 20x7m | 20 x 7 m | 220 cm | 297 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

## Contemporary Glulam Homes (8 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Glulam Log House Challenger 5.89x4.54m, 135mm | 5.89 x 4.54 m | 250 cm | 441 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Gluluxe | 10.90 x 5.4 m + 7.2 x 5.4 m | 255 cm | 600 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Woodglow | 9.18 x 10.8 m | 300 cm | 480 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Glulife | 10.18 x 10.02 m | 265 cm | 735 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Naturhaus | 15.32 x 11.45 m | 340 cm | 620 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Finland 220mm, 23.6x8.4m | 23.6 x 8.4 m | 265 cm | 468 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Forestique | 16.30 x 14.80 m | 265 cm | 480 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Logique | 16.68 x 22.67 m | 300 cm | 612 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

## Garden Sheds (12 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Log Shed Arad 3.0x2.0m, 19mm | confirmed per order | per order | per order | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM001 2.5x2.0m | 2.5 x 2 m | 185 cm | 219 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM004 2.5x2.8m | 2.5 x 2 m + 0.8 m terrace | 185 cm | 220 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM016 3.0x2.5m | 3 x 2.5 m | 210 cm | 250 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM017 3.5x2.4m | 3.5 x 2.4 m | 210 cm | 220 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM002 3.3x2.68m | 3.3 x 2.68 m | 180 cm | 229 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM005 3.3x3.48m | 3.3 x 2.68 m + 0.8 m terrace | 180 cm | 229 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM006 3.3x3.78m | 3.3 x 2.98 m + 0.8 m terrace | 185 cm | 230 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM003 3.3x3.0m | 3.3 x 3 m | 180 cm | 228 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed Ari 3.5x3.0m, 19mm | 3.5 x 3.0 m | per order | per order | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM018 3.5x3.0m | 3.5 x 3 m | 210 cm | 250 cm | 19 x 100 mm

| Log Shed MM015 4.0x3.0m | 4 x 3 m | 210 cm | 250 cm | 19 x 100 mm

## Wooden Garages & Carports (15 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Log Garage 3.2x5.2m, Pent, 44mm | 3.2 x 5.2 m | 246 cm | 260 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Garage 3.2x5.2m, Apex, 28mm | 3.2 x 5.2 m | 215 cm | 262 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Garage 3.2x5.2m, Pent, 28mm | 3.2 x 5.2 m | 220 cm | 243 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Log Cabin Garage Warminster 3.2x5.2m, 44mm | 3.2 x 5.2 m | 209 cm | 240 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Carport 3.0x6.0m, Eco | 3.0 x 6.0 m | 228 cm | 265 cm |

| Carport 3.0x6.0m | 3 x 6 m | 223 cm | 275 cm |

| Log Garage 4x6m, Apex, 44mm | 4 x 6 m | 210 cm | 248 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Log Garage 4x6m, Pent, 44mm | 4 x 6 m | 220 cm | 248 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Timber Carport Cardiff 4.3x6.3m | 4.3 x 6.3 m | 228 cm | 328 cm |

| Log Garage with Carport 6.61x5.36m, 44mm | 6.61 x 5.36 m | 222 cm | 318 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Carport 6.0x6.0m, Eco | 6 x 6 m | 230 cm | 278 cm |

| Double Log Garage 6x6, Apex, 44mm | 6 x 6 m | 208 cm | 275 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Double Log Garage 6x6, Pent, 44mm | 6 x 6 m | 221 cm | 260 cm | 44 x 130 mm

| Timber Carport Liverpool 6.3x5.9m | 6.3 x 5.9 m | 281 cm | 413 cm |

| Carport 7.5x6.0m, 44mm | 7.5 x 6.0 m | 241 cm | 314 cm | 44 x 130 mm

## Wooden Gazebos & Pergolas (11 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Garden Gazebo 3x3m, Apex, 28mm | 3 x 3 m | 217 cm | 288 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Garden Gazebo 3x3m, Pent, 28mm | 3 x 3 m | 231 cm | 256 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Garden Gazebo 4x3m, 44mm | 4 x 3 m | 214 cm | 283 cm |

| Garden Gazebo 5x3m, 28mm | 5 x 3 m | 218 cm | 285 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Garden Pergola 3x5m | 3 x 5 m | per order | 285 cm |

| Garden Gazebo 4x4m, Pent, 28mm | 4 x 4 m | 230 cm | 260 cm |

| Garden Gazebo 4x4m, Apex, 28mm | 4 x 4 m | 225 cm | 285 cm |

| Garden Gazebo 4x4m, 28mm | 4 x 4 m | 238 cm | 298 cm | 28 x 100 mm

| Garden Pergola 5x6m | 5 x 6 m | per order | 301 cm |

| Garden Pergola 5.9x5.9m | 5.9 x 5.9 m | 250 cm | 365 cm |

| Garden Pergola 6x6m | 6 x 6 m | per order | 301 cm |

## Glulam Houses (32 models)

| Model | External footprint | Eaves height | Ridge height | Wall profile

| Glulam Log House Paris 8x7.8m | 8 x 7.8 m | per order | per order | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Aurora 9.7x8.2m, 220mm | 9.7 x 8.2 m | 277 cm | 658 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Dublin 8x10m | 8 x 10 m | per order | per order | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Halden 10.7x7.6m, 220mm | 10.7 x 7.6 m | 362 cm | 539 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House David 6x14.2m, 88mm | 6 x 14.2 m | 450 cm | 580 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Oslo 8.5x10.5m | 8.5 x 10.5 m | 265 cm | 460 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Arvika 12x7.5m, 220mm | 12 x 7.5 m | 269 cm | 621 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Silvawood | 12.87 x 7.0 m | 335 cm | 665 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Greenhaven | 11.45 x 8.23 m | 265 cm | 735 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Fjord 80 10.2x9.5m, 220mm | 10.2 x 9.5 m | 377 cm | 539 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Begue 7.8x12.6m, 88mm | 7.8 x 12.6 m | 240 cm | 340 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Lumio 102 11.7x8.7m, 220mm | 11.7 x 8.7 m | 268 cm | 522 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Everbark | 15.15 x 6.78 m | 265 cm | 485 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Saimaa 11.5x9m, 220mm | 11.5 x 9 m | 271 cm | 622 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Lucien 9.1x11.7m, 88mm | 9.1 x 11.71 m | 253 cm | 360 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Rome 10x11m | 10 x 11 m | per order | per order | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Log House Mathilde 13.7x8.2m, 88mm | 13.7 x 8.2 m + 2.8 m terrace | 232 cm | 509 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House Linnea 11.5x9.8m, 220mm | 11.5 x 9.8 m | 437 cm | 539 cm | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

| Glulam Log House London 13x8.8m | 13 x 8.8 m | per order | per order | 70 x 130 mm, 88 x 260 mm, 135 x 260 mm, 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm g

[The page continues at its URL.]


---

# Two-storey glulam log houses
URL: https://eurodita.com/two-storey-glulam-log-houses/

## Two-storey glulam log houses: how a two-storey building is handled as a project

Two-storey glulam log houses as projects

Eurodita manufactures two-storey glulam log houses in Lithuania, and treats every one of them as bespoke, project-engineered work rather than a standard catalogue specification. The glulam profiles, the dovetail corner system and the factory workflow are the same as for a single-storey glulam home; what changes is that a second floor brings structural calculations by specialist partners and a local approval route into the project from the start.

Send a two-storey project brief Glulam houses

This page is written for developers, dealers and private clients of larger homes who are considering a two-storey building. It explains what the range is, which glulam profiles are used, how the building is engineered, what the factory supplies and what stays with the buyer's side, and how a project moves from a brief to drawings and a written quotation. It complements the glulam houses range and the glulam homes hub.

## At a glance

Range position: two-storey and other multi-storey timber buildings are manufactured as bespoke, project-engineered work, not as a universal standard specification.

Glulam profiles: 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm; a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile.

Dovetail corners: available on 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm; not on 70x130 mm.

Engineering: project-specific structural calculations are carried out by external specialist partners where the project requires them.

Approval: architect, structural, building-control and planning approval follow the buyer's local route.

Factory scope: the glulam wall kit, floor, roof and joinery, with drawings, CAD and 3D per order. Installation is agreed per project; foundations and utilities are provided locally.

Commercial basis: every order quoted in writing in EUR excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default, 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch.

Dimensions: every footprint stated by Eurodita is an external dimension.

## What is a two-storey glulam log house in Eurodita range?

A two-storey glulam log house is a residential building whose walls are machined from glued-laminated logs and which carries a full second floor rather than a loft. Eurodita manufactures around 50 glulam homes over 100 m2 per year on average, and two-storey houses sit inside that group. The catalogue lists a number of two-storey glulam models, but each entry is a starting point for the design rather than a fixed specification: the approved product taxonomy treats multi-storey work as bespoke and project-engineered in every case.

A two-storey enquiry is therefore handled like a bespoke design. The buyer may start from a catalogue model, an architect's drawing or a sketch, and Eurodita develops it into a manufacturable, priced proposal with its own drawings. Larger homes of this kind are supplied to dealers and developers and also directly to private clients, each project assessed individually on scope, product and delivery country.

## Which glulam profiles are used, and why does the dovetail corner matter?

Eurodita glulam series has five members: 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm, written thickness first, so a 135x260 mm log gives a 135 mm wall. Any of the five can be specified on any two-storey model; the profile named in a catalogue title is the featured profile for that listing, not the only one available. The full series, and the rule that a thickness on its own establishes no thermal, fire or structural performance, are on the wall profiles reference page.

The corner type is a separate line in the specification. The dovetail corner system is available on the four larger profiles, 88x260 to 220x260 mm, and is not offered on 70x130 mm. Dovetail is a corner joint applied to a profile, not a profile in its own right, so an enquiry names both: for example, 180x260 mm glulam with dovetail corners. On a two-storey house the corner choice also sets the appearance of the building, because the corner detail is visible on every elevation over the full height of two floors. Which profile suits a given project is decided in the design stage, with the footprint, the wall lengths between openings, the destination market and the budget, and it is confirmed together with the structural work below.

## How is a two-storey building engineered?

A second floor changes the engineering picture: the ground-floor walls carry the first-floor structure, and openings on both floors have to be placed so that the loads reach the foundation. Eurodita therefore does not sell a two-storey house as a fixed kit taken off the shelf; it develops each one as a project, and three boundaries apply to every one.

First, project-specific structural calculations, where the project requires them, are performed by external structural engineering specialists that Eurodita works with, not by the factory itself. Second, Eurodita supplies drawings, CAD, specifications and the technical data it holds for the order, but the approval route stays with the buyer's side: local architect approval, structural approval, building-control or local-authority acceptance and site-specific regulatory approval are the responsibility of the customer, dealer or project team unless a separate written project scope expressly assigns them otherwise. Third, Eurodita use of glulam as a manufactured product family does not imply any broader certification or structural approval; the documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation.

In practice, Eurodita produces the design and the manufacturing documentation, the structural partner produces the calculations the local route asks for, and the buyer's local architect or engineer carries the approval. Which documents are needed depends on the destination country, so stating the country in the first enquiry lets that be confirmed before the design is finalised.

## What does the factory supply, and what does the buyer's side handle?

The scope split follows the same boundary as every Eurodita order, set out in full on the page what Eurodita does not do. The table summarises it for a two-storey project.

| Item | Eurodita supplies | Buyer's side handles

| Design | Manufacturable design developed from the brief, catalogue model or architect's drawing | The brief, the site information and the design decisions

| Drawings and documentation | 2D CAD drawings, elevations with dimensions, 3D visualisation, specification, window and door schedule | Local architect submissions and market-specific documents beyond the agreed order scope

| Structural calculations | Arranged with external specialist partners where the project requires them | Confirmation of what the local route requires; local structural review

| Approvals | Technical data to support the application | Planning, building control, architect and structural approval in the destination country

| Manufacturing | Glulam wall logs, floor and roof structure, own timber windows and doors, machined on Hundegger CNC lines from kiln-dried Nordic spruce and pine | Insulation material, bought locally; the structure is prepared for it

| Foundations and site | Not supplied | Foundation design and construction, site access, unloading equipment

| Assembly | Agreed per project; the kit ships flat packed and is not pre-assembled in the factory | Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly by the buyer's own builder or local crew

| Utilities | Not supplied | Electrical, plumbing, heating and drainage

| Transport | Quoted per route and load through third-party forwarders; EXW Eurodita factory by default | Unloading at the destination and customs steps outside the agreed Incoterm

Nothing in this table is unusual for a project: a developer buys the manufactured building from Eurodita and contracts foundations and services locally; installation is agreed per project. Naming those local partners early is the most useful thing a buyer can do for a two-storey project.

## Which catalogue two-storey models can serve as starting points?

The catalogue currently lists the two-storey glulam models below, each available in any of the five glulam profiles, with dovetail corners on the 88 to 220 mm profiles. Footprints are external dimensions. The complete size list, including single-storey glulam homes, is on the base size by model page.

| Model | External footprint | Glulam profiles

| Glulife | 10.18 x 10.02 m | 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 or 220x260 mm

| Aurora | 9.7 x 8.2 m | Featured 220x260 mm; any of the five

| David | 6 x 14.2 m | Featured 88x260 mm; any of the five

| Arvika | 12 x 7.5 m | Featured 220x260 mm; any of the five

| Greenhaven | 11.45 x 8.23 m | 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 or 220x260 mm

| Saimaa | 11.5 x 9 m | Featured 220x260 mm; any of the five

| Timberly | 12.73 x 10.81 m | Featured 180x260 mm; any of the five

| Verdantix | 13.47 x 13.38 m | 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 or 220x260 mm

| Gluluxe | 10.90 x 5.4 m plus 7.2 x 5.4 m | 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 or 220x260 mm

A catalogue model is a documented starting geometry. Because every two-storey building is project-engineered, the footprint, layout, openings, roof and profile can all be changed in the design stage, and the quotation describes the building as designed for that order. The catalogue also carries a two-storey model in solid 70x130 mm timber, the Roan at 8.45 x 7.6 m, for buyers who want a smaller two-storey building outside the glulam series.

## How does the project move from brief to drawings to quotation?

Every two-storey project goes through Eurodita design and estimation system, a proprietary in-house workflow that combines 2D CAD floor-plan design, 3D visualisation, material and timber-volume calculation, cost estimation and branded PDF output. It is an internal tool used by Eurodita team on real enquiries, not a public self-service configurator.

The brief arrives with the footprint, the layout, the profile if known and the destination country. Eurodita team configures the building in the system, which produces the floor plans, elevations with dimensions, a 3D render, the specification and the window and door schedule, and calculates the estimate from the geometry and the maintained pricing data. The team reviews the proposal; where the project needs structural calculations they are arranged with the specialist partner, and the design is adjusted if the calculations require it. The result is a written quotation in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default, with 50% payable with the order and 50% before dispatch. There is no public price list; the quotation is the reference document for that project, and for dealers it can carry the dealer's own brand where agreed. Production timing is confirmed in the quotation and is not published.

## What should I prepare for an enquiry?

A two-storey enquiry can be assessed without a clarification round when it carries the following.

- Starting point: a catalogue model name, an architect's drawing, or a sketch with approximate external length and width.

- Floor layout: rooms on each floor, staircase position and any double-height space, as far as known.

- Glulam profile written in full, such as 135x260 mm, or a request for a recommendation.

- Corner type for 88 to 220 mm profiles: dovetail or standard.

- Joinery on its own line: IV45, IV68 or triple-glazed IV92 windows and doors, timber sliding or bifold doors, or aluminium sliding systems.

- Roof and floor: whether they should be prepared for locally bought insulation.

- Destination country, the local approval route, and whether a local architect or engineer is already appointed.

- Intended use and buyer type: private residence, rental or development plot; dealer, developer or private client; whether documentation should carry a partner brand.

- Required delivery window, so it can be checked against the production schedule before the order is placed.

## Frequently asked questions

## Is a two-storey glulam log house a standard catalogue product?

No. Eurodita manufactures two-storey and other multi-storey timber buildings as bespoke, project-engineered work. The catalogue lists two-storey glulam models such as Glulife, Saimaa and Timberly, but each listing is a starting geometry. The footprint, layout, openings, roof and glulam profile are confirmed in the design stage and described in the written quotation for that order.

## Which glulam profiles can be used on a two-storey house?

Any of the five approved glulam profiles: 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm. The profile in a catalogue title is the featured one, not the only one available. The dovetail corner system is offered on the four larger profiles, 88x260 to 220x260 mm, and not on 70x130 mm, so an enquiry names both the profile and the corner type.

## Who carries out the structural calculations for a two-storey building?

Project-specific structural calculations, where the project requires them, are performed by external structural engineering specialists that Eurodita works with. Eurodita supplies the design, drawings, CAD and technical data for the order. The buyer's local architect or engineer then uses those documents for the structural review and approval route in the destination country.

## Does Eurodita handle planning and building-control approval?

No. Local architect approval, structural approval, building-control or local-authority acceptance and site-specific regulatory approval stay with the customer, dealer or project team unless a separate written project scope assigns them otherwise. Eurodita provides drawings, CAD, specifications and available technical data to support the application; the documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation.

## Does Eurodita install two-storey houses or build the foundations?

Installation is agreed per project. Eurodita supplies the glulam wall kit, floor and roof structure and its own timber windows and doors, flat packed and not pre-assembled in the factory. Foundations, insulation material, electrical, plumbing and heating are handled by the buyer's local builder and partners. Unloading at the destination is the buyer's responsibility, and freight is quoted per route.

## How is a two-storey glulam house quoted?

Every order is quoted in writing after the design is developed in Eurodita in-house design and estimation system, which produces 2D CAD drawings, elevations, a 3D visualisation and the specification. Prices are in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default, with 50% payable with the order and 50% before dispatch. There is no public price list.

## Related pages

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

## How do I start a two-storey project?

Send a two-storey project brief

Send the checklist above through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written assessment of whether the project fits its supply-only scope and, where it does, develops the design and returns drawings, a 3D visualisation and a written quotation for that order. Factory visits in Lithuania are welcome by arrangement for buyers with a two-storey project under discussion.

Two-storey glulam log houses as projects Send a two-storey project brief


---

# Reading a Eurodita quotation
URL: https://eurodita.com/reading-a-eurodita-quotation/

## Reading a Eurodita quotation: what each line means

Reading a quotation: what each line means

Eurodita does not publish prices. Every order, whether a catalogue cabin, a glulam home or a bespoke design, is quoted in writing, and that written quotation is the only document that fixes the scope and the price of a project. This page explains what a Eurodita quotation contains, line by line, so that a dealer, developer, architect or private client of a larger home can read one and check it before accepting.

Request a written quotation What Eurodita does not do

The structure is the same for every market and product family: the parties, the building description, the wall, joinery, roof, floor and option lines, the price basis and payment terms, the timing for that order, and the drawings. The default exclusions are set out below; the wider boundaries are on what Eurodita does not do.

## At a glance

Written only: there is no public price list; every order is quoted in writing and the quotation is the reference for that project.

Currency and basis: prices are in EUR, exclude VAT and exclude delivery; the default delivery basis is EXW Eurodita factory.

Delivery options: DAP is offered per order where commercially suitable; DDP is confirmed case by case only.

Freight: quoted separately for the specific route, load and order, through third-party forwarders.

Payment: 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory.

Timing: no lead times are published; production timing is stated per order in the quotation and confirmed at order confirmation.

Not included by default: installation, foundations, utilities, insulation material and painting; painting can be ordered as an option with limited capacity.

Documents: drawings, CAD, 3D visual and specification accompany the quotation; the PDF can carry the partner's brand where agreed.

## What does a Eurodita quotation cover?

A Eurodita quotation covers the manufactured timber building kit and the joinery that goes with it. The seller is UAB Eurodita in Lithuania; the buyer is the dealer, distributor, developer or, for larger residential homes, the private client named on the document. Each quotation carries a reference used in later correspondence, order confirmation and shipping paperwork.

The quotation is produced from Eurodita design and estimation system, which calculates material volume and cost from the configured project. Standard catalogue models are priced from the current internal price source; bespoke, glulam and modified projects are calculated individually, and a catalogue price is never substituted for a modified building. A validity date is printed; after it the price is revalidated rather than automatically withdrawn or held.

## How is the building described on the quotation?

The building line names either a catalogue model from the catalogue or a bespoke description with a drawing reference, followed by the external dimensions. All dimensions Eurodita states are external, written as length by width, with a terrace or canopy stated as its own figure. Internal floor area is smaller than the stated size by the wall thickness on each side; see base size by model.

For a bespoke or modified building the description is tied to the drawing set that comes with the quotation. If the enquiry started from a sketch or an architect's drawing, the quotation describes the manufacturable version of it, and any change made to make it buildable is visible in the drawings; see bespoke and custom log cabins.

## Which lines describe the walls, joinery, roof and floor?

After the building description come the technical lines. Each states a manufacturing instruction, not a performance result.

| Line | What it states | What to check

| Wall profile | The wall family and full profile: solid (for example 44x130 mm), glulam (for example 135x260 mm) or twin-skin (for example 58-100-58 mm), and for glulam 88 to 220 mm the corner type, Dovetail or standard. | That the profile is the one you specified, written in full. A catalogue thickness is the featured profile, not the only one; see wall profiles. A figure of 45, 68 or 92 on a joinery line is not a wall thickness.

| Windows and doors | The joinery system (IV45, IV68 or triple-glazed IV92), the number and size of each unit, and any timber sliding or bifold doors, in a window and door schedule. | Quantities and sizes against your plan; whether a unit is Eurodita timber joinery or a sourced aluminium sliding system, which is stated separately.

| Glazing | The glazing specification for each joinery unit, as part of the schedule. | That it matches the joinery system chosen; no thermal value is implied and none is published.

| Roof | The roof geometry (apex, pent, hip, pyramidal or project-specific), the roof structure supplied and any boarding or covering included. | Which covering, if any, is in scope; whether the roof is prepared for insulation rather than insulated.

| Floor | The floor package: 28 mm floorboards as standard, with impregnated floor bearers as standard. | That the floor is included and whether it is prepared for insulation.

| Options and finish | Any extra ordered as an option: terrace, canopy, additional joinery, modified openings, factory painting where capacity allows. Wall logs are untreated by default. | That every option you asked for has its own line. If painting is not on the quotation, the building ships untreated.

## What is not in the quotation unless ordered?

A Eurodita quotation is for supply of the kit. The following are outside the default scope and appear only where a separate line or written agreement adds them.

- Installation and assembly: the kit ships flat packed and, unless installation is agreed for the project, is assembled by the buyer's own builder or local crew.

- Foundations and groundworks: designed and built locally by the buyer's project team.

- Utilities: electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not part of the manufacturing scope.

- Insulation material: Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared for insulation where required; the insulation itself is bought locally.

- Painting and treatment: wall logs are untreated by default; factory painting is an option with limited capacity and never the standard finish.

- Structural calculations and approvals: calculations, where needed, are done by external engineering specialists; building control, planning and architect approval stay with the buyer's local route.

- Delivery and unloading: freight is a separate quotation, and unloading at the destination is the buyer's or site's responsibility unless the order states otherwise.

## What does the price basis mean: EUR, VAT, EXW, DAP, DDP?

The price basis line states the currency, the tax treatment and the delivery basis. EUR is the default commercial currency; another currency is used only where specifically agreed for the project. Prices exclude VAT, and the VAT treatment is verified for the actual buyer, country and order rather than assumed. Prices exclude delivery unless the quotation states another basis, and the default basis is EXW Eurodita factory.

| Basis | Who arranges transport | Where responsibility passes

| EXW Eurodita factory (default) | Delivery is excluded from the price; Eurodita can arrange it through its logistics partners as a separate freight quotation if requested. | Follows the agreed Incoterm and the specific order terms.

| DAP | Offered when requested and commercially suitable; transport through third-party forwarders; confirmed per quotation and order. | Follows the agreed Incoterm and the specific order terms.

| DDP | Offered individually and confirmed case by case only; never a standing commitment. | Follows the agreed Incoterm and the specific order terms.

For UK transactions Eurodita can coordinate the full logistics and customs process subject to the agreed order and Incoterm; for other non-EU markets the normal scope is transport to the destination port unless a broader service is agreed in writing. See the shipping and delivery policy.

## How are freight and payment shown?

Freight is never a standard figure inside the product price. It is quoted separately for the specific route, load and order, because Eurodita runs no transport fleet and arranges every shipment through third-party forwarders. A freight line, where requested, states the route and the delivery basis it was priced on; the delivery ETA is estimated by the forwarder and is not fixed by Eurodita.

Payment terms are 50% with the order or order confirmation and 50% before dispatch from the factory. No dealer margin or resale price is published or printed: the quotation states the wholesale supply basis, and retailers set their own pricing. Production timing is stated per order in the quotation and confirmed at order confirmation; Eurodita publishes no lead times, because timing varies by product, factory load, season and project complexity.

## Which documents come with the quotation?

The quotation arrives as a package generated from one configuration by the design and estimation system.

- Quotation document: the priced proposal with the lines described on this page.

- 2D CAD drawings: floor plan and elevations with dimensions.

- 3D visual: a render of the configured building.

- Technical specification: wall, roof, floor and material parameters, and the window and door schedule.

- Partner-branded PDF: in the private-label model the quotation, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's own identity where agreed for that order.

Certification documentation is not a default enclosure. Eurodita holds no own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate, no ISO 9001 certificate, and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim; where a market or project needs a conformity route, structural review or sourcing documentation, the route for that order is confirmed at quotation. Shipment documents such as the commercial invoice and packing list are prepared for the shipment, not the quotation.

## What should a buyer check before accepting, and how are changes made?

Read the quotation against the enquiry that produced it.

- Parties and reference: the buyer named is the ordering entity.

- Model or bespoke description and drawing reference match the version last discussed.

- External dimensions as specified, with terrace or canopy stated separately.

- Wall profile written in full: family, section and corner type.

- Window and door schedule: quantities, sizes, joinery system and glazing type.

- Roof, floor and option lines say what is supplied; painting appears only if ordered.

- Price basis: EUR, VAT excluded, delivery basis stated; freight as a separate line if requested.

- Payment terms read 50% with order and 50% before dispatch; timing for this order is stated.

- Nothing outside the manufacturing scope (installation, foundations, utilities, approvals) is assumed to be included.

To ask for a change, reply to the sales contact quoting the reference and listing the lines to alter. Because price and drawings come from one configuration, the change is re-run through the design and estimation system and a revised quotation with revised drawings is issued. Accept the revision, not the original, and keep it with the order confirmation, which governs cancellation, deposit and later variation.

## Frequently asked questions

## Does Eurodita publish prices?

No. Eurodita does not publish a public price list. Every order, from a catalogue cabin to a glulam home or a bespoke design, is quoted in writing, and the written quotation is the only document that fixes the scope and the price of a project. Prices are in EUR, exclude VAT and exclude delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default.

## What does EXW Eurodita factory mean on a Eurodita quotation?

EXW Eurodita factory is the default delivery basis: the price covers the building kit at the factory in Lithuania, and delivery is excluded. Freight can be quoted separately through Eurodita logistics partners for the specific route and load. Risk and responsibility follow the agreed Incoterm and the order terms, and DAP or DDP can be quoted instead where agreed.

## Does a Eurodita quotation include installation?

Not by default. A Eurodita quotation covers supply of the timber building kit and its joinery. Installation is agreed per project and, where agreed, is stated in the quotation. Foundations, utilities, insulation material and painting are outside the default scope; factory painting can be ordered as an option with limited capacity. The kit ships flat packed and, unless installation is agreed for the project, is assembled by the buyer's own builder or local crew.

## What are Eurodita payment terms?

Payment is 50% with the order or order confirmation and 50% before dispatch from the factory. These are the standard terms and the quotation repeats them. Deferred credit or monthly account terms are not a standard offer, and discounts or volume pricing appear only where they have been specifically approved for the order.

## Does a Eurodita quotation state a lead time?

Yes, for that order only. Eurodita publishes no general lead times because production timing varies by product, factory load, season and project complexity. The quotation states the timing from the current production schedule, and it is confirmed again at order confirmation. Delivery timing is estimated separately by the forwarder for the route.

## What documents come with a Eurodita quotation?

The quotation comes with 2D CAD drawings, floor plan and elevations with dimensions, a 3D visual, a technical specification and a window and door schedule, all generated from the same configuration by Eurodita design and estimation system. In the private-label model the package can carry the partner's own brand where agreed for the order.

## How do I change a Eurodita quotation before accepting it?

Reply to the sales contact quoting the quotation reference and listing the lines to alter, such as a different wall profile, added joinery, a changed dimension or a different delivery basis. The change is re-run through the design and estimation system and a revised quotation with revised drawings is issued. Accept the revision, and keep it with the order confirmation.

## Related pages

- Price, lead time and U-value: how to get each figure

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

- Buying timber lodges for a holiday park from an EU manufacturer: a procurement guide

## How do I request a quotation?

Send the product category or catalogue model, the external dimensions, the wall profile if known, the joinery required, the number of units, the intended use, the delivery country and the required delivery window, and say which delivery basis you want priced. Add whether local installation is expected, so that supply-only scope is clear from the start. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and the drawing package for that project.

Request a written quotation

Reading a quotation Request a written quotation


---

# Log cabin price, lead time and U-value
URL: https://eurodita.com/price-lead-time-u-value-how-to-get-them/

## Price, lead time and U-value: how to get each figure

Set per order: price, date, finished-wall figure

Eurodita is a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, manufacturing timber buildings since 1994, and three numbers a buyer looks for first are not on this website: a price, a delivery date and a finished-wall U-value. None is missing by oversight. Each is set per order, and each has a defined route by which a dealer, developer or private client of a larger home obtains it.

Send an enquiry with your inputs Reading a quotation

This page states, for each number, why Eurodita does not publish it, what decides it, and the inputs a buyer sends to get the price and the date in writing and the finished-wall figure from a local designer, then what Eurodita does publish instead.

## At a glance

Price: no public price list; every order is quoted in writing in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default.

What sets the price: wall profile, external size, roof, openings, joinery, options, quantity and delivery basis; the price is stated only in the written quotation.

Timing: no production or transit times are published; timing is confirmed per order in the quotation.

What sets timing: specification, factory load and season for production; route, carrier and customs for transit, estimated by the forwarder.

Thermal performance: no U-value for a finished wall, a building or a twin-skin build-up; a thickness is not a thermal figure.

What is published for the wall: preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone, from 3.82 W/m²K at 28 mm to 0.49 W/m²K at 220 mm , none for 19 mm ; not a figure for a finished wall or building and not a compliance result.

How each is obtained: price and timing come with the quotation; the thermal figure is calculated locally from the order drawings and the chosen insulation.

What is published: wall profiles and twin-skin build-ups, external dimensions per model, scope boundaries, and payment terms of 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch.

## Why does Eurodita not publish a price list?

Eurodita does not currently publish a public price list because the price follows the configuration of each order, and where dealers resell the range, they price it themselves. Prices are released to a qualified partner or project in a written quotation; that is current policy.

Eurodita is B2B-first and publishes no dealer margins or recommended retail prices; a public factory price would cut across the prices its dealers set. A catalogue listing is not one product: a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile; joinery and finish are chosen per order, so one figure per model would describe one configuration among many. Bespoke, glulam and modified projects are calculated individually in the Eurodita estimation system, never from a standard price. The full boundary list is on what Eurodita does not do.

## What decides the price of a Eurodita building?

The quotation prices the configuration of each order. The wall profile, external size, roof, openings, joinery system, options, quantity and delivery basis decide that price, and the quotation states the VAT treatment.

| Factor | What it changes | Where it is confirmed

| Wall profile | Solid (19x100 to 70x130 mm ), glulam (70x130 to 220x260 mm ) or twin-skin build-up; the main driver of timber volume | Quotation

| External size | Footprint as external length by width, eaves and ridge height, any terrace as its own figure | Quotation and order drawings

| Roof | Roof form and roof components, including any change from the catalogue roof | Quotation and order drawings

| Openings | Number, size and position of windows and doors | Quotation and order drawings

| Joinery system | IV45, IV68 or triple-glazed IV92 windows and doors, timber sliding or bifold doors, or sourced aluminium sliding systems | Quotation, own line

| Options | Factory painting (an option with limited capacity, never standard) and other agreed extras | Quotation, itemised

| Quantity | Single unit, pilot unit or programme volume; 19 to 44 mm ranges are volume-driven, 58 and 70 mm , bespoke and glulam can be single projects | Quotation

| Delivery basis | EXW Eurodita factory by default; DAP per order; DDP case by case; freight quoted separately per route and load | Quotation, Incoterm stated

| VAT treatment | Whether VAT applies, validated for the actual customer, country and order | Quotation, after validation

No factor has a published rate against it, and the wholesale basis is the same in every market. How the document is read line by line is on reading a Eurodita quotation.

## How do I get a price?

Send an enquiry with the inputs from the table: the model from the catalogue or a drawing reference; the wall profile or twin-skin build-up written in full; external dimensions; joinery; finish; quantity; destination country; delivery basis wanted; intended use; and the ordering company's details so that VAT can be validated. Eurodita replies with a written quotation in EUR. For bespoke, glulam and modified projects it is a priced proposal with 2D CAD and 3D visualisation, carrying a partner's brand where agreed.

The quotation states its own validity; once that has passed, the price is revalidated against current material costs rather than automatically withdrawn or held.

## Why are lead times not published, and how do I get a date?

Eurodita publishes no production lead time and no transit time. Production timing varies by product, factory load, season and project complexity, and glulam varies most. Transit is estimated by the forwarder for the route, carrier and customs situation; Eurodita runs no transport fleet and holds no stock in export markets.

The date comes with the quotation. State the required delivery window in the enquiry; Eurodita checks it against the current production schedule and confirms production timing in the quotation and at order confirmation. Freight timing is the forwarder's estimate, not a commitment. Dispatch follows the second payment, 50% before dispatch, so the payment date is in the buyer's hands. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility; see the shipping and delivery policy.

## Which U-values are published, and how do I get a figure for a finished wall?

Eurodita publishes preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone, from 3.82 W/m²K at 28 mm to 0.49 W/m²K at 220 mm , listed on twin-skin vs standard log cabin; they are not a figure for a finished wall or building and not a compliance result, and none is published for the 19 mm profile. The data carries no glulam-versus-solid distinction, no twin-skin row, no roof, floor or glazing figure, and no pass or fail against any building regulation. It is data about a component, not a building; a project engineer works from the wall build-up and the locally chosen insulation for the wall as built.

A wall thickness on its own is a manufacturing dimension, not a thermal figure for the finished wall. For twin-skin the reason is concrete: the cavity is the space the insulation occupies, the insulation is normally selected and bought locally because national requirements differ, and Eurodita supplies the structure prepared for insulation and does not normally supply the insulation itself. The finished wall depends on that locally chosen material, so no U-value, R-value or thermal figure is published for any finished build-up; the build-ups are described on twin-skin wall build-ups .

A buyer who needs a figure for approval gets it locally: Eurodita supplies the drawings, CAD and technical data for the order, and the buyer's designer or engineer calculates the wall as it will be built, with the chosen insulation and finishes, against the rules of the destination country. The approval route stays with the buyer's local team. The profile reference is on wall profiles.

## What does Eurodita publish instead?

Eurodita publishes the facts and figures that are stable across orders: wall profiles, wall element U-values, external dimensions per model, scope boundaries, commercial terms and manufacturing facts.

- Wall profiles: six solid profiles, 19x100 to 70x130 mm ; five glulam profiles, 70x130 to 220x260 mm ; four twin-skin build-ups, 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm ; a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile.

- Wall element U-values: preliminary values for the timber wall element alone, from 3.82 W/m²K at 28 mm to 0.49 W/m²K at 220 mm , listed on twin-skin vs standard log cabin; none for the 19 mm profile; not a figure for a finished wall or building and not a compliance result.

- External dimensions per model: the external footprint of every catalogue model, with eaves and ridge heights where recorded, on log cabin base size by model; the base itself is confirmed per model and site.

- Scope boundaries: flat-packed kits; installation agreed per project; foundations and utilities provided locally; no own FSC, PEFC or ISO 9001 certificate and no blanket CE or UKCA claim; documentation confirmed per order at quotation.

- Commercial terms: written quotation in EUR, EXW Eurodita factory, excluding VAT and delivery; DAP per order, DDP case by case; 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch; no single fixed minimum order, and a pilot unit is accepted practice.

- Manufacturing facts: Hundegger CNC machining, electric Nardi kiln drying, Nordic spruce and pine, own timber joinery, annual output stated as averages, not capacity.

## Who is this way of working for?

It suits the buyer who orders a specified building rather than a shelf item: dealers and distributors carrying the garden-building range, developers and holiday-park operators, private-label brands whose quotations carry their own name, and private clients of larger residential homes, each project assessed individually. For all of them the quotation replaces the price list, the confirmed schedule replaces a generic lead time, and the local calculation replaces a finished-wall U-value.

It does not suit a private buyer looking for a garden building at a listed price. For that range the supply route is confirmed project by project; there is no consumer shop or showroom, and where a buyer goes through a local retailer, the price, date or finished-wall thermal figure is the retailer's, not one Eurodita has published.

## Frequently asked questions

## How much does a Eurodita log cabin cost?

There is no public price. Eurodita does not publish a price list, and every order is quoted in writing in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default. The price depends on the wall profile, external size, roof, openings, joinery, options, quantity and delivery basis, so it is stated only in the written quotation for that configuration.

## How long does Eurodita take to deliver?

No lead time is published. Production timing varies by product, factory load, season and project complexity, so it is set per order and confirmed in the written quotation and at order confirmation. Transit timing is estimated separately by the forwarder for the route and is an estimate, not a commitment. State the required window in the enquiry.

## What is the U-value of a Eurodita 70 mm wall?

The preliminary U-value of the 70 mm timber wall element on its own is 1.53 W/m²K. It describes the wall element alone, is not a figure for a finished wall or building and is not a compliance result. The wall as built, with any insulation and finishes the project adds, is calculated by the buyer's local designer from the order drawings.

## What do I need to send to get a Eurodita price?

The model or a drawing reference, the wall profile or twin-skin build-up written in full, external dimensions, the joinery system, finish, any options, the quantity, the destination country, the delivery basis wanted, the intended use and the ordering company's details for VAT validation. Eurodita replies with a written quotation; bespoke and glulam projects come as a priced proposal with CAD.

## Why does Eurodita not publish dealer prices or margins?

Eurodita is a B2B manufacturer. Dealers and distributors set their own resale prices, and Eurodita publishes no dealer margins or recommended retail prices, so a public factory price would cut across the partner's own pricing. Prices are released to qualified partners and projects from the approved current pricing source, in a written quotation, on the wholesale basis of EXW Eurodita factory.

## What figures does Eurodita publish?

The wall profiles: six solid, five glulam and four twin-skin build-ups; a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone, from 3.82 W/m²K at 28 mm to 0.49 W/m²K at 220 mm , not a figure for a finished wall or building and not a compliance result. The external dimensions of every catalogue model. The scope boundaries: flat-packed kits, installation agreed per project, no own FSC, PEFC or ISO 9001 certificate. And the commercial terms: written quotation in EUR, EXW Eurodita factory, 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch.

## Related pages

- Reading a Eurodita quotation: what each line means

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups

## How do I start?

Send the inputs listed under the price section, with the required delivery window and a note if a thermal figure is needed for approval. Eurodita replies with a written quotation that states the price and production timing for that order.

Send an enquiry with your inputs

Set per order Send an enquiry with your inputs


---

# Timber building glossary
URL: https://eurodita.com/timber-building-glossary/

## Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

Glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

This glossary defines the terms Eurodita uses when it quotes, draws and manufactures timber buildings in Lithuania, in the sense Eurodita uses them. Most enquiry errors are vocabulary errors: a joinery figure copied into the wall field, or an internal size read as external. Each entry gives the working definition and links to the reference page where one exists.

Ask about a term or a project Wall profile reference

The definitions are written for dealers, developers, architects and private clients of larger homes, and describe how each term is used in a Eurodita quotation, not general trade usage. Wall figures are on the wall profile reference and the scope boundaries are on what Eurodita does not do.

## At a glance

Wall profile: written thickness first and log height second, so 44 x 130 mm is a wall log 44 mm thick and 130 mm high.

IV45, IV68, IV92: window and door systems, never wall thicknesses; a 35 mm wall does not exist and the solid profile is 34 x 100 mm.

External dimensions: every stated size is the outside of the wall structure; a terrace is stated as its own figure.

Twin-skin build-up: outer skin, cavity, inner skin, written 44-100-44; the cavity is a space, not an insulation specification.

Glulam log: glued laminated profiles from 70 x 130 to 220 x 260 mm; dovetail corners on 88 to 220 mm only.

EXW Eurodita factory: the default quotation basis; the buyer's forwarder collects at the factory.

Private label: a product made to the partner's specification; white label is a generic product with the partner's brand applied.

Pilot unit: a single first unit ordered to test a route; accepted practice, but not a blanket "no minimum order".

## Which terms describe the wall?

Solid log (wall log)

A single machined length of Nordic spruce or pine. Eurodita machines six solid profiles, 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 and 70 x 130 mm; a solid log model can also be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default; see the wall profile reference.

Wall profile

The machined cross-section of a wall log, written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm: a log 44 mm thick and 130 mm high. The first figure is the wall thickness a buyer sees in a model name. Writing the whole profile prevents a joinery figure being quoted as a wall.

Tongue and groove

The machined profile along the top and bottom of each wall log, roof board and floorboard, where a raised tongue on one edge fits the groove of the next. Eurodita data sheets record the wall construction as interlocking tongue and groove joints.

Interlocking corner joint

The notched crossing at each corner where the logs of two adjoining walls overlap and lock into one another, so the wall structure holds together without a separate corner post. It is the standard corner on Eurodita solid log buildings and the joint meant when a data sheet says interlocking.

Glulam (glued laminated timber) log

A wall log built from several timber laminations glued together rather than one solid section. Eurodita glulam series is 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 and 220 x 260 mm, the wall route for glulam homes and larger structures. Where 70 x 130 mm is meant, the enquiry states solid or glulam.

Dovetail corner

A corner system for glulam walls in which the log ends are cut to a tapered dovetail that locks the two walls together. Eurodita offers it on the 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 and 220 x 260 mm profiles and not on 70 x 130 mm. It is a corner type applied to a profile, not a profile.

Twin-skin wall and cavity

A wall of two equal solid log skins with a cavity between them, written outer skin, cavity, inner skin. Eurodita manufactures four build-ups, 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm. The cavity is the space the insulation occupies; the insulation is bought locally and no U-value is published for the finished build-up. See twin-skin wall build-ups.

## Which terms describe the roof, floor and dimensions?

External dimensions

The size of a building measured to the outside of the wall structure, stated as length x width in metres. Every dimension Eurodita states is external; a terrace or overhang is stated separately, and internal floor area is smaller by the wall thickness on each side. Footprints are on base size by model.

Eaves height and ridge height

Two heights recorded on each catalogue data sheet in centimetres. Eaves height runs from the base of the wall to the underside of the roof at the wall line; ridge height is the highest point of the roof. A row shows "per order" where no figure is recorded.

Apex, pent, long-ridge and hip roof

The roof forms named in Eurodita model titles. Apex has two slopes meeting at a central ridge. Pent has one slope. Long-ridge is the roof form named on some modern models with aluminium sliding doors; the model page and order drawings show its exact geometry. Hip has slopes on all four sides. The data sheet lists it as roof form where recorded.

Floor bearer

The timber members that sit on the buyer's base and carry the floor and the wall structure. Floor bearers are impregnated as standard and supplied with the kit. The base they rest on is outside Eurodita scope and is confirmed for the model and site.

Floorboard and roof board

The boards laid on the floor bearers and on the roof structure. Eurodita standard floorboard is 28 mm; roof boards are recorded as 19 mm tongue and groove boards on most catalogue models. Both figures are on the model's data sheet; open structures such as gazebos are recorded without floorboards.

Storm brace and anchor set

The hardware set supplied with a solid log or twin-skin kit for bracing the wall structure and anchoring the building to its base, recorded as Included on the data sheet of every solid log and twin-skin model. Fitting it is part of assembly by the buyer's crew, and the base it anchors to is the buyer's.

## Which terms describe joinery and finishing?

IV45, IV68 and IV92 joinery systems

Eurodita timber window and door systems, made in the Eurodita joinery shop. IV45 is the garden type, IV68 the residential type, and IV92 the triple-glazed system offered with glulam buildings. The figures 45, 68 and 92 are never wall thicknesses: a " 68 mm cabin" has IV68 joinery. See Eurodita windows and Eurodita doors.

Double and triple glazing

Catalogue data sheets name the type of each model: garden type (IV45) with 4-6-4 mm double glazing or residential type (IV68) with 4-16-4 mm double glazing; the 19 mm sheds are single glazed. Triple glazing is supplied through the IV92 system. Glazing is specified on the joinery line of an enquiry and confirmed in the quotation.

Aluminium sliding system

A sliding door system in aluminium that Eurodita buys in from a specialist supplier and integrates into the building, as on the modern log cabins with aluminium sliding doors. It is the one joinery item Eurodita does not make itself; timber sliding and bifold doors are Eurodita own.

Impregnated and untreated

Two default finishes for two components. Floor bearers are impregnated as standard because they sit on the base; the treatment route is stated in the order documentation. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default, so the buyer or end customer applies the chosen stain or paint after assembly. Neither default changes unless the quotation states otherwise.

Factory painting

An optional finishing service in which wall components are painted at the factory before dispatch. It is offered with limited capacity and is never the standard finish; on glulam it is an extra service. A request goes on the finish line of the enquiry, and whether it can be accepted is confirmed in the quotation.

## Which terms describe manufacturing and timber?

Nordic / Northern European spruce and pine

The approved wording for the timber in Eurodita wall logs and components. Both species are used, and a product is not reduced to spruce only or pine only unless the specific order says so. Eurodita holds no own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody; sourcing documentation is discussed only from the actual supplier and order paperwork.

Kiln drying and moisture target 12 to 14%

The drying of wall timber in Nardi kilns at the Eurodita factory to a moisture target of approximately 12 to 14% before machining. The drying system runs on electricity. The target describes the timber as it leaves the kiln; it is not a performance claim for the finished building.

Hundegger CNC machining

The computer-controlled cutting of wall logs, joints and components on Hundegger CNC lines, working from the order drawings. The approved wording is "Hundegger CNC machining"; no machine model or count is published. Routine checks cover incoming timber, moisture, CNC accuracy, joints, joinery and pre-dispatch inspection. See about Eurodita.

Flat-packed kit

The form in which a Eurodita building leaves the factory: machined logs, floor and roof components, joinery and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set, packed flat for transport. Assembly is by the buyer's own crew unless installation is agreed for the project, and unloading at the destination with suitable equipment is the buyer's responsibility.

## Which terms describe the commercial basis?

Written quotation

The document that fixes the scope, specification, documentation and price of an order. Eurodita quotes every order in writing and publishes no price list, so the quotation is the only price reference for a project. Prices are in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery unless stated otherwise.

EXW, DAP and DDP

The three Incoterms in Eurodita quotations. EXW Eurodita factory is the default: the goods are made available at the factory and the buyer's forwarder collects. DAP, delivered to a named place with unloading by the buyer, is quoted per order where it suits the route. DDP, duties paid, is case by case only. See the shipping and delivery policy.

50/50 payment terms

Eurodita default payment structure: 50% of the order value with the order or order confirmation, and the remaining 50% before dispatch from the factory. It applies unless the quotation for a specific order states otherwise. The structure is the same for catalogue, bespoke and private-label orders.

Pilot unit

A single first building ordered by a dealer or operator to test a product, a route or a market before a programme quantity. It is accepted practice where the order makes commercial and operational sense, and is quoted like any order. It is not a blanket "no minimum order", which Eurodita does not offer.

Volume-driven range vs single-project range

The commercial shape that follows the wall profile. The 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven and are normally discussed as a programme quantity. The 58 and 70 mm profiles, bespoke designs and glulam can be single projects. There is no single fixed minimum order; the quotation states what applies. See the dealer programme.

Private label vs white label

Private label is a product manufactured to one partner's own specification and supplied under that partner's brand; exclusivity or territory terms exist only where a specific written agreement sets them. White label is a generic product several resellers sell under their own brands. In Eurodita private-label model the partner controls pricing and the end customer, and documentation carries the partner's brand where agreed per order. See private label vs white label.

Creditinfo certificate

The Creditinfo "Strongest in Lithuania" certificate held by UAB Eurodita for 2019 to 2025, a rating of the company's financial standing. It is the one certificate Eurodita presents about itself and says nothing about product quality, conformity or delivery. Eurodita holds no ISO 9001 certificate and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim.

## Which terms describe product families and routes?

Catalogue model, bespoke and made-to-measure

Three ways an order is defined. A catalogue model is a listed design with recorded dimensions, heights and a standard wall profile, as in the catalogue. Made-to-measure is a catalogue model with changed dimensions, so it has its own footprint. Bespoke starts from the buyer's sketch or drawing; see bespoke and custom log cabins.

Holiday-park lodge and mobile log home

Two names for buildings in Eurodita mobile log home family, ordered for holiday parks, resorts and similar sites. Where a project needs dimensions around the UK caravan framework, Eurodita can manufacture to that brief; classification and site acceptance stay project-specific. See mobile log homes and holiday park cabins.

Granny annexe

A self-contained residential building placed in the grounds of an existing home, usually for a relative. At Eurodita it is a use-case route, not a separate manufacturing system: an annexe is a residential log cabin, twin-skin cabin or glulam home specified for that use, and the planning route is the buyer's local one. See granny annexes.

Order drawings

The drawings, CAD and technical data issued for a specific order with the quotation, from which the base is planned and the building is machined. They replace the catalogue figures for that order, so a made-to-measure or bespoke building is built from its drawings. The document set is agreed at quotation and can carry the partner's brand.

Local approval route

The planning, architect, building-control or local-authority process a building must pass at its site. It stays with the buyer, the dealer or the local project team; Eurodita supplies drawings and technical data as input but does not obtain approvals. Installation is agreed per project, and foundations and utilities are provided locally; see what Eurodita does not do.

Specialist structural partner

The external structural engineer Eurodita works with when a project requires structural calculations. Eurodita does not carry out the calculations itself; the partner works from Eurodita drawings, technical data and the project brief. A profile dimension on its own establishes no structural performance.

Declaration of Performance

A manufacturer's document declaring a construction product's performance for CE marking. Eurodita makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim and its IV45, IV68 and IV92 joinery is not represented as CE marked, so no blanket declaration is published. Which documentation exists for a specific product and order is confirmed at quotation.

## Frequently asked questions

## What is a twin skin log cabin?

A twin skin log cabin has walls made of two equal solid log skins with a cavity between them, written outer skin, cavity, inner skin. Eurodita manufactures four build-ups: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm. The cavity is the space the insulation occupies; the insulation is bought locally and no U-value is published for a finished build-up.

## What does EXW mean for a log cabin order?

EXW Eurodita factory is the default basis of every Eurodita quotation. The kit is made available at the factory in Lithuania and the buyer's forwarder collects it; transport, export handling and unloading at the destination are on the buyer's side. DAP can be quoted per order where it suits the route, and DDP is confirmed case by case only.

## Is 44 mm the wall thickness or the log height?

It is the wall thickness. A Eurodita wall profile is written thickness first and log height second, so 44 x 130 mm is a wall log 44 mm thick and 130 mm high. The log height is 100 mm for the 19, 28 and 34 mm profiles, 130 mm for the 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and 260 mm for the glulam profiles from 88 mm.

## What is the difference between private label and white label timber buildings?

Private label is a building manufactured to one partner's own specification and supplied under that partner's brand; exclusivity or territory terms exist only where a specific written agreement sets them. White label is a generic product that several resellers sell under their own brands. The test is whether another dealer can buy exactly what you are buying. At Eurodita, partner-branded quotations and drawings are provided where agreed per order.

## Are IV45, IV68 and IV92 wall thicknesses?

No. IV45, IV68 and IV92 are the names of Eurodita timber window and door systems, and IV92 is the triple-glazed route. The figures 45, 68 and 92 are joinery figures that sit next to wall profiles in a specification and get copied into the wall field. A 68 mm cabin is a cabin with IV68 joinery and a separate wall profile.

## What is a pilot unit?

A pilot unit is a single first building ordered by a dealer or park operator to test a product, a route or a market before committing to a programme quantity. Eurodita accepts a pilot unit where the order makes commercial and operational sense, and quotes it in writing like any other order. It is not a blanket no minimum order policy.

## Related pages

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

## Which term is missing?

This page covers the terms that recur in Eurodita enquiries and quotations. If a term in a data sheet, quotation or drawing is not defined here, or a definition does not match what you were told, send the term and the document reference and it will be checked against the manufacturing record.

Ask about a term or a project

Glossary Ask about a term or a project


---

# What is in a Eurodita kit
URL: https://eurodita.com/what-is-in-a-eurodita-kit/

## What is in a Eurodita kit, and what is not

What the kit carries, and what it does not

A Eurodita building leaves the factory in Lithuania as a flat-packed kit: machined wall logs, floor and roof components, the timber joinery made in the same plant and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set, packed for transport and listed on the order documentation. This page sets out what a kit carries by component family, what changes between product families, and what is not in the kit.

Ask for the order documentation Base size by model

It is written for dealers, distributors, developers and private clients of larger homes who need to plan a base, a crew and an unloading slot before the first kit arrives. Eurodita publishes no general kit contents list, because contents follow the model, the wall profile and the options on each order; the drawings, specification and packing list are the record. Wall figures are on the wall profile reference; scope boundaries are on what Eurodita does not do.

## At a glance

Flat-packed: every kit ships as machined components for assembly on site. Installation is agreed per project.

Walls: solid, glulam or twin-skin logs in the profile on the order, untreated by default.

Floor: impregnated floor bearers as standard and 28 mm floorboards as the standard board.

Roof: roof structure and roof boards as drawn; the roof covering is sourced locally.

Joinery: Eurodita IV45, IV68 and triple-glazed IV92 windows and doors and timber sliding and bifold doors; aluminium sliding systems bought in.

Storm brace and anchor set: recorded as Included on the data sheet of every solid log and twin-skin model.

Sourced locally: insulation material, roof covering, foundations, utilities, interior fit-out and unloading equipment; paint is not in the kit unless ordered, and installation is agreed per project.

The record: the order drawings, specification and packing list state the contents of an order.

## What does "flat-packed kit" mean at Eurodita?

A flat-packed kit is the set of machined components from which one building is assembled, packed flat for transport rather than as finished walls or modules. Every Eurodita kit is supplied this way. Wall logs are cut on Hundegger CNC lines from kiln-dried Nordic spruce and pine to the order drawings, with joints, corners and openings machined in, so the crew on site lays courses rather than cutting timber.

Assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings, unless installation is agreed for the project. The kit is a manufacturing scope, not a site scope: base, roof covering and services are provided locally.

## Which component families does a kit carry?

A kit is read by building part. Pieces, sizes and counts are stated only in the order documentation.

| Part | What the kit carries | Notes

| Walls | Machined wall logs in the profile on the order: solid, glulam or twin-skin, with corners, joints and openings cut in | Untreated by default. Solid log models in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, glulam models in any glulam profile. Twin-skin kits carry both skins; the cavity is empty. See wall profiles.

| Floor | Floor bearers and floorboards | Bearers impregnated as standard; standard floorboard 28 mm. The base is the buyer's; see base size by model. Open structures are recorded without floorboards.

| Roof | Roof structure and roof boards as drawn | Geometry is configurable per project. The roof covering is sourced locally.

| Windows and doors | Eurodita timber doors and windows: the garden type (IV45) on smaller cabins, the residential type (IV68) on residential buildings, triple-glazed IV92 with glulam; timber sliding and bifold doors | Aluminium sliding systems are bought in from a specialist supplier. Glazing is recorded on the joinery line. See windows and doors.

| Storm brace and anchor set | The hardware set for bracing the wall structure and anchoring the building to its base | Recorded as Included on the data sheet of every solid log and twin-skin model. Fitting it is part of assembly.

| Fixings | Fixings and hardware as listed in the order documentation | Hardware and fittings are bought in and integrated into the kit; the packing list is the record.

The data sheet on each catalogue page records these rows for the model as listed; the order drawings replace them for a bespoke building.

## What differs by product family?

The component families are the same across the range; what changes is which of them a building has and in what form.

| Product family | Kit shape | What to note

| Garden cabins | Solid wall logs, floor bearers and floorboards, roof boards, timber joinery, storm brace and anchor set | Volume-driven standard ranges; supply route confirmed per project. The 19 mm garden sheds are supplied without a floor.

| Residential and twin-skin cabins | Two equal solid log skins with a cavity between, plus floor, roof and joinery | The cavity takes locally bought insulation. See twin-skin cabins.

| Glulam homes | Glulam wall logs, dovetail corners where ordered on the 88 to 220 mm profiles, floor, roof and joinery | Factory painting can be offered as an extra service; structural calculations by specialist partners where needed. See glulam homes.

| Garages and carports | Wall logs or posts, roof structure and roof boards, doors where specified | Carports are recorded without floorboards, and garages are supplied without a floor by default; a floor can be supplied on order. Garage doors go on the joinery line.

| Pergolas and gazebos | Open timber structure as drawn | No wall logs, floorboards or glazed joinery unless the order includes them.

## What is not in the kit?

These items are outside the standard kit.

- Insulation material. Eurodita supplies the structure prepared for insulation where required, and does not supply insulation materials as a standard factory product; they are bought locally because national requirements differ.

- Roof covering. Roof boards are in the kit; the covering is sourced locally.

- Foundations. The base is built locally from the footprint and drawings for the order.

- Utilities. Electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not supplied or connected.

- Paint or stain. Wall logs are untreated by default. Factory painting is an option with limited capacity, never the standard finish.

- Interior fit-out. Linings, kitchens, bathrooms and floor finishes are local scope.

- Installation. Assembly is by the buyer's crew unless installation is agreed for the project; turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

- Unloading equipment. Forklift, telehandler, crane or other suitable equipment and safe access are provided by the buyer or site.

## How are the exact contents confirmed?

Three documents fix the contents of an order. The order drawings show the building as it will be machined and are the reference for the base and for assembly. The specification states the wall profile, floor and roof build-up, joinery and glazing, finish and options, and is issued with the written quotation. The packing list records what was packed. Together they replace the catalogue data sheet for that building.

Every order is quoted in writing, EXW Eurodita factory by default, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery; the quotation fixes scope and price, and documentation can carry the partner's brand where agreed. A component shown in an older catalogue or another customer's quotation is not a promise for a new order.

## How does a kit arrive and how is it checked?

Packaging and loading are configured per product and order, so no universal pallet or wrapping description applies; the packing list states what was loaded. Freight goes through third-party forwarders and is quoted per route and load; Eurodita runs no transport fleet. Under EXW Eurodita factory the buyer's forwarder collects at the factory; DAP is quoted per order, DDP case by case. See the shipping and delivery policy.

Unloading at the destination is the buyer's or site's responsibility unless a written order or transport arrangement states otherwise. Before dispatch, Eurodita routine checks cover completeness, packing and a final inspection. On arrival, the delivery is checked against the packing list and the order drawings before assembly begins; any difference is reported with the document reference and the item concerned.

## What should I ask before ordering?

An enquiry that covers these points can be quoted without a clarification round.

- Model or drawing reference, from the catalogue or a bespoke brief, with external dimensions and terrace as a separate figure.

- Wall family and profile in full: solid, glulam or twin-skin, for example 44x130 mm or 58-100-58 mm.

- Floor: standard floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, or a stated variation; the base is local scope.

- Roof: geometry and roof boards.

- Joinery on its own line: IV45, IV68 or IV92, glazing, timber sliding or bifold doors, or aluminium sliding systems.

- Insulation and finish: structure prepared for locally bought insulation; untreated by default, or factory painting requested as an option.

- Delivery basis, destination country and the unloading equipment on site.

- Quantity: single unit, pilot unit or programme volume; 19 to 44 mm ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm, glulam and bespoke can be single projects.

## Frequently asked questions

## What is included in a log cabin kit from Eurodita?

A Eurodita kit carries the machined wall logs in the profile on the order, impregnated floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards as standard, the roof structure and roof boards, Eurodita timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. The exact contents of an order are listed in its drawings, specification and packing list.

## Is insulation included?

No. Eurodita supplies the wall, floor and roof structure prepared for insulation where the project requires it, and does not supply insulation materials as a standard factory product. The insulation is selected and bought locally because national requirements and partner practice differ. A twin skin cavity is a space for insulation, not an insulation specification.

## Is the roof covering included?

Roof boards are in the kit. The covering that goes on them is sourced locally.

## Are the wall logs treated?

No. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default, so the buyer or end customer applies the chosen stain or paint after assembly. Floor bearers are impregnated as standard because they sit on the base. Factory painting is an option with limited capacity and is never the standard finish; whether a request can be accepted is confirmed in the quotation.

## Is the kit pre-assembled?

No. Kits are flat-packed: the kit is machined components, cut on Hundegger CNC lines from the order drawings. Assembly on site is carried out by the buyer's own builder or local crew from those drawings, unless installation is agreed for the project; turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

## Who unloads the kit?

The buyer or the site. Unloading at the destination is the buyer's responsibility unless a written order or transport arrangement states otherwise. A forklift, telehandler, crane or other suitable equipment and safe access must be provided on site. Eurodita runs no transport fleet; freight is arranged through forwarder partners and quoted separately for each route and load.

## Related pages

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

- Order and After-Sales Documentation

- Declaration of Performance and CE Marking for Log Cabins: A Guide for Dealers

## How do I confirm the contents for an order?

Ask for the order documentation

Send the checklist above through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification; the drawings and packing list follow as the order progresses. Those documents, not this page, are the record of what is in your kit.

What the kit carries, and what it does not Ask for the order documentation


---

# Timber lodges for holiday parks: buying guide
URL: https://eurodita.com/holiday-park-lodge-procurement-guide/

## Buying timber lodges for a holiday park from an EU manufacturer: a procurement guide

Holiday parks: buying timber lodges from an EU factory

A holiday park that buys timber lodges from a manufacturer abroad is buying a factory package, not a finished pitch. Eurodita, a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, manufacturing timber buildings since 1994, supplies that package to park operators, developers and lodge dealers in the UK, Ireland, Australia and other markets: the lodge kit, the joinery and the drawings, quoted in writing per order. Everything on the park side, from base to connections to sign-off, stays with the operator and its local contractors.

Send a park project brief Mobile log homes

This guide is for the person comparing quotations from several manufacturers. It covers the package, product routes, quotation, delivery, compliance, and a ten-point tender checklist. It complements the holiday park cabins page and the lodge investment guide, which cover the commercial case rather than procurement.

## At a glance

Package: flat-packed lodge kits with joinery and drawings; not pre-assembled in the factory.

Not in the standard kit: bases, utilities, site works and local approvals stay with the park; installation is agreed per project.

Routes: mobile log homes and lodges in glulam with 1 to 4 bedrooms, twin-skin cabins, catalogue cabins and bespoke designs, confirmed per order.

Quotation: written, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default; DAP per order, DDP case by case.

Payment: 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory.

Delivery: freight quoted per route and load; unloading is the park's responsibility, with forklift, telehandler or crane and safe access.

Compliance: Eurodita manufactures to a specified brief; classification and approval follow the park's local route.

Private label: quotations, drawings and documentation can carry a dealer's brand where agreed for the order.

## What is the factory package, and what is not?

Eurodita manufactures the timber building and its joinery: wall logs, floor and roof structure, windows and doors, machined on Hundegger CNC lines from kiln-dried Nordic spruce and pine, packed flat and dispatched from the Eurodita factory with the drawings for the order. A lodge kit is assembled on a base the park has built; installation is agreed per project.

| Item | Factory package | Park-side works

| Structure | Wall logs, floor and roof structure, 28 mm floorboards and impregnated bearers as standard, flat packed | Assembly by the park's contractor

| Joinery | Own timber windows and doors (IV45, IV68, triple-glazed IV92), timber sliding or bifold doors; aluminium sliding systems sourced | Fitting during assembly

| Insulation | Structure prepared for insulation where required | Material bought locally and installed

| Finish | Logs untreated by default; factory painting an option with limited capacity | Treatment, painting, interiors

| Drawings | 2D CAD, elevations with external dimensions, 3D visual, specification, joinery schedule | Site plan, pitch layout, local submissions

| Base and groundworks | Not supplied | Base, drainage, access roads

| Utilities | Not supplied | Electrical, plumbing, gas, heating

| Transport | Quoted per route and load; EXW Eurodita factory by default | Unloading, site movement, storage

| Approvals | Technical data to support the application | Planning, site licence, building control, classification

## Which product routes fit a holiday park?

Eurodita treats holiday parks as a use-case route, not a separate manufacturing technology; a park order draws on its manufacturing families, chosen by pitch size, letting or sale model, classification route and budget.

| Route | Typical use on a park | What is confirmed per order

| Mobile log homes and lodges in glulam | Letting lodges and owner pitches with 1 to 4 bedrooms; catalogue models across that range in the five glulam profiles | Layout, glulam profile and corner type, external footprint, joinery schedule; dimensions around the park's classification framework where specified

| Bespoke glulam lodges | Larger or non-standard lodges, feature units, park-specific layouts | Design from the park's brief or drawing; structural calculations by specialist partners where required; individually calculated price

| Twin-skin cabins | Smaller letting units and staff or service buildings with a cavity for locally bought insulation | Approved build-up (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58, 58-100-58 mm); availability for product, size and destination

| Catalogue cabins | Reception, storage, glamping-style and ancillary buildings | Model and wall profile; solid log models in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, glulam models in any glulam profile; volume for the 19 to 44 mm ranges

A wall thickness on its own establishes no thermal, fire or structural performance, and Eurodita publishes U-values only for the timber wall element alone, not for a finished wall; see wall profiles. Every footprint stated is an external dimension.

## How is a multi-unit order quoted?

There is no public price list. Every park order is quoted in writing, and the quotation is the only document that fixes scope and price. Prices are in EUR, exclude VAT and exclude delivery unless the quotation states another basis. The default basis is EXW Eurodita factory; DAP is offered per order where commercially suitable; DDP is confirmed case by case only. Freight is a separate line for the specific route and load.

Payment is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch. The commercial terms for a multi-unit order are those written in that order's quotation. Glulam lodges, bespoke layouts and modified models are calculated individually, and the quotation comes with 2D CAD drawings, a 3D visual and the specification. No lead times are published; timing is stated in the quotation and confirmed at order confirmation. The line-by-line structure is on reading a Eurodita quotation.

Lodge dealers can work under the private-label model: quotation, drawings and documentation can carry the dealer's brand where agreed for the order, and the dealer sets its own pricing; Eurodita publishes no dealer margins or resale prices. A single pilot unit is accepted practice for the 58 to 70 mm, bespoke and glulam routes where the order makes commercial sense; there is no blanket no-minimum offer.

## How are lodges delivered and unloaded on a park site?

Eurodita runs no transport fleet. Freight is arranged through third-party forwarders and quoted for the route, load and order. For UK transactions Eurodita can coordinate the full logistics and customs process subject to the agreed order and Incoterm; for other non-EU markets, including Australia, the normal scope is transport to the destination port unless a broader service is agreed in writing.

Unloading at the park is the buyer's responsibility unless a written order says otherwise. The park provides suitable equipment, which may be a forklift, telehandler, crane or another appropriate method depending on load and site, and safe access for the vehicle. The ETA is estimated by the forwarder, not fixed by Eurodita; risk passes according to the agreed Incoterm.

For a multi-unit order the sequence is set at quotation: which lodges ship in which load, where each is unloaded, and where kits wait for assembly. Narrow roads, soft ground or tight turning space belong in the enquiry. See the shipping and delivery policy.

## How are compliance and approval handled?

Eurodita makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim, does not claim blanket BS 3632 or BS EN 1647 certification for its mobile and residential products, and holds no own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody or ISO 9001 certificate. What it does is design and manufacture to a specified brief. Where a UK park needs dimensions designed around the caravan framework under the Caravan Sites Act, Eurodita can manufacture to them; legal classification, site acceptance and local approval are the park's route and are not promised by Eurodita. Ireland and Australia follow the same principle with their own frameworks, and the documentation for the order is confirmed at quotation.

Structural calculations, where the route requires them, are performed by external engineering specialists. Eurodita provides drawings, CAD, specifications and the technical data it holds; planning, building control, architect and site-specific approval stay with the park, dealer or project team unless a written project scope assigns otherwise. Check current rules from authoritative sources before ordering.

## What should a tender ask every manufacturer?

Quotations can only be compared when they answer the same questions.

- Scope statement: exactly what is supplied in the kit and what is excluded.

- Wall system written in full: family, profile or build-up, corner type, and confirmation that figures are external dimensions.

- Joinery schedule: system, quantity and size of every window and door, own or sourced.

- Insulation: whether the structure is prepared for it, and whether material is included or local.

- Finish: untreated or painted, and whether painting is standard or an option.

- Price basis: currency, VAT treatment, Incoterm, and whether freight is inside or outside the unit price.

- Payment terms, deposit and cancellation conditions on the order confirmation.

- Timing: stated for this order in writing rather than as a general published figure.

- Compliance route: the specification designed to, the documents supplied, and the approvals that remain with the park.

- Unloading and site requirements: vehicle type, equipment the park must provide, access conditions.

Eurodita answers every item in its written quotation and drawing package.

## What does Eurodita not do for a park?

Installation of lodges is agreed per project; Eurodita does not build bases, connect utilities or offer turnkey delivery. It publishes no prices, lead times, dealer margins or resale prices, names no clients and presents no case studies. It gives no blanket exclusivity or protected territory. The full list is on what Eurodita does not do.

## Frequently asked questions

## Does Eurodita install lodges on the park or build the bases?

Installation is agreed per project. Eurodita supplies the lodge as a flat-packed kit with joinery and drawings; buildings are not pre-assembled in the factory. Bases and foundations, insulation material, electrical, plumbing, gas and heating connections, site works and local approvals are handled by the park and its local contractors. The scope split is stated in the written quotation for the order.

## Which Eurodita products are used for holiday park lodges?

Holiday parks are a use-case route drawing on Eurodita manufacturing families: mobile log homes and lodges in glulam with 1 to 4 bedrooms, bespoke glulam lodges, twin-skin cabins with a cavity for locally bought insulation, and catalogue cabins for ancillary buildings. The route, wall profile and joinery for a given park are confirmed per order in the quotation.

## How is a multi-unit park order priced?

There is no public price list. Every order is quoted in writing in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default; DAP is offered per order and DDP case by case. Freight is a separate line for the route and load. Payment is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch. The terms for a multi-unit order are those written in its quotation.

## Who unloads the lodges when they arrive at the park?

The park. Unloading at the destination is the buyer's responsibility unless a written order states otherwise. The park provides suitable equipment, which may be a forklift, telehandler, crane or another appropriate method depending on the load and site, and safe access for the vehicle. Freight is arranged through third-party forwarders; Eurodita runs no transport fleet.

## Do Eurodita lodges carry BS 3632 or CE marking for UK parks?

Eurodita makes no blanket CE, UKCA, BS 3632 or BS EN 1647 claim for its range. It can design and manufacture to dimensions around the caravan framework where a park specifies them. Legal classification, site acceptance and local approval remain the park's route, and the documentation for the order is confirmed at quotation.

## Can a lodge dealer buy from Eurodita under its own brand?

Yes, under the private-label model. The quotation, drawings and project documentation can carry the dealer's brand where agreed for the order, and the dealer controls its own pricing and customer relationship. Eurodita publishes no dealer margins or resale prices and gives no blanket exclusivity or protected territory; such terms belong in a specific written agreement.

## Related pages

- Reading a Eurodita quotation: what each line means

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Twin-skin log cabins: the four approved wall build-ups

- What is in a Eurodita kit, and what is not

- Cabin Project Qualification for UK Short-Let Buyers

- Mobile log homes vs static log cabins: caravan route or building route

## How does a park operator start?

Send the number of units, the intended use, the bedroom count or catalogue models under consideration, the wall system if known, the delivery country and site address, the classification route, the required delivery window and the delivery basis to be priced. Say whether a dealer will hold the order and whether documentation should carry the dealer's brand. Eurodita replies with a written assessment and, where the project fits, a written quotation with drawings. Factory visits in Lithuania are welcome by arrangement.

Send a park project brief

Holiday parks Send a park project brief


---

# About Eurodita
URL: https://eurodita.com/about-eurodita-log-cabins/

## About Eurodita: Timber Building Manufacturer in Lithuania Since 1994

About Eurodita: the silent manufacturer behind your brand

Eurodita is a B2B private-label timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, manufacturing since 1994. Dealers, distributors, holiday parks, developers and property brands sell the buildings under their own name; Eurodita makes the kit, prepares the drawings and the documents, and releases the order from the factory.

Send an enquiry Browse the catalogue

This page explains who Eurodita manufactures for, what happens inside the factory, the figures behind the operation, how an order moves from brief to release, and where the proof sits.

## At a glance

Manufacturing since: 1994, one factory site in Lithuania.

Who buys: dealers, distributors, garden-centre chains, holiday-park operators, developers and private-label brands; larger homes are also supplied directly to private clients.

What leaves the factory: log cabins, garden buildings, garden offices, garages, residential log cabins, twin-skin cabins and glulam homes, packed as kits with assembly drawings.

Production: Hundegger CNC machining, in-house kiln drying, own timber windows and doors.

Timber: Northern European timber for solid-log ranges, engineered glulam for glulam ranges; sourcing and documentation confirmed per order.

Quotation: written, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery; no public price list.

Delivery and payment: EXW Eurodita factory by default, DAP agreed per order, DDP case by case; 50 % with the order and 50 % before dispatch.

Not offered: stock held abroad, dropshipping, exclusivity or guaranteed margin outside a written contract. Installation is agreed per project.

## Who Eurodita manufactures for

Eurodita manufactures private-label timber buildings for dealers, distributors, holiday parks and property brands that need a reliable production partner behind their own brand. Partners use Eurodita when they need a broader timber building range without building their own factory capacity. Standard catalogue items, bespoke customer projects and glulam work are handled through separate quotation and production planning routes, with technical data and documentation confirmed for each order.

Eurodita supports private-label supply with manufacturing, packing, drawings, 3D visuals and dealer-facing documents where agreed. The practical goal is straightforward: help partners present clear offers to their clients while Eurodita stays focused on production, specification control and factory support. For the garden-building range, the supply route is confirmed project by project; larger residential homes, such as glulam houses and annexes, can also be supplied to private buyers, and those enquiries are assessed individually.

Dealers and distributors
Catalogue ranges under the dealer's own name, a single pilot unit accepted as a first order, no single fixed minimum order. Dealer supply

Private-label brands
Quotations, drawings, assembly guides, delivery notes and packaging labels carry the partner's brand where agreed. Private label

Developers, parks and architects
Bespoke and glulam projects quoted from drawings, with 3D visuals and a technical specification. Bespoke projects

## Inside the Eurodita factory

Wall logs and glulam elements are machined on Hundegger CNC lines to the drawings of each order, kiln-dried in-house, fitted with Eurodita timber windows and doors, and packed flat with the assembly drawings. Every order is manufactured in Lithuania and released from the factory to the carrier the buyer or Eurodita appoints.

Machined wall logs before packing

Kit assembled on site, by the buyer's team unless installation is agreed

A delivered building, finished locally

Factory tour video: opens on YouTube

## Machining, drying and joinery

Three operations sit behind every kit that leaves the Eurodita factory in Lithuania, and each is carried out in-house.

- Hundegger CNC machining. Wall logs, joints, corners and openings are cut on Hundegger CNC lines from the drawings of each order, for catalogue models and bespoke designs alike. No machine model or count is published; the tolerances that apply to a product are confirmed with the order.

- Kiln drying. Wall timber is dried in Nardi kilns, run on electricity, to a working moisture target before machining. The target describes the timber as it leaves the kiln; it is not a performance claim for the finished building.

- Timber joinery. Eurodita manufactures its own windows and doors in the IV45, IV68 and triple-glazed IV92 system families, and its own timber sliding and bifold doors. Aluminium sliding systems are bought in from a specialist supplier. The figures 45, 68 and 92 name joinery systems, never wall thicknesses; see wall profiles.

Quality control is an operational routine rather than a certificate: incoming timber, moisture, dimensional and CNC accuracy, joints, joinery, completeness and packing are checked, and every kit passes a final pre-dispatch inspection. Eurodita holds no ISO 9001 certificate and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim; the documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation. What the kit itself contains is on what is in a Eurodita kit.

## Eurodita in numbers

Averages of the operation, not promises for a specific order. Quantity, route and timing are confirmed in the written quotation.

1994 Manufacturing since

≈ 12,000 Catalogue buildings per year (average)

1,800 to 2,000 Bespoke structures per year, excluding glulam

≈ 50 Glulam homes over 100 m² per year

≈ 5,000 m² Covered production space

≈ 150,000 m³ Timber processed per year (average)

## One factory site, no stock abroad, visits by arrangement

Eurodita manufactures at one main production site in Lithuania, with several workshops and production halls on that site: one factory, not a network of plants. There are no warehouses, offices or factories outside Lithuania and no stock held in any export market. Every order is manufactured against a confirmed purchase order and released from the factory, EXW Eurodita factory by default, to the carrier the buyer or Eurodita appoints. Eurodita runs no transport fleet; freight is quoted separately for each route and load through third-party forwarders, DAP is agreed per order and DDP is considered case by case. The terms are on the shipping and delivery policy.

Dealers in every EU market and Ukraine are welcome, and Eurodita supplies internationally subject to project fit, logistics, market requirements and commercial terms; the market pages say, for each country and in its language, what a buyer there can expect. Naming a market there does not imply an active dealer in it, and Eurodita publishes no partner or country counts.

Factory visits are welcome by arrangement for dealers, distributors, developers, architects and private clients of larger homes with a project under discussion. Visits are not walk-in and there is no showroom, so each one is agreed in advance with the sales team so that the production floor, the joinery shop and a current project can be shown properly. Enquiries are handled in English; documentation in a partner language, under the partner's brand, is agreed per order. Use the contact form to ask for a visit.

## How an order moves through Eurodita

- Brief. The partner sends the company, the destination market, the product family or a drawing, the quantity and the timing it works towards. Enquiries are reviewed by Gabrielė Žukauskaitė, Sales manager.

- Written quotation. Specification, quantity, price basis in EUR excluding VAT and delivery, payment terms, delivery basis and the validity date, with drawings and 3D visuals where the brief allows.

- Production. CNC machining to the approved drawings, kiln-dried timber, own windows and doors, packing with the assembly drawings; branding on documents and labels where agreed.

- Release. EXW Eurodita factory to the appointed carrier, with the commercial invoice, packing list, CMR consignment note and export declaration. Foundations, insulation, services and approvals stay with the buyer and the local builder; installation is agreed per project.

## What happens between drawing approval and release

The four steps above are the commercial route. Inside the production step an order passes through a fixed sequence, with no duration attached to any stage: timing for a specific order is stated in its written quotation and confirmed at order confirmation.

- Approval gate. The buyer approves the drawings, the specification, the quotation, the branding scope and the written terms before manufacturing starts. A sketch can open the discussion, but production does not begin from an unapproved concept. Where the project needs structural calculations, they are arranged with external specialist partners and the design is adjusted if the calculations require it.

- Timber preparation. Wall timber is kiln-dried in-house before machining, and incoming timber and moisture are checked as part of the routine quality control.

- Machining and joinery. Wall logs and glulam elements are cut on Hundegger CNC lines to the approved drawings, and the windows and doors for the order are made in the Eurodita joinery shop.

- Checks and packing. Dimensional and CNC accuracy, joints, joinery and completeness are checked, the kit is packed flat with the assembly drawings, and the packing list records what was packed. Every kit passes a final pre-dispatch inspection.

- Release. The second half of the payment falls due before dispatch, so the release date is partly in the buyer's hands. The kit is made available at the factory to the appointed carrier with the shipment documents; the delivery ETA is the forwarder's estimate, not a date fixed by Eurodita.

On arrival the delivery is checked against the packing list and the order drawings before assembly begins. The three documents that fix what is in a kit, the order drawings, the specification and the packing list, are described on what is in a Eurodita kit.

## Product families

Log cabins and garden buildings
Solid-log cabins, summer houses, sheds, workshops and corner cabins for dealer catalogues.

Garden offices
Garden offices in solid or twin-skin walls.

Residential log cabins
One to four bedrooms, solid or twin-skin walls, granny annexes.

Glulam homes
Laminated walls from 70 to 220 mm, single and two storeys, mobile log homes for parks.

Garages, carports and gazebos
Timber garages, carports, gazebos and pergolas.

Windows and doors
Eurodita timber joinery, made in the same plant as the buildings.

Bespoke projects
Buildings quoted from a partner's drawings or brief.

Wall profiles
Solid log models in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, glulam models in any glulam profile.

## Timber and sourcing documentation

The wall logs and components are Nordic and Northern European spruce and pine. Both species are used, and a product is not reduced to spruce only or pine only unless the specific order says so; the species for a given order is confirmed in the specification. Glulam wall logs are laminated from the same timber family.

Eurodita buys timber and materials from suppliers and does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate. Sourcing documentation is therefore discussed only from the actual supplier and order paperwork for a specific project, and which documents can accompany an order, for its products and its destination market, is confirmed at quotation. A dealer who needs particular sourcing evidence for a client, a tender or a customs declaration should say so in the enquiry, before the order is placed.

Two default finishes travel with the timber. Wall logs are supplied untreated, so the buyer or end customer applies the chosen stain or paint after assembly; factory painting is an option with limited capacity and never the standard finish. Floor bearers are impregnated as standard because they sit on the base, and the treatment route is stated in the order documentation. Wall timber is kiln-dried in-house to a working moisture target before machining; the target describes the timber as it leaves the kiln, not the finished building. The profile reference is on wall profiles and the scope boundaries on what Eurodita does not do.

## Proof and standing

Eurodita publishes no partner counts, country counts, prices or lead times. What it can show is the standing of the company itself.

Forbes Business Council Rolanas Kutra, Founder and CEO of Eurodita, is an official member, 2026. Forbes Councils profile

Okredo European Business Masters European Business Masters certificate for UAB Eurodita, class A+++, 2023 to 2026.

Creditinfo Strongest in Lithuania Certificate for 2019 to 2025: a high credit score rating for UAB Eurodita.

Eurodita does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim; the documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation. See also the Eurodita editorial desks behind the B2B guides and what Eurodita does not do.

Correction to earlier press releases. Press releases issued on 27 January 2026 and 10 February 2026 described the timber as FSC-certified and quoted an on-time delivery rate, a number of dealer partners and lead times. Eurodita withdraws those statements. Eurodita does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate and publishes no partner counts, delivery rates or lead times. The documentation and schedule for a specific order are confirmed at quotation.

## Questions about Eurodita

## Who is Eurodita?

Eurodita is a B2B private-label timber building manufacturer operating in Lithuania since 1994. The company manufactures log cabins, garden buildings, residential log cabins, glulam homes and bespoke timber structures for dealers, distributors, parks and property brands that sell under their own names.

## Where does Eurodita manufacture timber buildings?

Eurodita manufactures timber buildings at its factory in Lithuania. The factory supports private-label production, CNC machining, packing and technical documentation for B2B partners. Eurodita works from a 5,000 m² factory floor and supplies partners across multiple markets.

## How many cabins does Eurodita produce each year?

Eurodita produces approximately 12,000 standard cabins yearly, plus approximately 1,800 to 2,000 bespoke structures, with glulam reported separately. Those figures describe B2B manufacturing output, not retail stock. Standard catalogue work and bespoke or glulam projects follow separate quotation and production planning routes.

## What materials does Eurodita use?

Eurodita uses Northern European timber for non-glulam timber buildings and engineered glulam timber for glulam homes and selected project ranges. Eurodita does not hold its own FSC chain-of-custody certificate. Glazing and technical data are confirmed according to the dealer or project specification.

## How does Eurodita work with private-label partners?

Eurodita manufactures in the background while dealers sell under their own brand. Dealer-facing documents, packing labels, drawings and product information can carry the partner's company identity where agreed. Standard catalogue order scope is confirmed per quote; bespoke and glulam terms are confirmed at quote stage.

## Does Eurodita sell to private clients?

Larger homes, such as glulam homes and residential log cabins, are quoted and supplied directly to private clients as factory-made kits. For small garden buildings, the supply route is confirmed project by project.

## Related pages

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Eurodita Manufacturing

- Eurodita Dealer Success Team

- Eurodita Engineering Desk

- Rolanas Kutra, Founder & CEO of Eurodita

## Start a conversation with Eurodita

Send your company and destination market, the product family or a drawing, the expected quantity and the timing you are working towards. Eurodita checks business and project fit, asks for any missing input and, where the brief fits, prepares a written quotation with drawings and 3D visuals.

Send an enquiry

About Eurodita Send an enquiry


---

# Private-label manufacturing
URL: https://eurodita.com/private-label-manufacturing/

## Private Label Log Cabin Manufacturer for Dealers and Brands

Private-label manufacturing means your business sells the product; Eurodita makes it. You supply the brand identity, company name, logo, and customer-facing documentation, and we manufacture to specification and release products through the agreed logistics route. Your clients see your brand on the quotation, drawings and documentation. We stay in the background. Eurodita has manufactured timber buildings since 1994.

For bespoke private-label briefs, partners can send drawings, dimensions or a customer sketch. From a complete sketch to a 3D view, drawings and a price within one working day. See bespoke custom log cabin manufacturing and selected bespoke project examples. For partner onboarding, review the dealer programme; for release terms and documentation routes, see shipping and delivery and certification documentation.

In a private-label arrangement, the manufacturer produces a product to an agreed specification, and the buyer markets and sells it under their own brand. With Eurodita, quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order.

For timber buildings, this means your customers receive a cabin sold under your brand, with your documentation and your after-sales service. They purchase from you. You purchase from Eurodita at wholesale pricing, keeping the difference as margin. Dealer margin depends on specification, freight route, order scope, installation model and each partner’s local retail positioning.

## Private-Label vs. Reselling: The Key Difference

| Factor | Private-Label (Eurodita model) | Reselling a branded product

| Brand ownership | Your brand on the quotation, drawings and documentation | Manufacturer's brand on product

| Pricing control | You set retail pricing independently | Often tied to manufacturer's RRP

| Commercial model | Dealer-controlled retail package, confirmed per quote and project scope | Depends on supplier terms and retail model

| Customer relationship | Yours entirely | Shared with manufacturer brand

| Specification flexibility | Custom sizing, spec, and finish available | Fixed catalogue only

| Order scope | Confirmed per quotation, by product and project; no single fixed minimum | Varies by supplier terms

Request a quote

## Manufacturing Capability

All production takes place at our factory in Lithuania, with approximately 5,000 m² of covered production space. We process approximately 150,000 m³ of Northern European timber per year on average, and make approximately 12,000 standard cabins and approximately 1,800-2,000 bespoke structures a year on average, with glulam reported separately.

##

≈ 5,000 m²

Covered production space

##

≈ 150,000 m³

Timber processed per year (average)

##

≈ 12,000

Catalogue buildings per year (average)

##

CNC precision

CNC cutting to approved drawings

##

Since 1994

In production

##

EXW

Eurodita factory release, delivered options agreed per order

## Glulam construction at our factory

## Wall Specifications Available for Private-Label

The full wall thickness range is available across both construction types. Your private-label range can span entry-level solid log cabins through to substantial glulam homes, or focus on a single category if that suits your market.

| Construction Type | Wall Thicknesses | Typical Application

| Solid Northern European timber log | 19mm | Storage, shelters, entry-level garden buildings

| Solid Northern European timber log | 28mm | Garden rooms, hobby cabins, seasonal use

| Solid Northern European timber log | 34mm | Garden offices

| Solid Northern European timber log | 44mm | Holiday accommodation cabins, annexes, dealer-specific cabin ranges

| Solid Northern European timber log | 58mm, 70mm | Higher-specification cabins, project-specific review

| Glulam engineered timber | 88mm | Annexes, holiday lodges, garden rooms, project-specific review

| Glulam engineered timber | 135mm, 180mm, 220mm | Higher-specification homes, granny annexes, modular builds subject to local review

Glamping and holiday-park operators can see our glamping cabins B2B supply hub.

## Who Uses Private-Label Timber Manufacturing

Businesses selling garden offices, studios, and outdoor buildings. Private-label allows them to present a consistent own-brand range without factory investment.

##

Glamping & Holiday Park Operators

Sites requiring multiple units at consistent quality. Quotations and documentation under the site's own name support flexible reordering as the business expands.

##

Garden Room & Timber Building Dealers

Businesses selling garden offices, studios, and outdoor buildings. Private-label allows them to present a consistent own-brand range without factory investment.

##

Granny Annexe & Modular Specialists

Companies supplying annexe solutions to homeowners. Glulam specifications from 70mm to 220mm can support dealer, designer and local-authority review, with final use confirmed per project.

##

Property Developers & Architects

Bespoke specifications for development projects. Custom floor plans and glulam specification options for residential-style and commercial timber project briefs, with final use and local review confirmed per project.

## What Is Included in Private-Label Supply

##

Your branding on documentation

Delivery notes, technical drawings, and assembly guides can carry your company name and logo.

##

Consistent quality control

CNC cutting to approved drawings. Exact production tolerances are agreed for each confirmed order.

##

Nordic timber throughout

Northern European spruce and pine. Supplier documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation.

##

Pre-cut, numbered components

Every order arrives pre-cut and labelled for assembly.

##

Technical specification sheets

Full dimensional drawings and material specifications available for each product in your range.

##

Order communication

Questions about an order, its production timing and its specification are answered in writing.

## Ready to Start?

Request a written quotation and discuss private-label options for your business

Request a quote

## FAQs

Which log cabin manufacturers supply private-label buildings in Europe?

Eurodita is a B2B log cabin manufacturer in Europe specialising in private-label supply for dealers, distributors and timber-building brands. It manufactures catalogue log cabins, garden rooms and selected bespoke or glulam projects in Lithuania, to agreed specifications. Partners retain their own customer-facing brand and documentation.

Is Eurodita an OEM log cabin manufacturer in Europe?

Yes. Eurodita is an OEM log cabin manufacturer in Europe for B2B dealers, distributors and private-label timber building brands. Eurodita manufactures log cabin kits in Lithuania to agreed drawings, catalogue specifications or bespoke briefs, with branding scope, CAD/3D quotation support and EXW factory release confirmed per order.

Is Eurodita a private label timber cabin manufacturer?

Yes. Eurodita is a private label timber cabin manufacturer for B2B partners that sell cabins under their own brand. Eurodita supports catalogue log cabins, garden rooms and selected bespoke ranges, with the branding of the documents, documentation scope, production timing and technical data confirmed before each order.

Can Eurodita use my company name on cabins and documentation?

Yes. Quotations, technical drawings, delivery notes and assembly guides can carry your company name and logo, as agreed for the order. This keeps the customer-facing relationship with the dealer while Eurodita handles manufacturing, packing and technical production support.

How is Eurodita private-label supply different from wholesale resale?

Wholesale resale usually means buying another manufacturer's branded product and selling it onward. Eurodita private-label supply is different because the timber building range is presented as your own from the start. Dealers keep pricing, catalogue presentation and customer communication under their own brand.

What timber does Eurodita use for private-label buildings?

Eurodita uses Northern European timber for non-glulam timber buildings and engineered glulam timber for glulam homes and selected project ranges. Eurodita does not hold its own FSC chain-of-custody certificate. Sourcing and documentation are confirmed for the specific order rather than published as broad compliance guarantees.

Can Eurodita manufacture custom sizes for private-label ranges?

Yes. Eurodita can manufacture bespoke sizes, layouts and design variations from customer drawings or dealer briefs. Standard catalogue items stay the simplest route for testing demand, while bespoke and glulam project terms, specifications and minimums are confirmed at quotation stage with the dealer.

How accurate is Eurodita manufacturing for repeat dealer orders?

Eurodita uses CNC machining and numbered parts to make repeat dealer orders consistent across batches. The practical benefit for private-label partners is predictable packing, clearer assembly documentation and fewer surprises at installation. Final drawings and product data are checked for each confirmed order.

What production timing can private-label dealers quote?

Eurodita standard catalogue production timing is confirmed in the written quotation before EXW release from the Eurodita factory. Bespoke and glulam projects are usually quoted separately, with their production timing confirmed in the same written quotation. Freight, customs and final delivery timing depend on the confirmed order route.

## Related pages

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Private-Label Log Cabins for Italy: A Worked Example


---

# Dealer programme
URL: https://eurodita.com/dealer-program/

## Log Cabin Manufacturer for Dealers: Terms, Quotation, Private Label

For dealers, distributors and private-label partners in every EU market and Ukraine

This page is for businesses that sell or use timber buildings made by someone else: dealers and distributors of garden buildings, garden-centre chains, holiday-park and glamping operators, developers and contractors with a defined project, and private-label brands that want log cabins, garden offices, annexes or glulam homes under their own name. Eurodita is a log cabin manufacturer for dealers, based in Lithuania, manufacturing timber buildings since 1994. It makes the kit; the dealer sets its own price, runs its own sales process and keeps its own customer.

Request a quote Private label: what carries your brand

What a dealer gets is set out below without a programme name attached: the supply terms, the quotation, the branding, the delivery basis, the product families and what is not offered. Everything commercial is confirmed in writing per order, not on this page.

## At a glance

Buyer type: dealers, distributors, garden-centre chains, park operators, developers, contractors and private-label brands buying for resale or their own use.

First order: a single pilot unit is accepted practice; there is no fixed minimum order.

Quotation: written, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery; no price list exists.

Delivery basis: EXW Eurodita factory by default, DAP agreed per order, DDP case by case.

Payment: 50 % with the order and 50 % before dispatch from the factory.

Branding: quotations, drawings, assembly guides, delivery notes and packaging labels can carry the partner's brand where agreed for the order.

Not offered: stock held in-market, dropshipping, exclusivity or guaranteed margin outside a written contract. Installation is agreed per project.

Production: one site in Lithuania, Hundegger CNC machining, in-house kiln drying, own timber windows and doors.

## Who Eurodita supplies

Eurodita supplies businesses: dealers and distributors of garden buildings and log cabins; garden-centre chains and outdoor-living retailers adding a timber-building range; holiday-park, glamping and resort operators buying units for their own sites; developers, builders and contractors with a residential or commercial brief; online retailers that order against confirmed customer orders; architects and specialist project suppliers with drawings to price; and private-label brands that want the building and its paperwork under their own name.

For the garden-building range, the supply route is confirmed project by project. Larger residential homes, such as glulam houses and annexes, can also be supplied to private buyers, and those enquiries are assessed individually. Eurodita publishes no partner counts and no country counts.

## How a dealer relationship starts

A trade relationship usually starts with one building. A single pilot or test unit is accepted practice where it makes commercial sense, and a one-unit order is not treated as unsuitable for the trade route. There is no fixed minimum order across the range. The 19 mm and the 28 to 44 mm solid ranges are volume-driven, so expected quantity is discussed as part of ongoing supply; the 58 and 70 mm ranges, bespoke work and glulam projects can be single projects, quoted individually. Load planning and commercial viability are confirmed per quotation.

Qualification is a review of business fit, not an application with a score. Eurodita checks the company, its commercial role, the destination market, the intended use, the product family, the expected quantity and any repeat-order plan, and the branding, documentation and logistics requirements; where something is missing, it asks before quoting. What to send with a first enquiry:

- company, legal entity, commercial role and destination market;

- a catalogue model reference, or a sketch, drawing or target specification for a bespoke brief;

- expected quantity for the first order and any repeat-order plan;

- branding, packaging and documentation requirements;

- preferred delivery basis and destination.

## What a written quotation contains

Every order is quoted in writing. Eurodita has no price list, public or private, so the quotation is the document that fixes the specification, the quantity, the price basis, the payment terms and the validity of the offer. Prices are in EUR and exclude VAT and delivery. The default commercial basis is EXW Eurodita factory; delivered terms are quoted per order where requested. Quotations print a validity date; after it the price is revalidated rather than automatically withdrawn.

Eurodita does not apply discounts or a price scale by quantity as a standing rule, and no production priority is attached to any partner category; each order's terms are set in that order's quotation. How to read the document is explained on reading a Eurodita quotation.

## What carries your brand

Private label and white label mean the same thing at Eurodita: Eurodita manufactures, and the partner's brand appears on the customer-facing material. Where agreed for the order, quotations, 2D drawings and 3D visuals, assembly guides, delivery notes and packaging labels can carry the partner's company name and logo instead of the Eurodita brand. The proposal package for a bespoke brief is generated as a branded PDF, so the dealer can present it to its customer under its own name.

Legal, manufacturing and compliance documents keep the information they are required to carry, including manufacturer, safety and traceability details. Private-label supply does not remove the partner's responsibility for its own customer offer and aftersales. The exact scope is confirmed before production, per order. Eurodita does not offer a franchise programme. The full arrangement is on private-label manufacturing.

## Support before and after an order

Eurodita stays behind the dealer's brand, so the support it gives is factory support: documents, drawings and answers, not sales staff in the dealer's market.

Before the order. Enquiries are reviewed by the sales manager, who checks business and project fit and asks for any missing technical or commercial input before quoting. What comes back is a written quotation with 2D CAD drawings, a 3D visual, the technical specification and the window and door schedule, generated as a branded PDF under the dealer's identity where agreed, so the dealer can present it to its own customer. A single pilot unit is accepted practice for a first order. Dealers, distributors and developers with a project under discussion can visit the factory in Lithuania by arrangement; there is no showroom and visits are not walk-in.

With the order. The kit ships with the assembly drawings and the assembly guide, the technical data sheet for the model, and on dispatch the commercial invoice, packing list, CMR consignment note and export declaration. Enquiries are handled in English; documentation in the partner's language, under the partner's brand, is agreed per order.

After delivery. The delivery is checked against the packing list and the order drawings before assembly, and any difference is reported with the document reference and the item concerned. The end-customer relationship stays with the dealer, and installation is agreed per project: private-label supply does not remove the partner's responsibility for its own customer offer and aftersales. What is not offered, including stock in market and guaranteed margins, is listed on what Eurodita does not do.

## Delivery, payment and documents

The default delivery basis is EXW Eurodita factory: the kit is checked, packed and made available at the factory, and the buyer or its forwarder collects it. DAP can be agreed per order and DDP is considered case by case, always in writing with the Incoterm, destination, access, unloading and documents named. Eurodita runs no transport fleet; freight is arranged through third-party carriers and forwarders.

Payment is 50 % with the order and 50 % before dispatch from the factory, unless the written quotation states otherwise. Shipment documents are the commercial invoice, the packing list, the CMR consignment note and the export declaration, with HS and origin information where the destination requires it. Unloading at the destination is the buyer's or the site's responsibility, with suitable equipment arranged locally. The terms in full are on the shipping and delivery policy.

## What Eurodita does not offer

- No price list. Every order is quoted individually in writing.

- No stock in any market and no dropshipping. Eurodita manufactures against confirmed purchase orders; a dealer that wants display or stock units orders them.

- No exclusivity, no protected territory and no guaranteed margin outside a specific written contract. An enquiry or a network discussion grants none of these.

- No standing discounts, quantity price scale or production priority. No other commercial benefit is automatic either.

- No published margins or resale prices. The dealer sets its own retail position.

- Installation is agreed per project; foundations are provided locally, and turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply. Local approvals, foundations, site works, service connections and the end-customer relationship stay with the buyer and its appointed local parties; installation is agreed per project.

- No insulation material, building services or structural calculations in the default factory scope. The structure is supplied prepared for insulation; services and project-specific structural calculations are sourced locally or from external specialists.

- No certification claims. Eurodita holds no FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate of its own and no ISO 9001 certification; its recurring production checks are quality control, not a certificate. Any document a destination market requires is confirmed per order.

- No published lead times, quote-turnaround times, on-time percentages or universal warranty figures. Timing and warranty terms come from the confirmed order documentation.

## Product families for the trade

A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile; the thickness is a specification line in the quotation, not a separate product line. Solid timber profiles run 19 mm, 28 mm, 34 mm, 44 mm, 58 mm and 70 mm. Glulam profiles run 70 mm, 88 mm, 135 mm, 180 mm and 220 mm, with the Dovetail corner system on the glulam profiles other than 70 mm. Twin-skin build-ups use two equal solid skins with a cavity for locally sourced insulation: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm.

| Family | Wall system | Typical trade use

| Log cabins | solid 19 to 70 mm, twin-skin | garden buildings, summer houses, sheds and holiday lets for dealers and garden centres

| Garden offices | solid 44 to 70 mm, twin-skin | home-office and studio range for dealers and online retailers

| Granny annexes | solid 58 to 70 mm, twin-skin, glulam | habitable annexe range for annexe specialists and developers

| Glulam homes | glulam 70 x 130 to 220 x 260 mm | residential and park homes for developers, park operators and builders

| Bespoke and custom | solid, twin-skin or glulam | layouts the catalogue does not cover, quoted from the partner's drawings

Timber is Nordic and Northern European spruce and pine; the species for a given order is confirmed in the specification. Wall profile and base-size references are on wall profiles and base size by model.

## What comes back on a bespoke brief

A bespoke order starts from a buyer brief rather than an unchanged catalogue model. A sketch can start the discussion, but production does not begin from an unapproved concept. Once the brief is qualified, the partner receives:

- 3D visual renders;

- 2D CAD floor-plan drawings;

- side and elevation drawings with dimensions;

- technical project specification;

- window and door schedule;

- commercial quotation;

- the package as a branded PDF, under the partner's identity where agreed.

The buyer approves the drawings, specification, quotation, branding scope and written terms before manufacturing starts. For one-off bespoke work the solid range starts at 28 mm; custom 19 mm is a mass-production route only.

## The design and estimation system behind the package

Every quotation, catalogue or bespoke, is produced from the Eurodita design and estimation system, a proprietary in-house workflow that combines 2D CAD floor-plan design, 3D visualisation, material and timber-volume calculation, cost estimation and branded PDF output. It is an internal tool used by the Eurodita team on real enquiries, not a public self-service configurator, and every partner works through the same system whatever its order volume.

The team configures the building from the brief: the model or drawing reference, the external dimensions, the wall profile written in full, the joinery, the roof and floor build-up, the finish and the options. The system generates the floor plans, the elevations with dimensions, the 3D render, the specification and the window and door schedule, and calculates the estimate from the geometry and the maintained pricing data. Catalogue models are priced from the current price source; bespoke, glulam and modified projects are calculated individually, never from a catalogue price. Freight is a separate line for the route and load.

The quotation that results carries its own reference and prints a validity date; after that date the price is revalidated rather than automatically withdrawn. To change anything, the dealer replies quoting the reference and listing the lines to alter, the change is re-run through the system, and a revised quotation with revised drawings is issued; the revision, not the original, is the document to accept. How the lines read is explained on reading a Eurodita quotation. The visuals and drawings can be used under the dealer's own brand where agreed for the order.

## Manufacturing facts

Eurodita has been manufacturing timber buildings since 1994 at one main production site in Lithuania, with several workshops and production halls: one site, not a network of plants. Output is about 12,000 catalogue buildings and 1,800-2,000 bespoke structures a year, from a 5,000 m² covered facility that processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber a year; annual averages, not guaranteed output. Glulam homes over 100 m² are counted separately.

Wall profiling, kit production, bespoke component production and timber joinery are carried out in-house, machined on Hundegger CNC equipment. Drying is done in-house, in Nardi kilns run on electricity, to a working moisture target of approximately 12-14 % for wall timber. Eurodita manufactures its own timber windows and doors in the IV45, IV68 and IV92 system families and its own timber sliding and bifold doors; aluminium sliding systems come from a specialist supplier. Every kit passes a final pre-dispatch inspection.

## Markets and languages

Dealers in every EU market and Ukraine are welcome. Eurodita supplies internationally, subject to project fit, logistics, market requirements and commercial terms; the market pages at markets explain, for each country and in its language, what a dealer there can expect. Naming a market on that hub does not imply an active dealer in it. Enquiries are handled in English; partner-language documentation under the partner's brand is agreed per order.

## Frequently asked questions

## Is there a minimum order quantity for dealers?

There is no fixed minimum order across the range. A single pilot unit is accepted practice where it makes commercial sense. The 19 mm and 28 to 44 mm solid ranges are volume-driven, so expected quantity is discussed as part of ongoing supply; the 58 and 70 mm ranges, bespoke work and glulam projects can be single projects, reviewed and quoted individually. Load planning and commercial viability are confirmed per quotation.

## Do dealers receive a wholesale price list?

No. Eurodita has no price list, public or private. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default. The quotation fixes the specification, quantity, price basis, payment terms and validity for that order, and Eurodita does not apply discounts or a price scale by quantity as a standing rule.

## Does a dealer relationship include territory exclusivity or a guaranteed margin?

No. A dealer discussion or an initial enquiry does not grant territory, channel or product exclusivity, and there is no guaranteed margin. Any protected territory, account conditions or performance requirements would need to be explicitly assessed, agreed and recorded in a written contract. Eurodita publishes no dealer margins or resale prices; the dealer sets its own retail position.

## Can dealers sell Eurodita buildings under their own brand, and what does private label cover?

Yes. Private label and white label mean the same thing at Eurodita: Eurodita manufactures, and the partner's brand appears on the customer-facing material. Where agreed for the order, quotations, drawings, assembly guides, delivery notes and packaging labels can carry the partner's name and logo. Legal, manufacturing and compliance documents keep the information they are required to carry. The exact scope is confirmed before production, per order.

## On what delivery basis are dealer orders released?

EXW Eurodita factory is the default: the kit is checked, packed and made available at the factory for collection. DAP can be agreed per order and DDP is considered case by case, always in writing with the Incoterm, destination, access, unloading and documents named. Eurodita runs no transport fleet; freight goes through third-party carriers, and unloading at the destination is the buyer's responsibility. Shipment documents are the commercial invoice, packing list, CMR and export declaration.

## What are the payment terms for a dealer order?

50 % with the order and 50 % before dispatch from the factory, unless the written quotation states otherwise. Eurodita manufactures against confirmed purchase orders and holds no stock in any market, so a dealer that wants display or stock units orders them in the same way.

## Does Eurodita install the buildings or offer turnkey delivery?

Installation and how it is organised is agreed per project. Eurodita manufactures and supplies the timber building kit and handles the factory scope written into the order. Foundations, site works, local approvals, service connections, the end-customer relationship and aftersales stay with the dealer and its appointed local parties, and turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply. Insulation material, building services and project-specific structural calculations are outside the default factory scope.

## How long does it take to qualify as a dealer?

Eurodita publishes no durations, for qualification or for anything else. Qualification is a review of business fit rather than a fixed programme: an identifiable company, a destination market, an intended product or project use, an expected quantity and a commercial role. The review moves as fast as the information in the enquiry allows, and it ends with a written quotation for the first order, not with a certificate or an account tier. Submitting an enquiry does not itself create a partnership or an approved account.

## Related pages

- Garden Offices for B2B Dealers & Distributors

## How to prepare a dealer enquiry

A useful enquiry lets Eurodita confirm the route and the commercial basis at once. Send:

- your company, website, legal entity and commercial role;

- the destination market and the intended customer or project use;

- the product family, and either a catalogue model reference or a sketch, drawing or target specification;

- the expected quantity for the first order and any repeat-order plan;

- branding, packaging and documentation requirements, including whether the paperwork should carry your name;

- preferred delivery basis (EXW Eurodita factory, DAP or DDP) and destination.

Enquiries are reviewed by Gabrielė Žukauskaitė, Sales manager. Eurodita checks company and project fit, asks for any missing technical or commercial inputs and, if the enquiry fits, confirms the catalogue route or qualifies the project before preparing a written quotation.

Request a quote

For dealers, distributors and private-label partners in every EU market and Ukraine Request a quote


---

# Bespoke timber buildings
URL: https://eurodita.com/bespoke-custom-log-cabins/

## Bespoke Log Cabins, Made to Measure

Eurodita designs and manufactures bespoke log cabins to measure in its own factory in Lithuania, where it has made timber buildings since 1994. Send a sketch, an architect's plans or a written idea: we draw and estimate the project in our own design and estimation system, and the quotation package for a bespoke building includes 2D drawings and 3D renders. Walls are solid log, twin skin or glulam, which we glue, profile and machine ourselves.

We make garden rooms, annexes, holiday lodges and larger homes for homeowners, architects, developers, holiday parks and dealers. Larger residential homes can be quoted directly to private clients (see homes for private clients); for smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project.

Send Your Sketch or Drawings

See How We Quote

## What makes a log cabin bespoke?

A bespoke log cabin starts from your brief rather than an unchanged catalogue model. We review the footprint, layout, wall system, roof, openings, materials, finish and where the building will stand, then agree a specification that can be manufactured. A sketch is enough to start the conversation; production starts only from approved drawings.

- Footprint, layout and dimensions

- Roof form and pitch

- Window and door positions

- Solid-log, glulam or twin-skin wall system

- Finish requirements

- Packing, marking and documentation scope

- Intended use, destination and local project requirements

Need technical reference material before a brief? Review selected technical project examples . Records may include drawings or 3D visualisations and should not be read as evidence of a completed installation unless that status is confirmed for the record.

## What to send for a quote

A useful brief gives the building dimensions, what it will be used for, where it will stand, the preferred wall system, roof, windows and doors, finish, quantity and target date. Floor plans and elevations help, but an early sketch is enough to start: we tell you what is missing before the specification and quotation are confirmed.

## 01

## Use and location

What the building is for, where it will stand and any local planning or building requirements you already know. If you buy for a business, add the company name.

## 02

## Drawings and specification

Provide dimensions, floor plans, elevations, wall and roof preferences, openings, finish and any component schedule.

## 03

## Quantity, timing and delivery

How many buildings, your preferred timing, and the delivery address or the transport route you prefer.

## From your brief to factory release

## 1. Brief review

Eurodita checks the intended use, destination, dimensions, available drawings and missing project information.

## 2. Specification development

Wall, roof, openings, materials, finish, quantity and factory scope are developed for review.

## 3. Drawings and quotation

The quotation package may include drawings or 3D material where required for the project and confirmed in the scope.

## 4. Your approval

You approve the drawings, specification, quotation and written terms, including any branding scope on trade orders.

## 5. Manufacturing and factory checks

Eurodita manufactures the approved specification and completes the checks defined for the factory scope.

## 6. Packing and release

Components are packed, marked and released under EXW terms unless a different written route is agreed for the order.

## Wall profiles, corner systems and how a route is chosen

Solid timber wall profiles
| Profile | How this profile is used

| 19 × 100 mm | Current production class, used primarily for standard and small shed-type production. Bespoke or custom 19 mm is not a normal one-off route; custom 19 mm may be accepted for mass-production programmes only.

| 28 × 100 mm | Standard, configurable and bespoke work, depending on product family, project economics and technical brief.

| 34 × 100 mm | Standard, configurable and bespoke work, depending on product family, project economics and technical brief.

| 44 × 130 mm | Standard, configurable and bespoke work, depending on product family, project economics and technical brief.

| 58 × 130 mm | Standard, configurable and bespoke work, depending on product family, project economics and technical brief.

| 70 × 130 mm | Standard, configurable and bespoke work, depending on product family, project economics and technical brief.

Glulam profiles and the Dovetail corner system
| Profile | Dovetail corner system

| 70 × 130 mm | Excluded from the Dovetail offering

| 88 × 260 mm | Available

| 135 × 260 mm | Available

| 180 × 260 mm | Available

| 220 × 260 mm | Available

Twin-skin (double-wall) build-ups
| Build-up | Cavity | Total wall thickness

| 44-50-44 mm | 50 mm | 138 mm

| 44-100-44 mm | 100 mm | 188 mm

| 58-50-58 mm | 50 mm | 166 mm

| 58-100-58 mm | 100 mm | 216 mm

Twin-skin is a double-wall route: two solid timber skins with a cavity between them. Both skins are equal in every current build-up, and they are the 44 × 130 and 58 × 130 solid profiles from the table above rather than a separate kind of timber.

The cavity is the space the insulation occupies, which is the reason to choose the route and also the reason to be precise about scope: Eurodita supplies the structure prepared for insulation and does not normally supply the insulation material itself. A cavity dimension is not an insulation specification, and the total wall thickness is not a thermal performance figure. As with the solid and glulam families, these dimensions define current build-up families and do not on their own establish thermal, fire, structural or certification performance.

The Dovetail corner is a corner joint system, not a separate wall profile, and it is not restricted to 220 × 260 mm. It runs across four of the five glulam profile families. For one-off bespoke work the solid range starts at 28 mm.

The design and estimation system supports wall-thickness selection from 28 to 220 mm. That is a system capability rather than the complete factory product list, and 19 mm production sits outside the main bespoke estimator wall-range workflow. Profile availability and suitability are confirmed for the individual project. These dimensions define current profile families; they do not on their own establish thermal, fire, structural, certification or universal project-suitability performance, and the buyer and its appointed advisers must review the proposed system against the intended use, destination and local requirements before approval.

## How the structure is prepared for insulation, and who supplies the material

Eurodita supplies the timber building structure prepared and configured for insulation in walls, floors and roofs where the project requires it. Eurodita does not normally supply the insulation materials themselves.

That split is deliberate. Insulation materials and final insulation systems are normally selected and provided locally, because national requirements and local partner practice differ. A buyer in a cold climate works to a national requirement, a locally available product range and an installer who already knows both.

The design and estimation system can calculate and design insulation thicknesses as part of the project, so that work can be done here, against your figures, before anything is quoted. Estimator support for insulation thickness is not evidence that Eurodita supplies the insulation material. Where a specific written project scope says otherwise, the scope governs.

One related boundary, because it is the next question a technical buyer asks: Eurodita does not publish thermal performance figures for a wall profile. Profile dimensions do not on their own establish thermal, fire or structural performance, and a build-up that performs in one market will not automatically satisfy another. The performance case is assembled at project level, with your insulation specification and your local requirement in it.

## Timber, joinery, roof and floor

## Species, region and the production moisture target

Eurodita uses both spruce and pine, sourced as Nordic and Northern European timber. Species for a given product or order is confirmed in the specification; the range is not spruce-only.

The current manufacturing moisture target for wall timber is approximately 12-14%. That is the working production range, not an unconditional per-piece warranty and not a regulatory claim. Drying is done in-house, in Nardi drying kilns, on the same site as the machining.

## Windows and doors: what Eurodita makes, and what it buys in

Eurodita manufactures its own timber windows and doors in the current IV system families (IV45, IV68 and IV92 triple-glazed standard), and its own timber sliding and bifold door systems. Aluminium sliding systems are different: those are sourced from a specialist supplier and supplied as part of the project. Insulated glass units, hardware and fittings are also purchased and integrated into the finished joinery.

The distinction matters for what a bespoke project can actually do. Where the joinery is Eurodita-made, the opening schedule is a manufacturing variable rather than a catalogue lookup: sizes and positions are developed with the building, and the window and door schedule comes out of the same design and estimation pass as the drawings, the 3D and the price. Where it is bought in, that flexibility follows the supplier's range. Eurodita does not generically promise arbitrary customer-selected third-party window and door systems; a named third-party system is reviewed for the project rather than assumed.

## Roof geometry, floor build and factory finishing

Roof. Current recurring geometries include apex, pent, hip and pyramidal or multi-slope. Custom roof geometries can be designed for a project-specific building. Roof geometry is generally configurable and technical feasibility is assessed per project, which is a different statement from “any roof you can draw”, and deliberately so.

Floor. Standard floorboard thickness is 28 mm and floor bearers are impregnated as standard. Floor construction detail beyond the standard floorboard is configurable and project-specific. 19 mm floorboards may be technically possible as an economy option, but they are not part of the normal offer and are not promoted as a standard specification.

Finishing. Default wall-log supply is untreated. Factory painting and finishing can be offered as an extra service on glulam; that is a glulam-scope service and does not mean other wall systems arrive factory-painted or treated.

## Inside the Eurodita factory, and what is checked before dispatch

Manufacturing is based at one main production location in Lithuania with several workshops and production halls, approximately 5,000 m² of covered production space. One site, not a network of plants.

Carried out in-house: solid-timber wall profiling and machining, timber-building kit production, bespoke timber-house component production and timber joinery manufacturing. Glulam is produced here too: we glue the lamellae with Dynea Prefere 6151 and hardener Prefere 6651, a two-component EPI adhesive for load-bearing timber that the supplier classifies as Type I under EN 16254 (the supplier describes Prefere 6151 as formaldehyde-free), then we profile and machine the glulam on the same site. This describes the adhesive, not a certification of the finished glulam. Machining uses Hundegger CNC; drying is in-house, in Nardi kilns.

Annual averages, for the volume context a distributor needs: approximately 150,000 m³ of timber processed per year; approximately 12,000 standard catalogue timber buildings per year; approximately 1,800-2,000 non-standard and bespoke timber structures per year, excluding glulam; and approximately 50 glulam homes over 100 m² per year, which is a separate figure and is not inside the 1,800-2,000. These are averages, not capacity maxima and not guaranteed future output.

## The recurring quality checks

- Incoming timber inspection

- Moisture checks

- Dimensional checks

- CNC and profiling accuracy checks

- Joint and fit checks

- Window and door checks

- Completeness checks

- Packaging checks

- Final pre-dispatch inspection

That is an operational quality-control description. It is not an ISO 9001 or FPC certification.

One fact worth knowing before you plan the assembly: kits are flat-packed. Joint and fit, completeness and packing are covered by the checks listed above. Production operates on working days, and orders are dispatched from the factory on working days under the confirmed order and logistics terms.

## The design and estimation system behind your quote

Eurodita designs, prices and visualises bespoke projects on its own software, built for this workflow rather than bought off the shelf, and in daily use on real commercial enquiries. An operator configures the building; the system calculates the estimate from the project geometry, the component logic and Eurodita maintained pricing database. Human project input, engineering review and commercial judgement still apply, and timing is confirmed for each enquiry.

## In one integrated workflow

- Interactive 2D CAD floor-plan design

- 3D visualisation and rendering

- Automated material and timber-volume calculation

- Automated cost estimation from the maintained pricing database

- Branded PDF output

## What comes back on a bespoke project

- 3D visual renders

- 2D CAD floor-plan drawings

- Side and elevation drawings with dimensions

- Technical project specification

- Window and door schedule

- Commercial quotation

- The package as a branded PDF

For dealers and architects: your brand, not ours. Client-facing quotation material can carry your company identity and logo instead of the Eurodita brand. Your customer sees your name on the renders, the drawings and the quotation. That is what the private-label route is for.

Send a concept, a sketch, a drawing or a written requirement. Eurodita converts it into a manufacturable proposal with visual and technical documentation and a price, subject to technical and commercial review.

Send drawings for a quote

## What the system produces for one bespoke project

These are real outputs of our design and estimation system for one bespoke garden building, 7.84 x 4.34 m external with 70 mm walls: the 3D render, the drawings, the specification and the timber volumes calculated from the model. Prices are not shown. For a trade partner, the same package can carry the partner's brand instead of ours.

3D render of the building, prepared from the model

2D floor plan with external and internal dimensions and the openings

Front elevation with window and door positions and sizes

Side elevation with the roof pitch, sidewall and ridge heights

Technical specification: dimensions, wall, floor, roof and the window and door schedule

Timber volumes calculated from the model for the walls, roof and floor

## 3D visualisations from other bespoke enquiries

Prepared in the same system for different briefs. They are design visualisations, not photographs of completed buildings, and the settings around the buildings are illustrative.

The 3D model as it appears in the design system, before the scene render

Apex cabin with a covered veranda

Twin skin three bedroom log cabin, about 12 x 7 m

Wide apex building with glazed double doors

Long apex lodge with several rooms

Pent-roof garden building with a glazed front

Long multi-room building with a deep roof overhang

Pent-roof garden room on a lakeside deck

Long pent-roof building with a terrace

## Private-label project documents and branding

Customer-facing renders, drawings, assembly information, packaging labels and other project documents can use partner branding where agreed. Legal, manufacturing and compliance documents retain required information. The exact branding and documentation scope is confirmed before production.

Review Eurodita private-label supply .

## Who is responsible for what?

## Eurodita factory scope

- Review the supplied brief and identify the information needed for quotation.

- Prepare the quotation and agreed production information.

- Manufacture the approved specification.

- Complete factory checks defined for the order.

- Pack, mark and document the supplied kit as agreed.

- Release the order under the confirmed Incoterm.

## Buyer and appointed project parties

- Provide accurate project and destination requirements.

- Approve the drawings, specification, quotation and written terms.

- Manage local approvals, foundations, site services and construction conditions.

- Arrange on-site assembly, unless it is agreed with Eurodita for the project, and, on trade orders, the end-customer relationship.

- Manage transport, import and unloading responsibilities assigned under the Incoterm.

## Bespoke production planning

Eurodita manufactures approximately 1,800-2,000 bespoke timber structures yearly, excluding glulam. Approximately 50 large glulam homes over 100 m² are manufactured in addition to that total. Bespoke and glulam timing is confirmed in the written quotation and order after Eurodita reviews the specification, engineering scope, quantity, production planning and agreed factory scope.

## What is not in the default factory scope

Scope clarity matters more than a long capability list, so here is where the line sits.

- Insulation materials. The structure is supplied prepared for insulation where the project requires it. The insulation material itself is normally selected and provided locally.

- Electrical, plumbing and gas systems. Eurodita supplies the timber building and wooden construction scope. Building services are not part of the default manufacturing scope.

- Local approvals. Eurodita can provide drawings, CAD, specifications and the available technical data. Local architect approval, structural approval, building control or local-authority acceptance and site-specific regulatory approval are the responsibility of the customer, dealer or project team, unless a separate written project scope expressly assigns otherwise.

- Structural calculations. Where project-specific structural calculations and engineering are required, they are performed by external structural and engineering specialists.

- Transport. Eurodita does not operate its own transport fleet; freight is arranged through third-party carrier and forwarder partners. Unloading at destination is the buyer's or site's responsibility unless a written order or transport arrangement says otherwise.

- Installation and site works. On-site assembly is agreed per project. Foundations, utilities, permitting, building-control approval and turnkey delivery are agreed according to the market and the project.

- Blanket certification. Eurodita does not make blanket public claims that its complete product range is CE-marked, UKCA-marked, BS 3632 certified, BS EN 1647 certified, FSC Chain-of-Custody certified, ISO 9001 certified, compliant with all local building regulations, or covered by one universal numeric warranty. Where a destination market or project requires compliance, certification, structural review, local approval or documentation, the applicable route is confirmed for that specific product, project, destination and order. Warranty terms, where applicable, come from the confirmed product and order documentation.

- Timber sourcing documentation. Eurodita purchases certified timber and material from suppliers but does not hold its own FSC Chain-of-Custody certificate. Sourcing documentation is discussed from the actual supplier and order documentation for a specific project.

## Photographs from delivered orders

These photographs were taken on delivered orders by the partners and buyers who assembled them. They are shown as visual references only: no customer, project name or location is given, and painting, decking, bases and interior fit-out seen in them are site works done on the buyer's side.

Larger bespoke building with a full-length veranda, during site works

Glazed doors along the veranda of the same building

L-shaped bespoke layout with bifold doors

First wall courses laid by the buyer's crew

Gables and purlins of a solid log kit

Internal partitions being assembled

Stained garden office with corner glazing and dark frames

Cabin with an attached open carport

## Selected bespoke project specifications

Published specification records:

- 70mm Solid Log Apex Holiday Cabin 4.9x5.9

- 70mm Solid Log Garden Room 2.3x4.7

- Glulam Apex Timber Lodge 6.9x5.0

View the B2B timber building gallery

Order-specific design evidence

## A bespoke brief becomes a controlled drawing set

For a bespoke timber building, the reference is the approved drawing package for that order, not a generic catalogue layout. This illustrative 58 mm project excerpt shows the level of geometry developed before factory release.

We use the same discipline to qualify intended use, site, layout, openings and the documentation needed for the project route.

Illustrative order-specific drawing excerpt. It is not a construction instruction, performance specification or universal design.

## Common questions about bespoke projects

What makes a log cabin bespoke?

A log cabin is bespoke when it is developed from your brief rather than supplied as an unchanged catalogue model. The final scope is defined by the approved drawings, specification, quantity, quotation and written terms.

What do you need from me for a bespoke quotation?

Provide the intended use and destination, building dimensions, available plans or elevations, preferred wall and roof systems, window and door requirements, finish, quantity, target timing and the expected logistics route. Complete information reduces uncertainty before specification and quotation.

How much does a bespoke log cabin cost?

Eurodita does not publish a price list for bespoke buildings. The price depends on the external dimensions, the wall system and profile, the roof, windows and doors and the finish. We calculate it in our own design and estimation system, which also produces the 2D drawings and 3D renders, and send a written quotation in EUR, EXW from the Eurodita factory, excluding VAT and transport. When the brief is complete, the quotation is usually prepared quickly.

Can a private buyer order a bespoke log cabin?

Yes, for larger residential homes: Eurodita quotes these directly to private clients. For smaller garden buildings, such as garden rooms, offices and annexes, the supply route, direct or through a trade partner, is confirmed project by project. Send your sketch or drawings with the enquiry form and we will tell you how you can buy.

Can you start from a sketch or early floor plan?

Yes. Eurodita can use a sketch or early floor plan to begin a project review and identify missing information. Manufacturing does not begin until the drawings, specification, quotation and buyer approvals required for the order are complete.

Which wall systems are available for bespoke projects?

Solid timber profiles are 19 × 100, 28 × 100, 34 × 100, 44 × 130, 58 × 130 and 70 × 130 mm. For bespoke one-off work the solid range starts at 28 mm: 19 mm is used primarily for standard and small shed-type production, and custom 19 mm is accepted for mass-production programmes only. Glulam profiles are 70 × 130, 88 × 260, 135 × 260, 180 × 260 and 220 × 260 mm, and the Dovetail corner system is available across the glulam profiles other than 70 × 130. Twin-skin build-ups are 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, giving total wall thicknesses of 138, 188, 166 and 216 mm; the cavity is prepared for insulation, which is normally supplied locally rather than by Eurodita. Timber is spruce and pine, Nordic and Northern European. Availability and suitability are confirmed for the individual project and destination; the dimensions define profile and build-up families and do not on their own establish thermal, fire, structural or certification performance.

Can bespoke project documents use our company branding?

Customer-facing renders, drawings, assembly information, packaging labels and other project documents can use partner branding where agreed. Legal, manufacturing and compliance documents retain any information that must remain visible. The exact branding scope is confirmed before production.

How long does bespoke manufacturing take?

Bespoke and glulam timing is confirmed in the written quotation and order after Eurodita reviews the specification, engineering scope, quantity, production planning and agreed factory scope. Freight and final delivery timing are separate and follow the confirmed route.

Is there a fixed minimum order quantity for bespoke projects?

[The page continues at its URL.]


---

# Frequently asked questions
URL: https://eurodita.com/faq/

## Frequently asked questions (FAQ)

## Company & Partnership

Who manufactures private-label log cabins for B2B resellers?

Eurodita is a B2B private-label manufacturer of log cabins, glulam homes and timber structures based in Lithuania, and has manufactured timber buildings since 1994. We work with dealers, distributors and builders who sell under their own brand: we manufacture, you handle sales. Freight, where we arrange it, moves through carrier partners, and structural engineering, where a project needs it, comes from specialist partners. Branding and documentation can be white-labelled or co-branded where agreed for the order.

How long has Eurodita been manufacturing log cabins?

Eurodita has manufactured timber buildings since 1994. We supply B2B partners internationally and process approximately 150,000 cubic metres of timber a year on average. Our track record includes structured production planning, order-stage delivery coordination and partnerships with B2B brands that sell under their own names in their own markets.

What makes Eurodita different from other log cabin suppliers?

Three things set us apart: (1) True private-label service: your brand on the product where agreed per order, the supply route for garden buildings confirmed project by project, and larger residential homes can also be supplied directly to private clients. (2) One integrated pass: drawings, 3D visuals and price from a single enquiry, with production timing confirmed in the quotation. (3) Complete support, from CAD and manufacturing drawings to export-documentation support, while delivery and customs terms are agreed individually per order. We're the silent builder behind your brand.

Which countries does Eurodita serve?

We are a Lithuanian private-label manufacturer in Lithuania and we export to B2B partners in a number of markets. Whether a given market is open, and on what terms, is confirmed per order rather than published as a list. Documentation required by the destination market, and any local review there, sit with the dealer or the appointed project professional. Eurodita prepares export and commercial documentation for the agreed shipment and coordinates the agreed logistics scope. Our standard terms are EXW (Ex Works) from the Eurodita factory. Delivered options, including DAP or DDP, can be arranged for selected markets and projects, with terms agreed individually per order.

## Products & Customization

What products does Eurodita manufacture?

The catalogue holds garden log cabins, summer houses, garden sheds, garden workshops and garden offices, wooden garages, carports, gazebos and pergolas, residential log cabins with one to four bedrooms, twin skin log cabins and glulam log houses. Layouts, sizes and specifications can be adapted, with technical feasibility confirmed for each project.

What wall thicknesses are available?

For massive (solid) logs: 19mm, 28mm, 34mm, 44mm, 58mm, and 70mm. Bespoke solid-log projects are usually specified across 28mm, 34mm, 44mm, 58mm and 70mm options. For glulam (engineered) logs, selectable project profiles include 70mm, 88mm, 135mm, 180mm and 220mm. Our team recommends the optimal thickness based on your climate and application.

Can you manufacture bespoke designs from my drawings?

Yes. Bespoke manufacturing is our specialty. Send us your sketch, floor plan, or key dimensions, and we can prepare CAD drawings, 3D visuals and quote-stage technical material per enquiry when the brief contains enough dimensions. Design changes are reviewed with you before the design is approved for production.

Do you offer standard designs or only custom orders?

Both. We offer standard catalogue designs, which are simpler to produce and lower in cost. We also design custom buildings from your specifications, with technical feasibility confirmed for each project. Most partners use standard models as primary offerings while using custom capability for competitive bids and special projects.

## Design and Engineering

What is the design process from concept to production?

After receiving your sketch or dimensions, we prepare quote-stage pricing with 3D visuals, CAD drawings and technical product data. After approval, production is scheduled according to the agreed queue, specification and order scope. You receive updates at each stage: design approval, production start, completion, and shipping.

Do you provide 3D visualizations before production?

Yes. For quoted projects, we can prepare detailed 3D visuals viewable from multiple angles. These visualisations can show different wood finish options and landscape context, and can carry your company branding where agreed. Use these directly in your customer presentations to build confidence and reduce approval delays.

What technical files do I receive?

You receive complete CAD drawings (DWG format), PDF specifications, assembly instructions, 3D model files, and material lists, which can carry your company logo where agreed for the order. Your architects, builders, and engineers can use these files for site planning, permitting, and installation. All files are yours to use for business purposes.

Do I need to hire an engineer for custom cabins?

Eurodita supplies CAD drawings, 3D visuals and technical product data for dealer or project review. Local engineering checks, compliance checks and Building Regulations submissions remain the responsibility of the dealer, client or appointed local professional. Where local authorities request product data, Eurodita can provide available technical information for review.

## Pricing and Payments

How does Eurodita pricing work?

Each price is prepared for the specific order from the models or project brief, the specification and the delivery basis. CAD drawings and 3D visuals can be prepared with the quotation. Unless the quotation states otherwise, prices are EXW Eurodita factory, excluding VAT and delivery. Commercial terms are set in the written quotation for the order.

What payment terms does Eurodita offer?

Standard terms: 50% deposit to begin manufacturing, 50% balance before shipment. Commercial terms are set in the written quotation for the order. Any additional terms come from the specific commercial agreement.

Are there volume discounts for bulk orders?

There is no published discount scale. Each order is quoted individually, and commercial terms are set in the written quotation for the order. Any additional terms come from the specific commercial agreement.

What is included in the quoted price?

Included: the timber building materials in the specification (timber, hardware, windows, doors), manufacturing, factory quality checks before dispatch, professional packaging, and CAD and manufacturing drawings. Unless the quotation states otherwise, prices are EXW Eurodita factory, so VAT, freight and transit insurance are not included; delivery can be arranged and quoted separately. Insulation materials and custom treatments or finishes are not part of the standard kit. Installation and how it is organised is agreed per project. Your quotation itemises what it covers.

## Shipping and Logistics

How are log cabins shipped internationally?

Eurodita prepares export documentation and coordinates the route planning and delivery scope agreed for each order. European deliveries use land transport, with transit confirmed per route. Overseas shipments go by ocean freight, with sailing and transit confirmed by the carrier for the destination. We provide realistic timelines during the quote process and keep you updated throughout shipping.

What is the typical timeline from order to delivery?

Production: standard garden cabins and bespoke/glulam homes are scheduled after design approval, with timing confirmed in the written quotation. Delivery: transit to European, UK and overseas destinations is confirmed per route and unloading point. Delivery ETAs are estimates that follow the carrier and the route, and we coordinate delivery at each order stage. We prioritise getting it right over rushing.

Do you handle UK customs clearance and import procedures?

For UK shipments, Eurodita can provide export and product documentation for the dealer's customs broker or appointed logistics partner. Import declarations, broker services, tariffs and port clearance are agreed case by case. Where a delivered DAP or DDP arrangement is agreed for your order, delivered terms and customs responsibilities are confirmed individually per order.

What if a cabin is damaged during shipping?

Each load is packed for transport, and the packaging is specific to the product and the order. Transit risk follows the agreed Incoterm: under the default EXW Eurodita factory terms it passes to the buyer when the goods are made available at the factory, and any other basis is set in the order. If a delivery arrives damaged, photograph it before unloading, note the damage on the delivery document and tell the carrier and the Eurodita sales team straight away. Claims are handled under the order documentation and the agreed Incoterm.

## Quality & Warranty

What materials does Eurodita use?

We use Northern European spruce and pine. Timber grown slowly in northern climates has tight growth rings, and our solid wall timber is dried in-house in Nardi kilns to a moisture target of about 12-14%. For glulam homes and structures we use glued laminated timber, which is more dimensionally stable than solid timber of the same size.

What warranty does Eurodita provide?

Warranty terms, where they apply, are those set out in the confirmed product and order documentation. They depend on correct installation, timely protective treatment and maintenance of the timber, and site conditions, and they include product-specific exclusions. There is no single warranty period for the whole range. If a problem arises, contact the Eurodita sales team with the order number and photographs.

What manufacturing equipment do you use?

Our production uses Hundegger CNC machining and in-house timber drying in Nardi kilns. Drawings, 3D visuals and quotations are prepared in Eurodita proprietary in-house design and estimation system, and structural engineering, where a project needs it, comes from specialist partners.

## Related pages

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Log cabin wall thickness and glulam profiles: the Eurodita reference

- Price, lead time and U-value: how to get each figure

- Timber building glossary: the terms as Eurodita uses them

- What is in a Eurodita kit, and what is not


---

# Start an enquiry
URL: https://eurodita.com/contact-eurodita/

## Send an Enquiry to Eurodita

Contact Eurodita about a catalogue model, a bespoke building or a glulam house. Dealers, developers and private clients use the same form. A useful enquiry says who you are (a dealer, a professional buyer or a private client), the destination, the product or project, the quantity, any drawings or specification, and the timing you have in mind.

Private-label supply has its own page; the form below serves every route.

## Eurodita, Lithuania

Eurodita has manufactured timber buildings since 1994 in its own factory in Lithuania.

## For an initial review, include

- Where the building will stand and how it will be used.

- The model or the external size you need.

- Sketches or drawings, if you have them.

- The period you have in mind and the place of delivery.

Company details Shipping responsibilities

## Information that helps Eurodita assess fit

Eurodita is a B2B manufacturer for dealers, distributors, builders, developers, architects, holiday-park operators and specialist suppliers. The information below helps the team identify whether the enquiry should follow a catalogue, bespoke or glulam route.

## Company and destination

Provide the company name, website or VAT reference, country, destination market and your role in the project or supply chain.

## Product or project scope

State the intended use, product family, dimensions and preferred wall, roof, opening, finish or component requirements.

## Drawings and specification

Describe or link to available floor plans, elevations, sketches, schedules or an approved customer specification.

## Quantity and timing

State the expected quantity, whether this is a first or repeat order, and the target factory or project timing.

## Logistics route

Identify the destination and expected transport route. Eurodita standard terms are EXW from the Eurodita factory unless another route is agreed in writing.

## Decision still required

List any missing buyer decisions or local requirements that must be resolved before quotation or production approval.

## What happens after you submit an enquiry?

Submitting the form starts a commercial review; it does not by itself confirm product suitability, pricing, production timing, delivery terms or local compliance.

## 1. Enquiry review

Eurodita checks the company, destination, intended use, product fit and completeness of the supplied information.

## 2. Route selection

The enquiry is directed to a catalogue, private-label, bespoke or glulam quotation route according to the actual requirement.

## 3. Missing information

If the brief is incomplete, Eurodita identifies the drawings, specification, quantity, timing or logistics details still required.

## 4. Written scope

Any quotation, production timing, documentation, Incoterm and responsibility boundary are confirmed in writing for the order.

## Factory scope and project-party scope

## Eurodita confirms per order

- Product or project fit for quotation

- Supplied specification and factory scope

- Manufacturing, checks, packing and marking included in the order

- Agreed documentation and private-label presentation

- Factory release and Incoterm

## Buyer and appointed parties manage

- Accurate intended-use and destination information

- Selection and approval of the quotation and specification

- Local approvals, foundations, site services and installation

- End-customer communication and aftersales

- Transport, import and unloading responsibilities assigned by the Incoterm

## Eurodita company details

UAB Eurodita
K. Donelaičio g. 62, V. Putvinskio g. 53, 44248 Kaunas
Company code: 300645961
VAT code: LT100003147113

Eurodita manufactures from the Eurodita factory in Lithuania and supplies B2B partners and, for larger homes, private clients directly. Banking or payment instructions should be verified against the written quotation and invoice issued for the specific order.

## Factory location and directions

Eurodita company details above state the postal address for correspondence and order documents. Use the map for directions to the factory location; confirm any visit or collection arrangement before travel.

View Eurodita in Google Maps

## Ready to describe your requirement?

Use the enquiry form below and include the information available today. If your brief is still early, state which dimensions, drawings, specifications or destination requirements remain undecided.

Back to the enquiry form


---

# Product catalogue
URL: https://eurodita.com/catalog/

## Garden Buildings and Log Cabins: Product Catalogue

## Wooden garden buildings and log cabin kits from the manufacturer

The Eurodita catalogue holds 230 timber building kits: garden log cabins, summer houses, garden sheds, garden workshops and garden offices, wooden garages, carports, gazebos and pergolas, residential log cabins with one to four bedrooms, twin skin log cabins and glulam log houses. Every building is machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed, in solid wall logs from 19 to 70 mm or in glulam profiles from 70 x 130 to 220 x 260 mm.

Dimensions in the catalogue are external. Every order is quoted in writing and there is no price list. For small garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project; larger residential projects are quoted directly.

Garden cabins for leisure, hobby and storage Garden log cabins Wooden summer houses from 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m Summer houses Corner log cabins for a garden corner Corner summer houses Log cabin sheds in 19 mm wall logs Garden sheds Workshop log cabins of 2 x 2, 3 x 3 and 4 x 4 m Garden workshops Wooden garden office kits Garden offices Log cabin garden rooms from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m Garden rooms Log cabins with aluminium sliding doors Modern garden rooms Single and double log garages, with or without a carport Wooden garages Timber carport kits from 3 x 6 m to 7.5 x 6 m Carports Wooden gazebos and pergolas from 3 x 3 m to 6 x 6 m Gazebos and pergolas Log cabin homes with one to four bedrooms Residential log cabins One and two bedroom annexe log cabins Granny annexes A double log wall with a cavity for insulation Twin skin log cabins Flat or low-pitch roofs and large glazing Contemporary log cabins Glulam wall profiles from 70 x 130 to 220 x 260 mm Glulam log houses Glulam log homes with 1 to 4 bedrooms Mobile log cabins and lodges Timber cabin shells with a 3640 mm ridge Golf simulator cabins Every model in the 44 x 130 mm wall log 44mm log cabins Every model in the 28 x 100 mm wall log 28mm log cabins Your own drawing, reviewed and quoted per project Bespoke log cabins

For a quotation, send the model or your own drawing, the intended use and the place where the building will stand.
Send your project brief

## Corner Log Cabin Alexander 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

265 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Benjamin 3x3m

Wall thickness options

28mm / 44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

293 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Luke 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Michael 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

265 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Toby 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Garden Gazebo 3x3m, Apex, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

288 cm

## Garden Gazebo 3x3m, Pent, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

256 cm

## Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

245 cm

## Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Apex Roof

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Chalet Roof

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

245 cm

## Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Log Shed MM006 3.3x3.78m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.3 x 2.98 m + 0.8 m terrace

Ridge Height

230 cm

## Log Cabin Aylesbury 3.8x2.6m, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3.8 x 2.6 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Log Shed MM003 3.3x3.0m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

228 cm

## Log Shed Ari 3.5x3.0m, 19mm

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.5 x 3 m

Ridge Height

## Log Shed MM018 3.5x3.0m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.5 x 3 m

Ridge Height

250 cm

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Garden Gazebo 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

283 cm

## Log Cabin Adam 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Log Cabin Brookhaven 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

234 cm

## Log Cabin Nicholas 4x3m, 34mm

Wall Thickness

34mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

250 cm

## Log Cabin Oliver 4.0x3.0m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Shed MM015 4.0x3.0m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

250 cm

## Mini Weymouth Log Cabin 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

1
2
...
9
10
More Products

All 230 models of the catalogue, by name

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5.85x4.1m, with Loft

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m, 44mm

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, 44mm

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m, 44mm

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x6m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.1x8m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.2x7m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 11.3x7.1m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12.2x6m, 58mm

- 4 Bedroom Log Cabin Ryan 14.58x9.2m, 58mm

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m

- Bespoke Golf Simulator Cabin, Custom Dimensions

- Carport 3.0x6.0m

- Carport 3.0x6.0m, Eco

- Carport 6.0x6.0m, Eco

- Carport 7.5x6.0m, 44mm

- Contemporary 1 Bedroom Log Home Ullswater

- Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Rutland

- Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Windermere

- Corner Log Cabin Alexander 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Benjamin 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Daniel 4.4x3m, 44mm

- Corner Log Cabin Ethan 3.5x3.5m, 28mm

- Corner Log Cabin Joseph 5x3.5m, 44mm

- Corner Log Cabin Luke 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Michael 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Toby 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin With Veranda 3x5m, 44mm

- Double Log Garage 6x6, Apex, 44mm

- Double Log Garage 6x6, Pent, 44mm

- Garden Gazebo 3x3m, Apex, 28mm

- Garden Gazebo 3x3m, Pent, 28mm

- Garden Gazebo 4x3m, 44mm

- Garden Gazebo 4x4m, 28mm

- Garden Gazebo 4x4m, Apex, 28mm

- Garden Gazebo 4x4m, Pent, 28mm

- Garden Gazebo 5x3m, 28mm

- Garden Pergola 3x5m

- Garden Pergola 5.9x5.9m

- Garden Pergola 5x6m

- Garden Pergola 6x6m

- Glulam Log House Begue 7.8x12.6m, 88mm

- Glulam Log House Berlin 12.5x12.35m

- Glulam Log House Challenger 5.89x4.54m, 135mm

- Glulam Log House Dublin 8x10m

- Glulam Log House Everbark

- Glulam Log House Finland 220mm, 23.6x8.4m

- Glulam Log House Fjord 80 10.2x9.5m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Forestique

- Glulam Log House Halden 10.7x7.6m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Linnea 11.5x9.8m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Logique

- Glulam Log House London 13x8.8m

- Glulam Log House Lucien 9.1x11.7m, 88mm

- Glulam Log House Lumberlux

- Glulam Log House Lumio 102 11.7x8.7m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Monaco 14x10.5m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Naturhaus

- Glulam Log House Norvik 15.7x12.2m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Oslo 8.5x10.5m

- Glulam Log House Paris 8x7.8m

- Glulam Log House Riga 12x10m

- Glulam Log House Rome 10x11m

- Glulam Log House Silvawood

- Glulam Log House Skara 14.7x9.2m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Sylvie 11.3x11.3m, 88mm

- Glulam Log House Tromso 17.95x16.45m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Uvdal 12.6x12.3m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Vasa 270 19x14.2m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Vienna 11.97x12m

- Glulam Log House Woodglow

- Golf Simulator Cabin 4.3×3.2m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 5.0×3.0m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 5.0×3.6m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 5.0×4.0m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 5.3×3.8m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 6.0×4.0m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 6.0×4.5m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 7.0×4.0m, 70mm

- Golf Simulator Cabin 7.5×4.0m, 70mm

- Log Cabin 4x1m, 28mm

- Log Cabin 7.9x6.9m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Aaron 5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Abigail 5.0x3.0m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Adam 4x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Archie 4.4x5.4m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Atlanta 3.8x3.2m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Austin 6.0x3.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Axminster 5x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Aylesbury 3.8x2.6m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Betty 5.85x4.1m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Bristol 4.7x3.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Brookhaven 4x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Charlie 5.7×3.1m, 44mm, Apex

- Log Cabin Dorchester 5x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Dylan 6x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Edward 6x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Everwood 5x5.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Exmoor 3.5x2.5m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Finlandia

- Log Cabin Folio 8x5m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Freddie 5.9×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Garage Warminster 3.2x5.2m, 44mm

- Log Cabin George 3.5x2.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Gladehaven 6x7.2m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Glastonbury 4.2x3.2m, 34mm

- Log Cabin Grendale 3.2x2.6m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Harry 3.0x4.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Jack 5.7×3.1m, 44mm, Pent

- Log Cabin James 4x4.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Jamie 4.8x3.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Joshua 6x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Lakeview 7x12.5m, 3 Bedroom, 58mm

- Log Cabin Lewis 5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Louis 5x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Matthew 7x4m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Max 5x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Newbury 5x3.8m, 34mm

- Log Cabin Nicholas 4x3m, 34mm

- Log Cabin Northlight 8x6m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Oliver 4.0x3.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Oscar 5.0x4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Pinecrest 7x10.3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Plymouth 4.7x3.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Ringwood 4x4m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Ryan 3x2m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Samuel 4.2x3m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Sherborne 4.5×3.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Stonepine 9.5x7.2m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Theo 5.5×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Theodore 5.0×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Thomas 4x4.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Weymouth 5.5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin With Sauna Room 5.7x3.7m, 44mm

- Log Garage 3.2x5.2m, Apex, 28mm

- Log Garage 3.2x5.2m, Pent, 28mm

- Log Garage 3.2x5.2m, Pent, 44mm

- Log Garage 4x6m, Apex, 44mm

- Log Garage 4x6m, Pent, 44mm

- Log Garage with Carport 6.61x5.36m, 44mm

- Log House Mathilde 13.7x8.2m, 88mm

- Log Shed Arad 3.0x2.0m, 19mm

- Log Shed Ari 3.5x3.0m, 19mm

- Log Shed MM001 2.5x2.0m

- Log Shed MM002 3.3x2.68m

- Log Shed MM003 3.3x3.0m

- Log Shed MM004 2.5x2.8m

- Log Shed MM005 3.3x3.48m

- Log Shed MM006 3.3x3.78m

- Log Shed MM015 4.0x3.0m

- Log Shed MM016 3.0x2.5m

- Log Shed MM017 3.5x2.4m

- Log Shed MM018 3.5x3.0m

- Mini Weymouth Log Cabin 4x3m, 44mm

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x7m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 14x6m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x6m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 16x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 17x7m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 11x3.8m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 17x7m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 20x7m

- Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m

- Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m

- Modern Log Cabin 3.2×2.6m, Alu Sliding Doors, Apex Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 5.9×4.0m, Aluminium Sliding Doors

- Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin Jacob 4.0x3.83m, 44mm

- Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

- Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

- Timber Carport Cardiff 4.3x6.3m

- Timber Carport Liverpool 6.3x5.9m

- Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m

- Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m

- Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 8x7m

- Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 11x6m

- Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x8m

- Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12x7m

- Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 13x8m

- Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 16x9m

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Arvika 12x7.5m, 220mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Aurora 9.7x8.2m, 220mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House David 6x14.2m, 88mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Glulife

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Gluluxe

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Greenhaven

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Saimaa 11.5x9m, 220mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Timberly, 180mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Verdantix

- Two Storey Log Cabin Roan, 70mm

- Two Storey Log House Nicolas 8.45x7.6m, 70mm

- Wooden Children's Playhouse

- Wooden Children's Playhouse Kupa

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Apex Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Chalet Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Pent Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Apex Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Chalet Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Pent Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Apex Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Chalet Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Pent Roof

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available across selected Eurodita ranges. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm whether the brief fits the range and factory scope.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Log cabins
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabins/

## Log Cabins

Log cabins for the garden, made in Lithuania and supplied as flat-packed log cabin kits: garden cabins, summer houses, corner cabins, workshops and sheds, in solid wall logs from 19 to 70 mm.

## Log cabins and log cabin kits from the manufacturer

Eurodita log cabins are solid log cabin kits, machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed. The garden ranges are garden log cabins, summer houses, corner summer houses, garden sheds, garden workshops and modern log cabins with aluminium sliding doors, in solid wall logs from 19 to 70 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles; the 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it.

Start with the intended use, approximate dimensions, site and layout. The written quotation confirms the selected model, the specification and the documentation. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name.

For buyers in the United Kingdom: Log Cabins UK.

Garden cabins for leisure, hobby and storage Garden log cabins Wooden summer houses from 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m Summer houses Corner log cabins for a garden corner Corner summer houses Log cabin sheds in 19 mm wall logs Garden sheds Workshop log cabins of 2 x 2, 3 x 3 and 4 x 4 m Garden workshops Log cabins with aluminium sliding doors Modern garden rooms Wooden garden office kits Garden offices Log cabin garden rooms from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m Garden rooms Trade route Use dealer resources

Planning, foundations, services, installation and performance requirements remain project-specific.
Request a quote

## Corner Log Cabin Alexander 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

265 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Benjamin 3x3m

Wall thickness options

28mm / 44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

293 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Luke 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Michael 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

265 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Toby 3x3m

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

245 cm

## Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Apex Roof

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Chalet Roof

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

245 cm

## Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Log Shed MM006 3.3x3.78m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.3 x 2.98 m + 0.8 m terrace

Ridge Height

230 cm

## Log Cabin Aylesbury 3.8x2.6m, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3.8 x 2.6 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Log Shed MM003 3.3x3.0m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.3 x 3 m

Ridge Height

228 cm

## Log Shed Ari 3.5x3.0m, 19mm

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.5 x 3 m

Ridge Height

## Log Shed MM018 3.5x3.0m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

3.5 x 3 m

Ridge Height

250 cm

## Log Cabin Adam 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Log Cabin Brookhaven 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

234 cm

## Log Cabin Nicholas 4x3m, 34mm

Wall Thickness

34mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

250 cm

## Log Cabin Oliver 4.0x3.0m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Shed MM015 4.0x3.0m

Wall Thickness

19mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

250 cm

## Mini Weymouth Log Cabin 4x3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Log Cabin Atlanta 3.8x3.2m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3.8 x 3.2 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Corner Log Cabin Ethan 3.5x3.5m, 28mm

Wall Thickness

28mm

Length & Width

3.5 x 3.5 m

Ridge Height

230 cm

1
2
3
4
More Products

All 88 models in this range, by name

- Corner Log Cabin Alexander 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Benjamin 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Daniel 4.4x3m, 44mm

- Corner Log Cabin Ethan 3.5x3.5m, 28mm

- Corner Log Cabin Joseph 5x3.5m, 44mm

- Corner Log Cabin Luke 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Michael 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin Toby 3x3m

- Corner Log Cabin With Veranda 3x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin 4x1m, 28mm

- Log Cabin 7.9x6.9m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Aaron 5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Abigail 5.0x3.0m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Adam 4x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Archie 4.4x5.4m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Atlanta 3.8x3.2m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Austin 6.0x3.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Axminster 5x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Aylesbury 3.8x2.6m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Bristol 4.7x3.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Brookhaven 4x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Charlie 5.7×3.1m, 44mm, Apex

- Log Cabin Dorchester 5x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Dylan 6x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Edward 6x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Everwood 5x5.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Exmoor 3.5x2.5m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Freddie 5.9×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin George 3.5x2.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Glastonbury 4.2x3.2m, 34mm

- Log Cabin Grendale 3.2x2.6m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Harry 3.0x4.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Jack 5.7×3.1m, 44mm, Pent

- Log Cabin James 4x4.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Jamie 4.8x3.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Joshua 6x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Lewis 5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Louis 5x3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Matthew 7x4m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Max 5x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Newbury 5x3.8m, 34mm

- Log Cabin Nicholas 4x3m, 34mm

- Log Cabin Oliver 4.0x3.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Oscar 5.0x4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Plymouth 4.7x3.5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Ringwood 4x4m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Ryan 3x2m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Samuel 4.2x3m, 28mm

- Log Cabin Sherborne 4.5×3.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Theo 5.5×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Theodore 5.0×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Thomas 4x4.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Weymouth 5.5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin With Sauna Room 5.7x3.7m, 44mm

- Log Shed Arad 3.0x2.0m, 19mm

- Log Shed Ari 3.5x3.0m, 19mm

- Log Shed MM001 2.5x2.0m

- Log Shed MM002 3.3x2.68m

- Log Shed MM003 3.3x3.0m

- Log Shed MM004 2.5x2.8m

- Log Shed MM005 3.3x3.48m

- Log Shed MM006 3.3x3.78m

- Log Shed MM015 4.0x3.0m

- Log Shed MM016 3.0x2.5m

- Log Shed MM017 3.5x2.4m

- Log Shed MM018 3.5x3.0m

- Mini Weymouth Log Cabin 4x3m, 44mm

- Modern Log Cabin 3.2×2.6m, Alu Sliding Doors, Apex Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 5.9×4.0m, Aluminium Sliding Doors

- Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin Jacob 4.0x3.83m, 44mm

- Wooden Children's Playhouse

- Wooden Children's Playhouse Kupa

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Apex Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Chalet Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, 28mm Pent Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Apex Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Chalet Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, 28mm Pent Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Apex Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Chalet Roof

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, 28mm Pent Roof

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Log Cabins projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

## Technical & Build Details

## Timber, joints and fixings

The kit is machined from Northern European spruce and pine. The data sheet of each model records what the kit includes.

## Layout and services

The layout and the positions of doors and windows are agreed in the order drawings before production. Electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not part of the standard Eurodita supply and are installed on site by local qualified trades.

## Specification options

The wall profile and layout are chosen within the agreed specification. Where required, the structure is prepared for insulation that is sourced locally; insulation material is not supplied as standard. Internal partitions, verandas and canopies are available where technically compatible and appropriate for the intended use. The data sheet of each model names its doors and windows.

## Dealer & showroom support

Production scheduling is confirmed at order stage. Dealer sales assets and display-unit support can be discussed for approved B2B partners after product range, market fit and private-label requirements are reviewed.

## Browse Garden & Leisure Sub-Categories

Looking for a different size or cabin style? Browse our complete range of log cabin ranges:

- Corner Summer Houses and Log Cabins , space-efficient L-shaped designs

- Garden Log Cabins , standard garden cabin designs

- Wooden Summer Houses , leisure cabin ranges

- Garden Workshop Log Cabins , workshop cabins in three roof forms

- Garden Sheds , compact storage buildings

- Modern Garden Rooms , timber cabins with aluminium sliding doors

- Dealer programme for log cabin ranges , B2B partner supply model

- Logistics and delivery planning , export packing and delivery terms

## FAQs

What is a log cabin kit?

A Eurodita log cabin kit is a flat pack log cabin: pre-cut, pre-numbered timber components with hardware and assembly documentation, machined in Lithuania from northern European spruce and pine. The range covers garden log cabins, summer houses, corner cabins, garden workshops and sheds. The base is provided locally, and installation and how it is organised is agreed per project.

What wall thickness do log cabins come in?

Eurodita garden log cabins are catalogued in 19, 28, 34, 44 and 58 mm wall logs: 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130 and 58 x 130 mm, thickness first and log height second. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles; the 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. The profile is confirmed in the written quotation.

Do you need planning permission for a log cabin?

In England, a log cabin required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

How much is a log cabin?

Eurodita does not publish a price list. Every log cabin is quoted in writing, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery; delivery is agreed individually with each client. The quotation depends mainly on the size, the wall profile, the joinery and any options ordered. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project.

Does Eurodita supply wholesale log cabins for garden building retailers?

Eurodita supplies wholesale catalogue log cabins to garden building retailers, B2B dealers and private-label partners. Retailers can build repeat ranges from garden cabins, summer houses, sheds, workshops and corner cabins; every order for standard catalogue models is quoted in writing. Standard-cabin production timing is confirmed in the written quotation; bespoke and glulam terms are confirmed at quotation stage.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Garden rooms
URL: https://eurodita.com/garden-rooms/

## Garden Rooms: Log Cabin Garden Rooms

Garden rooms built as log cabins: wooden garden room kits from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m, in solid 44 or 58 mm wall logs or with a twin skin wall, machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed.

## Garden rooms built as log cabins: studio, gym, hobby room or office

A Eurodita garden room is a log cabin used as a garden room: one main room in solid wall logs of 44 or 58 mm, or with a twin skin wall. The range holds 30 wooden garden room kits, from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m in external size, which is 12 to 28 m² of external footprint. Buyers use them as a garden studio, a garden gym, a hobby room or a garden office. Seven models have aluminium sliding doors, and two add a bathroom and a store to the main room. Every kit is machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed.

A garden room from Eurodita is a timber kit, not a panel room with insulation built in: the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and the five twin skin models have a wall of two log skins with a cavity for insulation. Dimensions are external.

Start with the intended use, the size and the site. Every order is quoted in writing and there is no price list. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name.

Log cabins with aluminium sliding doors Modern garden rooms Wooden garden office kits Garden offices Two log skins with a cavity for insulation Twin skin log cabins Wooden summer houses from 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m Summer houses Timber cabin shells for a golf simulator room Golf simulator cabins A size or layout outside the catalogue, quoted per project Bespoke brief

Planning, foundations, services, installation and performance requirements remain project-specific.
Request a quote

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Atlanta 3.8x3.2m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3.8 x 3.2 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin Jacob 4.0x3.83m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3.83 m

Ridge Height

234 cm

## Log Cabin James 4x4.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 4.8 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Thomas 4x4.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 4.8 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Aaron 5x4m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Lewis 5x4m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Log Cabin Oscar 5.0x4.0m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Theodore 5.0×4.0m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Everwood 5x5.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4.3 m + 1.5 m terrace

Ridge Height

273 cm

## Log Cabin Theo 5.5×4.0m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5.5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Weymouth 5.5x4m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5.5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

240 cm

## Log Cabin Freddie 5.9×4.0m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5.9 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 5.9×4.0m, Aluminium Sliding Doors

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5.9 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Archie 4.4x5.4m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

4.4 x 5.4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Dylan 6x4m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

1
2
More Products

## Questions about garden rooms

## What is a garden room?

A garden room is a separate building in the garden used as an extra room: a studio, a gym, a hobby room or an office. A Eurodita garden room is a log cabin kit with one main room, in 44 or 58 mm solid wall logs or with a twin skin wall, machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed.

## What sizes do garden rooms come in?

The garden rooms run from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m in external size, which is 12 to 28 m² of external footprint. Most models measure 4 x 3 m, 5 x 4 m or 6 x 4 m. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects. Dimensions are external.

## Is a garden room insulated?

A Eurodita garden room is supplied as a timber kit: where required, the structure is prepared for insulation that is sourced locally, and insulation material is not supplied as standard. For a cavity wall, the twin skin models have walls of two log skins with a cavity for insulation. Eurodita publishes preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone, for 28 to 220 mm walls; they are not a figure for a finished building and not a compliance result.

## Do I need planning permission for a garden room?

In England, a garden room required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## Can a garden room be used as a garden gym or a garden studio?

The use is the buyer's choice: the kit is the same log cabin. For a gym or a studio, send the equipment or the height you need with the enquiry. The ridge height of every model is listed on its card and on its data sheet, and other heights and layouts are quoted as bespoke projects.

## How much does a garden room cost?

Eurodita does not publish a price list. Every garden room is quoted in writing, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery; delivery is agreed individually with each client. The quotation depends mainly on the size, the wall profile, the joinery and any options ordered. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project.

## Who can buy a garden room from Eurodita?

Eurodita makes garden room kits in Lithuania for dealers, distributors, garden building retailers and private-label brands that sell under their own name. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project. Every order is quoted in writing, as a catalogue model or a bespoke design.

All 30 models in this range, by name

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m

- Log Cabin Aaron 5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Archie 4.4x5.4m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Atlanta 3.8x3.2m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Axminster 5x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Dylan 6x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Edward 6x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Everwood 5x5.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Freddie 5.9×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin James 4x4.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Lewis 5x4m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Matthew 7x4m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Max 5x5m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Oscar 5.0x4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Theo 5.5×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Theodore 5.0×4.0m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Thomas 4x4.8m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Weymouth 5.5x4m, 44mm

- Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 5.9×4.0m, Aluminium Sliding Doors

- Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

- Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

- Modern Log Cabin Jacob 4.0x3.83m, 44mm

- Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

- Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Garden Rooms projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Garden offices
URL: https://eurodita.com/garden-offices/

## Garden Offices

Wooden garden offices built as log cabins: garden office kits in 44 or 58 mm wall logs, with a structure that can be prepared for insulation sourced locally.

## Garden offices: wooden garden office kits, small to large

A Eurodita garden office is a log cabin used as a garden home office. The range holds 17 wooden garden office kits, from a small garden office of 3.2 x 2.6 m to 7.9 x 6.9 m, catalogued in 44 or 58 mm wall logs or with a twin skin wall; eight of them are modern cabins with aluminium sliding doors and five are twin skin cabins with a cavity for insulation. The structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally. Every kit is machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed.

Use the current models for a repeatable starting point, or choose a bespoke route when dimensions, openings or layout must be developed around a specific brief. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name.

Existing sizes and layouts Browse catalogue models Project-specific configuration Plan a bespoke cabin Log cabin garden rooms from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m Garden rooms Trade route Garden offices for dealers

Send the intended use, the external size, the preferred wall profile and the place where the building will stand.
Request a quote

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 4×3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

4 x 3 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin Jacob 4.0x3.83m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

4 x 3.83 m

Ridge Height

234 cm

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 5×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

5 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 5.9×4.0m, Aluminium Sliding Doors

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5.9 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Log Cabin Archie 4.4x5.4m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

4.4 x 5.4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Long Ridge Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 6×4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

241 cm

## Log Cabin Matthew 7x4m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

7 x 4 m

Ridge Height

253 cm

## Log Cabin 7.9x6.9m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

7.9 x 6.9 m

Ridge Height

280 cm

## Modern Log Cabin 3.2×2.6m, Alu Sliding Doors, Apex Roof

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

3.2 x 2.6 m

Ridge Height

245 cm

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Garden Offices projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

Eurodita garden offices are timber workspace kits; dealers, distributors and project suppliers can carry the range under their own brand. Catalogue models, bespoke layouts, documentation, packaging and logistics are confirmed through the dealer process and per order.

Use this hub to review garden office specification routes, related timber building categories, and the commercial pages for private-label manufacturing, dealer programme, and shipping and delivery.

## Garden Office Specification and Bespoke Route

Bespoke garden-office route

## When the brief needs a project-specific layout

Garden-office enquiries do not need to start from a fixed catalogue model. This illustrative 44 mm project excerpt shows a bespoke geometry route developed from the required layout and openings.

For an actual project, site conditions, intended use, dimensions and the approved order-specific drawing set determine the final scope.

Illustrative order-specific drawing excerpt. It is not a construction instruction, performance specification or universal design.

## Specification confirmed per model or order

Each garden office route is confirmed against the selected model, use case, wall build-up, glazing, roof finish, branding scope and destination market before production.

## Wall profile and glazing

Dealers can quote catalogue and higher-specification routes after confirming the model, expected use, wall profile, glazing and insulation requirements. Performance requests are reviewed per project.

## Local services and installation checks

Eurodita supplies timber building kits. Foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the local team of the buyer. Installation and how it is organised is agreed per project.

## Catalogue and bespoke footprints

Dealers can work from catalogue garden office models or send drawings, dimensions and a specification brief for bespoke review. Final dimensions and options are confirmed at quotation stage.

## Production timing

Production timing for catalogue, bespoke and glulam orders is confirmed in the written quotation and order. Freight timing is confirmed per order.

## Private-label manufacturing

Private-label presentation is agreed through the dealer account process. Documentation, packaging, branding and sales material scope are confirmed per order, with Eurodita working as the manufacturing partner.

## Garden Office Questions and Related Ranges

## Who can buy a garden office from Eurodita?

Eurodita makes timber garden office kits in Lithuania for dealers, distributors, project suppliers and private-label brands that sell under their own name. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project. Every order is quoted in writing, as a catalogue model or a bespoke design.

## Does Eurodita supply wholesale garden offices for dealers?

Yes. Eurodita supplies wholesale garden offices for dealers, distributors and project suppliers. Eurodita supports standard catalogue models and bespoke garden office specifications, with wall profile, glazing, branding scope, packaging and documentation confirmed in the written quotation.

## What sizes do wooden garden offices come in?

Eurodita wooden garden offices are log cabin kits. They include a small garden office of 3.2 x 2.6 m, 4 x 3 m, 5 x 4 m and 6 x 4 m models with aluminium sliding doors, larger designs such as the 7 x 4 m Log Cabin Matthew, and five twin skin cabins in the same three sizes, with a cavity for insulation. The solid models are catalogued in 44 or 58 mm wall logs, and a solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles. Dimensions are external.

## Do I need planning permission for a garden office?

In England, a garden office required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## Is a garden office insulated?

A Eurodita garden office is supplied as a timber kit: where required, the structure is prepared for insulation that is sourced locally, and insulation material is not supplied as standard. For a cavity wall, the twin skin range has garden cabins whose walls are two log skins with a cavity for insulation. Eurodita publishes preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone, for 28 to 220 mm walls; they are not a figure for a finished building and not a compliance result.

## How do you build a garden office from a kit?

A Eurodita garden office kit is cut at the factory in Lithuania and arrives flat packed, with pre-cut, numbered components and assembly documentation. The base is provided locally, and installation and how it is organised is agreed per project. Electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not part of the standard supply and are installed on site by local qualified trades.

## How much does a garden office cost?

Eurodita does not publish a price list. Every garden office is quoted in writing, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery; delivery is agreed individually with each client. The quotation depends mainly on the size, the wall profile, the joinery and any options ordered. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project.

Related garden and workspace ranges:

- Garden Log Cabins , garden building ranges for dealer catalogues.

- Modern Garden Rooms , contemporary garden building formats.

- Wooden Summer Houses , leisure garden buildings for seasonal ranges.

- Log Cabin Granny Annexes , annexe routes where the site and local rules support the use case.

- Corner Summer Houses and Log Cabins , compact layouts for constrained garden spaces.

- Log Cabins , the wider Eurodita timber building collection.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Residential log cabins
URL: https://eurodita.com/residential-log-cabins/

## Residential Log Cabins

Residential log cabins and log cabin homes with one to four bedrooms, single or two storey, in solid, twin-skin or glulam walls, manufactured in Lithuania and quoted in writing per project.

## What the Eurodita residential log cabins range covers

Eurodita residential log cabins are single and two-storey timber house kits with one to four bedrooms, manufactured in Lithuania. The range is catalogued in solid 44, 58 or 70 mm wall logs or in twin-skin cavity build-ups, and a solid log model can also be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, confirmed per order; models in this range are used as full-time homes, annexes and holiday lets.

For standard models, the supply route is confirmed project by project. Larger residential homes are quoted directly with Eurodita, with each project assessed individually. Dimensions given across the range are external, and preliminary U-values are published for the timber wall element alone, none for a finished wall or building and none for a twin-skin wall.

The smallest footprint in the residential range, 11 catalogue models 1 bedroom Two-bedroom layouts for a couple or a small family, 9 models 2 bedroom Family-sized layouts including a two-storey model, 8 models 3 bedroom The largest catalogue footprint in the range, 5 models 4 bedroom Cavity wall build-ups prepared for insulation bought locally, 13 models Twin-skin Flat-roof and large-glazing designs, 3 models Contemporary

| Family | Catalogue models | Catalogue wall build-ups | Typical use

| 1 bedroom | 11 | 44 or 58 mm solid; 44-100-44 mm twin-skin | Annexes and holiday lets

| 2 bedroom | 9 | 44 or 58 mm solid; twin-skin cavity walls | Annexes, holiday lets and small homes

| 3 bedroom | 8 | 44, 58 or 70 mm solid; twin-skin cavity walls | Family homes and lodges; one two-storey model

| 4 bedroom | 5 | 58 or 70 mm solid; twin-skin cavity walls | Larger homes; one two-storey model

| Twin-skin | 13 | Catalogued in 44-100-44 mm; four build-ups offered per project | Annexes and homes

| Contemporary | 3 | Confirmed per model | Flat-roof and large-glazing designs

Dimensions are external. A solid log model can also be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, confirmed per order.

For a specific project, include the bedroom count, intended use, footprint and wall build-up you are considering.
Send a residential project brief

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5.85x4.1m, with Loft

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

5.85 x 4.1+2m

Ridge Height

351 cm

## Log Cabin Betty 5.85x4.1m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

5.85 x 4.1 m

Ridge Height

351 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 5.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 5 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

6 x 5 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

6 x 5.5 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 7 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Log Cabin Folio 8x5m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

8 x 5 m

Ridge Height

344 cm

## Log Cabin Gladehaven 6x7.2m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

6 x 7.2 m

Ridge Height

286 cm

## Log Cabin Pinecrest 7x10.3m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

7 x 10.3 m

Ridge Height

286 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 5.8 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

7 x 5.5 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Log Cabin Northlight 8x6m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

8 x 6 m

Ridge Height

273 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x6m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

9 x 6 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 8x7m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

8 x 7 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Log Cabin Stonepine 9.5x7.2m, 58mm

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

9.5 x 6 m + 1.2 m terrace

Ridge Height

286 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

10 x 6 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 11x6m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

11 x 6 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.1x8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

10.1 x 8 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

10 x 6 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Two Storey Log Cabin Roan, 70mm

Wall Thickness

70mm

Length & Width

8.45 x 7.6 m

Ridge Height

572 cm

## 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.2x7m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

10.2 x 7 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x8m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

9 x 8 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

1
2
More Products

Order-specific production reference

## 70 mm residential bespoke drawing

Residential briefs can range from one-bedroom layouts to larger multi-room configurations. The final drawing pack records the selected layout, openings, supplied scope and project interfaces before manufacture.

Drawing from one order, shown without customer data. It illustrates one bespoke residential configuration, not a regulatory, structural or thermal certificate.

Open full-size drawing

The 70 mm designation is part of one project-specific configuration. It does not itself establish energy performance, fire performance, foundations, connections, planning status or building-location requirements.

All 41 models in this range, by name

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5.85x4.1m, with Loft

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m, 44mm

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, 44mm

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m, 44mm

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x6m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.1x8m, 44mm

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.2x7m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 11.3x7.1m, 44mm

- 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12.2x6m, 58mm

- 4 Bedroom Log Cabin Ryan 14.58x9.2m, 58mm

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m

- Contemporary 1 Bedroom Log Home Ullswater

- Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Rutland

- Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Windermere

- Log Cabin Betty 5.85x4.1m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Finlandia

- Log Cabin Folio 8x5m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Gladehaven 6x7.2m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Lakeview 7x12.5m, 3 Bedroom, 58mm

- Log Cabin Northlight 8x6m, 58mm

- Log Cabin Pinecrest 7x10.3m, 44mm

- Log Cabin Stonepine 9.5x7.2m, 58mm

- Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m

- Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m

- Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m

- Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m

- Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 8x7m

- Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 11x6m

- Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x8m

- Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12x7m

- Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 13x8m

- Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 16x9m

- Two Storey Log Cabin Roan, 70mm

- Two Storey Log House Nicolas 8.45x7.6m, 70mm

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Residential Log Cabins projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

## Technical & Build Details

## Timber, joints and fixings

The kit is machined from Northern European spruce and pine. The data sheet of each model records what the kit includes.

## Layout and services

The layout and the positions of doors and windows are agreed in the order drawings before production. Electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not part of the standard Eurodita supply and are installed on site by local qualified trades.

## Specification options

The wall profile and layout are chosen within the agreed specification. Where required, the structure is prepared for insulation that is sourced locally; insulation material is not supplied as standard. Internal partitions, verandas and canopies are available where technically compatible and appropriate for the intended use. The data sheet of each model names its doors and windows.

## Dealer & showroom support

Production scheduling is confirmed at order stage. Dealer sales assets and display-unit support can be discussed for approved B2B partners after product range, market fit and private-label requirements are reviewed. For project review support, use the construction guidance library alongside the confirmed specification.

## One residential log home through our design and estimation system

Real outputs for one residential glulam home of 16.84 x 6.46 m external, about 100 m² inside, with 88 mm walls and internal partitions: the 3D render, the floor plan, two elevations and the timber volumes calculated from the model, all prepared in our own design and estimation system. Prices are not shown. See how the system works for bespoke projects.

3D render prepared from the model

Floor plan with room layout, dimensions and openings

Long-side elevation with window and door sizes

Gable elevation with the roof pitch and heights

Timber volumes calculated from the model for the walls, internal walls, roof and floor

## FAQs

What is a residential log cabin kit from Eurodita?

A single or two-storey timber house kit manufactured in Lithuania, catalogued in solid wall logs from 44 to 70 mm or in twin-skin cavity build-ups. Models across the range have one to four bedrooms and are used as full-time homes, annexes or holiday lets. A solid log model can also be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, confirmed per order.

Can I live in a residential log cabin all year round?

The range includes solid and twin-skin cavity wall build-ups, and Eurodita supplies the structure prepared for insulation, which is sourced locally. Eurodita publishes preliminary U-values of the timber wall element alone, from 28 to 220 mm, and none for a finished wall or building or for a twin-skin wall. Whether a given build-up and use meet local building regulations and planning requirements is a matter for the buyer and their local building control route.

Who can buy a residential log cabin from Eurodita?

Larger residential homes in this range can be quoted directly with Eurodita, with each project assessed individually. Standard catalogue models are also sold through Eurodita dealers, who resell under their own name.

How is a residential log cabin priced?

Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR; delivery is agreed individually with each client, and there is no public price list. The quotation reflects the footprint, wall build-up, storey count and glazing specified for the project.

What is included in the kit, and what is site scope?

Eurodita supplies the manufactured timber kit, plus drawings produced for the specific configured project. Structural calculations are carried out by external specialists where required. Foundations, utilities and local approvals sit outside the kit and remain the buyer's or their contractor's responsibility; installation is agreed per project.

Can you legally live in a log cabin in the UK?

Whether a building can be used as a full-time home is decided by local planning and building control. In England, a new building used as a self-contained home normally needs planning permission and must meet Building Regulations; permitted development for garden outbuildings does not cover separate self-contained living accommodation. Eurodita supplies drawings, CAD and specifications, while approval stays with the customer or project team. Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland set their own rules, so check locally before ordering.

Do I need planning permission for a residential log cabin?

In England, planning permission is normally required when a building is used as separate, self-contained living accommodation, and the structure must also meet Building Regulations. Eurodita does not claim that any cabin is exempt from either. For a configured project Eurodita provides 2D CAD, 3D visualisation and documentation for the application; structural calculations, where required, come from external engineering specialists. Final sign-off sits with your local planning authority and Building Control.

Do you pay council tax on a residential log cabin?

A log cabin used as a self-contained home is normally given its own council tax band by the Valuation Office Agency, separate from any house on the same plot. Under the Council Tax (Reductions for Annexes) (England) Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/2977), the bill for an annexe is reduced by half when the annexe is used by a resident of the main dwelling as part of their sole or main residence, or is the sole or main residence of a relative of the person liable for council tax on the main dwelling. Under Class W of the Council Tax (Exempt Dwellings) Order 1992 (S.I. 1992/558), an annexe is exempt when it is the sole or main residence of a dependent relative of a person resident in the main dwelling; a relative is dependent when aged 65 or more, severely mentally impaired, or substantially and permanently disabled. Your local council decides eligibility.

Does a residential log cabin need Building Regulations approval?

Yes, in practice. Under Schedule 2 of the Building Regulations 2010, a small detached building is exempt only when it contains no sleeping accommodation: up to 15 m² of floor area, or up to 30 m² when no point is less than 1 m from the boundary or it is built substantially of non-combustible material. A cabin with bedrooms is outside that exemption, so it must meet Building Regulations. Eurodita provides drawings, CAD and specifications; approval sits with your local Building Control.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Granny annexes
URL: https://eurodita.com/granny-annexes/

## Log Cabin Granny Annexes

Granny annexe log cabins with one or two bedrooms: timber garden annexe kits manufactured in Lithuania; the supply route is confirmed per project and larger residential projects are quoted directly.

## What a Eurodita granny annexe is

A Eurodita granny annexe is a garden annexe built as a timber log cabin kit with one or two bedrooms, single storey or with a loft on selected models, used as self-contained accommodation for a relative once it has been assembled and fitted out on site. External dimensions are stated on each model. Eurodita manufactures the kit in Lithuania, and dispatches it flat packed with the wall logs, joinery and structural elements; the base is provided locally, and installation and how it is organised is agreed per project.

Send your annexe brief to Eurodita. Standard cabins, larger residential annexes, twin-skin builds and bespoke layouts are all quoted in writing, and the route that fits, direct or through a trade partner, is confirmed per project.

Single-occupancy layouts, solid or twin-skin walls 1 bedroom granny annexes Larger layouts for two occupants or a small family unit 2 bedroom granny annexes Cavity wall prepared for insulation bought locally Twin-skin annexes Glulam annexes built to a mobile-home brief Mobile log homes Your own floor plan, reviewed and quoted per project Bespoke annexe brief One and two bedroom layouts, with external sizes Granny annexe floor plans

For a specific site and brief, include the intended use, bedroom count, required dimensions and any planning or building-control route already confirmed locally.
Send an annexe enquiry

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5.85x4.1m, with Loft

Wall Thickness

58mm

Length & Width

5.85 x 4.1+2m

Ridge Height

351 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 4 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 5.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 5 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

6 x 5 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m

Wall Thickness

44-100-44

Length & Width

6 x 5.5 m

Ridge Height

247 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

6 x 5.8 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

5 x 7 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m, 44mm

Wall Thickness

44mm

Length & Width

7 x 5.5 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 4 m

Ridge Height

267 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 4.3 m

Ridge Height

273 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

9 x 6 m

Ridge Height

284 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Log Cabin Granny Annexes projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

## One and two bedroom annexe models

The table below lists annexe models and their catalogue default wall profile. Dimensions are external. A solid log model can also be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, confirmed per order.

| Model | External size | Standard wall profile | Family

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m | 6 x 4 m | 44 mm solid | 1 bedroom

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m | 5 x 5.8 m | 44 mm solid | 1 bedroom

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m | 5 x 7 m | 44 mm solid | 1 bedroom

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m | 6 x 5 m | 44 mm solid | 1 bedroom

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m | 7 x 5.5 m | 44 mm solid | 2 bedroom

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m | 6 x 5.8 m | 44 mm solid | 2 bedroom

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m | 6 x 5.5 m | 44-100-44 twin skin | Twin skin

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m | 6 x 5 m | 44-100-44 twin skin | Twin skin

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m | 4 x 3 m | 44-100-44 twin skin | Twin skin

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m | 10 x 6 m | 88 mm glulam | Mobile glulam

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m | 9 x 6 m | 88 mm glulam | Mobile glulam

More 1 and 2 bedroom layouts sit in the wider 1 bedroom and 2 bedroom ranges; base sizes by model are listed on base size by model.

## How big can a granny annexe be?

There is no single size limit for a granny annexe in England. Annexes generally require planning permission, and the size is assessed as part of that application against the plot and the intended use. Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596) permits a building required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the dwellinghouse: a single storey, eaves of no more than 2.5 m and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof. Whether an annexe used as living accommodation falls within it is decided by the local planning authority.

Where an annexe is built as a mobile home under the caravan definition, section 13(2) of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 sets the limits of a twin-unit structure: 20 m in length, excluding any drawbar, 6.8 m in width and 3.05 m in overall height of the living accommodation. Eurodita Mobile Log Homes are built in glulam to a mobile-home brief, from 8 x 5 m with one bedroom up to 20 x 7 m; the models within the 6.8 m width run up to 20 x 6 m and 18 x 6.8 m with four bedrooms. Whether a unit meets the caravan definition, and how it is classified on site, is confirmed through the project route, not by Eurodita.

## Wall build-ups and insulation

The solid annexe models are catalogued in 44 mm wall logs and can also be made with 28, 34, 58 or 70 mm wall logs; the profile is confirmed in the written quotation. Where a cavity for insulation is wanted, four twin-skin build-ups are available: 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, each a cavity wall prepared for insulation. Availability of a given build-up is confirmed per order.

Insulation material for the cavity is bought locally rather than supplied by Eurodita, and no U-value is published for a finished build-up. A wall thickness on its own does not establish a thermal, fire or structural performance figure; the agreed specification, glazing and installation quality all affect the finished building.

## Base, services and what Eurodita supplies

Eurodita supplies the kit: wall logs, floor and roof structure, windows and doors, machined and kiln dried in Lithuania, packed flat with the drawings for the order. Floorboards are 28 mm as standard and floor bearers are impregnated as standard; wall logs are untreated by default, with factory painting available as an option with limited capacity.

The base, foundations, drainage and access remain the buyer's or dealer's responsibility, as do electrical, plumbing and gas connections, which are not part of the standard Eurodita supply. Assembly on site, installation and unloading at the delivery point are arranged per project with the buyer or their contractor, and delivery can be quoted separately from the kit.

## Planning permission for a granny annexe

Whether a granny annexe needs planning permission, and on what terms, is decided by the local planning authority, for each site. This is confirmed by the buyer or their dealer with the local authority before ordering; Eurodita does not determine or guarantee the outcome. The routes a buyer in England checks are set out in granny annexe planning permission.

Where a project specifies it, Eurodita can manufacture to caravan-framework dimensions. This is a manufacturing brief, not a certification: Eurodita does not secure or guarantee planning permission or building control sign-off, and classification, siting and local approval stay with the buyer's route.

## Council tax discount on a granny annexe

In England, a self-contained annexe normally receives its own council tax band from the Valuation Office Agency. Under the Council Tax (Reductions for Annexes) (England) Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/2977), the bill for an annexe is reduced by half when the annexe is used by a resident of the main dwelling as part of their sole or main residence, or is the sole or main residence of a relative of the person liable for council tax on the main dwelling.

Under Class W of the Council Tax (Exempt Dwellings) Order 1992 (S.I. 1992/558), an annexe is exempt when it is the sole or main residence of a dependent relative of a person resident in the main dwelling; a relative is dependent when aged 65 or more, severely mentally impaired, or substantially and permanently disabled. Under Class T of the same Order, an unoccupied annexe that may not be let separately from the main dwelling without a breach of planning control is exempt. Your local council decides eligibility, so apply to the council once the annexe is in use.

## How a granny annexe is quoted

Every annexe is quoted in writing, per order, in EUR. There is no public price list. What drives the figure is bedroom count, external size, wall profile, joinery specification, options such as painting, and the delivery basis agreed for the order.

Drawings, a 3D visual and the specification are produced from the Eurodita design system for the configured project, once the brief is confirmed, rather than issued generically ahead of a quotation. For how a quotation is structured and how to request price, drawings and specification for a given project, see reading a Eurodita quotation and how to get price, lead time and technical data.

## Who buys and how to start

Private buyers, builders and dealers all send their annexe brief to Eurodita. Each project is assessed individually, and whether it is quoted directly or through a dealer is confirmed per project rather than set by a fixed size threshold.

Dealers and distributors interested in reselling the annexe range can review terms on the dealer programme page. For a specific annexe brief, whether through a dealer or direct, send a project enquiry with the intended use, bedroom count, required dimensions and any planning or building-control route already agreed locally.

## FAQs

## What is a granny annexe?

A Eurodita granny annexe is a garden annexe built as a timber log cabin kit with one or two bedrooms, single storey or with a loft on selected models, used as self-contained accommodation for a relative once it has been assembled and fitted out on site. Dimensions given for each model are external.

## Does a granny annexe need planning permission?

Planning and building-control requirements for a granny annexe are set by the local planning authority and depend on use, size and siting. Eurodita can manufacture the timber kit to an agreed brief, including caravan-framework dimensions where a project specifies them, but does not secure or guarantee planning permission or building control approval. Confirm the route with your local authority or dealer before ordering.

## Can I get a 1 or 2 bedroom annexe, and what sizes are available?

Yes. The range includes 1 bedroom and 2 bedroom models in solid, twin-skin and glulam wall profiles, with external sizes shown on each model page. A dealer or Eurodita can confirm which catalogue size or project specification matches your brief; site suitability stays with your local project route.

## Can a granny annexe be prepared for insulation?

Twin-skin wall build-ups (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 or 58-100-58 mm) create a cavity prepared for insulation, which is bought locally and fitted during assembly. Availability of a given build-up is confirmed per order. Eurodita publishes preliminary U-values for the timber wall element alone, and no figure for a finished wall.

## Does Eurodita install the annexe?

Installation, the base, utilities and connections are agreed per project with the buyer or their contractor rather than included as standard. Eurodita supplies the timber kit flat packed, with the structure, joinery and drawings for the order, and delivery can be quoted separately.

## How much does a granny annexe cost?

Every annexe is quoted in writing per order, in EUR. The price is driven by bedroom count, external size, wall profile, joinery specification and any options agreed for the project. Eurodita does not publish a price list; send your brief for a written quotation.

## Do you pay council tax on a granny annexe?

Under the Council Tax (Reductions for Annexes) (England) Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/2977), the bill for an annexe is reduced by half when the annexe is used by a resident of the main dwelling as part of their sole or main residence, or is the sole or main residence of a relative of the person liable for council tax on the main dwelling. It is exempt when a dependent relative of someone in the main house lives there, meaning a relative aged 65 or over, severely mentally impaired, or substantially and permanently disabled. Your local council decides.

## How big can a granny annexe be?

There is no single limit: annexes generally require planning permission, and the size is assessed as part of the application. Under section 13(2) of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 a twin-unit mobile home may be up to 20 m long, excluding any drawbar, and 6.8 m wide, and Eurodita Mobile Log Homes run from 8 x 5 m up to 20 x 7 m; the models within the 6.8 m width run up to 20 x 6 m and 18 x 6.8 m.

## Can a granny annexe be used all year round?

That depends on the complete build-up: a thicker solid profile, a Twin Skin wall with a cavity prepared for insulation, or glulam, together with the floor, roof, glazing, ventilation and heating chosen for the site. Insulation materials are selected and supplied locally, and where Building Regulations apply they assess the complete build-up.

## Can the layout of an annexe be changed?

Yes. A different layout, size or bedroom count can be sent as a bespoke brief, which is reviewed and quoted per project. The drawings and 3D visual for the configured layout come from the Eurodita design system once the brief is confirmed.

## Explore More Residential Solutions

Looking for a different size or cabin style? Browse our complete range of log cabin ranges:

- 1 Bedroom Log Cabin Kits , Compact residential cabins

- 2 Bedroom Log Cabin Kits , Mid-size family cabins

- Twin Skin Log Cabins , twin-skin residential cabin routes

- Garden Offices , Professional home office solutions

- All Residential Log Cabins , Complete residential range

- Glulam Log Houses and Cabins , engineered timber home ranges

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Glulam homes and structures
URL: https://eurodita.com/glulam-homes/

## Glulam Log Houses and Cabins

Glulam log houses and cabins with walls machined from 70x130 to 220x260 mm glulam profiles, manufactured in Lithuania and quoted per project.

## What a Eurodita glulam log house is

A glulam log house is a timber house built from glued-laminated wall profiles rather than single solid logs. A Eurodita glulam log house is a timber house kit whose walls are machined from glulam profiles between 70x130 mm and 220x260 mm, manufactured in Lithuania, on Hundegger CNC lines. Houses are built single storey or two storey, with two-storey designs handled as project-engineered work rather than a standard catalogue item, and every glulam house is quoted per project rather than from a fixed price list.

We glue the glulam ourselves, in our own factory. The lamellae are bonded with Dynea Prefere 6151 and hardener Prefere 6651, a two-component EPI adhesive that the supplier classifies as Type I under EN 16254; the supplier describes Prefere 6151 as formaldehyde-free. We then profile and machine the glulam on the same site. This describes the adhesive, not a certification of the finished glulam. Glulam walls do settle, but only minimally: in use the settlement is neither felt nor seen.

Eurodita glulam buyers are developers, holiday-park and resort operators, and dealers who specify glulam for their own catalogue or a client project; larger private homes are also assessed individually, on the same project-quoted basis.

Single and two-storey glulam house models from the catalogue Glulam houses Flat-roof and contemporary-elevation glulam designs Contemporary glulam Glulam built to a mobile-home brief, 70 to 220 mm profiles Mobile log homes Every solid, glulam and twin-skin profile Eurodita machines Wall profiles Your own floor plan, reviewed and quoted per project Bespoke brief

| Glulam profile | Dovetail corner | Catalogued on

| 70x130 mm | Not available | Mobile Log Homes, as an option

| 88x260 mm | Available | Glulam Houses, e.g. Lucien, David, Begue

| 135x260 mm | Available | Glulam Houses, e.g. London, Riga, Challenger; Mobile Log Homes, as an option

| 180x260 mm | Available | Mobile Log Homes, as an option

| 220x260 mm | Available | Glulam Houses, e.g. Vasa, Aurora, Skara

Profile dimensions describe the wall section only; they are not a structural, thermal or compliance performance figure.

For a specific project, include the intended use, storey count, required dimensions and the glulam profile or corner type if already decided.
Send a glulam enquiry

## Glulam Log House Challenger 5.89x4.54m, 135mm

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

5.89 x 4.54 m

Ridge Height

441 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

8 x 5 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 4 m

Ridge Height

267 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 11x3.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 3.8 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 4.3 m

Ridge Height

273 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 5 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

9 x 6 m

Ridge Height

284 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Glulam Log House Paris 8x7.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

8 x 7.8 m

Ridge Height

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

9 x 7 m

Ridge Height

291 cm

## Contemporary 1 Bedroom Log Home Ullswater

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10.25 x 6.55 m

Ridge Height

310 cm

## Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Windermere

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10.25 x 6.55 m

Ridge Height

310 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 6.8 m

Ridge Height

316 cm

## Two Storey Glulam Log House Aurora 9.7x8.2m, 220mm

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

9.7 x 8.2 m

Ridge Height

658 cm

## Glulam Log House Dublin 8x10m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

8 x 10 m

Ridge Height

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 5.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Glulam Log House Halden 10.7x7.6m, 220mm

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10.7 x 7.6 m

Ridge Height

539 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 14x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6 m

Ridge Height

285 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6 m

Ridge Height

285 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Two Storey Glulam Log House David 6x14.2m, 88mm

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

6 x 14.2 m

Ridge Height

580 cm

## Glulam Log House Oslo 8.5x10.5m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

8.5 x 10.5 m

Ridge Height

460 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

15 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

15 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

1
2
3
More Products

All 68 models in this range, by name

- Contemporary 1 Bedroom Log Home Ullswater

- Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Rutland

- Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Windermere

- Glulam Log House Begue 7.8x12.6m, 88mm

- Glulam Log House Berlin 12.5x12.35m

- Glulam Log House Challenger 5.89x4.54m, 135mm

- Glulam Log House Dublin 8x10m

- Glulam Log House Everbark

- Glulam Log House Finland 220mm, 23.6x8.4m

- Glulam Log House Fjord 80 10.2x9.5m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Forestique

- Glulam Log House Halden 10.7x7.6m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Linnea 11.5x9.8m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Logique

- Glulam Log House London 13x8.8m

- Glulam Log House Lucien 9.1x11.7m, 88mm

- Glulam Log House Lumberlux

- Glulam Log House Lumio 102 11.7x8.7m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Monaco 14x10.5m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Naturhaus

- Glulam Log House Norvik 15.7x12.2m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Oslo 8.5x10.5m

- Glulam Log House Paris 8x7.8m

- Glulam Log House Riga 12x10m

- Glulam Log House Rome 10x11m

- Glulam Log House Silvawood

- Glulam Log House Skara 14.7x9.2m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Sylvie 11.3x11.3m, 88mm

- Glulam Log House Tromso 17.95x16.45m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Uvdal 12.6x12.3m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Vasa 270 19x14.2m, 220mm

- Glulam Log House Vienna 11.97x12m

- Glulam Log House Woodglow

- Log House Mathilde 13.7x8.2m, 88mm

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x7m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m

- Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 14x6m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x6m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 16x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 17x7m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 11x3.8m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 17x7m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m

- Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 20x7m

- Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m

- Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m

- Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Arvika 12x7.5m, 220mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Aurora 9.7x8.2m, 220mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House David 6x14.2m, 88mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Glulife

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Gluluxe

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Greenhaven

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Saimaa 11.5x9m, 220mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Timberly, 180mm

- Two Storey Glulam Log House Verdantix

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Glulam Log Houses and Cabins projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

For a larger, bespoke or architect-led glulam project:
start with the intended use, building location, approximate dimensions, layout and known openings.
Eurodita then confirms the factory scope through the written quotation and approved order documentation.
Explore bespoke timber-building options,
view the architect project route or
review construction guidance and technical evidence.

## What the Eurodita glulam house kit includes

Eurodita manufactures and supplies the glulam house kit: the wall logs machined to the specified profile, structural elements, and Eurodita timber windows and doors, dispatched flat packed from the Eurodita factory. Installation and how it is organised is agreed per project. Foundations, insulation fitting and connection to utilities are provided locally; turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

A glulam house is priced in a written quotation for the project, never from a reused catalogue figure, because profile, corner system, storey count and finish all change the manufacturing job. Quotations are issued in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery; Eurodita does not publish a lead time, because a glulam project's production schedule depends on what has been specified.

Drawings for a configured glulam project come out of the Eurodita design system: 2D CAD layouts, 3D visualisation and a material and cost calculation for that specific house, produced from the sketch or architectural drawing the buyer sends in.

Where a project needs them, structural calculations are carried out by external specialist partners, and building approval stays with the buyer's own local route. Eurodita manufactures around 50 glulam homes over 100 m² a year on average, a figure kept separate from its standard and bespoke production.

## Technical & Build Details

## Configured for specification-led projects

Eurodita can support residential, hospitality and lodge specifications through engineered glulam timber, with final use, approvals and documentation confirmed per project and destination market. The data sheet of each model records what the kit includes.

## Insulation and glazing

The structure is supplied prepared for insulation; roof, floor and wall insulation is sourced locally where the project specification requires it. The data sheet of each model records its joinery and glazing. Eurodita makes timber windows and doors in the IV45, IV68 and triple-glazed IV92 systems; aluminium sliding systems are bought in from a specialist supplier.

## Design flexibility

Layout, internal partitions and the number, size and position of windows and doors are drawn for the project. A veranda or terrace is drawn where the project includes one.

## Trade & developer advantages

For dealer and developer projects the specification is reviewed and confirmed in the written quotation. Quotation and project documentation can carry the brand of the partner where that is agreed for the order.

## Project options reviewed at quote stage

A glulam model can be made in any glulam profile (70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 or 220 x 260 mm), confirmed in the written quotation. Size, layout, internal partitions and the positions of windows and doors can be changed for an order, and a veranda is drawn where the project includes one. Eurodita does not supply insulation material as a standard factory product: roof, floor and walls are prepared for insulation where the project requires it, and the material is bought locally. Every option is confirmed in the written quotation.

## Timing and order size

Production timing is confirmed in the written quotation for each order; Eurodita publishes no lead times. A glulam home can be ordered as a single project.

## Explore More Timber Home Solutions

Looking for a different size or cabin style? Browse our complete range of log cabin ranges:

- Glulam Log Houses and Cabins , Full glulam homes collection

- Contemporary Glulam Homes , Modern designs with glulam construction

- Mobile Log Cabins and Timber Lodges , Transportable glulam dwellings

- 4 Bedroom Log Cabin Kits , Large residential cabins

- Twin Skin Log Cabins , Double-wall alternatives

- All Residential Log Cabins , Complete residential range

## FAQs

What is a glulam log house?

A glulam log house is a timber house built from glued-laminated wall profiles rather than single solid logs. Eurodita machines these walls in profiles from 70x130 mm to 220x260 mm at its own factory, on Hundegger CNC lines, and supplies the kit as single or two-storey houses quoted per project.

Glulam vs CLT: what does Eurodita publish?

Eurodita manufactures glulam log houses, with walls machined from glued-laminated log profiles on Hundegger CNC lines, and does not publish a glulam versus cross-laminated timber comparison. This page describes only what a Eurodita glulam wall is: the five profile sections, the Dovetail corner option and how a project is quoted.

Glulam or solid log walls: which profiles does Eurodita make?

Eurodita manufactures two separate wall families. Solid wall profiles are single machined logs, in six sections from 19x100 mm to 70x130 mm. The glulam family is glued-laminated profiles, in five sections from 70x130 mm to 220x260 mm. Which family and profile suits a given project is a specification decision for that project; a profile dimension on its own is not a performance figure.

Which glulam profiles are available, and what is the dovetail corner?

The Eurodita glulam wall series has five profiles: 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm. The Dovetail corner system, an optional corner joint, is available on the four larger profiles, 88x260 mm to 220x260 mm; it is not available on 70x130 mm.

Can I have a two-storey glulam house?

Yes. Two-storey glulam houses are handled as project-engineered work: each is designed for its specific storey layout, with structural calculations carried out by external specialist partners where required and building approval remaining with the buyer's local route.

How is a glulam house priced, and who can order one?

A glulam house is priced in a written quotation for the project, in EUR; there is no catalogue price list to reuse. Buyers are typically developers, holiday-park and resort operators, and dealers specifying glulam for their own catalogue or a client project; larger private homes are also assessed individually on the same project-quoted basis.

Does glulam settle?

Glulam walls do settle, but only minimally: in use the settlement is neither felt nor seen.

Which adhesive does Eurodita use for its glulam?

Eurodita glues its glulam in its own factory with Dynea Prefere 6151 and hardener Prefere 6651, a two-component EPI adhesive. The supplier classifies it as Type I under EN 16254 and describes Prefere 6151 as formaldehyde-free. This describes the adhesive; it is not a certification of the finished glulam.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Mobile log homes
URL: https://eurodita.com/glulam-homes/mobile/

## Mobile Log Cabins and Timber Lodges

Mobile log cabins, log homes and lodges in glulam, 1 to 4 bedrooms, for holiday parks, glamping sites, dealers and private buyers planning a larger annexe, made in our own factory in Lithuania and quoted per project.

## Mobile log cabins and lodges from the manufacturer

A Eurodita mobile log cabin is a single-storey glulam log home built to a mobile-home brief. There are 25 catalogue models, from a 1 bedroom unit of 8 x 5 m to 4 bedroom units of about 20 x 7 m, all in external sizes. The range is catalogued in an 88 mm glulam wall profile, and a glulam model can be made in any glulam profile from 70 x 130 mm to 220 x 260 mm. We glue, profile and machine the glulam ourselves, in our own factory in Lithuania.

Mobile log cabins and wooden lodges are bought by holiday parks, glamping sites and dealers selling under their own name, and by private buyers planning a larger annexe, with each project assessed on its own terms. Every unit is quoted in writing, and our own design and estimation system prepares the drawings for the quotation.

Where a project calls for it, Eurodita can design and manufacture within the twin-unit limits in section 13(2) of the Caravan Sites Act 1968: a twin-unit structure whose assembled dimensions exceed 20 m in length (excluding any drawbar), 6.8 m in width or 3.05 m in internal height of the living accommodation is not treated as a caravan. The 7 m wide models exceed the 6.8 m width. This is a manufacturing brief, not a certification or legal classification claim.

Package, quotation, compliance and a tender checklist for park buyers Procurement guide What the planning and classification route covers, and what stays with the buyer Planning permission for holiday log cabins Larger annexes assessed individually as private residential projects Granny annexes Every glulam profile and corner type Eurodita machines Glulam homes

| Model | External size | Bedrooms

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 8 x 5 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m | 10 x 6 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m | 10 x 5 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m | 9 x 6 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m | 11 x 4.3 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m | 10 x 4 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 14x6m | 14 x 6 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x7m | 9 x 7 m | 1 bed

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m | 14 x 5.8 m | 2 bed

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 16x6.8m | 16 x 6.8 m | 2 bed

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m | 15 x 6 m | 2 bed

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 11 x 6.8 m | 2 bed

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x6m | 14 x 6 m | 2 bed

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 17x7m | 17 x 7 m | 2 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 14 x 6 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.8m | 14 x 6.8 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m | 15 x 6 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 11x3.8m | 11 x 3.8 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m | 19 x 6.6 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 20x7m | 20 x 7 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 17x7m | 17 x 7 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m | 14 x 7 m | 3 bed

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m | 20 x 6 m | 4 bed

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 18 x 6.8 m | 4 bed

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m | 20 x 7 m | 4 bed

Dimensions above are external. Ridge heights are stated on each model page.

For a quotation, send the bedroom count and footprint, how the building will be used and where it will stand, and the glulam profile if you have chosen one.
Send your project brief

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

8 x 5 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 4 m

Ridge Height

267 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 11x4.3m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 4.3 m

Ridge Height

273 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 5 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

9 x 6 m

Ridge Height

284 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

10 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

9 x 7 m

Ridge Height

291 cm

## Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 14x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6 m

Ridge Height

285 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 6.8 m

Ridge Height

316 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 5.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6 m

Ridge Height

285 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

15 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 16x6.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

16 x 6.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 17x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

17 x 7 m

Ridge Height

297 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 11x3.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

11 x 3.8 m

Ridge Height

312 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

15 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 6.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

14 x 7 m

Ridge Height

297 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 17x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

17 x 7 m

Ridge Height

297 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

19 x 6.6 m

Ridge Height

299 cm

## Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 20x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

20 x 7 m

Ridge Height

297 cm

## Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

20 x 6 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

18 x 6.8 m

Ridge Height

325 cm

## Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m

Wall thickness options

70 / 88 / 135 / 180 / 220mm

Length & Width

20 x 7 m

Ridge Height

297 cm

## Mobile log cabins: what the Eurodita kit includes

The kit Eurodita ships for a mobile log home covers the glulam wall logs, floor and roof structure, and Eurodita timber joinery, machined for the specific project once a brief is configured, with the drawings for that project.

The base, transport to the pitch, siting, utilities, and any site licence or planning and classification route sit outside the kit and are arranged locally by the buyer, whether a park operator, a dealer or a private buyer, with their project team. On-site assembly is agreed per project.

Every mobile log home is priced from a written quotation, in EUR; there is no catalogue price list and no published lead-time figure. The range is bought by holiday parks, glamping operators, dealers who sell under their own name, and private buyers considering a larger annexe, each project assessed individually.

## One mobile log home through our design and estimation system

Real outputs for one long glulam building of 20 x 5 m external, with 88 mm walls, of the kind used for mobile log homes: the 3D render, the floor plan and the elevations, all prepared in our own design and estimation system. Prices are not shown. See how the system works for bespoke projects.

3D render prepared from the model

Floor plan with dimensions, partitions and openings

Long-side elevation with window and door sizes

Gable elevation with the roof pitch and heights

## Technical & Build Details

## Specified per project brief

Mobile log home walls are machined from the Eurodita glulam profiles, from 70x130 mm up to 220x260 mm, on the same production lines used across the glulam range. The Dovetail corner system is available from 88x260 mm upward; the 70x130 mm profile is supplied without it.

Wall logs are left untreated as standard; factory painting is available as an option for glulam, with limited capacity. Eurodita does not publish a performance comparison between glulam, solid log and twin-skin construction; the profile describes the wall section, not a structural or thermal rating.

## Insulation and glazing

The structure is supplied prepared for insulation; roof, floor and wall insulation is sourced locally where the project specification requires it. The data sheet of each model records its joinery and glazing. Eurodita makes timber windows and doors in the IV45, IV68 and triple-glazed IV92 systems; aluminium sliding systems are bought in from a specialist supplier.

## Design flexibility

Layout, internal partitions and the number, size and position of windows and doors are drawn for the project. A veranda or terrace is drawn where the project includes one.

## Trade & developer advantages

For dealer and developer projects the specification is reviewed and confirmed in the written quotation. Quotation and project documentation can carry the brand of the partner where that is agreed for the order.

## Build it your way

A glulam model can be made in any glulam profile (70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 or 220 x 260 mm), confirmed in the written quotation. The 25 catalogue models of this range are recorded with 28 mm floorboards and 19 mm tongue and groove roof boards. Size, layout, internal partitions and the positions of windows and doors can be changed for an order, and a veranda is drawn where the project includes one. Eurodita does not supply insulation material as a standard factory product: roof, floor and walls are prepared for insulation where the project requires it, and the material is bought locally. Every option is confirmed in the written quotation.

## Trade options

Production timing is confirmed in the written quotation for each order; Eurodita publishes no lead times. A glulam home can be ordered as a single project.

## Explore More Glulam Solutions

Looking for a different size or cabin style? Browse our complete range of log cabin kits:

Glulam Log Houses and Cabins , Full glulam homes collection

Glulam Houses , Residential-style glulam house projects

Contemporary Glulam Homes , Modern glulam designs

Log Cabin Granny Annexes , Self-contained annexe buildings

1 Bedroom Log Cabin Kits , Compact residential cabins

Twin Skin Log Cabins , Double-wall construction

## Mobile home guides

Guides for buyers of mobile log homes:

Timber Mobile Homes vs Static Caravans , construction, thermal review, maintenance and what is confirmed per project

## FAQs

What is a mobile log cabin at Eurodita?

A single-storey glulam log home built to a mobile-home brief, catalogued in an 88 mm wall profile with 70 to 220 mm options across the range. It is manufactured in Lithuania and quoted per project rather than from a price list.

Does a Eurodita mobile log cabin count as a caravan or mobile home in law?

Where a project specifies it, Eurodita can design and manufacture within the twin-unit limits in section 13(2) of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 (not more than 20 m long excluding any drawbar, 6.8 m wide and 3.05 m internal height of the living accommodation). Eurodita makes no certification or legal classification claim; whether a specific unit qualifies as a caravan or mobile home in a given market is confirmed by the buyer and their advisers.

Which sizes and bedroom counts are available?

The range runs from a 1 bedroom, 8 x 5 m unit up to 4 bedroom units around 20 x 7 m, in external dimensions, across 25 catalogue models. Bedroom counts from 1 to 4 are available; exact footprint and ridge height are stated on each model page.

Can a mobile log home be used as a granny annexe or a holiday let?

Some buyers use mobile log home models as a larger private annexe or as a holiday-let unit. Each use is assessed individually against the site's own planning, classification and letting rules, which Eurodita does not determine or guarantee.

Can I buy a mobile log cabin as a private buyer?

Yes, where the project is a larger private annexe or home: Eurodita can quote these directly to private clients after assessing the project. Holiday parks, glamping operators and dealers buy the same range for their own sites and customers. Send the model or your sketch with the enquiry form so we can assess the project and prepare a quotation.

How is a mobile log home priced and who places the order?

Every mobile log home is quoted in writing, in EUR, with no published price list or lead time. Orders come from holiday parks, glamping operators and dealers buying for their own brand, and from private buyers considering a larger annexe project, each assessed individually.

## Not in the range? Build it bespoke.

Qualified bespoke production is available for selected Mobile Log Cabins and Timber Lodges projects. Send your drawing and Eurodita will confirm fit, scope and specification.

1
Send a drawing
A hand sketch can start the review. Mark known window and door positions, wall thickness and heights; Eurodita confirms any missing technical inputs.

2
Confirm the quotation scope
If the enquiry fits, the price, drawings and 3D view are prepared to the agreed scope.

3
Review the agreed scope
Revisions follow the quotation and project scope until written sign-off.

From a complete sketch, the 3D view, drawings and price follow within one working day; other briefs are qualified first.
Partner branding is applied where agreed; required manufacturer, legal and traceability information is retained.

Send a bespoke brief

Bespoke production timing is confirmed at quotation stage.
Dealers can review private-label manufacturing
and published projects.

- Manufacturing timber buildings since 1994

- Eurodita processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber per year on average

- Wall logs machined on Hundegger CNC centres

- Own timber windows and doors

CNC machining of wall logs

Kits packed for dispatch


---

# Glulam B2B project route
URL: https://eurodita.com/glulam-b2b-supply/

## Glulam Log Houses for B2B Dealers

Eurodita manufactures glulam timber structures for distributors and dealers across multiple markets. Glulam wall profiles from 70 x 130 mm to 220 x 260 mm, glued, profiled and CNC machined at the Eurodita factory in Lithuania. Your brand, our manufacturing.

Request a quotation

## Why B2B Dealers Choose Glulam

For B2B dealers, glulam creates a higher-engineered timber range than standard solid-log catalogue models. Eurodita frames glulam as a project-specific route for private-label partners, not as a blanket compliance shortcut:

- Premium positioning: Higher-specification project briefs can support higher-value B2B ranges.

- Specification review: Wall profile, insulation, glazing and documentation scope are confirmed per project and destination market.

- Dimensional stability: Engineered laminated profiles can reduce natural timber movement, while final performance depends on design, installation and maintenance.

Eurodita has manufactured timber buildings since 1994 and produces, on average, approximately 1,800-2,000 bespoke timber structures per year, with glulam counted separately, alongside approximately 12,000 standard catalogue buildings.

## Wall System Options

| Glulam profile | Typical review route | Specification note

| 70 x 130 mm | Smallest glulam wall profile in the range | Supplied without the Dovetail corner system

| 88 x 260 mm | Glulam houses and mobile log homes | Final use confirmed per project brief

| 135 x 260 mm | Higher-specification glulam projects | Reviewed with insulation, glazing and local requirements

| 180 x 260 mm | Larger glulam homes and commercial projects | Project-specific technical review required

| 220 x 260 mm | Highest-profile glulam route | Specified only where the project brief requires it

## How Glulam Manufacturing Works at Eurodita

01

## Timber Selection

Northern European timber, with sourcing documentation available per order where the supplier documentation supports it. Approximately 150,000 m³ of timber processed per year on average. Kiln-dried to a 12-14% moisture target.

02

## Gluing and Profiling

Lamellas are glued at the Eurodita factory, then planed and profiled to the wall profile series. Final structural performance depends on the confirmed profile, design route and project specification for architect review.

03

## CNC Machining

Hundegger CNC machining (Germany): every joint cut to the approved drawings, with tolerances confirmed for the specific product. Components numbered for site assembly.

04

## Dispatch

Production timing is confirmed per quote. Bespoke and glulam projects are scheduled at quote stage from the approved drawings, and complex cases are confirmed per order.

## Frequently Asked Questions

## What glulam wall thicknesses does Eurodita manufacture?

Eurodita manufactures glulam wall profiles of 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 and 220 x 260 mm. The Dovetail corner system is available from 88 x 260 mm upward; the 70 x 130 mm profile is supplied without it.

## What are the lead times for glulam orders?

Standard garden-cabin timing is confirmed in the written quotation before EXW factory release. Bespoke and glulam projects are scheduled at quote stage, with complex cases, documentation scope and freight route confirmed per order.

## Does Eurodita offer private-label glulam manufacturing?

Yes. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. The documents supplied with an order are confirmed in writing for that order and for its destination market.

## How is B2B glulam order scope confirmed?

Catalogue models are ordered on a quote basis, with load planning and commercial viability confirmed at quotation stage. Bespoke projects require a project brief and technical review. Contact our trade team for a quotation.

## Which markets does Eurodita currently serve?

Eurodita supplies partners in a number of European and non-European markets. Which markets are open, and on what terms, is confirmed per order rather than published as a list. Destination-market documentation and local review requirements are confirmed per order with the dealer or appointed project professional.

## Source Glulam Structures for Your Market

Join dealers across multiple markets who trust Eurodita as their private-label glulam manufacturing partner. Send the project brief: the specification and the price are confirmed in a written quotation.

Request a quotation


---

# Log cabin sizes
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabin-sizes/

## Log Cabin Sizes: 3x3 to 6x4 m Kits by External Size

Log cabin sizes: kits for dealers and private buyers

Eurodita log cabin kits are catalogued by external size, and this page sorts them that way. It covers these ranges: garden log cabins, summer houses with the corner models, garden rooms, garden offices and workshop log cabins. Leaving the two children's playhouses aside, the ranges of this page hold 79 models in 34 different external sizes, and 43 of those models stand at the eight sizes on this page, from 3 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m. All dimensions are external. Every order is quoted in writing.

Request a quote See the catalogue

This page is for private buyers in the United Kingdom and for dealers. It names the models at each size, with the wall profile and the ridge height on the data sheet of each, and says how other sizes are quoted. Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania, with manufacturing experience since 1994.

## At a glance

Sizes: 43 models stand at eight sizes from 3 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m; leaving the playhouses aside, the ranges of this page hold 79 models in 34 external sizes.

Dimensions: every size is the external size of the building, and a size in feet is a plain conversion of the metric size.

Walls: the models at these eight sizes are catalogued in 28 x 100 mm , 34 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm solid logs, or with a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall.

Verandas and terraces: the external size of James, Thomas and Jacob includes their roofed veranda; Everwood has a terrace of 1.5 m in addition to its external size.

Other sizes: sizes that the ranges do not hold are quoted as bespoke projects.

Who can buy: the page is for dealers and for private buyers, and every order is quoted in writing.

## Log cabin sizes in metres and feet

The table counts the models of these ranges: garden log cabins, summer houses with the corner summer houses and log cabins, garden rooms, garden offices and workshop log cabins. A model can stand in more than one range and is counted once.

| External size | Models | Ranges | Wall profiles as catalogued

| 3 x 3 m (about 10 x 10 ft) | 9 | Summer houses, corner log cabins, garden log cabins, workshop log cabins | 28 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm

| 4 x 3 m (about 13 x 10 ft) | 9 | Garden log cabins, summer houses, garden rooms, garden offices | 34 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 4 x 4 m (about 13 x 13 ft) | 4 | Garden log cabins, summer houses, workshop log cabins | 28 x 100 mm

| 5 x 3 m (about 16 x 10 ft) | 4 | Garden log cabins, summer houses, corner log cabins | 28 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm

| 5 x 4 m (about 16 x 13 ft) | 8 | Garden log cabins, garden rooms, garden offices | 44 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 5 x 5 m (about 16 x 16 ft) | 2 | Garden log cabins, garden rooms | 44 x 130 mm

| 6 x 3 m (about 20 x 10 ft) | 2 | Garden log cabins, summer houses | 44 x 130 mm

| 6 x 4 m (about 20 x 13 ft) | 5 | Garden log cabins, garden rooms, garden offices | 44 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

The sizes in feet are plain conversions of the metric size, at about 3.28 ft to the metre and rounded to the nearest whole foot. The catalogue size is the metric one. A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm . The ridge heights below are the figures on the data sheets; the data sheet of each model is on its product page.

## 3x3 log cabins and summer houses

Nine models measure 3 x 3 m, about 10 x 10 ft. One is the Log Cabin Ringwood, catalogued in 28 x 100 mm wall logs, five are corner log cabins and three are workshop log cabins.

- Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 245 cm

- Corner Log Cabin Benjamin: 28 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 293 cm

- Corner Log Cabin Toby and Corner Log Cabin Luke: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 240 cm

- Corner Log Cabin Michael and Corner Log Cabin Alexander: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 265 cm

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, Pent Roof and Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, Apex Roof: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 240 cm

- Workshop Log Cabin 3x3m, Chalet Roof: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 245 cm

## 4x3 log cabins, summer houses and garden rooms

Nine models measure 4 x 3 m, about 13 x 10 ft. Five stand in the garden log cabins and summer houses ranges, and four in the garden rooms and garden offices ranges.

- Mini Weymouth Log Cabin and Log Cabin Oliver: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 247 cm

- Log Cabin Adam: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

- Log Cabin Brookhaven: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 234 cm

- Log Cabin Nicholas: 34 x 100 mm , ridge height 250 cm

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m and Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m: twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm , ridge height 247 cm

- Modern Log Cabin 4x3m, Pent Roof and Modern Log Cabin 4x3m, Long Ridge Roof, with aluminium sliding doors: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

## 4x4 log cabins and workshop log cabins

Four models measure 4 x 4 m, about 13 x 13 ft, all catalogued in 28 x 100 mm wall logs. The garden rooms range holds no model of exactly 4 x 4 m; its models at 4 x 3.83 m and 4 x 4.8 m are named further down.

- Log Cabin Ringwood 4x4m: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 245 cm

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, Pent Roof and Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, Apex Roof: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 240 cm

- Workshop Log Cabin 4x4m, Chalet Roof: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 245 cm

## 5x3 log cabins and summer houses

Four models measure 5 x 3 m, about 16 x 10 ft. One of them carries a veranda in its name.

- Log Cabin Dorchester: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 235 cm

- Log Cabin Louis: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

- Log Cabin Abigail: 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 250 cm

- Corner Log Cabin With Veranda 3x5m: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 250 cm

## 5x4 log cabins and garden rooms

Eight models measure 5 x 4 m, about 16 x 13 ft. All eight stand in the garden rooms range, and four of them also in the garden offices range.

- Log Cabin Oscar, Log Cabin Theodore and Log Cabin Aaron: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 247 cm

- Log Cabin Lewis: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m and Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m: twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm , ridge height 247 cm

- Modern Log Cabin 5x4m, Pent Roof and Modern Log Cabin 5x4m, Long Ridge Roof, with aluminium sliding doors: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

## 5x5 log cabins

Two models measure 5 x 5 m, about 16 x 16 ft. Both stand in the garden log cabins and garden rooms ranges.

- Log Cabin Axminster: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 247 cm

- Log Cabin Max: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 293 cm

## 6x3 log cabins and summer houses

Two models measure 6 x 3 m, about 20 x 10 ft. Both stand in the garden log cabins and summer houses ranges.

- Log Cabin Joshua: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

- Log Cabin Austin: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 255 cm

## 6x4 log cabins and garden rooms

Five models measure 6 x 4 m, about 20 x 13 ft. All five stand in the garden rooms range, and three of them also in the garden offices range.

- Log Cabin Dylan and Log Cabin Edward: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

- Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m: twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm , ridge height 247 cm

- Modern Log Cabin 6x4m, Pent Roof and Modern Log Cabin 6x4m, Long Ridge Roof, with aluminium sliding doors: 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 241 cm

## Small log cabins: under 3 x 3 m

Nine models of these ranges have a smaller external footprint than 3 x 3 m, from 2 x 2 m (about 7 x 7 ft) to 3.5 x 2.5 m (about 11 x 8 ft).

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, Pent Roof (2 x 2 m): 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 240 cm

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, Apex Roof (2 x 2 m): 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 240 cm

- Workshop Log Cabin 2x2m, Chalet Roof (2 x 2 m): 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 245 cm

- Log Cabin 4x1m (4 x 1 m): 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 215 cm

- Log Cabin Ryan (3 x 2 m): 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 216 cm

- Log Cabin Grendale (3.2 x 2.6 m): 28 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 245 cm

- Modern Log Cabin 3.2x2.6m, Alu Sliding Doors, Apex Roof (3.2 x 2.6 m): 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 245 cm

- Log Cabin Exmoor (3.5 x 2.5 m): 28 x 100 mm , ridge height 245 cm

- Log Cabin George (3.5 x 2.5 m): 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 247 cm

## Large log cabins: over 6 x 4 m

Apart from the two models of 5 x 5 m, which stand in their own section above, two models of these ranges have a larger external footprint than 6 x 4 m. Larger buildings stand in the residential and glulam ranges.

- Log Cabin Matthew (7 x 4 m): 58 x 130 mm , ridge height 253 cm

- Log Cabin 7.9x6.9m (7.9 x 6.9 m): 44 x 130 mm , ridge height 280 cm

## Sizes between the eight: further log cabin sizes

The other 36 models of these ranges stand at 26 further external sizes; the small and the large ones are listed above. Sizes between the eight above include Atlanta (3.8 x 3.2 m), Sherborne (4.5 x 3 m), and Theo and Weymouth (5.5 x 4 m).

## Sizes with a veranda or a terrace

James and Thomas (4 x 4.8 m) and Jacob (4 x 3.83 m) have a roofed veranda at the front, and the external size stated includes it. Everwood measures 5 x 4.3 m and has a terrace of 1.5 m in addition to its external size.

## A log cabin in another size

The ranges of this page hold no model of 6 x 5 m or 6 x 6 m. These and other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects. Send a hand-drawn plan with wall thickness, floor and bearers, ridge height, openings and overall sizes with the enquiry.

## Ranges that are not on this page

This page leaves out gazebos, pergolas, carports, garages, sheds and playhouses, and the residential, glulam and mobile ranges. They are on their own pages: garden sheds, garages, carports and gazebos, residential log cabins, glulam homes and mobile log homes and lodges in glulam.

## Wall thickness by size

The catalogue records a wall profile for each model, not for a size; the table and the lists above give it. At 4 x 3 m, for example, one model is catalogued in 34 x 100 mm , six in 44 x 130 mm and two with a twin-skin wall; at 5 x 4 m six are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm and two with a twin-skin wall.

A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation. The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. The twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm is a 44 mm outer skin, a 100 mm cavity and a 44 mm inner skin, 188 mm in total; see the twin-skin cabins page and the page on 44 mm walls.

## What the kit holds and what stays on the buyer's side

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

- Base: it is built locally from the footprint and drawings for the order, and the base type and size are confirmed for the specific model and site.

- Foundations, utilities and approvals: on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings.

- Delivery: it is agreed individually with each client, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Log cabin cost by size: how an order is quoted

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Who can buy a log cabin from Eurodita

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## For trade buyers

Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. See the dealer programme.

## Questions buyers ask about log cabin sizes

## What sizes do log cabins come in?

Leaving the playhouses aside, the garden log cabins, summer houses, garden rooms, garden offices and workshop log cabins ranges hold 79 models in 34 external sizes. Of these, 43 models stand at eight sizes: nine at 3 x 3 m, nine at 4 x 3 m, four at 4 x 4 m, four at 5 x 3 m, eight at 5 x 4 m, two at 5 x 5 m, two at 6 x 3 m and five at 6 x 4 m. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects.

## Are log cabin dimensions external or internal?

External. Stated dimensions are external dimensions, on this page and on the data sheet of every model. The base is built locally from the footprint and drawings for the order, and the base type and size are confirmed for the specific model and site.

## What is a 4x3 or 5x4 log cabin in feet?

As a plain conversion rounded to the nearest whole foot, 4 x 3 m is about 13 x 10 ft, 5 x 4 m about 16 x 13 ft and 6 x 4 m about 20 x 13 ft; 3 x 3 m is about 10 x 10 ft, 5 x 3 m about 16 x 10 ft and 6 x 3 m about 20 x 10 ft. The catalogue size is the metric one.

## Does the size of a log cabin include a veranda or terrace?

It depends on the model. The external size of James, Thomas (4 x 4.8 m) and Jacob (4 x 3.83 m) includes their roofed veranda. Everwood measures 5 x 4.3 m and has a terrace of 1.5 m in addition to its external size. The order drawings show the building as it will be machined.

## Can a log cabin be made in another size?

Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects, and every order is quoted in writing.

## What wall thickness do log cabins of each size have?

The catalogue records a wall profile for each model, not for a size. At the eight sizes of this page the models are catalogued in 28 x 100 mm, 34 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm solid logs, or with a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall. At 5 x 4 m, for example, six models are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm and two with a twin-skin wall. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation.

## Do I need planning permission for a log cabin?

In England, a garden log cabin required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## How much does a log cabin of a given size cost?

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Who assembles a log cabin, and who builds the base?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Foundations, utilities and approvals are on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

## Who can buy a log cabin from Eurodita?

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania that makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## Related pages

- Garden Gym Buildings: Log Cabin Kits for a Home Garden Gym

- Garden Bar and Garden Pub Log Cabin Kits

- Log Cabin Uses: Garden Games Room, Cinema Room, Studio

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from the lists above or from the catalogue, or the external size you have in mind

- Who you are (dealer, distributor or private buyer), the use and the place

- The wall family and profile, for example solid 44 x 130 mm or twin-skin

- The doors and windows as catalogued for the model, or the change you want quoted

- The delivery address and the unloading equipment on site

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or programme volume

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

Log cabin sizes Request a quote


---

# Log cabin uses
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabin-uses/

## Log Cabin Uses: Garden Games Room, Cinema Room, Studio

Log cabin uses: kits for dealers and private buyers

A Eurodita log cabin kit is one building with many uses: a garden games room, a garden cinema room, a garden music studio or art studio, a garden therapy room or a log cabin office. The use is the buyer's choice, and the kit is the same log cabin: a timber building in solid wall logs or with a twin-skin wall, machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed. Every order is quoted in writing.

Request a quote See the catalogue

This page is for private buyers in the United Kingdom and for dealers. For each use it names the range to look at and example models by external size, wall profile and ridge height, and says what the use needs beyond the kit on the buyer's side. Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania, with manufacturing experience since 1994.

## At a glance

Uses: a games room, a cinema room, a studio or a therapy room is a use of a log cabin or garden room, not a product of its own.

Sizes: the garden rooms range holds 30 models from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m in external size, which is 12 to 28 square metres of external footprint.

Walls: 23 of the 30 are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm solid logs, two in 58 x 130 mm and five with a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall.

Kit: machined wall logs, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set.

Buyer's side: the base, and anything the use needs beyond the kit: sound treatment, blackout, electrics, heating, ventilation, water, drainage, fittings and furniture.

Who can buy: the page is for dealers and for private buyers, and every order is quoted in writing.

## Garden room and log cabin uses, with the ranges and sizes to look at

The table names each use, the range to look at and the external sizes of the example models named further down. The models are examples by size only: the use is the buyer's choice, and no model is made for one use. Stated dimensions are external dimensions.

| Use | Ranges to look at | External sizes in the records | Own page

| Garden games room | Garden rooms | Examples at 5 x 5 m | This page

| Garden cinema room | Garden rooms | Examples at 5.5 x 4 m and 6 x 4 m | This page

| Garden music studio | Garden rooms | Examples at 5 x 4 m | This page

| Garden art studio | Garden rooms | Examples at 5 x 4 m | This page

| Garden therapy room | Garden rooms | Examples at 3.8 x 3.2 m and 4 x 3 m | This page

| Garden salon, garden hair salon, dog grooming room | Garden rooms | Example at 4.4 x 5.4 m | This page

| Garden room with toilet | Garden rooms | Two models of 5.9 x 4 m recorded with separate rooms | This page

| Log cabin office | Garden offices | 17 models from 3.2 x 2.6 m to 7.9 x 6.9 m | Garden offices

| Garden gym | Garden rooms, summer houses in 44 mm logs | 27 garden rooms from 4 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m and 5 x 5 m | Garden gym buildings

| Garden bar or garden pub | Garden log cabins, summer houses, garden rooms, corner and Modern ranges | Models from 3 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m | Garden bar and garden pub kits

The garden rooms range holds 30 models from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m in external size, which is 12 to 28 square metres of external footprint: 28 with one room and two with a main room, a bathroom and a store. The models of the garden ranges are sorted by size on the log cabin sizes page, and other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects.

## Games room, cinema room, studio and therapy room

The example models below come from the garden rooms range. The ridge heights are the figures on the data sheets; they are catalogue figures for the building, not heights inside the room.

## Garden games room

A garden games room from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a games room. Log Cabin Axminster and Log Cabin Max measure 5 x 5 m and are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs, with ridge heights of 247 cm and 293 cm . Tables, games equipment, furniture and electrics are on the buyer's side. Send the equipment you plan to use and the height you need with the enquiry.

## Garden cinema room

A garden cinema room from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a cinema room. Log Cabin Dylan and Log Cabin Edward measure 6 x 4 m , with a ridge height of 241 cm ; Log Cabin Theo and Log Cabin Weymouth measure 5.5 x 4 m , with ridge heights of 247 cm and 240 cm . All four are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs. Sound treatment, blackout, seating, equipment, electrics, heating and ventilation are on the buyer's side.

## Garden music studio

A garden music studio from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a music room. At 5 x 4 m , Log Cabin Oscar and Log Cabin Aaron have a ridge height of 247 cm and Log Cabin Lewis of 241 cm ; all three are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs. Sound treatment, electrics, heating and ventilation are on the buyer's side.

## Garden art studio

A garden art studio from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a studio. Modern Log Cabin 5x4m, Pent Roof and Modern Log Cabin 5x4m, Long Ridge Roof measure 5 x 4 m and are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs, with a ridge height of 241 cm . Each is recorded with an aluminium sliding door, double glazed, and a garden type (IV45) timber window. Storage, fittings and electrics are on the buyer's side.

## Garden therapy room

A garden therapy room from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a therapy room. At the small end of the garden rooms range, Log Cabin Atlanta measures 3.8 x 3.2 m in 44 x 130 mm wall logs, with a ridge height of 247 cm . Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m and Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m measure 4 x 3 m and have a twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm , with a ridge height of 247 cm . Sound treatment, electrics, heating, ventilation and furniture are on the buyer's side.

## Garden salon, garden hair salon and dog grooming room: the building only

For a room where the buyer works with clients, Eurodita supplies the building only. Buyers also call such a building a dog grooming shed; the building here is a log cabin kit. As an example by size, Log Cabin Archie measures 4.4 x 5.4 m and is catalogued in 58 x 130 mm wall logs, with a ridge height of 247 cm .

Water, drainage, electrics, fittings and every approval for a business use are on the buyer's side.

## Garden room with toilet, shower or kitchenette

Eurodita supplies the timber building. Electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not supplied or connected, and sanitary ware and a kitchen are not part of the kit: a toilet, a shower, a basin, a kitchenette and their water and drainage are on the buyer's side.

Two models of the garden rooms range are recorded with a main room, a bathroom and a store with its own door: Log Cabin Freddie, with a garden type (IV45) timber door and window, and Modern Log Cabin 5.9x4.0m, with an aluminium sliding door. Both measure 5.9 x 4 m and are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs, with a ridge height of 247 cm . The inner partitions of these two models are part of the kit. A room name in the record is only a possible purpose of the room, and the small rooms can be used for other needs; Eurodita supplies no equipment for a toilet or a bathroom. Inner partitions can be added, removed or adjusted as needed; the change is quoted in writing, and the order drawings show the building as it will be machined.

## Log cabin office, garden gym and garden bar

- Log cabin office: the garden offices range holds 17 models from 3.2 x 2.6 m to 7.9 x 6.9 m in external size.

- Garden gym: the garden gym buildings page lists 27 single-room models from 4 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m and 5 x 5 m by size and wall profile.

- Garden bar and garden pub: the garden bar and garden pub page lists models from 3 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m .

## Wall thickness and insulation

A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm . Of the 30 models of the garden rooms range, 23 are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm solid logs, two in 58 x 130 mm and five with a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation. The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility.

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material; the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it. See the twin-skin cabins page and the page on 44 mm walls.

## What the kit holds and what stays on the buyer's side

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

- Beyond the kit: anything a use needs beyond the kit is on the buyer's side: sound treatment, blackout, fittings, furniture and equipment.

- Services: electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not supplied or connected; heating and ventilation are on the buyer's side.

- Not in the standard kit: insulation material, roof covering and paint. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default.

- Foundations, utilities and approvals: on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings.

- Delivery: it is agreed individually with each client, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Cost of a garden room for a studio, games room or salon

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Private buyers and dealers: who Eurodita supplies

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## For trade buyers

Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. See the dealer programme.

## Questions buyers ask about garden room uses

## What can a log cabin or garden room be used for?

A garden games room, a cinema room, a music or art studio, a therapy room, an office, a gym or a bar is a use of a log cabin or garden room, not a product of its own. At Eurodita each of these is the same building: a log cabin kit in solid wall logs or with a twin-skin wall, supplied flat packed. The use is the buyer's choice.

## What size is a garden games room or cinema room?

The garden rooms range holds 30 models from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m in external size, which is 12 to 28 square metres of external footprint. Two of them measure 5 x 5 m, five measure 6 x 4 m and one measures 7 x 4 m. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects. Dimensions are external; send the equipment you plan to use and the height you need with the enquiry.

## What does a garden music studio or cinema room need beyond the kit?

The kit is the timber building: machined wall logs, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set. Sound treatment, blackout, electrics, heating and ventilation are on the buyer's side, as are equipment, seating and furniture.

## Can I have a garden room with a toilet and shower?

Eurodita supplies the timber building. Electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not supplied or connected, and sanitary ware and a kitchen are not part of the kit. Two models of the garden rooms range, Log Cabin Freddie and Modern Log Cabin 5.9x4.0m, both 5.9 x 4 m, are recorded with a main room, a bathroom and a store with its own door. The inner partitions of these two models are part of the kit. A room name in the record is only a possible purpose of the room, and the small rooms can be used for other needs; Eurodita supplies no equipment for a toilet or a bathroom. Inner partitions can be added, removed or adjusted as needed; the change is quoted in writing, and the order drawings show the building as it will be machined.

## Does Eurodita supply a garden salon or a dog grooming room?

Eurodita supplies the building only: a log cabin kit that the buyer uses as a salon, a hair salon or a grooming room. Water, drainage, electrics, fittings and every approval for a business use are on the buyer's side.

## Can a garden studio or games room be insulated?

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material. The structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it. Five of the 30 models of the garden rooms range have a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall, with a cavity of 100 mm between two 44 mm log skins.

## How much does a garden room for a studio or games room cost?

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Who assembles the log cabin, and who builds the base?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Foundations, utilities and approvals are on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

## Who can buy a log cabin kit from Eurodita?

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania that makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## Do I need planning permission for a garden log cabin?

In England, a garden log cabin required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## Related pages

- Garden Gym Buildings: Log Cabin Kits for a Home Garden Gym

- Garden Bar and Garden Pub Log Cabin Kits

- Log Cabin Sizes: 3x3 to 6x4 m Kits by External Size

- Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from this page or from the catalogue, or the external size you have in mind

- Who you are (dealer, distributor or private buyer), the use and the place

- The equipment or fittings you plan and the height you need

- The wall family and profile, for example solid 44 x 130 mm or twin-skin

- The doors and windows as catalogued for the model, or the change you want quoted

- The delivery address and the unloading equipment on site

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or programme volume

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

Log cabin uses Request a quote


---

# Garden gym buildings
URL: https://eurodita.com/garden-gym/

## Garden Gym Buildings: Log Cabin Kits for a Home Garden Gym

Garden gym: log cabin kits for dealers and private buyers

A garden gym from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a gym: a timber building with one main room, flat-packed and machined to the order drawings. The garden rooms range holds 27 such models, from 4 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m and 5 x 5 m in external size, with solid log walls of 44 or 58 mm or with a twin-skin wall. Every order is quoted in writing.

Request a quote See the catalogue

This page is for private buyers in the United Kingdom and for dealers. It lists the models by size and wall profile, and says what the kit holds, what stays on the buyer's side for a home garden gym, and how an order is quoted. Buyers also call such a building a garden gym shed; the building here is a log cabin kit. Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania, with manufacturing experience since 1994.

## At a glance

What it is: a garden gym building is a log cabin kit with one main room, used as a gym; the use is the buyer's choice, and the kit is the same log cabin.

Sizes: 27 models from 4 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m and 5 x 5 m in external size, which is 12 to 25 square metres of external footprint.

Walls: 21 models are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm solid logs, one in 58 x 130 mm, and five with a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall.

Floor: the kit carries floor bearers, impregnated as standard, and 28 mm floorboards; the base and anything a gym needs beyond the kit are on the buyer's side.

Kit: kits are flat-packed, and installation is agreed per project.

Who can buy: the page is for dealers and for private buyers, and every order is quoted in writing.

## Garden gym room sizes: 27 log cabin kits by external size

The models below come from the garden rooms range. Each has one main room and a solid wall of 44 mm or more or a twin-skin wall; the largest measure 6 x 4 m and 5 x 5 m externally. Stated dimensions are external dimensions.

| External size | Models | Wall | Ridge height

| 4 x 3 m | Apex Twin Skin 4x3m, Pent Twin Skin 4x3m | Twin-skin 44-100-44 mm | 247 cm

| 4 x 3 m | Modern 4x3m, Long Ridge Roof, Modern 4x3m, Pent Roof | 44 x 130 mm | 241 cm

| 3.8 x 3.2 m | Atlanta | 44 x 130 mm | 247 cm

| 4 x 3.83 m | Jacob | 44 x 130 mm | 234 cm

| 4 x 4.8 m | James, Thomas | 44 x 130 mm | 247 cm

| 5 x 4 m | Apex Twin Skin 5x4m, Pent Twin Skin 5x4m | Twin-skin 44-100-44 mm | 247 cm

| 5 x 4 m | Aaron, Oscar, Theodore | 44 x 130 mm | 247 cm

| 5 x 4 m | Lewis, Modern 5x4m, Long Ridge Roof, Modern 5x4m, Pent Roof | 44 x 130 mm | 241 cm

| 5 x 4.3 m + 1.5 m terrace | Everwood | 44 x 130 mm | 273 cm

| 5.5 x 4 m | Theo, Weymouth | 44 x 130 mm | 247 cm (Theo), 240 cm (Weymouth)

| 4.4 x 5.4 m | Archie | 58 x 130 mm | 247 cm

| 6 x 4 m | Apex Twin Skin 6x4m | Twin-skin 44-100-44 mm | 247 cm

| 6 x 4 m | Dylan, Edward, Modern 6x4m, Long Ridge Roof, Modern 6x4m, Pent Roof | 44 x 130 mm | 241 cm

| 5 x 5 m | Axminster, Max | 44 x 130 mm | 247 cm (Axminster), 293 cm (Max)

James, Thomas and Jacob have a roofed veranda at the front, and the external size stated includes it. Everwood has a terrace of 1.5 m in addition to its external size.

## Ridge heights of the 27 models

The catalogue ridge heights of the 27 models in the table run from 234 to 293 cm. They are catalogue figures for the building, not heights inside the room; the eaves height and the ridge height of each of them are on its data sheet. For a gym, send the equipment or the height you need with the enquiry. Other heights and layouts are quoted as bespoke projects.

## Summer houses in 44 mm logs

Apart from the corner models, the summer houses range holds 15 models of 12 square metres or more catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs, from 4 x 3 m to 6 x 3 m in external size: Adam (4 x 3 m), Brookhaven (4 x 3 m), Oliver (4 x 3 m), Mini Weymouth (4 x 3 m), Harry (3 x 4.5 m), Sherborne (4.5 x 3 m), Bristol (4.7 x 3.5 m), Plymouth (4.7 x 3.5 m), Jamie (4.8 x 3.5 m), Dorchester (5 x 3 m), Louis (5 x 3 m), Charlie (5.7 x 3.1 m), Jack (5.7 x 3.1 m), Joshua (6 x 3 m), Austin (6 x 3 m). The data sheet of each model is on its product page.

## Wall thickness for a garden gym building

A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm. Of the 27 models, 21 are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm solid logs and one, Archie, in 58 x 130 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation. The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. The page on 44 mm walls lists the ranges with that wall.

## Twin-skin models

Five models have a twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm: a 44 mm outer skin, a 100 mm cavity and a 44 mm inner skin, 188 mm in total. The cavity is the space insulation occupies; it is not an insulation specification. The twin-skin cabins page shows the whole twin-skin range.

## Insulation, windows and doors

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material; the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it.

Eurodita makes its own timber windows and doors. On the data sheets, the 16 solid log models with timber doors carry the garden type (IV45), with 4-6-4 mm glazing, and four of the five twin-skin models carry the residential type (IV68), with 4-16-4 mm glazing; for the fifth the type is confirmed in the written quotation. Timber doors have a 5-point locking system, and the opening windows are tilt and turn. Six Modern models have an aluminium sliding door, double glazed; the sliding doors are bought in from a specialist supplier, and the whole range is on the modern garden rooms page. The type can be changed for an order, and the written quotation names the type and the price.

## Floor, base and what a home garden gym needs beyond the kit

The kit carries floor bearers, impregnated as standard, and 28 mm floorboards. The base is built locally from the footprint and drawings for the order, and the base type and size are confirmed for the specific model and site.

Anything a gym needs beyond the kit is on the buyer's side: rubber flooring, reinforcement, electrics, heating and ventilation. Send the equipment you plan to use with the enquiry.

## What the kit holds and what stays on the buyer's side

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

- Not in the standard kit: insulation material, roof covering and paint. Interior fit-out and unloading equipment are local.

- Foundations, utilities and approvals: on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings.

- Delivery: it is agreed individually with each client, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Garden gym cost: how an order is quoted

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. The specification issued with the quotation states the wall profile, floor and roof build-up, joinery and glazing, finish and options. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Who can buy a garden gym building from Eurodita

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Every order is quoted in writing.

## For trade buyers

Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. See the dealer programme and private-label manufacturing.

## Questions buyers ask about a garden gym

## What is a garden gym building?

A garden gym building is a separate building in the garden used as a gym. At Eurodita it is a log cabin kit with one main room, in 44 or 58 mm solid wall logs or with a twin-skin wall, supplied flat-packed. The use is the buyer's choice: the kit is the same log cabin.

## What sizes do garden gym rooms come in?

The garden rooms range holds 27 single-room models from 4 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m and 5 x 5 m in external size, which is 12 to 25 square metres of external footprint. Thirteen of them measure 5 x 4 m or 6 x 4 m. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects. Dimensions are external.

## What wall thickness does a garden gym building have?

Of the 27 models, 21 are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm solid logs, one in 58 x 130 mm and five with a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation.

## Can I buy an insulated garden gym?

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material. The structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it. Five of the 27 models have a 44-100-44 mm twin-skin wall, with a cavity of 100 mm between two 44 mm log skins.

## What floor does a garden gym kit have?

The kit carries floor bearers, impregnated as standard, and 28 mm floorboards. The base is built locally. Anything a gym needs beyond the kit, such as rubber flooring or reinforcement, is on the buyer's side. Send the equipment you plan to use with the enquiry.

## How high is a garden gym building?

The catalogue ridge heights of the 27 models run from 234 to 293 cm. They are catalogue figures for the building, not heights inside the room; the eaves height and the ridge height of every model are on its data sheet. For a gym, send the equipment or the height you need with the enquiry. Other heights and layouts are quoted as bespoke projects.

## Do I need planning permission for a garden gym?

In England, a garden gym building required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## How much does a garden gym cost?

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Who assembles a garden gym building, and who builds the base?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Foundations, utilities and approvals are on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

## Who can buy a garden gym building from Eurodita?

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania that makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Every order is quoted in writing.

## Related pages

- Garden Bar and Garden Pub Log Cabin Kits

- Log Cabin Sizes: 3x3 to 6x4 m Kits by External Size

- Log Cabin Uses: Garden Games Room, Cinema Room, Studio

- Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from the table above or from the catalogue, or a hand-drawn plan with wall thickness, floor and bearers, ridge height, openings and overall sizes

- Who you are (dealer, distributor or private buyer), the use (garden gym) and the place

- The equipment you plan to use and the height you need

- The wall family and profile, for example solid 44 x 130 mm or twin-skin

- The joinery type (IV45 or IV68) and whether you plan insulation sourced locally

- The delivery address and the unloading equipment on site

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or programme volume

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

Garden gym Request a quote


---

# Garden bar and garden pub
URL: https://eurodita.com/garden-bar/

## Garden Bar and Garden Pub Log Cabin Kits

Garden bar and garden pub: log cabin kits for dealers and private buyers

A garden bar or garden pub from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a bar in the garden: a wooden garden building in solid wall logs, machined in Lithuania and supplied flat packed. Buyers also call it a garden pub shed or a bar shed; the building is a log cabin kit. Every order is quoted in writing. Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania, with manufacturing experience since 1994.

Request a quote See the catalogue

This page is for private buyers in the United Kingdom and for garden building dealers. It lists catalogue models by size, from a small garden bar of 3 x 3 m to a large garden bar of 7 x 4 m, with the wall profile and the doors recorded for each, and says what the kit holds and what stays on the buyer's side.

## At a glance

Use: a garden bar or garden pub is a use of a log cabin, a summer house or a garden room, not a product of its own.

Sizes: the models named on this page measure from 3 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m, and dimensions are external.

Walls: the models named here are catalogued in 28 x 100 mm, 44 x 130 mm and 58 x 130 mm wall logs, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation.

Kit: machined wall logs, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set.

Buyer's side: the base, and anything the use needs beyond the kit: a counter, a bar, taps, fittings, furniture, electrics, heating and ventilation.

Who can buy: the page is for dealers and for private buyers, and every order is quoted in writing.

## Log cabin kits for a wooden garden bar or garden pub

The models below come from five catalogue ranges: garden log cabins (50 models), summer houses (35), garden rooms (30), corner summer houses and log cabins (9) and Modern garden rooms with aluminium sliding doors (8). A model can stand in more than one range. Counts and figures were read from the catalogue on 12 October 2026. Dimensions are external, and the ridge height is the figure on the data sheet of the model.

| Model | External size | Wall profile | Ridge height | Doors in the record

| Log Cabin Ringwood 3x3m, 28mm | 3 x 3 m | 28 x 100 mm | 245 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Corner Log Cabin Benjamin 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 28 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm | 293 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Corner Log Cabin Toby 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 240 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Corner Log Cabin Luke 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 240 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Corner Log Cabin Michael 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 265 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Corner Log Cabin Alexander 3x3m | 3 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 265 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Log Cabin Oliver 4.0x3.0m, 44mm | 4 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 247 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Modern Log Cabin 4x3m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof | 4 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 241 cm | Aluminium sliding door, double glazed

| Corner Log Cabin With Veranda 3x5m, 44mm | 5 x 3 m | 44 x 130 mm | 250 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Log Cabin Everwood 5x5.8m, 44mm | 5 x 4.3 m + 1.5 m terrace | 44 x 130 mm | 273 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Log Cabin Max 5x5m, 44mm | 5 x 5 m | 44 x 130 mm | 293 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Log Cabin Archie 4.4x5.4m, 58mm | 4.4 x 5.4 m | 58 x 130 mm | 247 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

| Modern Log Cabin 6x4m, Alu Sliding Doors, Pent Roof | 6 x 4 m | 44 x 130 mm | 241 cm | Aluminium sliding door, double glazed

| Log Cabin Matthew 7x4m, 58mm | 7 x 4 m | 58 x 130 mm | 253 cm | Garden type (IV45) timber door

The garden type (IV45) timber door has a 5-point locking system and 4-6-4 mm double glazing. The aluminium sliding doors of the Modern models are bought in from a specialist supplier.

## Garden pub ideas by size

The ideas below are catalogue sizes and what the record of each model states. No counter, bar, furniture or fitting is part of a kit.

## Small garden bar: 3 x 3 m

Six models of these ranges measure 3 x 3 m. One is the Log Cabin Ringwood, catalogued in 28 x 100 mm wall logs. Five are corner log cabins, each with a floor plan designed to sit across a garden corner: Benjamin, Toby, Luke, Michael and Alexander. Benjamin is catalogued in 28 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm wall logs, and the other four in 44 x 130 mm.

## Outdoor garden bar at 4 x 3 m, with timber doors or sliding doors

At 4 x 3 m the Log Cabin Oliver is recorded with a garden type (IV45) timber door and window, and the Modern Log Cabin 4x3m, Pent Roof, with an aluminium sliding door, double glazed. Both are catalogued in 44 x 130 mm wall logs. The Modern range holds eight models with aluminium sliding doors.

## Garden pub with a veranda or a terrace

One model carries a veranda in its name: the Corner Log Cabin With Veranda, 5 x 3 m. In these ranges one model is recorded with a terrace: the Log Cabin Everwood measures 5 x 4.3 m, with a terrace of 1.5 m in addition to the external dimensions of the building.

## Large garden bar: up to 7 x 4 m

The garden rooms range runs from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m, each model with one main room. The Log Cabin Max measures 5 x 5 m in 44 x 130 mm wall logs. Archie, at 4.4 x 5.4 m, and Matthew, at 7 x 4 m, are catalogued in 58 x 130 mm wall logs. The Modern Log Cabin 6x4m, Pent Roof, is recorded with an aluminium sliding door and a garden type (IV45) timber window.

Where the door and the windows stand is shown on the order drawings, which show the building as it will be machined. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects.

## Wall thickness for a garden bar

A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm. The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation. The garden rooms range also holds five twin-skin models, with a wall of two log skins and a cavity for insulation. Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material; the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally.

## What the kit holds, and is a counter or bar included?

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set. The Modern models are recorded with an aluminium sliding door, bought in from a specialist supplier and supplied as part of the project. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

- Counter, bar and fittings: a counter, a bar, taps, fittings and furniture are not part of the kit and are on the buyer's side.

- Services: electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not supplied or connected; heating and ventilation are on the buyer's side.

- Not in the standard kit: insulation material, roof covering and paint. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default.

- Base and approvals: foundations and approvals are on the buyer's side.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings.

## Planning permission for a garden bar or garden pub

In England, a garden log cabin required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

The ridge height of each model is on its data sheet, and the eaves height where it is recorded; check the finished height including any raised base. Nothing here is legal advice, and nothing here says that a particular building needs no permission.

## Garden bar cost: how an order is quoted

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. The specification issued with the quotation states the wall profile, floor and roof build-up, joinery and glazing, finish and options. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date. Delivery is agreed individually with each client, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Who can buy a garden bar or garden pub kit from Eurodita

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Every order is quoted in writing.

## For trade buyers

Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. See the dealer programme.

## Questions buyers ask about a garden bar

## What is a garden bar or garden pub from Eurodita?

A garden bar or garden pub from Eurodita is a log cabin kit used as a bar in the garden. Eurodita machines the kit in Lithuania and supplies it flat packed. The models come from the garden log cabin, summer house, garden room, corner and Modern ranges of the catalogue; a garden bar is a use of the building, not a product of its own.

## What sizes can a garden bar be?

The models named on this page measure from 3 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m. Six models of the ranges named on this page measure 3 x 3 m, the summer houses run from 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m, and the garden rooms from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects. Dimensions are external.

## What wall thickness does a garden pub need?

The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. The models named on this page are catalogued in 28 x 100 mm, 44 x 130 mm and 58 x 130 mm wall logs, thickness first and log height second. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and the profile is confirmed in the written quotation.

## Is a counter or a bar included in the kit?

A cabin kit holds the machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, the roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors, and the storm brace and anchor set. A counter, a bar, taps, fittings and furniture are not part of the kit and are on the buyer's side, as are electrics, heating and ventilation.

## Do I need planning permission for a garden bar or garden pub?

In England, a garden log cabin required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## Can a garden bar have a veranda or a terrace?

One catalogue model carries a veranda in its name: the Corner Log Cabin With Veranda, 5 x 3 m. The Log Cabin Everwood measures 5 x 4.3 m and is recorded with a terrace of 1.5 m in addition to the external dimensions of the building.

## How much does a garden bar cost?

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date.

## Who assembles the garden bar, and who builds the base?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Foundations, utilities and approvals are on the buyer's side.

## Who can buy a garden bar or garden pub kit from Eurodita?

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For private buyers the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Every order is quoted in writing.

## Related pages

- Garden Gym Buildings: Log Cabin Kits for a Home Garden Gym

- Log Cabin Sizes: 3x3 to 6x4 m Kits by External Size

- Log Cabin Uses: Garden Games Room, Cinema Room, Studio

- Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from the catalogue, or the external size you have in mind

- Who you are (dealer, garden building retailer or private buyer), the use (garden bar or garden pub) and the place

- The wall profile, for example 44 x 130 mm

- The doors and windows as catalogued for the model, or the change you want quoted

- The delivery address and the unloading equipment on site

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or programme volume

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

Garden bar and garden pub Request a quote


---

# Project examples
URL: https://eurodita.com/projects/

## Bespoke Project Portfolio

Explore selected bespoke log cabin project examples for B2B dealers, distributors and project partners. Each record shows available dimensions, wall options, roof format and project data. Eurodita supplies both standard solid-log and engineered glulam project requirements for private-label manufacturing.

For a complete bespoke brief, CAD/3D quotation support can be prepared per enquiry when the specification is complete enough for review. Building control and local-authority requirements remain project-specific.

Request a quote

##

Apex Garden Office 2.8x3.8

Apex Garden Office 2.8x3.8 records 8.8m² of internal area within an overall 2.8x3.8m footprint.

8.8 m² 28 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Cross-Rafter Holiday Cabin 4.0x9.5

Pent Cross-Rafter Holiday Cabin 4.0x9.5 records 33.5m² of internal area within an overall 4.0x9.5m footprint.

33.5 m² 70 mm wall Pent cross-rafter roof

View project

##

Pent Cross-Rafter Holiday Cabin 7.0x4.0

Pent Cross-Rafter Holiday Cabin 7.0x4.0 records 24.4m² of internal area within an overall 7.0x4.0m footprint.

24.4 m² 70 mm wall Pent cross-rafter roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Building 6.3x4.8

Apex Timber Building 6.3x4.8 records 27m² of internal area within an overall 6.3x4.8m footprint.

27 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Cross-Rafter Garden Office 3.8x8.8

Pent Cross-Rafter Garden Office 3.8x8.8 records 29.8m² of internal area within an overall 3.8x8.8m footprint.

29.8 m² 44 mm wall Pent cross-rafter roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Timber Lodge 6.2x11.3

Glulam Apex Timber Lodge 6.2x11.3 records 61.8m² of internal area within an overall 6.2x11.3m footprint.

61.8 m² 135 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Holiday Cabin 5.9x10.3

Glulam Apex Holiday Cabin 5.9x10.3 records 55.1m² of internal area within an overall 5.9x10.3m footprint.

55.1 m² 88 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Garden Studio 5.6x6.2

Apex Garden Studio 5.6x6.2 records 31.4m² of internal area within an overall 5.6x6.2m footprint.

31.4 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Building 5.0x7.0

Apex Timber Building 5.0x7.0 | Project LOGAPX-466x666-070-P2779 records 31m² of internal area within an overall 5.0x7.0m footprint.

31 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Summer House 3.0x6.0

Pent Summer House 3.0x6.0 records 15.5m² of internal area within an overall 3.0x6.0m footprint.

15.5 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Timber Lodge 6.9x5.0

Glulam Apex Timber Lodge 6.9x5.0 records 29.8m² of internal area within an overall 6.9x5.0m footprint.

29.8 m² 88 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Residential Cabin 6.2x11.3

Apex Residential Cabin 6.2x11.3 records 64.2m² of internal area within an overall 6.2x11.3m footprint.

64.2 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Residential Cabin 7.2x10.2

Apex Residential Cabin 7.2x10.2 records 68m² of internal area within an overall 7.2x10.2m footprint.

68 m² 58 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Holiday Cabin 5.2x9.2

Glulam Apex Holiday Cabin 5.2x9.2 records 42.6m² of internal area within an overall 5.2x9.2m footprint.

42.6 m² 88 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Offset Holiday Cabin 4.2x12.4

Offset Holiday Cabin 4.2x12.4 records 47.5m² of internal area within an overall 4.2x12.4m footprint.

47.5 m² 44 mm wall Offset roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Lodge 5.2x6.2

Apex Timber Lodge 5.2x6.2 records 28.5m² of internal area within an overall 5.2x6.2m footprint.

28.5 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Residential Cabin 6.2x10.2

Apex Residential Cabin 6.2x10.2 records 57.8m² of internal area within an overall 6.2x10.2m footprint.

57.8 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 7.0x5.0

Apex Holiday Cabin 7.0x5.0 records 31.6m² of internal area within an overall 7.0x5.0m footprint.

31.6 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Timber Residence 8.4x12.6

Pent Timber Residence 8.4x12.6 records 98.9m² of internal area within an overall 8.4x12.6m footprint.

98.9 m² 70 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Residential Cabin 5.5x10.6

Apex Residential Cabin 5.5x10.6 records 52.6m² of internal area within an overall 5.5x10.6m footprint.

52.6 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Residential Cabin 5.7x10.2

Glulam Apex Residential Cabin 5.7x10.2 records 52.3m² of internal area within an overall 5.7x10.2m footprint.

52.3 m² 88 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Garden Studio 3.0x4.5

Garden Studio 3.0x4.5 records 11.4m² of internal area within an overall 3.0x4.5m footprint.

11.4 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Timber Residence 6.9x17.2

Glulam Apex Timber Residence 6.9x17.2 records 109.3m² of internal area within an overall 6.9x17.2m footprint.

109.3 m² 88 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.0x8.0

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.0x8.0 records 28m² of internal area within an overall 4.0x8.0m footprint.

28 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 5.0x5.8

Apex Holiday Cabin 5.0x5.8 records 26m² of internal area within an overall 5.0x5.8m footprint.

26 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Garden Office 8.5x8.5

Apex Garden Office 8.5x8.5 records 67m² of internal area within an overall 8.5x8.5m footprint.

67 m² 58 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.7x6.9

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.7x6.9 records 28.9m² of internal area within an overall 4.7x6.9m footprint.

28.9 m² 58 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Lodge 10.5x5.0

Apex Timber Lodge 10.5x5.0 records 47.3m² of internal area within an overall 10.5x5.0m footprint.

47.3 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Holiday Cabin 4.4x10.2

Pent Holiday Cabin 4.4x10.2 records 40.8m² of internal area within an overall 4.4x10.2m footprint.

40.8 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Lodge 5.0x6.0

Apex Timber Lodge 5.0x6.0 records 26.4m² of internal area within an overall 5.0x6.0m footprint.

26.4 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.0x13.0

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.0x13.0 records 46.3m² of internal area within an overall 4.0x13.0m footprint.

46.3 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 5.2x7.2

Apex Holiday Cabin 5.2x7.2 records 33.3m² of internal area within an overall 5.2x7.2m footprint.

33.3 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Holiday Cabin 5.2x8.2

Pent Holiday Cabin 5.2x8.2 records 38.2m² of internal area within an overall 5.2x8.2m footprint.

38.2 m² 70 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Garden Office 3.0x5.5

Garden Office 3.0x5.5 records 13.7m² of internal area within an overall 3.0x5.5m footprint.

13.7 m² 70 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 5.0x7.0

Apex Holiday Cabin 5.0x7.0 records 31.6m² of internal area within an overall 5.0x7.0m footprint.

31.6 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Glulam Apex Timber Residence 8.2x12.2

Glulam Apex Timber Residence 8.2x12.2 records 92.5m² of internal area within an overall 8.2x12.2m footprint.

92.5 m² 88 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Summer House 3.7x6.7

Pent Summer House 3.7x6.7 records 24.9m² of internal area within an overall 4.0x7.0m footprint.

24.9 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Golf Simulator Cabin 4.9x10.9

Apex Golf Simulator Cabin 4.9x10.9 records 52.8m² of internal area within an overall 5.2x11.2m footprint.

52.8 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Log Garage 3.9x5.9

Apex Log Garage 3.9x5.9 records 23.1m² of internal area within an overall 4.2x6.2m footprint.

23.1 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Garden Room 3.0x6.5

Pent Garden Room 3.0x6.5 records 19.5m² of internal area within an overall 3.3x6.8m footprint.

19.5 m² 70 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Garden Room 2.4x4.8

Garden Room 2.4x4.8 records 11.6m² of internal area within an overall 2.7x5.1m footprint.

11.6 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Summer House 2.9x5.9

Pent Summer House 2.9x5.9 records 17m² of internal area within an overall 3.2x6.2m footprint.

17 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Pent Holiday Cabin 4.0x8.0

Pent Holiday Cabin 4.0x8.0 records 32m² of internal area within an overall 4.3x8.3m footprint.

32 m² 70 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Summer House 3.9x5.9, Double Door

Apex Summer House 3.9x5.9, Double Door records 23.1m² of internal area within an overall 4.2x6.2m footprint.

23.1 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Timber Lodge 3.4x7.7

Pent Timber Lodge 3.4x7.7 records 26.1m² of internal area within an overall 3.8x8.0m footprint.

26.1 m² 70 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Garden Room 2.3x4.7

Garden Room 2.3x4.7 records 10.5m² of internal area within an overall 2.6x5.0m footprint.

10.5 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Lodge 7.5x4.0

Apex Timber Lodge 7.5x4.0 records 30m² of internal area within an overall 7.8x4.3m footprint.

30 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Garden Shed 2.4x3.4

Garden Shed 2.4x3.4 records 8.2m² of internal area within an overall 2.7x3.7m footprint.

8.2 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Summer House 4.2x4.2

Apex Summer House 4.2x4.2 records 17.7m² of internal area within an overall 4.5x4.5m footprint.

17.7 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Lodge 4.0x7.5

Apex Timber Lodge 4.0x7.5 records 30m² of internal area within an overall 4.3x7.8m footprint.

30 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Apex Summer House 3.9x5.9, Two Single Doors

Apex Summer House 3.9x5.9, Two Single Doors records 23.1m² of internal area within an overall 4.2x6.2m footprint.

23.1 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Summer House 3.0x5.4

Pent Summer House 3.0x5.4 records 16.2m² of internal area within an overall 3.3x5.7m footprint.

16.2 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Timber Lodge 4.1x6.7

Apex Timber Lodge 4.1x6.7 records 27.4m² of internal area within an overall 4.4x7.0m footprint.

27.4 m² 44 mm wall Apex roof

View project

##

Pent Holiday Cabin 3.7x8.0

Pent Holiday Cabin 3.7x8.0 records 29.7m² of internal area within an overall 4.0x8.3m footprint.

29.7 m² 44 mm wall Pent roof

View project

##

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.9x5.9

Apex Holiday Cabin 4.9x5.9 records 28.5m² of internal area within an overall 5.2x6.2m footprint.

28.5 m² 70 mm wall Apex roof

View project

## Have a Bespoke Project in Mind?

Share the target dimensions, product route, quantity, destination market and timing. We will confirm the missing technical and commercial inputs for a comparable bespoke proposal.

Request a quote


---

# Markets and languages
URL: https://eurodita.com/markets/

## Markets and Languages

Markets and languages

Eurodita manufactures timber buildings in Lithuania for dealers, distributors, developers, builders and private-label brands, and supplies larger residential homes directly to private clients. This page lists every market page, each written for its own market and, where offered, in its own language.

Product facts, supply terms and responsibilities are the same everywhere: every order is quoted in writing, EXW Eurodita factory by default, 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch, and local approvals stay with the buyer's own route.

Start an enquiry Dealer programme

## Market pages in your language

Each page is written for its market, not translated word for word. On each market page the enquiry form switches to the language of that market where a translation exists.

Germany Deutsch Holzbausätze und Brettschichtholz für Fachhandel und Projektpartner in Deutschland France Français Bois lamellé-collé, structures bois et fabrication en marque blanche pour la France Italy Italiano Strutture in legno e legno lamellare (glulam) per partner B2B in Italia Spain Español Estructuras de madera y madera laminada (glulam) para socios B2B en España Netherlands Nederlands Houten huizen, blokhutten en tuinhuisjes voor B2B-partners in Nederland Sweden Svenska Träbyggnadspaket för svenska distributörer, byggföretag och projektutvecklare Japan 日本語 日本の輸入業者・販売店・施工会社向けログハウス・木造キャビンOEM製造 Lithuania Lietuvių Medinių ir glulam pastatų gamyba B2B partneriams ir projektams Lietuvoje Poland Polski Producent domów z bali i drewna klejonego dla dystrybutorów, hurtowni i deweloperów w Polsce Finland Suomi Hirsimökkien, hirsitalojen ja liimapuurakennusten valmistaja jälleenmyyjille ja rakennusliikkeille Suomessa Denmark Dansk Producent af byggesæt til bjælkehytter og limtræshuse til forhandlere, distributører og developere i Danmark. Norway Norsk Produsent av byggesett for laftede hytter og limtrehus til forhandlere, distributører og utbyggere i Norge. Portugal Português Kits de casas de madeira e lamelado colado para revendedores, distribuidores e promotores em Portugal. Czech Republic Čeština Výrobce stavebnic srubů a domů z lepeného dřeva pro prodejce, distributory a developery v České republice. Ukraine Українська Виробник комплектів будинків з бруса та клеєного бруса для дилерів, дистриб’юторів і девелоперів в Україні. Romania Română Kituri de case din bușteni și lemn lamelar pentru dealeri, distribuitori și dezvoltatori din România. Estonia Eesti Palkmajade ja liimpuitmajade komplektide tootja edasimüüjatele, hulgimüüjatele ja arendajatele Eestis. Slovakia Slovenčina Výrobca stavebníc zrubov a domov z lepeného dreva pre predajcov, distribútorov a developerov na Slovensku. Croatia Hrvatski Proizvođač kompleta brvnara i kuća od lijepljenog drva za trgovce, distributere i investitore u Hrvatskoj. Hungary Magyar Gerendaház- és ragasztott faház-készletek kereskedők, forgalmazók és fejlesztők részére Magyarországon. Latvia Latviešu Guļbūvju un līmētās koksnes māju komplektu ražotājs izplatītājiem, vairumtirgotājiem un attīstītājiem Latvijā. Slovenia Slovenščina Kompleti brunaric in hiš iz lepljenega lesa za trgovce, distributerje in investitorje v Sloveniji. Greece Ελληνικά Κιτ σπιτιών από κορμούς και επικολλητή ξυλεία για αντιπροσώπους, διανομείς και κατασκευαστές στην Ελλάδα. Bulgaria Български Комплекти дървени къщи от греди и слепена дървесина за търговци, дистрибутори и инвеститори в България.

## Further pages by country

Most market pages have further pages in the same language: guides and pages for single product families. They are listed here by country, each under its own title.

Bulgaria: Дървени къщи за живеене, директно от производителя

Croatia: Drvene vrtne kućice od proizvođača i po mjeri, Mobilne kućice od drva, izravno od proizvođača

Czech Republic: Dřevěné zahradní domky od výrobce, také na míru

Denmark: Anneks og bjælkehytte som byggesæt fra producent

Estonia: Puidust aiamajad otse tootjalt, ka mõõdu järgi, Saunamaja palgist otse tootjalt, ka mõõdu järgi

Finland: Hirsimökki ja hirsitalopaketti valmistajalta, Pihasauna ja saunamökki hirrestä valmistajalta

France: Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple, Chalet en bois en kit ou construction traditionnelle, Chalet en bois habitable en kit, du fabricant, Chalet, garage, studio bois : autorisations d'urbanisme en France, Dimensions d'un bureau de jardin : le guide, Entretien du chalet en bois : guide du revendeur, Fondations d'un chalet en bois en kit, Humidité et bois : du séchoir au chantier, Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U, Lamellé-collé ou bois massif : guide pour les négociants, Membranes et isolation en construction bois, Peindre ou lasurer un chalet en bois, Studio de jardin en bois, directement du fabricant

Germany: Blockhaus-Bausatz vom Hersteller, Holzhaus bauen mit Brettschichtholz

Hungary: Kerti faházak a gyártótól, egyedi méretben is

Italy: Case in legno abitabili dal produttore, anche su misura, Case in legno lamellare su misura

Lithuania: Klijuotos medienos namai ir pastatai iš gamintojo, Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos, tiesiai iš gamintojo, Sodo nameliai ir mediniai nameliai iš gamintojo

Netherlands: Houten huis bouwen: prefab houten huizen van de fabrikant, Mantelzorgwoning in de tuin: regels en houten bouwpakket

Norway: Anneks og tømmerhytte som byggesett fra produsent

Poland: Domki letniskowe i drewniane domki od producenta, Domy drewniane całoroczne od producenta, Sauna ogrodowa: drewniany domek od producenta

Portugal: Casas pré-fabricadas de madeira do fabricante, também por medida

Romania: Case din lemn de locuit, direct de la producător, Case modulare din lemn lamelar, direct de la producător

Slovakia: Drevené záhradné domčeky od výrobcu, aj na mieru

Slovenia: Lesene hiše in brunarice neposredno od proizvajalca, Mobilne hiške iz lesa, neposredno od proizvajalca

Spain: Casas de madera del fabricante, también a medida

Sweden: Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer: byggsats och regler, Bastustuga i timmer direkt från tillverkaren

Ukraine: Модульні будинки з клеєного бруса

## English pages by market

United Kingdom Log cabin kits for UK dealers, builders and private buyers: ranges, sizes and wall profiles. Ireland Log cabin kits, garden rooms and granny flats for Irish dealers and private buyers, with the planning rules of July 2026. United States Log cabin kits, backyard offices and log home kits for dealers, builders and private buyers in the USA and Canada. Australia Log cabins and garden buildings for Australian dealers, container-ready.

## Worked examples

Illustrative scenarios that follow one enquiry from first contact to shipment. They describe the route and the facts, not real clients or completed projects.

Modular timber buildings for Australia Prefabricated kits for builders, developers, modular brands and private buyers of larger homes: a worked example from floor plan to shipment. Private-label log cabins for Italy How an Italian reseller sells habitable timber cabins under its own brand, from wall profiles to EXW supply terms. In English. Casette in legno abitabili a marchio proprio La stessa guida in italiano: profili di parete, pareti doppie, lavori in loco e condizioni di fornitura.

## What is the same in every market

| Topic | Position

| Quotation | Every order is quoted in writing. There is no public price list, and no lead times or dealer margins are published; resellers set their own prices.

| Delivery basis | EXW Eurodita factory by default. DAP is agreed per order and DDP only case by case. Unloading at destination is the buyer's responsibility.

| Payment | 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory, in euro, excluding VAT and delivery unless the quotation states otherwise.

| Private label | Quotations, drawings and project documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed for each order.

| Wall profiles | Solid timber 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm; glulam 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. Stated dimensions are external.

| Local scope | Foundations, utilities, permits and building approval stay with the buyer and its local team; installation is agreed per project. Structural calculations, where needed, come from specialist partners.

| Certification | Eurodita holds no own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate and no ISO 9001 certificate, and makes no blanket CE or UKCA claim. Documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation.

## Related pages

- Log Cabin Manufacturer for Dealers: Terms, Quotation, Private Label

## Send your market, product and quantity

Tell us the destination country, the product family or drawings, the expected quantity and whether the order should carry your brand. Factory visits in Lithuania are welcome by arrangement.

Start an enquiry

UAB Eurodita, K. Donelaičio g. 62, LT-44248 Lithuania. Enquiry form


---

# United Kingdom
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabins-uk/

## Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

United Kingdom: log cabin kits for dealers, builders and private buyers

Eurodita is a log cabin manufacturer in Lithuania and makes log cabin kits for buyers in the UK: garden log cabins, summer houses, garden rooms, garden offices, residential log cabins and glulam houses. Each kit is flat-packed and machined to the order drawings, and every order is quoted in writing. Manufacturing experience since 1994.

Request a quote See the catalogue

This page is for UK dealers, builders and private buyers. It lists the ranges with model counts, external sizes and wall profiles, and says what a kit holds, what stays on the buyer's side, how an order is quoted and how delivery is agreed.

## At a glance

Ranges: garden log cabins, summer houses, garden rooms, garden offices, 1 to 4 bedroom cabins, granny annexes, twin-skin cabins and glulam houses are made as kits.

Sizes: stated dimensions are external dimensions, and the table gives the smallest and the largest size of each range.

Walls: solid wall logs from 19 x 100 mm to 70 x 130 mm , a twin-skin wall of 44-100-44 mm , and glulam.

Kit: kits are flat-packed, and installation is agreed per project.

Quotation and delivery: Eurodita publishes no price list; every order is quoted in writing, and delivery is agreed individually with each client.

Who can buy: Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands; for smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients.

## Log cabin ranges, sizes and wall profiles in the catalogue

Each range below is made as a kit. A model can stand in more than one range. Stated dimensions are external dimensions: for each range the table gives the number of models, the smallest and the largest external size by footprint, and the wall profiles recorded.

| Range | Models | External size, smallest to largest | Wall profiles recorded

| Garden log cabins | 50 | 1.6 x 1.6 m to 7.9 x 6.9 m | 28 x 100 mm , 34 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm

| Wooden summer houses | 35 | 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m | 28 x 100 mm , 34 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm

| Corner summer houses and log cabins | 9 | 3 x 3 m to 5 x 3.5 m | 28 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm

| Garden rooms | 30 | 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m | 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Modern garden rooms with aluminium sliding doors | 8 | 3.2 x 2.6 m to 6 x 4 m | 44 x 130 mm

| Garden offices | 17 | 3.2 x 2.6 m to 7.9 x 6.9 m | 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Garden workshop log cabins | 9 | 2 x 2 m to 4 x 4 m | 28 x 100 mm

| Garden sheds | 12 | 2.5 x 2 m to 4 x 3 m | 19 x 100 mm

| Wooden garages (timber garages) | 9 | 3.2 x 5.2 m to 6 x 6 m | 28 x 100 mm , 44 x 130 mm

| Timber carports | 7 | 3 x 6 m to 7.5 x 6 m | 28 x 100 mm or 44 x 130 mm on four models

| Wooden gazebos and pergolas | 11 | 3 x 3 m to 6 x 6 m | 28 x 100 mm on six gazebos, 44 x 130 mm on one

| 1 bedroom log cabins | 11 | 5.85 x 4.1 m to 7 x 10.3 m | 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 2 bedroom log cabins | 9 | 6 x 5.8 m to 10.1 x 8 m | 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 3 bedroom log cabins | 8 | 10 x 6 m to 12 x 7 m | 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm , 70 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 4 bedroom log cabins | 5 | 8.45 x 7.6 m to 16 x 9 m | 58 x 130 mm , 70 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Granny annexes | 9 | 5.85 x 4.1 m to 7 x 5.5 m | 44 x 130 mm , 58 x 130 mm , twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Twin-skin cabins | 13 | 4 x 3 m to 16 x 9 m | twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Glulam log houses | 40 | 5.89 x 4.54 m to 16.68 x 22.67 m | glulam 70 x 130 mm , 88 x 260 mm , 135 x 260 mm , 180 x 260 mm or 220 x 260 mm , chosen per project

| Mobile log cabins and timber lodges | 25 | 8 x 5 m to 20 x 7 m | glulam, catalogued in 88 x 260 mm

| Golf simulator cabins | 10 | 3.54 x 4.64 m to 4.34 x 7.84 m | 70 x 130 mm

The two smallest models of the garden log cabins range are children's playhouses, of 1.6 x 1.6 m and 1.82 x 1.82 m . In the mobile range, 8 x 5 m and 10 x 4 m share the smallest footprint, 40 square metres. The golf simulator cabins range holds nine catalogue sizes and one bespoke model with custom dimensions.

A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm . The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. Wall figures are on the wall profile reference.

## Log cabins for the garden: summer houses, garden rooms, offices and workshops

Garden log cabins, summer houses, corner summer houses, Modern garden rooms, garden workshops and garden sheds are also listed together on the log cabins page.

## Garden log cabins and summer houses

The garden log cabins range holds 50 models. The summer houses range holds 35 models from 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m in external size, and 26 of them also stand in the garden log cabins range. A summer house from Eurodita is a log cabin kit in solid wall logs.

## Corner summer houses

The corner summer houses and log cabins range holds nine models from 3 x 3 m to 5 x 3.5 m , and all nine also stand in the summer houses range.

## Garden rooms and garden offices

A Eurodita garden room is a log cabin used as a garden room. It is a timber kit, not a panel room with insulation built in. The garden rooms range holds 30 models, each with one main room, a solid wall of 44 mm or more or a twin-skin wall, and an external footprint of 12 to 28 square metres. The range includes Modern models with aluminium sliding doors; the sliding doors are bought in from a specialist supplier, and the Modern range holds eight such models. The garden offices range holds 17 models, and 15 of them also stand in the garden rooms range.

## Garden workshops and sheds

For a garden workshop, the workshop log cabins range holds nine models in 28 x 100 mm wall logs, at 2 x 2 m , 3 x 3 m and 4 x 4 m . The garden sheds range holds 12 models in 19 x 100 mm wall logs, from 2.5 x 2 m to 4 x 3 m . The shed kits are supplied without a floor.

## Garages, carports, gazebos and pergolas

Wooden garages with 9 models, carports with 7 and wooden gazebos and pergolas with 11 are separate ranges; the page garages, carports and gazebos leads to all three.

## Residential log cabins and log cabin homes, granny annexes and glulam houses

## 1 to 4 bedroom log cabins

The bedroom ranges are 1 bedroom, 2 bedroom, 3 bedroom and 4 bedroom, and the residential log cabins page leads to all four. They run from 5.85 x 4.1 m in the 1 bedroom range to 16 x 9 m in the 4 bedroom range. Larger residential homes are quoted directly by Eurodita, with each project assessed on its own brief; see homes for private clients.

## Granny annexes

The granny annexes range lists nine one and two bedroom log cabins, in 44 and 58 mm solid walls and with twin-skin walls. Four one bedroom mobile log homes in glulam are listed there as well.

## Twin-skin cabins

Twin-skin cabins have two solid log skins with a cavity for insulation. The range holds 13 models from 4 x 3 m to 16 x 9 m , all catalogued with a wall of 44-100-44 mm , a cavity of 100 mm between two 44 mm log skins.

## Glulam houses and mobile log homes

Glulam homes are supplied as building kits, and the glulam log houses range lists 40 of them, from 5.89 x 4.54 m to 16.68 x 22.67 m . Eurodita glues, profiles and machines its glulam itself, on one site. The mobile log cabins and timber lodges range holds 25 glulam models with one to four bedrooms, from 8 x 5 m to 20 x 7 m .

## A log cabin by use and by size

A garden gym, a garden bar or a games room is a use of a log cabin, not a product of its own.

- Garden gym: the garden gym buildings page lists 27 single-room models by size and wall profile.

- Garden bar and garden pub: the garden bar and garden pub page lists models from 3 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m .

- Garden games room, cinema room and studio: the log cabin uses page names the range to look at and example models for each use.

- Log cabin sizes: the log cabin sizes page names the models at eight external sizes from 3 x 3 m to 6 x 4 m .

Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects.

## Insulation, windows and doors

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material; the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it.

Eurodita makes its own timber windows and doors. The garden type (IV45) has 4-6-4 mm glazing and the residential type (IV68) has 4-16-4 mm glazing. Doors of both types have a 5-point locking system, and IV92 triple-glazed units are offered with glulam buildings. The 19 mm sheds and the workshops have a single glazed version, and the data sheet of a model records the doors and windows it carries. Windows and doors can also be quoted without a building; see windows and doors.

## What the kit holds and what stays on the buyer's side

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. Wall logs are cut on Hundegger CNC centres. The kit is machined components for assembly on site. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

The timber is Nordic and Northern European spruce and pine, dried in Nardi kilns to a moisture target of 12 to 14 %. Eurodita makes approximately 12,000 standard catalogue buildings per year on average and processes approximately 150,000 m3 of timber per year on average; more about the company is on the page about Eurodita.

- Not in the standard kit: insulation material, roof covering and paint. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default.

- Foundations, utilities and approvals: on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

- Documentation: documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation, and structural calculations come from specialist partners where needed.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

## Log cabins for sale in the UK: how an order is quoted and delivered

Each model in the catalogue has a page of its own with its technical data sheet. Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. The specification issued with the quotation states the wall profile, floor and roof build-up, joinery and glazing, finish and options. Production timing is confirmed in the written quotation. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Delivery to the United Kingdom

Delivery is agreed individually with each client, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Private buyers and dealers: who Eurodita supplies in the UK

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

See also the pages log cabins for Ireland and log cabin kits for the USA and Canada.

## For trade buyers: B2B log cabin supplier and private-label manufacturer for UK dealers

As a log cabin supplier to the trade, Eurodita is B2B-first: it makes kits for dealers, distributors, developers, builders and private-label brands. Eurodita is the silent manufacturer behind your brand. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order.

There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. A single pilot unit is accepted practice.

Wholesale log cabin supply from Eurodita is trade supply: every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. Resellers set their own prices.

See the dealer programme and private-label manufacturing. Factory visits are welcome by arrangement.

## Questions UK buyers ask

## What is a log cabin kit, and what is included?

A log cabin kit is the set of machined components from which one building is assembled, packed flat for transport. It carries the wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, the roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. The order drawings, specification and packing list state the exact contents of an order.

## What sizes of log cabin kit does Eurodita make for the UK?

Stated dimensions are external dimensions. The garden rooms range runs from 4 x 3 m to 7 x 4 m, the summer houses range from 3 x 2 m to 6 x 3 m, and the bedroom ranges from 5.85 x 4.1 m to 16 x 9 m. Other sizes are quoted as bespoke projects.

## What wall thickness does a log cabin have?

A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile; the profile is confirmed in the written quotation. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm. The twin-skin cabins range is catalogued with a 44-100-44 mm wall.

## Can I buy an insulated log cabin or an insulated garden room?

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material. The structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it. The twin-skin cabins range holds 13 models with a 44-100-44 mm wall, a cavity of 100 mm between two 44 mm log skins.

## How much does a log cabin cost, and are there log cabins for sale with prices?

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## Do I need planning permission for a log cabin in the garden?

In England, a garden log cabin required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house can fall under Class E of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 (S.I. 2015/596): a single storey, eaves no higher than 2.5 m, and an overall height of no more than 4 m with a dual-pitched roof, 2.5 m within 2 m of the boundary, or 3 m in any other case. It must not stand forward of the principal elevation of the house, and buildings other than the original house may cover no more than half of the land around it. Class E does not permit a verandah, balcony or raised platform, and on designated land or at a listed building permission can be needed. Your local planning authority confirms the position for your plot.

## Who installs a log cabin, and who builds the base?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Foundations, utilities and approvals are on the buyer's side unless agreed otherwise.

## How is a log cabin kit delivered to the UK?

Delivery is agreed individually with each client, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Who can buy a log cabin from Eurodita in the UK?

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania that makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## Does Eurodita supply log cabins to UK dealers under private label, and is there a minimum order?

Eurodita is B2B-first: it makes log cabin kits for dealers, distributors, developers, builders and private-label brands. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects.

## Related pages

- B2B Private-Label Cabin Manufacturer Alternative

- Garden Gym Buildings: Log Cabin Kits for a Home Garden Gym

- Garden Bar and Garden Pub Log Cabin Kits

- Log Cabin Sizes: 3x3 to 6x4 m Kits by External Size

- Log Cabin Uses: Garden Games Room, Cinema Room, Studio

- Log Cabin Kits for Buyers in the USA and Canada

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points with the form below, or through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from the catalogue, or for a dealer's own design a hand-drawn plan with wall thickness, floor and bearers, ridge height, openings and overall sizes

- Who you are (dealer, distributor, builder or private buyer), the use and the place

- The wall family and profile, for example solid 44 x 130 mm or twin-skin

- The joinery type (IV45 or IV68) and whether you plan insulation sourced locally

- The delivery address and the unloading equipment on site

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or programme volume

- For a trade order, the brand that quotations, drawings and documentation are to carry

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

United Kingdom Request a quote


---

# Ireland
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabins-ireland/

## Log Cabins Ireland: Garden Rooms, Granny Flats and Homes as Timber Kits

Ireland: log cabin kits for dealers and private buyers

Eurodita makes log cabins for Ireland as flat-packed timber kits: garden rooms, garden offices, granny flats and larger homes, delivered by lorry to the buyer's address. Every order is quoted in writing. Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania, with manufacturing experience since 1994.

Request a quote See the catalogue

This page is for Irish dealers and for private buyers. It lists the ranges with their wall profiles, sets out the planning rules that came into operation on 27 July 2026, and says what a kit holds and what stays with the buyer's local team.

## At a glance

Ranges: garden log cabins, garden rooms, garden offices, granny flats, 1 to 4 bedroom cabins, twin-skin cabins and glulam houses are made as kits.

Class 3: since 27 July 2026 it exempts a shed, store, garage or similar structure within the curtilage of a house, up to 30 square metres in total, subject to six conditions; its text says the structure shall not be used for human habitation.

Class 3A: since 27 July 2026 it exempts a detached house in the rear garden of a principal house, subject to 20 conditions: not less than 32 square metres and, together with Class 3 structures, not more than 45. Building control legislation applies.

Kit: kits are flat-packed, and installation is agreed per project.

Local team: foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the buyer's local team.

Who can buy: the page is for dealers and for private buyers, and every order is quoted in writing.

## Log cabin ranges and wall profiles in the catalogue

Each range below is made as a kit. A model can stand in more than one range. Counts were read from the catalogue on 12 October 2026.

| Range | Models | Wall profiles in the range

| Garden log cabins | 50 | 28, 34, 44, 58 mm

| Garden rooms | 30 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Garden offices | 17 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Granny flats (granny annexes) | 9 log cabin models | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 1 bedroom log cabins | 11 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 2 bedroom log cabins | 9 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 3 bedroom log cabins | 8 | 44, 58, 70 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 4 bedroom log cabins | 5 | 58, 70 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Twin-skin cabins | 13 | twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Wooden garages | 9 | 28, 44 mm

| Glulam log houses | 40 | glulam, profile per model

A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm. The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it.

## Log cabins for sale in Ireland: how an order is quoted

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. The specification issued with the quotation states the wall profile, floor and roof build-up, joinery and glazing, finish and options. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

A dealer can pick a model from the catalogue or send a sketch: a hand-drawn floor plan with the wall thickness, the floor and bearers, the ridge height, the openings and the overall sizes is enough to start the estimate.

## Garden rooms and garden offices

A Eurodita garden room is a log cabin used as a garden room. It is a timber kit, not a panel room with insulation built in. The garden rooms range holds 30 models, each with one main room, a solid wall of 44 mm or more or a twin-skin wall, and an external footprint of 12 to 28 square metres. The range includes Modern models with aluminium sliding doors; the sliding doors are bought in from a specialist supplier. The garden offices range holds 17 models. Stated dimensions are external dimensions, and the size of each model is on its product page.

## Granny flats, 1 to 4 bedroom log cabins and larger homes

The granny annexes range lists nine one and two bedroom log cabins, in 44 and 58 mm solid walls and with twin-skin walls. The bedroom ranges are 1 bedroom, 2 bedroom, 3 bedroom and 4 bedroom, and the residential log cabins page leads to all four. Twin-skin cabins have two solid log skins with a cavity for insulation. Glulam homes are supplied as building kits. Larger residential homes are quoted directly by Eurodita, with each project assessed on its own brief.

## Planning permission for a log cabin in Ireland: Class 3 and Class 3A from 27 July 2026

Two changes came into operation on 27 July 2026. Class 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Planning and Development Regulations 2001, as amended by S.I. No. 338 of 2026, now allows 30 square metres in total, where the limit was 25 before. A new Class 3A, in S.I. No. 340 of 2026, exempts a detached house in the rear garden of a principal house, subject to 20 conditions. Both texts were read on irishstatutebook.ie on 12 October 2026. Nothing here is legal advice, and nothing here says that a particular building needs no permission.

## What the Regulations say

| Point | Class 3 (S.I. No. 338 of 2026) | Class 3A (S.I. No. 340 of 2026)

| Structure | A shed, store, garage or similar structure within the curtilage of a house | A detached house in the rear garden of a principal house

| Use | Shall not be used for human habitation, or for any purpose other than one incidental to the enjoyment of the house as such | Occupied only in conjunction with the main house; not sold separately; not used for short term letting; the principal house is the owner's sole or main residence

| Area | Total of such structures, with others already in the curtilage, not more than 30 square metres | Not less than 32 square metres; together with Class 3 structures, not more than 45

| Height | 4 metres with a tiled or slated pitched roof, 3 metres in any other case | 4 metres with a tiled or slated pitched roof, 3 metres in any other case

| Other conditions (a selection) | Not forward of the front wall of the house; at least 25 square metres of private open space left to the rear or side | At least 0.6 metres from any wall or party boundary; private open space not reduced below 25 square metres; no separate connection to utilities; where waste water is not piped, on-site treatment of sufficient capacity, with no additional treatment unit and no encroachment on an approved percolation area; the planning authority notified at least 14 days before work starts; commenced and completed by 31 December 2030; not temporary in nature, such as a caravan or mobile home. Twenty conditions in all

Class 3 exempts its structures subject to six conditions, and Class 3A subject to 20. Both exemptions are also subject to article 9 of the Regulations, which removes them in listed cases.

Building regulations are a separate matter. Class 3A states that building control legislation applies to the house. The Building Regulations 1997, as made, exempt a detached single storey building ancillary to a dwelling of up to 25 square metres, used exclusively for recreational or storage purposes and not for any trade or business or for human habitation (Third Schedule, Class 2). That figure is a different one from the 30 square metres of Class 3, and a building to live in is not within that class.

## What this means when choosing a kit

- Two classes, two kinds of building. Class 3 is written for a shed, store, garage or similar structure and says it shall not be used for human habitation. Class 3A is written for a detached house.

- Area is counted together. In Class 3 the area is the total of all such structures in the curtilage. In Class 3A the ceiling of 45 square metres includes Class 3 structures. The external size of every model is on its product page, so a buyer can set it beside these figures.

- Owner, site and notification. Several conditions concern the owner, the site and the notification: sole or main residence, the distances to boundaries, the notice of 14 days. They are checked on the buyer's side.

- Building control. Class 3A states that building control legislation applies to the house; insulation is sourced locally, and approvals stay with the buyer's local team. The wall profile is chosen per project, documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation, and structural calculations come from specialist partners where needed.

The catalogue lists six one and two bedroom log cabins with an external footprint between 32 and 45 square metres. The 45 square metres of Class 3A are counted together with Class 3 structures in the curtilage. The table gives catalogue figures only; it does not say that a model comes within the class.

| Model | External footprint | Ridge height in the catalogue

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m | 33 square metres | 2.47 metres

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m | 34.8 square metres | 3.12 metres

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m | 35 square metres | 3.12 metres

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m | 38.5 square metres | 3.12 metres

| Log Cabin Folio 8x5m | 40 square metres | 3.44 metres

| Log Cabin Gladehaven 6x7.2m | 43.2 square metres | 2.86 metres

Two of the six have a catalogue ridge height under 3 metres and four above it. The Regulations set 4 metres for a building with a tiled or slated pitched roof and 3 metres in any other case; the height of the finished building on its base is for the buyer's side to establish. How the area of a building is counted for the class is a question for the planning authority. Whether a building on a given site comes within Class 3A is settled by all twenty conditions and by the finished building, not by its footprint alone.

## Asking the planning authority: section 5

A question whether a particular building is exempted development can be put to the planning authority under section 5 of the Planning and Development Act 2000, which provides for a written declaration.

## A log cabin in County Wicklow: An Coimisiún Pleanála, 10 June 2026

In ACP-322932-25 (10 June 2026) An Coimisiún Pleanála refused retention of a log cabin used as a home in County Wicklow, on wastewater arrangements and on the standard of residential accommodation.

## Insulation, windows and doors

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material; the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it. Eurodita makes its own timber windows and doors. The garden type (IV45) has 4-6-4 mm glazing and the residential type (IV68) has 4-16-4 mm glazing. Doors have a 5-point locking system, and IV92 triple-glazed units are offered with glulam buildings. Windows and doors can also be quoted without a building.

## What the kit holds and what stays with the local team

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. Wall logs are cut on Hundegger CNC centres. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

- Not in the standard kit: insulation material, roof covering and paint. Interior fit-out and unloading equipment are local.

- Local team: foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the buyer's local team.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

- Delivery: kits for Ireland are delivered by lorry to the buyer's address. Delivery is quoted per order, once the site address and access are known, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility.

## Who can buy log cabins from Eurodita in Ireland

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## For trade buyers

Eurodita is the silent manufacturer behind your brand. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. See the dealer programme and private-label manufacturing. Factory visits are welcome by arrangement.

## Questions Irish buyers ask

## Do you need planning permission for a log cabin in Ireland?

That depends on the building, its use and the site. Class 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Planning and Development Regulations 2001, as amended from 27 July 2026 by S.I. No. 338 of 2026, exempts a shed, store, garage or similar structure within the curtilage of a house, subject to six conditions and to article 9. Under those conditions the total area of such structures, taken together with others already in the curtilage, may not exceed 30 square metres, the height may not exceed 4 metres with a tiled or slated pitched roof and 3 metres in any other case, and the structure "shall not be used for human habitation". Since the same date Class 3A exempts a detached house in the rear garden of a principal house, subject to 20 conditions. A question about a particular building can be put to the planning authority under section 5 of the Planning and Development Act 2000.

## What are the new planning rules for log cabins in Ireland?

Two changes came into operation on 27 July 2026. Class 3 now allows 30 square metres in total, where the limit was 25 before. A new Class 3A, in S.I. No. 340 of 2026, exempts a detached house in the rear garden of a principal house, subject to 20 conditions.

## Can you live in a log cabin in Ireland?

Class 3 states that its structures shall not be used for human habitation. Since 27 July 2026, Class 3A exempts a detached house in the rear garden of a principal house, subject to 20 conditions; it states that building control legislation applies and that the house shall not be temporary in nature, such as a caravan or mobile home. In ACP-322932-25 (10 June 2026) An Coimisiún Pleanála refused retention of a log cabin used as a home in County Wicklow, on wastewater arrangements and on the standard of residential accommodation. Whether a particular building is exempted development can be put to the planning authority under section 5.

## Can I put a granny flat in my garden in Ireland?

Since 27 July 2026, Class 3A (S.I. No. 340 of 2026) exempts a detached house in the rear garden of a principal house, subject to 20 conditions. Among them: the area is not less than 32 square metres and, together with Class 3 structures, not more than 45; it is occupied only in conjunction with the main house and is not sold separately or used for short term letting; the principal house is the owner's sole or main residence; the planning authority is notified at least 14 days before work starts; the work is commenced and completed by 31 December 2030. Building control legislation applies.

## How much does a log cabin cost in Ireland?

Eurodita publishes no price list. Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## What is included in a log cabin kit?

A cabin kit carries the machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, the roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. The order drawings, specification and packing list state the exact contents of an order.

## Who installs the log cabin, and who builds the base?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the buyer's local team, and turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

## Are Eurodita garden rooms insulated?

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material. The structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it.

## Who can buy from Eurodita in Ireland?

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania that makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## How is a log cabin kit delivered to Ireland?

Kits for Ireland are delivered by lorry to the buyer's address. Delivery is quoted per order, once the site address and access are known, and the quotation states the delivery term. Unloading is the buyer's responsibility, with suitable equipment and safe access on site.

## Related pages

- Log Cabin Kits for Buyers in the USA and Canada

- Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

- Log cabin planning permission in Ireland: Class 3 and Class 3A

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from the catalogue, or for a dealer's own design a hand-drawn plan with wall thickness, floor and bearers, ridge height, openings and overall sizes

- Who you are (dealer, distributor or private buyer), the use (garden room, office, granny flat or home) and the place

- The wall family and profile, for example solid 44 x 130 mm or twin-skin

- The joinery type (IV45 or IV68) and whether you plan insulation sourced locally

- The delivery address and the unloading equipment on site

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or programme volume

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

Ireland Request a quote


---

# United States and Canada
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabins-usa/

## Log Cabin Kits for Buyers in the USA and Canada

USA and Canada: cabin kits for dealers, builders and private buyers

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania, in Europe, and makes log cabin kits for buyers in the USA and Canada: backyard offices, small cabin kits, cabin kits with one to four bedrooms, and glulam log home kits. Each kit is flat-packed and machined to the order drawings, and every order is quoted in writing. Manufacturing experience since 1994.

Request a quote See the catalog

This page is for dealers, builders and private buyers in the USA and Canada. It lists the ranges with their wall profiles, says how a kit reaches North America and where the factory's part ends, and sets out what a kit holds and what stays with the local team.

## At a glance

Ranges: backyard offices, garden rooms, small cabin kits, 1 to 4 bedroom cabin kits, twin-skin cabins, glulam log home kits, golf simulator buildings, and garage and carport kits are made as kits.

Kit: kits are flat-packed and machined to the order drawings, and installation is agreed per project.

Delivery: it is agreed individually per order: EXW Eurodita factory is the standard term, sea freight to a named port is quoted per order, and delivery to the door is offered where the carrier can do it; otherwise transport from the port to the site is on the buyer's side. Customs clearance is handled by the consignee's customs agent.

Quotation: Eurodita publishes no price list and sells in EUR; every order is quoted in writing, excluding VAT and delivery.

Local team: foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the buyer's local team, and permits, zoning and code compliance are checked and obtained on the buyer's side.

Who can buy: Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands; for smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients.

## Cabin kit ranges and wall profiles in the catalog

Each range below is made as a kit. A model can stand in more than one range. Counts were read from the catalog on 12 October 2026.

| Range | Models | Wall profiles in the range

| Garden log cabins (small log cabin kits) | 50 | 28, 34, 44, 58 mm

| Garden offices (backyard offices) | 17 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Garden rooms (backyard studios) | 30 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Granny annexes | 9 log cabin models | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 1 bedroom cabin kits | 11 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 2 bedroom cabin kits | 9 | 44, 58 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 3 bedroom cabin kits | 8 | 44, 58, 70 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| 4 bedroom cabin kits | 5 | 58, 70 mm, twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Twin-skin cabin kits | 13 | twin-skin 44-100-44 mm

| Glulam log home kits | 40 | glulam, profile per model

| Golf simulator cabins (golf simulator buildings) | 10 | 70 mm

| Wooden garage kits | 9 | 28, 44 mm

| Carport kits | 7 | 28, 44 mm

A profile is written thickness first and log height second, for example 44 x 130 mm. The wall profile is chosen per project, by budget and technical feasibility. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models cataloged with it.

## Cabin kits for sale: how an order is quoted

Eurodita publishes no price list and sells in EUR. Every order is quoted in writing, excluding VAT and delivery. The specification issued with the quotation states the wall profile, floor and roof build-up, joinery and glazing, finish and options. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

A dealer can pick a model from the catalog or send a sketch: a hand-drawn floor plan with the wall thickness, the floor and bearers, the ridge height, the openings and the overall sizes is enough to start the estimate.

## Backyard offices and studios

Buyers in North America look for a backyard office, an office shed, a home office shed or a backyard studio. At Eurodita that is a log cabin kit used as a backyard office, and it comes from two ranges. The garden rooms range holds 30 models, each with one main room, a solid wall of 44 mm or more or a twin-skin wall, and an external footprint of 12 to 28 square meters. The garden offices range holds 17 models.

A Eurodita garden room is a log cabin used as a garden room. It is a timber kit, not a panel room with insulation built in. The range includes Modern models with aluminum sliding doors; the sliding doors are bought in from a specialist supplier. Stated dimensions are external dimensions, and the size of each model is on its product page.

## Cabin kits with one to four bedrooms, and log home kits

The garden log cabins range holds 50 models, most of them small cabin kits. A buyer who searches for a tiny house kit finds small cabin kits here: they stand on a base, not on wheels. The bedroom ranges are 1 bedroom, 2 bedroom, 3 bedroom and 4 bedroom, and the residential log cabins page leads to all four. The 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, for example, measures 5 x 7 m externally (about 16.5 x 23 ft ). Twin-skin cabins have two solid log skins with a cavity for insulation.

Buyers also search for an ADU kit, a granny pod or, in Canada, a garden suite. The granny annexes range lists nine one and two bedroom log cabin kits that a buyer may use for such a unit where the local code allows. Permits, zoning and code compliance are checked and obtained on the buyer's side.

Glulam homes are supplied as building kits, and the glulam log houses range lists 40 of them. Larger residential homes are quoted directly by Eurodita, with each project assessed on its own brief. Wood garage kits and carport kits are separate ranges: wooden garages with 9 models and carports with 7.

## Golf simulator sheds and buildings

The golf simulator cabins range holds ten models, all with 70 mm walls: nine catalog sizes and one bespoke model with custom dimensions. Each is supplied as a kit, and the external dimensions of each catalog size are on its product page.

## How a cabin kit reaches the USA and Canada

A kit leaves the factory in Lithuania flat-packed, and delivery is agreed individually per order. The standard term is EXW Eurodita factory. Sea freight to a named port is quoted per order, and delivery to the door is offered where the carrier can do it; otherwise transport from the port to the site is on the buyer's side. Customs clearance in the destination country is handled by the consignee's customs agent; Eurodita cannot carry it out from its side. Packaging and loading are configured per product and order, and the packing list states what was loaded.

## Eurodita factory

Machines the kit to the order drawings and packs it flat. Issues the order drawings, specification and packing list. Quotes in writing, with EXW Eurodita factory as the standard term, quotes sea freight to a named port per order, and offers delivery to the door where the carrier can do it.

## The forwarder

Freight goes through third-party forwarders and is quoted per route and load. Where Eurodita quotes the freight, the forwarder arranges the phytosanitary certificate for the shipment. Under EXW the buyer's forwarder collects at the factory.

## The buyer's side

Customs clearance, through the consignee's customs agent. Transport from the port, unless delivery to the door is agreed. Unloading, with suitable equipment and safe access on site. Checking the delivery against the packing list and the order drawings before assembly. The base, utilities and approvals, and permits, zoning and code compliance. Assembly, unless installation is agreed for the project.

## Insulation, windows and doors

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material; the structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it. Eurodita makes its own timber windows and doors. The garden type (IV45) has 4-6-4 mm glazing and the residential type (IV68) has 4-16-4 mm glazing. Doors have a 5-point locking system, and IV92 triple-glazed units are offered with glulam buildings. Windows and doors can also be quoted without a building.

## What the kit holds and what stays with the local team

A cabin kit holds machined wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. Wall logs are cut on Hundegger CNC centers. Kits are flat-packed. The kit is machined components for assembly on site. The order drawings, specification and packing list are the record of what an order holds; see what is in a Eurodita kit.

The timber is Nordic and Northern European spruce and pine, dried in Nardi kilns to a moisture target of 12 to 14 %. Eurodita makes approximately 12,000 standard catalog buildings per year on average and processes approximately 150,000 m3 of timber per year on average; more about the company is on the page about Eurodita.

- Not in the standard kit: insulation material, roof covering and paint. Interior fit-out and unloading equipment are local.

- Local team: foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the buyer's local team. Permits, zoning and code compliance are checked and obtained on the buyer's side.

- Documentation: documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation, and structural calculations come from specialist partners where needed.

- Installation: it is agreed per project. Unless installation is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

## Cabin kits for Canada

Buyers in Canada search for cabin kits, backyard offices and bunkies. A bunkie is what many Canadians call a small cabin; the small cabins of the garden log cabins and garden rooms ranges are the kits to start from.

Delivery to Canada is agreed individually per order: EXW Eurodita factory is the standard term, sea freight to a named port is quoted per order, and delivery to the door is offered where the carrier can do it; otherwise transport from the port to the site is on the buyer's side. Permits, zoning and code compliance are checked and obtained on the buyer's side.

## Who can buy cabin kits from Eurodita

Eurodita makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project; garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## For trade buyers

Eurodita is the silent manufacturer behind your brand. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. See the dealer program and private-label manufacturing. Factory visits are welcome by arrangement.

## Questions North American buyers ask

## What is a cabin kit from Eurodita, and what does it hold?

A cabin kit, sometimes called a prefab cabin kit, is the set of machined components from which one building is assembled, packed flat for transport. It carries the wall logs in the profile on the order, floor bearers and 28 mm floorboards, the roof structure and roof boards, timber windows and doors and, on solid log and twin-skin kits, the storm brace and anchor set. The order drawings, specification and packing list state the exact contents of an order.

## How much do cabin kits cost, and are there cabin kits for sale with prices?

Eurodita publishes no price list and sells in EUR. Every order is quoted in writing, excluding VAT and delivery. A written quotation is valid for 30 days from its date, and within that period the quoted price is not raised because the cost of timber has risen.

## How is a cabin kit shipped to the USA?

Delivery is agreed individually per order. The standard term is EXW Eurodita factory in Lithuania, and sea freight to a named port is quoted per order. Delivery to the door is offered where the carrier can do it; otherwise transport from the port to the site is on the buyer's side. Customs clearance in the destination country is handled by the consignee's customs agent; Eurodita cannot carry it out from its side. Freight goes through third-party forwarders, and where Eurodita quotes the freight, the forwarder arranges the phytosanitary certificate for the shipment.

## How is a cabin kit shipped to Canada?

Delivery to Canada is agreed individually per order. The standard term is EXW Eurodita factory in Lithuania, sea freight to a named port is quoted per order, and delivery to the door is offered where the carrier can do it; otherwise transport from the port to the site is on the buyer's side. Customs clearance in the destination country is handled by the consignee's customs agent; Eurodita cannot carry it out from its side.

## Do I need a permit or code approval for a cabin kit?

Permits, zoning and code compliance are checked and obtained on the buyer's side, for the site and the building in question. Foundations, utilities and approvals stay with the buyer's local team. Documentation for a specific order is confirmed at quotation, and structural calculations come from specialist partners where needed.

## Can a cabin kit be used as an ADU, a granny pod or a garden suite?

The granny annexes range lists nine one and two bedroom log cabin kits that a buyer may use for such a unit where the local code allows. Permits, zoning and code compliance are checked and obtained on the buyer's side, for the site and the building in question.

## Who assembles a cabin kit, and is it a DIY cabin kit?

Installation is agreed per project. Unless it is agreed for the project, assembly is by the buyer's own builder or local crew from the order drawings. Kits are flat-packed. The kit is machined components for assembly on site. Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply.

## Does Eurodita make a backyard office or office shed kit?

Backyard office kits at Eurodita are log cabin kits from the garden offices range, which holds 17 models, and the garden rooms range, which holds 30. A Eurodita garden room is a log cabin used as a garden room: a timber kit, not a panel room with insulation built in. Stated dimensions are external dimensions, and the size of each model is on its product page.

## Does Eurodita make a golf simulator shed or building?

The golf simulator cabins range holds ten models, all with 70 mm walls: nine catalog sizes and one bespoke model with custom dimensions. Each is supplied as a kit, and the external dimensions of each catalog size are on its product page.

## Is a Eurodita cabin kit insulated?

Eurodita does not normally supply insulation material. The structure can be prepared for insulation sourced locally, and a twin-skin wall has a cavity for it.

## Who can buy a cabin kit from Eurodita?

Eurodita is a manufacturer in Lithuania that makes kits for dealers, distributors and private-label brands. For smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project, and garden building retailers can sell the finished building under their own name. Larger residential homes are also quoted directly to private clients. Every order is quoted in writing.

## Related pages

- Log Cabins UK: Kits from a Log Cabin Manufacturer

- Log Cabins Ireland: Garden Rooms, Granny Flats and Homes as Timber Kits

## What to send for a written quotation

Send these points through the contact page. Eurodita replies with a written quotation and specification.

- The model from the catalog, or for a dealer's own design a hand-drawn plan with wall thickness, floor and bearers, ridge height, openings and overall sizes

- Who you are (dealer, distributor, builder or private buyer), the use (backyard office, small cabin, home or golf simulator building) and the place

- The wall family and profile, for example solid 44 x 130 mm or twin-skin

- The joinery type (IV45 or IV68) and whether you plan insulation sourced locally

- The destination country and, if you have one in mind, the port or the delivery address

- The quantity: a single unit, a pilot unit or program volume

- Whether you want to discuss installation for the project

Request a quote

USA and Canada Request a quote


---

# Australia
URL: https://eurodita.com/log-cabins-australia/

## Log Cabins Australia: European Manufacturer for AU Market

## Private-label log cabin manufacturing for Australian businesses

Eurodita manufactures timber buildings in Lithuania and supplies projects internationally, subject to project fit, logistics feasibility, market requirements and commercial terms. Qualified Australian dealers, distributors, builders, developers and accommodation operators can ask for a quotation. Eurodita is B2B-first and private-label; larger residential homes are also supplied directly to private clients, and for smaller garden buildings the supply route is confirmed project by project. Eurodita confirms the factory scope in the written quotation and order; the Australian buyer controls its customer offer, local review and site responsibilities.

Standard terms are EXW from the Eurodita factory. DAP or DDP may be arranged for selected markets and projects when agreed individually. This page does not promise a fixed sea-freight time, delivered price, port route, customs clearance or domestic delivery service.

## Product routes to qualify

- Standard catalogue log cabins and garden offices for established models and confirmed options.

- Glulam structures for qualified projects using engineered glulam timber.

- Modular timber buildings and larger homes supplied as prefabricated kits for builders, developers and private clients.

- Bespoke timber buildings where drawings, dimensions or configuration fall outside an established catalogue model.

- Garages and timber structures for dealers with a matching local use case and site route.

The primary proposal should be a short, market-relevant selection. The full catalogue is a secondary reference after the buyer's use case and commercial route are understood.

## Responsibility split for an Australian order

| Eurodita factory scope | Australian buyer or appointed-party scope

| Manufacture the package defined in the approved quotation and order. | Confirm intended use, local building route, site conditions and customer-facing claims.

| Prepare the drawings, assembly information, labels and material information included in the order. | Confirm local engineering, planning, bushfire, biosecurity, import, foundation, service and installation requirements where applicable.

| Pack and release the order under the agreed Incoterm. | Manage importer, carrier, port, customs, inland freight, unloading and final delivery responsibilities assigned to the buyer.

| Use agreed partner branding on customer-facing materials where permitted. | Retain required manufacturer, legal, technical and traceability information.

## Production and commercial boundaries

- For standard catalogue garden cabins, production timing is confirmed for the specific quotation and order. It varies with the selected model and options, quantity, season, workload and production plan.

- Bespoke and glulam timing is confirmed in the written quotation and order after the specification, engineering scope, quantity and production plan are reviewed.

- There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. Bespoke and glulam work is qualified individually.

- The default payment structure is 50/50. No public credit or deferred-payment offer applies.

- Currency, taxes, duties, Incoterm, export documents and logistics responsibilities must be stated in the quotation. This page does not promise a full price list or a fixed shipping estimate after an initial enquiry.

## Materials and destination review

Eurodita uses Nordic or Northern European timber, both spruce and pine. The timber species, wall system, treatment, glazing, finish, packing and available documentation are confirmed for the specific product and order.

The Australian buyer and its appointed professionals confirm local building, planning, engineering, bushfire, biosecurity, import and installation requirements. Eurodita does not publish a blanket Australian compliance or clearance guarantee.

## What to send with an Australian dealer enquiry

- Company, state or sales area, and customer type.

- Selected product family and intended use.

- Catalogue model or drawings, dimensions and required options.

- Expected quantity and target timing.

- Branding, packaging, treatment and documentation requirements.

- Destination and intended import and freight route.

Review private-label manufacturing or send a qualified Australian B2B enquiry.

## Who this Australian supply route is for

- Importers and distributors building a repeatable cabin or garden-building range.

- Building suppliers and project teams buying against a defined specification and local approval route.

- Holiday-park and commercial operators planning several units under one procurement brief.

Installation and how it is organised is agreed per project; turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply. For the cabin and garden-building range, the supply route is confirmed project by project; larger residential homes and modular projects, including direct enquiries from private clients, are covered on the modular timber buildings for Australia page. The Australian buyer and its appointed professionals retain responsibility for classification, approvals, engineering, foundations, services and local completion; installation is agreed per project. The private-label manufacturing scope is agreed for the specific account and order.

## Australian building approval and biosecurity requirements

## What Eurodita confirms

Eurodita confirms the agreed factory scope, reviewed drawings, product specification, packing and available order documents. The manufacturer and order-documentation page records the manufacturer’s current position and order-specific documents without presenting a catalogue kit as locally approved.

## What the Australian buyer confirms

The buyer supplies the state or territory, the intended NCC building classification and the site conditions. The buyer’s appointed certifier determines any site-specific NCC, BAL or AS 3959 route, including for a bushfire-prone site. The importer identifies the applicable BICON requirements for the selected timber product and packing. Eurodita does not present a model as automatically approved for any Australian use.

Current official starting points are the ABCB evidence-of-suitability guidance and the Department of Agriculture timber-import guidance. The final route remains project and import specific.

## Common questions

## How long does shipping from Lithuania to Australia take?

No fixed public transit range applies. Carrier, port, route, customs, seasonal conditions and inland delivery are confirmed for the specific order.

## Does Eurodita handle every import and biosecurity requirement?

No blanket promise applies. The quotation states Eurodita factory and document scope. The Australian buyer and its appointed parties remain responsible for the local import, biosecurity and clearance route unless a different responsibility is expressly agreed.

## Can an Australian dealer use its own brand?

Customer-facing branding can be agreed for the order. Required manufacturer, legal, technical and traceability information remains wherever necessary.

## Does Eurodita ship timber-building kits to Australia?

A shipment can be arranged when the route and responsibilities are agreed in the order. EXW Eurodita factory is the standard basis. Container choice, freight, port handling, importer duties, unloading and transit timing remain specific to the order.

## When will an order be ready for EXW factory release?

No fixed public lead time is stated. Factory-release timing is confirmed in the written quotation and order for the selected product, specification, quantity and production plan; transit timing is agreed separately.

## Is there a fixed minimum order?

There is no single fixed minimum order: the 19 to 44 mm standard ranges are volume-driven, while 58 and 70 mm cabins, bespoke structures and glulam homes can be single projects. Bespoke and glulam projects are qualified individually against drawings, quantity, packing and production scope.

## Who confirms Australian building and biosecurity requirements?

The Australian buyer supplies the intended NCC classification and site information. The appointed certifier determines any site-specific NCC, BAL or AS 3959 route, and the importer identifies applicable BICON requirements. Eurodita confirms only the order-specific product, packing and documents stated in writing.

## Start an Australian B2B enquiry

Send your company details, the product family and intended use, drawings or a catalogue model, the expected quantity and the destination and freight route. Eurodita confirms the manufacturing scope, the documentation included in the order and what the Australian side still needs to arrange.

Send an Australian B2B enquiry

## Other markets we supply

- USA and Canada: log cabin kits and backyard offices

- United Kingdom: log cabin kits from the manufacturer

All markets and languages

You can also send your enquiry through the contact form

## Related pages

- Modular Timber Buildings for Australia: Prefabricated Kits

- 日本向けログハウス・木造キャビンOEM製造パートナー


---

# Modular timber buildings for Australia
URL: https://eurodita.com/modular-timber-buildings-australia/

## Modular Timber Buildings for Australia: Prefabricated Kits

Australia: modular timber buildings in kit form

Yes. Eurodita, a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, can supply modular timber buildings in kit form to Australian builders, developers and modular brands: prefabricated components machined to the project drawings, shipped flat packed, with transport normally arranged to an Australian destination port. What arrives is a kit, not a finished volumetric module; unless installation is agreed for the project, the buyer's local crew assembles it, and approval runs through the buyer's own certifier and local approval route.

Send an Australian enquiry See glulam homes

This page covers the residential, modular-housing and project route, with one illustrative worked example; the Australian log cabin page covers the cabin and garden-building families offered to Australian dealers. The builder in the example is hypothetical, and nothing on this page describes a completed Australian project.

## At a glance

Who it is for: Australian builders, developers, modular and kit-home brands, dealers and distributors, and holiday-park, glamping and resort operators. Larger residential homes are also supplied directly to private clients.

What is supplied: prefabricated timber building kits in solid timber or glulam, machined to the project drawings in Lithuania. Kits are flat-packed.

Product routes: residential and bespoke timber homes, glulam homes and structures, holiday-park and resort units, and secondary dwellings such as granny flats, with Eurodita timber windows and doors.

Wall profiles: solid timber 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 and 70 x 130 mm; glulam 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 and 220 x 260 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it.

Delivery basis: EXW Eurodita factory by default. Delivered options such as DAP are agreed per order and DDP only case by case; for Australia, transport is normally arranged to the destination port.

Payment: 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory. Prices are quoted in euro, excluding VAT and delivery, unless the quotation states otherwise.

Private label: quotations and project documents can carry the buyer's brand where that is agreed for the order.

What Eurodita does not do in Australia: it has no local office, staff or named partner there. Installation, foundations, utilities, electrical, plumbing and gas work, permits, building approval and certification of the finished building sit outside the default scope, as do door delivery and unloading.

## Is a kit home the same as a modular home?

Not quite, and the difference decides whether a factory in Lithuania is a sensible supplier or the wrong one. In general use, a modular home is built in a factory as finished volumetric sections that are craned onto a prepared base, while a kit home arrives as components for assembly on site. Australian buyers search for the same building under half a dozen names, including kit home, prefab home, modular home, transportable, demountable and granny flat, and most of those describe how a building arrives rather than what it is made of.

Eurodita manufactures timber building kits. Wall logs, floor joists, rafters and purlins are machined to the project drawings on Hundegger CNC equipment in Lithuania, timber windows and doors are made in the same production operation, and everything ships as components. Kits are flat-packed, so what arrives in Australia is not a finished volumetric module to be craned onto piers. It is a precision-cut kit for assembly on a base the local team has prepared; installation is agreed per project.

## What does a flat-packed kit change for an Australian buyer?

A flat-packed Eurodita kit travels as the volume of its parts rather than the volume of the finished building, which is what makes supplying Australia from a factory in Lithuania workable. It also means the assembly labour that a volumetric supplier absorbs inside its own factory sits with the buyer instead, unless installation is agreed for the project. A builder with a site crew gains from that trade. A buyer without one does not.

## How does an Australian order work? A worked example

The worked example on this page is illustrative. The buyer in it is a hypothetical Queensland builder-developer, not a Eurodita client, and nothing here describes a completed Australian project. Eurodita has no office, no staff and no named partner in Australia. What the example does describe is real: the supply route, the private-label model and the product facts are the same wherever the container is going.

In the example, the builder has its own brand, its own installation crew and two lines of demand: a repeated two-bedroom dwelling for a regional infill programme, and a smaller run of cabins for a holiday-park operator it already supplies. It buys finished modules locally today. It wants a second source, it wants its own name on the product, and nobody in the business has imported before. The sections below follow that one enquiry from floor plan to shipment, and paragraphs that begin "In the example" describe the scenario, not a real project.

## How does a floor plan become a priced proposal?

A buyer sends a floor plan, sketch or architectural drawing with a short brief. Eurodita proprietary in-house design and estimation system turns it into a manufacturable, priced proposal, subject to technical and commercial review. The package can include 2D CAD floor plans, elevations with dimensions, a 3D render, a window and door schedule, technical specifications and the quotation, output as a branded PDF. That PDF can carry the partner's branding rather than the Eurodita brand where this is agreed for the order, which is the point of the private-label model: the partner keeps the customer relationship, and the document that reaches its customer carries the partner's name.

The boundary matters as much as the capability. For bespoke timber buildings, feasibility is assessed project by project. Eurodita publishes no maximum building size and makes no claim that it can manufacture anything at any dimension.

In the example, the builder sends the plan of its two-bedroom infill dwelling and receives the proposal in its own branding, ready to put in front of its own customer.

## What is in the kit, and which wall thicknesses are available?

| Element | What Eurodita supplies

| Solid timber walls | Profiles of 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 and 70 x 130 mm

| Glulam walls | Profiles of 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 and 220 x 260 mm, with the dovetail corner system on every glulam profile except 70 x 130

| Windows and doors | Eurodita IV45, IV68 and triple-glazed IV92 timber window and door systems, and its own timber sliding and bifold doors; aluminium sliding systems are bought in from a specialist manufacturer and supplied as part of the project

| Floor | 28 mm floorboards as standard, on floor bearers that are impregnated as standard

| Roof | Configurable geometry: apex, pent, hip and pyramidal roofs recur, and custom geometries can be designed per project, subject to feasibility

| Timber | Spruce and pine from Northern Europe, dried in-house in Nardi kilns, on a drying system that runs on electricity, to a manufacturing moisture target of 12-14%

| Finish | Wall logs untreated by default; factory painting is an option, with limited capacity

| Insulation | Walls, floors and roofs prepared for insulation where the project requires it; insulation materials are not a standard factory product

A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile; which one suits a particular building is settled on the project's engineering and the budget. Two-storey work is possible, and it is treated as bespoke, project-engineered manufacturing rather than a catalogue specification. Profile dimensions define families only and do not by themselves establish thermal, fire or structural performance. The heavier residential route is covered on the glulam supply page for trade buyers.

IV45, IV68 and IV92 are Eurodita window and door systems, not wall thicknesses, and the two get confused often enough to be worth stating plainly.

Insulation is where an Australian buyer should read carefully. Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared for insulation in walls, floors and roofs where the project requires it, and does not supply insulation materials as a standard factory product. That is deliberate: national requirements and local practice differ, so the material is chosen and bought locally.

In the example, the infill dwellings take 70 x 130 mm walls and the holiday-park cabins a thinner section, because those buildings are smaller and the economics are different. Locally sourced insulation is not a gap for the builder either: its own specifier decides.

## Who is responsible for building approval in Australia?

The buyer's local project team, not Eurodita. Building approval in Australia is a local matter. Eurodita provides drawings, CAD, specifications and the technical data it holds, and manufactures to the specification agreed for the project. The local architect, engineer and certifier handle structural approval, the approval route and site acceptance. Where project-specific structural calculations are needed, external structural specialists carry them out; Eurodita does not perform them in-house.

That sets an order of operations, and getting it backwards is the usual way these projects stall. The certifier defines the requirement, the requirement goes into the agreed specification, and the factory manufactures to that specification. Eurodita does not certify the result and makes no claim that its products meet any Australian requirement. The certification and documentation reference sets out what Eurodita does and does not hold.

| Eurodita scope | Stays with the Australian buyer and its local team

| Manufacturing the kit to the specification agreed for the project | Setting the requirement through its architect, engineer and certifier

| Drawings, CAD, specifications and available technical data | Structural approval, building approval and site acceptance

| Shipment and export documentation for the order | Import formalities, with its own customs broker

| Transport to the destination port, where the order includes it | Unloading at destination, with suitable equipment and safe access

| The timber building scope | Foundations, utilities, electrical, plumbing and gas work, installation and permits

In the example, the builder's certifier sets the requirement for the infill dwelling, and the builder's own team and subcontractors take the foundations, services and installation.

## How does a kit get from the Eurodita factory to an Australian port?

The default commercial basis is EXW Eurodita factory unless the order says otherwise, with prices quoted in euro, excluding VAT and excluding delivery. DAP can be offered when it is requested and commercially suitable, confirmed per order. DDP is considered case by case and is never a standing commitment.

For non-EU destinations outside the United Kingdom, Eurodita normally arranges transport to the destination port rather than promising door delivery or customs-cleared arrival, and Australia sits in that group. Eurodita operates no transport fleet, so the freight itself is a third-party forwarder's work, quoted separately and specific to the route, the load and the order. A figure from a previous shipment is not a figure for the next one.

The Eurodita factory is inland. A container bound for Australia is trucked to a Baltic seaport and loaded there, Klaipeda being Lithuania's own port, and the forwarder sets the routing for each shipment. Packing configuration is product-specific and order-specific, decided at the factory, and Eurodita publishes no universal packing formula.

No standard production or transit time is published. Production timing depends on product, factory load, season and project complexity and is confirmed in the written quotation, and any arrival date in Australia is an estimate that depends on route, carrier and customs, not a guaranteed date.

Two things stay firmly on the Australian side. Unloading at destination is the buyer's responsibility, with forklift, telehandler or crane as the load and the site require, and safe access provided. Import formalities, including any quarantine or biosecurity requirement that applies to the goods, are the importer's to handle with its own customs broker and to confirm for the specific shipment. Eurodita prepares the shipment and export documentation the transaction needs, and the exact set varies by shipment and by market. The shipping and factory release page sets out Eurodita general terms.

## Can an Australian builder sell the buildings under its own brand?

Yes, and that is the model. Eurodita manufactures, while the partner normally controls its own pricing, sales process and end-customer relationship. Eurodita neither publishes nor controls resale prices, and there is no public price list: pricing reaches qualified partners through the quotation. Partner-branded quotations and project documentation can be produced where that is agreed for the order, and the dealer programme explains how trade partners work with Eurodita.

There is no blanket promise of a protected territory, a fixed margin, a sole-supplier arrangement or dropshipping as company policy. Anything of that kind belongs in a specific commercial agreement, not on a web page. The default payment structure is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory. For a buyer weighing a payment with order to an overseas manufacturer, UAB Eurodita holds the Creditinfo "Strongest in Lithuania" certificate for 2019-2025, a high credit score rating for the company rather than a statement about any product.

## Is there a minimum order?

Eurodita has no universal minimum order quantity. Small 19 mm and standard 28-44 mm products are volume-driven, and an isolated single unit rarely makes sense. Projects in 58-70 mm, bespoke and glulam are materially more flexible, and a one-unit order can be normal. A new partner starting with a single pilot building is accepted practice.

In the example, that is the sensible first move for the builder: one infill dwelling, assembled as agreed for the project, before the programme run.

## When is a Eurodita kit the wrong choice?

A Eurodita kit is the wrong route for:

- a buyer who needs a finished module craned into place;

- a one-off small shed;

- a buyer expecting turnkey local delivery with foundations, services and installation included;

- a buyer who needs the factory to hand over a certificate, rather than a building manufactured to its certifier's specification.

## Can a private buyer in Australia order a larger home directly?

Yes, for larger residential homes. Alongside its trade and project partners, Eurodita supplies larger residential homes, including glulam homes, directly to private clients, and a private buyer in Australia planning one can enquire directly. Each project is reviewed individually before anything is agreed.

The route is the same as for a builder. The home arrives as a kit, so the buyer needs a local builder to assemble it, a local engineer and certifier for structural review and approval, and a base and services prepared on site. Freight and import are arranged per order: transport normally runs to an Australian destination port, and import formalities and unloading sit on the buyer's side. Nothing on this page promises approval, timing, price or delivery. Approval stays with the local route, and timing, price and delivery terms for a specific home are set only in its written quotation.

Small garden buildings are a different case. For small cabins, garden offices and sheds from the garden-building range, the supply route is confirmed project by project.

## Which other Australian buyers does the kit route suit?

Eurodita kit route also suits holiday-park, glamping and resort operators; builders of secondary dwellings, granny flats, garden offices, studios and barn-style homes; and institutional and project buyers housing people on site. What these buyers have in common is not the building type. It is a local crew, a local approval route and a reason to own the brand on the product.

## Who is Eurodita?

Eurodita is a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, with timber-building manufacturing experience since 1994. It is B2B-first, focused on trade, professional and project partners, and it also supplies larger residential homes directly to private clients. Eurodita manufactures timber building kits and timber joinery in its Lithuanian production operation, and selected components and specialist services, such as aluminium sliding systems, structural engineering and freight, may be sourced from specialist partners.

On average each year, the Eurodita factory manufactures approximately 12,000 standard catalogue timber buildings, approximately 1,800-2,000 bespoke structures excluding glulam and approximately 50 glulam homes over 100 m², and processes approximately 150,000 m³ of timber, in approximately 5,000 m² of covered production space. Those figures are averages, not capacity ceilings or guaranteed output.

## Frequently asked questions

## Does Eurodita supply finished modular homes to Australia?

No. What Eurodita offers Australian buyers is prefabricated timber building kits: wall, floor and roof components machined to the project drawings in Lithuania, and shipped flat packed. What arrives is a kit for assembly on a prepared base, not a finished volumetric module to crane into place; installation is agreed per project.

## Does Eurodita handle building approval in Australia?

No. Building approval stays with the buyer's local project team. Eurodita provides drawings, CAD, specifications and available technical data, and manufactures to the specification agreed for the project. The local architect, engineer and certifier handle structural approval, the approval route and site acceptance. Project-specific structural calculations, where needed, are carried out by external structural specialists. Eurodita does not certify the finished building.

## How far does Eurodita delivery go for Australian orders?

Normally to an Australian destination port. The default commercial basis is EXW Eurodita factory unless the order states otherwise, and for non-EU destinations outside the United Kingdom, Eurodita normally arranges transport to the destination port rather than to the door. Freight runs through third-party forwarders and is quoted separately for the specific route, load and order. Unloading and import formalities at destination are the buyer's responsibility.

## Can we sell Eurodita buildings under our own brand?

Yes, and that is the model. Eurodita manufactures while the partner normally controls its own pricing, sales process and end-customer relationship, and partner-branded quotation and project documentation can be produced where that is agreed for the order. Eurodita makes no blanket promise of a protected territory, a fixed margin or a sole-supplier arrangement. Anything of that kind comes from a specific commercial agreement.

## Is there a minimum order for Australian projects?

Eurodita has no single universal minimum order quantity. Small 19 mm and standard 28-44 mm products are volume-driven, so an isolated single unit is usually a poor fit. Projects in 58-70 mm, bespoke and glulam are more flexible, and a one-unit order can be normal. A new partner starting with one pilot building is accepted practice, and each order is assessed on its product, quantity and project.

## Which wall thicknesses does Eurodita offer?

Eurodita solid timber wall profiles are 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 and 70 x 130 mm. Glulam runs 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 and 220 x 260 mm, with the dovetail corner system on every glulam profile except 70 x 130. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it. IV45, IV68 and IV92 are window and door systems, not wall thicknesses.

## What are Eurodita production timing and warranty terms?

Eurodita publishes no standard lead time and no universal warranty figure. Production timing varies by product, factory load, season and project complexity, and is confirmed in the written quotation for the specific order. Any arrival date in Australia is an estimate that depends on route, carrier and customs. Warranty terms, where they apply, come from the confirmed order and product documentation.

## Can a private buyer in Australia order a home directly from Eurodita?

Yes, for larger residential homes, which Eurodita supplies directly to private clients as well as through trade and project partners. Each project is reviewed individually. The home arrives as a kit, so the buyer needs a local builder, a local engineer and certifier, and a prepared base and services, while freight and import are arranged per order. For small garden buildings, such as garden offices, sheds and small cabins, the supply route is confirmed project by project.

## How does an Australian buyer start an enquiry?

An Australian enquiry starts with the floor plan, sketch or drawings, the intended use, the expected quantity, the state or region, the approval route the certifier expects, the branding requirements and the intended freight and import route. The quotation then sets out what Eurodita will manufacture, which documents are included and what stays with the Australian side. Private buyers planning a larger home use the same contact route, and factory visits in Lithuania are welcome by arrangement.

Send an Australian enquiry

Australia Send an Australian enquiry


---

# Private-label log cabins for Italy
URL: https://eurodita.com/private-label-log-cabins-for-italy/

## Private-Label Log Cabins for Italy: A Worked Example

Italy: private-label habitable timber cabins

Eurodita, a B2B-first timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, can supply private-label log cabins for Italy: habitable timber cabins (casette in legno abitabili) that an Italian reseller sells under its own brand. Eurodita supplies the building kit and the project documentation; the reseller and its local team are responsible for foundations, the electrical, plumbing and gas services, and permits and approvals in Italy, and assembly is agreed per project. The reseller described on this page is an illustrative worked example, not an Italian client.

Start a private-label enquiry Leggi in italiano

## At a glance

Manufacturer: Eurodita, in Lithuania, with timber-building manufacturing experience since 1994 and approximately 5,000 m² of covered production space.

Sales model: B2B first, for trade, professional and project partners, with private-label supply and partner-branded documentation where agreed for the order. Eurodita also sells larger residential homes directly to private clients; for small cabins the supply route is confirmed project by project.

Wall profiles: solid timber 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm; glulam 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile. The 19 mm profile is used only on the models catalogued with it.

Twin-skin walls: four build-ups, 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, where the cavity is the space the insulation occupies. The insulation material is normally selected and fitted locally, and Eurodita publishes no thermal performance figure.

Timber: spruce and pine, Northern European timber, dried in-house to a 12-14% moisture target.

Dimensions: building dimensions stated by Eurodita are external. Bespoke dimensions are assessed project by project, and there is no published maximum building size.

Supply basis: quotations in EUR, EXW Eurodita factory, with VAT and delivery excluded unless the quotation states otherwise. Payment is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch.

Local scope: foundations, electrical, plumbing and gas services, and local approvals sit with the reseller and its Italian project team; assembly is agreed per project.

Starting: a single pilot unit where the order makes operational and commercial sense. There is no universal minimum order quantity, and factory visits are welcome by arrangement.

## Is this a real Italian client or project?

No. This page is an illustrative worked example, not a record of a specific Italian client. It describes no specific Italian client, partner or completed project. It applies the supply route, the private-label model and the product facts that are the same in every market to a scenario an Italian reseller will recognise. Eurodita Italian market page, written in Italian, covers the supply route for projects in Italy.

## What are Italian buyers of casette in legno abitabili looking for?

The reseller in this worked example already sells casette da giardino: small garden buildings, chosen on price and sold for self-assembly. It wants a second range of habitable timber cabins, sold under its own brand, to its own customers, at prices it sets itself.

Italian search demand shows where that range sits. Semrush's Italy keyword gap export of 3 September 2026 records "casette in legno abitabili" at 3,600 searches a month, "case in legno abitabili" close behind at 2,400, a long tail of size-qualified variants (20 mq, 40 mq, 50 mq, 100 mq), and a separate run of queries for "casette in legno coibentate".

The buyer behind those queries is not asking for a shed. The buyer is asking four things: can it be lived in, how big can it be, is it insulated, and does it have a bathroom. The wall, the size and a structure prepared for insulation are settled with Eurodita in Lithuania; the insulation material, the bathroom and the local approvals normally stay with the reseller in Italy. Being straight about which is which is the point of this page.

## Which wall profile should a habitable range be built on?

For a habitable cabin range, everything else follows from the wall. Eurodita machines six solid timber wall profiles: 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm. It also makes a glued-laminated (glulam) series at 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm, with the Dovetail corner system available on every glulam profile except 70x130. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile, to suit the project and the budget.

The choice is commercial as well as technical. In Eurodita range, 19 mm is mainly a class for sheds and small garden buildings and 28 to 44 mm is the standard cabin band, and Eurodita order economics treat both as volume-driven: they suit a programme of repeat units rather than one-off orders. The 58 and 70 mm profiles, bespoke work and glulam are handled more flexibly, and a single unit at those thicknesses can make commercial sense on its own.

So in this worked example the reseller builds its entry range on 58x130 or 70x130. Where it wants a visibly heavier product at the top of the range, a casa in legno rather than a casetta, glulam is the route. Eurodita manufactures approximately 50 glulam homes over 100 m² per year on average, which is the lane the 100 mq searches belong to. The product families are shown on the log cabins and glulam homes pages.

## Can the cabins be insulated (coibentate), and who supplies the insulation?

"Casette in legno coibentate" is the Italian buyer asking for an insulated building. For the walls, Eurodita answer is a twin-skin, or double-wall, construction: two equal solid timber skins with a cavity between them. The four current build-ups, given as outer skin, cavity and inner skin, are:

| Build-up | Cavity | Total wall thickness

| 44-50-44 mm | 50 mm | 138 mm

| 44-100-44 mm | 100 mm | 188 mm

| 58-50-58 mm | 50 mm | 166 mm

| 58-100-58 mm | 100 mm | 216 mm

Those four are the whole twin-skin family, and there are no intermediate build-ups to specify from. Twin-skin availability for a given product, project and destination is confirmed per order. The same table appears on Eurodita bespoke log cabins page.

For an insulated twin-skin cabin, the supply boundary matters more than the numbers. The cavity is the space the insulation occupies, but Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared and configured for insulation, in walls, floors and roofs where the project requires it, and does not normally supply the insulation material itself. Insulation is selected and fitted locally, because national requirements and installer practice differ. A cavity dimension is a dimension, and Eurodita publishes no thermal performance figure for any wall it makes.

For an Italian reseller, local insulation is a workable position rather than a gap. The reseller's Italian installer specifies the insulation that suits the region and the intended use, and the reseller keeps that part of the value in Italy.

## What is decided in Lithuania, and what stays with the reseller in Italy?

## What does Eurodita make and specify in the factory?

Beyond the wall, an Italian reseller sets the rest of the specification in its order to Eurodita, and Eurodita produces it in Lithuania:

- Timber. Spruce and pine, Northern European timber, dried in-house in Nardi kilns that run on electricity, to a 12-14% moisture target, and machined on Hundegger CNC equipment.

- Windows and doors. Eurodita makes its own timber windows and doors in the IV45, IV68 and triple-glazed IV92 systems, plus its own timber sliding and bifold doors. Aluminium sliding systems are sourced from a specialist supplier and supplied as part of the project.

- Floors. 28 mm floorboards as standard, with floor bearers impregnated as standard.

- Roof. Apex, pent, hip and pyramidal or multi-slope geometries recur, and other geometries are designed per project. Roof geometry is generally configurable, and feasibility is assessed for the specific building.

- Finish. Wall logs are supplied untreated by default. Factory painting is an option with limited capacity, not a standard finish; on glulam it is offered as an extra service.

## What does the reseller provide locally?

In Eurodita supply to an Italian reseller, electrical, plumbing and gas systems are not part of the default manufacturing scope, so "casette in legno abitabili con bagno" means the reseller or its installer brings the bathroom. Installation, foundations and utilities are market and project specific: installation is agreed per project, foundations and utilities are provided locally, and chiavi in mano (turnkey) delivery is not part of the standard supply. Where a project needs structural calculations, those are done by external structural engineering specialists, not in-house.

Local architect sign-off, structural approval and building-control acceptance sit with the reseller's project team. Eurodita does not publish blanket certification or compliance claims for its range; where a specific route is required, it is confirmed for that product, project and destination. Eurodita certification and documentation reference explains what documentation may be available for a confirmed order.

## What should the installer know before the kit arrives?

Kits are flat-packed. Bespoke dimensions are assessed project by project, so there is no published maximum building size to design against. Where Eurodita states a building's dimensions, they are external dimensions.

## How does the range carry the reseller's own brand?

Private-label supply is what distinguishes the reseller's range from a re-badged import. Eurodita manufactures; the partner normally controls its own customer-facing pricing, its sales process and its end-customer relationship. Eurodita proprietary in-house design, estimation and visualisation system can produce the client-facing package under the partner's own identity and logo: 3D renders, 2D CAD floor plans, elevation drawings with dimensions, technical specifications, a window and door schedule, the commercial quotation and a branded PDF.

Where partner branding is agreed for the order, the reseller's Italian customer sees the reseller's brand on the drawings, the specification and the quotation. That is what makes a range rather than a catalogue. The model is described in more detail on the private-label manufacturing and dealer programme pages.

Private-label supply also means Eurodita has no control over resale pricing. Eurodita retailers decide for themselves what to sell and at what price, and no margin, no recommended retail price and no resale figure is published or suggested.

## What are the supply terms for an Italian order?

## How are quotations and payment structured?

Eurodita quotes in EUR, on an EXW Eurodita factory basis with VAT and delivery excluded, unless a specific quotation says otherwise. DAP can be offered where it suits the order. DDP is considered case by case and is never a standing commitment. Payment is structured as 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory.

## How is freight to Italy arranged, and who unloads?

Eurodita runs no transport fleet. Freight is arranged through third-party carrier and forwarder partners, quoted separately, and priced for the specific route and load. Arrival dates on a freight quotation are estimates, specific to route and carrier. Production and dispatch timing is set for the individual order in the written quotation; Eurodita publishes no general figure for it.

When a Eurodita delivery reaches its destination, unloading is the buyer's responsibility. A forklift, telehandler, crane or other suitable equipment may be appropriate depending on the load and the site, and the site has to provide safe access.

## How does a reseller start, and is there a minimum order?

A new trade partner can normally start with Eurodita on a single pilot unit where that order makes operational and commercial sense. There is no universal minimum order quantity, and at 58 to 70 mm, in bespoke work and in glulam, a one-unit order is ordinary business rather than an exception.

Eurodita does not offer exclusivity or territory as a blanket policy. If either applies to a particular relationship, it is agreed in the specific commercial agreement, not promised on a web page.

Factory visits in Lithuania are welcome by arrangement. Eurodita has been manufacturing timber buildings since 1994 and works from approximately 5,000 m² of covered production space in Lithuania, producing roughly 12,000 standard catalogue buildings and 1,800 to 2,000 bespoke structures a year on average, with glulam counted separately.

## Frequently asked questions

## Can Eurodita supply casette in legno abitabili under our own brand?

Yes. Eurodita, a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, works as a private-label manufacturer: it makes the buildings, while the trade partner normally controls its own pricing, sales process and end-customer relationship. Where it is agreed for the order, Eurodita in-house design, estimation and visualisation system can produce partner-branded quotations and project documentation, including 3D renders, 2D CAD floor plans, elevation drawings, technical specifications and a branded PDF.

## Are the cabins insulated (coibentate)?

Eurodita supplies the timber structure prepared and configured for insulation, in walls, floors and roofs where the project requires it. For walls, the four twin-skin build-ups are 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 and 58-100-58 mm, with a 50 mm or 100 mm cavity for the insulation. Eurodita does not normally supply the insulation material itself; it is selected and fitted locally, because national requirements and installer practice differ. No thermal performance figure is published for any wall system.

## Do you supply the bathroom, plumbing and electrics?

No. Eurodita supplies the timber building, and electrical, plumbing and gas systems are outside its default manufacturing scope. For a casetta abitabile con bagno, the bathroom, the plumbing, the electrics and any gas installation are fitted locally by the reseller or its installer. Local approvals for the finished building also sit with the reseller's project team, not with Eurodita.

## Do you offer chiavi in mano (turnkey) delivery in Italy?

Turnkey delivery is not part of the standard supply, and installation is agreed per project. Eurodita is the manufacturer and supplier of the building kit and its project documentation. Foundations, utilities, permits and building-control approval are market and project specific and are arranged locally. A reseller that sells a turnkey building to its own customers arranges those parts through its local project team and installers.

## Do we get an exclusive territory for Italy?

Not as a general policy. Eurodita does not offer exclusivity, territory protection or any similar commercial arrangement as a blanket programme. If one applies to a particular partner, it comes from the specific commercial agreement for that relationship, not from a web page or a published programme. Resale pricing is also the partner's own decision: Eurodita publishes no margin and no recommended retail price.

## What is the commercial basis of a quotation?

Eurodita quotes in EUR, on an EXW Eurodita factory basis, excluding VAT and delivery, unless the specific quotation states another basis. DAP can be offered where it suits the order, and DDP is considered case by case. Payment is 50% with the order and 50% before dispatch from the factory. Freight is arranged through third-party carriers and forwarders and quoted separately for the specific route and load.

## Can we start with one unit?

Usually yes. A new trade partner can normally begin with a single pilot unit where the order makes operational and commercial sense, and there is no universal minimum order quantity. At 58 to 70 mm, in bespoke work and in glulam, a one-unit order is ordinary business. Small buildings in the 19 mm class and the 28 to 44 mm standard band are volume-driven and suit a repeat programme better than a one-off.

## Which wall profiles can we specify?

Eurodita solid timber wall profiles are 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 and 70x130 mm, and its glulam series is 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 and 220x260 mm. A solid log model can be made in any of the 28, 34, 44, 58 and 70 mm profiles, and a glulam model in any glulam profile, to suit the project and the budget. Twin-skin build-up availability is confirmed per order, and the profile dimensions do not establish any thermal performance figure.

## How can an Italian reseller contact Eurodita?

Eurodita is a B2B-first timber building manufacturer focused on trade, professional and project partners, and it also sells larger residential homes directly to private clients, assessed individually. For an Italian private-label range, send the project details through the contact page, or read the Italian market page first.

Start a private-label enquiry

UAB "Eurodita", K. Donelaičio g. 62, LT-44248 Lithuania. telephone +370 698 72755.

Italy Start a private-label enquiry


---

# Casette in legno abitabili a marchio proprio
URL: https://eurodita.com/casette-in-legno-abitabili-marchio-proprio/

## Casette in legno abitabili a marchio proprio: un esempio pratico

Italia: casette in legno abitabili in private label

Eurodita, produttore di edifici in legno orientato principalmente al B2B con sede in Lituania, può fornire in private label casette in legno abitabili che un rivenditore italiano vende a marchio proprio. Eurodita fornisce il kit dell'edificio e la documentazione di progetto; al rivenditore e al suo team locale spettano le fondazioni, gli impianti elettrici, idraulici e del gas, i permessi e le approvazioni in Italia, mentre il montaggio si concorda per ogni progetto. Il rivenditore descritto in questa pagina è un esempio pratico a scopo illustrativo, non un cliente italiano.

Invia una richiesta private label Read in English

## In sintesi

Produttore: Eurodita, con sede in Lituania, ha esperienza nella produzione di edifici in legno dal 1994 e dispone di circa 5.000 m² di spazio produttivo coperto.

Modello commerciale: orientato principalmente al B2B, per partner commerciali, professionali e di progetto, con fornitura private label e documentazione con il marchio del partner quando concordata per l'ordine. Eurodita vende anche case residenziali di dimensioni maggiori direttamente a clienti privati; per le casette di piccole dimensioni il canale di fornitura si conferma progetto per progetto.

Profili di parete: legno massiccio 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 e 70x130 mm; legno lamellare 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 e 220x260 mm. Un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare. Il profilo da 19 mm è usato solo sui modelli che lo riportano a catalogo.

Pareti doppie (twin-skin): quattro stratigrafie, 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm, in cui l'intercapedine è lo spazio occupato dall'isolante. Il materiale isolante viene normalmente scelto e posato in loco, ed Eurodita non pubblica alcun valore di prestazione termica.

Legno: abete e pino, legname del Nord Europa, essiccato in azienda con un obiettivo di umidità del 12-14%.

Dimensioni: le dimensioni degli edifici indicate da Eurodita sono esterne. Le dimensioni su misura vengono valutate progetto per progetto e non esiste una dimensione massima pubblicata.

Base di fornitura: preventivi in EUR, franco fabbrica Eurodita (EXW), IVA e trasporto esclusi, salvo diversa indicazione nel preventivo. Il pagamento è del 50% all'ordine e del 50% prima della spedizione.

Ambito locale: fondazioni, impianti elettrici, idraulici e del gas e approvazioni locali spettano al rivenditore e al suo team di progetto in Italia; il montaggio si concorda per ogni progetto.

Per iniziare: una singola unità pilota, quando l'ordine ha senso dal punto di vista operativo e commerciale. Non esiste un quantitativo minimo d'ordine universale e le visite in fabbrica sono benvenute previo accordo.

## Si tratta di un cliente o di un progetto italiano reale?

No. Questa pagina è un esempio pratico a scopo illustrativo, non il resoconto di un cliente italiano specifico. Non descrive alcun cliente, partner o progetto italiano specifico. Applica il percorso di fornitura, il modello private label e i dati di prodotto, che sono gli stessi in ogni mercato, a uno scenario che un rivenditore italiano riconoscerà. La pagina di Eurodita dedicata al mercato italiano descrive il percorso di fornitura per i progetti in Italia.

## Che cosa cercano gli acquirenti italiani di casette in legno abitabili?

Il rivenditore di questo esempio pratico vende già casette da giardino: piccoli edifici da giardino, scelti in base al prezzo e montati dal cliente. Vuole una seconda gamma di casette in legno abitabili, venduta con il proprio marchio, ai propri clienti, a prezzi che stabilisce in autonomia.

La domanda di ricerca in Italia mostra dove si colloca questa gamma. L'export Semrush dell'analisi keyword gap per l'Italia, datato 3 settembre 2026, registra "casette in legno abitabili" con 3.600 ricerche al mese, "case in legno abitabili" subito dietro con 2.400, una lunga coda di varianti con la metratura (20 mq, 40 mq, 50 mq, 100 mq) e una serie distinta di ricerche per "casette in legno coibentate".

Chi fa queste ricerche non sta cercando una casetta porta attrezzi. Si pone quattro domande: ci si può abitare, quanto può essere grande, è coibentata, ha un bagno. La parete, le dimensioni e una struttura predisposta per l'isolamento si definiscono con Eurodita in Lituania; il materiale isolante, il bagno e le approvazioni locali restano normalmente di competenza del rivenditore in Italia. Chiarire che cosa spetta a chi è lo scopo di questa pagina.

## Quale profilo di parete scegliere per una gamma di casette abitabili?

Per una gamma di casette abitabili, tutto il resto dipende dalla parete. Eurodita produce sei profili di parete in legno massiccio: 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 e 70x130 mm. Realizza inoltre una serie in legno lamellare (glulam) nei profili 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 e 220x260 mm, con il sistema d'angolo Dovetail (a coda di rondine) disponibile su tutti i profili lamellari tranne il 70x130. Un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare, in funzione del progetto e del budget.

La scelta è commerciale oltre che tecnica. Nella gamma Eurodita il 19 mm è principalmente una classe per casette porta attrezzi e piccoli edifici da giardino, mentre la fascia da 28 a 44 mm è quella delle casette standard, e nell'economia degli ordini di Eurodita entrambe le fasce dipendono dai volumi: si prestano a un programma di unità ripetute più che a ordini singoli. I profili da 58 e 70 mm, le realizzazioni su misura e il lamellare vengono gestiti con maggiore flessibilità, e una singola unità in questi spessori può avere senso commerciale anche da sola.

Per questo motivo, nell'esempio pratico, il rivenditore costruisce la sua gamma d'ingresso sul 58x130 o sul 70x130. Se in cima alla gamma vuole un prodotto visibilmente più massiccio, una casa in legno anziché una casetta, la strada è il lamellare. Eurodita produce in media circa 50 case in legno lamellare oltre i 100 m² all'anno, ed è in questa fascia che rientrano le ricerche da 100 mq. Le famiglie di prodotto sono presentate nelle pagine casette in legno all'ingrosso e case in legno lamellare (in inglese).

## Le casette si possono coibentare e chi fornisce l'isolamento?

Con "casette in legno coibentate" l'acquirente italiano chiede un edificio isolato. Per le pareti, la risposta di Eurodita è una costruzione a doppia parete (twin-skin): due pareti uguali in legno massiccio con un'intercapedine tra l'una e l'altra. Le quattro stratigrafie attuali, indicate come parete esterna, intercapedine e parete interna, sono:

| Stratigrafia | Intercapedine | Spessore totale della parete

| 44-50-44 mm | 50 mm | 138 mm

| 44-100-44 mm | 100 mm | 188 mm

| 58-50-58 mm | 50 mm | 166 mm

| 58-100-58 mm | 100 mm | 216 mm

Queste quattro costituiscono l'intera famiglia a doppia parete e non esistono stratigrafie intermedie da specificare. La disponibilità della doppia parete per un determinato prodotto, progetto e destinazione viene confermata per ogni ordine. La stessa tabella è riportata nella pagina casette in legno su misura (in inglese).

Per una casetta coibentata a doppia parete, il perimetro della fornitura conta più dei numeri. L'intercapedine è lo spazio occupato dall'isolante, ma Eurodita fornisce la struttura in legno predisposta e configurata per l'isolamento, in pareti, pavimenti e tetti quando il progetto lo richiede, e normalmente non fornisce il materiale isolante. L'isolamento viene scelto e posato in loco, perché i requisiti nazionali e la prassi degli installatori variano. La misura dell'intercapedine è soltanto una misura, ed Eurodita non pubblica alcun valore di prestazione termica per nessuna delle pareti che produce.

Per un rivenditore italiano, l'isolamento in loco è una soluzione praticabile, non una lacuna. L'installatore italiano del rivenditore specifica l'isolamento adatto alla zona e all'uso previsto, e quella parte del valore resta in Italia, al rivenditore.

## Che cosa si decide in Lituania e che cosa resta al rivenditore in Italia?

## Che cosa produce e specifica Eurodita in fabbrica?

Oltre alla parete, un rivenditore italiano definisce nel suo ordine a Eurodita il resto della specifica, ed Eurodita la realizza in Lituania:

- Legno. Abete e pino, legname del Nord Europa, essiccato in azienda in forni Nardi alimentati con energia elettrica, con un obiettivo di umidità del 12-14%, e lavorato con macchine CNC Hundegger.

- Finestre e porte. Eurodita produce in proprio finestre e porte in legno nei sistemi IV45, IV68 e IV92, quest'ultimo con triplo vetro, oltre a porte scorrevoli e porte a libro in legno. I sistemi scorrevoli in alluminio provengono da un fornitore specializzato e vengono forniti come parte del progetto.

- Pavimenti. Tavolato del pavimento da 28 mm di serie, con travetti impregnati di serie.

- Tetto. Le geometrie più frequenti sono a due falde, a una falda, a padiglione e a piramide o a più falde; altre geometrie vengono studiate per il singolo progetto. La geometria del tetto è generalmente configurabile e la fattibilità viene valutata per l'edificio specifico.

- Finitura. Di base, il legname delle pareti viene fornito non trattato. La verniciatura in fabbrica è un'opzione con capacità limitata, non una finitura standard; sul lamellare viene offerta come servizio aggiuntivo.

## Che cosa fornisce il rivenditore in loco?

Nella fornitura di Eurodita a un rivenditore italiano, gli impianti elettrici, idraulici e del gas non fanno parte dell'ambito di produzione standard, quindi "casette in legno abitabili con bagno" significa che il bagno lo realizza il rivenditore o il suo installatore. Installazione, fondazioni e allacciamenti alle utenze dipendono dal mercato e dal progetto: l'installazione si concorda per ogni progetto, le fondazioni e gli allacciamenti alle utenze vengono realizzati in loco, e la consegna chiavi in mano non fa parte della fornitura standard. Quando un progetto richiede calcoli strutturali, questi vengono eseguiti da specialisti esterni di ingegneria strutturale, non internamente.

Il benestare dell'architetto locale, l'approvazione strutturale e l'accettazione da parte delle autorità edilizie competenti spettano al team di progetto del rivenditore. Eurodita non pubblica dichiarazioni generalizzate di certificazione o di conformità per la propria gamma; quando è richiesto un percorso specifico, questo viene confermato per quel prodotto, quel progetto e quella destinazione. Il riferimento di Eurodita su certificazioni e documentazione (in inglese) spiega quale documentazione può essere disponibile per un ordine confermato.

## Che cosa deve sapere l'installatore prima dell'arrivo del kit?

I kit Eurodita vengono spediti smontati, in pacchi piatti. Le dimensioni su misura vengono valutate progetto per progetto, quindi non esiste una dimensione massima pubblicata a cui fare riferimento in fase di progettazione. Quando Eurodita indica le dimensioni di un edificio, si tratta di dimensioni esterne.

## In che modo la gamma porta il marchio del rivenditore?

È la fornitura private label a distinguere la gamma del rivenditore da un prodotto d'importazione a cui è stato soltanto cambiato il marchio. Eurodita produce; il partner gestisce normalmente il proprio prezzo al cliente, il proprio processo commerciale e la relazione con il cliente finale. Il sistema proprietario interno di progettazione, preventivazione e visualizzazione di Eurodita può produrre il pacchetto destinato al cliente con l'identità e il logo del partner: rendering 3D, piante in CAD 2D, prospetti quotati, specifiche tecniche, abaco di porte e finestre, preventivo commerciale e un PDF con il marchio del partner.

Quando la personalizzazione con il marchio del partner è concordata per l'ordine, il cliente italiano del rivenditore vede il marchio del rivenditore sui disegni, sulla specifica e sul preventivo. È questo che rende l'offerta una gamma e non un catalogo. Il modello è descritto più in dettaglio nelle pagine produzione private label e programma per rivenditori (in inglese).

La fornitura private label significa anche che Eurodita non ha alcun controllo sui prezzi di rivendita. I rivenditori di Eurodita decidono autonomamente che cosa vendere e a quale prezzo, e non viene pubblicato né suggerito alcun margine, alcun prezzo di vendita consigliato né alcun valore di rivendita.

## Quali sono le condizioni di fornitura per un ordine dall'Italia?

## Come sono strutturati preventivi e pagamenti?

Eurodita emette i preventivi in EUR, franco fabbrica Eurodita (EXW), IVA e trasporto esclusi, salvo diversa indicazione in uno specifico preventivo. La resa DAP può essere offerta quando è adatta all'ordine. La resa DDP viene valutata caso per caso e non costituisce mai un impegno permanente. Il pagamento è strutturato in 50% all'ordine e 50% prima della spedizione dalla fabbrica.

## Come si organizza il trasporto verso l'Italia e chi si occupa dello scarico?

Eurodita non dispone di una propria flotta di trasporto. Il trasporto viene organizzato tramite trasportatori e spedizionieri terzi, quotato separatamente e calcolato per l'itinerario e il carico specifici. Le date di arrivo indicate in un preventivo di trasporto sono stime, specifiche per itinerario e vettore. I tempi di produzione e di spedizione vengono fissati per il singolo ordine nel preventivo scritto; Eurodita non pubblica un dato generale al riguardo.

Quando una fornitura Eurodita arriva a destinazione, lo scarico è responsabilità dell'acquirente. A seconda del carico e del sito può essere adatto un carrello elevatore, un sollevatore telescopico, una gru o un'altra attrezzatura idonea, e il sito deve garantire un accesso sicuro.

## Come inizia un rivenditore e c'è un ordine minimo?

Un nuovo partner commerciale può normalmente iniziare con Eurodita da una singola unità pilota, quando quell'ordine ha senso dal punto di vista operativo e commerciale. Non esiste un quantitativo minimo d'ordine universale e, con spessori da 58 a 70 mm, nelle realizzazioni su misura e nel lamellare, un ordine di una sola unità rientra nella normale attività e non è un'eccezione.

Eurodita non offre né l'esclusiva né un territorio riservato come politica generale. Se l'una o l'altro si applica a un determinato rapporto, viene concordato nello specifico accordo commerciale, non promesso su una pagina web.

Le visite allo stabilimento Eurodita sono benvenute previo accordo. Eurodita produce edifici in legno dal 1994 e opera in circa 5.000 m² di spazio produttivo coperto in Lituania, con una produzione media annua di circa 12.000 edifici standard da catalogo e da 1.800 a 2.000 strutture su misura; il lamellare è conteggiato a parte.

## Domande frequenti

## Eurodita può fornire casette in legno abitabili con il nostro marchio?

Sì. Eurodita, produttore di edifici in legno con sede in Lituania, lavora come produttore private label: realizza gli edifici, mentre il partner commerciale gestisce normalmente i propri prezzi, il proprio processo commerciale e la relazione con il cliente finale. Quando è concordato per l'ordine, il sistema interno di progettazione, preventivazione e visualizzazione di Eurodita può produrre preventivi e documentazione di progetto con il marchio del partner, tra cui rendering 3D, piante in CAD 2D, prospetti, specifiche tecniche e un PDF personalizzato.

## Le casette sono coibentate?

Eurodita fornisce la struttura in legno predisposta e configurata per l'isolamento, in pareti, pavimenti e tetti quando il progetto lo richiede. Per le pareti, le quattro stratigrafie a doppia parete sono 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm, con un'intercapedine da 50 mm o da 100 mm per l'isolante. Normalmente Eurodita non fornisce il materiale isolante, che viene scelto e posato in loco perché i requisiti nazionali e la prassi degli installatori variano. Non viene pubblicato alcun valore di prestazione termica per nessun sistema di parete.

## Fornite anche il bagno, l'impianto idraulico e l'impianto elettrico?

No. Eurodita fornisce l'edificio in legno, e gli impianti elettrici, idraulici e del gas non rientrano nel suo ambito di produzione standard. In una casetta abitabile con bagno, il bagno, l'impianto idraulico, l'impianto elettrico e l'eventuale impianto del gas vengono realizzati in loco dal rivenditore o dal suo installatore. Anche le approvazioni locali dell'edificio finito spettano al team di progetto del rivenditore, non a Eurodita.

## Offrite la consegna chiavi in mano in Italia?

La consegna chiavi in mano non fa parte della fornitura standard e l'installazione si concorda per ogni progetto. Eurodita è il produttore e il fornitore del kit dell'edificio e della relativa documentazione di progetto. Fondazioni, allacciamenti alle utenze, permessi e approvazioni edilizie dipendono dal mercato e dal progetto e vengono organizzati in loco. Un rivenditore che vende ai propri clienti un edificio chiavi in mano organizza queste parti tramite il proprio team di progetto locale e i propri installatori.

## Possiamo avere l'esclusiva territoriale per l'Italia?

Non come politica generale. Eurodita non offre esclusiva, protezione territoriale o accordi commerciali analoghi come programma generalizzato. Se uno di questi si applica a un determinato partner, deriva dallo specifico accordo commerciale per quel rapporto, non da una pagina web o da un programma pubblicato. Anche il prezzo di rivendita è una decisione del partner: Eurodita non pubblica alcun margine né alcun prezzo di vendita consigliato.

## Qual è la base commerciale di un preventivo?

Eurodita emette i preventivi in EUR, franco fabbrica Eurodita (EXW), IVA e trasporto esclusi, salvo che lo specifico preventivo indichi una base diversa. La resa DAP può essere offerta quando è adatta all'ordine, e la resa DDP viene valutata caso per caso. Il pagamento è del 50% all'ordine e del 50% prima della spedizione dalla fabbrica. Il trasporto viene organizzato tramite trasportatori e spedizionieri terzi e quotato separatamente per l'itinerario e il carico specifici.

## Possiamo iniziare con una sola unità?

Di solito sì. Un nuovo partner commerciale può normalmente iniziare con una singola unità pilota quando l'ordine ha senso sul piano operativo e commerciale, e non esiste un quantitativo minimo d'ordine universale. Con spessori da 58 a 70 mm, nelle realizzazioni su misura e nel lamellare, un ordine di una sola unità rientra nella normale attività. I piccoli edifici della classe da 19 mm e della fascia standard da 28 a 44 mm dipendono dai volumi e si prestano più a un programma ripetuto che a un ordine singolo.

## Quali profili di parete possiamo specificare?

I profili di parete in legno massiccio di Eurodita sono 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 e 70x130 mm, e la serie in legno lamellare comprende 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 e 220x260 mm. Un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare, in funzione del progetto e del budget. La disponibilità delle stratigrafie a doppia parete viene confermata per ogni ordine, e le dimensioni dei profili non stabiliscono alcun valore di prestazione termica.

## Come può un rivenditore italiano contattare Eurodita?

Eurodita è un produttore di edifici in legno orientato principalmente al B2B, rivolto a partner commerciali, professionali e di progetto, e vende anche case residenziali di dimensioni maggiori direttamente a clienti privati, valutate singolarmente. Per una gamma private label destinata all'Italia, inviate i dati del progetto tramite la pagina di contatto (in inglese) oppure consultate prima la pagina dedicata al mercato italiano.

Invia una richiesta private label

UAB "Eurodita", K. Donelaičio g. 62, LT-44248 Lituania. telefono +370 698 72755.

Italia Invia una richiesta private label


---

# Germany
URL: https://eurodita.com/de-market/

## Blockbohlenhäuser und Holzhäuser als Bausatz vom Hersteller

## Brettschichtholz (BSH): Projektanfragen mit klar definierter Schnittstelle

Eurodita prüft Anfragen von Fachhandel, Bauunternehmen, Architekturbüros und Projektentwicklern für klar definierte Holzbausätze, zeichnungsbasierte Holzkonstruktionen und qualifizierte Brettschichtholz-Projekte. Grundlage sind Produkt- oder Planungsunterlagen, Zielort, Menge, vorgesehene Nutzung und der gewünschte Fertigungsumfang. Wir bestätigen erst nach technischer und kaufmännischer Prüfung, ob der angefragte Lieferumfang zu Projekt und Beschaffungsweg passt.

Für zeichnungsbasierte Brettschichtholz-Projekte (BSH) benötigen wir Angaben zu Abmessungen, System, Menge, Bestimmungsort und gewünschtem Termin. Auf dieser Grundlage prüft Eurodita, ob der angefragte Fertigungs- und Lieferumfang zur vorgesehenen Beschaffung passt.

Privater Bauherr mit einem größeren Hausprojekt? Wohnblockhäuser, Ferienhäuser und Häuser aus Brettschichtholz bieten wir nach individueller Prüfung auch privaten Bauherren direkt an. Modellfamilien, Außenmaße, Lieferumfang und die Fragen zur Baugenehmigung finden Sie auf der Seite Blockhaus-Bausatz vom Hersteller. Ein individuell geplantes Haus aus Brettschichtholz, auch nach Ihrem Architektenplan, beschreibt die Seite Holzhaus bauen mit Brettschichtholz.

## Holzmodulbau und Holzfertigbau: Fertigungsumfang vor dem Angebot klären

Anfragen zu Holzfertigbau werden anhand des konkret definierten Projektumfangs geprüft. Eurodita liefert Bausätze flach verpackt; eine werkseitige Vormontage zu Modulen ist nicht der Standard. Lokale Planungskoordination, Genehmigungsverfahren und Fundamente gehören nicht zum Standardlieferumfang von Eurodita; sie liegen bei den verantwortlichen Projektbeteiligten vor Ort. Die Montage und ihre Organisation werden je Projekt vereinbart. Eurodita liefert den Holzbausatz und die auftragsbezogenen Unterlagen.

## Blockbohlenhaus, Holzgarage und Ferienhaus aus Holz: Produktfamilien für den Fachhandel

Eurodita fertigt für Fachhandel, Distribution und Eigenmarkenpartner die folgenden Produktfamilien, alle als Bausatz ab Werk Eurodita:

- Blockbohlenhaus: Katalogmodelle in Vollholz-Blockbohle, vom einräumigen Gartengebäude bis zum mehrräumigen, ganzjährig nutzbaren Blockbohlenhaus zum Wohnen. Die Wandstärke ist je Modell ausgewiesen: Vollholzprofile von 19 bis 70 mm.

- Wohnblockhaus und Leimholzhaus: ein- und zweigeschossige Häuser in Brettschichtholz, Wandprofile von 70 x 130 bis 220 x 260 mm, geliefert als Bausatz mit den zum Auftrag gehörenden Montageunterlagen.

- Holzgarage und Carport: Einzel- und Doppelgaragen aus Holz, Carports sowie Kombinationen aus Garage und Carport, je nach Modell mit Satteldach oder Pultdach.

- Ferienhaus aus Holz: Modelle für Ferienparks, Campingplätze und Glamping-Betreiber, in Vollholz oder Brettschichtholz, ein bis vier Schlafräume.

Jede Familie ist als Katalogbeschaffung, als Eigenmarke unter Ihrem Namen oder als zeichnungsbezogene Fertigung möglich. Umfang, Material und mitgelieferte Unterlagen werden im schriftlichen Angebot festgelegt.

## Holzbauarchitektur: Unterlagen für Architekten, Bauunternehmen und Fachhandel

Für eine belastbare Erstprüfung benötigen wir den aktuellen Zeichnungsstand, die vorgesehene Nutzung, Schnittstellen, das Wand- oder Materialsystem, Mengen und den gewünschten Termin. Planung, Genehmigungen sowie Tragwerks-, Brand- und Energienachweise und die Ausführung in Deutschland werden durch die verantwortlichen lokalen Projektbeteiligten bewertet.

## DIN- und projektbezogene Nachweise: erst nach Produkt- und Auftragsprüfung

DIN- und europäische Normen können je nach Produkt, Verwendungszweck und Vertragsumfang relevant sein. Eurodita macht auf dieser Marktseite keine pauschale Norm-, CE-, Zulassungs- oder Dokumentationszusage. Die erforderlichen Nachweise, Kennzeichnungen und Unterlagen werden für den konkreten Auftrag mit den verantwortlichen deutschen Projektbeteiligten abgegrenzt.

## Hersteller von Holzhäusern für den Fachhandel: Eigenmarke und Serienbeschaffung

Für Fachhandel und Projektpartner prüft Eurodita Eigenmarken- und Serienanfragen anhand der vereinbarten Produktfamilie, Kennzeichnungs- und Markenanforderungen, Menge, Verpackung und Anforderungen des Zielmarkts. Der konkrete Fertigungsumfang wird erst nach Prüfung der Anfrage schriftlich festgelegt.

## Transport und lokale Projektverantwortung

Die Standardbasis ist EXW Eurodita. Eine andere Transportlösung kann für den konkreten Auftrag geprüft und ausdrücklich vereinbart werden. Bestimmungsort, Zufahrt, Dokumente und Verantwortlichkeiten werden vor der Auftragsbestätigung geklärt. Die Entladung am Bestimmungsort liegt beim Käufer; Eurodita betreibt keinen eigenen Fuhrpark.

Energetische Nachweise, Tragwerk, Brandschutz, Genehmigung und eine mögliche Förderung beziehen sich auf das vollständige Projekt in Deutschland. Sie werden durch das verantwortliche lokale Projektteam bewertet.

## Technische und kaufmännische Vorbereitung

Konstruktionsinformationen zeigen, welche zeichnungs- und montagebezogenen Unterlagen für eine Prüfung verfügbar sein können. Die Unterlagen für Händler erläutern, welche Angaben für eine erste B2B-Prüfung benötigt werden.

## Gartenhaus 28 mm, Gartenhaus 44 mm und Gartenhaus 70 mm: Wandprofile für Fachhändler

Für leichte Gartenhäuser und kleinere Gartengebäude fertigt Eurodita die Vollholzprofile 19x100 mm und 28x100 mm. Diese Profile gehören zur volumengetriebenen Serienproduktion und werden vor allem in Standardmodellen eingesetzt.

Die Profile 34x100 mm und 44x130 mm gehören zum Standardsortiment für Fachhändler. Sie kommen sowohl in Katalogmodellen als auch in konfigurierbaren Varianten zum Einsatz und sind die im Handel gängigen Wandstärken.

Für die ganzjährige Nutzung und größere Gebäude stehen die Profile 58x130 mm und 70x130 mm zur Verfügung, auch als Einzelprojekt oder Sondermodell. Als Zweischalenwand bietet Eurodita außerdem die Twin-Skin-Aufbauten 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 und 58-100-58 mm an: zwei Vollholzschalen mit einem Hohlraum, der für die Dämmung vorbereitet ist; das Dämmmaterial wird üblicherweise vor Ort beschafft. Brettschichtholz (Glulam) reicht von 70x130 mm bis 220x260 mm. Grundsätzlich kann ein Modell aus Massivholz in jedem der Profile 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm gefertigt werden, ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil, die Verfügbarkeit wird je Auftrag bestätigt. Vorläufige U-Werte des Holzwandelements allein: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 und 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (Wandelement allein, kein fertiges Gebäude und kein Nachweisergebnis); alle angegebenen Gebäudemaße sind Außenmaße.

| Profil | Typische Verwendung im Handel | Hinweis

| 19x100 mm | Leichte Gartenhäuser, kleinere Gartengebäude, Serienproduktion | Volumengetriebenes Standardsortiment.

| 28x100 mm | Standard- und Konfigurationsmodelle für Gartenhäuser und Blockhäuser | Volumengetriebenes Standardsortiment.

| 34x100 mm | Standard- und Konfigurationsmodelle | Die korrekte Angabe lautet 34 mm.

| 44x130 mm | Standard-, Konfigurations- und Sondermodelle, Standardsortiment für Fachhändler | Auch Außenschale der Twin-Skin-Aufbauten 44-50-44 und 44-100-44.

| 58x130 mm | Standard-, Konfigurations- und Einzelprojekte, ganzjährige Nutzung | Auch Außenschale der Twin-Skin-Aufbauten 58-50-58 und 58-100-58.

| 70x130 mm | Standard-, Konfigurations- und Einzelprojekte, ganzjährige Nutzung und größere Gebäude | Dieses Profil wird auch als Brettschichtholz (Glulam) gefertigt; bitte angeben, welche Variante gemeint ist.

Eurodita ist Hersteller mit Sitz in Litauen, mit Fertigungserfahrung seit 1994, und beliefert Fachhändler und Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage. Jede Anfrage wird schriftlich angeboten, in EUR, EXW Eurodita; eine öffentliche Preisliste gibt es nicht. Anfrage senden

## Deutsche B2B-Projektanfrage vorbereiten

Bitte nennen Sie Unternehmen und Einkaufsrolle, Produktfamilie oder Zeichnungsrevision, Bestimmungsort, Menge, vorgesehene Nutzung, gewünschten Fertigungsumfang, Zieltermin und den geplanten Logistikweg. Eurodita prüft zuerst die geschäftliche und technische Eignung sowie fehlende Angaben, bevor ein schriftliches Angebot vorbereitet wird.

## Technische Fertigungseinblicke

Technische Unterlagen und der Fertigungsumfang werden für den konkreten Auftrag geprüft. Konstruktionsinformationen ansehen (Englisch).

## Häufige Fragen vor einer B2B-Anfrage

Welche Anfragen prüft Eurodita für Deutschland?
Katalogbeschaffung, Eigenmarken-Lieferungen sowie konkrete zeichnungsbasierte Sonder- oder Brettschichtholzprojekte.

Ist ein Modell automatisch für das Gebäudemodernisierungsgesetz (GModG, früher GEG) oder KfW geeignet?
Nein. Die Bewertung hängt vom vollständigen Projekt ab und wird durch das verantwortliche deutsche Projektteam vorgenommen.

Welche Produktions- oder Lieferzeit gilt?
Der auftragsbezogene Fertigungs- und Bereitstellungszeitpunkt wird im schriftlichen Angebot und Auftrag bestätigt.

Übernimmt Eurodita den Transport bis zur Baustelle?
EXW Eurodita ist die Standardbasis. Andere Lösungen können für den konkreten Auftrag ausdrücklich vereinbart werden.

Welche Unterlagen gehören zu einem Auftrag?
Das Angebot benennt die für das konkrete Produkt und den Auftrag verfügbaren Unterlagen und Kennzeichnungen.

Kann Eurodita für eine Eigenmarke fertigen?
Ja, nach Vereinbarung im jeweiligen Auftrag: Angebote, Zeichnungen und Unterlagen können die Marke des Partners tragen. Gesetzlich erforderliche Herstellerangaben sowie rechtliche und technische Angaben bleiben erhalten.

Gibt es ein Gartenhaus mit 40 mm Wandstärke?
Nein, 40 mm ist kein Eurodita-Profil. Die nächstgelegenen freigegebenen Wandprofile sind 34 mm (34x100 mm) und 44 mm (44x130 mm).

Welche Wandstärke für ganzjährige Nutzung?
Für ganzjährig genutzte Gebäude kommen die Profile 58x130 mm und 70x130 mm sowie die Twin-Skin-Aufbauten 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 und 58-100-58 mm infrage. Die vorläufigen U-Werte der Holzwandelemente sind veröffentlicht (44 mm 2,43 und 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); der U-Wert eines Doppelwandaufbaus wird je Projekt nach der gewählten Dämmung berechnet; die Wandstärke allein ist keine thermische Kennzahl. Bei Twin-Skin-Wänden wird das Dämmmaterial im Hohlraum üblicherweise vor Ort beschafft.

Liefert Eurodita an Fachhändler in Deutschland?
Eurodita ist Hersteller mit Sitz in Litauen, mit Fertigungserfahrung seit 1994, und beliefert Fachhändler und Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage. Jedes Projekt wird individuell schriftlich angeboten; konkrete Länder- oder Partnerzahlen werden nicht veröffentlicht.

## Weiter zur deutschen B2B-Qualifizierung

Bereiten Sie Ihre deutsche B2B-Projektanfrage mit Produktweg, Bestimmungsort, Menge oder Zeichnungen vor.

Deutsche B2B-Anfrage senden

## Die wichtigsten Fakten für Ihre Anfrage

- Jeder Auftrag wird schriftlich angeboten: EXW Eurodita, Preise in EUR ohne MwSt. und Transport; DAP je Auftrag, DDP nur im Einzelfall.

- Zahlung: 50 % bei Auftrag, 50 % vor Versand ab Werk. Keine öffentliche Preisliste, keine veröffentlichten Lieferzeiten, keine Händlermargen.

- Massivholz-Wandprofile 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm; Brettschichtholz 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm. Ein Modell aus Massivholz kann in jedem der Profile 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm gefertigt werden, ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil. Das Profil 19 mm wird nur bei den Modellen verwendet, die damit im Katalog stehen. Angegebene Maße sind Außenmaße.

- Eurodita hält kein eigenes FSC- oder PEFC-Zertifikat und kein ISO 9001; die Unterlagen für einen konkreten Auftrag werden im Angebot bestätigt.

- Werksbesichtigungen in Litauen nach Vereinbarung.

## Weitere Märkte, die wir beliefern

- Nederland: houten gebouwen voor vakhandel

- France: structures bois pour négociants

- Italia: case e strutture in legno B2B

Alle Märkte und Sprachen

Auf Deutsch schreiben Sie uns über das Kontaktformular


---

# France
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/

## Bois lamellé-collé et structures bois pour négociants et équipes de projet

## Fabrication industrielle B2B et périmètre de fourniture

Cette page s’adresse aux professionnels qui qualifient une source de fabrication, et non aux particuliers recherchant un petit chalet de jardin ou une maison clé en main. Les particuliers peuvent eux aussi envoyer une demande par le même formulaire que les professionnels ; pour les petits bâtiments de jardin, le circuit de fourniture est confirmé projet par projet. Eurodita peut examiner l’approvisionnement catalogue, un projet sur plans et une fabrication en marque blanche. Les fondations, les raccordements, la coordination de chantier et les autorisations restent à la charge de l’acheteur et de ses professionnels locaux ; le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet.

Vous êtes un particulier et cherchez une maison en bois pour y vivre ? Les maisons d’habitation plus grandes peuvent être chiffrées directement pour les particuliers, après évaluation du projet. Consultez la page Chalet en bois habitable en kit, du fabricant : modèles d’une à quatre chambres, projets sur mesure d’après vos plans, devis écrit.

Pour une pièce en plus, un bureau ou une chambre d’amis au fond du jardin, voir la page Studio de jardin en bois : formalités selon la surface et modèles de 12 à 40 m².

## Bois lamellé-collé : dossier de projet avant devis

Pour une demande de bois lamellé-collé ou de structure porteuse en lamellé-collé, le dossier doit préciser la révision des plans, les dimensions principales, le système constructif, les interfaces, la quantité, le site, l’usage et l’échéance. Eurodita vérifie le périmètre usine demandé avant de confirmer si le projet peut être étudié.

- Plans, cahier des charges ou famille de produits définie

- Destination, usage, quantité et calendrier décisionnel

- Périmètre de fabrication, emballage et besoin documentaire

- Accès, déchargement, Incoterm et responsabilités logistiques

## Chalet en bois, garage bois et studio de jardin : familles de produits pour le négoce

Au-delà des structures en bois lamellé-collé, Eurodita fabrique pour les négociants, les distributeurs et les revendeurs sous marque propre les familles suivantes, toutes livrées en kit au départ de l'usine Eurodita :

- Chalet en bois et chalet en bois habitable: modèles catalogue en madriers massifs ou en lamellé-collé, de la pièce unique aux volumes à plusieurs chambres. L’épaisseur de paroi est indiquée modèle par modèle : profils massifs de 19 à 70 mm, profils lamellé-collés de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm.

- Maison en bois en kit: maisons à ossature madriers ou lamellé-collé, de plain-pied ou à étage, fournies en kit avec les plans de montage correspondant à la commande.

- Garage bois et carport: garages en bois simples et doubles, carports et combinaisons garage-carport, en profils massifs, toiture deux pentes ou monopente selon le modèle.

- Studio de jardin et bureau de jardin: bâtiments de jardin isolables destinés à un usage bureau ou atelier, proposés au négoce en profils massifs ou en construction double paroi.

Chaque famille peut être traitée en achat catalogue, en marque blanche sous votre nom ou en fabrication sur mesure à partir de vos plans. Le périmètre exact, les matières et les documents fournis sont arrêtés dans le devis écrit.

## Guides techniques pour le négoce : autorisations, parois, entretien

Onze guides techniques rédigés pour les négociants, constructeurs et promoteurs français : les autorisations d’urbanisme, les murs et leurs profils, les fondations, la finition et l’entretien. Chaque guide se termine par les éléments à indiquer dans une demande.

Réglementation et autorisations

- Chalet, garage, studio bois : autorisations d'urbanisme en France

Murs, fondations et dimensions

- Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U

- Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple

- Lamellé-collé ou bois massif : guide pour les négociants

- Fondations d'un chalet en bois en kit

- Membranes et isolation en construction bois

- Dimensions d'un bureau de jardin : le guide

- Chalet en bois en kit ou construction traditionnelle

Bois, finition et entretien

- Humidité et bois : du séchoir au chantier

- Peindre ou lasurer un chalet en bois

- Entretien du chalet en bois : guide du revendeur

## Approvisionnement professionnel, distribution et marque blanche

Pour les négociants et réseaux professionnels, la qualification porte sur la famille de produits, le canal de distribution, le volume attendu, la destination et les exigences d’emballage ou d’étiquetage. Eurodita ne propose pas de programme de franchise construction bois : les conditions de marque blanche, les mentions fabricant et les documents applicables sont définis commande par commande.

## Architecture tertiaire et projet bois : interfaces clairement attribuées

Pour un projet bois porté par une équipe d’architecture ou de développement, Eurodita a besoin d’un interlocuteur projet, du périmètre de fabrication souhaité et des informations nécessaires à la revue technique et commerciale. Les études locales, la conception d’ensemble, les interfaces avec les autres lots et l’exécution restent sous la responsabilité de l’équipe de projet compétente en France.

## RE2020, NF DTU et validation locale du projet

La RE2020, les NF DTU applicables, les exigences d’urbanisme, la structure, la sécurité incendie, l’énergie et les validations nécessaires concernent le bâtiment complet et son dossier. Ils sont déterminés par l’équipe locale de conception et les professionnels responsables du projet en France. Eurodita ne présente pas ici un produit catalogue comme automatiquement conforme à la RE2020, aux DTU ou à un niveau de performance donné.

## Documents et marquages selon le produit et la commande

Le devis écrit précise, pour le produit et le périmètre convenus, les éléments de fabrication, les documents disponibles et les exigences éventuellement à traiter. Cette page ne promet ni un certificat, ni un marquage, ni un dossier technique uniforme pour toutes les familles de produits ou tous les projets.

## Transport et responsabilités de réception

La base standard est EXW Eurodita. Une solution de transport différente peut être étudiée pour un projet ou un itinéraire précis et doit être confirmée par écrit avec l’Incoterm, la destination, l’accès, le déchargement, les documents et la répartition des responsabilités.

## Informations techniques de fabrication

Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 en Lituanie, sur environ 5 000 m² de surface de production couverte, en épicéa et pin du Nord. Usinage CNC Hundegger ; séchage en séchoirs Nardi (électriques) à une humidité cible de 12 à 14 %. Parois massives : 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130 et 70x130 mm ; lamellé-collé : 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260 et 220x260 mm (assemblage d’angle à queue d’aronde de 88 à 220 mm) ; parois doubles 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm (isolant acheté localement ; valeur U de la composition calculée par projet). Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé. Le profil de 19 mm n'est utilisé que pour les modèles proposés dans ce profil au catalogue. Les dimensions indiquées sont des dimensions extérieures.

Plancher en lames de 28 mm et lambourdes imprégnées en standard ; madriers non traités par défaut, peinture en usine en option, à capacité limitée. Fenêtres et portes en bois de notre fabrication (IV45, IV68 et IV92, ce dernier à triple vitrage) ; coulissants aluminium fournis par un spécialiste. Les kits sont livrés à plat, non pré-assemblés ; les calculs de structure sont réalisés par des partenaires spécialisés.

## Questions avant une demande B2B en France

Eurodita vend-elle directement des chalets aux particuliers ?

Pour la gamme de petits bâtiments de jardin (chalets de jardin, abris, bureaux de jardin), le circuit de fourniture est confirmé projet par projet ; les maisons résidentielles de plus grande taille peuvent être fournies directement à des clients privés. Cette page est conçue pour les demandes de négociants, distributeurs, constructeurs, architectes, développeurs et autres partenaires professionnels.

Un projet en bois lamellé-collé est-il automatiquement conforme à la RE2020 ou aux DTU ?

Non. Les exigences et validations dépendent du bâtiment complet, de son emplacement et de son dossier ; elles relèvent des professionnels responsables du projet en France.

Quels documents sont inclus ?

Les documents disponibles sont définis pour le produit, le périmètre et la commande concernés. Toute exigence doit être indiquée avant le devis.

Quelle épaisseur de paroi pour un abri de jardin 28 mm ou 44 mm ?

28 mm (28x100 mm) et 44 mm (44x130 mm) sont deux profils massifs distincts de la gamme standard Eurodita. Le profil 28 mm est utilisé pour les abris de jardin légers, tandis que le profil 44 mm fait partie de la gamme standard proposée aux revendeurs. Les dimensions indiquées pour chaque bâtiment sont des dimensions extérieures.

Eurodita est-il un fabricant de chalets bois pour les revendeurs en France ?

Eurodita est un fabricant basé en Lituanie, avec une expérience de fabrication depuis 1994. Les revendeurs et distributeurs sont fournis sur demande, chaque commande faisant l'objet d'une offre écrite. Aucun chiffre de pays ou de partenaires n'est communiqué.

Peut-on isoler un chalet à double paroi ?

Oui. Les assemblages double paroi (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm) comportent une cavité entre deux parois en bois massif, préparée pour recevoir l'isolation. Le matériau isolant est en général choisi et acheté localement. Les valeurs U préliminaires de l’élément paroi bois seul sont publiées (44 mm 2,43 et 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K) ; la valeur U de la composition double paroi complète dépend de l’isolant retenu et est calculée par projet.

## Abri de jardin 28 mm et abri de jardin 44 mm : profils de paroi pour le négoce

Pour les abris de jardin légers et les petits bâtiments de jardin, Eurodita fabrique les profils en bois massif 19x100 mm et 28x100 mm. Ces profils appartiennent à la gamme standard, à production volumique, utilisée principalement pour les modèles standards du catalogue.

Les profils 34x100 mm et 44x130 mm font partie de la gamme standard destinée aux revendeurs. Ils sont utilisés aussi bien pour les modèles catalogue que pour les modèles configurables, et sont les épaisseurs de paroi courantes dans le négoce.

Pour un usage toute l'année et pour les bâtiments plus grands, Eurodita propose les profils 58x130 mm et 70x130 mm, disponibles aussi pour des projets uniques et des modèles sur mesure. En double paroi, Eurodita propose également les assemblages 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm : deux parois en bois massif séparées par une cavité préparée pour l'isolation ; le matériau isolant est en général choisi et acheté localement. Le bois lamellé-collé (glulam) va de 70x130 mm à 220x260 mm. Un modèle en bois massif peut en principe être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé, sous réserve de confirmation pour chaque commande. Valeurs U préliminaires de l’élément paroi bois seul : 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 et 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (élément seul, ni bâtiment fini ni résultat de conformité) ; toutes les dimensions indiquées pour un bâtiment sont des dimensions extérieures.

| Profil | Usage typique en négoce | Remarque

| 19x100 mm | Abris de jardin légers, petits bâtiments de jardin, production standard | Gamme standard à production volumique.

| 28x100 mm | Modèles catalogue et configurables pour abris de jardin et chalets bois | Gamme standard à production volumique.

| 34x100 mm | Modèles catalogue et configurables | Gamme standard à production volumique.

| 44x130 mm | Modèles catalogue, configurables et sur mesure, gamme standard pour les revendeurs | Sert aussi de paroi extérieure aux assemblages double paroi 44-50-44 et 44-100-44.

| 58x130 mm | Modèles catalogue, configurables et projets uniques, usage toute l'année | Sert aussi de paroi extérieure aux assemblages double paroi 58-50-58 et 58-100-58.

| 70x130 mm | Modèles catalogue, configurables et projets uniques, usage toute l'année et bâtiments plus grands | Ce profil existe aussi en bois lamellé-collé (glulam) ; préciser la version souhaitée.

Eurodita est un fabricant basé en Lituanie, avec une expérience de fabrication depuis 1994, qui fournit des revendeurs et des distributeurs sur demande. Chaque commande fait l'objet d'une offre écrite, en euros, en EXW Eurodita ; il n'existe pas de liste de prix publique. Envoyer une demande

## Préparer une demande B2B française

Indiquez votre entreprise et votre rôle, le produit ou le projet, la destination, les plans ou la spécification, la quantité, l’usage, le périmètre usine souhaité, le calendrier et le mode logistique. Eurodita vérifie d’abord l’adéquation commerciale et les informations manquantes avant de préparer une offre écrite.

Envoyer une demande B2B

## Les faits essentiels pour votre demande

- Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit : EXW Eurodita, prix en EUR hors TVA et hors transport ; DAP par commande, DDP au cas par cas.

- Paiement : 50 % à la commande, 50 % avant expédition de l'usine. Pas de liste de prix publique, pas de délais publiés, pas de marges revendeur.

- Profils de paroi en bois massif 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm ; lamellé-collé 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm. Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé. Le profil de 19 mm n'est utilisé que pour les modèles proposés dans ce profil au catalogue. Les dimensions indiquées sont des dimensions extérieures.

- Eurodita ne détient pas de certificat FSC ou PEFC en propre ni de certification ISO 9001 ; la documentation d'une commande précise est confirmée dans le devis.

- Visites de l'usine Eurodita sur rendez-vous.

## Autres marchés que nous servons

- Deutschland: Holzbausätze für Fachhandel

- España: estructuras de madera B2B

- Italia: case e strutture in legno B2B

Tous les marchés et toutes les langues

Écrivez-nous en français via le formulaire de contact


---

# Italy
URL: https://eurodita.com/it-market/

## Legno lamellare e strutture in legno per rivenditori e partner di progetto in Italia

Eurodita produce in Lituania kit e componenti per edifici in legno destinati a partner commerciali, professionisti e team di progetto. L’esperienza nella produzione di edifici in legno risale al 1994. Ogni richiesta viene valutata in base alla destinazione d’uso, alle quantità, ai disegni disponibili, all’ambito della fornitura e al mercato di destinazione.

L’attività è orientata principalmente al B2B. Rivenditori, distributori, imprese di costruzione, sviluppatori, architetti, operatori del settore ricettivo e altri acquirenti professionali possono richiedere una valutazione. Anche un progetto privato di dimensioni rilevanti può essere esaminato singolarmente quando è compatibile con la produzione e con l’ambito di fornitura.

Privato con un progetto di casa? Le casette in legno abitabili da 1 a 4 camere e le case su misura sono presentate nella pagina Casette in legno abitabili; le case in legno lamellare prodotte e incollate nel nostro stabilimento, anche sul progetto del Suo architetto, nella pagina Case in legno lamellare su misura. Per ogni progetto concordiamo se è possibile la fornitura diretta o se passa da un rivenditore.

## Quattro soluzioni da valutare per il vostro progetto

La scelta parte dai dati del progetto, non da un catalogo generico. Per i progetti in Italia proponiamo una prima valutazione di quattro soluzioni:

- case e strutture in legno lamellare (glulam) per progetti definiti da disegni, uso previsto e requisiti tecnici;

- edifici residenziali e strutture in legno su misura sviluppati da un’idea, uno schizzo o un progetto architettonico;

- edifici standard o configurabili in serie per rivenditori e distributori con un assortimento e quantità concordati;

- strutture per il settore ricettivo, i villaggi turistici o altre attività di ospitalità, realizzate a partire dalle famiglie di prodotto approvate.

Queste soluzioni non implicano che ogni configurazione sia disponibile per ogni uso. Dimensioni, sistema costruttivo, componenti, quantità e fattibilità vengono confermati per il progetto specifico.

## Case in legno prefabbricate, garage in legno e casette in legno: famiglie di prodotto per la distribuzione

Oltre alle strutture in legno lamellare, Eurodita produce per rivenditori, distributori, sviluppatori e marchi privati le seguenti famiglie, tutte fornite in kit franco fabbrica Eurodita:

- Casa in legno e case in legno prefabbricate: modelli a catalogo in tronchi massicci o in legno lamellare, a uno o due piani, forniti in kit con i disegni di montaggio. Spessore di parete indicato per modello: profili massicci da 19 a 70 mm, lamellare da 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm.

- Casetta in legno abitabile e bungalow in legno: modelli a una o più stanze pensati per uso abitativo, villaggi turistici e campeggi, in legno massiccio o lamellare.

- Garage in legno e carport: garage singoli e doppi, carport e combinazioni garage-carport in profili massicci, tetto a due falde o monofalda secondo il modello.

- Casette in legno: piccoli edifici da giardino in tronchi massicci, dal locale accessorio all’ufficio da giardino, a parete singola o doppia.

Chi cerca una casa in legno chiavi in mano trova in Eurodita il produttore del kit: le fondazioni restano al rivenditore o al suo partner locale, mentre il montaggio e la sua organizzazione si concordano progetto per progetto. Ogni famiglia è disponibile a catalogo, in marca privata con il vostro nome o su vostri disegni; perimetro, materiali e documenti forniti sono definiti nell’offerta scritta.

## Produzione in Lituania: volumi medi e spazio produttivo

I primi quattro valori sono medie annuali indicative, non capacità massime, disponibilità di magazzino, capacità produttiva riservata nel piano di produzione o garanzie per un ordine futuro:

- circa 12.000 edifici standard da catalogo all’anno in media;

- circa 1.800-2.000 strutture non standard o su misura all’anno in media, escluse le strutture glulam;

- circa 50 case glulam oltre 100 m² all’anno in media, conteggiate separatamente;

- circa 150.000 m³ di legname lavorato all’anno in media.

Lo spazio produttivo coperto in Lituania è di circa 5.000 m²; questa superficie è un dato dell’impianto, non una media annuale.

La produzione comprende lavorazioni CNC Hundegger e l’essiccazione in forni Nardi. Il contenuto di umidità del legname destinato alle pareti è indicativamente compreso tra il 12 e il 14%. I controlli ricorrenti riguardano, secondo il prodotto e l’ordine, legname in ingresso, umidità, dimensioni e lavorazioni, giunti, serramenti, completezza della fornitura, imballaggio e verifica prima della spedizione.

Eurodita produce i kit di edifici in legno e i serramenti in legno nel proprio stabilimento Eurodita. Alcuni componenti e servizi specialistici, come sistemi scorrevoli in alluminio, calcoli strutturali e trasporto, possono essere forniti da partner specializzati.

## L’ambito della fornitura viene definito per iscritto

La proposta indica quali elementi in legno, serramenti, disegni, specifiche, imballaggi e documenti sono compresi. Quando il progetto richiede l’isolamento, Eurodita può fornire la struttura in legno predisposta per l’isolamento di pareti, pavimenti e tetto; i materiali e il sistema finale di isolamento non fanno parte della fornitura standard e vengono normalmente scelti localmente.

Fondazioni, montaggio in cantiere, impianti elettrici, idraulici o del gas, finiture locali, permessi e approvazioni non sono compresi salvo accordo scritto specifico. Calcoli strutturali e altri servizi specialistici possono essere affidati a professionisti esterni quando necessari.

## Produzione a marchio del partner, quando concordata

Nel modello private label, Eurodita produce mentre il partner gestisce normalmente il prezzo al cliente, il processo commerciale e la relazione con il cliente finale. Preventivi, documentazione di progetto e materiali rivolti al cliente possono essere personalizzati con il marchio del partner o co-branded quando ciò è concordato per l’ordine e per il flusso di lavoro.

Il sistema proprietario interno di progettazione, stima e visualizzazione integra il calcolo dei materiali e dei costi, i disegni CAD 2D, le visualizzazioni 3D e la preparazione della proposta. Il sistema supporta la valutazione, ma non sostituisce il controllo tecnico, il giudizio commerciale o la conferma scritta del progetto. Non è previsto un tempo di risposta fisso.

## Preventivo, produzione e trasporto

Il prezzo viene calcolato su dati di costo interni approvati e aggiornati, dopo aver valutato la richiesta; ogni ordine viene quotato per iscritto e non esiste un listino pubblico. Se non è concordata un’altra base, la condizione di riferimento è EXW Eurodita, con prezzi in euro, IVA e trasporto esclusi. Una soluzione DAP può essere valutata quando è adatta al progetto e viene confermata nel preventivo.

Eurodita utilizza trasportatori e spedizionieri terzi. Prezzo del trasporto, itinerario e data stimata di arrivo dipendono dal carico, dall’indirizzo, dal vettore e dall’ordine. Lo scarico e l’attrezzatura necessaria in sito sono responsabilità dell’acquirente, salvo diverso accordo scritto.

Non esiste un unico quantitativo minimo valido per tutte le famiglie. I prodotti standard e di spessore ridotto dipendono maggiormente dai volumi; i progetti su misura e glulam possono essere valutati con maggiore flessibilità. Il tempo di produzione viene confermato nell’offerta scritta dopo aver definito specifica, quantità, carico produttivo dello stabilimento e complessità. Non si applicano tempistiche standard valide per tutti i progetti.

## Norme e approvazioni: responsabilità del progetto locale

Il cliente o partner, insieme all’architetto, all’ingegnere, all’impresa e alle autorità competenti in Italia, verifica i requisiti applicabili al sito e all’edificio completo. Eurodita fornisce le informazioni sul prodotto e i documenti espressamente concordati, ma non sostituisce la progettazione locale e non garantisce l’approvazione dell’intero progetto.

Eurodita non dispone di una marcatura CE o UKCA generale per l’intera gamma di edifici in legno. La documentazione applicabile viene confermata per iscritto per lo specifico prodotto, progetto, destinazione e ordine.

## Domande frequenti (FAQ)

Eurodita lavora solo con rivenditori?

No. Eurodita è orientata principalmente al B2B e valuta richieste di rivenditori, distributori, imprese, sviluppatori, architetti, operatori del settore ricettivo e altri team professionali. Anche un progetto privato di dimensioni rilevanti può essere esaminato singolarmente se è compatibile con la produzione e con l’ambito di fornitura.

Quali informazioni servono per una prima valutazione?

Indicate destinazione d’uso, località, famiglia di prodotto, quantità, dimensioni, disegni o schizzi disponibili, componenti richiesti, tempi desiderati e modalità di trasporto prevista. Eurodita verifica quindi la fattibilità produttiva e le informazioni mancanti prima di preparare una proposta.

I prodotti Eurodita hanno tutti la marcatura CE o UKCA?

No. Eurodita non dispone di una marcatura CE o UKCA generale per l’intera gamma di edifici in legno. I documenti e l’eventuale percorso di conformità vengono verificati per il prodotto, il progetto, la destinazione e l’ordine specifici.

Chi verifica le norme e le approvazioni in Italia?

Il cliente o partner e i suoi professionisti locali verificano norme, calcoli, permessi, approvazioni e condizioni del sito. Eurodita fornisce i dati e i documenti concordati per la propria fornitura, ma non sostituisce la progettazione locale e non garantisce l’approvazione dell’edificio completo.

È possibile ricevere un’offerta private label?

Sì, quando il modello è adatto alla collaborazione. Il partner gestisce normalmente la relazione commerciale con il proprio cliente; marchio e documentazione possono essere personalizzati o co-branded secondo quanto concordato per l’ordine.

Quali sono i tempi di produzione e consegna?

Non esiste un termine universale. Il tempo di produzione dipende da prodotto, quantità, complessità, stagione e carico produttivo dello stabilimento. I tempi di trasporto e la data stimata di arrivo dipendono dal carico, dall’itinerario, dal vettore e dall’ordine. Le date applicabili vengono indicate nella proposta scritta.

Qual è la base commerciale standard?

Se il preventivo non stabilisce diversamente, il riferimento standard è EXW Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi. Il trasporto o una soluzione DAP possono essere quotati separatamente quando adatti al progetto.

## Inviate i dati del progetto B2B

Per una prima valutazione indicate:

- azienda o organizzazione, se pertinente, e ruolo nel progetto;

- destinazione in Italia e uso previsto;

- famiglia di prodotto e quantità;

- dimensioni, disegni, schizzi o specifiche disponibili;

- componenti e ambito della fornitura richiesti;

- tempistica desiderata e modalità logistica prevista.

Esamineremo l’idoneità produttiva e le informazioni tecniche o commerciali mancanti prima di confermare la modalità di fornitura o preparare un preventivo.

Il modulo in fondo a questa pagina è in italiano.

Inviate una richiesta B2B

## Informazioni correlate

Produzione private label Casette in legno abitabili a marchio proprio Progetti su misura Case e strutture glulam Spedizione e responsabilità di consegna Inviate la richiesta

## I dati essenziali per la vostra richiesta

- Ogni ordine viene quotato per iscritto: EXW Eurodita, prezzi in EUR, IVA e trasporto esclusi; DAP per ordine, DDP solo caso per caso.

- Pagamento: 50% all'ordine, 50% prima della spedizione dalla fabbrica. Nessun listino pubblico, nessun tempo di consegna pubblicato, nessun margine per i rivenditori.

- Profili di parete in legno massiccio 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm; lamellare 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm. Un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare. Il profilo da 19 mm è usato solo sui modelli che lo riportano a catalogo. Le dimensioni indicate sono esterne.

- Eurodita non possiede un proprio certificato FSC o PEFC né la certificazione ISO 9001; la documentazione di un ordine specifico viene confermata nel preventivo.

- Visite allo stabilimento Eurodita previo accordo.

## Altri mercati che serviamo

- España: estructuras de madera B2B

- France: structures bois pour négociants

- Deutschland: Holzbausätze für Fachhandel

Tutti i mercati e le lingue

Scriveteci in italiano tramite il modulo di contatto


---

# Spain
URL: https://eurodita.com/es-market/

## Madera laminada y estructuras de madera para proyectos B2B en España

Eurodita fabrica en Lituania kits y componentes para edificios de madera destinados a socios comerciales, profesionales y equipos de proyecto. La experiencia en fabricación de edificios de madera se remonta a 1994. Cada solicitud se estudia según el uso previsto, la cantidad, los planos disponibles, el alcance del suministro y el mercado de destino.

La actividad se orienta principalmente al B2B. Distribuidores, constructores, promotores, arquitectos, operadores del sector del alojamiento y otros compradores profesionales pueden solicitar una evaluación. También puede estudiarse individualmente un proyecto privado de cierta envergadura cuando encaje con la producción y con el alcance del suministro.

¿Es usted particular y busca una casa de madera para vivir? Las viviendas de mayor tamaño pueden presupuestarse directamente a particulares, tras valorar el proyecto. Consulte la página Casas de madera del fabricante: modelos de uno a cuatro dormitorios, proyectos a medida según sus planos y presupuesto por escrito.

## Cuatro opciones para definir la solución adecuada

La selección parte de los datos del proyecto, no de un catálogo genérico. Para los proyectos en España proponemos valorar primero cuatro opciones:

- viviendas y estructuras de madera laminada encolada (glulam) para proyectos con uso, geometría y requisitos definidos;

- edificios residenciales y estructuras de madera a medida desarrollados a partir de una idea, un croquis o planos arquitectónicos;

- edificios estándar o configurables en serie para distribuidores que hayan definido surtido y cantidades;

- estructuras para alojamientos, complejos vacacionales u otros proyectos turísticos, a partir de las familias de producto aprobadas.

Estas opciones no significan que cualquier configuración sea adecuada para cualquier uso. El sistema constructivo, las dimensiones, los componentes, la cantidad y la viabilidad se confirman para cada proyecto.

## Casas de madera prefabricadas, cabaña de madera y garaje de madera: familias de producto para la distribución

Además de las estructuras en madera laminada, Eurodita fabrica para distribuidores, mayoristas, promotores y marcas privadas las siguientes familias, todas suministradas en kit franco fábrica Eurodita:

- Casa de madera y casas de madera prefabricadas: modelos de catálogo en troncos macizos o madera laminada, de una o dos plantas, entregados en kit con los planos de montaje del pedido. El espesor de pared se indica por modelo: perfiles macizos de 19 a 70 mm, laminados de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm.

- Cabaña de madera y casas de madera habitables: modelos de una o varias estancias para uso residencial, campings y alojamiento rural.

- Garaje de madera y carport: garajes sencillos y dobles, carports y combinaciones de ambos en perfiles macizos, con cubierta a dos aguas o a un agua según el modelo.

- Bungalow de madera: modelos compactos de uno a cuatro dormitorios para parques de vacaciones y glamping, en madera maciza o laminada.

- Caseta de jardín: pequeños edificios de jardín en troncos macizos, desde el local auxiliar hasta la oficina de jardín, en pared sencilla o doble.

Cada familia puede tratarse como compra de catálogo, en marca privada con su nombre o según sus planos; alcance, materiales y documentación se fijan en la oferta escrita.

## Producción en Lituania: volúmenes medios y espacio de producción

Las cuatro primeras cifras son medias anuales aproximadas. No representan máximos de capacidad, existencias, capacidad reservada en el plan de producción ni una garantía para futuros pedidos:

- aproximadamente 12.000 edificios estándar de catálogo al año de media;

- aproximadamente 1.800-2.000 estructuras no estándar o a medida al año de media, sin incluir glulam;

- aproximadamente 50 viviendas glulam de más de 100 m² al año de media, contabilizadas por separado;

- aproximadamente 150.000 m³ de madera procesada al año de media.

El espacio de producción cubierto en Lituania es de aproximadamente 5.000 m²; esta superficie describe la instalación y no es una media anual.

La fabricación incluye mecanizado CNC Hundegger y secado en cámaras Nardi. El objetivo operativo actual del contenido de humedad de la madera destinada a paredes se sitúa aproximadamente entre el 12 y el 14 %. Según el producto y el pedido, los controles recurrentes abarcan la recepción de la madera, humedad, dimensiones y mecanizado, uniones, carpintería, integridad del suministro, embalaje e inspección previa al envío.

Eurodita fabrica los kits de edificios y la carpintería de madera en su centro de producción Eurodita. Algunos componentes y servicios especializados, como sistemas correderos de aluminio, cálculo estructural y transporte, pueden proceder de colaboradores especializados.

## El alcance del suministro se define por escrito

La propuesta indica qué elementos de madera, carpinterías, planos, especificaciones, embalaje y documentos se incluyen. Cuando el proyecto necesita aislamiento, Eurodita puede suministrar la estructura de madera preparada para incorporar aislamiento en paredes, suelo y cubierta; los materiales y el sistema final de aislamiento no forman parte del suministro estándar y normalmente se seleccionan en el mercado local.

Cimentación, instalaciones eléctricas, fontanería o gas, acabados locales, licencias y aprobaciones quedan fuera del suministro estándar de Eurodita y corresponden al comprador y a sus especialistas locales; el montaje en obra y su organización se acuerdan en cada proyecto. El cálculo estructural y otros servicios especializados pueden encargarse a profesionales externos cuando sean necesarios.

## Fabricación con la marca del socio cuando se acuerda

En el modelo de marca blanca, Eurodita fabrica y el socio gestiona normalmente el precio, el proceso comercial y la relación con su cliente final. Los presupuestos, documentos de proyecto y materiales para el cliente pueden llevar la marca del socio o presentarse con ambas marcas cuando así se acuerde para el pedido y el flujo de trabajo.

El sistema propio de diseño, estimación y visualización integra el cálculo de materiales y costes, planos CAD 2D, visualizaciones 3D y preparación de propuestas. La herramienta agiliza la evaluación, pero no sustituye la revisión técnica, el criterio comercial ni la confirmación escrita del proyecto. No se promete un plazo fijo de respuesta.

## Presupuesto, fabricación y transporte

El precio se calcula a partir de fuentes vigentes y aprobadas, una vez evaluada la solicitud. Salvo que se acuerde otra base, la referencia para cualquier pedido es EXW Eurodita, con precios en euros sin IVA ni transporte. Puede evaluarse una solución DAP cuando sea adecuada y quede confirmada en la oferta.

Eurodita trabaja con transportistas y transitarios externos. El precio del transporte, la ruta y la fecha estimada de llegada dependen de la carga, la dirección, el transportista y el pedido. La descarga y el equipo necesario en destino corresponden al comprador, salvo acuerdo escrito distinto.

No existe una cantidad mínima única para todas las familias. Los productos estándar y de menor espesor son más sensibles al volumen; los proyectos a medida y glulam pueden evaluarse con mayor flexibilidad. El plazo de fabricación se confirma en la oferta vigente tras definir especificaciones, cantidad, carga de producción de la fábrica y complejidad. No se aplican plazos estándar válidos para todos los proyectos.

## Requisitos locales y aprobaciones: responsabilidad del proyecto local

El cliente o socio, junto con su arquitecto, ingeniero, constructor y las autoridades competentes en España, verifica los requisitos locales aplicables, las condiciones del emplazamiento, el cálculo, las licencias y la aprobación del edificio completo. Eurodita facilita la información de producto y los documentos expresamente acordados para su suministro, pero no sustituye el proyecto local ni garantiza su aprobación.

Eurodita no dispone de un marcado CE o UKCA general para toda su gama de edificios de madera. Para cada producto, proyecto, destino y pedido se verifican la documentación aplicable y el procedimiento de evaluación de la conformidad.

## Preguntas frecuentes (FAQ)

¿Eurodita trabaja únicamente con distribuidores?

No. Eurodita se orienta principalmente al B2B y evalúa solicitudes de distribuidores, constructores, promotores, arquitectos, operadores del sector del alojamiento y otros equipos profesionales. También puede estudiar individualmente un proyecto privado de cierta envergadura si encaja con la producción y con el alcance del suministro.

¿Qué información se necesita para una primera evaluación?

Indique el uso previsto, la ubicación, la familia de producto, la cantidad, las dimensiones, los planos o croquis disponibles, los componentes solicitados, el plazo deseado y la modalidad logística prevista. Eurodita revisa la viabilidad de fabricación y los datos que falten antes de preparar una propuesta.

¿Todos los productos Eurodita tienen marcado CE o UKCA?

No. Eurodita no dispone de un marcado CE o UKCA general para toda su gama de edificios de madera. Para cada producto, proyecto, destino y pedido se verifican la documentación aplicable y el procedimiento de evaluación de la conformidad.

¿Quién comprueba los requisitos locales y las aprobaciones en España?

El cliente o socio y sus profesionales locales comprueban los requisitos aplicables, los cálculos, licencias, condiciones del emplazamiento y aprobaciones. Eurodita aporta los datos y documentos acordados para su suministro, pero no sustituye el proyecto local ni garantiza la aprobación del edificio completo.

¿Se puede solicitar una propuesta de marca blanca?

Sí, cuando el modelo encaja con la colaboración. El socio gestiona normalmente la relación comercial con su cliente; los materiales y la documentación pueden personalizarse o presentarse con ambas marcas según lo acordado para el pedido.

¿Cuáles son los plazos de fabricación y entrega?

No existe un plazo universal. La fabricación depende del producto, la cantidad, la complejidad, la temporada y la carga de fábrica. El plazo de transporte y la fecha estimada de llegada dependen de la carga, la ruta, el transportista y el pedido. Las fechas aplicables se indican en la propuesta vigente.

¿Cuál es la base comercial estándar?

Si el presupuesto no indica otra condición, la referencia estándar es EXW Eurodita, sin IVA ni transporte. El transporte o una solución DAP pueden presupuestarse por separado cuando sean adecuados para el proyecto.

## Enviar los datos del proyecto B2B

Para una primera evaluación, indique:

- empresa u organización, cuando corresponda, y su función en el proyecto;

- ubicación del proyecto en España y uso previsto;

- familia de producto y cantidad;

- dimensiones, planos, croquis o especificaciones disponibles;

- componentes y alcance de fabricación solicitados;

- plazo deseado y modalidad logística prevista.

Revisaremos la viabilidad de fabricación y la información técnica o comercial que falte antes de confirmar la modalidad de suministro o preparar un presupuesto.

El formulario al pie de esta página está en español.

Enviar una solicitud B2B

## Información relacionada

Fabricación de marca blanca Proyectos a medida Viviendas y estructuras glulam Transporte y responsabilidades de entrega Enviar la solicitud

## Los datos esenciales para su solicitud

- Cada pedido se cotiza por escrito: EXW Eurodita, precios en EUR sin IVA ni transporte; DAP por pedido, DDP solo caso por caso.

- Pago: 50 % con el pedido y 50 % antes del envío desde fábrica. Sin lista de precios pública, sin plazos publicados, sin márgenes de distribuidor.

- Perfiles de pared en madera maciza 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm; laminada 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm. Un modelo de madera maciza puede fabricarse en cualquiera de los perfiles de 28, 34, 44, 58 y 70 mm, y un modelo de madera laminada en cualquier perfil de madera laminada. El perfil de 19 mm se usa solo en los modelos que figuran con él en el catálogo. Las dimensiones indicadas son exteriores.

- Eurodita no posee certificado FSC o PEFC propio ni certificación ISO 9001; la documentación de un pedido concreto se confirma en el presupuesto.

- Visitas a la fábrica Eurodita previa cita.

## Otros mercados que abastecemos

- France: structures bois pour négociants

- Italia: case e strutture in legno B2B

- Deutschland: Holzbausätze für Fachhandel

Todos los mercados e idiomas

Escríbanos en español a través del formulario de contacto


---

# Netherlands
URL: https://eurodita.com/nl-market/

## Houten gebouwen voor Nederlandse vakhandel en projectpartners

## B2B-productie en duidelijke projectgrenzen

Eurodita produceert in Litouwen houten bouwpakketten voor dealers, vakhandel, bouwbedrijven en zakelijke projectpartners. We beoordelen elke aanvraag volgens de passende inkooproute: cataloguslevering, projectspecifiek maatwerk of private label.

Productspecificatie, leveringsomvang en beschikbare orderdocumenten worden voor de concrete aanvraag in de schriftelijke offerte en order vastgelegd. Hetzelfde geldt voor de productieplanning, de beschikbaarheidsdatum af fabriek en de logistieke afspraken.

Bent u particulier en wilt u een houten huis of mantelzorgwoning bouwen? De regels voor vergunning en bouwmelding, de bewoonbare modellen en de route op maat staan op de pagina Houten huis bouwen: prefab houten huizen van de fabrikant.

## Kies eerst de passende inkooproute

## Herhaalbare cataloguslevering

Voor dealers van blokhutten en tuinhuizen, vakhandel en distributeurs die een afgebakende productlijn willen inkopen. Voor een eerste beoordeling zijn productfamilie of model, wandsysteem en opties, hoeveelheid en bestemming nodig.

## Projectspecifiek maatwerk of gelamineerd hout (glulam)

Voor bouwbedrijven, ontwikkelaars, architecten en professionele projectpartijen met tekeningen of een duidelijke technische opgave. Eurodita beoordeelt afmetingen, materiaal- en wandsysteem, leveringsomvang vanuit de fabriek, hoeveelheid, bestemming en gewenste beslis- of bestelperiode.

Bekijk glulam-constructies (Engels) of technische bouwinformatie (Engels)

## Private-labelproductie

Voor gevestigde handelsbedrijven en productmerken die offertes, tekeningen en klantdocumentatie onder hun eigen merk willen ontvangen. Waar en hoe het merk van de partner wordt toegepast, en welke verplichte fabrikantinformatie zichtbaar blijft, wordt per offerte en order bevestigd.

## Tuinhuis, blokhut, houten garage en houten huis: productfamilies voor de vakhandel

Naast dragende constructies in gelamineerd hout produceert Eurodita voor vakhandel, distributeurs, projectontwikkelaars en huismerkpartners de volgende productfamilies, alle als bouwpakket af fabriek Eurodita:

- Blokhut en chalet hout: catalogusmodellen in massieve blokprofielen, van het eenkamerige tuingebouw tot de meerkamerige blokhut voor recreatieparken en campings. De wanddikte staat per model vermeld: massieve profielen van 19 tot 70 mm.

- Houten huis en houten woning: woningen in gelamineerd hout met wandprofielen van 70 x 130 tot 220 x 260 mm, in één of twee bouwlagen, geleverd als bouwpakket met de bij de order horende montagetekeningen.

- Houten garage en carport: enkele en dubbele houten garages, carports en combinaties van garage en carport in massieve profielen, met zadeldak of lessenaarsdak afhankelijk van het model.

- Tuinkantoor en mantelzorgwoning: tuingebouwen voor kantoor, praktijk of bewoning als mantelzorgwoning naast de hoofdwoning, in massief hout of als dubbelwandige constructie.

- Tuinhuis: kleine tuingebouwen in massieve blokprofielen, van berging tot hobbyruimte, aan de vakhandel geleverd in enkel- of dubbelwandige uitvoering.

Elke familie is beschikbaar als catalogusinkoop, als huismerk onder uw eigen naam of als productie op basis van uw tekeningen; omvang, materiaal en meegeleverde documenten worden vastgelegd in de schriftelijke offerte.

## Van productidee naar een concrete aanvraag

Voor een concrete aanvraag zijn productfamilie of model, beoogd gebruik, wandsysteem en openingen, hoeveelheid, bestemming en gewenste beslis- of bestelperiode nodig. Een productnaam of afbeelding alleen volstaat niet om lokale geschiktheid, technische prestatie, leveringsomvang of planning te bevestigen.

Voor glulam en ander projectspecifiek maatwerk zijn tekeningen, hoofdafmetingen, revisiestatus en de reeds betrokken lokale adviseurs belangrijk.

## Private label per schriftelijke afspraak

Private-labelaanvragen kunnen worden beoordeeld. De afspraken over offertes, tekeningen en documentatie onder het merk van de partner worden per offerte en order vastgelegd; vereiste fabrikant-, juridische en technische informatie blijft behouden.

Bekijk private-labelproductie (Engels)

## Documenten en markeringen per order

Voor het concrete product en de order benoemt de schriftelijke offerte het materiaal- of wandsysteem en de beschikbare fabrikant- en orderdocumenten. Deze pagina belooft geen identiek certificaat-, markerings- of documentatiepakket voor alle productfamilies.

## Transport en lokale projectverantwoordelijkheid

EXW Eurodita is de basis. Een andere transportoplossing kan voor een concrete order worden beoordeeld en uitdrukkelijk overeengekomen. Bestemming, bereikbaarheid, lossen, documenten en verantwoordelijkheden worden vóór de orderbevestiging verduidelijkt.

Gebruik, vergunning, constructie en energieprestatie worden voor het volledige Nederlandse project beoordeeld door de koper en de vereiste lokale deskundigen.

## Technische onderbouwing voor uw route

De technische bouwinformatie toont welke tekeningen en technische informatie met revisiestatus voor een beoordeling beschikbaar kunnen zijn. De informatie voor dealers beschrijft de bedrijfs-, product-, hoeveelheids- en bestemmingsgegevens voor een eerste B2B-beoordeling.

## Bekijk de Nederlandse B2B-route

Heeft u een bedrijf, een Nederlandse bestemming, een gekozen inkooproute en een verwachte hoeveelheid of tekeningen? Stuur dan uw B2B-aanvraag via het formulier. Eurodita beoordeelt eerst of de aanvraag zakelijk en technisch past en benoemt ontbrekende gegevens vóór een offerte wordt voorbereid.

## Verder met de Nederlandse B2B-route

Bereid uw Nederlandse B2B-aanvraag voor met inkooproute, bestemming en hoeveelheid of tekeningen.

Een B2B-aanvraag versturen

## De belangrijkste feiten voor uw aanvraag

- Elke order wordt schriftelijk geoffreerd: EXW Eurodita, prijzen in EUR exclusief btw en transport; DAP per order, DDP alleen per geval.

- Betaling: 50% bij opdracht, 50% vóór verzending af fabriek. Geen openbare prijslijst, geen gepubliceerde levertijden, geen dealermarges.

- Wandprofielen massief hout 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm; gelamineerd hout 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm. Een model in massief hout kan in elk van de profielen van 28, 34, 44, 58 en 70 mm worden gemaakt, een model in gelamineerd hout in elk gelamineerd profiel. Het profiel van 19 mm wordt alleen gebruikt bij de modellen die er in de catalogus mee staan. Opgegeven maten zijn buitenmaten.

- Eurodita heeft geen eigen FSC- of PEFC-certificaat en geen ISO 9001; de documentatie voor een concrete order wordt in de offerte bevestigd.

- Fabrieksbezoek in Litouwen op afspraak.

## Andere markten die wij beleveren

- Deutschland: Holzbausätze für Fachhandel

- France: structures bois pour négociants

- United Kingdom: log cabin kits from the manufacturer

Alle markten en talen

Schrijf ons in het Nederlands via het contactformulier


---

# Sweden
URL: https://eurodita.com/sv-market/

## Tillverkare av trästugor och timmerstugor för svenska återförsäljare

Sverige: Tillverkare av trästugor för återförsäljare

Den här sidan är skriven för svenska företag som utvärderar en tillverkningskälla: återförsäljare av trästugor och attefallshus, grossister, bygghandelskedjor, byggherrar, byggföretag, arkitektkontor och varumärken med eget märke (private label). Eurodita tillverkar trästugor, timmerstugor, trähus och limträkonstruktioner vid Eurodita-fabriken i Litauen och levererar träbyggnader som byggsats till handelspartner i hela EU, även i Sverige, beroende på projektets lämplighet, logistik och de kommersiella villkoren.

Skicka B2B-förfrågan Se limträhus

Söker du en bastustuga som privatperson? Reglerna och vår modell med bastutrum finns på sidan Bastustuga i timmer direkt från tillverkaren.

Nedan beskriver vi tillverkningens omfattning, projektunderlaget för limträ, produktfamiljerna för handeln (trästuga, attefallshus, friggebod, timmerstuga, trähus, garage i trä och carport), grossist och private label, ansvarsfördelningen mot er projektorganisation, transport EXW Eurodita-fabriken och hur en svensk B2B-förfrågan förbereds. Sidan innehåller ingen prislista; varje order får en skriftlig offert.

## I korthet

För vem: återförsäljare, grossister, bygghandelskedjor, byggherrar, byggföretag, arkitektkontor och private label-varumärken för vidareförsäljning eller egna projekt.

Tillverkningens omfattning: katalogmodeller, tillverkning under ert eget varumärke (private label) och projekt efter era ritningar, inklusive limträkonstruktioner.

Ingår inte i standardbyggsatsen: grund, anslutningar, samordning på byggplatsen och tillstånd ligger hos köparen och dennes lokala fackfolk; montering och hur den organiseras avtalas för varje projekt.

Väggtjocklek: anges per modell; massiva timmerprofiler 19-70 mm, limträprofiler 70×130-220×260 mm. Angivna mått är yttermått.

Offert: skriftlig, i euro, exklusive moms och transport, EXW Eurodita-fabriken; DAP avtalas per order, DDP från fall till fall.

Betalning: 50 % vid order, 50 % före avsändning från fabriken. Ingen offentlig prislista, inga publicerade ledtider, inga återförsäljarmarginaler.

Certifikat: Eurodita har inget eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat och ISO 9001-certifiering saknas; dokumentationen för den enskilda ordern bekräftas i offerten.

Tillverkning: träbyggnader sedan 1994 i Litauen, Hundegger CNC-bearbetning, kammartorkning till 12-14 % fuktkvot.

## Industriell B2B-tillverkning och leveransomfattning

Sidan vänder sig till yrkesköpare. Privatpersoner som söker ett attefallshus eller en friggebod hittar modeller och regler på sidan Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer. Eurodita hanterar katalogleveranser, projekt efter ritning och tillverkning under eget varumärke. Grund, anslutningar, samordning på byggplatsen och bygglov ligger hos köparen och dennes lokala fackfolk; montering och hur den organiseras avtalas för varje projekt.

I praktiken tillverkar Eurodita byggsatsen: väggtimmer, golv- och takkonstruktion samt träfönster och trädörrar som bearbetas vid Eurodita-fabriken och packas platt med orderns monteringsritningar. Handelspartnern står för sitt varumärke, sin prissättning och relationen till slutkunden.

För små trädgårdsbyggnader (friggebodar, förråd, trädgårdskontor) bekräftas leveransvägen projekt för projekt; större bostadshus kan även levereras direkt till privata kunder.

## Limträ: projektunderlag före offert

När en förfrågan gäller ett timmerhus i limträ eller en bärande limträkonstruktion ska underlaget ange ritningarnas revision, huvudmått, konstruktionssystem, gränssnitt, antal, byggplats, användning och tidplan. Eurodita kontrollerar den önskade leveransomfattningen innan vi bekräftar om projektet kan bedömas.

- Ritningar, byggbeskrivning eller en definierad produktfamilj

- Byggplats, användning, antal och tidplan för beslutet

- Tillverkningsomfattning, förpackning och dokumentationsbehov

- Tillfart till tomten, lossning, Incoterm och ansvarsfördelning för logistiken

Limträprofilerna är 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 och 220×260 mm; profilen 70×130 mm finns även i massivt timmer, så ange vilken version ni avser. Konstruktionsberäkningar utförs av specialiserade partner. Preliminära U-värden för det rena träväggselementet: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 och 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K. Värdena gäller elementet ensamt, inte en färdig vägg eller byggnad; dubbelväggens U-värde beräknas projekt för projekt utifrån vald isolering.

## Attefallshus, friggebod, timmerstuga och trähus: produktfamiljer för återförsäljare

Utöver limträkonstruktioner tillverkar Eurodita följande produktfamiljer för återförsäljare, grossister och private label-varumärken; samtliga levereras som byggsats från Eurodita-fabriken i Litauen:

- Trästuga och timmerstuga: katalogmodeller i massivt timmer eller limträ, från ett rum till flera sovrum; i handeln söks de även som stuga byggsats, fritidshus i timmer och sommarstuga. Väggtjocklek per modell: massivt 19-70 mm, limträ 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Attefallshus och komplementbostadshus: katalogmodeller för extra boende eller gäster på tomten, som byggsats med monteringsritningar. Reglerna som gäller sedan den 1 december 2025 beskriver vi på sidan Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer; om byggnaden ryms inom dem avgörs lokalt.

- Timmerhus och trähus som byggsats, även för åretruntboende: väggar i massivt timmer eller limträ, i ett plan eller med övervåning; för åretruntboende profilerna 58×130 och 70×130 mm samt limträ.

- Garage i trä och carport: enkel- och dubbelgarage, carportar och kombinationer i massiva profiler, med sadeltak eller pulpettak beroende på modell.

- Friggebod och trädgårdskontor: isolerbara trädgårdsbyggnader för förråd, kontor eller verkstad, i massiva profiler eller som dubbelvägg.

Bastu och bastustuga är vanliga sökord i Sverige; Eurodita tillverkar bastustugans timmerbyggnad, medan bastuaggregat, lavar och övrig bastuinredning ordnas lokalt. Varje familj kan levereras som kataloginköp, under ert eget varumärke eller efter era ritningar; för en specialmodell kontrollerar Eurodita först om omfattningen ligger inom fabrikens tillverkningsområde.

Produktkataloger (på engelska): trästugor (log cabins), trädgårdskontor (garden offices), limträhus (glulam homes) och attefallshus och komplementbostäder (granny annexes). Alla marknadssidor: marknader och språk.

## Grossist, distribution och eget varumärke (private label)

För återförsäljare, grossister och kedjor gäller bedömningen produktfamilj, distributionskanal, förväntad volym och krav på förpackning och märkning. Eurodita erbjuder inget franchiseprogram; villkoren för private label fastställs order för order.

Private label och white label betyder samma sak hos Eurodita: Eurodita tillverkar, och partnerns varumärke syns på offert, ritningar och kundvänd dokumentation i den omfattning som avtalas. Eurodita håller inget lager i Sverige och erbjuder ingen dropshipping. Vi publicerar varken återförsäljarmarginaler eller utpriser; handelspartnern sätter sina egna priser. Exklusivitet, områdesskydd eller garanterad marginal kräver ett separat skriftligt avtal. Eurodita uppger inte antalet länder eller partner.

## Arkitekt- och byggherreprojekt: tydligt fördelade gränssnitt

När ett projekt drivs av ett arkitektkontor eller en byggherre behöver Eurodita en projektkontakt, den önskade tillverkningsomfattningen och uppgifterna för den tekniska och kommersiella granskningen. Euroditas del är fabriksleveransen: tillverkning av den avtalade omfattningen, monteringsritningar och de handlingar som bekräftats i offerten. Lokala utredningar, samlad projektering, grund och anslutningar ligger hos projektorganisationen i Sverige, och montering och hur den organiseras avtalas för varje projekt; skriv in fördelningen i förfrågan.

## Lokalt godkännande av projektet: bygglov, Attefallsregler och Boverkets byggregler

Kraven i plan- och bygglagen, Boverkets byggregler (BBR) och kommunens detaljplan, liksom kraven på konstruktion, brand och energi, gäller den färdiga byggnaden och hanteras av de ansvariga för projektet i Sverige. Om en byggnad kräver bygglov eller anmälan, eller ryms inom de regler för komplementbyggnader och komplementbostadshus som gäller sedan den 1 december 2025, avgör byggnadsnämnden i det enskilda fallet; köparen klarlägger förfarandet hos byggnadsnämnden före order.

Eurodita presenterar ingen katalogprodukt som automatiskt förenlig med svenska regler och garanterar inte att bygglov eller startbesked ges.

## Handlingar och märkningar per produkt och order

Den skriftliga offerten fastställer för den avtalade produkten tillverkningens delar och de tillgängliga handlingarna; sidan utlovar inget certifikat och ingen enhetlig dokumentation för alla produktfamiljer. Eurodita har inget eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat och ISO 9001-certifiering saknas; ange dokumentationskraven innan offerten tas fram.

## Transport och ansvar vid mottagning: EXW Eurodita-fabriken som standard

Standardleveransvillkoret är EXW Eurodita-fabriken: köparen eller dennes speditör hämtar byggsatsen vid fabriken i Litauen och ansvarar för transporten till Sverige. En annan transportlösning kan bedömas för ett visst projekt och bekräftas skriftligt med Incoterm, destination, tillfart och lossning. DAP avtalas per order, DDP från fall till fall.

Lossning åligger köparen eller mottagaren med lokalt ordnad utrustning. Eurodita publicerar inga ledtider; orderns tidplan avtalas i offerten. Byggsatserna levereras platt packade, så ange lossningsadress i Sverige, tillfart för tunga fordon och tillgänglig lossningsutrustning i förfrågan.

## Produktionsfakta: sedan 1994 i Litauen

Eurodita har tillverkat träbyggnader sedan 1994 vid Eurodita-fabriken i Litauen, på cirka 5 000 m² täckt produktionsyta, i nordisk gran och furu. Hundegger CNC-bearbetning; kammartorkning till en målfuktkvot på 12-14 %. Massiva väggar: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 och 70×130 mm; limträ: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 och 220×260 mm; dubbelväggar 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 och 58-100-58 mm (hålrum förberett för isolering, som köps lokalt). En modell i massivt timmer kan tillverkas i vilken som helst av profilerna 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm, en modell i limträ i vilken limträprofil som helst. Profilen 19 mm används bara på de modeller som står med den i katalogen. Angivna mått är yttermått.

Golv av 28 mm bräder och impregnerade golvreglar som standard; timret obehandlat, fabriksmålning som tillval med begränsad kapacitet. Träfönster och trädörrar från egen tillverkning (IV45, IV68 och IV92 med treglas); skjutdörrar i aluminium från en specialiserad leverantör.

## Friggebod 28 mm och 44 mm: väggprofiler för handeln

De tunna profilerna är volymproduktionens standard för lätta friggebodar, 34 och 44 mm är handelns vanliga väggtjocklekar, och 58 och 70 mm samt dubbelväggarna används för åretruntboende.

| Profil | Typisk användning i handeln | Anmärkning

| 19×100 mm | Lätta friggebodar, små trädgårdsbyggnader | Volymproduktionens standardsortiment.

| 28×100 mm | Katalogmodeller för friggebodar och trästugor | Volymproduktionens standardsortiment.

| 34×100 mm | Katalogmodeller och konfigurerbara modeller | Volymproduktionens standardsortiment.

| 44×130 mm | Katalog-, konfigurerbara och specialmodeller; standard för återförsäljare | Yttervägg i dubbelväggarna 44-50-44 och 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Katalogmodeller och enskilda projekt, åretruntboende | Yttervägg i dubbelväggarna 58-50-58 och 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Enskilda projekt, åretruntboende, större byggnader | Finns även i limträ; ange version.

## Grundfakta inför er förfrågan

- Skriftlig offert per order: EXW Eurodita-fabriken, euro exklusive moms och transport; DAP per order, DDP från fall till fall.

- Betalning: 50 % vid order, 50 % före avsändning. Ingen prislista, inga ledtider, inga återförsäljarmarginaler publiceras.

- Massiva väggprofiler 19-70 mm; limträ 70-220 mm; fyra dubbelväggskombinationer. Angivna mått är yttermått.

- Fabriksbesök i Litauen efter överenskommelse.

## Vanliga frågor

## Säljer Eurodita trästugor direkt till privatpersoner i Sverige?

För sortimentet av små trädgårdsbyggnader (friggebodar, förråd, trädgårdskontor) bekräftas leveransvägen projekt för projekt; större bostadshus kan levereras direkt till privata kunder. Den här sidan är gjord för förfrågningar från återförsäljare, grossister, byggföretag, arkitekter, byggherrar och andra yrkesmässiga partner.

## Finns det en minsta order för återförsäljare?

Den förväntade volymen är en av delarna i bedömningen av en förfrågan, tillsammans med produktfamilj, distributionskanal, byggplats och krav på förpackning och märkning. Sidan anger ingen mängdgräns; antal och kommersiella villkor bekräftas i den skriftliga offerten för varje order.

## Uppfyller ett attefallshus eller ett limträprojekt från Eurodita automatiskt svenska byggregler?

Nej. Kraven i plan- och bygglagen, Attefallsreglerna och Boverkets byggregler gäller den färdiga byggnaden, dess placering och dess underlag och ligger hos de ansvariga för projektet i Sverige. Om bygglov, anmälan eller startbesked krävs avgör kommunen i det enskilda fallet, och köparen klarlägger det med byggnadsnämnden och sin lokala rådgivare. Eurodita garanterar inte att godkännande ges.

## Vilka handlingar följer med ordern?

De tillgängliga handlingarna fastställs för varje produkt, omfattning och order, och varje dokumentationskrav ska anges innan offerten tas fram. Eurodita har inget eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat och ISO 9001-certifiering saknas.

## Kan stugorna tillverkas under vårt eget varumärke (private label)?

Ja. Eurodita tillverkar, och partnerns varumärke syns på offert, ritningar och kundvänd dokumentation i den omfattning som avtalas för ordern. Villkoren för private label, tillverkaruppgifter och gällande handlingar fastställs order för order; Eurodita erbjuder inget franchiseprogram och inga exklusiva områden som standard.

## Vilken väggtjocklek för en friggebod: 28 mm eller 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) och 44 mm (44×130 mm) är två olika massiva timmerprofiler ur Euroditas standardsortiment. Profilen 28 mm används för lätta friggebodar, medan 44 mm hör till standardsortimentet för återförsäljare och även används som yttervägg i dubbelväggarna. Alla mått som anges för en byggnad är yttermått.

## Kan en stuga med dubbelvägg isoleras för åretruntboende?

Ja. Dubbelväggarna (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 och 58-100-58 mm) har ett hålrum mellan två massiva träväggar, förberett för isolering; isoleringsmaterialet väljs och köps som regel lokalt. De preliminära U-värdena gäller det rena träväggselementet (44 mm 2,43 och 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); dubbelväggens samlade U-värde beror på vald isolering och beräknas projekt för projekt, och om den färdiga byggnaden uppfyller Boverkets krav avgörs av den svenska projektorganisationen.

## Hur sker leverans till Sverige, och hur kommer vi igång?

Standardleveransvillkoret är EXW Eurodita-fabriken i Litauen; DAP avtalas per order, DDP från fall till fall, alltid skriftligt med Incoterm, destination, tillfart, lossning och handlingar. Betalning 50 % vid order och 50 % före avsändning. För att komma igång skickar ni via kontaktformuläret ert företag och er roll, produkt eller projekt, byggplats, antal och önskad leveransomfattning från fabrik.

## Så förbereder ni en svensk B2B-förfrågan

Ange ert företag och er roll, produkt eller projekt, byggplats, ritningar eller specifikation, antal, användning, önskad leveransomfattning, tidplan och logistikform. Eurodita kontrollerar först lämplighet och saknade uppgifter innan offerten tas fram.

- Företag och er roll: återförsäljare, grossist, byggherre, byggföretag, arkitektkontor eller private label-varumärke

- Produkt eller projekt: katalogmodell, konfigurerbar modell eller era egna ritningar

- Byggplats i Sverige och användning: fritidshus, åretruntbostad, attefallshus, garage, kontor eller verkstad

- Antal, plan för återkommande order och tidplan för beslutet

- Önskad leveransomfattning från fabrik, väggprofil och dokumentationsbehov

- Logistikform: EXW Eurodita-fabriken eller annan skriftligt avtalad Incoterm, tillfart och lossning

Skicka B2B-förfrågan

Sverige Skicka B2B-förfrågan


---

# Japan
URL: https://eurodita.com/jp-market/

## 日本向けログハウス・木造キャビンOEM製造パートナー

Euroditaは、日本の輸入業者、販売店、施工会社、リゾート・グランピング事業者向けに、OEM（プライベートラベル）の木造キャビンキットをリトアニアで製造します。日本国内で必要となる建築確認・届出要否・法規適合の確認、輸入手続き、顧客向け表示・販売説明は、日本側パートナーが案件ごとに確認します。現地での組立・施工とその手配は、案件ごとに取り決めます。

日本向け案件を相談する

## 日本の輸入・販売パートナー向けB2B供給

Euroditaはリトアニアで木造キャビンキットを製造し、日本側パートナーが輸入、販売説明、日本国内の建築確認・届出要否・法規適合の確認を担うB2B供給モデルに合わせて資料を準備します。現地での組立・施工とその手配は、案件ごとに取り決めます。小型ログキャビン、木製物置、キャンプ用キャビン、OEM/特注開発を中心に、必要情報が揃った案件概要から見積とCAD/3D確認用資料を準備します。

## 日本向けB2B供給でEuroditaは何を提供できますか？

Euroditaは日本の輸入業者・販売店・施工会社向けに、OEM/プライベートラベルの木造キャビンキット、木製物置、キャンプ用キャビンをリトアニアで製造します。EXWリトアニアを基準に、見積、CAD/3D確認用資料、製品データ、梱包範囲、出荷書類を準備し、日本国内の建築確認・届出要否・法規適合の確認は日本側パートナーと現地専門家が行います。

## OEM（プライベートラベル）製造

Euroditaは、案件ごとの合意に基づき、日本側パートナーのブランド、販売チャネル、顧客向け資料に合わせたOEM（プライベートラベル）供給を行います。見積書、図面、書類にパートナーのブランドを表示することも、注文ごとに取り決めます。製造側として、製品データ、図面、梱包範囲の確認を支援します。

## CAD/3D見積サポート

必要情報が揃った案件概要を受領後、Euroditaは案件ごとに製造可否と見積範囲を確認し、必要に応じてCAD図面・3D確認用資料を準備します。

## B2B専用の供給モデル

対象は日本の輸入業者、販売店、施工会社、開発事業者です。小型ログキャビン、木製物置、ガーデンオフィスなどのガーデンビルディング製品は、Euroditaでは消費者向けに直販せず、輸入業者・販売店などのパートナーの商流を通じて供給します。パートナーの商流に合わせて製造情報と供給範囲を確認します。

## 工場渡し（EXW）を基準にした物流設計

標準の取引条件はリトアニア工場渡し（EXW）です。Euroditaは梱包範囲と出荷書類を準備し、積み込み条件は案件ごとに確認します。輸入通関、税金、国内配送は日本側パートナーまたは指定フォワーダーが手配・確認します。

## 日本市場向けの製品カテゴリー

OEM/特注開発

集成材（グルーラム）案件

小型ログキャビン

モダンガーデンキャビン

キャンプ用キャビン

木製物置・収納小屋

木造キャビン製品カテゴリ

## 技術資料、物流、現地法規確認

Euroditaはリトアニア工場で製造し、キット仕様、図面、製品データ、梱包範囲、出荷書類を準備します。標準条件はリトアニア工場渡し（EXW）です。日本国内で必要となる建築確認、許認可、防火、耐震、省エネ、輸入手続き、税金、国内配送、顧客向け表示・販売説明は、日本側パートナー、設計者、施工者、現地専門家が案件ごとに確認します。

物流条件を確認する

## ログハウス、木造ガレージ、ガーデンオフィス：販売店向け製品ファミリー

集成材の構造部材に加えて、Euroditaは販売店、ディストリビューター、開発事業者、OEMブランド向けに以下の製品ファミリーを製造し、すべてリトアニア工場渡しのキットとして供給します。

- ログハウス キット: 無垢材のログまたは集成材によるカタログモデルで、1室の小屋から複数の居室を持つ住宅用まで。壁厚はモデルごとに明記：無垢材19〜70 mm、集成材70〜220 mm。

- 別荘 ログハウス: 保養地やキャンプ場、グランピング事業者向けの平屋・2階建てモデルで、注文に対応した組立図面を添えてキットで納品します。

- 木造ガレージとカーポート: 無垢材による1台用・2台用ガレージ、カーポート、その組み合わせで、モデルにより切妻屋根または片流れ屋根です。

- ガーデンオフィスと小屋: 事務所や作業場に使える庭用の小型建物で、無垢材の単層壁または二重壁構造です。

- OEM ログハウス: 上記の各ファミリーを貴社ブランド名で供給するプライベートラベル、または貴社図面に基づく製造です。

「ログハウス 価格」で検索される方へ：Euroditaは仕様に基づく書面の見積書のみを提示し、供給範囲、材料、添付書類はその見積書で確定します。

## 日本向けB2B供給 FAQ

日本の輸入業者はEuroditaからプライベートラベルのログハウスを調達できますか？

はい。Euroditaは、日本の輸入業者、販売店、施工会社、リゾート・グランピング事業者向けに、OEM（プライベートラベル）の木造キャビンキット製造を検討できます。製造はリトアニアで行い、ブランド表示、販売説明、日本国内の建築確認・届出要否・法規適合の確認は日本側パートナーが案件ごとに管理します。

日本市場で優先すべき製品カテゴリーは何ですか？

日本向けの初期提案では、Euroditaは小型ログキャビン、木製物置・収納小屋、キャンプ・グランピング用キャビン、OEM/特注開発を優先対象として扱います。大型の集成材（グルーラム）案件は、現地の技術・法規確認がある場合に案件ごとに検討します。

小型ログキャビンや木製物置の仕様はどう確認しますか？

Euroditaの小型ログキャビンは、寸法、壁厚、屋根形状、窓とドア、梱包範囲、数量、用途を確認してから見積します。無垢ログの壁材は19×100mm、28×100mm、34×100mm、44×130mm、58×130mm、70×130mmの承認プロファイルから選択でき、無垢ログのモデルは28、34、44、58、70mmのいずれのプロファイルでも製作でき、19mmのプロファイルはカタログで19mmとして掲載されているモデルにのみ使用します。

集成材（グルーラム）案件は日本向けに主力提案にすべきですか？

Euroditaの集成材（グルーラム）は、案件ベースの選択肢として扱います。公開している集成材（グルーラム）の壁材プロファイルは70×130mm、88×260mm、135×260mm、180×260mm、220×260mmで、蟻継ぎ（ダブテイル）コーナーは88〜220mmのプロファイルで対応します。用途、構造、防火、耐震、省エネなどの現地確認は、日本側パートナーと専門家が案件ごとに行います。

日本国内の認可、施工、輸入手続きは誰が確認しますか？

Euroditaは製造情報、キット仕様、図面、製品データ、出荷書類を提供できます。日本国内の建築確認、許認可、輸入手続き、税金、国内配送、顧客向け表示・販売説明は、日本側パートナー、設計者、施工者、現地専門家が確認します。現地での組立・施工とその手配は、案件ごとに取り決めます。

見積に必要な情報は何ですか？

Euroditaへ相談する際は、平面図、外寸、壁厚、屋根タイプ、壁高、窓とドア、希望するキット範囲、用途、数量、納品条件、日本国内の建築確認・届出要否・法規適合の確認の前提を送ってください。情報が揃っているほど、製造可否と見積範囲を早く確認できます。

初回見積はどれくらいで受け取れますか？

必要情報が揃った仕様資料を受領後、Euroditaは案件ごとに製造可否と見積範囲を確認し、必要に応じてCAD図面・3D確認用資料を準備します。最終仕様、数量、納期、物流条件は見積段階で確認・確定します。

物流条件はどうなりますか？

標準の取引条件はリトアニア工場渡し（EXW）です。Euroditaは梱包範囲と出荷書類を準備し、積み込み条件は案件ごとに確認します。輸入通関、税金、国内配送は通常、日本側パートナーまたは指定フォワーダーが手配・確認します。

初回相談から見積までの流れはどうなりますか？

Euroditaへの初回相談では、用途、数量、寸法、壁厚、日本国内の建築確認・届出要否・法規適合の確認前提を共有します。Euroditaは製造可否、見積範囲、CAD/3D確認用資料、梱包範囲を確認し、日本側パートナーが輸入と販売説明を整理します。現地での組立・施工とその手配は、案件ごとに取り決めます。

## 日本向けB2B案件のご相談

会社概要、製品カテゴリーと用途、図面またはカタログモデル、想定数量、納入先と物流条件をお送りください。Euroditaが製造範囲、注文に含まれる書類、および日本側で確認が必要となる事項をご連絡します。

日本向け案件を相談する

EuroditaはリトアニアのB2B木造キャビン製造パートナーです。日本国内で必要となる許認可、輸入手続き、顧客向け表示・販売説明は日本側パートナーが案件ごとに確認します。現地での組立・施工とその手配は、案件ごとに取り決めます。

日本向け案件を相談する ページ上部へ戻る 英語サイト

## お問い合わせ前に確認いただきたい基本事項

- すべての注文は書面で見積もります。条件はEXWリトアニア、価格はユーロ建て（VAT・輸送費別）。DAPは案件ごと、DDPは個別判断のみです。

- 支払い: 注文時50%、工場出荷前50%。公開価格表、公開納期、販売店マージンの提示はありません。

- 無垢材の壁プロファイル 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm、集成材 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm。無垢材のモデルは28、34、44、58、70mmのいずれのプロファイルでも、集成材のモデルはいずれの集成材プロファイルでも製作できます。19mmのプロファイルはカタログで19mmとして掲載されているモデルにのみ使用します。表示寸法は外寸です。

- EuroditaはFSC・PEFCの自社CoC認証およびISO 9001を保有していません。個別注文の書類は見積時に確認します。

- リトアニア工場の見学は事前予約制です。

## その他の対応市場

- USA and Canada: log cabin kits and backyard offices

- Australia: supply for the Australian market

すべての対応市場・言語

日本語でのお問い合わせも お問い合わせフォーム から承ります


---

# Lithuania
URL: https://eurodita.com/lt-market/

## Eurodita: medinių namelių ir klijuotos medienos gamintojas Lietuvoje

Eurodita Lietuvoje gamina medinių pastatų komplektus ir komponentus prekybos partneriams, kitiems profesionaliems pirkėjams ir projektų komandoms. Medinių pastatų gamybos patirtis nuo 1994 metų. Kiekvieną užklausą vertiname pagal pastato paskirtį, kiekį, turimus brėžinius, pageidaujamą tiekimo apimtį ir projekto vietą.

Pirmiausia dirbame su B2B pirkėjais: prekybininkais, platintojais, statybos įmonėmis, vystytojais, architektais, apgyvendinimo paslaugų teikėjais ir kitomis profesionaliomis komandomis. Didesnės apimties privataus užsakovo projektas taip pat gali būti vertinamas individualiai, jei atitinka gamybos ir tiekimo modelį.

Ieškote sodo namelio sau? Statybos leidimo taisykles ir katalogo modelius rasite puslapyje Sodo nameliai ir mediniai nameliai iš gamintojo.

Planuojate namą ar sodybą iš klijuotos medienos? Profilius, modelius ir projektavimą rasite puslapyje Klijuotos medienos namai ir pastatai iš gamintojo.

Domina modulinis namas? Modulio ir komplekto skirtumus, modelius ir leidimus rasite puslapyje Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos iš gamintojo.

## Keturios kryptys projekto pradžiai

Sprendimą parenkame pagal projekto užduotį, o ne pagal visą katalogą. Lietuvos rinkos užklausoms siūlome pradėti nuo keturių krypčių:

- klijuotosios sluoksninės medienos (glulam) namai ir konstrukcijos, kai apibrėžta paskirtis, geometrija ir techniniai reikalavimai;

- individualiai projektuojami gyvenamieji ir kiti mediniai pastatai, rengiami pagal idėją, eskizą ar architektūrinius brėžinius;

- standartinių ar pritaikomų modelių serijos prekybos ir platinimo partneriams, suderinus asortimentą bei kiekį;

- konstrukcijos apgyvendinimo objektams, poilsio parkams ir kitiems komerciniams projektams, pritaikant patvirtintas gaminių grupes.

Šios kryptys nereiškia, kad bet kuri komplektacija tinka bet kokiai paskirčiai. Konstrukcijos sistema, matmenys, komponentai, kiekis ir techninis įgyvendinamumas patvirtinami konkrečiam projektui.

## Gamyba Lietuvoje: vidutinės apimtys ir gamybos plotas

Pirmieji keturi skaičiai yra apytiksliai metiniai vidurkiai. Jie nereiškia didžiausio gamybos pajėgumo, sandėlio likučio, rezervuotos vietos gamybos plane ar būsimo užsakymo garantijos:

- vidutiniškai apie 12 000 standartinių katalogo medinių pastatų per metus;

- vidutiniškai apie 1 800-2 000 nestandartinių ir individualių konstrukcijų per metus, neįskaičiuojant glulam konstrukcijų;

- vidutiniškai apie 50 didesnio nei 100 m² ploto glulam namų per metus, skaičiuojamų atskirai;

- vidutiniškai apie 150 000 m³ apdorojamos medienos per metus.

Dengtas gamyklos gamybos plotas yra apie 5 000 m²; tai gamyklos ploto rodiklis, o ne metinis vidurkis.

Gamyboje naudojamos Hundegger CNC staklės ir Nardi džiovinimo kameros. Šiuo metu siekiamas sienojų medienos drėgnis yra apie 12-14 %. Atsižvelgiant į produktą ir užsakymą, reguliariai tikrinama gaunama mediena, drėgnis, matmenys ir apdirbimo tikslumas, sujungimai, mediniai langai ir durys, komplektacija, pakuotė bei gaminys prieš išsiuntimą.

Eurodita savo gamykloje gamina medinių pastatų komplektus ir medinius langus bei duris. Klijuotą medieną (glulam) klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame patys. Kai kurie komponentai ir specializuotos paslaugos, pavyzdžiui, aliuminio slankiosios sistemos, konstrukcijų skaičiavimai ir transportas, perkami iš specializuotų partnerių: Eurodita neturi savo transporto parko.

## Tiekimo apimtį nustatome raštu

Pasiūlyme nurodome, kurie mediniai elementai, langai ir durys, brėžiniai, specifikacijos, pakuotė bei dokumentai įtraukti. Jei projektui reikalingas šiltinimas, Eurodita gali pateikti sienų, grindų ir stogo medinę konstrukciją, paruoštą šiltinti; šiltinimo medžiagos ir galutinė šiltinimo sistema nėra standartinės gamyklinės tiekimo apimties dalis ir paprastai parenkamos vietoje.

Pamatai, montavimas objekte, elektros, vandentiekio ar dujų sistemos, vietos apdaila, leidimai ir patvirtinimai neįtraukiami, jei raštu nesusitarta kitaip. Kai reikia, konstrukcijų skaičiavimus ir kitas specializuotas paslaugas gali atlikti išorės specialistai.

## Gamyba su partnerio prekės ženklu, kai tai suderinta

Gamybos su partnerio prekės ženklu modelyje Eurodita gamina, o partneris paprastai valdo galutinę kainodarą, pardavimo procesą ir santykį su savo klientu. Pasiūlymai, projekto dokumentai ir klientui skirta medžiaga gali būti pateikiami su partnerio prekės ženklu arba abiem ženklais, kai tai suderinta konkrečiam užsakymui ir darbo eigai.

Euroditos vidinė projektavimo, sąmatų ir vizualizavimo sistema sujungia medžiagų bei kainos skaičiavimą, 2D CAD brėžinius, 3D vaizdus ir pasiūlymo parengimą. Sistema padeda greičiau įvertinti projektą, tačiau nepakeičia techninės peržiūros, komercinio sprendimo ir rašytinio patvirtinimo. Viešai nežadame universalaus pasiūlymo parengimo termino.

## Pasiūlymas, gamyba ir pristatymas

Kaina skaičiuojama pagal tuo metu galiojančius patvirtintus duomenis, įvertinus užklausą. Jei standartinio produkto pasiūlyme nenustatyta kitaip, bazinės sąlygos yra EXW Eurodita, be PVM ir pristatymo. DAP variantas gali būti vertinamas, kai tinka projektui ir yra patvirtintas pasiūlyme.

Eurodita naudojasi išorės vežėjais ir ekspeditoriais. Transporto kaina, maršrutas ir numatomas atvykimo laikas priklauso nuo krovinio, adreso, vežėjo ir užsakymo. Iškrovimu ir tinkama įranga objekte rūpinasi pirkėjas, jei raštu nesusitarta kitaip.

Vieno universalaus minimalaus užsakymo kiekio nėra. Standartiniams ir mažesnio storio gaminiams užsakymo kiekis turi didesnę reikšmę, o individualūs ir glulam projektai gali būti vertinami lanksčiau. Gamybos terminas patvirtinamas konkrečiame pasiūlyme, kai aiški specifikacija, kiekis, gamyklos apkrova ir projekto sudėtingumas.

## Vietos reikalavimus tikrina projekto komanda

Užsakovas ar partneris kartu su savo architektu, konstruktoriumi, rangovu ir atsakingomis Lietuvos institucijomis patikrina sklypui bei visam pastatui taikomus reikalavimus, skaičiavimus, leidimus ir patvirtinimus. Eurodita pateikia sutartą informaciją apie savo gaminį ir tiekimo dokumentus, tačiau neatstoja vietos projektavimo ir negarantuoja viso pastato projekto patvirtinimo.

Eurodita neturi bendro visam medinių pastatų asortimentui taikomo CE ar UKCA ženklinimo. Konkrečiam gaminiui, projektui, paskirties rinkai ir užsakymui taikomi dokumentai patvirtinami raštu.

## Įmonės rekvizitai

- Pavadinimas: UAB „Eurodita“ (uždaroji akcinė bendrovė)

- Įmonės kodas: 300645961

- PVM mokėtojo kodas: LT100003147113

- Buveinė: K. Donelaičio g. 62, LT-44248 Kaunas

- Vadovas: Rolanas Kutra

- Telefonas: +370 698 72755

Dabartinis juridinis asmuo įregistruotas 2007 m. vasario 7 d. pavadinimu UAB „Timberhouses“ ir 2007 m. lapkričio 21 d. pervadintas į UAB „Eurodita“. Medinių pastatų gamybos patirtis nuo 1994 metų. Užklausą galite pateikti šio puslapio formoje arba puslapyje Kontaktai.

## Įvertinimai ir narystės

Įmonės patikimumą rodo „Creditinfo“ ir „Okredo“ įvertinimai. Euroditos įkūrėjas ir vadovas Rolanas Kutra yra „Forbes Business Council“ narys.

„Forbes Business Council“ Rolanas Kutra, Eurodita įkūrėjas ir vadovas, yra oficialus narys, 2026 m. Profilis „Forbes Councils“ svetainėje

„Okredo“ European Business Masters European Business Masters sertifikatas, suteiktas UAB „Eurodita“, A+++ klasė, nuo 2023 iki 2026 m.

„Creditinfo“ Stipriausi Lietuvoje Sertifikatas už laikotarpį nuo 2019 iki 2025 m.: aukštas UAB „Eurodita“ kredito reitingas.

## Dažniausiai užduodami klausimai

## Ar Eurodita dirba tik su prekybininkais?

Ne. Eurodita pirmiausia dirba su B2B pirkėjais ir vertina prekybininkų, platintojų, statybos įmonių, vystytojų, architektų, apgyvendinimo paslaugų teikėjų ir kitų profesionalių komandų užklausas. Didesnės apimties privataus užsakovo projektas taip pat gali būti vertinamas individualiai, jei atitinka gamybos ir tiekimo modelį.

## Kokių duomenų reikia pirminiam įvertinimui?

Nurodykite paskirtį, vietą, produkto šeimą, kiekį, matmenis, turimus brėžinius ar eskizus, pageidaujamus komponentus, terminą ir numatomą transportavimo būdą. Prieš rengdama pasiūlymą Eurodita įvertins gamybos galimybę ir trūkstamą techninę ar komercinę informaciją.

## Ar visi Euroditos gaminiai pažymėti CE arba UKCA?

Ne. Eurodita neturi bendro visam medinių pastatų asortimentui taikomo CE ar UKCA ženklinimo. Dokumentai ir, kai taikoma, atitikties vertinimo procedūra tikrinami pagal konkretų gaminį, projektą, paskirties rinką ir užsakymą.

## Kas tikrina statybos reikalavimus ir patvirtinimus Lietuvoje?

Užsakovas ar partneris ir jo vietos specialistai tikrina taikomus reikalavimus, skaičiavimus, leidimus, sklypo sąlygas bei patvirtinimus. Eurodita pateikia sutartus savo tiekimo duomenis ir dokumentus, bet neatstoja vietos projektavimo ir negarantuoja viso pastato projekto patvirtinimo.

## Ar galima gauti pasiūlymą su partnerio prekės ženklu?

Taip, jei toks modelis tinka bendradarbiavimui. Partneris paprastai valdo komercinį santykį su savo klientu, o pasiūlymai ir dokumentai gali būti pritaikyti bei pateikti su partnerio arba abiem prekių ženklais pagal konkrečiam užsakymui suderintą apimtį.

## Kokie yra gamybos ir pristatymo terminai?

Vieno universalaus termino nėra. Gamybos trukmė priklauso nuo produkto, kiekio, sudėtingumo, sezono ir gamyklos apkrovos. Transporto terminas priklauso nuo krovinio, maršruto, vežėjo ir užsakymo. Taikomos datos nurodomos konkrečiame pasiūlyme.

## Kokios yra bazinės komercinės sąlygos?

Jei pasiūlyme nenustatyta kitaip, standartinė bazė yra EXW Eurodita, be PVM ir pristatymo. Transportas arba DAP variantas gali būti apskaičiuotas atskirai, kai tinka projektui.

## Pateikite B2B projekto duomenis

Pirminiam įvertinimui nurodykite:

- įmonę ar organizaciją, kai taikoma, ir savo vaidmenį projekte;

- projekto vietą Lietuvoje ir numatomą paskirtį;

- produkto šeimą ir kiekį;

- matmenis, brėžinius, eskizus ar turimas specifikacijas;

- pageidaujamus komponentus ir gamyklos tiekimo apimtį;

- norimą terminą ir numatomą transportavimo būdą.

Prieš patvirtindami tiekimo būdą ar rengdami pasiūlymą, įvertinsime gamybos galimybes ir trūkstamus techninius arba komercinius duomenis.

Užklausos forma šio puslapio apačioje yra lietuvių kalba.
Pateikti B2B užklausą

## Susijusi informacija

Gamyba su partnerio prekės ženklu Individualūs projektai Glulam namai ir konstrukcijos Pristatymas ir atsakomybės Pateikti užklausą

## Svarbiausi faktai jūsų užklausai

- Kiekvienas užsakymas įkainojamas raštu: EXW Eurodita, kainos eurais be PVM ir transporto; DAP pagal užsakymą, DDP tik atskirais atvejais.

- Apmokėjimas: 50 % užsakant, 50 % prieš išsiuntimą iš gamyklos. Nėra viešo kainoraščio, skelbiamų gamybos terminų ar partnerių maržų.

- Masyvios medienos sienų profiliai 19x100, 28x100, 34x100, 44x130, 58x130, 70x130 mm; klijuota mediena (glulam) 70x130, 88x260, 135x260, 180x260, 220x260 mm. Masyvo modelis gali būti gaminamas iš bet kurio 28, 34, 44, 58 ar 70 mm profilio, klijuotos medienos modelis iš bet kurio klijuotos medienos profilio. 19 mm profilis naudojamas tik modeliuose, kurie su juo kataloguoti. Nurodyti matmenys yra išoriniai.

- Eurodita neturi savo FSC ar PEFC sertifikato ir ISO 9001; konkretaus užsakymo dokumentai patvirtinami pasiūlyme.

- Apsilankymai gamykloje, susitarus iš anksto.

## Kitos rinkos, kurias aptarnaujame

- Sverige: träbyggnadspaket för B2B

- Deutschland: Holzbausätze für Fachhandel

- Nederland: houten gebouwen voor vakhandel

Visos rinkos ir kalbos

Rašykite mums lietuviškai per kontaktų formą


---

# Poland
URL: https://eurodita.com/pl-market/

## Producent domów z bali i drewna klejonego dla dystrybutorów w Polsce

Polska: producent domów z bali i drewna klejonego dla handlu B2B

Ta strona jest przeznaczona dla firm z Polski, które kwalifikują źródło produkcji: dystrybutorów, hurtowni domków drewnianych, sieci handlowych, deweloperów, wykonawców, biur architektonicznych i marek własnych. Eurodita jest producentem domów z bali i konstrukcji z drewna klejonego warstwowo (glulam) z siedzibą na Litwie. Dostarcza zestawy budynków drewnianych partnerom handlowym w całej Unii Europejskiej, w tym w Polsce, w zależności od dopasowania projektu, logistyki, wymagań rynku i warunków handlowych.

Szukają Państwo domku letniskowego jako osoba prywatna? Zasady budowy na zgłoszenie i modele z katalogu znajdą Państwo na stronie Domki letniskowe i drewniane domki od producenta, a drewniany budynek sauny na stronie Sauna ogrodowa.

Wyślij zapytanie B2B Zobacz domy z drewna klejonego

Poniżej opisujemy zakres produkcji B2B, sposób przygotowania dokumentacji projektu z drewna klejonego przed wyceną, rodziny produktów dostępne dla handlu (dom z bali, domek letniskowy, garaż drewniany, biuro ogrodowe, dom drewniany całoroczny), zasady zaopatrzenia hurtowego i marki własnej, podział odpowiedzialności z zespołem projektowym, transport na bazie EXW Eurodita oraz sposób przygotowania zapytania B2B z Polski.

Strona nie zawiera cennika ani listy partnerów. Każde zamówienie jest przedmiotem pisemnej oferty, a zakres dostawy, materiały i dokumenty są ustalane dla konkretnego produktu i konkretnego zamówienia.

Są Państwo klientem prywatnym i szukają domu drewnianego do zamieszkania? Większe domy mieszkalne mogą być wyceniane bezpośrednio dla klientów prywatnych, po ocenie projektu. Zapraszamy na stronę Domy drewniane całoroczne i domki letniskowe od producenta: modele od jednej do czterech sypialni, projekty na zamówienie według Państwa rysunków i pisemna oferta.

## W skrócie

Odbiorcy: dystrybutorzy, hurtownie, sieci handlowe, deweloperzy, wykonawcy, biura projektowe i marki własne kupujące do odsprzedaży lub na własne projekty.

Zakres produkcji: zestawy z katalogu, produkcja pod marką własną (private label) i projekty na podstawie Państwa rysunków, w tym konstrukcje z drewna klejonego warstwowo (glulam).

Poza standardowym zestawem: fundamenty, przyłącza, koordynacja budowy i pozwolenia pozostają po stronie kupującego i jego lokalnych wykonawców; montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu.

Grubość ściany: podawana dla każdego modelu; profile z drewna litego od 19 do 70 mm, profile z drewna klejonego od 70×130 do 220×260 mm. Podane wymiary są wymiarami zewnętrznymi.

Oferta: pisemna, w euro, bez VAT i bez transportu, na bazie EXW Eurodita; DAP ustalane dla zamówienia, DDP indywidualnie.

Płatność: 50% przy zamówieniu, 50% przed wysyłką z fabryki. Brak publicznego cennika, brak publikowanych terminów, brak marż dystrybutorskich.

Certyfikaty: Eurodita nie posiada własnego certyfikatu FSC ani PEFC ani certyfikacji ISO 9001; dokumentacja konkretnego zamówienia jest potwierdzana w ofercie.

Produkcja: budynki drewniane od 1994 roku na Litwie, obróbka CNC Hundegger, suszenie komorowe do wilgotności 12-14%.

## Produkcja przemysłowa B2B i zakres dostawy

Ta strona jest skierowana do profesjonalistów, którzy kwalifikują źródło produkcji, a nie do osób prywatnych szukających małego domku ogrodowego lub domu pod klucz. Osoby prywatne również mogą przesłać zapytanie przez ten sam formularz: większe domy mieszkalne mogą być dostarczane także bezpośrednio klientom prywatnym, a w przypadku małych budynków ogrodowych drogę dostawy potwierdzamy dla każdego projektu. Eurodita może rozpatrzyć zaopatrzenie z katalogu, projekt na podstawie rysunków oraz produkcję pod marką własną. Fundamenty, przyłącza, koordynacja budowy i pozwolenia pozostają po stronie kupującego i jego lokalnych wykonawców; montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu.

W praktyce oznacza to, że Eurodita produkuje zestaw: bale ścienne, konstrukcję podłogi i dachu oraz stolarkę drewnianą, obrobione na Litwie i zapakowane na płasko wraz z rysunkami montażowymi dla skonfigurowanego zamówienia. Partner handlowy prowadzi własną markę, własną politykę cenową i własną relację z klientem końcowym.

## Drewno klejone warstwowo (glulam): dokumentacja projektu przed wyceną

W przypadku zapytania o dom z drewna klejonego (glulam) lub o konstrukcję nośną z drewna klejonego warstwowo dokumentacja powinna określać rewizję rysunków, główne wymiary, system konstrukcyjny, interfejsy, ilość, lokalizację, przeznaczenie i termin decyzji. Eurodita sprawdza wnioskowany zakres fabryczny przed potwierdzeniem, czy projekt może zostać przeanalizowany.

- Rysunki, specyfikacja lub zdefiniowana rodzina produktów

- Miejsce przeznaczenia, sposób użytkowania, ilość i harmonogram decyzji

- Zakres produkcji, pakowanie i potrzeby dokumentacyjne

- Dojazd, rozładunek, Incoterm i podział odpowiedzialności logistycznej

Obliczenia konstrukcyjne wykonują wyspecjalizowani partnerzy. Eurodita publikuje wstępne wartości U samego elementu ściany drewnianej: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 i 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (sam element, nie gotowy budynek ani wynik zgodności); wartość U ściany podwójnej jest obliczana dla każdego projektu na podstawie wybranej izolacji, a parametry kompletnego budynku określa lokalny zespół projektowy na podstawie dokumentacji zamówienia.

## Dom z bali, domek letniskowy, garaż drewniany i biuro ogrodowe: rodziny produktów dla handlu

Poza konstrukcjami z drewna klejonego warstwowo Eurodita produkuje dla dystrybutorów, hurtowni i sprzedawców pod marką własną następujące rodziny produktów, wszystkie dostarczane w zestawach z fabryki Eurodita:

- Dom z bali i domek z bali: modele katalogowe z bali litych lub z drewna klejonego warstwowo, od domków letniskowych z jednym pomieszczeniem po budynki z kilkoma sypialniami. Grubość ściany jest podawana dla każdego modelu: profile lite od 19 do 70 mm, profile z drewna klejonego od 70×130 do 220×260 mm.

- Dom drewniany w zestawie, w tym dom drewniany całoroczny: domy o ścianach z bali litych lub z drewna klejonego, parterowe lub piętrowe, dostarczane w zestawie z rysunkami montażowymi odpowiadającymi zamówieniu. Do użytkowania całorocznego Eurodita oferuje profile 58×130 i 70×130 mm oraz drewno klejone warstwowo.

- Garaż drewniany i wiata garażowa (carport): garaże drewniane pojedyncze i podwójne, wiaty oraz zestawienia garaż-wiata, w profilach litych, z dachem dwuspadowym lub jednospadowym zależnie od modelu.

- Domki drewniane ogrodowe i biuro ogrodowe: budynki ogrodowe z możliwością ocieplenia, przeznaczone na biuro lub warsztat, oferowane handlowi w profilach litych lub w konstrukcji dwuściennej.

Każda rodzina może być realizowana jako zakup katalogowy, pod Państwa marką własną (private label) lub jako produkcja na wymiar na podstawie Państwa rysunków. Dokładny zakres, materiały i dostarczane dokumenty są ustalane w pisemnej ofercie.

Katalogi produktów (po angielsku): domki z bali, biura ogrodowe, domy z drewna klejonego i domki-aneksy (granny annexes). Wszystkie strony rynkowe: rynki i języki.

## Zaopatrzenie hurtowe, dystrybucja domków drewnianych i marka własna (private label)

W przypadku dystrybutorów, hurtowni i sieci handlowych kwalifikacja dotyczy rodziny produktów, kanału dystrybucji, oczekiwanego wolumenu, miejsca przeznaczenia oraz wymagań dotyczących pakowania lub etykietowania. Eurodita nie prowadzi programu franczyzowego w budownictwie drewnianym: warunki marki własnej, oznaczenia producenta i obowiązujące dokumenty są ustalane dla każdego zamówienia.

Marka własna (private label) i white label oznaczają w Eurodita to samo rozwiązanie: Eurodita produkuje, a marka partnera pojawia się na ofercie, rysunkach i dokumentacji skierowanej do klienta w zakresie uzgodnionym dla zamówienia. Eurodita nie utrzymuje magazynu na rynku polskim i nie oferuje dropshippingu. Nie publikuje marż dystrybutorskich ani cen odsprzedaży; partner handlowy ustala własne ceny. Wyłączność, ochrona terytorium lub gwarantowana marża nie są ofertą standardową; takie warunki mogą wynikać wyłącznie z konkretnej pisemnej umowy.

## Architektura i projekty deweloperskie: jasno przypisane interfejsy

W przypadku projektu drewnianego prowadzonego przez biuro architektoniczne lub zespół deweloperski Eurodita potrzebuje osoby kontaktowej po stronie projektu, wnioskowanego zakresu produkcji oraz informacji niezbędnych do analizy technicznej i handlowej. Lokalne opracowania, projekt całościowy, interfejsy z pozostałymi branżami i wykonanie pozostają w odpowiedzialności właściwego zespołu projektowego w Polsce.

## Lokalna weryfikacja projektu: Prawo budowlane, warunki techniczne, plan miejscowy

Wymagania Prawa budowlanego, warunków technicznych, jakim powinny odpowiadać budynki i ich usytuowanie, miejscowego planu zagospodarowania przestrzennego lub decyzji o warunkach zabudowy, a także wymagania konstrukcyjne, przeciwpożarowe i energetyczne oraz niezbędne uzgodnienia dotyczą kompletnego budynku i jego dokumentacji. Określa je lokalny zespół projektowy i osoby odpowiedzialne za projekt w Polsce. Właściwą procedurę dla danej działki i danego budynku kupujący potwierdza w lokalnym urzędzie przed zamówieniem.

Eurodita nie przedstawia na tej stronie produktu katalogowego jako automatycznie zgodnego z polskimi przepisami ani z określonym poziomem parametrów i nie udziela żadnej gwarancji uzyskania pozwolenia lub przyjęcia zgłoszenia.

## Dokumenty i oznaczenia zależnie od produktu i zamówienia

Pisemna oferta określa, dla uzgodnionego produktu i zakresu, elementy produkcji, dostępne dokumenty i wymagania, które ewentualnie należy uwzględnić. Ta strona nie obiecuje ani certyfikatu, ani oznakowania, ani jednolitej dokumentacji technicznej dla wszystkich rodzin produktów lub wszystkich projektów. Eurodita nie posiada własnego certyfikatu FSC ani PEFC ani certyfikacji ISO 9001; dokumentacja konkretnego zamówienia jest potwierdzana w ofercie. Wymagania dokumentacyjne prosimy zgłaszać przed wyceną.

## Transport i odpowiedzialność za odbiór: standard EXW Eurodita

Standardową bazą dostawy jest EXW Eurodita. Inne rozwiązanie transportowe może zostać przeanalizowane dla konkretnego projektu lub konkretnej trasy i musi zostać potwierdzone na piśmie wraz z Incotermem, miejscem przeznaczenia, dojazdem, rozładunkiem, dokumentami i podziałem odpowiedzialności. DAP jest ustalane dla zamówienia, DDP indywidualnie.

Transport jest organizowany dla każdego zamówienia osobno: na warunkach EXW Eurodita organizuje go kupujący lub wskazany przez niego przewoźnik, a dostawa DAP jest uzgadniana indywidualnie. Rozładunek w miejscu przeznaczenia należy do kupującego lub odbiorcy na budowie, z odpowiednim sprzętem zorganizowanym lokalnie. Eurodita nie publikuje terminów realizacji ani czasu dostawy; harmonogram konkretnego zamówienia jest uzgadniany w ofercie.

## Informacje o produkcji: od 1994 roku na Litwie

Eurodita produkuje budynki drewniane od 1994 roku na Litwie, na około 5 000 m² zadaszonej powierzchni produkcyjnej, ze świerku i sosny północnej. Obróbka CNC Hundegger; suszenie w komorach Nardi (elektrycznych) do docelowej wilgotności 12-14%. Ściany lite: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 i 70×130 mm; drewno klejone warstwowo: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 i 220×260 mm (połączenie narożne na jaskółczy ogon od 88 do 220 mm); ściany podwójne 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm (izolacja kupowana lokalnie; wartość U ściany podwójnej obliczana dla projektu). Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego. Profil 19 mm stosuje się tylko w modelach, które są z nim w katalogu. Podane wymiary są wymiarami zewnętrznymi.

Podłoga z desek 28 mm i legary impregnowane w standardzie; bale domyślnie bez impregnacji, malowanie fabryczne opcjonalnie, przy ograniczonych mocach. Okna i drzwi drewniane własnej produkcji (IV45, IV68 i IV92, ten ostatni z potrójnym szkleniem); przesuwne drzwi aluminiowe dostarcza wyspecjalizowany dostawca. Zestawy są dostarczane na płasko, bez wstępnego montażu; obliczenia konstrukcyjne wykonują wyspecjalizowani partnerzy.

## Domek ogrodowy 28 mm i 44 mm: profile ścian dla handlu

Do lekkich domków ogrodowych i małych budynków ogrodowych Eurodita produkuje profile z drewna litego 19×100 mm i 28×100 mm. Profile te należą do gamy standardowej, produkowanej wolumenowo, stosowanej głównie w standardowych modelach katalogowych.

Profile 34×100 mm i 44×130 mm należą do gamy standardowej przeznaczonej dla sprzedawców. Są stosowane zarówno w modelach katalogowych, jak i konfigurowalnych, i stanowią typowe grubości ścian w handlu.

Do użytkowania całorocznego i do większych budynków Eurodita oferuje profile 58×130 mm i 70×130 mm, dostępne również dla projektów jednostkowych i modeli na wymiar. W konstrukcji dwuściennej Eurodita oferuje także zestawienia 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm: dwie ściany z drewna litego rozdzielone pustką przygotowaną pod izolację; materiał izolacyjny jest zwykle wybierany i kupowany lokalnie. Drewno klejone warstwowo (glulam) obejmuje przekroje od 70×130 mm do 220×260 mm. Model z drewna litego można co do zasady wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego, z zastrzeżeniem potwierdzenia dla każdego zamówienia. Wstępne wartości U elementów ściany drewnianej są opublikowane powyżej (44 mm 2,43 i 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); wszystkie wymiary podane dla budynku są wymiarami zewnętrznymi.

| Profil | Typowe zastosowanie w handlu | Uwaga

| 19×100 mm | Lekkie domki ogrodowe, małe budynki ogrodowe, produkcja standardowa | Gama standardowa, produkcja wolumenowa.

| 28×100 mm | Modele katalogowe i konfigurowalne domków ogrodowych i domków z bali | Gama standardowa, produkcja wolumenowa.

| 34×100 mm | Modele katalogowe i konfigurowalne | Gama standardowa, produkcja wolumenowa.

| 44×130 mm | Modele katalogowe, konfigurowalne i na wymiar, gama standardowa dla sprzedawców | Służy także jako ściana zewnętrzna w zestawieniach dwuściennych 44-50-44 i 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Modele katalogowe, konfigurowalne i projekty jednostkowe, użytkowanie całoroczne | Służy także jako ściana zewnętrzna w zestawieniach dwuściennych 58-50-58 i 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Modele katalogowe, konfigurowalne i projekty jednostkowe, użytkowanie całoroczne i większe budynki | Ten profil istnieje także w drewnie klejonym warstwowo (glulam); prosimy wskazać wybraną wersję.

Eurodita jest producentem z siedzibą na Litwie, z doświadczeniem produkcyjnym od 1994 roku, który zaopatruje sprzedawców i dystrybutorów na zapytanie. Każde zamówienie jest przedmiotem pisemnej oferty, w euro, na bazie EXW Eurodita; nie istnieje publiczny cennik. Eurodita nie podaje liczby krajów ani liczby partnerów.

## Najważniejsze fakty do Państwa zapytania

- Każde zamówienie jest przedmiotem pisemnej oferty: EXW Eurodita, cena w EUR bez VAT i bez transportu; DAP dla zamówienia, DDP indywidualnie.

- Płatność: 50% przy zamówieniu, 50% przed wysyłką z fabryki. Brak publicznego cennika, brak publikowanych terminów, brak marż dystrybutorskich.

- Profile ścian z drewna litego 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; drewno klejone warstwowo 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego. Profil 19 mm stosuje się tylko w modelach, które są z nim w katalogu. Podane wymiary są wymiarami zewnętrznymi.

- Eurodita nie posiada własnego certyfikatu FSC ani PEFC ani certyfikacji ISO 9001; dokumentacja konkretnego zamówienia jest potwierdzana w ofercie.

- Wizyty w fabryce na Litwie po wcześniejszym umówieniu.

## Najczęstsze pytania

## Czy Eurodita sprzedaje domki bezpośrednio klientom prywatnym w Polsce?

Dla gamy małych budynków ogrodowych (domki ogrodowe, altany, biura ogrodowe) drogę dostawy potwierdzamy dla każdego projektu; większe domy mieszkalne mogą być dostarczane bezpośrednio klientom prywatnym. Ta strona jest przeznaczona dla zapytań od dystrybutorów, hurtowni, wykonawców, architektów, deweloperów i innych partnerów profesjonalnych.

## Czy istnieje minimalna wielkość zamówienia dla dystrybutora?

Oczekiwany wolumen jest jednym z elementów kwalifikacji zapytania, obok rodziny produktów, kanału dystrybucji, miejsca przeznaczenia i wymagań dotyczących pakowania lub etykietowania. Ta strona nie podaje progu ilościowego; ilość i warunki handlowe są potwierdzane w pisemnej ofercie dla konkretnego zamówienia.

## Czy projekt z drewna klejonego warstwowo jest automatycznie zgodny z polskimi przepisami budowlanymi?

Nie. Wymagania i uzgodnienia zależą od kompletnego budynku, jego lokalizacji i dokumentacji; należą do osób odpowiedzialnych za projekt w Polsce. Procedurę dla danej działki kupujący potwierdza w lokalnym urzędzie.

## Jakie dokumenty są dołączone do zamówienia?

Dostępne dokumenty są określane dla konkretnego produktu, zakresu i zamówienia. Każde wymaganie dokumentacyjne należy zgłosić przed wyceną. Eurodita nie posiada własnego certyfikatu FSC ani PEFC ani certyfikacji ISO 9001.

## Czy można wyprodukować domki pod naszą marką własną (private label)?

Tak. Eurodita produkuje, a marka partnera pojawia się na ofercie, rysunkach i dokumentacji skierowanej do klienta w zakresie uzgodnionym dla zamówienia. Warunki marki własnej, oznaczenia producenta i obowiązujące dokumenty są ustalane dla każdego zamówienia; Eurodita nie prowadzi programu franczyzowego.

## Jaka grubość ściany domku ogrodowego: 28 mm czy 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) i 44 mm (44×130 mm) to dwa odrębne profile z drewna litego ze standardowej gamy Eurodita. Profil 28 mm jest stosowany w lekkich domkach ogrodowych, natomiast profil 44 mm należy do gamy standardowej oferowanej sprzedawcom. Wymiary podane dla każdego budynku są wymiarami zewnętrznymi.

## Czy domek o podwójnej ścianie można ocieplić?

Tak. Zestawienia dwuścienne (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm) mają pustkę między dwiema ścianami z drewna litego, przygotowaną pod izolację. Materiał izolacyjny jest zwykle wybierany i kupowany lokalnie. Wstępne wartości U samego elementu ściany drewnianej są opublikowane (44 mm 2,43 i 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); całkowita wartość U ściany podwójnej zależy od wybranej izolacji i jest obliczana dla każdego projektu.

## Jak wygląda dostawa do Polski i jak rozpocząć współpracę?

Standardową bazą jest EXW Eurodita; DAP jest ustalane dla zamówienia, DDP indywidualnie, zawsze na piśmie wraz z Incotermem, miejscem przeznaczenia, dojazdem, rozładunkiem i dokumentami. Eurodita jest producentem z fabryki Eurodita na Litwie z doświadczeniem produkcyjnym od 1994 roku i zaopatruje sprzedawców oraz dystrybutorów na zapytanie. Aby rozpocząć, prosimy przesłać przez formularz kontaktowy firmę i rolę, produkt lub projekt, miejsce przeznaczenia, ilość i wnioskowany zakres fabryczny.

## Jak przygotować polskie zapytanie B2B

Prosimy podać firmę i Państwa rolę, produkt lub projekt, miejsce przeznaczenia, rysunki lub specyfikację, ilość, przeznaczenie, wnioskowany zakres fabryczny, harmonogram i sposób logistyki. Eurodita najpierw weryfikuje dopasowanie handlowe i brakujące informacje, zanim przygotuje pisemną ofertę.

Przydatna kolejność dla dystrybutora lub hurtowni: rodzina produktów (dom z bali, domek letniskowy, garaż drewniany, biuro ogrodowe lub dom z drewna klejonego), kanał sprzedaży, oczekiwany wolumen i plan zamówień powtarzalnych, wymagania dotyczące marki własnej i etykietowania, miejsce rozładunku w Polsce. Dla zespołu projektowego: osoba kontaktowa, rewizja rysunków, zakres fabryczny, interfejsy z pozostałymi branżami i termin decyzji.

Wyślij zapytanie B2B

Polska Wyślij zapytanie B2B


---

# Finland
URL: https://eurodita.com/fi-market/

## Hirsimökkien ja hirsitalojen valmistaja jälleenmyyjille Suomessa

Suomi: hirsimökkien, hirsitalojen ja liimapuurakennusten valmistaja kaupalle

Tämä sivu on tarkoitettu suomalaisille yrityksille, jotka arvioivat valmistuslähdettä: hirsimökkien ja hirsitalojen jälleenmyyjille, tukkuliikkeille, rakennustarvikeketjuille, rakennuttajille, urakoitsijoille, arkkitehtitoimistoille ja omaa tuotemerkkiä (private label) käyttäville brändeille. Eurodita on hirsitalojen ja liimapuurakenteiden (glulam) valmistaja, jonka tehdas sijaitsee Liettuassa. Se toimittaa puurakennusten paketteja kauppakumppaneille koko Euroopan unionin alueella, myös Suomeen, projektin soveltuvuuden, logistiikan, markkinan vaatimusten ja kaupallisten ehtojen mukaan.

Lähettäkää B2B-tarjouspyyntö Katsokaa liimahirsitalot

Etsitkö pihasaunaa yksityishenkilönä? Lupasäännöt ja saunahuoneellisen mallin löydät sivulta Pihasauna ja saunamökki hirrestä valmistajalta.

Alla kuvaamme B2B-valmistuksen laajuuden, liimapuuprojektin aineiston valmistelun ennen tarjousta, kaupalle tarjolla olevat tuoteperheet (hirsimökki, vapaa-ajan asunto, hirsitalo, puuautotalli, piharakennus ja pihatoimisto), tukkumyynnin ja oman tuotemerkin periaatteet, vastuunjaon suunnitteluryhmän kanssa, kuljetuksen EXW Eurodita -ehdolla sekä tavan valmistella B2B-tarjouspyyntö Suomesta.

Sivulla ei ole hinnastoa eikä kumppaniluetteloa. Jokaisesta tilauksesta laaditaan kirjallinen tarjous, ja toimituksen laajuus, materiaalit ja asiakirjat määritellään kullekin tuotteelle ja tilaukselle erikseen.

Oletko yksityishenkilö ja etsit hirsitaloa asuttavaksi? Suuremmat asuinrakennukset voidaan tarjota suoraan myös yksityisasiakkaille hankkeen arvioinnin jälkeen. Katso sivu Hirsimökki ja hirsitalopaketti valmistajalta: mallit yhdestä neljään makuuhuoneeseen, yksilöllinen suunnittelu piirustustesi mukaan ja kirjallinen tarjous.

## Lyhyesti

Kenelle: jälleenmyyjät, tukkuliikkeet, rakennustarvikeketjut, rakennuttajat, urakoitsijat, suunnittelutoimistot ja omat tuotemerkit, jotka ostavat jälleenmyyntiin tai omiin hankkeisiinsa.

Valmistuksen laajuus: luettelomallit, valmistus Teidän tuotemerkillänne (private label) ja projektit Teidän piirustustenne pohjalta, mukaan lukien liimapuurakenteet (glulam).

Ei kuulu vakiopakettiin: perustukset, liittymät, työmaan koordinointi ja luvat jäävät ostajan ja hänen paikallisten ammattilaistensa vastuulle; pystytyksestä ja sen järjestämisestä sovitaan projektikohtaisesti.

Seinän paksuus: ilmoitetaan mallikohtaisesti; massiivihirsiprofiilit 19-70 mm, liimahirsiprofiilit 70×130-220×260 mm. Ilmoitetut mitat ovat ulkomittoja.

Tarjous: kirjallinen, euroina, ilman arvonlisäveroa ja ilman kuljetusta, EXW Eurodita -ehdolla; DAP sovitaan tilauskohtaisesti, DDP tapauskohtaisesti.

Maksu: 50 % tilattaessa, 50 % ennen lähetystä tehtaalta. Ei julkista hinnastoa, ei julkaistuja toimitusaikoja, ei jälleenmyyjän katteita.

Sertifikaatit: Euroditalla ei ole omaa FSC- tai PEFC-sertifikaattia eikä ISO 9001 -sertifiointia; yksittäisen tilauksen dokumentaatio vahvistetaan tarjouksessa.

Valmistus: puurakennuksia vuodesta 1994 Liettuassa, Hundegger CNC -työstö, kamarikuivaus 12-14 %:n kosteuteen.

## Teollinen B2B-valmistus ja toimituksen laajuus

Tämä sivu on suunnattu ammattilaisille, jotka arvioivat valmistuslähdettä, ei yksityishenkilöille, jotka etsivät pientä pihamökkiä tai avaimet käteen -taloa. Eurodita voi tarkastella luettelotoimitusta, piirustusten mukaista projektia ja valmistusta omalla tuotemerkillä. Perustukset, liittymät, työmaan koordinointi ja lupa-asiat jäävät ostajan ja hänen paikallisten ammattilaistensa vastuulle; pystytyksestä ja sen järjestämisestä sovitaan projektikohtaisesti.

Käytännössä tämä tarkoittaa, että Eurodita valmistaa paketin: seinähirret, lattian ja katon rakenteet sekä puuikkunat ja puuovet, jotka työstetään Liettuassa ja pakataan lappeelleen tilauksen mukaisten asennuspiirustusten kanssa. Kauppakumppani hoitaa oman tuotemerkkinsä, oman hinnoittelunsa ja oman suhteensa loppuasiakkaaseen.

Pienten piharakennusten valikoiman (pihamökit, varastot, pihatoimistot) toimitustapa vahvistetaan hankekohtaisesti; suuremmat asuinrakennukset voidaan toimittaa myös suoraan yksityisasiakkaille. Tämä sivu keskittyy yritysten tarjouspyyntöihin; myös yksityishenkilöt voivat lähettää kyselyn samalla lomakkeella.

## Liimapuu (glulam): projektiaineisto ennen tarjousta

Kun tarjouspyyntö koskee liimahirsitaloa tai liimapuista (glulam) kantavaa rakennetta, aineiston tulee määritellä piirustusten revisio, päämitat, rakennejärjestelmä, rajapinnat, määrä, sijainti, käyttötarkoitus ja päätösaikataulu. Eurodita tarkistaa pyydetyn tehdastoimituksen laajuuden ennen kuin vahvistaa, voidaanko projekti ottaa tarkasteluun.

- Piirustukset, rakennusselostus tai määritelty tuoteperhe

- Käyttökohde, käyttötarkoitus, määrä ja päätöksenteon aikataulu

- Valmistuksen laajuus, pakkaus ja dokumentaatiotarve

- Pääsy tontille, purku, Incoterm ja logistiikan vastuunjako

Liimahirsiprofiilit ovat 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 ja 220×260 mm, ja lohenpyrstönurkkaliitos on käytettävissä 88-220 mm:n profiileissa. Profiili 70×130 mm valmistetaan sekä massiivihirtenä että liimahirtenä, joten tarjouspyynnössä on syytä ilmoittaa, kumpaa versiota tarkoitetaan. Rakennelaskelmat tekevät erikoistuneet kumppanit. Eurodita julkaisee alustavat U-arvot pelkälle puuseinäelementille: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 ja 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (elementti yksin, ei valmis rakennus eikä vaatimustenmukaisuustulos); kaksoisseinän U-arvo lasketaan hankekohtaisesti valitun eristeen mukaan, ja valmiin rakennuksen ominaisuudet määrittelee paikallinen suunnitteluryhmä tilauksen aineiston perusteella.

## Hirsimökki, hirsitalo, puuautotalli ja piharakennus: tuoteperheet kaupalle

Liimapuurakenteiden lisäksi Eurodita valmistaa jälleenmyyjille, tukkuliikkeille ja omalla tuotemerkillä myyville seuraavat tuoteperheet, jotka kaikki toimitetaan paketteina Eurodita-tehtaalta:

- Hirsimökki ja asuttava hirsimökki: luettelomallit massiivihirrestä tai liimahirrestä, yhden huoneen mökeistä usean makuuhuoneen rakennuksiin. Suomen kaupassa samoja malleja haetaan myös nimillä hirsimökkipaketti, saunamökki ja vapaa-ajan asunto; kunkin mallin toimitussisältö vahvistetaan tarjouksessa. Seinän paksuus ilmoitetaan mallikohtaisesti: massiiviprofiilit 19-70 mm, liimahirsiprofiilit 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Hirsitalo pakettina, myös ympärivuotiseen käyttöön: massiivihirsi- tai liimahirsiseinäiset talot yhdessä tasossa tai yläkerralla, toimitetaan pakettina tilausta vastaavien asennuspiirustusten kanssa. Ympärivuotiseen käyttöön Eurodita tarjoaa profiilit 58×130 ja 70×130 mm sekä liimahirren.

- Puuautotalli ja autokatos: yksittäis- ja kaksoisautotallit puusta, autokatokset sekä autotallin ja autokatoksen yhdistelmät massiiviprofiileina, harja- tai pulpettikatolla mallista riippuen.

- Piharakennus ja pihatoimisto: eristettävät piharakennukset toimisto- tai verstaskäyttöön, kaupalle massiiviprofiileina tai kaksoisseinärakenteena.

Jokainen tuoteperhe voidaan toteuttaa luettelo-ostona, Teidän omalla tuotemerkillänne (private label) tai mittatilaustyönä Teidän piirustustenne pohjalta. Tarkka laajuus, materiaalit ja toimitettavat asiakirjat vahvistetaan kirjallisessa tarjouksessa.

Toteutustavat eroavat toisistaan aineiston osalta. Luettelomalli tilataan mallitunnuksella ja halutulla seinäprofiililla. Konfiguroitava malli lähtee luettelomallista, jonka mittoja, aukkoja tai profiilia muutetaan tilausta varten. Mittatilausmalli ja yksittäinen projekti perustuvat Teidän piirustuksiinne, ja niiden osalta Eurodita tarkistaa ensin, kuuluuko pyydetty laajuus tehtaan valmistusalueeseen. Puuikkunat ja puuovet ovat kaikissa tapauksissa omaa valmistusta; alumiiniset liukuovet tulevat erikoistuneelta toimittajalta.

Tuoteluettelot (englanniksi): hirsimökit, pihatoimistot, liimahirsitalot ja sivuasunnot (granny annexes). Kaikki markkinasivut: markkinat ja kielet.

## Tukkumyynti, jälleenmyynti ja oma tuotemerkki (private label)

Jälleenmyyjien, tukkuliikkeiden ja ketjujen kohdalla arviointi koskee tuoteperhettä, jakelukanavaa, odotettua volyymia, käyttökohdetta sekä pakkaus- ja merkintävaatimuksia. Eurodita ei tarjoa puurakentamisen franchising-ohjelmaa: oman tuotemerkin ehdot, valmistajamerkinnät ja sovellettavat asiakirjat määritellään tilauskohtaisesti.

Oma tuotemerkki (private label) ja white label tarkoittavat Euroditalla samaa ratkaisua: Eurodita valmistaa, ja kumppanin tuotemerkki näkyy tarjouksessa, piirustuksissa ja asiakkaalle suunnatussa dokumentaatiossa tilaukselle sovitussa laajuudessa. Eurodita ei pidä varastoa Suomen markkinalla eikä tarjoa dropshipping-toimitusta. Se ei julkaise jälleenmyyjän katteita eikä jälleenmyyntihintoja; kauppakumppani määrittelee omat hintansa. Yksinoikeus, aluesuoja tai taattu kate eivät ole vakiotarjontaa; tällaiset ehdot voivat perustua vain erilliseen kirjalliseen sopimukseen.

Tukkumyynnin ja jälleenmyynnin kannalta olennaista on, että jokainen tilaus tarjotaan kirjallisesti euroina EXW Eurodita -ehdolla ilman arvonlisäveroa ja ilman kuljetusta. Toistuvien tilausten suunnitelma, pakkaustapa ja mahdolliset merkinnät Teidän tuotemerkillänne käsitellään samassa tarjouksessa. Eurodita ei ilmoita julkisesti maiden eikä kumppaneiden lukumäärää, eikä tämä sivu sisällä referenssiluetteloa.

## Arkkitehtuuri ja rakennuttajahankkeet: selkeästi jaetut rajapinnat

Kun puurakennushanketta vetää arkkitehtitoimisto tai rakennuttajan tiimi, Eurodita tarvitsee hankkeen yhteyshenkilön, halutun valmistuslaajuuden sekä tekniseen ja kaupalliseen tarkasteluun tarvittavat tiedot. Paikalliset selvitykset, kokonaissuunnittelu, rajapinnat muihin urakoihin ja toteutus jäävät Suomessa toimivan pätevän suunnitteluryhmän vastuulle.

Euroditan osuus hankkeessa on tehdastoimitus: sovitun laajuuden valmistus Liettuassa, tilausta vastaavat asennuspiirustukset ja tarjouksessa vahvistetut asiakirjat. Perustukset, liittymät ja työmaan koordinointi järjestetään Suomessa hankkeen omien ammattilaisten toimesta; pystytyksestä ja sen järjestämisestä sovitaan projektikohtaisesti. Tämä jako kannattaa kirjata tarjouspyyntöön jo alussa, jotta tekninen ja kaupallinen tarkastelu kohdistuu oikeaan laajuuteen.

## Projektin paikallinen hyväksyntä: Suomen rakentamissäännöt ja kunnan rakennusvalvonta

Suomen rakentamislainsäädännön vaatimukset, eli rakentamislaki (aiemmin maankäyttö- ja rakennuslaki), kunnan rakennusjärjestys ja kaavamääräykset, samoin kuin rakenteelliset, paloturvallisuus- ja energiavaatimukset sekä tarvittavat hyväksynnät koskevat valmista rakennusta ja sen asiakirjoja. Ne määrittelee paikallinen suunnitteluryhmä ja hankkeesta Suomessa vastaavat henkilöt. Se, edellyttääkö kohde rakentamislupaa (aiemmin rakennuslupa tai toimenpidelupa), ilmoitusmenettelyä vai muuta kunnan edellyttämää menettelyä, on kunnan päätös; ostaja vahvistaa tontin ja rakennuksen menettelyn kunnan rakennusvalvonnasta ennen tilausta.

Eurodita ei esitä tällä sivulla luettelotuotetta automaattisesti Suomen säännösten tai tietyn suoritustason mukaisena eikä anna mitään takuuta luvan myöntämisestä tai ilmoituksen hyväksymisestä.

## Asiakirjat ja merkinnät tuotteen ja tilauksen mukaan

Kirjallinen tarjous määrittelee sovitulle tuotteelle ja laajuudelle valmistuksen osat, saatavilla olevat asiakirjat ja mahdollisesti huomioitavat vaatimukset. Tämä sivu ei lupaa sertifikaattia, merkintää eikä yhtenäistä teknistä dokumentaatiota kaikille tuoteperheille tai kaikille projekteille. Euroditalla ei ole omaa FSC- tai PEFC-sertifikaattia eikä ISO 9001 -sertifiointia; yksittäisen tilauksen dokumentaatio vahvistetaan tarjouksessa. Pyydämme ilmoittamaan dokumentaatiovaatimukset ennen tarjouksen laatimista.

## Kuljetus ja vastaanoton vastuut: EXW Eurodita vakiona

Vakiotoimitusehto on EXW Eurodita: ostaja tai hänen rahdinkuljettajansa noutaa paketin Eurodita-tehtaalta ja vastaa kuljetuksesta Suomeen sekä siihen liittyvistä asiakirjoista. Muuta kuljetusratkaisua voidaan tarkastella tietylle projektille tai reitille, ja se on vahvistettava kirjallisesti Incotermin, määräpaikan, pääsyn, purun, asiakirjojen ja vastuunjaon osalta. DAP sovitaan tilauskohtaisesti, DDP tapauskohtaisesti.

Kuljetus järjestetään tilauskohtaisesti: EXW Eurodita -ehdolla sen hoitaa ostaja tai ostajan rahdinkuljettaja, ja DAP-toimitus sovitaan erikseen kullekin tilaukselle. Purku määräpaikassa kuuluu ostajalle tai vastaanottajalle työmaalla paikallisesti järjestetyllä kalustolla. Eurodita ei julkaise toimitusaikoja; yksittäisen tilauksen aikataulu sovitaan tarjouksessa.

Koska paketit toimitetaan lappeelleen pakattuina eikä esikoottuina, tarjouspyynnössä on hyvä ilmoittaa purkupaikan osoite Suomessa, pääsy raskaalle kalustolle ja käytettävissä oleva purkukalusto. Sovitut asiakirjat toimitetaan tarjouksessa vahvistetussa laajuudessa.

## Valmistustiedot: vuodesta 1994 Liettuassa

Eurodita on valmistanut puurakennuksia vuodesta 1994 Liettuassa noin 5 000 m²:n katetulla tuotantopinta-alalla pohjoisesta kuusesta ja männystä. Hundegger CNC -työstö; kuivaus Nardi-kuivaamoissa (sähkökäyttöisissä) tavoitekosteuteen 12-14 %. Massiiviseinät: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 ja 70×130 mm; liimahirsi: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 ja 220×260 mm (lohenpyrstönurkkaliitos 88-220 mm); kaksoisseinät 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm (eriste hankitaan paikallisesti; kaksoisseinän U-arvo lasketaan hankekohtaisesti). Massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja liimapuumalli mistä tahansa liimapuuprofiilista. 19 mm:n profiilia käytetään vain niissä malleissa, joille se on merkitty luettelossa. Ilmoitetut mitat ovat ulkomittoja.

Lattia 28 mm:n laudasta ja kyllästetyt lattiapalkit vakiona; hirret vakiona käsittelemättöminä, tehdasmaalaus lisävarusteena rajoitetulla kapasiteetilla. Omaa valmistusta olevat puuikkunat ja puuovet (IV45, IV68 ja IV92, viimeksi mainittu kolminkertaisella lasituksella); alumiiniset liukuovet toimittaa erikoistunut toimittaja. Paketit toimitetaan lappeelleen pakattuina, ei esikoottuina; rakennelaskelmat tekevät erikoistuneet kumppanit.

## Piharakennus 28 mm ja 44 mm: seinäprofiilit kaupalle

Kevyisiin pihamökkeihin ja pieniin piharakennuksiin Eurodita valmistaa massiivipuuprofiilit 19×100 mm ja 28×100 mm. Nämä profiilit kuuluvat volyymituotannon vakiovalikoimaan, jota käytetään pääasiassa luettelon vakiomalleissa.

Profiilit 34×100 mm ja 44×130 mm kuuluvat jälleenmyyjille tarkoitettuun vakiovalikoimaan. Niitä käytetään sekä luettelomalleissa että konfiguroitavissa malleissa, ja ne ovat kaupan tavanomaiset seinän paksuudet.

Ympärivuotiseen käyttöön ja suurempiin rakennuksiin Eurodita tarjoaa profiilit 58×130 mm ja 70×130 mm, jotka ovat saatavilla myös yksittäisiin projekteihin ja mittatilausmalleihin. Kaksoisseinärakenteena Eurodita tarjoaa lisäksi yhdistelmät 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm: kaksi massiivipuuseinää, joiden välissä on eristettä varten valmisteltu ilmatila; eristemateriaali valitaan ja hankitaan yleensä paikallisesti. Liimapuu (glulam) kattaa profiilit 70×130 mm:stä 220×260 mm:iin. Massiivihirsimalli voidaan lähtökohtaisesti valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja liimapuumalli mistä tahansa liimapuuprofiilista, ja se vahvistetaan tilauskohtaisesti. Puuseinäelementtien alustavat U-arvot on julkaistu edellä (44 mm 2,43 ja 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); kaikki rakennukselle ilmoitetut mitat ovat ulkomittoja.

Seinän paksuus valitaan käyttötarkoituksen mukaan, ja sama luettelomalli voidaan tarjota useammalla profiililla, kun profiili on hyväksytty kyseiselle mallille. Alla oleva taulukko kokoaa massiiviprofiilien tavanomaisen käytön kaupassa.

| Profiili | Tyypillinen käyttö kaupassa | Huomautus

| 19×100 mm | Kevyet pihamökit, pienet piharakennukset, vakiotuotanto | Volyymituotannon vakiovalikoima.

| 28×100 mm | Luettelomallit ja konfiguroitavat mallit pihamökkeihin ja hirsimökkeihin | Volyymituotannon vakiovalikoima.

| 34×100 mm | Luettelomallit ja konfiguroitavat mallit | Volyymituotannon vakiovalikoima.

| 44×130 mm | Luettelomallit, konfiguroitavat ja mittatilausmallit, jälleenmyyjien vakiovalikoima | Toimii myös ulkoseinänä kaksoisseinäyhdistelmissä 44-50-44 ja 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Luettelomallit, konfiguroitavat mallit ja yksittäiset projektit, ympärivuotinen käyttö | Toimii myös ulkoseinänä kaksoisseinäyhdistelmissä 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Luettelomallit, konfiguroitavat mallit ja yksittäiset projektit, ympärivuotinen käyttö ja suuremmat rakennukset | Tämä profiili on saatavana myös liimapuuna (glulam); pyydämme ilmoittamaan halutun version.

Eurodita on Liettuassa toimiva hirsitalojen valmistaja, jolla on valmistuskokemusta vuodesta 1994 ja joka toimittaa jälleenmyyjille ja tukkuliikkeille pyynnöstä. Jokaisesta tilauksesta laaditaan kirjallinen tarjous euroina EXW Eurodita -ehdolla; julkista hinnastoa ei ole. Eurodita ei ilmoita maiden eikä kumppaneiden lukumäärää.

## Keskeiset faktat tarjouspyyntöänne varten

Alla olevat faktat kokoavat sivun keskeiset ehdot yhteen paikkaan, jotta ne voidaan liittää sellaisenaan sisäiseen hankintamuistioon tai tarjouspyyntöön.

- Jokaisesta tilauksesta laaditaan kirjallinen tarjous: EXW Eurodita, hinta euroina ilman arvonlisäveroa ja ilman kuljetusta; DAP tilauskohtaisesti, DDP tapauskohtaisesti.

- Maksu: 50 % tilattaessa, 50 % ennen lähetystä tehtaalta. Ei julkista hinnastoa, ei julkaistuja toimitusaikoja, ei jälleenmyyjän katteita.

- Massiivipuiset seinäprofiilit 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; liimahirsi 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja liimapuumalli mistä tahansa liimapuuprofiilista. 19 mm:n profiilia käytetään vain niissä malleissa, joille se on merkitty luettelossa. Ilmoitetut mitat ovat ulkomittoja.

- Euroditalla ei ole omaa FSC- tai PEFC-sertifikaattia eikä ISO 9001 -sertifiointia; yksittäisen tilauksen dokumentaatio vahvistetaan tarjouksessa.

- Tehdasvierailut Liettuassa sovittaessa.

## Usein kysytyt kysymykset

## Myykö Eurodita hirsimökkejä suoraan yksityishenkilöille Suomessa?

Pienten piharakennusten valikoiman (pihamökit, varastot, pihatoimistot) toimitustapa vahvistetaan hankekohtaisesti; suuremmat asuinrakennukset voidaan toimittaa suoraan yksityisasiakkaille. Tämä sivu on tarkoitettu jälleenmyyjien, tukkuliikkeiden, urakoitsijoiden, arkkitehtien, rakennuttajien ja muiden ammattimaisten kumppaneiden tarjouspyynnöille.

## Onko jälleenmyyjälle vähimmäistilausmäärää?

Odotettu volyymi on yksi tarjouspyynnön arvioinnin osatekijä tuoteperheen, jakelukanavan, käyttökohteen sekä pakkaus- ja merkintävaatimusten ohella. Tällä sivulla ei ilmoiteta määrärajaa; määrä ja kaupalliset ehdot vahvistetaan kirjallisessa tarjouksessa kullekin tilaukselle.

## Täyttääkö liimapuuprojekti automaattisesti Suomen rakentamissäännökset?

Ei. Vaatimukset ja hyväksynnät riippuvat valmiista rakennuksesta, sen sijainnista ja asiakirjoista; ne kuuluvat hankkeesta Suomessa vastaaville henkilöille. Ostaja vahvistaa tontin lupamenettelyn kunnan rakennusvalvonnasta.

## Mitkä asiakirjat sisältyvät tilaukseen?

Saatavilla olevat asiakirjat määritellään kullekin tuotteelle, laajuudelle ja tilaukselle. Jokainen dokumentaatiovaatimus on ilmoitettava ennen tarjouksen laatimista. Euroditalla ei ole omaa FSC- tai PEFC-sertifikaattia eikä ISO 9001 -sertifiointia.

## Voidaanko mökit valmistaa meidän omalla tuotemerkillämme (private label)?

Kyllä. Eurodita valmistaa, ja kumppanin tuotemerkki näkyy tarjouksessa, piirustuksissa ja asiakkaalle suunnatussa dokumentaatiossa tilaukselle sovitussa laajuudessa. Oman tuotemerkin ehdot, valmistajamerkinnät ja sovellettavat asiakirjat määritellään tilauskohtaisesti; Eurodita ei tarjoa franchising-ohjelmaa.

## Kumpi seinän paksuus piharakennukseen: 28 mm vai 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) ja 44 mm (44×130 mm) ovat kaksi erillistä massiivipuuprofiilia Euroditan vakiovalikoimasta. 28 mm:n profiilia käytetään kevyissä pihamökeissä, kun taas 44 mm:n profiili kuuluu jälleenmyyjille tarjottavaan vakiovalikoimaan. Kullekin rakennukselle ilmoitetut mitat ovat ulkomittoja.

## Voidaanko kaksoisseinäinen mökki eristää?

Kyllä. Kaksoisseinäyhdistelmissä (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm) on kahden massiivipuuseinän välissä eristettä varten valmisteltu ilmatila. Eristemateriaali valitaan ja hankitaan yleensä paikallisesti. Pelkän puuseinäelementin alustavat U-arvot on julkaistu (44 mm 2,43 ja 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); kaksoisseinän kokonais-U-arvo riippuu valitusta eristeestä ja lasketaan hankekohtaisesti.

## Miten toimitus Suomeen tapahtuu ja miten yhteistyö aloitetaan?

Vakiotoimitusehto on EXW Eurodita; DAP sovitaan tilauskohtaisesti, DDP tapauskohtaisesti, aina kirjallisesti Incotermin, määräpaikan, pääsyn, purun ja asiakirjojen osalta. Eurodita on Liettuassa toimiva valmistaja, jolla on valmistuskokemusta vuodesta 1994, ja se toimittaa jälleenmyyjille ja tukkuliikkeille pyynnöstä. Aloittaaksenne lähettäkää yhteydenottolomakkeella yrityksenne ja roolinne, tuote tai projekti, käyttökohde, määrä ja haluttu tehdastoimituksen laajuus.

## Näin valmistelette suomalaisen B2B-tarjouspyynnön

Ilmoittakaa yrityksenne ja roolinne, tuote tai projekti, käyttökohde, piirustukset tai erittely, määrä, käyttötarkoitus, haluttu tehdastoimituksen laajuus, aikataulu ja logistiikkatapa. Eurodita tarkistaa ensin kaupallisen soveltuvuuden ja puuttuvat tiedot ennen kirjallisen tarjouksen laatimista.

- Yritys ja roolinne: jälleenmyyjä, tukkuliike, rakennuttaja, urakoitsija, suunnittelutoimisto tai oma tuotemerkki

- Tuote tai projekti: luettelomalli, konfiguroitava malli tai Teidän piirustuksenne

- Käyttökohde Suomessa ja käyttötarkoitus: vapaa-ajan asunto, ympärivuotinen asuminen, autotalli, toimisto tai verstas

- Määrä, toistuvien tilausten suunnitelma ja päätösaikataulu

- Haluttu tehdastoimituksen laajuus, seinäprofiili ja dokumentaatiotarve

- Logistiikkatapa: EXW Eurodita tai kirjallisesti sovittava muu Incoterm, pääsy ja purku

Hyödyllinen järjestys jälleenmyyjälle tai tukkuliikkeelle: tuoteperhe (hirsimökki tai vapaa-ajan asunto, hirsitalo, puuautotalli, piharakennus tai pihatoimisto, liimahirsitalo), myyntikanava, odotettu volyymi ja toistuvien tilausten suunnitelma, oman tuotemerkin ja merkintöjen vaatimukset sekä purkupaikka Suomessa. Suunnitteluryhmälle: yhteyshenkilö, piirustusten revisio, tehdastoimituksen laajuus, rajapinnat muihin urakoihin ja päätösaikataulu.

Lähettäkää B2B-tarjouspyyntö

Suomi Lähettäkää B2B-tarjouspyyntö


---

# Denmark
URL: https://eurodita.com/dk-market/

## Producent af bjælkehytter og træhuse til danske forhandlere

Danmark: Producent af bjælkehytter og annekser B2B

Denne side er skrevet til danske virksomheder, der vurderer en produktionskilde: forhandlere af bjælkehytter og annekser, grossister, byggemarkedskæder, developere, entreprenører, arkitektfirmaer og brands med eget mærke (private label). Eurodita er producent af bjælkehytter, bjælkehuse og limtræskonstruktioner med fabrik i Litauen og leverer træbygninger som byggesæt til handelspartnere i hele EU, også i Danmark, afhængigt af projektets egnethed, logistik, markedets krav og de kommercielle vilkår.

Send B2B-forespørgsel Se limtræshuse

Nedenfor beskriver vi B2B-produktionens omfang, projektmaterialet til limtræ før tilbud, produktfamilierne til handlen (bjælkehytte, anneks, havehus, fritidshus, træhus, garage i træ og carport), engros og private label, ansvarsfordelingen med jeres projektteam, transport på EXW Eurodita og forberedelsen af en B2B-forespørgsel fra Danmark.

Siden indeholder hverken prisliste eller partnerliste. Hver ordre får et skriftligt tilbud, og leveringsomfang, materialer og dokumenter fastlægges pr. produkt og ordre.

Er du privatperson og planlægger et anneks eller en bjælkehytte? Reglerne for byggetilladelse og de modeller, der passer til dem, finder du på siden Anneks og bjælkehytte som byggesæt fra producent.

## Kort fortalt

Til hvem: forhandlere, grossister, byggemarkedskæder, developere, entreprenører, tegnestuer og private label-brands til videresalg eller egne projekter.

Produktionens omfang: katalogmodeller, produktion under jeres eget mærke (private label) og projekter på grundlag af jeres tegninger, herunder limtræskonstruktioner.

Ikke en del af standardbyggesættet: fundament, tilslutninger, byggepladskoordinering og tilladelser ligger hos køberen og dennes lokale fagfolk; montage og tilrettelæggelsen af den aftales for hvert projekt.

Vægtykkelse: angives pr. model; massive træprofiler 19-70 mm, limtræsprofiler 70×130-220×260 mm. Angivne mål er udvendige mål.

Tilbud: skriftligt, i euro, ekskl. moms og ekskl. transport, på EXW Eurodita; DAP aftales pr. ordre, DDP fra sag til sag.

Betaling: 50 % ved ordre, 50 % før afsendelse fra fabrikken. Ingen offentlig prisliste, ingen offentliggjorte leveringstider, ingen forhandleravancer.

Certifikater: Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat og ingen ISO 9001-certificering; dokumentationen for den enkelte ordre bekræftes i tilbuddet.

Produktion: træbygninger siden 1994 i Litauen, Hundegger CNC-bearbejdning, kammertørring til 12-14 % fugtighed.

## Industriel B2B-produktion og leveringsomfang

Siden henvender sig til fagfolk, der vurderer en produktionskilde, ikke til private, der leder efter et lille havehus eller et nøglefærdigt hus. Eurodita kan behandle katalogleverancer, projekter efter tegning og produktion under eget mærke. Fundament, tilslutninger, byggepladskoordinering og byggetilladelse ligger hos køberen og dennes lokale fagfolk; montage og tilrettelæggelsen af den aftales for hvert projekt.

I praksis betyder det, at Eurodita producerer byggesættet: vægbjælker, gulv- og tagkonstruktion samt trævinduer og trædøre, der bearbejdes i Litauen og pakkes fladt sammen med ordrens montagetegninger. Handelspartneren står for sit eget mærke, sin egen prissætning og sin egen relation til slutkunden.

For sortimentet af små havebygninger (havehuse, redskabsrum, havekontorer) bekræftes leveringsvejen projekt for projekt; større boliger kan også leveres direkte til private kunder. Private kan også sende en forespørgsel via samme formular.

## Limtræ: projektmateriale før tilbud

Når en forespørgsel gælder et bjælkehus i limtræ eller en bærende limtræskonstruktion, skal materialet angive tegningernes revision, hovedmål, konstruktionssystem, grænseflader, antal, byggested, anvendelse og tidsplan for beslutningen. Eurodita kontrollerer det ønskede fabriksomfang, før vi bekræfter, om projektet kan vurderes.

- Tegninger, byggebeskrivelse eller en defineret produktfamilie

- Byggested, anvendelse, antal og tidsplan for beslutningen

- Produktionsomfang, emballering og dokumentationsbehov

- Adgang til grunden, aflæsning, Incoterm og ansvarsfordeling for logistikken

Limtræsprofilerne er 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 og 220×260 mm, og hjørnesamling med svalehale er tilgængelig for profilerne 88-220 mm. Profilen 70×130 mm fremstilles både i massivt træ og i limtræ, så forespørgslen bør angive, hvilken version I mener. Statiske beregninger udføres af specialiserede partnere. Eurodita offentliggør vejledende U-værdier for det rene trævægselement: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 og 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (elementet alene, ikke en færdig bygning og ikke et resultat for overholdelse af krav); U-værdien for en dobbeltvæg beregnes projekt for projekt ud fra den valgte isolering, og den færdige bygnings egenskaber fastlægges af det lokale projektteam på grundlag af ordrens materiale.

## Bjælkehytte, anneks, træhus og garage i træ: produktfamilier til handlen

Ud over limtræskonstruktioner producerer Eurodita følgende produktfamilier til forhandlere, grossister og private label-brands; alle leveres som byggesæt fra Eurodita-fabrikken:

- Bjælkehytte og beboelig bjælkehytte: katalogmodeller i massivt træ eller limtræ, fra ét rum til bygninger med flere soveværelser. I den danske handel søges de samme modeller også som bjælkehytter, fritidshus, sommerhus i træ og sommerhus byggesæt; små beboelige hytter søges af nogle købere som tiny house. Hver models leveringsomfang bekræftes i tilbuddet. Vægtykkelsen angives pr. model: massive profiler 19-70 mm, limtræsprofiler 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Anneks og træanneks: katalogmodeller til ekstra beboelse eller gæster på grunden, leveret som byggesæt med montagetegninger. Vægprofil pr. model som for bjælkehytterne; anvendelsen af den færdige bygning afklares lokalt.

- Bjælkehus og træhus som byggesæt, også til helårsbrug: huse med vægge i massivt træ eller limtræ, i ét plan eller med førstesal, leveret som byggesæt med ordrens montagetegninger. Til helårsbrug tilbyder Eurodita profilerne 58×130 og 70×130 mm samt limtræ.

- Garage i træ og carport: enkelt- og dobbeltgarager i træ, carporte og garage-carport-kombinationer i massive profiler, med saddeltag eller ensidig taghældning afhængigt af modellen.

- Havehus og havekontor: isolerbare havebygninger til kontor eller værksted, til handlen i massive profiler eller som dobbeltvæg.

Hver produktfamilie kan leveres som katalogkøb, under jeres eget mærke (private label) eller som specialproduktion efter jeres tegninger. Præcist omfang, materialer og leverede dokumenter bekræftes i det skriftlige tilbud.

Leveringsformerne kræver forskelligt materiale. En katalogmodel bestilles med modelbetegnelse og ønsket vægprofil. En konfigurerbar model tager udgangspunkt i en katalogmodel, hvis mål, åbninger eller profil ændres til ordren. En specialmodel og et enkeltstående projekt bygger på jeres tegninger, og Eurodita kontrollerer først, om omfanget ligger inden for fabrikkens produktionsområde.

Produktkataloger (på engelsk): bjælkehytter (log cabins), havekontorer (garden offices), limtræshuse (glulam homes) og annekser (granny annexes). Alle markedssider: markeder og sprog.

## Engros, distribution og eget mærke (private label)

For forhandlere, grossister og kæder gælder vurderingen produktfamilie, distributionskanal, forventet volumen, byggested og krav til emballering og mærkning. Eurodita tilbyder ikke et franchiseprogram for træbyggeri: vilkårene for private label, producentangivelser og de gældende dokumenter fastlægges ordre for ordre.

Private label og white label betyder det samme hos Eurodita: Eurodita producerer, og partnerens mærke fremgår af tilbud, tegninger og kundevendt dokumentation i det omfang, der aftales for ordren. Eurodita fører ikke lager på det danske marked og tilbyder ikke dropshipping. Vi offentliggør hverken forhandleravancer eller udsalgspriser; handelspartneren fastsætter sine egne priser. Eksklusivitet, områdebeskyttelse eller garanteret avance er ikke standard; sådanne vilkår kræver en særskilt skriftlig aftale.

Hver ordre tilbydes skriftligt i euro på EXW Eurodita, ekskl. moms og ekskl. transport. Plan for gentagne ordrer, emballering og eventuel mærkning under jeres eget mærke behandles i samme tilbud. Eurodita oplyser ikke antallet af lande eller partnere, og siden indeholder ingen referenceliste.

## Arkitektur og developerprojekter: klart fordelte grænseflader

Når et træbyggeri drives af en tegnestue eller en developers projektteam, har Eurodita brug for en projektkontakt, det ønskede produktionsomfang og oplysningerne til den tekniske og kommercielle gennemgang. Lokale undersøgelser, samlet projektering, grænseflader til andre entrepriser og udførelse ligger hos det kompetente projektteam i Danmark.

Euroditas del af projektet er fabriksleverancen: produktion af det aftalte omfang i Litauen, montagetegninger til ordren og de dokumenter, der er bekræftet i tilbuddet. Fundament, tilslutninger og byggepladskoordinering tilrettelægges i Danmark af projektets egne fagfolk; montage og tilrettelæggelsen af den aftales for hvert projekt. Skriv fordelingen ind i forespørgslen fra starten, så gennemgangen rammer det rigtige omfang.

## Lokal godkendelse af projektet: bygningsreglementet og kommunen

Kravene i de danske byggeregler, dvs. bygningsreglementet (BR18), kommunens lokalplan og øvrige planbestemmelser, samt kravene til konstruktion, brand og energi og de nødvendige godkendelser gælder den færdige bygning og dens materiale. De fastlægges af det lokale projektteam og de ansvarlige for projektet i Danmark. Om en bygning kræver byggetilladelse eller kan opføres uden, afgør kommunen for det konkrete tilfælde; køberen afklarer proceduren for grund og bygning hos kommunen og sin lokale rådgiver før ordren.

Eurodita præsenterer ikke her noget katalogprodukt som automatisk i overensstemmelse med danske regler eller et bestemt ydeevneniveau og garanterer ikke, at byggetilladelse gives.

## Dokumenter og mærkninger efter produkt og ordre

Det skriftlige tilbud fastlægger for det aftalte produkt og omfang produktionens dele, de tilgængelige dokumenter og eventuelle krav. Siden lover hverken certifikat, mærkning eller ensartet teknisk dokumentation for alle produktfamilier eller projekter. Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat og ingen ISO 9001-certificering; dokumentationen for den enkelte ordre bekræftes i tilbuddet. Oplys dokumentationskravene, før tilbuddet udarbejdes.

## Transport og ansvar ved modtagelse: EXW Eurodita som standard

Standardleveringsbetingelsen er EXW Eurodita: køberen eller dennes fragtfører afhenter byggesættet på Eurodita-fabrikken og har ansvaret for transporten til Danmark og de tilhørende dokumenter. En anden transportløsning kan vurderes for et bestemt projekt og bekræftes skriftligt med Incoterm, bestemmelsessted, adgang, aflæsning, dokumenter og ansvarsfordeling. DAP aftales pr. ordre, DDP fra sag til sag.

Transporten tilrettelægges ordre for ordre: på EXW Eurodita står køberen eller køberens fragtfører for den, og DAP aftales særskilt for hver ordre. Aflæsning på bestemmelsesstedet påhviler køberen eller modtageren på byggepladsen med lokalt tilrettelagt udstyr. Eurodita offentliggør ikke leveringstider; den enkelte ordres tidsplan aftales i tilbuddet.

Da byggesættene leveres fladt pakket og ikke præmonteret, bør forespørgslen oplyse aflæsningsadressen i Danmark, adgangen for tunge køretøjer og det tilgængelige aflæsningsudstyr. Aftalte dokumenter leveres i det omfang, tilbuddet bekræfter.

## Produktionsoplysninger: siden 1994 i Litauen

Eurodita har produceret træbygninger siden 1994 i Litauen på ca. 5 000 m² overdækket produktionsareal i nordisk gran og fyr. Hundegger CNC-bearbejdning; tørring i Nardi-tørrekamre (elektriske) til en målfugtighed på 12-14 %. Massive vægge: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 og 70×130 mm; limtræ: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 og 220×260 mm (hjørnesamling med svalehale 88-220 mm); dobbeltvægge 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm (isolering købes lokalt; dobbeltvæggens U-værdi beregnes projekt for projekt). En model i massivt træ kan fremstilles i enhver af profilerne 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en model i limtræ i enhver limtræsprofil. Profilen på 19 mm bruges kun på de modeller, der står med den i kataloget. Angivne mål er udvendige mål.

Gulv af 28 mm brædder og imprægnerede strøer som standard; bjælker ubehandlede som standard, fabriksmaling som tilvalg med begrænset kapacitet. Trævinduer og trædøre af egen produktion (IV45, IV68 og IV92, sidstnævnte med tre lag glas); skydedøre i aluminium fra en specialiseret leverandør. Byggesættene leveres fladt pakket, ikke præmonteret; statiske beregninger udføres af specialiserede partnere.

## Havehus 28 mm og 44 mm: vægprofiler til handlen

Til lette havehuse og små havebygninger producerer Eurodita de massive træprofiler 19×100 mm og 28×100 mm. De hører til volumenproduktionens standardsortiment, som hovedsageligt bruges til katalogets standardmodeller.

Profilerne 34×100 mm og 44×130 mm hører til standardsortimentet til forhandlere. De bruges til både katalogmodeller og konfigurerbare modeller og er handlens almindelige vægtykkelser.

Til helårsbrug og større bygninger tilbyder Eurodita profilerne 58×130 mm og 70×130 mm, også til enkeltstående projekter og specialmodeller. Som dobbeltvæg tilbyder Eurodita desuden kombinationerne 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm: to massive trævægge med et hulrum imellem, forberedt til isolering; isoleringsmaterialet vælges og købes som regel lokalt. Limtræ dækker profilerne fra 70×130 mm til 220×260 mm. En model i massivt træ kan som udgangspunkt fremstilles i enhver af profilerne 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en model i limtræ i enhver limtræsprofil; profilen bekræftes ordre for ordre. De vejledende U-værdier for trævægselementerne er offentliggjort ovenfor (44 mm 2,43 og 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); alle mål, der angives for en bygning, er udvendige mål.

Vægtykkelsen vælges efter anvendelsen; samme katalogmodel kan tilbydes med flere profiler, der er godkendt til modellen. Tabellen nedenfor samler de massive profilers typiske brug i handlen.

| Profil | Typisk brug i handlen | Bemærkning

| 19×100 mm | Lette havehuse, små havebygninger, standardproduktion | Standardsortiment i volumenproduktionen.

| 28×100 mm | Katalogmodeller og konfigurerbare modeller til havehuse og bjælkehytter | Standardsortiment i volumenproduktionen.

| 34×100 mm | Katalogmodeller og konfigurerbare modeller | Standardsortiment i volumenproduktionen.

| 44×130 mm | Katalogmodeller, konfigurerbare modeller og specialmodeller, standardsortiment til forhandlere | Bruges også som ydervæg i dobbeltvægskombinationerne 44-50-44 og 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Katalogmodeller, konfigurerbare modeller og enkeltstående projekter, helårsbrug | Bruges også som ydervæg i dobbeltvægskombinationerne 58-50-58 og 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Katalogmodeller, konfigurerbare modeller og enkeltstående projekter, helårsbrug og større bygninger | Denne profil findes også i limtræ; oplys venligst den ønskede version.

Eurodita er en producent af bjælkehytter og bjælkehuse i Litauen med produktionserfaring siden 1994 og leverer til forhandlere og grossister efter forespørgsel. Hver ordre får et skriftligt tilbud i euro på EXW Eurodita; der findes ingen offentlig prisliste.

## Centrale fakta til jeres forespørgsel

Fakta nedenfor samler sidens centrale vilkår, klar til indkøbsnotat eller forespørgsel.

- Hver ordre får et skriftligt tilbud: EXW Eurodita, pris i euro ekskl. moms og ekskl. transport; DAP pr. ordre, DDP fra sag til sag.

- Betaling: 50 % ved ordre, 50 % før afsendelse fra fabrikken. Ingen offentlig prisliste, ingen offentliggjorte leveringstider, ingen forhandleravancer.

- Massive vægprofiler 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; limtræ 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. En model i massivt træ kan fremstilles i enhver af profilerne 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en model i limtræ i enhver limtræsprofil. Profilen på 19 mm bruges kun på de modeller, der står med den i kataloget. Angivne mål er udvendige mål.

- Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat og ingen ISO 9001-certificering; dokumentationen for den enkelte ordre bekræftes i tilbuddet.

- Fabriksbesøg i Litauen efter aftale.

## Ofte stillede spørgsmål

## Sælger Eurodita bjælkehytter direkte til private i Danmark?

For sortimentet af små havebygninger (havehuse, redskabsrum, havekontorer) bekræftes leveringsvejen projekt for projekt; større boliger kan leveres direkte til private kunder. Denne side er lavet til forespørgsler fra forhandlere, grossister, entreprenører, arkitekter, developere og andre professionelle partnere.

## Er der en minimumsordre for forhandlere?

Det forventede volumen er ét af elementerne i vurderingen af en forespørgsel sammen med produktfamilien, distributionskanalen, byggestedet og kravene til emballering og mærkning. Siden angiver ingen mængdegrænse; antal og kommercielle vilkår bekræftes i det skriftlige tilbud for hver ordre.

## Opfylder et limtræsprojekt automatisk de danske byggeregler?

Nej. Krav og godkendelser afhænger af den færdige bygning, dens placering og dens materiale; de ligger hos de personer, der er ansvarlige for projektet i Danmark. Om der kræves byggetilladelse, afgør kommunen for det konkrete tilfælde, og køberen afklarer det med kommunen og sin lokale rådgiver.

## Hvilke dokumenter følger med ordren?

De tilgængelige dokumenter fastlægges for hvert produkt, omfang og ordre. Ethvert dokumentationskrav skal oplyses, før tilbuddet udarbejdes. Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-certifikat og ingen ISO 9001-certificering.

## Kan hytterne produceres under vores eget mærke (private label)?

Ja. Eurodita producerer, og partnerens mærke fremgår af tilbud, tegninger og den kundevendte dokumentation i det omfang, der aftales for ordren. Vilkårene for private label, producentangivelser og de gældende dokumenter fastlægges ordre for ordre; Eurodita tilbyder ikke et franchiseprogram.

## Hvilken vægtykkelse til et havehus: 28 mm eller 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) og 44 mm (44×130 mm) er to forskellige massive træprofiler fra Euroditas standardsortiment. Profilen 28 mm bruges til lette havehuse, mens profilen 44 mm hører til standardsortimentet til forhandlere. De mål, der angives for hver bygning, er udvendige mål.

## Kan en hytte med dobbeltvæg isoleres?

Ja. Dobbeltvægskombinationerne (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm) har et hulrum mellem to massive trævægge, forberedt til isolering. Isoleringsmaterialet vælges og købes som regel lokalt. De vejledende U-værdier for det rene trævægselement er offentliggjort (44 mm 2,43 og 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); dobbeltvæggens samlede U-værdi afhænger af den valgte isolering og beregnes projekt for projekt.

## Hvordan foregår levering til Danmark, og hvordan kommer vi i gang?

Standardleveringsbetingelsen er EXW Eurodita; DAP aftales pr. ordre, DDP fra sag til sag, altid skriftligt med Incoterm, bestemmelsessted, adgang, aflæsning og dokumenter. Eurodita er en producent i Litauen med produktionserfaring siden 1994 og leverer til forhandlere og grossister efter forespørgsel. For at komme i gang sender I via kontaktformularen jeres virksomhed og rolle, produkt eller projekt, byggested, antal og det ønskede fabriksomfang.

## Sådan forbereder I en dansk B2B-forespørgsel

Oplys jeres virksomhed og rolle, produkt eller projekt, byggested, tegninger eller specifikation, antal, anvendelse, ønsket fabriksomfang, tidsplan og logistikform. Eurodita kontrollerer først kommerciel egnethed og manglende oplysninger, før det skriftlige tilbud udarbejdes.

- Virksomhed og jeres rolle: forhandler, grossist, developer, entreprenør, tegnestue eller private label-brand

- Produkt eller projekt: katalogmodel, konfigurerbar model eller jeres egne tegninger

- Byggested i Danmark og anvendelse: fritidshus, helårsbolig, anneks, garage, kontor eller værksted

- Antal, plan for gentagne ordrer og tidsplan for beslutningen

- Ønsket fabriksomfang, vægprofil og dokumentationsbehov

- Logistikform: EXW Eurodita eller anden skriftligt aftalt Incoterm, adgang og aflæsning

En nyttig rækkefølge for en forhandler eller grossist: produktfamilie (bjælkehytte eller fritidshus, anneks, bjælkehus eller træhus, garage i træ, havehus eller havekontor, limtræshus), salgskanal, forventet volumen og gentagne ordrer, krav til eget mærke og mærkning samt aflæsningssted i Danmark. For projektteamet: kontaktperson, tegningsrevision, fabriksomfang, grænseflader til andre entrepriser og beslutningstidsplan.

Send B2B-forespørgsel

Danmark Send B2B-forespørgsel


---

# Norway
URL: https://eurodita.com/no-market/

## Laftehytter og tømmerhus for forhandlere i Norge

Norge: Laftehytter og anneks som byggesett for forhandlere

Denne siden er skrevet for norske virksomheter som vurderer en produksjonskilde: forhandlere av laftehytter og tømmerhus, grossister, byggevarekjeder, utbyggere, entreprenører, arkitektkontorer og merkevarer som selger under eget merke (private label). Eurodita er produsent av tømmerhus og limtrekonstruksjoner (glulam) med fabrikk i Litauen. Selskapet leverer byggesett for trebygninger til handelspartnere i hele Europa, også til Norge, avhengig av prosjektets egnethet, logistikk, markedets krav og de kommersielle vilkårene.

Send B2B-forespørsel Se limtrehus

Nedenfor beskriver vi omfanget av B2B-produksjonen, prosjektunderlaget for limtre før tilbud, produktfamiliene som tilbys handelen (laftehytte, fritidsbolig, tømmerhus, garasje, uthus og anneks), prinsippene for engros og eget merke, ansvarsdelingen mot prosjekteringsteamet, transport på EXW Eurodita-vilkår og forberedelsen av en B2B-forespørsel fra Norge.

Siden inneholder verken prisliste eller partnerliste. Hver ordre får et skriftlig tilbud, og leveringsomfang, materialer og dokumenter fastsettes særskilt for hvert produkt og hver ordre.

Er du privatperson og planlegger et anneks eller en tømmerhytte? Reglene for søknadsplikt og modellene som passer innenfor dem, finner du på siden Anneks og tømmerhytte som byggesett fra produsent.

## Kort oppsummert

For hvem: forhandlere, grossister, byggevarekjeder, utbyggere, entreprenører, prosjekteringskontorer og egne merker som kjøper for videresalg eller til egne prosjekter.

Produksjonsomfang: katalogmodeller, produksjon under deres eget merke (private label) og prosjekter etter deres tegninger, inkludert limtrekonstruksjoner (glulam).

Inngår ikke i standard byggesett: fundamenter, tilkoblinger, koordinering på byggeplassen og tillatelser ligger hos kjøperen og kjøperens lokale fagfolk; montering og organiseringen av den avtales for hvert prosjekt.

Veggtykkelse: oppgis modell for modell; massivtreprofiler 19-70 mm, limtreprofiler 70×130-220×260 mm. Oppgitte mål er utvendige mål.

Tilbud: skriftlig, i euro, eksklusive merverdiavgift og eksklusive transport, på EXW Eurodita-vilkår; DAP avtales per ordre.

Betaling: 50 % ved bestilling, 50 % før forsendelse fra fabrikken. Ingen offentlig prisliste, ingen publiserte leveringstider, ingen forhandlermarginer.

Sertifikater: Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-sertifikat og ingen ISO 9001-sertifisering; dokumentasjonen for den enkelte ordren bekreftes i tilbudet.

Produksjon: trebygninger siden 1994 i Litauen, Hundegger CNC-bearbeiding, kammertørking til 12-14 % fuktighet.

## Industriell B2B-produksjon og leveringsomfang

Denne siden henvender seg til fagfolk som vurderer en produksjonskilde, ikke til privatpersoner som leter etter en liten hagebod eller et nøkkelferdig hus. Eurodita kan vurdere katalogleveranser, prosjekter etter tegninger og produksjon under eget merke. Fundamenter, tilkoblinger, koordinering på byggeplassen og byggesøknad ligger hos kjøperen og kjøperens lokale fagfolk; montering og organiseringen av den avtales for hvert prosjekt.

I praksis betyr dette at Eurodita produserer byggesettet: veggstokker, gulv- og takkonstruksjon samt trevinduer og tredører, bearbeidet i Litauen og flatpakket med ordrens monteringstegninger. Handelspartneren håndterer eget merke, egen prissetting og egen relasjon til sluttkunden.

For sortimentet av små hagebygg (hagestuer, boder, hagekontorer) bekreftes leveringsveien prosjekt for prosjekt; større boliger kan også leveres direkte til private kunder. Privatpersoner kan også sende en forespørsel via samme skjema.

## Limtre (glulam): prosjektunderlag før tilbud

Når forespørselen gjelder et hus i limtre eller en bærende konstruksjon i limtre (glulam), må underlaget angi tegningsrevisjon, hovedmål, konstruksjonssystem, grensesnitt, antall, beliggenhet, bruksformål og beslutningstidspunkt. Eurodita kontrollerer det ønskede fabrikkomfanget før det bekreftes om prosjektet kan vurderes.

- Tegninger, byggebeskrivelse eller en definert produktfamilie

- Leveringssted, bruksformål, antall og tidsplan for beslutning

- Produksjonsomfang, emballasje og dokumentasjonsbehov

- Adkomst til tomten, lossing, Incoterm og ansvarsfordeling for logistikken

Limtreprofilene er 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 og 220×260 mm, og hjørnelaft med svalehale er tilgjengelig for profilene 88-220 mm. Profilen 70×130 mm produseres både i massivtre og i limtre, så forespørselen bør angi hvilken versjon som menes. Statiske beregninger utføres av spesialiserte partnere. Eurodita publiserer veiledende U-verdier for treveggelementet alene: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 og 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (elementet alene, ikke en ferdig bygning og ikke et samsvarsresultat); U-verdien for dobbeltvegg beregnes prosjektvis ut fra valgt isolasjon, og egenskapene til den ferdige bygningen fastsettes av det lokale prosjekteringsteamet på grunnlag av ordreunderlaget.

## Laftehytte, tømmerhus, garasje og anneks: produktfamilier for handelen

I tillegg til limtrekonstruksjoner produserer Eurodita følgende produktfamilier for forhandlere, grossister og partnere som selger under eget merke, alle levert som byggesett fra Eurodita-fabrikken:

- Laftehytte og laftet hytte til opphold: katalogmodeller i massivtre eller limtre, fra ettroms hytter til bygninger med flere soverom. I det norske markedet søkes de samme modellene også som hytte byggesett, ferdighytte, fritidsbolig, minihus og mikrohus; leveringsinnholdet for hver modell bekreftes i tilbudet. Veggtykkelsen oppgis modell for modell: massivtreprofiler 19-70 mm, limtreprofiler 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Tømmerhus som byggesett, også til helårsbruk: hus med vegger i massivtre eller limtre, i én etasje eller med loftsetasje, levert som byggesett med monteringstegninger som svarer til ordren. Til helårsbruk tilbyr Eurodita profilene 58×130 og 70×130 mm samt limtre.

- Garasjebyggesett og carport: enkle og doble garasjer i tre, carporter og kombinasjoner av garasje og carport i massivtreprofiler, med saltak eller pulttak avhengig av modell.

- Uthus, anneks og hagekontor: isolerbare uthus og hagestuer til kontor- eller verkstedbruk, samt anneks som i markedet også søkes som anneks byggesett og laftet anneks; til handelen i massivtreprofiler eller som dobbeltvegg.

Hver produktfamilie kan leveres som katalogkjøp, under deres eget merke (private label) eller som spesialtilpasning etter deres tegninger. Nøyaktig omfang, materialer og medfølgende dokumenter bekreftes i det skriftlige tilbudet.

Underlaget avhenger av leveringsformen. En katalogmodell bestilles med modellbetegnelse og veggprofil. En konfigurerbar modell er en katalogmodell der mål, åpninger eller profil endres for ordren. En spesialtilpasset modell og et enkeltstående prosjekt bygger på deres tegninger; her kontrollerer Eurodita først om omfanget ligger innenfor fabrikkens produksjonsområde. Trevinduer og tredører er alltid egen produksjon; skyvedører i aluminium kommer fra en spesialisert leverandør.

Produktkataloger (på engelsk): laftehytter, hagekontorer, hus i limtre og anneks (granny annexes). Alle markedssider: markeder og språk.

## Engros, distribusjon og eget merke (private label)

For forhandlere, grossister og kjeder gjelder vurderingen produktfamilie, distribusjonskanal, forventet volum, leveringssted samt krav til emballasje og merking. Eurodita tilbyr ikke noe franchiseprogram for trebygg: vilkårene for eget merke, produsentmerking og gjeldende dokumenter fastsettes ordre for ordre.

Eget merke (private label) og white label betyr det samme hos Eurodita: Eurodita produserer, og partnerens merke vises i tilbudet, på tegningene og i kundedokumentasjonen i det omfanget som avtales for ordren. Eurodita holder ikke lager i det norske markedet og tilbyr ikke dropshipping. Selskapet publiserer verken forhandlermarginer eller utsalgspriser; handelspartneren fastsetter sine egne priser. Eksklusivitet, områdebeskyttelse eller garantert margin er ikke standard; slike vilkår krever en egen skriftlig avtale.

For engros og videresalg gjelder at hver ordre tilbys skriftlig i euro på EXW Eurodita-vilkår, eksklusive merverdiavgift og transport. Plan for gjentatte ordrer, emballering og merking under deres eget merke behandles i samme tilbud. Eurodita oppgir ikke antall land eller partnere, og siden inneholder ingen referanseliste.

## Arkitektur og utbyggerprosjekter: tydelig fordelte grensesnitt

Når et trebyggprosjekt ledes av et arkitektkontor eller en utbyggers team, trenger Eurodita en kontaktperson, ønsket produksjonsomfang og opplysningene for teknisk og kommersiell gjennomgang. Lokale utredninger, helhetlig prosjektering, grensesnitt mot andre entrepriser og utførelsen ligger hos det kvalifiserte prosjekteringsteamet i Norge.

Euroditas del er fabrikkleveransen: produksjon av det avtalte omfanget i Litauen, monteringstegninger som svarer til ordren og dokumentene bekreftet i tilbudet. Fundamenter, tilkoblinger og koordinering på byggeplassen ordnes i Norge av prosjektets egne fagfolk; montering og organiseringen av den avtales for hvert prosjekt. Denne delingen bør stå i forespørselen fra starten, slik at gjennomgangen rettes mot riktig omfang.

## Lokal godkjenning av prosjektet: plan- og bygningsloven og kommunen

Det norske regelverket, det vil si plan- og bygningsloven, gjeldende reguleringsplan og kommunens bestemmelser, samt krav til konstruksjon, brannsikkerhet og energi etter TEK17 og nødvendige godkjenninger, gjelder den ferdige bygningen og dens dokumentasjon og håndteres av det lokale prosjekteringsteamet og de ansvarlige for prosjektet i Norge. Om et tiltak er søknadspliktig eller unntatt søknadsplikt, avgjøres av kommunen for det konkrete tilfellet; kjøperen avklarer prosedyren for tomten og bygningen med sin ansvarlige søker eller rådgiver og kommunen før bestilling.

Eurodita fremstiller ikke noe katalogprodukt som automatisk i samsvar med norske regler eller et bestemt ytelsesnivå, og gir ingen garanti for at en søknad innvilges eller at et tiltak er unntatt søknadsplikt.

## Dokumenter og merking etter produkt og ordre

Det skriftlige tilbudet fastsetter for avtalt produkt og omfang produksjonsdelene, tilgjengelige dokumenter og eventuelle krav som må håndteres. Siden lover verken sertifikat, merking eller enhetlig teknisk dokumentasjon for alle produktfamilier eller prosjekter. Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-sertifikat og ingen ISO 9001-sertifisering; dokumentasjonen for den enkelte ordren bekreftes i tilbudet. Dokumentasjonskrav bør oppgis før tilbudet utarbeides.

## Transport og mottak: EXW Eurodita som standard

Standard leveringsvilkår er EXW Eurodita: kjøperen eller kjøperens transportør henter byggesettet ved Eurodita-fabrikken og har ansvaret for transporten til Norge og tilhørende dokumenter. En annen transportløsning kan vurderes for et bestemt prosjekt og må bekreftes skriftlig med Incoterm, bestemmelsessted, adkomst, lossing, dokumenter og ansvarsfordeling. DAP avtales per ordre.

Norge står utenfor EUs tollunion: innførselsformalitetene og merverdiavgiften ved innførsel ligger hos kjøperen eller kjøperens speditør. Lossing på bestemmelsesstedet ligger hos kjøperen eller mottakeren med utstyr som ordnes lokalt. Eurodita publiserer ikke leveringstider; tidsplanen for den enkelte ordren avtales i tilbudet.

Siden byggesettene leveres flatpakket og ikke forhåndsmontert, bør forespørselen angi losseadresse i Norge, adkomst for tunge kjøretøy og tilgjengelig losseutstyr. Avtalte dokumenter leveres i det omfanget tilbudet bekrefter.

## Produksjonsfakta: siden 1994 i Litauen

Eurodita har produsert trebygninger siden 1994 i Litauen på om lag 5 000 m² overbygd produksjonsareal, i nordisk gran og furu. Hundegger CNC-bearbeiding; tørking i Nardi-tørker (elektriske) til en målfuktighet på 12-14 %. Massivtrevegger: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 og 70×130 mm; limtre: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 og 220×260 mm (hjørnelaft med svalehale 88-220 mm); dobbeltvegger 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm (isolasjonen kjøpes lokalt; U-verdien for dobbeltvegg beregnes prosjektvis). En modell i massivtre kan lages i hvilken som helst av profilene 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en modell i limtre i hvilken som helst limtreprofil. Profilen på 19 mm brukes bare på de modellene som står med den i katalogen. Oppgitte mål er utvendige mål.

Gulv av 28 mm bord og impregnerte gulvbjelker som standard; stokkene leveres ubehandlet som standard, fabrikkmaling som tilvalg med begrenset kapasitet. Trevinduer og tredører av egen produksjon (IV45, IV68 og IV92, sistnevnte med trelags glass); skyvedører i aluminium leveres av en spesialisert leverandør. Byggesettene leveres flatpakket, ikke forhåndsmontert; statiske beregninger utføres av spesialiserte partnere.

## Uthus 28 mm og 44 mm: veggprofiler for handelen

Til lette hagestuer og små uthus produserer Eurodita massivtreprofilene 19×100 mm og 28×100 mm. Disse profilene hører til standardsortimentet for volumproduksjon, brukt hovedsakelig i katalogens standardmodeller.

Profilene 34×100 mm og 44×130 mm hører til standardsortimentet for forhandlere. De brukes i katalogmodeller og konfigurerbare modeller og er handelens vanlige veggtykkelser.

Til helårsbruk og større bygninger tilbyr Eurodita profilene 58×130 mm og 70×130 mm, også for enkeltstående prosjekter og spesialtilpassede modeller. Som dobbeltvegg tilbyr Eurodita i tillegg kombinasjonene 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm: to massivtrevegger med et hulrom forberedt for isolasjon; isolasjonsmaterialet velges og kjøpes vanligvis lokalt. Limtre (glulam) dekker profilene fra 70×130 mm til 220×260 mm. En modell i massivtre kan i prinsippet lages i hvilken som helst av profilene 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en modell i limtre i hvilken som helst limtreprofil; profilen bekreftes ordre for ordre. Veiledende U-verdier for treveggelementene er publisert ovenfor (44 mm 2,43 og 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); alle mål som oppgis for en bygning, er utvendige mål.

Veggtykkelsen velges etter bruksformålet, og samme katalogmodell kan tilbys med flere profiler når profilen er godkjent for modellen. Tabellen nedenfor oppsummerer vanlig bruk av massivtreprofilene i handelen.

| Profil | Typisk bruk i handelen | Merknad

| 19×100 mm | Lette hagestuer, små uthus, standardproduksjon | Standardsortiment for volumproduksjon.

| 28×100 mm | Katalogmodeller og konfigurerbare modeller for hagestuer og laftehytter | Standardsortiment for volumproduksjon.

| 34×100 mm | Katalogmodeller og konfigurerbare modeller | Standardsortiment for volumproduksjon.

| 44×130 mm | Katalogmodeller, konfigurerbare og spesialtilpassede modeller, standardsortiment for forhandlere | Brukes også som yttervegg i dobbeltveggkombinasjonene 44-50-44 og 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Katalogmodeller, konfigurerbare modeller og enkeltstående prosjekter, helårsbruk | Brukes også som yttervegg i dobbeltveggkombinasjonene 58-50-58 og 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Katalogmodeller, konfigurerbare modeller og enkeltstående prosjekter, helårsbruk og større bygninger | Denne profilen finnes også i limtre (glulam); oppgi ønsket versjon.

Eurodita er en produsent av tømmerhus i Litauen med produksjonserfaring siden 1994, og leverer til forhandlere og grossister på forespørsel. Hver ordre får et skriftlig tilbud i euro på EXW Eurodita-vilkår; det finnes ingen offentlig prisliste.

## Nøkkelfakta for forespørselen deres

Faktaene nedenfor samler sidens sentrale vilkår, slik at de kan tas rett inn i et innkjøpsnotat eller en forespørsel.

- Hver ordre får et skriftlig tilbud: EXW Eurodita, pris i euro eksklusive merverdiavgift og transport; DAP per ordre.

- Betaling: 50 % ved bestilling, 50 % før forsendelse fra fabrikken. Ingen offentlig prisliste, ingen publiserte leveringstider, ingen forhandlermarginer.

- Veggprofiler i massivtre 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; limtre 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. En modell i massivtre kan lages i hvilken som helst av profilene 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en modell i limtre i hvilken som helst limtreprofil. Profilen på 19 mm brukes bare på de modellene som står med den i katalogen. Oppgitte mål er utvendige mål.

- Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-sertifikat og ingen ISO 9001-sertifisering; dokumentasjonen for den enkelte ordren bekreftes i tilbudet.

- Norge er utenfor EUs tollunion: innførselsformaliteter og merverdiavgift ved innførsel ligger hos kjøperen eller kjøperens speditør.

- Fabrikkbesøk i Litauen etter avtale.

## Ofte stilte spørsmål

## Selger Eurodita laftehytter direkte til privatpersoner i Norge?

For sortimentet av små hagebygg (hagestuer, boder, hagekontorer) bekreftes leveringsveien prosjekt for prosjekt; større boliger kan leveres direkte til private kunder. Denne siden er beregnet på forespørsler fra forhandlere, grossister, entreprenører, arkitekter, utbyggere og andre profesjonelle partnere.

## Finnes det et minste ordrevolum for forhandlere?

Forventet volum er ett av elementene i vurderingen av forespørselen, sammen med produktfamilie, distribusjonskanal, leveringssted og krav til emballasje og merking. Denne siden oppgir ingen mengdegrense; antall og kommersielle vilkår bekreftes i det skriftlige tilbudet for hver ordre.

## Oppfyller et limtreprosjekt automatisk norske byggeregler?

Nei. Krav og godkjenninger avhenger av den ferdige bygningen, beliggenheten og dokumentasjonen; de ligger hos de ansvarlige for prosjektet i Norge. Om tiltaket er søknadspliktig eller unntatt søknadsplikt, avgjøres av kommunen for det konkrete tilfellet, og kjøperen avklarer dette med sin ansvarlige søker eller rådgiver før bestilling.

## Hvilke dokumenter følger med ordren?

Tilgjengelige dokumenter fastsettes for hvert produkt, omfang og ordre. Alle dokumentasjonskrav må oppgis før tilbudet utarbeides. Eurodita har ikke eget FSC- eller PEFC-sertifikat og ingen ISO 9001-sertifisering.

## Kan hyttene produseres under vårt eget merke (private label)?

Ja. Eurodita produserer, og partnerens merke vises i tilbudet, på tegningene og i kundedokumentasjonen i det omfanget som avtales for ordren. Vilkårene for eget merke, produsentmerking og gjeldende dokumenter fastsettes ordre for ordre; Eurodita tilbyr ikke noe franchiseprogram.

## Hvilken veggtykkelse til et uthus: 28 mm eller 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) og 44 mm (44×130 mm) er to ulike massivtreprofiler fra Euroditas standardsortiment. 28 mm -profilen brukes i lette hagestuer, mens 44 mm -profilen hører til standardsortimentet som tilbys forhandlere. Målene som oppgis for hver bygning, er utvendige mål.

## Kan en hytte med dobbeltvegg isoleres?

Ja. Dobbeltveggkombinasjonene (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm) har et hulrom mellom to massivtrevegger som er forberedt for isolasjon. Isolasjonsmaterialet velges og kjøpes vanligvis lokalt. Veiledende U-verdier for treveggelementet alene er publisert (44 mm 2,43 og 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K; elementet alene, ikke en ferdig bygning og ikke et samsvarsresultat); den samlede U-verdien for dobbeltveggen avhenger av valgt isolasjon og beregnes prosjektvis.

## Hvordan skjer levering til Norge, og hvordan kommer vi i gang?

Standard leveringsvilkår er EXW Eurodita; DAP avtales per ordre, alltid skriftlig med Incoterm, bestemmelsessted, adkomst, lossing og dokumenter. Norge er utenfor EUs tollunion, så innførselsformaliteter og merverdiavgift ved innførsel ligger hos kjøperen eller kjøperens speditør. Eurodita er en produsent i Litauen med produksjonserfaring siden 1994 og leverer til forhandlere og grossister på forespørsel. For å komme i gang sender dere via kontaktskjemaet virksomheten og rollen deres, produkt eller prosjekt, leveringssted, antall og ønsket fabrikkomfang.

## Slik forbereder dere en norsk B2B-forespørsel

Oppgi virksomhet og rolle, produkt eller prosjekt, leveringssted, tegninger eller spesifikasjon, antall, bruksformål, ønsket fabrikkomfang, tidsplan og logistikkform. Eurodita kontrollerer først kommersiell egnethet og manglende opplysninger før det skriftlige tilbudet utarbeides.

- Virksomhet og rolle: forhandler, grossist, utbygger, entreprenør, prosjekteringskontor eller eget merke

- Produkt eller prosjekt: katalogmodell, konfigurerbar modell eller deres egne tegninger

- Leveringssted i Norge og bruksformål: fritidsbolig, helårsbolig, garasje, kontor eller verksted

- Antall, plan for gjentatte ordrer og tidspunkt for beslutning

- Ønsket fabrikkomfang, veggprofil og dokumentasjonsbehov

- Logistikkform: EXW Eurodita eller annen Incoterm avtalt skriftlig, adkomst, lossing og hvem som håndterer innførselen til Norge

En nyttig rekkefølge for forhandler eller grossist: produktfamilie (laftehytte eller fritidsbolig, tømmerhus, garasje, uthus eller anneks, hus i limtre), salgskanal, forventet volum, krav til eget merke og merking samt lossested i Norge. For prosjekteringsteam: kontaktperson, tegningsrevisjon, fabrikkomfang, grensesnitt mot andre entrepriser og tidspunkt for beslutning.

Send B2B-forespørsel

Norge Send B2B-forespørsel


---

# Portugal
URL: https://eurodita.com/pt-market/

## Fabricante de casas de madeira em kit para revendedores em Portugal

Portugal: Fabricante de casas de madeira para revendedores

Esta página destina-se a empresas portuguesas que avaliam uma fonte de fabrico: revendedores e distribuidores de casas de madeira, grossistas, cadeias de materiais de construção, promotores imobiliários, empreiteiros, gabinetes de arquitetura, operadores turísticos e marcas próprias (private label). A Eurodita é um fabricante de casas de madeira e de estruturas em madeira lamelada colada (glulam), com fábrica na Lituânia, e fornece kits de construção em madeira a parceiros comerciais em toda a União Europeia, incluindo Portugal, em função da adequação do projeto, da logística, das exigências do mercado e das condições comerciais.

Enviar pedido B2B Ver casas em madeira lamelada colada

A página não contém tabela de preços nem lista de parceiros. Cada encomenda é objeto de um orçamento escrito, que define o âmbito de fornecimento, os materiais e os documentos.

É particular e procura uma casa de madeira para viver? As regras de licenciamento, os modelos habitáveis e o percurso por medida estão na página Casas pré-fabricadas de madeira do fabricante.

## Em resumo

Para quem: revendedores, distribuidores, grossistas, cadeias de materiais de construção, promotores, empreiteiros, gabinetes de projeto, operadores turísticos e marcas próprias.

Âmbito do fabrico: modelos de catálogo, fabrico sob a sua marca (private label) e projetos a partir dos seus desenhos, incluindo estruturas em madeira lamelada colada (glulam).

Fora do kit standard: fundações, ligações às redes, coordenação da obra e licenciamento ficam a cargo do comprador e dos seus profissionais locais. A montagem e a sua organização são acordadas projeto a projeto.

Espessura de parede: indicada modelo a modelo; perfis em madeira maciça 19-70 mm, perfis em madeira lamelada colada 70×130-220×260 mm. As dimensões indicadas são exteriores.

Orçamento: escrito, em euros, sem IVA e sem transporte, EXW Eurodita; DAP acordado por encomenda, DDP caso a caso.

Pagamento: 50 % na encomenda, 50 % antes da expedição da fábrica. Sem tabela de preços pública, sem prazos publicados, sem margens de revendedor.

Certificados: a Eurodita não detém certificado FSC ou PEFC próprio nem certificação ISO 9001; a documentação de cada encomenda é confirmada no orçamento.

Fabrico: construções em madeira desde 1994 na Lituânia, maquinação CNC Hundegger, secagem em câmara até 12-14 % de humidade.

## Fabrico industrial B2B e âmbito de fornecimento

Esta página dirige-se a profissionais que qualificam uma fonte de fabrico, e não a particulares à procura de uma pequena cabana de jardim ou de uma casa chave na mão. Também os particulares podem enviar um pedido através do mesmo formulário. A Eurodita pode analisar o fornecimento de catálogo, um projeto a partir de desenhos e o fabrico sob marca própria. Fundações, ligações às redes, coordenação da obra e licenciamento ficam a cargo do comprador e dos seus profissionais locais; a montagem e a sua organização são acordadas projeto a projeto.

O kit inclui perfis de parede, estruturas do pavimento e da cobertura, janelas e portas em madeira, maquinados na Lituânia e embalados em plano com os desenhos de montagem. O parceiro gere a sua marca, os seus preços e o cliente final. Para as pequenas construções de jardim, a via de fornecimento é confirmada projeto a projeto; as casas residenciais de maior dimensão podem também ser fornecidas diretamente a clientes privados.

## Madeira lamelada colada (glulam): dossier de projeto antes do orçamento

Para uma casa ou estrutura portante em madeira lamelada colada, o dossier deve indicar a revisão dos desenhos, as dimensões principais, o sistema construtivo, as interfaces, a quantidade, o local, o uso e o calendário de decisão. A Eurodita verifica o âmbito de fábrica pedido antes de confirmar se o projeto pode ser analisado.

- Desenhos, caderno de encargos ou família de produtos definida

- Destino, uso, quantidade e calendário de decisão

- Âmbito do fabrico, embalagem e necessidades documentais

- Acesso, descarga, Incoterm e responsabilidades logísticas

Os perfis em madeira lamelada colada são 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 e 220×260 mm; a ligação de canto em cauda de andorinha está disponível nos perfis de 88-220 mm. O perfil 70×130 mm existe em madeira maciça e em lamelado colado; o pedido deve indicar a versão pretendida. Os cálculos de estrutura são realizados por parceiros especializados. A Eurodita publica valores U preliminares apenas para o elemento de parede em madeira: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 e 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (elemento isolado, não um edifício acabado nem um resultado de conformidade); o valor U da parede dupla é calculado projeto a projeto em função do isolamento escolhido, e as características do edifício acabado são definidas pela equipa de projeto local com base no dossier da encomenda.

## Casas de madeira, bungalows de madeira, garagem de madeira e cabana de madeira: famílias de produtos para o comércio

Para além das estruturas em madeira lamelada colada, a Eurodita fabrica para revendedores, distribuidores, grossistas e marcas próprias as seguintes famílias, todas fornecidas em kit a partir da fábrica Eurodita:

- Cabana de madeira e casa de madeira habitável: modelos de catálogo em madeira maciça ou lamelado colado, da divisão única aos volumes com vários quartos, procurados em Portugal como casas de madeira, casas em madeira, bungalows de madeira ou cabana de madeira; a dimensão pretendida é habitualmente descrita como casa de madeira T2 ou T3. Perfis maciços 19-70 mm, lamelado colado 70×130-220×260 mm, modelo a modelo.

- Casa de madeira em kit, também para habitação permanente: de um só piso ou com piso superior; para uso durante todo o ano, perfis 58×130 e 70×130 mm ou lamelado colado. Quem pesquisa casas modulares de madeira chega com frequência a este produto: a Eurodita fornece kits embalados em plano, não módulos pré-montados.

- Garagem de madeira e telheiro: garagens simples e duplas, telheiros e combinações garagem-telheiro, em perfis maciços, cobertura de duas águas ou de uma água consoante o modelo.

- Cabana de jardim e escritório de jardim: construções de jardim isoláveis para escritório ou oficina, em perfis maciços ou em parede dupla.

Os mesmos modelos servem operadores turísticos que procuram bungalows para turismo ou alojamento local (parques de campismo, glamping, unidades de alojamento local); a via de licenciamento da atividade é confirmada pelo comprador.

Cada família pode ser tratada como compra de catálogo, sob a sua marca (private label) ou por medida a partir dos seus desenhos; o âmbito, os materiais e os documentos são fixados no orçamento escrito. O modelo configurável altera dimensões, aberturas ou perfil de um modelo de catálogo; para o projeto por medida, a Eurodita verifica primeiro se o âmbito cabe na área de fabrico da fábrica.

Catálogos de produtos (em inglês): casas e cabanas de madeira, escritórios de jardim, casas em madeira lamelada colada e anexos habitacionais (granny annexes). Todas as páginas de mercado: mercados e línguas.

## Venda por grosso, distribuição e marca própria (private label)

A qualificação de revendedores, grossistas e cadeias incide sobre a família de produtos, o canal, o volume esperado, o destino e as exigências de embalagem e rotulagem. A Eurodita não propõe um programa de franchising: condições de marca própria, menções de fabricante e documentos aplicáveis são definidos encomenda a encomenda.

Marca própria e white label designam a mesma solução: a Eurodita fabrica, e a marca do parceiro aparece no orçamento, nos desenhos e na documentação destinada ao cliente, no âmbito acordado. A Eurodita não mantém stock em Portugal nem oferece dropshipping, e não publica margens de revendedor nem preços de revenda; o parceiro define os seus preços. Exclusividade, proteção territorial ou margem garantida só podem resultar de um contrato escrito separado. Encomendas recorrentes, embalagem e marcações com a sua marca são tratadas no mesmo orçamento. A Eurodita não divulga o número de países nem de parceiros, e esta página não contém lista de referências.

## Arquitetura e projetos de promotores: interfaces claramente atribuídas

Quando um projeto é conduzido por um gabinete de arquitetura ou pela equipa de um promotor, a Eurodita precisa de um interlocutor, do âmbito de fabrico pretendido e das informações necessárias à análise técnica e comercial. Os estudos locais, a conceção de conjunto, as interfaces com as outras empreitadas e a execução ficam sob a responsabilidade da equipa de projeto competente em Portugal. A parte da Eurodita é o fornecimento de fábrica: fabrico do âmbito acordado na Lituânia, desenhos de montagem e documentos confirmados no orçamento. Convém registar esta repartição no pedido desde o início.

## Validação local do projeto: RJUE, PDM e câmara municipal

O Regime Jurídico da Urbanização e Edificação (RJUE), o Plano Diretor Municipal (PDM), os regulamentos municipais, as exigências estruturais e de segurança contra incêndio e a regulamentação térmica aplicável ao edifício acabado dizem respeito ao edifício acabado e ao seu processo, e são tratados pela equipa de projeto local em Portugal. Se a operação está sujeita a licença de construção, a comunicação prévia ou a outro procedimento é uma decisão da câmara municipal; o comprador confirma, com o seu projetista, o procedimento aplicável antes de encomendar. Para bungalows destinados a turismo ou alojamento local, a via de licenciamento da atividade é igualmente confirmada pelo comprador.

A Eurodita não apresenta nesta página um produto de catálogo como automaticamente conforme às regras portuguesas ou a um determinado nível de desempenho, nem dá qualquer garantia de emissão de licença ou de aceitação de comunicação prévia.

## Documentos e marcações conforme o produto e a encomenda

O orçamento escrito especifica, para o produto e o âmbito acordados, os elementos de fabrico, os documentos disponíveis e as exigências a tratar. Esta página não promete certificado, marcação nem dossier técnico uniforme para todas as famílias ou todos os projetos. A Eurodita não detém certificado FSC ou PEFC próprio nem certificação ISO 9001. As exigências documentais devem ser indicadas antes do orçamento.

## Transporte e responsabilidades de receção: EXW Eurodita como padrão

A condição padrão é EXW Eurodita: o comprador ou o seu transportador recolhe o kit na fábrica Eurodita e assume o transporte para Portugal e os documentos associados. Outra solução deve ser confirmada por escrito quanto ao Incoterm, destino, acesso, descarga, documentos e responsabilidades; DAP é acordado por encomenda, DDP caso a caso. A descarga no destino cabe ao comprador ou ao destinatário, com meios organizados localmente. A Eurodita não publica prazos de entrega; o calendário de cada encomenda é acordado no orçamento. Como os kits são embalados em plano e não pré-montados, o pedido deve indicar a morada de descarga em Portugal, o acesso para veículos pesados e os meios de descarga disponíveis.

## Informação de fabrico: desde 1994 na Lituânia

A Eurodita fabrica construções em madeira desde 1994 na Lituânia, em cerca de 5 000 m² de área de produção coberta, em abeto e pinho nórdicos. Maquinação CNC Hundegger; secagem em secadores Nardi (elétricos) até uma humidade alvo de 12-14 %. Paredes maciças: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 e 70×130 mm; madeira lamelada colada: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 e 220×260 mm (ligação de canto em cauda de andorinha 88-220 mm); paredes duplas 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm (isolamento adquirido localmente; o valor U da parede dupla é calculado projeto a projeto). Um modelo em madeira maciça pode ser fabricado em qualquer um dos perfis de 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, e um modelo em madeira lamelada colada em qualquer perfil de madeira lamelada colada. O perfil de 19 mm é usado apenas nos modelos que constam com ele no catálogo. As dimensões indicadas são exteriores.

Pavimento em tábuas de 28 mm e vigas de pavimento impregnadas como padrão; perfis de parede não tratados por defeito, pintura de fábrica como opção, com capacidade limitada. Janelas e portas em madeira de fabrico próprio (IV45, IV68 e IV92, esta última com vidro triplo); portas de correr em alumínio fornecidas por um especialista. Os kits são embalados em plano, não pré-montados; os cálculos de estrutura são realizados por parceiros especializados.

## Cabana de madeira 28 mm e 44 mm: perfis de parede para o comércio

Os perfis 19×100 e 28×100 mm servem cabanas de jardim ligeiras; 34×100 e 44×130 mm são a gama padrão para revendedores e as espessuras correntes no comércio; 58×130 e 70×130 mm destinam-se ao uso durante todo o ano e a construções maiores. As paredes duplas 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm são duas paredes maciças separadas por uma caixa de ar preparada para o isolamento, em geral adquirido localmente. Os valores U preliminares do elemento de parede foram publicados acima (44 mm 2,43 e 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K). A tabela resume o uso corrente dos perfis maciços.

| Perfil | Uso típico no comércio | Observação

| 19×100 mm | Cabanas de jardim ligeiras, pequenas construções de jardim, produção padrão | Gama padrão de produção em volume.

| 28×100 mm | Modelos de catálogo e configuráveis para cabanas de jardim e cabanas de madeira | Gama padrão de produção em volume.

| 34×100 mm | Modelos de catálogo e configuráveis | Gama padrão de produção em volume.

| 44×130 mm | Modelos de catálogo, configuráveis e por medida, gama padrão para revendedores | Serve também de parede exterior nas combinações de parede dupla 44-50-44 e 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Modelos de catálogo, configuráveis e projetos únicos, uso durante todo o ano | Serve também de parede exterior nas combinações de parede dupla 58-50-58 e 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Modelos de catálogo, configuráveis e projetos únicos, uso durante todo o ano e construções maiores | Este perfil existe também em madeira lamelada colada (glulam); indique a versão pretendida.

A Eurodita é um fabricante de casas de madeira sediado na Lituânia, com experiência de fabrico desde 1994, que fornece revendedores e grossistas a pedido; não existe tabela de preços pública.

## Factos essenciais para o seu pedido de orçamento

Condições essenciais desta página, para incorporação numa nota interna de compras ou num pedido de orçamento.

- Cada encomenda é objeto de um orçamento escrito: EXW Eurodita, preço em euros sem IVA e sem transporte; DAP por encomenda, DDP caso a caso.

- Pagamento: 50 % na encomenda, 50 % antes da expedição da fábrica. Sem tabela de preços pública, sem prazos publicados, sem margens de revendedor.

- Perfis de parede em madeira maciça 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; madeira lamelada colada 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Um modelo em madeira maciça pode ser fabricado em qualquer um dos perfis de 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, e um modelo em madeira lamelada colada em qualquer perfil de madeira lamelada colada. O perfil de 19 mm é usado apenas nos modelos que constam com ele no catálogo. As dimensões indicadas são exteriores.

- A Eurodita não detém certificado FSC ou PEFC próprio nem certificação ISO 9001; a documentação de cada encomenda é confirmada no orçamento.

- Visitas à fábrica Eurodita mediante marcação.

## Perguntas frequentes

## A Eurodita vende casas de madeira diretamente a particulares em Portugal?

Para a gama de pequenas construções de jardim (cabanas de jardim, arrecadações, escritórios de jardim), a via de fornecimento é confirmada projeto a projeto; as casas residenciais de maior dimensão podem ser fornecidas diretamente a clientes privados. Esta página destina-se aos pedidos de orçamento de revendedores, grossistas, empreiteiros, arquitetos, promotores, operadores turísticos e outros parceiros profissionais.

## Existe uma quantidade mínima de encomenda para revendedores?

O volume esperado é um dos elementos da avaliação do pedido, a par da família de produtos, do canal de distribuição, do destino e das exigências de embalagem e de rotulagem. Esta página não indica um limite de quantidade; a quantidade e as condições comerciais são confirmadas no orçamento escrito de cada encomenda.

## Um projeto em madeira lamelada colada cumpre automaticamente as regras portuguesas de construção?

Não. As exigências e as aprovações dependem do edifício acabado, do seu local e do seu processo; cabem aos responsáveis pelo projeto em Portugal. O comprador confirma, com o seu projetista, o procedimento aplicável ao terreno junto da câmara municipal, seja licença de construção, comunicação prévia ou outro procedimento previsto no RJUE.

## Que documentos estão incluídos na encomenda?

Os documentos disponíveis são definidos para cada produto, âmbito e encomenda. Qualquer exigência documental deve ser indicada antes da elaboração do orçamento. A Eurodita não detém certificado FSC ou PEFC próprio nem certificação ISO 9001.

## As casas de madeira podem ser fabricadas sob a nossa própria marca (private label)?

Sim. A Eurodita fabrica, e a marca do parceiro aparece no orçamento, nos desenhos e na documentação destinada ao cliente, no âmbito acordado para a encomenda. As condições de marca própria, as menções de fabricante e os documentos aplicáveis são definidos encomenda a encomenda; a Eurodita não propõe um programa de franchising.

## Que espessura de parede para uma cabana de jardim: 28 mm ou 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) e 44 mm (44×130 mm) são dois perfis distintos em madeira maciça da gama padrão da Eurodita. O perfil de 28 mm é utilizado em cabanas de jardim ligeiras, enquanto o perfil de 44 mm faz parte da gama padrão proposta aos revendedores. As dimensões indicadas para cada construção são dimensões exteriores.

## Uma cabana de parede dupla pode ser isolada?

Sim. As combinações de parede dupla (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm) têm, entre duas paredes em madeira maciça, uma caixa de ar preparada para receber o isolamento. O material isolante é em geral escolhido e adquirido localmente. Os valores U preliminares do elemento de parede em madeira isolado foram publicados (44 mm 2,43 e 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); o valor U total da parede dupla depende do isolamento escolhido e é calculado projeto a projeto.

## Como se processa a entrega em Portugal e como se inicia a colaboração?

A condição de entrega padrão é EXW Eurodita; DAP é acordado por encomenda, DDP caso a caso, sempre por escrito quanto ao Incoterm, ao destino, ao acesso, à descarga e aos documentos. A descarga em Portugal cabe ao comprador. A Eurodita é um fabricante sediado na Lituânia, com experiência de fabrico desde 1994, e fornece revendedores e grossistas a pedido. Para começar, envie através do formulário de contacto a sua empresa e o seu papel, o produto ou o projeto, o destino, a quantidade e o âmbito de fornecimento de fábrica pretendido.

## Como preparar um pedido de orçamento B2B a partir de Portugal

A Eurodita verifica primeiro a adequação comercial e as informações em falta antes de elaborar um orçamento escrito. Indique:

- Empresa e papel: revendedor, grossista, promotor, empreiteiro, gabinete de projeto, operador turístico ou marca própria

- Produto ou projeto: modelo de catálogo, modelo configurável ou os seus desenhos

- Destino em Portugal e uso: habitação de férias, habitação permanente, alojamento turístico, garagem, escritório ou oficina

- Quantidade, plano de encomendas recorrentes e calendário de decisão

- Âmbito de fábrica pretendido, perfil de parede e necessidades documentais

- Modo logístico: EXW Eurodita ou outro Incoterm a acordar por escrito, acesso e descarga

Para uma equipa de projeto: interlocutor, revisão dos desenhos, âmbito de fábrica, interfaces com as outras empreitadas e calendário de decisão.

Enviar pedido B2B

Portugal Enviar pedido B2B


---

# Czechia
URL: https://eurodita.com/cz-market/

## Zahradní domky, roubenky a dřevostavby: výrobce pro české prodejce

Česká republika: Zahradní domky a roubenky pro prodejce B2B

Tato stránka je určena českým firmám, které posuzují výrobní zdroj: prodejcům zahradních domků, roubenek a chat, velkoobchodům, řetězcům se stavebninami, developerům, stavebním firmám, projekčním kancelářím a značkám s vlastní privátní značkou (private label). Eurodita je výrobce roubenek, srubů a konstrukcí z lepeného dřeva (glulam) se závodem v Litvě a obchodním partnerům v celé Evropské unii, včetně České republiky, dodává dřevostavby v kitu podle vhodnosti projektu, logistiky a obchodních podmínek.

Odeslat B2B poptávku Zobrazit domy z lepeného dřeva

Níže popisujeme rozsah B2B výroby, podklady k projektu z lepeného dřeva, produktové řady pro obchod (zahradní domek, chata, roubenka a srub, dřevěná garáž, zahradní kancelář), zásady velkoobchodu a privátní značky, dopravu za podmínky EXW Eurodita a přípravu B2B poptávky z České republiky.

Stránka neobsahuje ceník ani seznam partnerů. Na každou zakázku se vypracovává písemná nabídka a rozsah dodávky, materiály a dokumenty se stanovují pro každý produkt a každou zakázku zvlášť.

Jste soukromá osoba a hledáte dřevěný zahradní domek? Pravidla pro stavbu bez povolení a modely z katalogu najdete na stránce Dřevěné zahradní domky od výrobce.

## Ve zkratce

Pro koho: prodejci, velkoobchody, řetězce se stavebninami, developeři, stavební firmy, projekční kanceláře a vlastní privátní značky, které nakupují k dalšímu prodeji nebo pro vlastní projekty.

Rozsah výroby: katalogové modely, výroba pod Vaší značkou (private label) a projekty podle Vašich výkresů, včetně konstrukcí z lepeného dřeva (glulam).

Není součástí standardní stavebnice: základy, přípojky, koordinace stavby a povolení zůstávají na kupujícím a jeho místních odbornících; montáž a její organizaci domlouváme pro každý projekt zvlášť.

Tloušťka stěny: uvádí se pro každý model zvlášť; profily z masivního dřeva 19-70 mm, profily z lepeného dřeva 70×130-220×260 mm. Uvedené rozměry jsou vnější.

Nabídka: písemná, v eurech, bez DPH a bez dopravy, za podmínky EXW Eurodita; DAP se sjednává pro každou zakázku, DDP případ od případu.

Platba: 50 % při objednávce, 50 % před odesláním ze závodu. Bez veřejného ceníku, bez zveřejněných dodacích lhůt, bez marží pro prodejce.

Certifikáty: Eurodita nemá vlastní certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikaci ISO 9001; dokumentace ke konkrétní zakázce se potvrzuje v nabídce.

Výroba: dřevostavby od roku 1994 v Litvě, CNC obrábění Hundegger, komorové sušení na vlhkost 12-14 %.

## Průmyslová B2B výroba a rozsah dodávky

Stránka je určena odborníkům, nikoli soukromým osobám hledajícím malý zahradní domek nebo dům na klíč. Poptávku přes stejný formulář mohou odeslat i soukromé osoby. Eurodita může posoudit katalogovou dodávku, projekt podle výkresů a výrobu pod vlastní značkou. Základy, přípojky, koordinace stavby a povolení zůstávají na kupujícím a jeho místních odbornících; montáž a její organizaci domlouváme pro každý projekt zvlášť.

Eurodita vyrábí kit: stěnové profily, konstrukci podlahy a střechy a dřevěná okna a dveře, obrobené v Litvě a zabalené naplocho s montážními výkresy k zakázce. Obchodní partner si řídí vlastní značku, cenotvorbu a vztah s koncovým zákazníkem.

U sortimentu malých zahradních staveb (zahradní domky, sklady, zahradní kanceláře) potvrzujeme způsob dodávky u každého projektu zvlášť; větší obytné domy lze dodat i přímo soukromým klientům.

## Lepené dřevo (glulam): podklady k projektu před nabídkou

Když se poptávka týká domu z lepených hranolů nebo nosné konstrukce z lepeného dřeva (glulam), podklady musí určit revizi výkresů, hlavní rozměry, konstrukční systém, rozhraní, množství, místo, účel užívání a termín rozhodnutí. Eurodita nejprve ověří požadovaný rozsah dodávky ze závodu a potom potvrdí, zda lze projekt posoudit.

- Výkresy, technická zpráva nebo definovaná produktová řada

- Místo určení, účel užívání, množství a harmonogram rozhodování

- Rozsah výroby, balení a požadavky na dokumentaci

- Přístup na pozemek, vykládka, Incoterm a rozdělení logistických odpovědností

Profily z lepeného dřeva jsou 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 a 220×260 mm a rohový spoj na rybinu je k dispozici u profilů 88-220 mm. Profil 70×130 mm se vyrábí jak z masivního dřeva, tak jako lepený hranol, proto je v poptávce třeba uvést, o kterou verzi jde. Statické výpočty provádějí specializovaní partneři. Eurodita zveřejňuje orientační hodnoty U pouze pro samotný dřevěný stěnový prvek: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 a 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (samotný prvek, nikoli hotová stavba ani výsledek posouzení shody); hodnota U dvojité stěny se počítá pro každý projekt podle zvolené izolace a vlastnosti hotové stavby stanoví místní projekční tým na základě podkladů k zakázce.

## Zahradní domky, roubenky, chaty a dřevěné garáže: produktové řady pro obchod

Vedle konstrukcí z lepeného dřeva vyrábí Eurodita pro prodejce, velkoobchody a privátní značky tyto produktové řady, všechny dodávané jako kit z továrny Eurodita:

- Zahradní domek a zahradní kancelář: zahradní domky z masivních profilů pro sklad, dílnu nebo kancelář, až po izolovatelné zahradní kanceláře s dvojitou stěnou. Zahradní domek je v českém obchodě běžný název celé řady; obsah dodávky každého modelu se potvrzuje v nabídce.

- Chata, dřevěná chatka a roubenka: katalogové modely z masivních nebo lepených profilů, od jedné místnosti po stavby s více ložnicemi. Kupující je hledají také jako dřevěná chata, srub nebo chata na klíč; Eurodita dodává kit; montáž a její organizaci domlouváme pro každý projekt zvlášť. Tloušťka stěny se uvádí pro každý model zvlášť: masivní profily 19-70 mm, profily z lepeného dřeva 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Roubenka a srub v kitu, i pro celoroční bydlení: dřevostavba se stěnami z masivních nebo lepených profilů, přízemní nebo s podkrovím, dodaná jako kit s montážními výkresy k zakázce. Pro celoroční užívání nabízí Eurodita profily 58×130 a 70×130 mm a lepené dřevo. Modulový dům zde znamená pouze kompletní stavbu v kitu; kdo hledá modulový dům nebo mobilní dům, dostane kit zabalený naplocho, nikoli prostorový modul dokončený ve výrobě.

- Dřevěná garáž a přístřešek na auto: jednoduché a dvojité dřevěné garáže, přístřešky a kombinace garáže s přístřeškem z masivních profilů, se sedlovou nebo pultovou střechou podle modelu.

Každou produktovou řadu lze realizovat jako katalogový nákup, pod Vaší značkou (private label) nebo jako zakázkovou výrobu podle Vašich výkresů. Katalogový model se objednává označením modelu a stěnovým profilem, konfigurovatelný model z něj vychází se změnou rozměrů, otvorů nebo profilu a zakázkový model nebo individuální projekt vychází z Vašich výkresů, u nichž Eurodita nejprve ověří, zda rozsah spadá do výrobního rozsahu závodu.

Katalogy produktů (anglicky): roubenky a chaty (log cabins), zahradní kanceláře, domy z lepeného dřeva a samostatné obytné jednotky (granny annexes). Všechny stránky trhů: trhy a jazyky.

## Velkoobchod, distribuce a vlastní značka (private label)

U prodejců, velkoobchodů a řetězců se posuzuje produktová řada, distribuční kanál, očekávaný objem, místo určení a požadavky na balení a označení. Eurodita nenabízí franšízový program: podmínky privátní značky, označení výrobce a dokumenty se stanovují pro každou zakázku zvlášť.

Privátní značka (private label) a white label znamenají u Eurodity totéž: Eurodita vyrábí a značka partnera je uvedena v nabídce, ve výkresech a v dokumentaci pro zákazníka v rozsahu sjednaném pro zakázku. Eurodita nedrží sklad na českém trhu a nenabízí dropshipping. Nezveřejňuje marže prodejců ani maloobchodní ceny; obchodní partner si stanoví vlastní ceny. Exkluzivita, ochrana území nebo garantovaná marže vyžadují samostatnou písemnou smlouvu.

Každá zakázka se nabízí písemně v eurech za podmínky EXW Eurodita bez DPH a bez dopravy; plán opakovaných objednávek, balení a označení Vaší značkou se řeší ve stejné nabídce. Eurodita nezveřejňuje počet zemí ani partnerů a stránka neobsahuje seznam referencí.

## Architektura a developerské projekty: jasně rozdělená rozhraní

Když dřevostavbu vede architektonická kancelář nebo tým developera, Eurodita potřebuje kontaktní osobu projektu, požadovaný rozsah výroby a informace pro technické a obchodní posouzení. Místní průzkumy, celkový návrh, rozhraní s ostatními dodávkami a realizace zůstávají v odpovědnosti kvalifikovaného projekčního týmu v České republice.

Podíl Eurodity na projektu je dodávka ze závodu: výroba sjednaného rozsahu v Litvě, montážní výkresy k zakázce a dokumenty potvrzené v nabídce. Základy, přípojky a koordinaci stavby zajišťují vlastní odborníci projektu; montáž a její organizaci domlouváme pro každý projekt zvlášť. Toto rozdělení uveďte v poptávce hned na začátku.

## Místní schválení projektu: stavební zákon a stavební úřad

Požadavky českých stavebních předpisů, tedy stavebního zákona, územního plánu a obecních předpisů, stejně jako statické, požární a energetické požadavky a potřebná schválení, se vztahují na hotovou stavbu a její dokumentaci. Stanoví je místní projekční tým a osoby odpovědné za projekt v České republice. Zda konkrétní objekt vyžaduje stavební povolení, ohlášení, nebo nic, rozhoduje stavební úřad pro daný objekt; kupující si postup ověří u stavebního úřadu a u svého projektanta před objednávkou.

Eurodita nepředkládá žádný katalogový produkt jako automaticky vyhovující českým předpisům nebo určité úrovni vlastností a neposkytuje záruku vydání povolení ani přijetí ohlášení.

## Dokumenty a označení podle produktu a zakázky

Písemná nabídka stanoví pro sjednaný produkt a rozsah prvky výroby, dostupné dokumenty a případné požadavky k řešení. Tato stránka neslibuje certifikát, označení ani jednotnou technickou dokumentaci pro všechny produktové řady nebo projekty. Eurodita nemá vlastní certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikaci ISO 9001; dokumentace ke konkrétní zakázce se potvrzuje v nabídce. Požadavky na dokumentaci prosím uveďte před vypracováním nabídky.

## Doprava a odpovědnost při převzetí: EXW Eurodita jako standard

Standardní dodací podmínkou je EXW Eurodita: kupující nebo jeho dopravce převezme kit v závodě Eurodita a odpovídá za dopravu do České republiky a za související dokumenty. Jiné dopravní řešení lze posoudit pro konkrétní projekt a musí být písemně potvrzeno včetně Incotermu, místa určení, přístupu, vykládky, dokumentů a rozdělení odpovědností. DAP se sjednává pro každou zakázku, DDP případ od případu.

Vykládka v místě určení je na kupujícím nebo příjemci s technikou zajištěnou místně. Eurodita nezveřejňuje dodací lhůty; harmonogram zakázky se sjednává v nabídce. Protože se kity dodávají naplocho, nikoli předmontované, uveďte v poptávce adresu vykládky v České republice, přístup pro těžkou techniku a dostupnou vykládací techniku.

## Výrobní informace: od roku 1994 v Litvě

Eurodita vyrábí dřevostavby od roku 1994 v Litvě na přibližně 5 000 m² kryté výrobní plochy ze severského smrku a borovice. CNC obrábění Hundegger; sušení v sušárnách Nardi (elektrických) na cílovou vlhkost 12-14 %. Masivní stěny: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 a 70×130 mm; lepené dřevo: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 a 220×260 mm (rohový spoj na rybinu 88-220 mm); dvojité stěny 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm (izolace se pořizuje místně; hodnota U dvojité stěny se počítá pro každý projekt). Model z masivního dřeva lze vyrobit v kterémkoli z profilů 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dřeva v kterémkoli profilu z lepeného lamelového dřeva. Profil 19 mm se používá jen u modelů, které jsou s ním v katalogu. Uvedené rozměry jsou vnější.

Podlaha z prken 28 mm a impregnované podlahové trámy standardně; profily standardně bez povrchové úpravy, nátěr ve výrobě volitelně s omezenou kapacitou. Dřevěná okna a dveře vlastní výroby (IV45, IV68 a IV92, poslední s trojsklem); hliníkové posuvné dveře dodává specializovaný dodavatel. Kity se dodávají zabalené naplocho, nikoli předmontované; statické výpočty provádějí specializovaní partneři.

## Zahradní domek 28 mm a 44 mm: stěnové profily pro obchod

Pro lehké zahradní domky a malé zahradní stavby vyrábí Eurodita masivní profily 19×100 mm a 28×100 mm ze standardního sortimentu objemové výroby. Profily 34×100 mm a 44×130 mm patří do standardního sortimentu pro prodejce a jsou běžnými tloušťkami stěn v obchodě.

Pro celoroční užívání a větší stavby nabízí Eurodita profily 58×130 mm a 70×130 mm, dostupné i pro individuální projekty a zakázkové modely. S dvojitou stěnou nabízí sestavy 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm: dvě stěny z masivního dřeva s dutinou připravenou pro izolaci, přičemž izolační materiál se zpravidla volí a pořizuje místně. Lepené dřevo (glulam) pokrývá profily od 70×130 mm do 220×260 mm. Orientační hodnoty U dřevěných stěnových prvků jsou zveřejněny výše (44 mm 2,43 a 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); všechny rozměry uvedené pro stavbu jsou vnější. Tabulka shrnuje obvyklé použití masivních profilů v obchodě.

| Profil | Obvyklé použití v obchodě | Poznámka

| 19×100 mm | Lehké zahradní domky, malé zahradní stavby, standardní výroba | Standardní sortiment objemové výroby.

| 28×100 mm | Katalogové a konfigurovatelné modely zahradních domků a chat | Standardní sortiment objemové výroby.

| 34×100 mm | Katalogové a konfigurovatelné modely | Standardní sortiment objemové výroby.

| 44×130 mm | Katalogové, konfigurovatelné a zakázkové modely, standardní sortiment pro prodejce | Slouží také jako vnější stěna v sestavách s dvojitou stěnou 44-50-44 a 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Katalogové a konfigurovatelné modely a individuální projekty, celoroční užívání | Slouží také jako vnější stěna v sestavách s dvojitou stěnou 58-50-58 a 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Katalogové a konfigurovatelné modely a individuální projekty, celoroční užívání a větší stavby | Tento profil je k dispozici i jako lepené dřevo (glulam); uveďte prosím požadovanou verzi.

Eurodita je výrobce roubenek a dřevostaveb z Litvy s výrobní zkušeností od roku 1994 a dodává prodejcům a velkoobchodům na vyžádání; veřejný ceník neexistuje.

## Klíčová fakta pro Vaši poptávku

Hlavní podmínky na jednom místě pro interní nákupní záznam nebo poptávku.

- Na každou zakázku se vypracovává písemná nabídka: EXW Eurodita, cena v eurech bez DPH a bez dopravy; DAP pro každou zakázku, DDP případ od případu.

- Platba: 50 % při objednávce, 50 % před odesláním ze závodu. Bez veřejného ceníku, bez zveřejněných dodacích lhůt, bez marží pro prodejce.

- Stěnové profily z masivního dřeva 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; lepené dřevo 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Model z masivního dřeva lze vyrobit v kterémkoli z profilů 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dřeva v kterémkoli profilu z lepeného lamelového dřeva. Profil 19 mm se používá jen u modelů, které jsou s ním v katalogu. Uvedené rozměry jsou vnější.

- Eurodita nemá vlastní certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikaci ISO 9001; dokumentace ke konkrétní zakázce se potvrzuje v nabídce.

- Návštěvy závodu Eurodita po dohodě.

## Časté dotazy

## Prodává Eurodita zahradní domky a roubenky přímo soukromým osobám v České republice?

U sortimentu malých zahradních staveb (zahradní domky, sklady, zahradní kanceláře) potvrzujeme způsob dodávky u každého projektu zvlášť; větší obytné domy lze dodat přímo soukromým klientům. Tato stránka je určena poptávkám prodejců, velkoobchodů, stavebních firem, architektů, developerů a dalších odborných partnerů.

## Existuje pro prodejce minimální objednací množství?

Očekávaný objem je jedním z hledisek posouzení poptávky vedle produktové řady, distribučního kanálu, místa určení a požadavků na balení a označení. Tato stránka neuvádí žádný množstevní limit; množství a obchodní podmínky se potvrzují v písemné nabídce pro každou zakázku.

## Splňuje projekt z lepeného dřeva automaticky české stavební předpisy?

Ne. Požadavky a schválení závisejí na hotové stavbě, jejím umístění a dokumentaci; patří osobám odpovědným za projekt v České republice. Zda objekt vyžaduje stavební povolení, ohlášení, nebo nic, rozhoduje stavební úřad; kupující si postup pro pozemek ověří u stavebního úřadu a u svého projektanta.

## Které dokumenty jsou součástí zakázky?

Dostupné dokumenty se stanovují pro každý produkt, rozsah a zakázku. Každý požadavek na dokumentaci je třeba uvést před vypracováním nabídky. Eurodita nemá vlastní certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikaci ISO 9001.

## Lze zahradní domky a chaty vyrábět pod naší vlastní značkou (private label)?

Ano. Eurodita vyrábí a značka partnera je uvedena v nabídce, ve výkresech a v dokumentaci pro zákazníka v rozsahu sjednaném pro zakázku. Podmínky privátní značky, označení výrobce a příslušné dokumenty se stanovují pro každou zakázku zvlášť; Eurodita nenabízí franšízový program.

## Která tloušťka stěny pro zahradní domek: 28 mm, nebo 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) a 44 mm (44×130 mm) jsou dva samostatné profily z masivního dřeva ze standardního sortimentu Eurodity. Profil 28 mm se používá u lehkých zahradních domků, zatímco profil 44 mm patří do standardního sortimentu nabízeného prodejcům. Rozměry uvedené pro každou stavbu jsou vnější.

## Lze zahradní domek nebo chatu s dvojitou stěnou zateplit?

Ano. Sestavy s dvojitou stěnou (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm) mají mezi dvěma stěnami z masivního dřeva dutinu připravenou pro izolaci. Izolační materiál se zpravidla volí a pořizuje místně. Orientační hodnoty U samotného dřevěného stěnového prvku jsou zveřejněny (44 mm 2,43 a 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); celková hodnota U dvojité stěny závisí na zvolené izolaci a počítá se pro každý projekt.

## Jak probíhá dodávka do České republiky a jak začít?

Standardní dodací podmínkou je EXW Eurodita; DAP se sjednává pro každou zakázku, DDP případ od případu, vždy písemně včetně Incotermu, místa určení, přístupu, vykládky a dokumentů. Vykládka zůstává na kupujícím. Eurodita je výrobce se sídlem v Litvě s výrobní zkušeností od roku 1994 a dodává prodejcům a velkoobchodům na vyžádání. Pro začátek odešlete přes kontaktní formulář svou firmu a roli, produkt nebo projekt, místo určení, množství a požadovaný rozsah dodávky ze závodu.

## Jak připravit českou B2B poptávku

Uveďte v poptávce údaje níže. Eurodita nejprve ověří obchodní vhodnost a chybějící informace a potom vypracuje písemnou nabídku.

- Firma a Vaše role: prodejce, velkoobchod, developer, stavební firma, projekční kancelář nebo vlastní privátní značka

- Produkt nebo projekt: katalogový model, konfigurovatelný model nebo Vaše výkresy

- Místo určení v České republice a účel užívání: rekreační chata, celoroční bydlení, garáž, kancelář nebo dílna

- Množství, plán opakovaných objednávek a termín rozhodnutí

- Požadovaný rozsah dodávky ze závodu, stěnový profil a požadavky na dokumentaci

- Způsob logistiky: EXW Eurodita, nebo jiný písemně sjednaný Incoterm, přístup a vykládka

Prodejce nebo velkoobchod uvede navíc produktovou řadu (zahradní domek, chata nebo roubenka, srub, dřevěná garáž, dům z lepeného dřeva), prodejní kanál a požadavky na privátní značku; projekční tým kontaktní osobu, revizi výkresů a rozhraní s ostatními dodávkami.

Odeslat B2B poptávku

Česká republika Odeslat B2B poptávku


---

# Slovakia
URL: https://eurodita.com/sk-market/

## Výrobca drevostavieb a chát pre predajcov na Slovensku

Slovensko: Výrobca drevostavieb pre predajcov B2B

Táto stránka je určená slovenským firmám, ktoré posudzujú výrobný zdroj: predajcom chát, drevníc a záhradných domčekov, veľkoobchodom, distribútorom, sieťam so stavebným materiálom, developerom, stavebným firmám, architektonickým kanceláriám a značkám s vlastným menom (private label). Eurodita je výrobca drevostavieb a konštrukcií z lepeného dreva (glulam) so závodom v Litve. Obchodným partnerom v celej Európskej únii, vrátane Slovenska, dodáva drevené stavby ako stavebnice podľa vhodnosti projektu, logistiky, požiadaviek trhu a obchodných podmienok.

Odoslať B2B dopyt Zobraziť domy z lepeného dreva

Hľadáte drevený záhradný domček ako súkromná osoba? Pravidlá pre drobné stavby a modely z katalógu nájdete na stránke Drevené záhradné domčeky od výrobcu.

Nižšie opisujeme rozsah B2B výroby, podklady pre lepené drevo pred cenovou ponukou, produktové rady pre obchod, zásady veľkoobchodu a vlastnej značky, rozdelenie zodpovednosti s projekčným tímom, dopravu EXW Eurodita a prípravu B2B dopytu zo Slovenska.

Stránka neobsahuje cenník ani zoznam partnerov. Na každú objednávku sa vypracúva písomná cenová ponuka; rozsah dodávky, materiály a dokumenty sa určujú pre každý produkt a objednávku samostatne.

## V skratke

Pre koho: predajcovia, veľkoobchody, distribútori, siete so stavebným materiálom, developeri, stavebné firmy, projekčné kancelárie a vlastné značky, ktoré nakupujú na ďalší predaj alebo pre vlastné projekty.

Rozsah výroby: katalógové modely, výroba pod Vašou značkou (private label) a projekty podľa Vašich výkresov vrátane konštrukcií z lepeného dreva (glulam).

Nie je súčasťou štandardnej stavebnice: základy, prípojky, koordinácia stavby a povolenia zostávajú na kupujúcom a jeho miestnych odborníkoch; montáž a jej organizáciu dohadujeme pre každý projekt zvlášť.

Hrúbka steny: uvádza sa pre každý model; masívne profily 19-70 mm, profily z lepeného dreva 70×130-220×260 mm. Uvádzané rozmery sú vonkajšie.

Cenová ponuka: písomná, v eurách, bez DPH a bez dopravy, EXW Eurodita; DAP sa dohaduje pre každú objednávku, DDP individuálne.

Platba: 50 % pri objednávke, 50 % pred odoslaním zo závodu. Žiadny verejný cenník, žiadne zverejnené dodacie lehoty, žiadne marže pre predajcov.

Certifikáty: Eurodita nemá vlastný certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikáciu ISO 9001; dokumentácia konkrétnej objednávky sa potvrdzuje v cenovej ponuke.

Výroba: drevostavby od roku 1994 v Litve, CNC opracovanie Hundegger, komorové sušenie na vlhkosť 12-14 %.

## Priemyselná B2B výroba a rozsah dodávky

Táto stránka je určená odborníkom, ktorí posudzujú výrobný zdroj, nie súkromným osobám hľadajúcim malý záhradný domček alebo dom na kľúč. Eurodita môže posúdiť dodávku z katalógu, projekt podľa výkresov a výrobu pod vlastnou značkou. Základy, prípojky, koordinácia stavby a povolenia zostávajú na kupujúcom a jeho miestnych odborníkoch; montáž a jej organizáciu dohadujeme pre každý projekt zvlášť.

V praxi Eurodita vyrába stavebnicu: stenové profily, konštrukciu podlahy a strechy a drevené okná a dvere, opracované v Litve a zabalené naplocho s montážnymi výkresmi k objednávke. Obchodný partner si riadi vlastnú značku, cenotvorbu a vzťah s koncovým zákazníkom.

Pri sortimente malých záhradných stavieb (záhradné domčeky, kôlne, záhradné kancelárie) potvrdzujeme spôsob dodávky pri každom projekte zvlášť; väčšie obytné domy je možné dodať aj priamo súkromným klientom. Aj súkromné osoby môžu poslať dopyt cez rovnaký formulár.

## Lepené drevo (glulam): projektová dokumentácia pred cenovou ponukou

Ak sa dopyt týka domu z lepeného dreva alebo nosnej konštrukcie z lepených hranolov (glulam), podklady musia určiť revíziu výkresov, hlavné rozmery, konštrukčný systém, rozhrania, množstvo, miesto, účel a termín rozhodnutia. Eurodita overí požadovaný rozsah dodávky zo závodu skôr, než potvrdí, či projekt môže posúdiť.

- Výkresy, technická správa alebo určený produktový rad

- Miesto určenia, účel užívania, množstvo a harmonogram rozhodovania

- Rozsah výroby, balenie a požiadavky na dokumentáciu

- Prístup na pozemok, vykládka, Incoterm a rozdelenie logistickej zodpovednosti

Profily z lepeného dreva sú 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 a 220×260 mm; rybinový rohový spoj je k dispozícii pre profily 88-220 mm. Profil 70×130 mm sa vyrába z masívneho aj lepeného dreva, preto v dopyte uveďte, ktorú verziu máte na mysli. Eurodita zverejňuje orientačné hodnoty U pre samotný drevený stenový prvok: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 a 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (samotný prvok, nie hotová stavba a nie výsledok posúdenia zhody); hodnota U dvojitej steny sa počíta pre každý projekt podľa zvolenej izolácie a vlastnosti hotovej stavby určuje miestny projekčný tím na základe podkladov objednávky.

## Chata, drevenica, drevená garáž a záhradný domček: produktové rady pre obchod

Okrem konštrukcií z lepeného dreva vyrába Eurodita pre predajcov, veľkoobchody a vlastné značky tieto produktové rady, všetky dodávané ako stavebnice zo závodu Eurodita:

- Chata a rekreačná chata: katalógové modely z masívneho alebo lepeného dreva, od jednopriestorových chát po objekty s viacerými spálňami. V slovenskom obchode sa tie isté modely hľadajú aj ako drevená chata, drevenica a zrub; rozsah dodávky každého modelu sa potvrdzuje v cenovej ponuke. Hrúbka steny sa uvádza pre každý model: masívne profily 19-70 mm, profily z lepeného dreva 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Drevenica a zrubový dom ako stavebnica, aj na celoročné bývanie: drevené domy so stenami z masívneho alebo lepeného dreva, prízemné alebo s poschodím, dodávané ako stavebnica s montážnymi výkresmi k objednávke. Na celoročné užívanie ponúka Eurodita profily 58×130 a 70×130 mm a lepené drevo. Aj modulový dom je u Eurodity stavebnica, nie hotový prefabrikovaný modul.

- Drevená garáž a prístrešok na auto: jednoduché a dvojité drevené garáže, prístrešky (carporty) a kombinácie garáže s prístreškom v masívnych profiloch, so sedlovou alebo pultovou strechou podľa modelu.

- Záhradný domček a záhradná kancelária: izolovateľné záhradné domčeky na kancelárske alebo dielenské využitie, pre obchod v masívnych profiloch alebo s dvojitou stenou.

Každý produktový rad je možné riešiť ako nákup z katalógu, pod Vašou značkou (private label) alebo ako výrobu na mieru podľa Vašich výkresov. Presný rozsah, materiály a dokumenty sa potvrdzujú v písomnej cenovej ponuke.

Katalógový model sa objednáva označením modelu a stenovým profilom. Konfigurovateľný model vychádza z katalógového modelu, ktorého rozmery, otvory alebo profil sa pre objednávku upravia. Model na mieru a individuálny projekt vychádzajú z Vašich výkresov; Eurodita pri nich najprv overí, či požadovaný rozsah patrí do výrobného záberu závodu.

Katalógy produktov (v angličtine): chaty a záhradné domčeky (log cabins), záhradné kancelárie, domy z lepeného dreva a obytné prístavby (granny annexes). Všetky trhové stránky: trhy a jazyky.

## Veľkoobchod, distribúcia a vlastná značka (private label)

U predajcov, veľkoobchodov a sietí sa posudzuje produktový rad, distribučný kanál, očakávaný objem, miesto určenia a požiadavky na balenie a označovanie. Eurodita neponúka franšízový program pre drevostavby: podmienky vlastnej značky, označenia výrobcu a použiteľné dokumenty sa určujú pre každú objednávku.

Vlastná značka (private label) a white label sú u Eurodity to isté riešenie: Eurodita vyrába a značka partnera je v cenovej ponuke, vo výkresoch a v dokumentácii pre zákazníka v rozsahu dohodnutom pre objednávku. Eurodita nedrží sklad na slovenskom trhu a neponúka dropshipping. Nezverejňuje marže predajcov ani maloobchodné ceny; obchodný partner si určuje vlastné ceny. Exkluzivita, územná ochrana alebo garantovaná marža nie sú štandardnou ponukou; takéto podmienky môžu vyplývať len zo samostatnej písomnej zmluvy.

Každá objednávka sa ponúka písomne v eurách, EXW Eurodita, bez DPH a bez dopravy. Plán opakovaných objednávok, balenie a prípadné označenia pod Vašou značkou sa riešia v tej istej ponuke. Eurodita neuvádza počet krajín ani partnerov a táto stránka neobsahuje zoznam referencií.

## Architektúra a developerské projekty: jasne rozdelené rozhrania

Ak drevostavbu vedie architektonická kancelária alebo tím developera, Eurodita potrebuje kontaktnú osobu projektu, požadovaný rozsah výroby a informácie na technické a obchodné posúdenie. Miestne prieskumy, celkový návrh, rozhrania s ostatnými dodávkami a realizácia zostávajú v zodpovednosti kvalifikovaného projekčného tímu na Slovensku.

Podiel Eurodity je dodávka zo závodu: výroba dohodnutého rozsahu v Litve, montážne výkresy k objednávke a dokumenty potvrdené v cenovej ponuke. Základy, prípojky a koordináciu stavby zabezpečujú na Slovensku vlastní odborníci projektu; montáž a jej organizáciu dohadujeme pre každý projekt zvlášť. Toto rozdelenie zapíšte do dopytu hneď na začiatku.

## Miestne schválenie projektu: slovenské stavebné predpisy a stavebný úrad

Požiadavky slovenských stavebných predpisov, teda stavebný zákon, územný plán obce a podmienky príslušného stavebného úradu, ako aj statické, požiarne a energetické požiadavky a potrebné schválenia sa vzťahujú na hotovú stavbu a jej dokumentáciu. Určuje ich miestny projektant a osoby zodpovedné za projekt na Slovensku. Či konkrétny objekt vyžaduje stavebné povolenie, ohlásenie alebo iný postup, rozhoduje stavebný úrad; kupujúci si postup pre pozemok a stavbu overí na stavebnom úrade pred objednávkou.

Eurodita na tejto stránke neprezentuje katalógový produkt ako automaticky vyhovujúci slovenským predpisom alebo určitej úrovni vlastností a neposkytuje žiadnu záruku vydania stavebného povolenia ani prijatia ohlásenia.

## Dokumenty a označenia podľa produktu a objednávky

Písomná cenová ponuka určuje pre dohodnutý produkt a rozsah výrobné prvky, dostupné dokumenty a požiadavky, ktoré je prípadne potrebné riešiť. Táto stránka nesľubuje certifikát, označenie ani jednotnú technickú dokumentáciu pre všetky produktové rady alebo všetky projekty. Eurodita nemá vlastný certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikáciu ISO 9001; dokumentácia konkrétnej objednávky sa potvrdzuje v cenovej ponuke. Požiadavky na dokumentáciu uveďte, prosím, pred vypracovaním cenovej ponuky.

## Doprava a zodpovednosť pri prevzatí: EXW Eurodita ako štandard

Štandardnou dodacou podmienkou je EXW Eurodita: kupujúci alebo jeho dopravca prevezme stavebnicu v závode Eurodita a zodpovedá za dopravu na Slovensko a súvisiace dokumenty. Iné dopravné riešenie je možné posúdiť pre konkrétny projekt alebo trasu a musí sa písomne potvrdiť vrátane Incotermu, miesta určenia, prístupu, vykládky, dokumentov a rozdelenia zodpovednosti. DAP sa dohaduje pre každú objednávku, DDP individuálne.

Vykládka v mieste určenia patrí kupujúcemu alebo príjemcovi na stavbe s miestne zabezpečenou technikou. Eurodita nezverejňuje dodacie lehoty; harmonogram konkrétnej objednávky sa dohaduje v cenovej ponuke.

Uveďte v dopyte adresu vykládky na Slovensku, prístup pre ťažkú techniku a dostupnú vykladaciu techniku.

## Výrobné informácie: od roku 1994 v Litve

Eurodita vyrába drevostavby od roku 1994 v Litve na približne 5 000 m² krytej výrobnej plochy zo severského smreku a borovice. CNC opracovanie Hundegger; sušenie v sušiarňach Nardi (elektrických) na cieľovú vlhkosť 12-14 %. Masívne steny: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 a 70×130 mm; lepené drevo: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 a 220×260 mm (rybinový rohový spoj 88-220 mm); dvojité steny 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm (izolácia sa obstaráva miestne; hodnota U dvojitej steny sa počíta pre každý projekt). Model z masívneho dreva je možné vyrobiť v ktoromkoľvek z profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dreva v ktoromkoľvek profile z lepeného lamelového dreva. Profil 19 mm sa používa len pri modeloch, ktoré sú s ním v katalógu. Uvádzané rozmery sú vonkajšie.

Podlaha z dosiek 28 mm a impregnované podlahové trámy štandardne; stenové profily štandardne bez povrchovej úpravy, náter v závode ako voliteľná položka s obmedzenou kapacitou. Drevené okná a dvere vlastnej výroby (IV45, IV68 a IV92, posledný s trojsklom); hliníkové posuvné dvere dodáva špecializovaný dodávateľ. Stavebnice sa dodávajú balené naplocho, nie predmontované; statické výpočty vykonávajú špecializovaní partneri.

## Záhradný domček 28 mm a 44 mm: stenové profily pre obchod

Pre ľahké záhradné domčeky a malé záhradné stavby vyrába Eurodita masívne profily 19×100 mm a 28×100 mm. Patria do štandardného sortimentu objemovej výroby, používaného najmä pri štandardných modeloch z katalógu.

Profily 34×100 mm a 44×130 mm patria do štandardného sortimentu pre predajcov. Používajú sa pri katalógových aj konfigurovateľných modeloch a sú bežnými hrúbkami steny v obchode.

Na celoročné užívanie a väčšie stavby ponúka Eurodita profily 58×130 mm a 70×130 mm, dostupné aj pre individuálne projekty a modely na mieru. S dvojitou stenou ponúka Eurodita navyše skladby 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm: dve steny z masívneho dreva s medzerou pripravenou na izoláciu; izolačný materiál sa spravidla vyberá a obstaráva miestne. Orientačné hodnoty U drevených stenových prvkov sú zverejnené vyššie (44 mm 2,43 a 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); všetky rozmery uvádzané pre stavbu sú vonkajšie.

Hrúbka steny sa volí podľa účelu užívania; ten istý katalógový model možno ponúknuť s viacerými schválenými profilmi. Tabuľka zhŕňa bežné použitie masívnych profilov v obchode.

| Profil | Typické použitie v obchode | Poznámka

| 19×100 mm | Ľahké záhradné domčeky, malé záhradné stavby, štandardná výroba | Štandardný sortiment objemovej výroby.

| 28×100 mm | Katalógové a konfigurovateľné modely pre záhradné domčeky a chaty | Štandardný sortiment objemovej výroby.

| 34×100 mm | Katalógové a konfigurovateľné modely | Štandardný sortiment objemovej výroby.

| 44×130 mm | Katalógové, konfigurovateľné modely a modely na mieru, štandardný sortiment pre predajcov | Slúži aj ako vonkajšia stena v skladbách s dvojitou stenou 44-50-44 a 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Katalógové, konfigurovateľné modely a individuálne projekty, celoročné užívanie | Slúži aj ako vonkajšia stena v skladbách s dvojitou stenou 58-50-58 a 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Katalógové, konfigurovateľné modely a individuálne projekty, celoročné užívanie a väčšie stavby | Tento profil je k dispozícii aj z lepeného dreva (glulam); uveďte, prosím, požadovanú verziu.

## Kľúčové fakty pre Váš dopyt

- Na každú objednávku sa vypracúva písomná cenová ponuka: EXW Eurodita, cena v eurách bez DPH a bez dopravy; DAP pre každú objednávku, DDP individuálne.

- Platba: 50 % pri objednávke, 50 % pred odoslaním zo závodu. Žiadny verejný cenník, žiadne zverejnené dodacie lehoty, žiadne marže pre predajcov.

- Stenové profily z masívneho dreva 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; lepené drevo 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Model z masívneho dreva je možné vyrobiť v ktoromkoľvek z profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dreva v ktoromkoľvek profile z lepeného lamelového dreva. Profil 19 mm sa používa len pri modeloch, ktoré sú s ním v katalógu. Uvádzané rozmery sú vonkajšie.

- Eurodita nemá vlastný certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikáciu ISO 9001; dokumentácia konkrétnej objednávky sa potvrdzuje v cenovej ponuke.

- Návštevy závodu Eurodita po dohode.

## Časté otázky

## Predáva Eurodita chaty priamo súkromným osobám na Slovensku?

Pri sortimente malých záhradných stavieb (záhradné domčeky, kôlne, záhradné kancelárie) potvrdzujeme spôsob dodávky pri každom projekte zvlášť; väčšie obytné domy je možné dodať priamo súkromným klientom. Táto stránka je určená dopytom predajcov, veľkoobchodov, stavebných firiem, architektov, developerov a ďalších profesionálnych partnerov.

## Existuje minimálne odberné množstvo pre predajcu?

Očakávaný objem je jedným z prvkov posúdenia dopytu spolu s produktovým radom, distribučným kanálom, miestom určenia a požiadavkami na balenie a označovanie. Táto stránka neuvádza žiadnu množstevnú hranicu; množstvo a obchodné podmienky sa potvrdzujú v písomnej cenovej ponuke pre každú objednávku.

## Spĺňa projekt z lepeného dreva automaticky slovenské stavebné predpisy?

Nie. Požiadavky a schválenia závisia od hotovej stavby, jej umiestnenia a dokumentácie; patria osobám zodpovedným za projekt na Slovensku. Kupujúci si postup pre pozemok (stavebné povolenie alebo ohlásenie) overí na príslušnom stavebnom úrade.

## Aké dokumenty sú súčasťou objednávky?

Dostupné dokumenty sa určujú pre každý produkt, rozsah a objednávku. Každú požiadavku na dokumentáciu je potrebné uviesť pred vypracovaním cenovej ponuky. Eurodita nemá vlastný certifikát FSC ani PEFC ani certifikáciu ISO 9001.

## Je možné vyrábať chaty pod našou vlastnou značkou (private label)?

Áno. Eurodita vyrába a značka partnera sa objavuje v cenovej ponuke, vo výkresoch a v dokumentácii pre zákazníka v rozsahu dohodnutom pre objednávku. Podmienky vlastnej značky, označenia výrobcu a použiteľné dokumenty sa určujú pre každú objednávku samostatne; Eurodita neponúka franšízový program.

## Ktorá hrúbka steny pre záhradný domček: 28 mm alebo 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) a 44 mm (44×130 mm) sú dva samostatné profily z masívneho dreva zo štandardného sortimentu Eurodity. Profil 28 mm sa používa pri ľahkých záhradných domčekoch, zatiaľ čo profil 44 mm patrí do štandardného sortimentu ponúkaného predajcom. Rozmery uvádzané pre každú stavbu sú vonkajšie.

## Je možné zaizolovať chatu s dvojitou stenou?

Áno. Skladby s dvojitou stenou (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm) majú medzi dvoma stenami z masívneho dreva vzduchovú medzeru pripravenú na izoláciu. Izolačný materiál sa spravidla vyberá a obstaráva miestne. Orientačné hodnoty U samotného dreveného stenového prvku sú zverejnené (44 mm 2,43 a 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); celková hodnota U dvojitej steny závisí od zvolenej izolácie a počíta sa pre každý projekt.

## Ako prebieha dodávka na Slovensko a ako začať spoluprácu?

Štandardnou dodacou podmienkou je EXW Eurodita; DAP sa dohaduje pre každú objednávku, DDP individuálne, vždy písomne vrátane Incotermu, miesta určenia, prístupu, vykládky a dokumentov. Eurodita je výrobca so sídlom v Litve s výrobnými skúsenosťami od roku 1994 a na požiadanie dodáva predajcom a veľkoobchodom. Na začiatok pošlite cez kontaktný formulár Vašu firmu a rolu, produkt alebo projekt, miesto určenia, množstvo a požadovaný rozsah dodávky zo závodu.

## Ako pripraviť slovenský B2B dopyt

Uveďte nasledujúce údaje. Eurodita najprv overí obchodnú vhodnosť a chýbajúce informácie a až potom vypracuje písomnú cenovú ponuku.

- Firma a Vaša rola: predajca, veľkoobchod, developer, stavebná firma, projekčná kancelária alebo vlastná značka

- Produkt alebo projekt: katalógový model, konfigurovateľný model alebo Vaše výkresy

- Miesto určenia na Slovensku a účel užívania: rekreačná chata, celoročné bývanie, garáž, kancelária alebo dielňa

- Množstvo, plán opakovaných objednávok a termín rozhodnutia

- Požadovaný rozsah dodávky zo závodu, stenový profil a požiadavky na dokumentáciu

- Spôsob logistiky: EXW Eurodita alebo iný písomne dohodnutý Incoterm, prístup a vykládka

Užitočné poradie pre predajcu alebo veľkoobchod: produktový rad (chata, drevenica alebo zrub, drevená garáž, záhradný domček alebo záhradná kancelária, dom z lepeného dreva), predajný kanál, očakávaný objem a plán opakovaných objednávok, požiadavky na vlastnú značku a označenia, miesto vykládky na Slovensku. Pre projekčný tím: kontaktná osoba, revízia výkresov, rozsah dodávky zo závodu, rozhrania s ostatnými dodávkami a termín rozhodnutia.

Odoslať B2B dopyt

Slovensko Odoslať B2B dopyt


---

# Hungary
URL: https://eurodita.com/hu-market/

## Faházgyártó magyar kereskedőknek: rönkház- és gerendaházkészletek

Magyarország: Faházgyártó kereskedőknek, rönkházkészletek

Ez az oldal gyártási forrást értékelő magyar vállalkozásoknak szól: faházak és rönkházak kereskedőinek, nagykereskedőknek, építőanyag-láncoknak, ingatlanfejlesztőknek, kivitelezőknek, építészirodáknak és saját márkás (private label) cégeknek. Az Eurodita rönkházak és ragasztott gerenda (glulam) szerkezetek gyártója Litvániában. Faépület-készleteket szállít kereskedelmi partnereknek az Európai Unió egész területén, így Magyarországra is, a projekt alkalmasságától, a logisztikától és a kereskedelmi feltételektől függően.

B2B ajánlatkérés küldése Ragasztott gerendaházak megtekintése

Magánszemélyként keres kerti faházat? Az engedély nélküli építés szabályait és a határokba beleférő modelleket a Kerti faházak a gyártótól oldalon találja.

Az alábbiakban bemutatjuk a B2B gyártás terjedelmét, a termékcsaládokat (kerti faház, rönkház, gerendaház, fa garázs és kerti iroda), a saját márka elveit, a szállítást EXW Eurodita paritással és a magyar B2B ajánlatkérés előkészítését.

Az oldalon nincs árlista és partnerlista. Minden rendelésről írásos ajánlat készül; a szállítás terjedelmét, az anyagokat és a dokumentumokat termékenként és rendelésenként határozzuk meg.

## Röviden

Kinek: kereskedők, nagykereskedők, építőanyag-láncok, ingatlanfejlesztők, kivitelezők, tervezőirodák és saját márkák, amelyek viszonteladásra vagy saját projektjeikhez vásárolnak.

A gyártás terjedelme: katalógusmodellek, gyártás az Önök márkaneve alatt (private label) és projektek az Önök rajzai alapján, beleértve a ragasztott gerenda (glulam) szerkezeteket.

Nem része a standard készletnek: az összeszerelés, az alapozás, a közművek bekötése és az engedélyek. Az összeszerelést és annak megszervezését projektenként egyeztetjük; az alapozás, a közművek és az engedélyek a vevő és helyi szakemberei feladata.

Falvastagság: modellenként megadva; tömör faprofilok 19-70 mm, ragasztott gerenda profilok 70×130-220×260 mm. A megadott méretek külső méretek.

Ajánlat: írásban, euróban, áfa nélkül és szállítás nélkül, EXW Eurodita paritással; a DAP rendelésenként egyeztetve, a DDP esetenként.

Fizetés: 50% a rendeléskor, 50% a gyárból történő kiszállítás előtt. Nincs nyilvános árlista, nincs közzétett szállítási határidő, nincs kereskedői árrés.

Tanúsítványok: az Eurodita nem rendelkezik saját FSC- vagy PEFC-tanúsítvánnyal, sem ISO 9001 tanúsítással; az adott rendelés dokumentációját az ajánlat erősíti meg.

Gyártás: faépületek 1994 óta Litvániában, Hundegger CNC megmunkálás, kamrás szárítás 12-14% nedvességtartalomra.

## Ipari B2B gyártás és a szállítás terjedelme

Ez az oldal gyártási forrást minősítő szakembereknek szól; kerti faházat kereső magánszemélyeknek a kerti faházak oldalát ajánljuk. Az Eurodita katalógusbeszerzést, rajzok szerinti projektet és saját márkás gyártást vizsgálhat meg. Az összeszerelést és annak megszervezését projektenként egyeztetjük; az alapozás, a közműbekötés, az építkezés koordinálása és az engedélyezés a vevő és helyi szakemberei feladata.

A gyakorlatban az Eurodita a készletet gyártja: falgerendákat, padló- és tetőszerkezetet, fa ablakokat és fa ajtókat, Litvániában megmunkálva és laposan csomagolva, a rendelésnek megfelelő szerelési rajzokkal. A kereskedelmi partner kezeli saját márkáját, árképzését és végfelhasználói kapcsolatait.

A kis kerti épületek (kerti faházak, tárolók, kerti irodák) szállítási útját projektenként egyeztetjük; a nagyobb lakóépületek közvetlenül magánügyfeleknek is szállíthatók. Magánszemélyek is küldhetnek ajánlatkérést ugyanezen az űrlapon.

## Ragasztott gerenda (glulam): projektanyag az ajánlat előtt

Ha az ajánlatkérés gerendaházra vagy ragasztott gerenda (glulam) teherhordó szerkezetre vonatkozik, az anyagnak meg kell határoznia a rajzok verzióját, a fő méreteket, a szerkezeti rendszert, a csatlakozási felületeket, a mennyiséget, a helyszínt, a rendeltetést és a döntési határidőt. Az Eurodita a kért gyári terjedelmet ellenőrzi, mielőtt megerősítené, hogy a projekt vizsgálatra befogadható-e.

- Rajzok, műszaki leírás vagy meghatározott termékcsalád

- Helyszín, rendeltetés, mennyiség és döntési ütemezés

- Gyártási terjedelem, csomagolás és dokumentációs igény

- Megközelíthetőség, lerakodás, Incoterm és logisztikai felelősségmegosztás

A ragasztott gerenda profilok 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 és 220×260 mm, fecskefarkas sarokkötéssel a 88-220 mm -es profiloknál. A 70×130 mm -es profil tömör fából és ragasztott gerendából is készül; az ajánlatkérésben adják meg a kívánt változatot. Az Eurodita előzetes U-értékeket tesz közzé kizárólag a fafal-elemre: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 és 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (az elem önmagában, nem kész épület és nem megfelelőségi eredmény); a kettős fal U-értékét projektenként számítják a választott szigetelés alapján, a kész épület tulajdonságait pedig a helyi tervezőcsapat határozza meg a rendelés anyaga alapján.

## Kerti faház, rönkház, fa garázs és kerti iroda: termékcsaládok a kereskedelemnek

A ragasztott gerenda szerkezeteken túl az Eurodita a következő termékcsaládokat gyártja kereskedőknek, nagykereskedőknek és saját márkával értékesítőknek; mindegyik készletként érkezik az Eurodita gyárból:

- Kerti faház és lakható faház: katalógusmodellek tömör faprofilból vagy ragasztott gerendából, az egyhelyiséges kerti háztól a több hálószobás épületekig. A magyar kereskedelemben ugyanezeket a modelleket faház, kerti ház és rönkház néven is keresik. Falvastagság modellenként: tömör profilok 19-70 mm, ragasztott gerenda profilok 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Rönkház és gerendaház készletként, egész éves használatra is: tömör fa vagy ragasztott gerenda falú házak egy szinten vagy emelettel, a rendelésnek megfelelő szerelési rajzokkal. Egész éves használatra az 58×130 és 70×130 mm -es profilok, valamint a ragasztott gerenda szolgálnak. A faház építés keresésekben gyakori a könnyűszerkezetes ház kifejezés is; az Eurodita nem vázas házakat gyárt, hanem tömör fa és ragasztott gerenda építőkészleteket.

- Fa garázs és kocsibeálló: egyes és dupla fa garázsok, kocsibeállók, valamint garázs és kocsibeálló kombinációk tömör profilból, nyereg- vagy félnyeregtetővel, modelltől függően.

- Kerti iroda és kerti épület: szigetelhető kerti épületek irodai vagy műhelyhasználatra, a kereskedelem számára tömör profilból vagy kettős falú kivitelben.

Minden termékcsalád megvalósítható katalógusvásárlásként, az Önök saját márkaneve alatt (private label) vagy egyedi gyártásként az Önök rajzai alapján. A pontos terjedelmet, az anyagokat és az átadandó dokumentumokat az írásos ajánlat erősíti meg.

A katalógusmodellt modellazonosítóval és falprofillal rendelik; a konfigurálható modell katalógusmodellből indul ki módosított méretekkel, nyílásokkal vagy profillal; az egyedi modell és az egyszeri projekt az Önök rajzain alapul, és ezeknél az Eurodita először ellenőrzi, hogy a kért terjedelem a gyár gyártási körébe tartozik-e. A fa ablakok és fa ajtók saját gyártásúak; az alumínium tolóajtók szakosodott beszállítótól érkeznek.

Termékkatalógusok (angolul): faházak és rönkházak, kerti irodák, gerendaházak ragasztott gerendából és kiegészítő lakóegységek (granny annexes). Minden piaci oldal: piacok és nyelvek.

## Nagykereskedelem, viszonteladás és saját márka (private label)

Kereskedőknél, nagykereskedőknél és láncoknál az értékelés a termékcsaládra, az értékesítési csatornára, a várható mennyiségre, a felhasználási helyre, valamint a csomagolási és jelölési követelményekre terjed ki. Az Eurodita nem kínál faépítési franchise-programot: a saját márka feltételeit, a gyártói jelöléseket és az alkalmazandó dokumentumokat rendelésenként határozzák meg.

A saját márka (private label) és a white label az Euroditánál ugyanazt jelenti: az Eurodita gyárt, és a partner márkája jelenik meg az ajánlatban, a rajzokon és az ügyfélnek szánt dokumentációban a rendelésre egyeztetett terjedelemben. Az Eurodita nem tart raktárkészletet a magyar piacon, és nem kínál dropshippinget. Nem tesz közzé kereskedői árrést és viszonteladói árat; a partner maga árazza termékeit. Kizárólagosság, területvédelem vagy garantált árrés csak külön írásos megállapodáson alapulhat.

Minden rendelésre írásban, euróban, EXW Eurodita paritással, áfa és szállítás nélkül készül ajánlat. Az ismétlődő rendelések tervét, a csomagolás módját és az Önök márkanevével ellátott jelöléseket ugyanabban az ajánlatban kezeljük. Az Eurodita nem közli az országok és partnerek számát; az oldal nem tartalmaz referencialistát.

## Építészeti és fejlesztői projektek: egyértelműen elhatárolt felelősségi körök

Ha a projektet építésziroda vagy fejlesztői csapat vezeti, az Euroditának projektkapcsolattartóra, a kívánt gyártási terjedelemre, valamint a műszaki és kereskedelmi vizsgálathoz szükséges információkra van szüksége. A helyi vizsgálatok, az átfogó tervezés, a csatlakozás más munkanemekhez és a kivitelezés a Magyarországon működő illetékes tervezőcsapat felelőssége marad.

Az Eurodita része a projektben a gyári szállítás: a megállapodott terjedelem gyártása Litvániában, a rendelésnek megfelelő szerelési rajzok és az ajánlatban megerősített dokumentumok. Az alapozást, a közműbekötéseket és az építkezés koordinálását Magyarországon a projekt saját szakemberei szervezik; az összeszerelést és annak megszervezését projektenként egyeztetjük. Ezt a felosztást érdemes már az ajánlatkérésben rögzíteni, hogy a vizsgálat a megfelelő terjedelemre irányuljon.

## A projekt helyi jóváhagyása: magyar építési szabályok és az építésügyi hatóság

A magyar építésügyi előírások, vagyis az országos településrendezési és építési követelmények (OTÉK), a helyi építési szabályzat (HÉSZ), valamint a szerkezeti, tűzvédelmi és energetikai követelmények és a szükséges jóváhagyások a kész épületre és annak dokumentációjára vonatkoznak. Ezeket a helyi tervezőcsapat és a projektért Magyarországon felelős személyek határozzák meg. Az, hogy az adott objektum építési engedélyt, egyszerű bejelentést vagy más eljárást igényel-e, az építésügyi hatóság döntése a konkrét objektumra; a vevő a rendelés előtt a helyi tervezővel tisztázza a telekre és az épületre vonatkozó eljárást.

Az Eurodita itt egyetlen katalógusterméket sem mutat be automatikusan a magyar előírásoknak vagy adott teljesítményszintnek megfelelőként, és nem vállal garanciát az engedély megadására vagy a bejelentés elfogadására.

## Dokumentumok és jelölések termék és rendelés szerint

Az írásos ajánlat a megállapodott termékre és terjedelemre meghatározza a gyártás elemeit, a rendelkezésre álló dokumentumokat és az esetlegesen kezelendő követelményeket. Ez az oldal nem ígér tanúsítványt, jelölést vagy egységes műszaki dokumentációt minden termékcsaládra vagy minden projektre. Az Eurodita nem rendelkezik saját FSC- vagy PEFC-tanúsítvánnyal, sem ISO 9001 tanúsítással; az adott rendelés dokumentációját az ajánlat erősíti meg. Kérjük, a dokumentációs követelményeket az ajánlat elkészítése előtt jelezzék.

## Szállítás és átvételi felelősség: EXW Eurodita alapesetben

A szokásos szállítási feltétel az EXW Eurodita: a vevő vagy fuvarozója az Eurodita gyárban veszi át a készletet, és felel a Magyarországra történő szállításért és annak dokumentumaiért. Más szállítási megoldás adott projektre megvizsgálható, írásos megerősítéssel az Incoterm, rendeltetési hely, megközelíthetőség, lerakodás, dokumentumok és felelősségmegosztás tekintetében. A DAP rendelésenként egyeztetve, a DDP esetenként.

EXW Eurodita esetén a szállítást a vevő vagy fuvarozója intézi, a DAP-szállítást rendelésenként külön egyeztetik. A lerakodás a rendeltetési helyen a vevő vagy az átvevő feladata, helyben szervezett eszközökkel. Az Eurodita nem tesz közzé szállítási határidőket; az adott rendelés ütemezését az ajánlat rögzíti.

Mivel a készletek laposan csomagolva, nem előre összeszerelve érkeznek, az ajánlatkérésben adják meg a magyarországi lerakodási címet, a nehéz járművek megközelítési lehetőségét és a rendelkezésre álló rakodóeszközöket. A megállapodott dokumentumokat az ajánlatban rögzített terjedelemben adják át.

## Gyártási információk: 1994 óta Litvániában

Az Eurodita 1994 óta gyárt faépületeket Litvániában, mintegy 5 000 m² fedett gyártóterületen, északi lucfenyőből és erdeifenyőből. Hundegger CNC megmunkálás; szárítás Nardi szárítókamrákban (elektromos) 12-14% célnedvességre. Tömör falak: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 és 70×130 mm; ragasztott gerenda: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 és 220×260 mm (fecskefarkas sarokkötés 88-220 mm); kettős falak 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 és 58-100-58 mm (a szigetelést helyben szerzik be; a kettős fal U-értékét projektenként számítják). A tömörfa modell a 28, 34, 44, 58 és 70 mm -es profilok bármelyikéből elkészíthető, a ragasztott gerendás modell a ragasztott gerenda bármely profiljából. A 19 mm -es profil csak azoknál a modelleknél használatos, amelyek ezzel szerepelnek a katalógusban. A megadott méretek külső méretek.

Padló 28 mm -es deszkából és impregnált padlógerendák alapfelszereltségként; a gerendák alapesetben kezeletlenek, a gyári festés opció, korlátozott kapacitással. Saját gyártású fa ablakok és fa ajtók (IV45, IV68 és IV92, az utóbbi háromrétegű üvegezéssel); az alumínium tolóajtókat szakosodott beszállító szállítja. A készleteket laposan csomagolva, nem előre összeszerelve szállítják; a statikai számításokat szakosodott partnerek végzik.

## Kerti ház 28 mm és 44 mm: falprofilok a kereskedelemnek

Könnyű kerti faházakhoz és kis kerti épületekhez az Eurodita a 19×100 mm -es és 28×100 mm -es tömör faprofilokat gyártja; ezek a nagy sorozatú gyártás alapválasztékába tartoznak, főként a katalógus alapmodelljeihez.

A 34×100 mm -es és 44×130 mm -es profilok a kereskedőknek szánt alapválaszték részei, katalógusmodellekhez és konfigurálható modellekhez egyaránt; ezek a kereskedelem szokásos falvastagságai.

Egész éves használatra és nagyobb épületekhez az Eurodita az 58×130 mm -es és 70×130 mm -es profilokat kínálja, egyszeri projektekhez és egyedi modellekhez is. Kettős falú kivitelben emellett a 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 és 58-100-58 mm -es kombinációkat kínálja: két tömör fafal, közöttük a szigetelés fogadására előkészített légréssel; a szigetelőanyagot általában helyben szerzik be. A ragasztott gerenda (glulam) a 70×130 mm -től a 220×260 mm -ig terjed. A fafal-elemek előzetes U-értékei fentebb szerepelnek (44 mm 2,43 és 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); az épületre megadott minden méret külső méret.

A falvastagságot a rendeltetés szerint választják; ugyanaz a katalógusmodell több jóváhagyott profillal is kínálható. Az alábbi táblázat a tömör profilok szokásos kereskedelmi használatát összegzi.

| Profil | Jellemző kereskedelmi használat | Megjegyzés

| 19×100 mm | Könnyű kerti faházak, kis kerti épületek, alapgyártás | Nagy sorozatú alapválaszték.

| 28×100 mm | Katalógusmodellek és konfigurálható modellek kerti házakhoz és faházakhoz | Nagy sorozatú alapválaszték.

| 34×100 mm | Katalógusmodellek és konfigurálható modellek | Nagy sorozatú alapválaszték.

| 44×130 mm | Katalógusmodellek, konfigurálható és egyedi modellek, a kereskedők alapválasztéka | Külső fal a 44-50-44 és 44-100-44 kettős falú kombinációkban is.

| 58×130 mm | Katalógus- és konfigurálható modellek, egyszeri projektek; egész éves használat | Külső fal az 58-50-58 és 58-100-58 kettős falú kombinációkban is.

| 70×130 mm | Katalógus- és konfigurálható modellek, egyszeri projektek; egész éves használat, nagyobb épületek | Ez a profil ragasztott gerendaként (glulam) is elérhető; kérjük, adják meg a kívánt változatot.

Az Eurodita a Litvániában működő faházgyártó, 1994 óta gyártási tapasztalattal, amely kérésre kereskedőket és nagykereskedőket lát el; nyilvános árlista nincs.

## Kulcsfontosságú tények az ajánlatkéréshez

Az alábbi tények összegzik az oldal feltételeit belső beszerzési feljegyzéshez vagy ajánlatkéréshez.

- Minden rendelésről írásos ajánlat készül: EXW Eurodita, ár euróban, áfa nélkül és szállítás nélkül; DAP rendelésenként, DDP esetenként.

- Fizetés: 50% a rendeléskor, 50% a gyárból történő kiszállítás előtt. Nincs nyilvános árlista, nincs közzétett szállítási határidő, nincs kereskedői árrés.

- Tömör fa falprofilok 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; ragasztott gerenda 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. A tömörfa modell a 28, 34, 44, 58 és 70 mm -es profilok bármelyikéből elkészíthető, a ragasztott gerendás modell a ragasztott gerenda bármely profiljából. A 19 mm -es profil csak azoknál a modelleknél használatos, amelyek ezzel szerepelnek a katalógusban. A megadott méretek külső méretek.

- Az Eurodita nem rendelkezik saját FSC- vagy PEFC-tanúsítvánnyal, sem ISO 9001 tanúsítással; az adott rendelés dokumentációját az ajánlat erősíti meg.

- Gyárlátogatás Litvániában előzetes egyeztetés alapján.

## Gyakori kérdések

## Értékesít az Eurodita faházakat közvetlenül magánszemélyeknek Magyarországon?

A kis kerti épületek (kerti faházak, tárolók, kerti irodák) szállítási útját projektenként egyeztetjük; a nagyobb lakóépületek közvetlenül magánügyfeleknek is szállíthatók. Ez az oldal kereskedők, nagykereskedők, kivitelezők, építészek, ingatlanfejlesztők és más szakmai partnerek ajánlatkéréseire készült.

## Van minimális rendelési mennyiség kereskedők számára?

A várható mennyiség az ajánlatkérés értékelésének egyik szempontja a termékcsalád, az értékesítési csatorna, a felhasználási hely, valamint a csomagolási és jelölési követelmények mellett. Ez az oldal nem ad meg mennyiségi küszöböt; a mennyiséget és a kereskedelmi feltételeket minden rendelésre az írásos ajánlat erősíti meg.

## Automatikusan megfelel egy ragasztott gerenda projekt a magyar építési előírásoknak?

Nem. A követelmények és a jóváhagyások a kész épülettől, annak helyétől és dokumentációjától függenek; ezek a projektért Magyarországon felelős személyek feladatai. Azt, hogy az adott objektum építési engedélyt vagy egyszerű bejelentést igényel-e, az építésügyi hatóság dönti el; a vevő a helyi tervezővel tisztázza a telekre vonatkozó eljárást.

## Milyen dokumentumok tartoznak a rendeléshez?

A rendelkezésre álló dokumentumokat minden termékre, terjedelemre és rendelésre külön határozzák meg. Minden dokumentációs követelményt az ajánlat elkészítése előtt kell jelezni. Az Eurodita nem rendelkezik saját FSC- vagy PEFC-tanúsítvánnyal, sem ISO 9001 tanúsítással.

## Gyárthatók a faházak a mi saját márkanevünk alatt (private label)?

Igen. Az Eurodita gyárt, és a partner márkája jelenik meg az ajánlatban, a rajzokon és az ügyfélnek szánt dokumentációban a rendelésre egyeztetett terjedelemben. A saját márka feltételeit, a gyártói jelöléseket és az alkalmazandó dokumentumokat rendelésenként határozzák meg; az Eurodita nem kínál franchise-programot.

## Melyik falvastagság kerti házhoz: 28 mm vagy 44 mm?

A 28 mm (28×100 mm) és a 44 mm (44×130 mm) az Eurodita alapválasztékának két külön tömör faprofilja. A 28 mm -es profilt könnyű kerti faházakhoz használják, míg a 44 mm -es profil a kereskedőknek kínált alapválaszték része. Az egyes épületekre megadott méretek külső méretek.

## Szigetelhető a kettős falú faház?

Igen. A kettős falú kombinációkban (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 és 58-100-58 mm) két tömör fafal között a szigetelés fogadására előkészített légrés van. A szigetelőanyagot általában helyben választják ki és szerzik be. A fafal-elem előzetes U-értékei közzé vannak téve (44 mm 2,43 és 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K; az elem önmagában, nem kész épület és nem megfelelőségi eredmény); a kettős fal teljes U-értéke a választott szigeteléstől függ, és projektenként számítják.

## Hogyan történik a szállítás Magyarországra, és hogyan indul az együttműködés?

A szokásos szállítási feltétel az EXW Eurodita; a DAP rendelésenként egyeztetve, a DDP esetenként, mindig írásban az Incoterm, a rendeltetési hely, a megközelíthetőség, a lerakodás és a dokumentumok tekintetében. A lerakodás a vevő feladata. Az Eurodita a Litvániában működő gyártó, 1994 óta gyártási tapasztalattal, amely kérésre kereskedőket és nagykereskedőket lát el. Az induláshoz küldjék el a kapcsolatfelvételi űrlapon a vállalkozásukat és szerepüket, a terméket vagy projektet, a felhasználási helyet, a mennyiséget és a kívánt gyári szállítási terjedelmet.

## Így készítsék elő a magyar B2B ajánlatkérést

Adják meg a vállalkozásukat és szerepüket, a terméket vagy projektet, a felhasználási helyet, a rajzokat vagy a specifikációt, a mennyiséget, a rendeltetést, a kívánt gyári szállítási terjedelmet, az ütemezést és a logisztikai módot. Az Eurodita először a kereskedelmi alkalmasságot és a hiányzó információkat ellenőrzi, mielőtt írásos ajánlatot készítene.

- Vállalkozás és szerep: kereskedő, nagykereskedő, ingatlanfejlesztő, kivitelező, tervezőiroda vagy saját márka

- Termék vagy projekt: katalógusmodell, konfigurálható modell vagy az Önök rajzai

- Felhasználási hely Magyarországon és rendeltetés: hétvégi ház, egész éves lakhatás, garázs, iroda vagy műhely

- Mennyiség, az ismétlődő rendelések terve és a döntési határidő

- A kívánt gyári szállítási terjedelem, a falprofil és a dokumentációs igény

- Logisztikai mód: EXW Eurodita vagy írásban egyeztetendő más Incoterm, megközelíthetőség és lerakodás

Hasznos sorrend kereskedőnek vagy nagykereskedőnek: termékcsalád (kerti faház, rönkház, fa garázs, kerti iroda vagy gerendaház), értékesítési csatorna, várható mennyiség, ismétlődő rendelések terve, saját márka és jelölési követelmények, magyarországi lerakodási hely. Tervezőcsapatnak: kapcsolattartó, rajzverzió, gyári szállítási terjedelem, csatlakozás más munkanemekhez, döntési határidő.

B2B ajánlatkérés küldése

Magyarország B2B ajánlatkérés küldése


---

# Romania
URL: https://eurodita.com/ro-market/

## Producător de case din lemn și căsuțe de grădină pentru comercianți

România: Producător de case din lemn B2B pentru comercianți

Această pagină se adresează companiilor din România care evaluează o sursă de producție: comercianți și distribuitori de căsuțe de grădină și case din lemn, angrosiști, dezvoltatori, constructori, birouri de arhitectură și branduri cu marcă proprie (private label). Eurodita este un producător de case din lemn și de structuri din lemn lamelar încleiat (glulam) din Lituania și livrează kituri partenerilor comerciali din întreaga Uniune Europeană, inclusiv în România, în funcție de proiect, logistică și condițiile comerciale.

Trimiteți cererea B2B Vedeți casele din lemn lamelar

Pagina nu conține o listă de prețuri și nici o listă de parteneri. Pentru fiecare comandă se întocmește o ofertă scrisă, iar sfera livrării, materialele și documentele se stabilesc pentru fiecare produs și comandă.

Sunteți persoană fizică și căutați o casă modulară din lemn? Modelele, kitul și regulile de autorizare după Legea nr. 169/2026 le găsiți pe pagina Case modulare din lemn lamelar, direct de la producător.

Căutați o casă din lemn de locuit, din catalog sau după proiectul arhitectului? Consultați pagina Case din lemn de locuit, direct de la producător.

## Pe scurt

Pentru cine: comercianți, distribuitori, angrosiști, rețele de materiale de construcții, dezvoltatori, constructori, birouri de proiectare și mărci proprii, pentru revânzare sau pentru propriile proiecte.

Sfera producției: modele de catalog, producție sub marca dumneavoastră (private label) și proiecte pe baza planurilor dumneavoastră, inclusiv structuri din lemn lamelar încleiat (glulam).

Nu face parte din kitul standard: fundațiile, racordurile, coordonarea șantierului și autorizațiile rămân în sarcina cumpărătorului și a specialiștilor săi locali; montajul și organizarea lui se stabilesc pentru fiecare proiect.

Grosimea peretelui: se indică pentru fiecare model; profile din lemn masiv 19-70 mm, lemn lamelar încleiat 70×130-220×260 mm. Dimensiunile indicate sunt dimensiuni exterioare.

Oferta: scrisă, în euro, fără TVA și fără transport, în condiția EXW Eurodita; DAP se convine pentru fiecare comandă, DDP de la caz la caz.

Plata: 50 % la comandă, 50 % înainte de expedierea din fabrică. Fără listă publică de prețuri, fără termene de livrare publicate, fără marje de comerciant.

Certificate: Eurodita nu deține un certificat FSC sau PEFC propriu și nici o certificare ISO 9001; documentația unei comenzi concrete se confirmă în ofertă.

Producție: construcții din lemn din 1994 în Lituania, prelucrare CNC Hundegger, uscare în camere de uscare la o umiditate de 12-14 %.

## Producție industrială B2B și sfera livrării

Pagina se adresează profesioniștilor care evaluează o sursă de producție, nu persoanelor fizice care caută o căsuță de grădină mică sau o casă la cheie. Eurodita poate analiza o livrare de catalog, un proiect pe baza planurilor și o producție sub marcă proprie; fundațiile, racordurile, coordonarea șantierului și autorizațiile rămân la cumpărător și la specialiștii săi locali, iar montajul și organizarea lui se stabilesc pentru fiecare proiect.

În practică, Eurodita produce kitul: bârne de perete, structura pardoselii și a acoperișului, ferestre și uși din lemn, prelucrate în Lituania și ambalate plat, cu planurile de montaj ale comenzii. Partenerul își gestionează marca, prețurile și relația cu clientul final.

Pentru construcțiile mici de grădină (căsuțe de grădină, magazii, birouri de grădină), modalitatea de livrare se confirmă pentru fiecare proiect; locuințele de dimensiuni mai mari pot fi livrate și direct clienților privați.

## Lemn lamelar încleiat (glulam): dosarul de proiect înainte de ofertă

Pentru o casă din lemn lamelar încleiat sau o structură portantă din glulam, dosarul precizează revizia planurilor, dimensiunile principale, sistemul constructiv, interfețele, cantitatea, amplasamentul, destinația și calendarul de decizie; Eurodita verifică sfera livrării din fabrică înainte de a confirma dacă proiectul poate fi analizat.

- Planuri, caiet de sarcini sau o familie de produse definită

- Amplasament, destinație, cantitate și calendarul de decizie

- Sfera producției, ambalarea și necesarul de documentație

- Accesul pe teren, descărcarea, Incoterm-ul și responsabilitățile logistice

Profilele din lemn lamelar încleiat sunt 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 și 220×260 mm; îmbinarea de colț în coadă de rândunică este disponibilă pentru 88-220 mm. Profilul 70×130 mm există atât din lemn masiv, cât și din lemn lamelar încleiat; precizați varianta vizată. Eurodita publică valori U orientative numai pentru elementul de perete din lemn: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 și 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (elementul singur, nu o clădire finită și nici un rezultat de conformitate); valoarea U a peretelui dublu se calculează pentru fiecare proiect în funcție de izolația aleasă, iar caracteristicile clădirii finite le stabilește echipa locală de proiectare pe baza dosarului comenzii.

## Căsuțe de grădină, case din lemn, garaje din lemn și birouri de grădină: familii de produse pentru comercianți

Familiile de produse pentru comercianți, distribuitori, angrosiști și mărci proprii, toate livrate în kit de la fabrica Eurodita:

- Căsuță de grădină și cabană din lemn locuibilă: modele de catalog din bârne masive sau lemn lamelar încleiat, de la o încăpere la mai multe dormitoare; în România se caută și ca căsuțe din lemn, cabane din lemn sau case de vacanță din lemn. Grosimea peretelui se indică pe model: profile masive 19-70 mm, lemn lamelar încleiat 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Casă din lemn în kit, inclusiv pentru locuire permanentă: pereți din bârne masive sau lemn lamelar încleiat, pe un nivel sau cu etaj, cu planurile de montaj ale comenzii; pentru locuire permanentă Eurodita propune profilele 58×130 și 70×130 mm și lemnul lamelar încleiat. În România se caută și ca case din bușteni sau case modulare din lemn; la Eurodita, o casă modulară se livrează de obicei în kit, iar asamblarea în fabrică într-un modul transportabil este posibilă pentru anumite proiecte și se confirmă pentru fiecare proiect.

- Garaj din lemn și carport: garaje simple și duble, carporturi și combinații garaj-carport din profile masive, acoperiș în două ape sau într-o apă, după model.

- Birou de grădină și atelier: construcții de grădină izolabile pentru birou sau atelier, din profile masive sau cu perete dublu.

Fiecare familie poate fi tratată ca achiziție de catalog, sub marca dumneavoastră (private label) sau ca producție la comandă pe baza planurilor dumneavoastră; sfera exactă, materialele și documentele se confirmă în oferta scrisă.

Cataloagele de produse (în limba engleză): căsuțe și cabane din lemn, birouri de grădină, case din lemn lamelar încleiat și anexe locuibile (granny annexes). Toate paginile de piață: piețe și limbi.

## Vânzare en-gros, distribuție și marcă proprie (private label)

Pentru comercianți, angrosiști și rețele, evaluarea privește familia de produse, canalul de distribuție, volumul așteptat, destinația și cerințele de ambalare și etichetare. Eurodita nu oferă un program de franciză; condițiile mărcii proprii, mențiunile de producător și documentele se definesc pentru fiecare comandă.

Private label și white label înseamnă la Eurodita același lucru: Eurodita produce, iar marca partenerului apare în ofertă, în planuri și în documentația pentru client. Eurodita nu ține stoc în România și nu oferă dropshipping; nu publică marje de comerciant sau prețuri de revânzare, partenerul își stabilește propriile prețuri. Exclusivitatea, protecția teritorială sau o marjă garantată nu fac parte din oferta standard și pot rezulta numai dintr-un contract scris separat.

Comenzile repetate, ambalarea și marcajele sub marca dumneavoastră se tratează în aceeași ofertă scrisă. Eurodita nu comunică numărul de țări sau de parteneri și nu publică o listă de referințe.

## Arhitectură și proiecte de dezvoltatori: interfețe clar atribuite

Când proiectul este condus de un birou de arhitectură sau de un dezvoltator, Eurodita are nevoie de o persoană de contact, de sfera de producție dorită și de informațiile pentru analiza tehnică și comercială. Studiile locale, proiectarea de ansamblu, interfețele cu celelalte loturi și execuția rămân la echipa de proiectare competentă din România.

Partea Eurodita este livrarea din fabrică: producția sferei convenite în Lituania, planurile de montaj ale comenzii și documentele confirmate în ofertă. Fundațiile, racordurile și coordonarea șantierului se organizează în România de specialiștii proiectului; montajul și organizarea lui se stabilesc pentru fiecare proiect.

## Validarea locală a proiectului: regulile românești de construire și primăria

Legea 50/1991 privind autorizarea executării lucrărilor de construcții, reglementările de urbanism (PUG, PUZ), cerințele termice, de securitate la incendiu și structurale și avizele necesare privesc clădirea finită și dosarul acesteia și sunt stabilite de echipa locală de proiectare și de responsabilii proiectului în România. Dacă obiectul necesită certificat de urbanism și autorizație de construire sau o altă procedură decide primăria pentru obiectul concret; cumpărătorul, cu proiectantul său local, confirmă procedura înainte de comandă.

Eurodita nu prezintă aici un produs de catalog ca fiind automat conform cu reglementările românești sau cu un anumit nivel de performanță și nu oferă nicio garanție privind emiterea unei autorizații sau acceptarea unei proceduri.

## Documente și marcaje în funcție de produs și comandă

Oferta scrisă stabilește, pentru produsul și sfera convenite, componentele de producție, documentele disponibile și cerințele de tratat; comunicați cerințele de documentație înainte de ofertă. Pagina nu promite un certificat, un marcaj sau o documentație tehnică uniformă pentru toate familiile sau proiectele. Eurodita nu deține un certificat FSC sau PEFC propriu și nici o certificare ISO 9001; documentația unei comenzi se confirmă în ofertă.

## Transport și responsabilități la recepție: EXW Eurodita ca standard

Condiția standard este EXW Eurodita: cumpărătorul sau transportatorul său ridică kitul de la fabrica din Lituania și răspunde de transportul către România și de documentele aferente. O altă soluție se confirmă în scris, pentru un proiect sau o rută anume, cu Incoterm-ul, destinația, accesul, descărcarea, documentele și responsabilitățile; DAP se convine pentru fiecare comandă, DDP de la caz la caz.

Descărcarea revine cumpărătorului sau destinatarului, cu utilaje organizate local pe șantier. Eurodita nu publică termene de livrare; calendarul unei comenzi se convine în ofertă. Indicați în cerere adresa de descărcare din România, accesul pentru vehicule grele și utilajele disponibile.

## Informații de producție: din 1994 în Lituania

Eurodita produce construcții din lemn din 1994 în Lituania, pe o suprafață de producție acoperită de aproximativ 5 000 m², din molid și pin nordic. Prelucrare CNC Hundegger; uscare în camere de uscare Nardi (electrice) la o umiditate țintă de 12-14 %. Pereți masivi: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 și 70×130 mm; lemn lamelar încleiat: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 și 220×260 mm (îmbinare de colț în coadă de rândunică 88-220 mm); pereți dubli 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 și 58-100-58 mm (izolația se achiziționează local; valoarea U a peretelui dublu se calculează pentru fiecare proiect). Un model din lemn masiv poate fi realizat în oricare dintre profilele de 28, 34, 44, 58 și 70 mm, iar un model din lemn lamelar încleiat în orice profil din lemn lamelar încleiat. Profilul de 19 mm se folosește numai la modelele care apar cu el în catalog. Dimensiunile indicate sunt dimensiuni exterioare.

Pardoseală din scânduri de 28 mm și grinzi de pardoseală impregnate ca standard; bârne netratate ca standard, vopsire în fabrică opțională, cu capacitate limitată. Ferestre și uși din lemn de producție proprie (IV45, IV68 și IV92, ultimul cu geam triplu); uși glisante din aluminiu de la un furnizor specializat. Kiturile se livrează ambalate plat, nu preasamblate; calculele de structură le realizează parteneri specializați.

## Căsuță de grădină 28 mm și 44 mm: profile de perete pentru comercianți

Profilele 19×100 mm și 28×100 mm servesc căsuțelor de grădină ușoare și construcțiilor mici de grădină, în gama standard de producție în volum; 34×100 mm și 44×130 mm sunt gama standard pentru comercianți și grosimile obișnuite în comerț; 58×130 mm și 70×130 mm acoperă locuirea permanentă, clădirile mai mari, proiectele unice și modelele la comandă. Peretele dublu înseamnă doi pereți din lemn masiv cu un spațiu pregătit pentru izolație, materialul izolant fiind ales și achiziționat de regulă local; lemnul lamelar încleiat acoperă profilele de la 70×130 mm până la 220×260 mm. Valorile U orientative ale elementelor de perete din lemn sunt publicate mai sus (44 mm 2,43 și 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K). Același model de catalog poate fi ofertat cu mai multe profile aprobate; tabelul rezumă utilizarea obișnuită în comerț.

| Profil | Utilizare tipică în comerț | Observație

| 19×100 mm | Căsuțe de grădină ușoare, construcții mici de grădină | Gamă standard de producție în volum.

| 28×100 mm | Catalog și configurabile, căsuțe de grădină și cabane din lemn | Gamă standard de producție în volum.

| 34×100 mm | Catalog și configurabile | Gamă standard de producție în volum.

| 44×130 mm | Catalog, configurabile și la comandă; gamă standard pentru comercianți | Servește și ca perete exterior în combinațiile 44-50-44 și 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Catalog, configurabile și proiecte unice; locuire permanentă | Servește și ca perete exterior în combinațiile 58-50-58 și 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Catalog, configurabile și proiecte unice; locuire permanentă și clădiri mai mari | Există și din lemn lamelar încleiat (glulam); precizați varianta dorită.

## Date esențiale pentru cererea dumneavoastră de ofertă

- Pentru fiecare comandă se întocmește o ofertă scrisă: EXW Eurodita, preț în euro fără TVA și fără transport; DAP pentru fiecare comandă, DDP de la caz la caz.

- Plata: 50 % la comandă, 50 % înainte de expedierea din fabrică. Fără listă publică de prețuri, fără termene de livrare publicate, fără marje de comerciant.

- Profile de perete din lemn masiv 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; lemn lamelar încleiat 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Un model din lemn masiv poate fi realizat în oricare dintre profilele de 28, 34, 44, 58 și 70 mm, iar un model din lemn lamelar încleiat în orice profil din lemn lamelar încleiat. Profilul de 19 mm se folosește numai la modelele care apar cu el în catalog. Dimensiunile indicate sunt dimensiuni exterioare.

- Eurodita nu deține un certificat FSC sau PEFC propriu și nici o certificare ISO 9001; documentația unei comenzi concrete se confirmă în ofertă.

- Vizite la fabrica din Lituania pe bază de programare.

## Întrebări frecvente

## Vinde Eurodita căsuțe de grădină direct persoanelor fizice din România?

Pentru gama de construcții mici de grădină (căsuțe de grădină, magazii, birouri de grădină), modalitatea de livrare se confirmă pentru fiecare proiect; locuințele de dimensiuni mai mari pot fi livrate direct clienților privați. Această pagină este destinată cererilor de ofertă ale comercianților, distribuitorilor, angrosiștilor, constructorilor, arhitecților, dezvoltatorilor și altor parteneri profesioniști.

## Există o cantitate minimă de comandă pentru comercianți?

Volumul așteptat este unul dintre elementele evaluării unei cereri de ofertă, alături de familia de produse, canalul de distribuție, destinația și cerințele de ambalare și de etichetare. Pe această pagină nu se indică un prag de cantitate; cantitatea și condițiile comerciale se confirmă în oferta scrisă pentru fiecare comandă.

## Un proiect din lemn lamelar încleiat este automat conform cu reglementările românești de construire?

Nu. Cerințele și avizele depind de clădirea finită, de amplasamentul acesteia și de dosarul ei; ele revin persoanelor responsabile de proiect în România. Cumpărătorul, împreună cu proiectantul său local, confirmă la primărie procedura aplicabilă terenului și clădirii (certificat de urbanism, autorizație de construire sau o altă procedură).

## Ce documente sunt incluse în comandă?

Documentele disponibile se definesc pentru fiecare produs, sferă de livrare și comandă. Orice cerință de documentație trebuie comunicată înainte de întocmirea ofertei. Eurodita nu deține un certificat FSC sau PEFC propriu și nici o certificare ISO 9001.

## Pot fi produse căsuțele sub marca noastră proprie (private label)?

Da. Eurodita produce, iar marca partenerului apare în ofertă, în planuri și în documentația destinată clientului, în sfera convenită pentru comandă. Condițiile mărcii proprii, mențiunile de producător și documentele aplicabile se definesc pentru fiecare comandă; Eurodita nu oferă un program de franciză.

## Ce grosime de perete pentru o căsuță de grădină: 28 mm sau 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) și 44 mm (44×130 mm) sunt două profile distincte din lemn masiv din gama standard Eurodita. Profilul de 28 mm se folosește pentru căsuțele de grădină ușoare, în timp ce profilul de 44 mm face parte din gama standard oferită comercianților. Dimensiunile indicate pentru fiecare clădire sunt dimensiuni exterioare.

## Poate fi izolată o căsuță cu perete dublu?

Da. Combinațiile cu perete dublu (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 și 58-100-58 mm) au între cei doi pereți din lemn masiv un spațiu pregătit pentru izolație. Materialul izolant se alege și se achiziționează de regulă local. Valorile U orientative ale elementului de perete din lemn singur sunt publicate (44 mm 2,43 și 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); valoarea U totală a peretelui dublu depinde de izolația aleasă și se calculează pentru fiecare proiect.

## Cum se face livrarea în România și cum începe colaborarea?

Condiția standard de livrare este EXW Eurodita; DAP se convine pentru fiecare comandă, DDP de la caz la caz, întotdeauna în scris, cu Incoterm-ul, destinația, accesul, descărcarea și documentele. Eurodita este un producător cu sediul în Lituania, cu experiență de producție din 1994, și livrează comercianților și distribuitorilor la cerere. Pentru a începe, trimiteți prin formularul de contact compania și rolul dumneavoastră, produsul sau proiectul, amplasamentul, cantitatea și sfera dorită a livrării din fabrică.

## Cum pregătiți o cerere de ofertă B2B din România

Indicați compania și rolul dumneavoastră, produsul sau proiectul, amplasamentul, planurile sau specificația, cantitatea, destinația, sfera dorită a livrării din fabrică, calendarul și modul logistic. Eurodita verifică mai întâi adecvarea comercială și informațiile lipsă înainte de oferta scrisă.

- Compania și rolul dumneavoastră: comerciant, distribuitor, angrosist, dezvoltator, constructor, birou de proiectare sau marcă proprie

- Produsul sau proiectul: model de catalog, model configurabil sau planurile dumneavoastră

- Amplasamentul din România și destinația: casă de vacanță, locuire permanentă, garaj, birou sau atelier

- Cantitatea, planul comenzilor repetate și calendarul de decizie

- Sfera dorită a livrării din fabrică, profilul de perete și necesarul de documentație

- Modul logistic: EXW Eurodita sau un alt Incoterm convenit în scris, accesul și descărcarea

Trimiteți cererea B2B

România Trimiteți cererea B2B


---

# Bulgaria
URL: https://eurodita.com/bg-market/

## Производител на дървени къщи и бунгала за търговци в България

България: Производител на дървени къщи за търговци B2B

Тази страница е предназначена за български фирми, които оценяват производствен източник: търговци и дилъри на дървени къщи и бунгала, търговци на едро, дистрибутори, инвеститори, строителни фирми, архитектурни бюра и собствени марки (private label). Eurodita е производител на дървени къщи и конструкции от слепена дървесина (glulam) със завод в Литва, и доставя комплекти за дървени сгради на търговски партньори в целия ЕС, включително България, според пригодността на проекта, логистиката, пазарните изисквания и търговските условия.

Изпратете B2B запитване Вижте къщите от слепени греди

Търсите дървена къща за живеене като частно лице? Моделите, изпълнението по поръчка и какво казва ЗУТ за разрешението ще намерите на страницата Дървени къщи за живеене, директно от производителя.

По-долу: обхват на B2B производството, документация за слепени греди преди оферта, продуктови семейства за търговията (дървена къща, дървено бунгало, сглобяема дървена къща, дървен гараж, градински къщички и градински офис), продажба на едро и собствена марка, отговорности на проектантския екип, транспорт EXW Литва и подготовка на B2B запитване от България.

Страницата не съдържа ценова листа и списък с партньори; за всяка поръчка се изготвя писмена оферта, която определя обхвата, материалите и документите. Запитвания от типа „дървени къщи цени“ получават отговор само като писмена оферта за конкретна поръчка.

## Накратко

За кого: търговци и дилъри, търговци на едро, дистрибутори, вериги за строителни материали, инвеститори, строителни фирми, проектантски бюра и собствени марки за препродажба или собствени проекти.

Обхват на производството: каталожни модели, производство под Вашата марка (private label) и проекти по Ваши чертежи, включително конструкции от слепена дървесина (glulam).

Не влиза в стандартния комплект: основите, присъединяването към мрежите, координацията на обекта и разрешителните остават при купувача и местните му специалисти; монтажът и неговата организация се договарят за всеки проект.

Дебелина на стената: по модел; масивна дървесина 19-70 mm, слепена дървесина 70×130-220×260 mm. Посочените размери са външни.

Оферта: писмена, в евро, без ДДС и без транспорт, при условие EXW Литва; DAP се договаря за всяка поръчка, DDP според случая.

Плащане: 50 % при поръчка, 50 % преди експедиция от завода. Без публична ценова листа, без публикувани срокове на доставка, без дилърски маржове.

Сертификати: Eurodita не притежава собствен FSC или PEFC сертификат, нито ISO 9001 сертификация; документацията за конкретна поръчка се потвърждава в офертата.

Производство: дървени сгради от 1994 г. в Литва, CNC обработка Hundegger, камерно сушене до влажност 12-14 %.

## Индустриално B2B производство и обхват на доставката

Страницата е за професионалисти, които оценяват производствен източник, не за частни лица, търсещи малка градинска къщичка или къща „до ключ“. Запитване чрез същата форма могат да изпратят и частни лица. Eurodita може да разгледа каталожна доставка, проект по чертежи и производство под собствена марка; основите, присъединяването, координацията на обекта и разрешителните остават при купувача и неговите местни специалисти, а монтажът и неговата организация се договарят за всеки проект.

На практика Eurodita произвежда комплекта: стенни профили, под и покрив, дървени прозорци и врати, обработени в Литва и опаковани на плоско с монтажните чертежи. Партньорът отговаря за своята марка, цени и връзка с крайния клиент.

За гамата малки градински постройки (градински къщички, дървени бараки, градински офиси) начинът на доставка се потвърждава за всеки проект поотделно; по-големите жилищни сгради могат да се доставят и директно на частни клиенти.

## Слепена дървесина (glulam): проектна документация преди оферта

За къща от слепени греди или носеща конструкция от слепена дървесина (glulam) документацията посочва ревизията на чертежите, основните размери, конструктивната система, интерфейсите, количеството, местоположението, предназначението и срока за решение. Eurodita проверява искания заводски обхват, преди да потвърди дали проектът може да бъде разгледан.

- Чертежи, техническа спецификация или определено продуктово семейство

- Местоположение, предназначение, количество и график за решение

- Обхват на производството, опаковка и нужда от документация

- Достъп до обекта, разтоварване, Incoterm и логистични отговорности

Профилите от слепена дървесина са 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 и 220×260 mm, а ъгловата връзка „лястовича опашка“ е налична за профилите 88-220 mm. Профилът 70×130 mm се произвежда и масивен, и слепен; посочете желаната версия в запитването. Статическите изчисления се извършват от специализирани партньори. Eurodita публикува ориентировъчни U-стойности само за дървения стенен елемент: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 и 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (елементът сам по себе си, не завършена сграда и не резултат за съответствие); U-стойността на двойната стена се изчислява за всеки проект според избраната изолация, а характеристиките на завършената сграда се определят от местния проектантски екип въз основа на документацията на поръчката.

## Дървена къща, бунгало, дървен гараж и градински къщички: продуктови семейства за търговията

Освен конструкциите от слепена дървесина Eurodita произвежда за търговци, дистрибутори и собствени марки следните семейства, всички като комплекти от завода на Eurodita:

- Дървено бунгало и обитаема дървена къща: каталожни модели от масивна или слепена дървесина, от едностайни бунгала до сгради с няколко спални. В българската търговия същите модели се търсят и като дървени бунгала или мобилни къщи. Дебелина на стената по модел: масивни профили 19-70 mm, слепена дървесина 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Сглобяема дървена къща като комплект, включително за целогодишно обитаване: къщи със стени от масивна или слепена дървесина, на един етаж или с горен етаж, доставяни като комплект с монтажните чертежи за поръчката. Търсенията за сглобяеми къщи или модулна къща се отнасят тук само до комплект за сглобяване на място, не до заводски завършен модул. За целогодишно обитаване Eurodita предлага профилите 58×130 и 70×130 mm и слепена дървесина.

- Дървен гараж и навес за автомобил: единични и двойни дървени гаражи, навеси и комбинации гараж-навес от масивни профили, с двускатен или едноскатен покрив според модела.

- Градински къщички и градински офис: градински постройки с възможност за изолация за офис или работилница, от масивни профили или като конструкция с двойна стена.

Всяко семейство може да се реализира като каталожна покупка, под Вашата марка (private label) или по Ваши чертежи; обхватът, материалите и документите се потвърждават в писмената оферта.

Каталожният модел се поръчва по код и желан стенен профил. Конфигурируемият модел тръгва от каталожен модел с променени размери, отвори или профил. Моделът по поръчка и единичният проект се основават на Ваши чертежи; за тях Eurodita първо проверява дали исканият обхват попада в производствената област на завода.

Продуктови каталози (на английски): дървени къщи и бунгала, градински офиси, къщи от слепена дървесина и допълнителни жилищни постройки (granny annexes). Всички пазарни страници: пазари и езици.

## Продажба на едро, дистрибуция и собствена марка (private label)

При търговци, търговци на едро и вериги оценката обхваща продуктовото семейство, канала за дистрибуция, очаквания обем, местоназначението и изискванията за опаковка и етикетиране. Eurodita не предлага франчайз програма: условията за собствена марка, обозначенията на производителя и приложимите документи се определят за всяка поръчка.

Собствена марка (private label) и white label при Eurodita означават едно и също: Eurodita произвежда, а марката на партньора присъства в офертата, чертежите и документацията за клиента в договорения обхват. Eurodita не поддържа склад на българския пазар и не предлага дропшипинг. Не публикува дилърски маржове и препродажни цени; търговският партньор определя собствените си цени. Изключителност, териториална защита или гарантиран марж не са стандартно предлагане и изискват отделен писмен договор.

Всяка поръчка се оферира писмено в евро при условие EXW Литва, без ДДС и без транспорт; планът за повтарящи се поръчки, опаковането и обозначенията под Вашата марка се разглеждат в същата оферта. Eurodita не обявява броя на държавите и партньорите; страницата не съдържа списък с референции.

## Архитектурни и инвеститорски проекти: ясно разпределени интерфейси

Когато проект за дървена сграда се води от архитектурно бюро или екип на инвеститор, Eurodita се нуждае от лице за контакт, желания обхват на производството и информацията за техническата и търговската проверка. Местните проучвания, цялостното проектиране, интерфейсите с другите части и изпълнението остават при компетентния проектантски екип в България.

Делът на Eurodita е заводската доставка: производство на договорения обхват в Литва, монтажни чертежи за поръчката и документите, потвърдени в офертата. Основите, присъединяването към мрежите и координацията на обекта се организират в България от специалистите на проекта; монтажът и неговата организация се договарят за всеки проект. Запишете това разпределение в запитването.

## Местно одобрение на проекта: български строителни правила, община и главен архитект

Изискванията на българското строително законодателство, а именно Законът за устройство на територията (ЗУТ), общият и подробният устройствен план, разрешението за строеж и категорията на строежа, както и конструктивните, противопожарните и енергийните изисквания и необходимите одобрения се отнасят до завършената сграда и нейната документация и се определят от местния проектантски екип и лицата, отговорни за проекта в България. Дали обектът изисква разрешение за строеж, в коя категория попада и каква процедура се прилага, решават общината и главният архитект за конкретния обект; купувачът потвърждава процедурата с местния проектант преди поръчката.

Eurodita не представя каталожен продукт като автоматично съответстващ на българските норми или на определено ниво на характеристики и не дава гаранция за издаване на разрешение или одобрение.

## Документи и обозначения според продукта и поръчката

Писмената оферта определя за договорения продукт и обхват елементите на производството, наличните документи и евентуалните изисквания. Страницата не обещава сертификат, маркировка или единна техническа документация за всички семейства или проекти. Eurodita не притежава собствен FSC или PEFC сертификат, нито ISO 9001 сертификация; документацията за конкретна поръчка се потвърждава в офертата. Посочете изискванията към документацията преди офертата.

## Транспорт и отговорности при приемане: EXW Литва като стандарт

Стандартното условие на доставка е EXW Литва: купувачът или неговият превозвач взема комплекта от завода и отговаря за транспорта до България и документите. Друго транспортно решение може да бъде разгледано за конкретен проект или маршрут и се потвърждава писмено с Incoterm, местоназначение, достъп, разтоварване, документи и отговорности. DAP се договаря за всяка поръчка, DDP според случая.

Разтоварването е задължение на купувача или получателя с местно организирана техника. Eurodita не публикува срокове на доставка; графикът на поръчката се договаря в офертата. Посочете в запитването адреса на разтоварване в България, достъпа за тежка техника и наличната техника за разтоварване.

## Производствена информация: от 1994 г. в Литва

Eurodita произвежда дървени сгради от 1994 г. в Литва на около 5 000 m² покрита производствена площ от северен смърч и бор. CNC обработка Hundegger; сушене в сушилни Nardi (електрически) до целева влажност 12-14 %. Масивни стени: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 и 70×130 mm; слепена дървесина: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 и 220×260 mm (ъглова връзка „лястовича опашка“ 88-220 mm); двойни стени 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 и 58-100-58 mm (изолацията се закупува на място; U-стойността на двойната стена се изчислява за всеки проект). Модел от масивна дървесина може да се изработи във всеки от профилите 28, 34, 44, 58 и 70 mm, а модел от слепена дървесина във всеки профил от слепена дървесина. Профилът 19 mm се използва само при моделите, които са с него в каталога. Посочените размери са външни.

Под от дъски 28 mm и импрегнирани подови греди като стандарт; стенните профили по подразбиране са без обработка, заводско боядисване като опция с ограничен капацитет. Дървени прозорци и врати собствено производство (IV45, IV68 и IV92, последният с троен стъклопакет); алуминиевите плъзгащи врати се доставят от специализиран доставчик. Комплектите се доставят опаковани на плоско, не предварително сглобени; статическите изчисления се извършват от специализирани партньори.

## Градински къщички 28 mm и 44 mm: стенни профили за търговията

За леки градински къщички и малки градински постройки Eurodita произвежда профилите от масивна дървесина 19×100 mm и 28×100 mm, стандартна гама за обемно производство, главно за каталожните модели. Профилите 34×100 mm и 44×130 mm са стандартната гама за търговците: каталожни и конфигурируеми модели, обичайните дебелини на стената в търговията.

За целогодишно обитаване и по-големи сгради Eurodita предлага 58×130 mm и 70×130 mm, налични и за единични проекти и модели по поръчка. Като двойна стена предлага и комбинациите 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 и 58-100-58 mm: две стени от масивна дървесина с междинно пространство за изолация, която обикновено се избира и закупува на място. Ориентировъчните U-стойности на стенните елементи са публикувани по-горе (44 mm 2,43 и 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); посочените размери на сградата са външни.

Дебелината на стената се избира според предназначението; един каталожен модел може да бъде офериран с няколко одобрени за него профила.

| Профил | Типична употреба в търговията | Забележка

| 19×100 mm | Леки градински къщички, малки градински постройки, стандартно производство | Стандартна гама за обемно производство.

| 28×100 mm | Каталожни и конфигурируеми модели за градински къщички и дървени бунгала | Стандартна гама за обемно производство.

| 34×100 mm | Каталожни и конфигурируеми модели | Стандартна гама за обемно производство.

| 44×130 mm | Каталожни, конфигурируеми модели и модели по поръчка, стандартна гама за търговците | Служи и като външна стена в комбинациите с двойна стена 44-50-44 и 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Каталожни, конфигурируеми модели и единични проекти, целогодишно обитаване | Служи и като външна стена в комбинациите с двойна стена 58-50-58 и 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Каталожни, конфигурируеми модели и единични проекти, целогодишно обитаване и по-големи сгради | Наличен и от слепена дървесина (glulam); посочете желаната версия.

Eurodita е производител на дървени къщи в Литва, с производствен опит от 1994 г., и доставя на търговци и търговци на едро при запитване; за всяка поръчка се изготвя писмена оферта в евро при условие EXW Литва, публична ценова листа няма.

## Основни факти за Вашето запитване

Основните условия на едно място, за вътрешна бележка или запитване.

- За всяка поръчка се изготвя писмена оферта: EXW Литва, цена в евро без ДДС и без транспорт; DAP за всяка поръчка, DDP според случая.

- Плащане: 50 % при поръчка, 50 % преди експедиция от завода. Без публична ценова листа, без публикувани срокове на доставка, без дилърски маржове.

- Стенни профили от масивна дървесина 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; слепена дървесина 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Модел от масивна дървесина може да се изработи във всеки от профилите 28, 34, 44, 58 и 70 mm, а модел от слепена дървесина във всеки профил от слепена дървесина. Профилът 19 mm се използва само при моделите, които са с него в каталога. Посочените размери са външни.

- Eurodita не притежава собствен FSC или PEFC сертификат, нито ISO 9001 сертификация; документацията за конкретна поръчка се потвърждава в офертата.

- Посещения на завода в Литва по предварителна уговорка.

## Често задавани въпроси

## Продава ли Eurodita дървени къщи директно на частни лица в България?

За гамата малки градински постройки (градински къщички, дървени бараки, градински офиси) начинът на доставка се потвърждава за всеки проект поотделно; по-големите жилищни сгради могат да се доставят директно на частни клиенти. Тази страница е предназначена за запитвания на търговци, търговци на едро, дистрибутори, строителни фирми, архитекти, инвеститори и други професионални партньори.

## Има ли минимално количество за поръчка за търговци?

Очакваният обем е един от елементите при оценката на запитването, наред с продуктовото семейство, канала за дистрибуция, местоназначението и изискванията за опаковка и етикетиране. На тази страница не се посочва количествен праг; количеството и търговските условия се потвърждават в писмената оферта за всяка поръчка.

## Съответства ли проект от слепена дървесина автоматично на българските строителни правила?

Не. Изискванията и одобренията зависят от завършената сграда, нейното местоположение и документация; те са отговорност на лицата, отговорни за проекта в България. Купувачът потвърждава процедурата за имота с местния проектант и с общината, която решава за конкретния обект.

## Какви документи са включени в поръчката?

Наличните документи се определят за всеки продукт, обхват и поръчка. Всяко изискване към документацията трябва да бъде посочено преди изготвянето на офертата. Eurodita не притежава собствен FSC или PEFC сертификат, нито ISO 9001 сертификация.

## Могат ли къщите да се произвеждат под нашата собствена марка (private label)?

Да. Eurodita произвежда, а марката на партньора присъства в офертата, чертежите и документацията за клиента в обхвата, договорен за поръчката. Условията за собствена марка, обозначенията на производителя и приложимите документи се определят за всяка поръчка; Eurodita не предлага франчайз програма.

## Каква дебелина на стената за градинска къщичка: 28 mm или 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) и 44 mm (44×130 mm) са два отделни профила от масивна дървесина от стандартната гама на Eurodita. Профилът 28 mm се използва за леки градински къщички, а профилът 44 mm е част от стандартната гама, предлагана на търговците. Посочените размери за всяка сграда са външни.

## Може ли къща с двойна стена да бъде изолирана?

Да. Комбинациите с двойна стена (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 и 58-100-58 mm) имат между двете стени от масивна дървесина междинно пространство, подготвено за изолация. Изолационният материал обикновено се избира и закупува на място. Ориентировъчните U-стойности само за дървения стенен елемент са публикувани (44 mm 2,43 и 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); общата U-стойност на двойната стена зависи от избраната изолация и се изчислява за всеки проект.

## Как се извършва доставката до България и как да започнем?

Стандартното условие на доставка е EXW Литва; DAP се договаря за всяка поръчка, DDP според случая, винаги писмено по отношение на Incoterm, местоназначение, достъп, разтоварване и документи. Eurodita е производител със седалище в Литва, с производствен опит от 1994 г., и доставя на търговци и търговци на едро при запитване. За да започнете, изпратете чрез формата за контакт Вашата фирма и роля, продукта или проекта, местоназначението, количеството и желания заводски обхват.

## Как да подготвите българско B2B запитване

Посочете следното; Eurodita първо проверява търговската пригодност и липсващата информация, преди да изготви писмена оферта.

- Фирма и Вашата роля: търговец, търговец на едро, дистрибутор, инвеститор, строителна фирма, проектантско бюро или собствена марка

- Продукт или проект: каталожен модел, конфигурируем модел или Ваши чертежи и спецификация

- Местоназначение в България и предназначение: сезонно ползване, целогодишно обитаване, гараж, офис или работилница

- Количество, план за повтарящи се поръчки и срок за решение

- Желан заводски обхват, стенен профил и нужда от документация

- Логистичен начин: EXW Литва или друг писмено договорен Incoterm, достъп и разтоварване

Полезен ред за търговец: продуктово семейство (дървена къща или бунгало, сглобяема дървена къща, дървен гараж, градински къщички или градински офис, къща от слепена дървесина), канал за продажба, очакван обем, изисквания за собствена марка и място на разтоварване в България. За проектантския екип: лице за контакт, ревизия на чертежите, заводски обхват, интерфейси и срок за решение.

Изпратете B2B запитване

България Изпратете B2B запитване


---

# Greece
URL: https://eurodita.com/gr-market/

## Ξύλινα σπίτια σε κιτ για εμπόρους και διανομείς στην Ελλάδα

Ελλάδα: Ξύλινα σπίτια σε κιτ για εμπόρους B2B

Η σελίδα αυτή απευθύνεται σε ελληνικές επιχειρήσεις που αξιολογούν μια πηγή κατασκευής: εμπόρους ξύλινων σπιτιών, διανομείς, χονδρεμπόρους, αλυσίδες δομικών υλικών, developers, εργολάβους, αρχιτεκτονικά γραφεία, τουριστικές επιχειρήσεις και επωνυμίες private label. Η Eurodita είναι κατασκευαστής ξύλινων σπιτιών από κορμούς και κατασκευών από επικολλητή ξυλεία (glulam), με εργοστάσιο στη Λιθουανία. Προμηθεύει ξύλινα κτίρια σε μορφή κιτ σε εμπορικούς συνεργάτες σε ολόκληρη την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση, και στην Ελλάδα, ανάλογα με την καταλληλότητα του έργου, τη μεταφορά, τις απαιτήσεις της αγοράς και τους εμπορικούς όρους.

Αποστολή αιτήματος B2B Δείτε τα σπίτια από επικολλητή ξυλεία

Παρακάτω περιγράφουμε το εύρος της κατασκευής B2B, τον φάκελο ενός έργου από επικολλητή ξυλεία, τις οικογένειες προϊόντων για το εμπόριο (ξύλινο σπιτάκι κήπου, ξύλινη αποθήκη κήπου, ξύλινα μπανγκαλόου, σπίτι από κορμούς, ξύλινο γκαράζ, γραφείο κήπου), τη χονδρική και την ιδιωτική ετικέτα, τη μεταφορά EXW Eurodita και την προετοιμασία ενός αιτήματος προσφοράς B2B από την Ελλάδα.

Η σελίδα δεν περιέχει τιμοκατάλογο ούτε κατάλογο συνεργατών. Για κάθε παραγγελία συντάσσεται γραπτή προσφορά, και το εύρος, τα υλικά και τα έγγραφα ορίζονται χωριστά για κάθε προϊόν και παραγγελία.

## Με λίγα λόγια

Για ποιους: έμποροι, διανομείς, χονδρέμποροι, developers, εργολάβοι, τουριστικές επιχειρήσεις, γραφεία μελετών και επωνυμίες private label που αγοράζουν για μεταπώληση ή για δικά τους έργα.

Εύρος κατασκευής: μοντέλα καταλόγου, κατασκευή με τη δική σας επωνυμία (private label) και έργα βάσει των δικών σας σχεδίων, συμπεριλαμβανομένης της επικολλητής ξυλείας (glulam).

Δεν περιλαμβάνεται στο βασικό κιτ: θεμέλια, συνδέσεις δικτύων, συντονισμός εργοταξίου και άδειες παραμένουν ευθύνη του αγοραστή και των τοπικών επαγγελματιών του· η συναρμολόγηση και η οργάνωσή της συμφωνούνται για κάθε έργο.

Πάχος τοίχου: δηλώνεται ανά μοντέλο. Προφίλ μασίφ ξύλου 19-70 mm, προφίλ επικολλητής ξυλείας 70×130-220×260 mm. Οι αναφερόμενες διαστάσεις είναι εξωτερικές.

Προσφορά: γραπτή, σε ευρώ, χωρίς ΦΠΑ και χωρίς μεταφορά, με όρο EXW Eurodita. DAP ανά παραγγελία, DDP κατά περίπτωση.

Πληρωμή: 50 % με την παραγγελία, 50 % πριν από την αποστολή από το εργοστάσιο. Χωρίς δημόσιο τιμοκατάλογο, χωρίς δημοσιευμένους χρόνους παράδοσης, χωρίς περιθώρια μεταπωλητή.

Πιστοποιητικά: η Eurodita δεν διαθέτει δικό της πιστοποιητικό FSC ή PEFC ούτε πιστοποίηση ISO 9001. Η τεκμηρίωση κάθε παραγγελίας επιβεβαιώνεται στην προσφορά.

Κατασκευή: ξύλινα κτίρια από το 1994 στη Λιθουανία, κατεργασία CNC Hundegger, ξήρανση σε κλιβάνους σε υγρασία 12-14 %.

## Βιομηχανική κατασκευή B2B και εύρος προμήθειας

Η σελίδα απευθύνεται σε επαγγελματίες που αξιολογούν μια πηγή κατασκευής, όχι σε ιδιώτες που αναζητούν ένα μικρό σπιτάκι κήπου ή ένα σπίτι με το κλειδί στο χέρι. Η Eurodita εξετάζει προμήθεια από τον κατάλογο, έργο βάσει σχεδίων και κατασκευή με δική σας επωνυμία. Θεμέλια, συνδέσεις δικτύων, συντονισμός εργοταξίου και αδειοδότηση παραμένουν ευθύνη του αγοραστή και των τοπικών επαγγελματιών του· η συναρμολόγηση και η οργάνωσή της συμφωνούνται για κάθε έργο.

Στην πράξη η Eurodita κατασκευάζει το κιτ: κορμούς τοίχων, κατασκευές δαπέδου και στέγης, ξύλινα παράθυρα και πόρτες, που κατεργάζονται στη Λιθουανία και συσκευάζονται επίπεδα μαζί με τα σχέδια συναρμολόγησης της παραγγελίας. Ο εμπορικός συνεργάτης διαχειρίζεται την επωνυμία του, την τιμολόγησή του και τη σχέση με τον τελικό πελάτη.

Για τη γκάμα των μικρών κτιρίων κήπου (σπιτάκια κήπου, αποθήκες κήπου, γραφεία κήπου), ο τρόπος προμήθειας επιβεβαιώνεται για κάθε έργο χωριστά. Οι μεγαλύτερες κατοικίες μπορούν να προμηθευτούν και απευθείας σε ιδιώτες πελάτες. Και οι ιδιώτες μπορούν να στείλουν αίτημα μέσω της ίδιας φόρμας.

## Επικολλητή ξυλεία (glulam): φάκελος έργου πριν από την προσφορά

Όταν το αίτημα αφορά σπίτι ή φέρουσα κατασκευή από επικολλητή ξυλεία (glulam), ο φάκελος πρέπει να προσδιορίζει την αναθεώρηση των σχεδίων, τις κύριες διαστάσεις, το δομικό σύστημα, τις διεπαφές, την ποσότητα, την τοποθεσία, τη χρήση και το χρονοδιάγραμμα απόφασης. Η Eurodita ελέγχει το ζητούμενο εύρος εργοστασιακής προμήθειας πριν επιβεβαιώσει αν το έργο μπορεί να εξεταστεί.

- Σχέδια, τεχνική περιγραφή ή καθορισμένη οικογένεια προϊόντων

- Προορισμός, χρήση, ποσότητα και χρονοδιάγραμμα λήψης αποφάσεων

- Εύρος κατασκευής, συσκευασία και ανάγκες τεκμηρίωσης

- Πρόσβαση, εκφόρτωση, Incoterm και καταμερισμός ευθυνών στη μεταφορά

Τα προφίλ επικολλητής ξυλείας είναι 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 και 220×260 mm, και η γωνιακή σύνδεση χελιδονοουράς διατίθεται για τα προφίλ 88-220 mm. Το προφίλ 70×130 mm κατασκευάζεται τόσο σε μασίφ ξύλο όσο και σε επικολλητή ξυλεία, γι' αυτό στο αίτημα δηλώνεται ποια έκδοση εννοείται. Οι στατικοί υπολογισμοί εκπονούνται από εξειδικευμένους συνεργάτες. Η Eurodita δημοσιεύει ενδεικτικές τιμές U μόνο για το ξύλινο στοιχείο τοίχου: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 και 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (το στοιχείο μόνο του, όχι ολοκληρωμένο κτίριο, όχι αποτέλεσμα συμμόρφωσης). Η τιμή U του διπλού τοιχώματος υπολογίζεται ανά έργο σύμφωνα με την επιλεγμένη μόνωση, και τα χαρακτηριστικά του ολοκληρωμένου κτιρίου ορίζονται από την τοπική ομάδα μελέτης βάσει του φακέλου της παραγγελίας.

## Ξύλινα σπίτια, σπιτάκι κήπου, ξύλινο γκαράζ και ξύλινα μπανγκαλόου: οικογένειες προϊόντων για το εμπόριο

Πέρα από την επικολλητή ξυλεία, η Eurodita κατασκευάζει για εμπόρους, διανομείς, χονδρεμπόρους και μεταπωλητές με δική τους επωνυμία τις ακόλουθες οικογένειες, όλες παραδοτέες ως κιτ από το εργοστάσιο Eurodita:

- Ξύλινο σπιτάκι κήπου και κατοικήσιμο ξύλινο σπιτάκι: μοντέλα καταλόγου από μασίφ κορμούς ή επικολλητή ξυλεία, από τον ενιαίο χώρο έως περισσότερα υπνοδωμάτια. Στην ελληνική αγορά αναζητούνται και ως σπιτάκι κήπου, ξύλινη αποθήκη κήπου ή, για τα μικρά κατοικήσιμα, ως tiny house. Πάχος τοίχου ανά μοντέλο: προφίλ μασίφ 19-70 mm, επικολλητή ξυλεία 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Προκατασκευασμένα ξύλινα σπίτια σε μορφή κιτ, και για χρήση όλο τον χρόνο: σπίτια από κορμούς μασίφ ξύλου ή επικολλητής ξυλείας, ισόγεια ή με όροφο, με τα σχέδια συναρμολόγησης της παραγγελίας. Συνήθως πρόκειται για κιτ που συναρμολογείται στο εργοτάξιο· για ορισμένα έργα είναι δυνατή η συναρμολόγηση στο εργοστάσιο σε μεταφερόμενη μονάδα, και αυτό επιβεβαιώνεται για κάθε έργο. Για χρήση όλο τον χρόνο: προφίλ 58×130 και 70×130 mm και επικολλητή ξυλεία.

- Ξύλινα μπανγκαλόου για τουριστική χρήση: τα ίδια μοντέλα καταλόγου, ζητούμενα από τουριστικές επιχειρήσεις για camping, glamping και τουριστικά καταλύματα. Ο αγοραστής επιβεβαιώνει τη διαδρομή αδειοδότησης του καταλύματος στην Ελλάδα.

- Ξύλινο γκαράζ και υπόστεγο αυτοκινήτου (carport): μονά και διπλά ξύλινα γκαράζ, υπόστεγα και συνδυασμοί τους σε προφίλ μασίφ, με δίρριχτη ή μονόρριχτη στέγη ανάλογα με το μοντέλο.

- Γραφείο κήπου και εργαστήριο: μονώσιμα κτίρια κήπου για γραφείο ή εργαστήριο, σε προφίλ μασίφ ή σε διπλό τοίχωμα.

Κάθε οικογένεια μπορεί να υλοποιηθεί ως αγορά από τον κατάλογο, με τη δική σας επωνυμία (private label) ή κατά παραγγελία βάσει των δικών σας σχεδίων. Το μοντέλο καταλόγου παραγγέλλεται με κωδικό μοντέλου και προφίλ τοίχου. Το διαμορφώσιμο μοντέλο ξεκινά από μοντέλο καταλόγου με τροποποιημένες διαστάσεις, ανοίγματα ή προφίλ. Το μοντέλο κατά παραγγελία και το μεμονωμένο έργο βασίζονται στα δικά σας σχέδια, και η Eurodita ελέγχει πρώτα αν το εύρος εμπίπτει στο πεδίο κατασκευής του εργοστασίου. Τα ξύλινα παράθυρα και οι ξύλινες πόρτες είναι πάντα δικής μας κατασκευής, οι συρόμενες πόρτες αλουμινίου από εξειδικευμένο προμηθευτή. Το ακριβές εύρος, τα υλικά και τα έγγραφα επιβεβαιώνονται στη γραπτή προσφορά.

Κατάλογοι προϊόντων (στα αγγλικά): ξύλινα σπιτάκια από κορμούς, γραφεία κήπου, σπίτια από επικολλητή ξυλεία και βοηθητικές κατοικίες (granny annexes). Όλες οι σελίδες αγορών: αγορές και γλώσσες.

## Χονδρική, διανομή και ιδιωτική ετικέτα (private label)

Για εμπόρους, διανομείς, χονδρεμπόρους και αλυσίδες, η αξιολόγηση αφορά την οικογένεια προϊόντων, το κανάλι διανομής, τον αναμενόμενο όγκο, τον προορισμό και τις απαιτήσεις συσκευασίας και σήμανσης. Η Eurodita δεν προσφέρει πρόγραμμα franchise: οι όροι της ιδιωτικής ετικέτας, οι ενδείξεις κατασκευαστή και τα εφαρμοστέα έγγραφα ορίζονται ανά παραγγελία.

Ιδιωτική ετικέτα (private label) και white label σημαίνουν στην Eurodita την ίδια λύση: η Eurodita κατασκευάζει, και η επωνυμία του συνεργάτη εμφανίζεται στην προσφορά, στα σχέδια και στην τεκμηρίωση προς τον πελάτη, στο εύρος που συμφωνείται για την παραγγελία. Η Eurodita δεν διατηρεί απόθεμα στην ελληνική αγορά ούτε προσφέρει dropshipping. Δεν δημοσιεύει περιθώρια μεταπωλητή ούτε τιμές μεταπώλησης. Ο εμπορικός συνεργάτης ορίζει τις δικές του τιμές. Αποκλειστικότητα, γεωγραφική προστασία ή εγγυημένο περιθώριο δεν αποτελούν τυπική προσφορά και μπορούν να βασίζονται μόνο σε χωριστή γραπτή συμφωνία.

Το πλάνο επαναλαμβανόμενων παραγγελιών, η συσκευασία και οι σημάνσεις με τη δική σας επωνυμία εξετάζονται στην ίδια γραπτή προσφορά. Η Eurodita δεν ανακοινώνει αριθμό χωρών ή συνεργατών, και η σελίδα δεν περιέχει κατάλογο αναφορών.

## Αρχιτεκτονική και έργα developers: σαφώς καταμερισμένες διεπαφές

Όταν ένα έργο το διευθύνει αρχιτεκτονικό γραφείο ή η ομάδα ενός developer, η Eurodita χρειάζεται έναν υπεύθυνο επικοινωνίας, το επιθυμητό εύρος κατασκευής και τις πληροφορίες για την τεχνική και εμπορική εξέταση. Οι τοπικές μελέτες, ο συνολικός σχεδιασμός, οι διεπαφές με τα άλλα εργολαβικά τμήματα και η εκτέλεση παραμένουν ευθύνη της αρμόδιας ομάδας μελέτης στην Ελλάδα.

Το μερίδιο της Eurodita είναι η εργοστασιακή προμήθεια: κατασκευή του συμφωνημένου εύρους στη Λιθουανία, σχέδια συναρμολόγησης και τα έγγραφα της προσφοράς. Θεμέλια, συνδέσεις δικτύων και συντονισμός εργοταξίου οργανώνονται στην Ελλάδα από τους επαγγελματίες του έργου· η συναρμολόγηση και η οργάνωσή της συμφωνούνται για κάθε έργο. Ο καταμερισμός αυτός καταγράφεται στο αίτημα από την αρχή.

## Τοπική έγκριση του έργου: ελληνική νομοθεσία δόμησης και Υπηρεσία Δόμησης

Οι απαιτήσεις της ελληνικής νομοθεσίας δόμησης, δηλαδή ο Νέος Οικοδομικός Κανονισμός (ΝΟΚ), οι τοπικές χρήσεις γης, οι στατικές απαιτήσεις, η πυρασφάλεια, οι ενεργειακές απαιτήσεις (ΚΕΝΑΚ) και οι αναγκαίες εγκρίσεις αφορούν το ολοκληρωμένο κτίριο και τον φάκελό του. Τις ορίζουν η τοπική ομάδα μελέτης και οι υπεύθυνοι του έργου στην Ελλάδα. Το αν το συγκεκριμένο αντικείμενο απαιτεί οικοδομική άδεια, έγκριση εργασιών δόμησης μικρής κλίμακας ή άλλη διαδικασία είναι απόφαση της αρμόδιας Υπηρεσίας Δόμησης. Ο αγοραστής επιβεβαιώνει με τον τοπικό μηχανικό του τη διαδικασία για το οικόπεδο και το κτίριο πριν από την παραγγελία.

Η Eurodita δεν παρουσιάζει εδώ κανένα προϊόν καταλόγου ως αυτομάτως σύμφωνο με τις ελληνικές διατάξεις ή με συγκεκριμένο επίπεδο επίδοσης και δεν παρέχει καμία εγγύηση για τη χορήγηση άδειας ή έγκρισης.

## Έγγραφα και σημάνσεις ανάλογα με το προϊόν και την παραγγελία

Η γραπτή προσφορά ορίζει, για το συμφωνημένο προϊόν και εύρος, τα στοιχεία κατασκευής, τα διαθέσιμα έγγραφα και τις απαιτήσεις που τυχόν πρέπει να ληφθούν υπόψη. Η σελίδα δεν υπόσχεται πιστοποιητικό, σήμανση ή ενιαίο τεχνικό φάκελο για όλες τις οικογένειες ή όλα τα έργα. Η Eurodita δεν διαθέτει δικό της πιστοποιητικό FSC ή PEFC ούτε πιστοποίηση ISO 9001. Η τεκμηρίωση κάθε παραγγελίας επιβεβαιώνεται στην προσφορά. Δηλώστε τις απαιτήσεις τεκμηρίωσης πριν από τη σύνταξη της προσφοράς.

## Μεταφορά και ευθύνες παραλαβής: EXW Eurodita ως βάση

Ο τυπικός όρος παράδοσης είναι EXW Eurodita: ο αγοραστής ή ο μεταφορέας του παραλαμβάνει το κιτ από το εργοστάσιο στη Λιθουανία και αναλαμβάνει τη μεταφορά προς την Ελλάδα και τα σχετικά έγγραφα. Διαφορετική λύση μεταφοράς μπορεί να εξεταστεί για συγκεκριμένο έργο ή προορισμό και επιβεβαιώνεται γραπτώς ως προς τον Incoterm, τον προορισμό, την πρόσβαση, την εκφόρτωση, τα έγγραφα και τον καταμερισμό ευθυνών. Το DAP συμφωνείται ανά παραγγελία, το DDP κατά περίπτωση.

Η εκφόρτωση στον προορισμό ανήκει στον αγοραστή ή στον παραλήπτη στο εργοτάξιο, με εξοπλισμό που οργανώνεται τοπικά. Η Eurodita δεν δημοσιεύει χρόνους παράδοσης. Το χρονοδιάγραμμα κάθε παραγγελίας συμφωνείται στην προσφορά. Επειδή τα κιτ παραδίδονται συσκευασμένα επίπεδα και όχι προσυναρμολογημένα, δηλώστε στο αίτημα τη διεύθυνση εκφόρτωσης στην Ελλάδα, την πρόσβαση για βαρέα οχήματα και τον διαθέσιμο εξοπλισμό εκφόρτωσης.

## Στοιχεία κατασκευής: από το 1994 στη Λιθουανία

Η Eurodita κατασκευάζει ξύλινα κτίρια από το 1994 στη Λιθουανία, σε περίπου 5 000 m² στεγασμένης επιφάνειας παραγωγής, από βόρεια ερυθρελάτη και πεύκο. Κατεργασία CNC Hundegger. Ξήρανση σε κλιβάνους Nardi (ηλεκτρικούς) σε επιδιωκόμενη υγρασία 12-14 %. Τοίχοι μασίφ: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 και 70×130 mm. Επικολλητή ξυλεία: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 και 220×260 mm (γωνιακή σύνδεση χελιδονοουράς 88-220 mm). Διπλά τοιχώματα 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 και 58-100-58 mm (η μόνωση προμηθεύεται τοπικά, η τιμή U του διπλού τοιχώματος υπολογίζεται ανά έργο). Ένα μοντέλο από μασίφ ξύλο μπορεί να κατασκευαστεί σε οποιοδήποτε από τα προφίλ 28, 34, 44, 58 και 70 mm, και ένα μοντέλο από επικολλητή ξυλεία σε οποιοδήποτε προφίλ επικολλητής ξυλείας. Το προφίλ 19 mm χρησιμοποιείται μόνο στα μοντέλα που αναφέρονται με αυτό στον κατάλογο. Οι αναφερόμενες διαστάσεις είναι εξωτερικές.

Δάπεδο από σανίδα 28 mm και εμποτισμένα δοκάρια δαπέδου ως στάνταρ. Κορμοί ως στάνταρ ακατέργαστοι, εργοστασιακή βαφή προαιρετικά με περιορισμένη δυναμικότητα. Ξύλινα παράθυρα και πόρτες δικής μας κατασκευής (IV45, IV68 και IV92, το τελευταίο με τριπλή υάλωση). Συρόμενες πόρτες αλουμινίου από εξειδικευμένο προμηθευτή. Τα κιτ παραδίδονται συσκευασμένα επίπεδα, όχι προσυναρμολογημένα. Οι στατικοί υπολογισμοί εκπονούνται από εξειδικευμένους συνεργάτες.

## Κτίρια κήπου 28 mm και 44 mm: προφίλ τοίχου για το εμπόριο

Για ελαφρά σπιτάκια κήπου και μικρά κτίρια κήπου η Eurodita κατασκευάζει τα προφίλ μασίφ ξύλου 19×100 mm και 28×100 mm, από την τυπική γκάμα μαζικής παραγωγής για τα στάνταρ μοντέλα του καταλόγου. Τα προφίλ 34×100 mm και 44×130 mm ανήκουν στην τυπική γκάμα για μεταπωλητές, χρησιμοποιούνται σε μοντέλα καταλόγου και διαμορφώσιμα μοντέλα και αποτελούν τα συνήθη πάχη τοίχου στο εμπόριο.

Για χρήση όλο τον χρόνο και για μεγαλύτερα κτίρια η Eurodita προσφέρει τα προφίλ 58×130 mm και 70×130 mm, διαθέσιμα και για μεμονωμένα έργα και μοντέλα κατά παραγγελία. Σε διπλό τοίχωμα προσφέρει τους συνδυασμούς 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 και 58-100-58 mm: δύο τοίχοι από μασίφ ξύλο με ενδιάμεσο κενό για μόνωση, που επιλέγεται και προμηθεύεται συνήθως τοπικά. Η επικολλητή ξυλεία (glulam) καλύπτει από 70×130 mm έως 220×260 mm. Ένα μοντέλο από μασίφ ξύλο μπορεί κατ' αρχήν να κατασκευαστεί σε οποιοδήποτε από τα προφίλ 28, 34, 44, 58 και 70 mm, και ένα μοντέλο από επικολλητή ξυλεία σε οποιοδήποτε προφίλ επικολλητής ξυλείας, με επιβεβαίωση ανά παραγγελία. Οι ενδεικτικές τιμές U των ξύλινων στοιχείων τοίχου δημοσιεύονται παραπάνω (44 mm 2,43 και 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K). Όλες οι διαστάσεις ενός κτιρίου είναι εξωτερικές.

Το ίδιο μοντέλο καταλόγου μπορεί να προσφερθεί με περισσότερα προφίλ, εφόσον είναι εγκεκριμένα για το μοντέλο. Ο πίνακας συνοψίζει τη συνήθη χρήση των προφίλ μασίφ στο εμπόριο.

| Προφίλ | Τυπική χρήση στο εμπόριο | Σημείωση

| 19×100 mm | Ελαφρά σπιτάκια κήπου, μικρά κτίρια κήπου, στάνταρ παραγωγή | Τυπική γκάμα μαζικής παραγωγής.

| 28×100 mm | Μοντέλα καταλόγου και διαμορφώσιμα μοντέλα για σπιτάκια κήπου και ξύλινα σπιτάκια | Τυπική γκάμα μαζικής παραγωγής.

| 34×100 mm | Μοντέλα καταλόγου και διαμορφώσιμα μοντέλα | Τυπική γκάμα μαζικής παραγωγής.

| 44×130 mm | Καταλόγου, διαμορφώσιμα και κατά παραγγελία, τυπική γκάμα για μεταπωλητές | Και εξωτερικός τοίχος στα διπλά τοιχώματα 44-50-44 και 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Καταλόγου, διαμορφώσιμα και μεμονωμένα έργα, χρήση όλο τον χρόνο | Και εξωτερικός τοίχος στα διπλά τοιχώματα 58-50-58 και 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Καταλόγου, διαμορφώσιμα και μεμονωμένα έργα, χρήση όλο τον χρόνο και μεγαλύτερα κτίρια | Διατίθεται και σε επικολλητή ξυλεία (glulam). Δηλώστε την επιθυμητή έκδοση.

Η Eurodita, κατασκευαστής με έδρα τη Λιθουανία και εμπειρία από το 1994, προμηθεύει εμπόρους, διανομείς και χονδρεμπόρους κατόπιν αιτήματος, με γραπτή προσφορά σε ευρώ EXW Eurodita και χωρίς δημόσιο τιμοκατάλογο.

## Βασικά στοιχεία για το αίτημα προσφοράς σας

Οι βασικοί όροι της σελίδας σε ένα σημείο, για εσωτερικό σημείωμα προμηθειών ή αίτημα προσφοράς.

- Για κάθε παραγγελία συντάσσεται γραπτή προσφορά: EXW Eurodita, τιμή σε ευρώ χωρίς ΦΠΑ και χωρίς μεταφορά. DAP ανά παραγγελία, DDP κατά περίπτωση.

- Πληρωμή: 50 % με την παραγγελία, 50 % πριν από την αποστολή από το εργοστάσιο. Χωρίς δημόσιο τιμοκατάλογο, χωρίς δημοσιευμένους χρόνους παράδοσης, χωρίς περιθώρια μεταπωλητή.

- Προφίλ τοίχου μασίφ ξύλου 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm. Επικολλητή ξυλεία 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Μοντέλα από μασίφ ξύλο σε οποιοδήποτε από τα προφίλ 28, 34, 44, 58 και 70 mm, μοντέλα από επικολλητή ξυλεία σε οποιοδήποτε προφίλ επικολλητής ξυλείας. Οι αναφερόμενες διαστάσεις είναι εξωτερικές.

- Η Eurodita δεν διαθέτει δικό της πιστοποιητικό FSC ή PEFC ούτε πιστοποίηση ISO 9001. Η τεκμηρίωση κάθε παραγγελίας επιβεβαιώνεται στην προσφορά.

- Επισκέψεις στο εργοστάσιο στη Λιθουανία κατόπιν συνεννόησης.

## Συχνές ερωτήσεις

## Πουλάει η Eurodita ξύλινα σπιτάκια απευθείας σε ιδιώτες στην Ελλάδα;

Για τη γκάμα των μικρών κτιρίων κήπου (σπιτάκια κήπου, αποθήκες κήπου, γραφεία κήπου), ο τρόπος προμήθειας επιβεβαιώνεται για κάθε έργο χωριστά. Οι μεγαλύτερες κατοικίες μπορούν να προμηθευτούν απευθείας σε ιδιώτες πελάτες. Η σελίδα αυτή προορίζεται για τα αιτήματα προσφοράς εμπόρων, διανομέων, χονδρεμπόρων, εργολάβων, αρχιτεκτόνων, developers, τουριστικών επιχειρήσεων και άλλων επαγγελματικών συνεργατών.

## Υπάρχει ελάχιστη ποσότητα παραγγελίας για μεταπωλητές;

Ο αναμενόμενος όγκος είναι ένα από τα στοιχεία αξιολόγησης του αιτήματος προσφοράς, μαζί με την οικογένεια προϊόντων, το κανάλι διανομής, τον προορισμό και τις απαιτήσεις συσκευασίας και σήμανσης. Η σελίδα αυτή δεν δηλώνει όριο ποσότητας. Η ποσότητα και οι εμπορικοί όροι επιβεβαιώνονται στη γραπτή προσφορά για κάθε παραγγελία.

## Είναι ένα έργο από επικολλητή ξυλεία αυτομάτως σύμφωνο με τις ελληνικές διατάξεις δόμησης;

Όχι. Οι απαιτήσεις και οι εγκρίσεις εξαρτώνται από το ολοκληρωμένο κτίριο, την τοποθεσία του και τον φάκελό του. Ανήκουν στους υπεύθυνους του έργου στην Ελλάδα. Ο αγοραστής επιβεβαιώνει με τον τοπικό μηχανικό του και την αρμόδια Υπηρεσία Δόμησης τη διαδικασία αδειοδότησης για το οικόπεδο.

## Ποια έγγραφα περιλαμβάνονται στην παραγγελία;

Τα διαθέσιμα έγγραφα ορίζονται για κάθε προϊόν, εύρος και παραγγελία. Κάθε απαίτηση τεκμηρίωσης πρέπει να δηλώνεται πριν από τη σύνταξη της προσφοράς. Η Eurodita δεν διαθέτει δικό της πιστοποιητικό FSC ή PEFC ούτε πιστοποίηση ISO 9001.

## Μπορούν τα σπιτάκια να κατασκευαστούν με τη δική μας επωνυμία (private label);

Ναι. Η Eurodita κατασκευάζει, και η επωνυμία του συνεργάτη εμφανίζεται στην προσφορά, στα σχέδια και στην τεκμηρίωση προς τον πελάτη, στο εύρος που συμφωνείται για την παραγγελία. Οι όροι της ιδιωτικής ετικέτας, οι ενδείξεις κατασκευαστή και τα εφαρμοστέα έγγραφα ορίζονται ανά παραγγελία. Η Eurodita δεν προσφέρει πρόγραμμα franchise.

## Ποιο πάχος τοίχου για ένα σπιτάκι κήπου: 28 mm ή 44 mm;

Τα 28 mm (28×100 mm) και τα 44 mm (44×130 mm) είναι δύο ξεχωριστά προφίλ μασίφ ξύλου από την τυπική γκάμα της Eurodita. Το προφίλ 28 mm χρησιμοποιείται για ελαφρά σπιτάκια κήπου, ενώ το προφίλ 44 mm ανήκει στην τυπική γκάμα που προσφέρεται στους μεταπωλητές. Οι διαστάσεις που αναφέρονται για κάθε κτίριο είναι εξωτερικές.

## Μπορεί να μονωθεί ένα σπιτάκι διπλού τοιχώματος;

Ναι. Οι συνδυασμοί διπλού τοιχώματος (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 και 58-100-58 mm) έχουν ανάμεσα σε δύο τοίχους μασίφ ξύλου ένα κενό προετοιμασμένο για μόνωση. Το μονωτικό υλικό επιλέγεται και προμηθεύεται συνήθως τοπικά. Οι ενδεικτικές τιμές U μόνο για το ξύλινο στοιχείο τοίχου είναι δημοσιευμένες (44 mm 2,43 και 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K, το στοιχείο μόνο του, όχι ολοκληρωμένο κτίριο, όχι αποτέλεσμα συμμόρφωσης). Η συνολική τιμή U του διπλού τοιχώματος εξαρτάται από την επιλεγμένη μόνωση και υπολογίζεται ανά έργο.

## Πώς γίνεται η παράδοση στην Ελλάδα και πώς ξεκινά η συνεργασία;

Ο τυπικός όρος παράδοσης είναι EXW Eurodita. Το DAP συμφωνείται ανά παραγγελία, το DDP κατά περίπτωση, πάντα γραπτώς ως προς τον Incoterm, τον προορισμό, την πρόσβαση, την εκφόρτωση και τα έγγραφα. Η Eurodita είναι κατασκευαστής με έδρα τη Λιθουανία, με κατασκευαστική εμπειρία από το 1994, και προμηθεύει εμπόρους, διανομείς και χονδρεμπόρους κατόπιν αιτήματος. Για να ξεκινήσετε, στείλτε μέσω της φόρμας επικοινωνίας την εταιρεία σας και τον ρόλο σας, το προϊόν ή το έργο, τον προορισμό, την ποσότητα και το επιθυμητό εύρος εργοστασιακής προμήθειας.

## Πώς προετοιμάζετε ένα ελληνικό αίτημα προσφοράς B2B

Δηλώστε την εταιρεία και τον ρόλο σας, το προϊόν ή το έργο, τον προορισμό, τα σχέδια ή την προδιαγραφή, την ποσότητα, τη χρήση, το επιθυμητό εύρος εργοστασιακής προμήθειας, το χρονοδιάγραμμα και τον τρόπο μεταφοράς. Η Eurodita ελέγχει πρώτα την εμπορική καταλληλότητα και τις ελλείπουσες πληροφορίες πριν συντάξει γραπτή προσφορά.

- Εταιρεία και ρόλος σας: έμπορος, διανομέας, χονδρέμπορος, developer, εργολάβος, τουριστική επιχείρηση, γραφείο μελετών ή επωνυμία private label

- Προϊόν ή έργο: μοντέλο καταλόγου, διαμορφώσιμο μοντέλο ή τα δικά σας σχέδια

- Προορισμός στην Ελλάδα και χρήση: σπιτάκι κήπου ή αποθήκη, κατοικία όλο τον χρόνο, τουριστικό κατάλυμα, γκαράζ, γραφείο ή εργαστήριο

- Ποσότητα, πλάνο επαναλαμβανόμενων παραγγελιών και χρονοδιάγραμμα απόφασης

- Επιθυμητό εύρος εργοστασιακής προμήθειας, προφίλ τοίχου και ανάγκες τεκμηρίωσης

- Τρόπος μεταφοράς: EXW Eurodita ή άλλος Incoterm που συμφωνείται γραπτώς, πρόσβαση και εκφόρτωση

Για έμπορο, διανομέα ή χονδρέμπορο προηγούνται η οικογένεια προϊόντων, το κανάλι πώλησης, ο αναμενόμενος όγκος, οι απαιτήσεις ιδιωτικής ετικέτας και ο τόπος εκφόρτωσης στην Ελλάδα. Για ομάδα μελέτης: υπεύθυνος επικοινωνίας, αναθεώρηση σχεδίων, εύρος εργοστασιακής προμήθειας και χρονοδιάγραμμα απόφασης.

Αποστολή αιτήματος B2B

Ελλάδα Αποστολή αιτήματος B2B


---

# Croatia
URL: https://eurodita.com/hr-market/

## Proizvođač drvenih kuća i brvnara za trgovce u Hrvatskoj

Hrvatska: Proizvođač drvenih kuća za trgovce B2B

Ova je stranica namijenjena hrvatskim tvrtkama koje procjenjuju izvor proizvodnje: trgovcima i distributerima brvnara i drvenih kuća, veletrgovcima, developerima, izvođačima, arhitektonskim uredima, turističkim operaterima (kampovi, apartmani, glamping) i private label brendovima. Eurodita je proizvođač brvnara, drvenih kuća i konstrukcija od lameliranog drva (glulam) s tvornicom u Litvi; trgovinskim partnerima u cijeloj Europskoj uniji, pa tako i u Hrvatskoj, isporučuje komplete drvenih zgrada, ovisno o prikladnosti projekta, logistici, zahtjevima tržišta i komercijalnim uvjetima.

Pošaljite B2B upit Pogledajte kuće od lameliranog drva

Tražite drvenu vrtnu kućicu kao privatna osoba? Pravila za gradnju bez građevinske dozvole i modele iz kataloga pronaći ćete na stranici Drvene vrtne kućice od proizvođača. Mobilne kućice za kamp ili vlastitu česticu opisujemo na stranici Mobilne kućice od drva.

U nastavku: opseg B2B proizvodnje, dokumentacija za lamelirano drvo prije ponude, obitelji proizvoda za trgovinu, veleprodaja i vlastita marka, podjela odgovornosti s projektnim timom, prijevoz EXW Eurodita i priprema B2B upita iz Hrvatske.

Na stranici nema cjenika ni popisa partnera. Za svaku narudžbu izrađuje se pisana ponuda, a opseg isporuke, materijali i dokumenti određuju se za svaki proizvod i narudžbu zasebno.

## Ukratko

Za koga: trgovci, distributeri, veletrgovci, lanci građevinskih centara, developeri, izvođači, projektni uredi, turistički operateri i vlastite marke.

Opseg proizvodnje: kataloški modeli, proizvodnja pod Vašom markom (private label) i projekti prema Vašim nacrtima, uključujući konstrukcije od lameliranog drva (glulam).

Nije dio standardnog kompleta: temelji, priključci, koordinacija gradilišta i dozvole ostaju na kupcu i njegovim lokalnim stručnjacima; montažu i njezinu organizaciju dogovaramo za svaki projekt.

Debljina zida: navodi se za svaki model; profili od masivnog drva 19-70 mm, profili od lameliranog drva 70×130-220×260 mm. Navedene dimenzije su vanjske.

Ponuda: pisana, u eurima, bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza, EXW Eurodita; DAP se dogovara za svaku narudžbu, DDP od slučaja do slučaja.

Plaćanje: 50 % pri narudžbi, 50 % prije otpreme iz tvornice. Nema javnog cjenika, nema objavljenih rokova isporuke, nema trgovačkih marži.

Certifikati: Eurodita nema vlastiti FSC ni PEFC certifikat ni certifikaciju ISO 9001; dokumentacija pojedine narudžbe potvrđuje se u ponudi.

Proizvodnja: drvene zgrade od 1994. u Litvi, CNC obrada Hundegger, komorno sušenje na vlažnost 12-14 %.

## Industrijska B2B proizvodnja i opseg isporuke

Stranica je namijenjena profesionalcima koji procjenjuju izvor proizvodnje, a ne privatnim osobama koje traže malu vrtnu kućicu ili kuću ključ u ruke. I privatne osobe mogu poslati upit putem istog obrasca. Eurodita može razmotriti katalošku isporuku, projekt prema nacrtima i proizvodnju pod vlastitom markom. Temelji, priključci, koordinacija gradilišta i dozvole ostaju na kupcu i njegovim lokalnim stručnjacima; montažu i njezinu organizaciju dogovaramo za svaki projekt.

U praksi Eurodita proizvodi komplet: zidne grede, konstrukciju poda i krova te drvene prozore i vrata, obrađene u Litvi i plošno pakirane, s montažnim nacrtima prema narudžbi. Trgovinski partner vodi vlastitu marku, vlastite cijene i vlastiti odnos s krajnjim kupcem.

Za male vrtne zgrade (vrtne kućice, spremišta, vrtni uredi) način isporuke potvrđujemo za svaki projekt zasebno; veće stambene zgrade mogu se isporučiti i izravno privatnim klijentima.

## Lamelirano drvo (glulam): projektna dokumentacija prije ponude

Za kuću ili nosivu konstrukciju od lameliranog drva (glulam) dokumentacija mora odrediti reviziju nacrta, glavne dimenzije, konstrukcijski sustav, sučelja, količinu, lokaciju, namjenu i rok odluke. Eurodita provjerava traženi opseg tvorničke isporuke prije nego što potvrdi može li se projekt razmotriti.

- Nacrti, tehnički opis ili definirana obitelj proizvoda

- Lokacija, namjena, količina i rok odlučivanja

- Opseg proizvodnje, pakiranje i potrebna dokumentacija

- Pristup gradilištu, istovar, Incoterm i podjela logističkih odgovornosti

Profili od lameliranog drva su 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 i 220×260 mm, a kutni spoj na lastin rep dostupan je za profile 88-220 mm. Profil 70×130 mm proizvodi se i kao masivna i kao lamelirana greda, pa u upitu treba navesti koja se verzija traži. Eurodita objavljuje preliminarne U-vrijednosti samo za drveni zidni element: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 i 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (element sam, ne gotova zgrada i ne rezultat usklađenosti); U-vrijednost dvostrukog zida izračunava se za svaki projekt prema odabranoj izolaciji, a svojstva gotove zgrade određuje lokalni projektni tim na temelju dokumentacije narudžbe.

## Brvnare, drvene kuće, drvene garaže i vrtne kućice: obitelji proizvoda za trgovinu

Uz konstrukcije od lameliranog drva, Eurodita za trgovinu proizvodi sljedeće obitelji proizvoda, sve isporučene kao kompleti iz tvornice Eurodita:

- Brvnara i stambena brvnara: kataloški modeli od masivnih ili lameliranih greda, od jednoprostornih brvnara do zgrada s više spavaćih soba. U hrvatskoj trgovini iste se modele traži i kao drvena vikendica, ljetnikovac ili planinska kuća, a turistički operateri male stambene brvnare za kampove traže i pod nazivom mobilne kućice; sadržaj isporuke potvrđuje se u ponudi, a put ishođenja dozvole na lokaciji potvrđuje kupac. Debljina zida navodi se za svaki model.

- Drvena kuća u kompletu (drvena montažna kuća), i za cjelogodišnje stanovanje: zidovi od masivnih ili lameliranih greda, prizemnice ili katnice, isporučene kao komplet s montažnim nacrtima prema narudžbi. Za cjelogodišnju uporabu Eurodita nudi profile 58×130 i 70×130 mm te lamelirano drvo.

- Drvena garaža i nadstrešnica: jednostruke i dvostruke drvene garaže, nadstrešnice i kombinacije garaže i nadstrešnice od masivnih profila, s dvostrešnim ili jednostrešnim krovom ovisno o modelu.

- Vrtna kućica i vrtni ured: vrtne zgrade koje se mogu izolirati, za uredsku ili radioničku uporabu, od masivnih profila ili u dvostrukoj zidnoj konstrukciji.

Svaka obitelj može se realizirati kao kataloška kupnja, pod Vašom vlastitom markom (private label) ili po mjeri prema Vašim nacrtima. Točan opseg, materijali i priloženi dokumenti potvrđuju se u pisanoj ponudi.

Kataloški model naručuje se oznakom modela i željenim zidnim profilom. Konfigurabilni model polazi od kataloškog modela s izmijenjenim dimenzijama, otvorima ili profilom. Model po mjeri i pojedinačni projekt temelje se na Vašim nacrtima, a Eurodita najprije provjerava spada li traženi opseg u proizvodno područje tvornice. Drveni prozori i vrata uvijek su vlastite proizvodnje; aluminijska klizna vrata dolaze od specijaliziranog dobavljača.

Katalozi proizvoda (na engleskom): brvnare, vrtni uredi, kuće od lameliranog drva i pomoćne stambene jedinice (granny annexes). Sve stranice tržišta: tržišta i jezici.

## Veleprodaja, distribucija i vlastita marka (private label)

Kod trgovaca, distributera i lanaca procjena se odnosi na obitelj proizvoda, prodajni kanal, očekivani volumen, lokaciju te zahtjeve za pakiranje i označavanje. Eurodita ne nudi franšizni program drvene gradnje: uvjeti vlastite marke, oznake proizvođača i primjenjivi dokumenti određuju se za svaku narudžbu.

Private label i white label kod Eurodite znače isto: Eurodita proizvodi, a marka partnera pojavljuje se u ponudi, nacrtima i dokumentaciji za kupca u opsegu dogovorenom za narudžbu. Eurodita ne drži skladište na hrvatskom tržištu i ne nudi dropshipping. Ne objavljuje trgovačke marže ni maloprodajne cijene; partner određuje vlastite cijene. Ekskluzivnost, zaštita područja ili zajamčena marža nisu dio standardne ponude i mogu se temeljiti samo na zasebnom pisanom ugovoru.

Svaka se narudžba nudi pisano, u eurima, EXW Eurodita, bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza. Plan ponavljajućih narudžbi, pakiranje i oznake pod Vašom markom obrađuju se u istoj ponudi. Eurodita javno ne navodi broj zemalja ni partnera.

## Arhitektura i developerski projekti: jasno podijeljena sučelja

Kada projekt vodi arhitektonski ured ili developerov tim, Eurodita treba kontakt osobu, željeni opseg proizvodnje i podatke za tehničku i komercijalnu provjeru. Lokalna ispitivanja, cjelovito projektiranje, sučelja s drugim izvođačima i izvedba ostaju na kvalificiranom projektnom timu u Hrvatskoj.

Udio Eurodite u projektu je tvornička isporuka: proizvodnja dogovorenog opsega u Litvi, montažni nacrti prema narudžbi i dokumenti potvrđeni u ponudi. Temelje, priključke i koordinaciju gradilišta u Hrvatskoj organiziraju stručnjaci samog projekta; montažu i njezinu organizaciju dogovaramo za svaki projekt. Tu podjelu vrijedi zapisati u upit na početku.

Isto vrijedi za turističke operatere koji za kamp, apartmansko naselje ili glamping naručuju više jednakih jedinica: Eurodita isporučuje komplete, a put ishođenja dozvole za smještajne objekte na lokaciji potvrđuje kupac sa svojim lokalnim projektantom.

## Lokalna provjera projekta: hrvatski propisi o gradnji i nadležni upravni odjel

Zakon o gradnji, prostorni plan koji vrijedi za lokaciju, zahtjevi za konstrukciju, zaštitu od požara i energetska svojstva te potrebna odobrenja odnose se na gotovu zgradu i njezinu dokumentaciju; određuje ih lokalni projektni tim i osobe odgovorne za projekt u Hrvatskoj. Je li za pojedini objekt potrebna građevinska dozvola ili se na njega primjenjuju pravila za jednostavne građevine, odlučuje nadležni upravni odjel za konkretnu građevinu; kupac sa svojim lokalnim projektantom potvrđuje postupak za parcelu i zgradu prije narudžbe.

Eurodita ovdje ne prikazuje kataloški proizvod kao automatski usklađen s hrvatskim propisima ili određenom razinom svojstava i ne daje nikakvo jamstvo za izdavanje dozvole ili drugog odobrenja.

## Dokumenti i oznake prema proizvodu i narudžbi

Pisana ponuda za dogovoreni proizvod i opseg određuje dijelove proizvodnje, dostupne dokumente i zahtjeve koje treba uzeti u obzir. Ova stranica ne obećava certifikat, oznaku ni jedinstvenu tehničku dokumentaciju za sve obitelji proizvoda ili sve projekte. Eurodita nema vlastiti FSC ni PEFC certifikat ni certifikaciju ISO 9001; dokumentacija pojedine narudžbe potvrđuje se u ponudi. Molimo da zahtjeve za dokumentaciju navedete prije izrade ponude.

## Prijevoz i odgovornosti pri preuzimanju: EXW Eurodita kao standard

Standardni uvjet isporuke je EXW Eurodita: kupac ili njegov prijevoznik preuzima komplet u tvornici Eurodita i odgovara za prijevoz do Hrvatske te za pripadajuće dokumente. Drugo prijevozno rješenje može se razmotriti za određeni projekt ili odredište i pisano potvrditi s Incotermom, odredištem, pristupom, istovarom, dokumentima i podjelom odgovornosti. DAP se dogovara za svaku narudžbu, DDP od slučaja do slučaja.

Istovar na odredištu ostaje na kupcu ili primatelju, s lokalno organiziranom opremom. Eurodita ne objavljuje rokove isporuke; raspored pojedine narudžbe dogovara se u ponudi.

Budući da se kompleti isporučuju plošno pakirani, a ne predmontirani, u upitu navedite adresu istovara u Hrvatskoj, pristup za teška vozila i raspoloživu opremu za istovar.

## Podaci o proizvodnji: od 1994. u Litvi

Eurodita proizvodi drvene zgrade od 1994. u Litvi na oko 5 000 m² natkrivene proizvodne površine, od sjeverne smreke i bora. CNC obrada Hundegger; sušenje u sušarama Nardi (električnim) na ciljanu vlažnost 12-14 %. Masivni zidovi: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 i 70×130 mm; lamelirano drvo: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 i 220×260 mm (kutni spoj na lastin rep 88-220 mm); dvostruki zidovi 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm (izolacija se nabavlja lokalno; U-vrijednost dvostrukog zida izračunava se za svaki projekt). Model od masivnog drva može se izraditi u bilo kojem od profila 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model od lijepljenog lameliranog drva u bilo kojem profilu od lijepljenog lameliranog drva. Profil od 19 mm koristi se samo na modelima koji su s njim u katalogu. Navedene dimenzije su vanjske.

Pod od dasaka 28 mm i impregnirane podne grede kao standard; grede standardno neobrađene, tvorničko bojenje kao opcija s ograničenim kapacitetom. Drveni prozori i vrata vlastite proizvodnje (IV45, IV68 i IV92, potonji s trostrukim ostakljenjem); aluminijska klizna vrata isporučuje specijalizirani dobavljač. Kompleti se isporučuju plošno pakirani, ne predmontirani; statičke proračune izrađuju specijalizirani partneri.

## Vrtna kućica 28 mm i 44 mm: zidni profili za trgovinu

Za lagane vrtne kućice i male vrtne zgrade Eurodita proizvodi masivne profile 19×100 i 28×100 mm, standardni asortiman volumne proizvodnje za kataloške modele. Profili 34×100 i 44×130 mm standardni su asortiman za trgovce, za kataloške i konfigurabilne modele, i uobičajene su debljine zida u trgovini. Za cjelogodišnju uporabu i veće zgrade Eurodita nudi profile 58×130 i 70×130 mm, dostupne i za pojedinačne projekte i modele po mjeri.

Dvostruki zid (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm) čine dva zida od masivnog drva sa šupljinom pripremljenom za izolaciju; izolacijski materijal obično se bira i nabavlja lokalno. Tablica sažima uobičajenu uporabu masivnih profila u trgovini.

| Profil | Tipična uporaba u trgovini | Napomena

| 19×100 mm | Lagane vrtne kućice, male vrtne zgrade, standardna proizvodnja | Standardni asortiman volumne proizvodnje.

| 28×100 mm | Kataloški i konfigurabilni modeli za vrtne kućice i brvnare | Standardni asortiman volumne proizvodnje.

| 34×100 mm | Kataloški i konfigurabilni modeli | Standardni asortiman volumne proizvodnje.

| 44×130 mm | Kataloški, konfigurabilni i modeli po mjeri, standardni asortiman za trgovce | Služi i kao vanjski zid u dvostrukim kombinacijama 44-50-44 i 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Kataloški i konfigurabilni modeli, pojedinačni projekti, cjelogodišnja uporaba | Služi i kao vanjski zid u dvostrukim kombinacijama 58-50-58 i 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Kataloški i konfigurabilni modeli, pojedinačni projekti, cjelogodišnja uporaba i veće zgrade | Dostupan i kao lamelirano drvo (glulam); molimo navedite željenu verziju.

Eurodita je proizvođač drvenih kuća iz Litve s proizvodnim iskustvom od 1994. i na upit opskrbljuje trgovce i veletrgovce.

## Ključne činjenice za Vaš upit

Sažetak uvjeta sa stranice, za internu nabavnu bilješku ili upit.

- Za svaku narudžbu izrađuje se pisana ponuda: EXW Eurodita, cijena u eurima bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza; DAP za svaku narudžbu, DDP od slučaja do slučaja.

- Plaćanje: 50 % pri narudžbi, 50 % prije otpreme iz tvornice. Nema javnog cjenika, nema objavljenih rokova isporuke, nema trgovačkih marži.

- Zidni profili od masivnog drva 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; lamelirano drvo 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Model od masivnog drva može se izraditi u bilo kojem od profila 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model od lijepljenog lameliranog drva u bilo kojem profilu od lijepljenog lameliranog drva. Profil od 19 mm koristi se samo na modelima koji su s njim u katalogu. Navedene dimenzije su vanjske.

- Eurodita nema vlastiti FSC ni PEFC certifikat ni certifikaciju ISO 9001; dokumentacija pojedine narudžbe potvrđuje se u ponudi.

- Posjeti tvornici Eurodita prema dogovoru.

## Česta pitanja

## Prodaje li Eurodita brvnare izravno privatnim osobama u Hrvatskoj?

Za asortiman malih vrtnih zgrada (vrtne kućice, spremišta, vrtni uredi) način isporuke potvrđujemo za svaki projekt zasebno; veće stambene zgrade mogu se isporučiti izravno privatnim klijentima. Ova je stranica namijenjena upitima trgovaca, distributera, izvođača, arhitekata, developera, turističkih operatera i drugih profesionalnih partnera.

## Postoji li minimalna količina narudžbe za trgovce?

Očekivani volumen jedan je od elemenata procjene upita, uz obitelj proizvoda, prodajni kanal, lokaciju te zahtjeve za pakiranje i označavanje. Na ovoj stranici ne navodi se količinski prag; količina i komercijalni uvjeti potvrđuju se u pisanoj ponudi za svaku narudžbu.

## Je li projekt od lameliranog drva automatski usklađen s hrvatskim propisima o gradnji?

Ne. Zahtjevi i odobrenja ovise o gotovoj zgradi, njezinoj lokaciji i dokumentaciji; za njih su nadležne osobe odgovorne za projekt u Hrvatskoj. Kupac sa svojim lokalnim projektantom potvrđuje kod nadležnog upravnog odjela je li za parcelu potrebna građevinska dozvola ili se primjenjuju pravila za jednostavne građevine.

## Koji su dokumenti uključeni u narudžbu?

Dostupni dokumenti određuju se za svaki proizvod, opseg i narudžbu. Svaki zahtjev za dokumentaciju treba navesti prije izrade ponude. Eurodita nema vlastiti FSC ni PEFC certifikat ni certifikaciju ISO 9001.

## Mogu li se brvnare proizvoditi pod našom vlastitom markom (private label)?

Da. Eurodita proizvodi, a marka partnera pojavljuje se u ponudi, nacrtima i dokumentaciji namijenjenoj kupcu u opsegu dogovorenom za narudžbu. Uvjeti vlastite marke, oznake proizvođača i primjenjivi dokumenti određuju se za svaku narudžbu; Eurodita ne nudi franšizni program.

## Koja debljina zida za vrtnu kućicu: 28 mm ili 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) i 44 mm (44×130 mm) dva su zasebna profila od masivnog drva iz standardnog asortimana Eurodite. Profil 28 mm koristi se za lagane vrtne kućice, dok profil 44 mm pripada standardnom asortimanu koji se nudi trgovcima. Dimenzije navedene za svaku zgradu su vanjske.

## Može li se brvnara s dvostrukim zidom izolirati?

Da. Kombinacije dvostrukog zida (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm) imaju između dva zida od masivnog drva šupljinu pripremljenu za izolaciju. Izolacijski materijal obično se bira i nabavlja lokalno. Preliminarne U-vrijednosti samo za drveni zidni element su objavljene (44 mm 2,43 i 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K; element sam, ne gotova zgrada i ne rezultat usklađenosti); ukupna U-vrijednost dvostrukog zida ovisi o odabranoj izolaciji i izračunava se za svaki projekt.

## Kako se odvija isporuka u Hrvatsku i kako započeti suradnju?

Standardni uvjet isporuke je EXW Eurodita; DAP se dogovara za svaku narudžbu, DDP od slučaja do slučaja, uvijek pisano u pogledu Incoterma, odredišta, pristupa, istovara i dokumenata. Eurodita je proizvođač sa sjedištem u Litvi, s proizvodnim iskustvom od 1994., i na upit opskrbljuje trgovce i veletrgovce. Za početak pošaljite putem kontaktnog obrasca svoju tvrtku i ulogu, proizvod ili projekt, lokaciju, količinu i željeni opseg tvorničke isporuke.

## Kako pripremiti hrvatski B2B upit

Navedite tvrtku i ulogu, proizvod ili projekt, lokaciju, nacrte ili specifikaciju, količinu, namjenu, željeni opseg tvorničke isporuke, vremenski okvir i način logistike. Eurodita najprije provjerava komercijalnu prikladnost i podatke koji nedostaju, a zatim izrađuje pisanu ponudu.

- Tvrtka i Vaša uloga: trgovac, distributer, veletrgovac, developer, izvođač, projektni ured, turistički operater ili vlastita marka

- Proizvod ili projekt: kataloški model, konfigurabilni model ili Vaši nacrti

- Lokacija u Hrvatskoj i namjena: vikendica, cjelogodišnje stanovanje, smještajna jedinica u kampu, garaža, ured ili radionica

- Količina, plan ponavljajućih narudžbi i rok odluke

- Željeni opseg tvorničke isporuke, zidni profil i potrebna dokumentacija

- Način logistike: EXW Eurodita ili drugi Incoterm koji se dogovara pisano, pristup i istovar

Redoslijed za trgovca ili veletrgovca: obitelj proizvoda, prodajni kanal, očekivani volumen i plan ponavljajućih narudžbi, zahtjevi vlastite marke i označavanja te mjesto istovara u Hrvatskoj. Za projektni tim: kontakt osoba, revizija nacrta, opseg tvorničke isporuke, sučelja s drugim izvođačima i rok odluke.

Pošaljite B2B upit

Hrvatska Pošaljite B2B upit


---

# Slovenia
URL: https://eurodita.com/sl-market/

## Brunarice in lesene hiše: proizvajalec za trgovce v Sloveniji

Slovenija: Brunarice in lesene hiše za trgovce B2B

Ta stran je namenjena slovenskim podjetjem, ki ocenjujejo vir proizvodnje: trgovcem, veletrgovcem, distributerjem, trgovskim verigam z gradbenim materialom, investitorjem, izvajalcem, arhitekturnim birojem in lastnim blagovnim znamkam (private label). Eurodita izdeluje brunarice, lesene hiše in konstrukcije iz lepljenega lesa (glulam) v Litvi in trgovskim partnerjem po vsej Evropski uniji, tudi v Sloveniji, dobavlja komplete lesenih objektov glede na primernost projekta, logistiko, zahteve trga in poslovne pogoje.

Pošljite B2B povpraševanje Oglejte si hiše iz lepljenega lesa

Iščete leseno hišo ali brunarico kot zasebnik? Modele, izvedbo po meri in pravila za gradbeno dovoljenje najdete na strani Lesene hiše in brunarice neposredno od proizvajalca. Mobilne hiške za kamp ali lastno parcelo opisujemo na strani Mobilne hiške iz lesa od proizvajalca.

Spodaj opisujemo obseg B2B proizvodnje, dokumentacijo za lepljen les pred ponudbo, produktne družine za trgovino (brunarica, počitniška hiša, lesena hiša, lesena garaža, vrtna lopa, vrtna pisarna), veleprodajo in lastno blagovno znamko, delitev odgovornosti, prevoz EXW Eurodita in pripravo B2B povpraševanja iz Slovenije.

Na strani ni cenika in ne seznama partnerjev. Za vsako naročilo pripravimo pisno ponudbo; obseg dobave, materiali in dokumenti se določijo za vsak izdelek in naročilo posebej.

## Na kratko

Za koga: trgovci, veletrgovci, trgovske verige, investitorji, izvajalci, projektantski biroji in lastne blagovne znamke, ki kupujejo za nadaljnjo prodajo ali lastne projekte.

Obseg proizvodnje: kataloški modeli, proizvodnja pod Vašo blagovno znamko (private label) in projekti po Vaših načrtih, vključno z lepljenim lesom (glulam).

Ni del standardnega kompleta: temelji, priključki, koordinacija gradbišča in dovoljenja ostanejo pri kupcu in njegovih lokalnih strokovnjakih; montažo in njeno organizacijo dogovorimo za vsak projekt posebej.

Debelina stene: za vsak model posebej; masivni profili 19-70 mm, lepljen les 70×130-220×260 mm. Navedene mere so zunanje mere.

Ponudba: pisna, v evrih, brez DDV in brez prevoza, po pogoju EXW Eurodita; DAP za vsako naročilo, DDP od primera do primera.

Plačilo: 50 % ob naročilu, 50 % pred odpremo iz tovarne. Ni javnega cenika, ni objavljenih dobavnih rokov, ni trgovskih marž.

Certifikati: Eurodita nima lastnega certifikata FSC ali PEFC in ne certifikata ISO 9001; dokumentacija za naročilo se potrdi v ponudbi.

Proizvodnja: leseni objekti od leta 1994 v Litvi, CNC obdelava Hundegger, komorno sušenje na vlažnost 12-14 %.

## Industrijska B2B proizvodnja in obseg dobave

Stran je namenjena strokovnjakom, ki ocenjujejo vir proizvodnje, ne zasebnikom, ki iščejo majhno vrtno hišo ali leseno hišo na ključ. Eurodita obravnava kataloško dobavo, projekt po načrtih in proizvodnjo pod lastno blagovno znamko. Temelji, priključki, koordinacija gradbišča in upravni postopki ostanejo pri kupcu in njegovih lokalnih strokovnjakih; montažo in njeno organizacijo dogovorimo za vsak projekt posebej.

V praksi Eurodita izdela komplet: stenska bruna, konstrukcijo poda in strehe ter lesena okna in vrata, obdelane v Litvi in zapakirane v ploščate pakete z montažnimi načrti za naročilo. Trgovski partner skrbi za svojo blagovno znamko, svoje cene in svoj odnos s končnim kupcem.

Za program majhnih vrtnih objektov (vrtne hiše, vrtne lope, vrtne pisarne) način dobave potrdimo za vsak projekt posebej; večji stanovanjski objekti se lahko dobavijo tudi neposredno zasebnim strankam. Tudi zasebniki lahko pošljejo povpraševanje prek istega obrazca.

## Lepljen les (glulam): projektna dokumentacija pred ponudbo

Za hišo ali nosilno konstrukcijo iz lepljenega lesa (glulam) mora dokumentacija opredeliti revizijo načrtov, glavne mere, konstrukcijski sistem, stike z drugimi deli, količino, lokacijo, namen uporabe in časovni okvir odločanja. Eurodita preveri zahtevani obseg tovarniške dobave, preden potrdi, ali lahko projekt obravnava.

- Načrti, tehnični opis ali opredeljena produktna družina

- Lokacija, namen uporabe, količina in časovni okvir odločanja

- Obseg proizvodnje, pakiranje in potrebe po dokumentaciji

- Dostop do parcele, razklad, Incoterm in delitev logističnih odgovornosti

Profili iz lepljenega lesa so 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 in 220×260 mm; vogalna vez na lastovičji rep je na voljo pri profilih 88-220 mm. Profil 70×130 mm obstaja v masivni in lepljeni izvedbi; v povpraševanju navedite želeno. Statične izračune izdelajo specializirani partnerji. Eurodita objavlja okvirne vrednosti U samo za leseni stenski element: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 in 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (element sam, ne dokončana stavba in ne rezultat skladnosti); vrednost U dvojne stene se izračuna za vsak projekt posebej glede na izbrano izolacijo, lastnosti dokončane stavbe pa določi lokalna projektna skupina na podlagi dokumentacije naročila.

## Brunarica, lesena hiša, lesena garaža in vrtna lopa: produktne družine za trgovino

Poleg konstrukcij iz lepljenega lesa Eurodita za trgovce, veletrgovce in lastne blagovne znamke izdeluje naslednje družine, vse dobavljene kot kompleti iz tovarne Eurodita:

- Brunarica in bivalna brunarica: kataloški modeli iz masivnega ali lepljenega lesa, od enoprostorskih brunaric do objektov z več spalnicami. Iskalna imena v Sloveniji: lesena brunarica, počitniška hiša, vikend hiša, mobilna hiška. Debelina stene za vsak model posebej: masivni profili 19-70 mm, lepljen les 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Lesene hiše v kompletu, tudi za celoletno bivanje: hiše z masivnimi stenami ali stenami iz lepljenega lesa, pritlične ali z nadstropjem, dobavljene kot komplet z montažnimi načrti za naročilo. Iskalni imeni montažne hiše in lesena montažna hiša tu običajno pomenita komplet za sestavo na gradbišču; za posamezne projekte je mogoča tudi sestava v tovarni v prevozni modul, kar potrdimo za vsak projekt. Za celoletno bivanje Eurodita ponuja profila 58×130 in 70×130 mm ter lepljen les.

- Lesena garaža in nadstrešek za avto: enojne in dvojne lesene garaže, nadstreški in kombinacije obojega v masivnih profilih, z dvokapno ali enokapno streho glede na model.

- Vrtna lopa in vrtna pisarna: vrtni objekti za pisarno ali delavnico, ki jih je mogoče izolirati, v masivnih profilih ali z dvojno steno.

Vsako družino je mogoče kupiti iz kataloga (z oznako modela in stenskim profilom), kot konfigurirani model s spremenjenimi merami, odprtinami ali profilom, pod Vašo blagovno znamko (private label) ali po meri na podlagi Vaših načrtov; pri slednjem Eurodita najprej preveri, ali zahtevani obseg sodi v proizvodni program tovarne. Natančen obseg, materiali in dokumenti se potrdijo v pisni ponudbi. Lesena okna in vrata so vedno lastne proizvodnje.

Katalogi izdelkov (v angleščini): brunarice, vrtne pisarne, hiše iz lepljenega lesa in bivalne enote ob hiši (granny annexes). Vse tržne strani: trgi in jeziki.

## Veleprodaja, distribucija in lastna blagovna znamka (private label)

Pri trgovcih, veletrgovcih in verigah se ocena nanaša na produktno družino, prodajni kanal, pričakovani obseg, lokacijo ter zahteve glede pakiranja in označevanja. Eurodita ne ponuja franšiznega programa: pogoji lastne blagovne znamke, oznake proizvajalca in veljavni dokumenti se določijo za vsako naročilo posebej.

Private label in white label pri Euroditi pomenita isto rešitev: Eurodita proizvaja, blagovna znamka partnerja pa je vidna v ponudbi, načrtih in dokumentaciji za stranko v dogovorjenem obsegu. Eurodita nima zaloge v Sloveniji in ne ponuja dropshippinga. Ne objavlja trgovskih marž in maloprodajnih cen; trgovski partner določa svoje cene. Ekskluzivnost, zaščita območja ali zajamčena marža niso del standardne ponudbe in lahko temeljijo samo na ločeni pisni pogodbi.

Načrt ponavljajočih se naročil, pakiranje in oznake pod Vašo blagovno znamko se obravnavajo v isti pisni ponudbi (v evrih, EXW Eurodita, brez DDV in brez prevoza). Eurodita javno ne navaja števila držav in partnerjev; stran ne vsebuje seznama referenc.

## Arhitektura in investitorski projekti: jasno razdeljene odgovornosti

Kadar leseni projekt vodi arhitekturni biro ali investitorjeva ekipa, Eurodita potrebuje kontaktno osebo projekta, želeni obseg proizvodnje in podatke za tehnični in poslovni pregled. Lokalne študije, celovito projektiranje, stiki z drugimi deli gradnje in izvedba ostanejo v odgovornosti usposobljene projektne skupine v Sloveniji.

Delež Eurodite je tovarniška dobava: proizvodnja dogovorjenega obsega v Litvi, montažni načrti za naročilo in dokumenti, potrjeni v ponudbi. Temelje, priključke in koordinacijo gradbišča v Sloveniji organizirajo strokovnjaki projekta; montažo in njeno organizacijo dogovorimo za vsak projekt posebej. To delitev zapišite v povpraševanje že na začetku.

## Lokalna potrditev projekta: slovenski gradbeni predpisi in upravna enota

Zahteve slovenske gradbene zakonodaje (Gradbeni zakon, občinski prostorski načrt in drugi prostorski akti) ter konstrukcijske, požarne in energetske zahteve in potrebne potrditve se nanašajo na dokončano stavbo in njeno dokumentacijo; določijo jih lokalna projektna skupina in osebe, odgovorne za projekt v Sloveniji. Ali objekt potrebuje gradbeno dovoljenje ali pa zanj veljajo pravila za enostavne oziroma nezahtevne objekte, za konkreten objekt odloči upravna enota; kupec postopek za parcelo in objekt pred naročilom preveri pri upravni enoti, občini in svojem projektantu.

Eurodita nobenega kataloškega izdelka ne predstavlja kot samodejno skladnega s slovenskimi predpisi ali z določeno ravnjo lastnosti in ne daje jamstva za izdajo dovoljenja ali za uvrstitev objekta v določeno kategorijo.

## Dokumenti in oznake glede na izdelek in naročilo

Pisna ponudba za dogovorjeni izdelek in obseg določa sestavne dele proizvodnje, razpoložljive dokumente in morebitne dodatne zahteve. Stran ne obljublja certifikata, oznake ali enotne tehnične dokumentacije za vse družine ali vse projekte. Eurodita nima lastnega certifikata FSC ali PEFC in ne certifikata ISO 9001; dokumentacija za posamezno naročilo se potrdi v ponudbi. Zahteve glede dokumentacije sporočite pred pripravo ponudbe.

## Prevoz in odgovornosti ob prevzemu: EXW Eurodita kot standard

Standardni dobavni pogoj je EXW Eurodita: kupec ali njegov prevoznik prevzame komplet v tovarni Eurodita in odgovarja za prevoz v Slovenijo in pripadajoče dokumente. Druga prevozna rešitev se lahko preuči za določen projekt ali pot in mora biti pisno potrjena glede Incoterma, namembnega kraja, dostopa, razklada, dokumentov in delitve odgovornosti. DAP se dogovori za vsako naročilo, DDP od primera do primera.

Razklad je naloga kupca ali prejemnika z lokalno organizirano opremo. Eurodita ne objavlja dobavnih rokov; časovni okvir posameznega naročila se dogovori v ponudbi.

Ker se kompleti dobavljajo v ploščatih paketih in ne predmontirani, v povpraševanju navedite naslov razklada v Sloveniji, dostop za težka vozila in razpoložljivo opremo za razklad.

## Podatki o proizvodnji: od leta 1994 v Litvi

Eurodita izdeluje lesene objekte od leta 1994 v Litvi na približno 5 000 m² pokrite proizvodne površine iz severne smreke in bora. CNC obdelava Hundegger; sušenje v sušilnicah Nardi (električnih) na ciljno vlažnost 12-14 %. Masivne stene: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 in 70×130 mm; lepljen les: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 in 220×260 mm (vogalna vez na lastovičji rep 88-220 mm); dvojne stene 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 in 58-100-58 mm (izolacija se nabavi lokalno; vrednost U dvojne stene se izračuna za vsak projekt posebej). Model iz masivnega lesa je mogoče izdelati v katerem koli od profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 in 70 mm, model iz lepljenega lesa v katerem koli profilu iz lepljenega lesa. Profil 19 mm se uporablja samo pri modelih, ki so z njim v katalogu. Navedene mere so zunanje mere.

Pod iz desk 28 mm in impregnirani podni tramovi kot standard; bruna so standardno neobdelana, tovarniško barvanje kot opcija z omejeno zmogljivostjo. Lesena okna in vrata lastne proizvodnje (IV45, IV68 in IV92, slednja s trojno zasteklitvijo); aluminijasta drsna vrata dobavlja specializirani dobavitelj. Kompleti se dobavljajo v ploščatih paketih, ne predmontirani; statične izračune izdelajo specializirani partnerji.

## Vrtna lopa 28 mm in 44 mm: stenski profili za trgovino

Za lahke vrtne hiše in majhne vrtne objekte Eurodita izdeluje masivna profila 19×100 mm in 28×100 mm iz standardnega velikoserijskega programa za kataloške modele. Profila 34×100 mm in 44×130 mm sodita v standardni program za trgovce za kataloške in konfigurirane modele; to sta običajni debelini stene v trgovini.

Za celoletno bivanje in večje objekte Eurodita ponuja profila 58×130 mm in 70×130 mm, na voljo tudi za posamezne projekte in modele po meri, ter sestave z dvojno steno 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 in 58-100-58 mm: dve steni iz masivnega lesa z vmesnim prostorom za izolacijo, ki se praviloma izbere in nabavi lokalno. Lepljen les (glulam) pokriva profile od 70×130 mm do 220×260 mm. Okvirne vrednosti U lesenih stenskih elementov so objavljene zgoraj (44 mm 2,43 in 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); vse mere, navedene za objekt, so zunanje mere.

Isti kataloški model je mogoče ponuditi z več odobrenimi profili; tabela povzema njihovo običajno uporabo v trgovini.

| Profil | Običajna uporaba v trgovini | Opomba

| 19×100 mm | Lahke vrtne hiše, majhni vrtni objekti, standardna proizvodnja | Standardni velikoserijski program.

| 28×100 mm | Kataloški in konfigurirani modeli za vrtne lope in brunarice | Standardni velikoserijski program.

| 34×100 mm | Kataloški in konfigurirani modeli | Standardni velikoserijski program.

| 44×130 mm | Kataloški, konfigurirani in modeli po meri, standardni program za trgovce | Zunanja stena tudi v dvojnih stenah 44-50-44 in 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Kataloški in konfigurirani modeli ter posamezni projekti, celoletno bivanje | Zunanja stena tudi v dvojnih stenah 58-50-58 in 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Kataloški in konfigurirani modeli ter posamezni projekti, celoletno bivanje in večji objekti | Na voljo tudi iz lepljenega lesa (glulam); navedite želeno različico.

Eurodita, proizvajalec s sedežem v Litvi in s proizvodnimi izkušnjami od leta 1994, na zahtevo dobavlja trgovcem in veletrgovcem; za vsako naročilo pripravi pisno ponudbo v evrih po pogoju EXW Eurodita, javnega cenika ni.

## Ključna dejstva za Vaše povpraševanje

Bistveni pogoji s te strani na enem mestu za interni nabavni zapisnik ali povpraševanje.

- Za vsako naročilo se pripravi pisna ponudba: EXW Eurodita, cena v evrih brez DDV in brez prevoza; DAP za vsako naročilo, DDP od primera do primera.

- Plačilo: 50 % ob naročilu, 50 % pred odpremo iz tovarne. Ni javnega cenika, ni objavljenih dobavnih rokov, ni trgovskih marž.

- Masivni stenski profili 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; lepljen les 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm; model iz masivnega lesa v katerem koli od profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 in 70 mm, model iz lepljenega lesa v katerem koli profilu iz lepljenega lesa; navedene mere so zunanje.

- Eurodita nima lastnega certifikata FSC ali PEFC in ne certifikata ISO 9001; dokumentacija za posamezno naročilo se potrdi v ponudbi.

- Obiski tovarne Eurodita po dogovoru.

## Pogosta vprašanja

## Ali Eurodita prodaja brunarice neposredno zasebnikom v Sloveniji?

Za program majhnih vrtnih objektov (vrtne hiše, vrtne lope, vrtne pisarne) način dobave potrdimo za vsak projekt posebej; večji stanovanjski objekti se lahko dobavijo neposredno zasebnim strankam. Ta stran je namenjena povpraševanjem trgovcev, veletrgovcev, izvajalcev, arhitektov, investitorjev in drugih poslovnih partnerjev.

## Ali obstaja najmanjša količina naročila za trgovca?

Pričakovani obseg je eden od elementov ocene povpraševanja, poleg produktne družine, prodajnega kanala, lokacije ter zahtev glede pakiranja in označevanja. Na tej strani ni navedena količinska meja; količina in poslovni pogoji se potrdijo v pisni ponudbi za vsako naročilo.

## Ali projekt iz lepljenega lesa samodejno izpolnjuje slovenske gradbene predpise?

Ne. Zahteve in potrditve so odvisne od dokončane stavbe, njene lokacije in dokumentacije; zanje so odgovorne osebe, ki vodijo projekt v Sloveniji. Kupec postopek za parcelo in objekt (gradbeno dovoljenje ali pravila za enostavne oziroma nezahtevne objekte) preveri pri upravni enoti, občini in svojem projektantu.

## Kateri dokumenti so vključeni v naročilo?

Razpoložljivi dokumenti se določijo za vsak izdelek, obseg in naročilo. Vsako zahtevo glede dokumentacije je treba sporočiti pred pripravo ponudbe. Eurodita nima lastnega certifikata FSC ali PEFC in ne certifikata ISO 9001.

## Ali je mogoče brunarice izdelati pod našo lastno blagovno znamko (private label)?

Da. Eurodita proizvaja, blagovna znamka partnerja pa je vidna v ponudbi, načrtih in dokumentaciji za stranko v obsegu, dogovorjenem za naročilo. Pogoji lastne blagovne znamke, oznake proizvajalca in veljavni dokumenti se določijo za vsako naročilo posebej; Eurodita ne ponuja franšiznega programa.

## Katera debelina stene za vrtno lopo: 28 mm ali 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) in 44 mm (44×130 mm) sta dva ločena profila iz masivnega lesa iz standardnega programa Eurodite. Profil 28 mm se uporablja pri lahkih vrtnih hišah, profil 44 mm pa sodi v standardni program, namenjen trgovcem. Mere, navedene za vsak objekt, so zunanje mere.

## Ali je mogoče brunarico z dvojno steno izolirati?

Da. Sestave z dvojno steno (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 in 58-100-58 mm) imajo med dvema stenama iz masivnega lesa vmesni prostor, pripravljen za izolacijo. Izolacijski material se praviloma izbere in nabavi lokalno. Okvirne vrednosti U samo za leseni stenski element so objavljene (44 mm 2,43 in 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K; element sam, ne dokončana stavba in ne rezultat skladnosti); skupna vrednost U dvojne stene je odvisna od izbrane izolacije in se izračuna za vsak projekt posebej.

## Kako poteka dobava v Slovenijo in kako začnemo sodelovanje?

Standardni dobavni pogoj je EXW Eurodita; DAP se dogovori za vsako naročilo, DDP od primera do primera, vedno pisno glede Incoterma, namembnega kraja, dostopa, razklada in dokumentov. Eurodita je proizvajalec s sedežem v Litvi, s proizvodnimi izkušnjami od leta 1994, ki na zahtevo dobavlja trgovcem in veletrgovcem. Za začetek prek kontaktnega obrazca sporočite svoje podjetje in vlogo, izdelek ali projekt, lokacijo, količino in želeni obseg tovarniške dobave.

## Kako pripravite slovensko B2B povpraševanje

Eurodita najprej preveri poslovno primernost in manjkajoče podatke, nato pripravi pisno ponudbo. V povpraševanju navedite:

- Podjetje in Vaša vloga: trgovec, veletrgovec, investitor, izvajalec, projektantski biro ali lastna blagovna znamka

- Izdelek ali projekt: kataloški model, konfigurirani model ali Vaši načrti

- Lokacija v Sloveniji in namen uporabe: počitniška hiša, celoletno bivanje, garaža, pisarna ali delavnica

- Količina, načrt ponavljajočih se naročil in časovni okvir odločanja

- Želeni obseg tovarniške dobave, stenski profil in potrebe po dokumentaciji

- Logistični način: EXW Eurodita ali pisno dogovorjen drug Incoterm, dostop in razklad

Zaporedje za trgovca: produktna družina (brunarica, počitniška hiša, lesena hiša, lesena garaža, vrtna lopa, vrtna pisarna ali hiša iz lepljenega lesa), prodajni kanal, pričakovani obseg, zahteve glede blagovne znamke in oznak ter kraj razklada v Sloveniji. Za projektno skupino: kontaktna oseba, revizija načrtov, obseg tovarniške dobave, stiki z drugimi deli in časovni okvir odločanja.

Pošljite B2B povpraševanje

Slovenija Pošljite B2B povpraševanje


---

# Estonia
URL: https://eurodita.com/ee-market/

## Aiamajade ja palkmajade tootja edasimüüjatele Eestis

Eesti: Palkmajade tootja edasimüüjatele B2B

See leht on mõeldud Eesti ettevõtetele, kes hindavad tootmisallikat: aiamajade ja palkmajade edasimüüjatele, hulgimüüjatele, ehitusmaterjalide kettidele, arendajatele, ehitusettevõtetele, arhitektibüroodele ja oma kaubamärgi (private label) all müüvatele brändidele. Eurodita on palkmajade ja liimpuitkonstruktsioonide (glulam) tootja, kelle tehas asub Leedus. Ettevõte tarnib puitmajade ja muude puithoonete komplekte kaubanduspartneritele kogu Euroopa Liidus, sealhulgas Eestisse, sõltuvalt projekti sobivusest, logistikast, turu nõuetest ja kaubanduslikest tingimustest.

Saada B2B päring Vaadake liimpuitmaju

Otsite eraisikuna puidust aiamaja? Teatise- ja loavaba ehitamise reeglid ning kataloogi mudelid leiate lehelt Puidust aiamajad otse tootjalt. Saunamaja kohta vaadake lehte Saunamaja palgist otse tootjalt.

Allpool kirjeldame B2B-tootmise ulatust, liimpuitprojekti materjalide ettevalmistamist enne pakkumist, kaubandusele pakutavaid tooteperesid (aiamaja, suvila, palkmaja, puitgaraaž, puukuur ja aiakontor), hulgimüügi ja oma kaubamärgi põhimõtteid, vastutuse jaotust projekteerimismeeskonnaga, transporti tingimusel EXW Eurodita ning seda, kuidas koostada B2B-hinnapäringut Eestist.

Lehel ei ole hinnakirja ega partnerite nimekirja. Iga tellimuse kohta koostatakse kirjalik pakkumine ning tarne ulatus, materjalid ja dokumendid määratakse iga toote ja tellimuse jaoks eraldi.

## Lühidalt

Kellele: edasimüüjad, hulgimüüjad, ehitusmaterjalide ketid, arendajad, ehitusettevõtted, projekteerimisbürood ja oma kaubamärgid, kes ostavad edasimüügiks või oma projektidesse.

Tootmise ulatus: kataloogimudelid, tootmine Teie kaubamärgi all (private label) ja projektid Teie jooniste põhjal, sealhulgas liimpuitkonstruktsioonid (glulam).

Standardkomplekti ei kuulu: vundament, liitumised, ehitusplatsi koordineerimine ja load jäävad ostja ja tema kohalike spetsialistide vastutusele; püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi.

Seina paksus: märgitakse mudeli kaupa; massiivpuidust profiilid 19-70 mm, liimpalgist profiilid 70×130-220×260 mm. Kõik märgitud mõõdud on välismõõdud.

Pakkumine: kirjalik, eurodes, ilma käibemaksuta ja ilma transpordita, tingimusel EXW Eurodita; DAP lepitakse kokku tellimuse kaupa, DDP juhtumipõhiselt.

Maksmine: 50 % tellimisel, 50 % enne tehasest väljasaatmist. Avalikku hinnakirja, avaldatud tarneaegu ega edasimüüja marginaale ei ole.

Sertifikaadid: Eurodital ei ole oma FSC- ega PEFC-sertifikaati ega ISO 9001 sertifitseerimist; konkreetse tellimuse dokumentatsioon kinnitatakse pakkumises.

Tootmine: puithooned alates 1994. aastast Leedus, Hundegger CNC-töötlus, kambrikuivatus niiskuseni 12-14 %.

## Tööstuslik B2B-tootmine ja tarne ulatus

See leht on suunatud spetsialistidele, kes hindavad tootmisallikat, mitte eraisikutele, kes otsivad väikest aiamaja või võtmed-kätte-maja. Eurodita saab kaaluda kataloogitarnet, jooniste järgi projekti ja tootmist oma kaubamärgi all. Vundament, liitumised, ehitusplatsi koordineerimine ja loamenetlus jäävad ostja ja tema kohalike spetsialistide vastutusele; püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi.

Praktikas tähendab see, et Eurodita toodab komplekti: seinapalgid, põranda- ja katusekonstruktsioonid ning puitaknad ja puituksed, mis töödeldakse Leedus ja pakitakse lamedalt koos tellimusele vastavate paigaldusjoonistega. Kaubanduspartner haldab oma kaubamärki, oma hinnakujundust ja oma suhet lõppkliendiga.

Väikeste aiaehitiste valiku (aiamajad, kuurid, aiakontorid) tarneviis kinnitatakse iga projekti puhul eraldi; suuremaid elumaju võib tarnida ka otse eraklientidele. Leht keskendub ettevõtete hinnapäringutele; ka eraisikud võivad saata päringu sama vormi kaudu.

## Liimpuit (glulam): projektimaterjalid enne pakkumist

Kui hinnapäring puudutab liimpalkmaja või liimpuidust (glulam) kandekonstruktsiooni, peavad materjalid määratlema jooniste revisiooni, põhimõõdud, konstruktsioonisüsteemi, liidesed, koguse, asukoha, kasutusotstarbe ja otsustamise ajakava. Eurodita kontrollib soovitud tehasetarne ulatust enne, kui kinnitab, kas projekti saab läbivaatamisele võtta.

- Joonised, ehituskirjeldus või määratletud tootepere

- Sihtkoht, kasutusotstarve, kogus ja otsustamise ajakava

- Tootmise ulatus, pakendamine ja dokumentatsiooni vajadus

- Juurdepääs krundile, mahalaadimine, Incoterm ja logistika vastutuse jaotus

Liimpalgi profiilid on 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 ja 220×260 mm ning kalasabaseotisega nurgaühendus on saadaval 88-220 mm profiilidel. Profiili 70×130 mm toodetakse nii massiivpalgina kui ka liimpalgina, seega tuleb hinnapäringus märkida, kumba versiooni soovite. Konstruktsiooniarvutused teevad spetsialiseerunud partnerid. Eurodita avaldab esialgsed U-väärtused ainult puitseinaelemendi kohta: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 ja 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (element üksi, mitte valmis hoone ega vastavustulemus); topeltseina U-väärtus arvutatakse projektipõhiselt valitud soojustuse järgi ning valmis hoone omadused määrab kohalik projekteerija tellimuse materjalide põhjal.

## Aiamaja, palkmaja, suvila ja puukuur: tootepered kaubandusele

Lisaks liimpuitkonstruktsioonidele toodab Eurodita edasimüüjatele, hulgimüüjatele ja oma kaubamärgi all müüjatele järgmisi tooteperesid, mis kõik tarnitakse komplektina Eurodita tehasest:

- Aiamaja ja elamiskõlblik aiamaja: kataloogimudelid massiivpuidust või liimpalgist, ühetoalistest majakestest mitme magamistoaga hooneteni. Eesti kaubanduses otsitakse samu mudeleid ka nimedega suvila, saunamaja, minimaja ja väikemaja; iga mudeli tarnesisu kinnitatakse pakkumises. Seina paksus märgitakse mudeli kaupa: massiivprofiilid 19-70 mm, liimpalgi profiilid 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Palkmaja komplektina, ka aastaringseks kasutamiseks: massiivpalgist või liimpalgist seintega majad ühel korrusel või teise korrusega, tarnitakse komplektina koos tellimusele vastavate paigaldusjoonistega. Otsingus nimetatakse sellist puitmaja ka moodulmajaks või elementmajaks; Eurodita tarnib palk- ja liimpuitkomplekte, mitte tehases valmis ehitatud mooduleid ega paneel- või karkasselemente. Aastaringseks kasutamiseks pakub Eurodita profiile 58×130 ja 70×130 mm ning liimpalki.

- Puitgaraaž ja autovarjualune: ühe- ja kahekohalised puitgaraažid, autovarjualused ning garaaži ja varjualuse kombinatsioonid massiivprofiilides, viil- või pultkatusega olenevalt mudelist.

- Puukuur ja aiakontor: kuurid ja hoiuehitised ning soojustatavad aiahooned kontori- või töökojakasutuseks, kaubandusele massiivprofiilides või topeltseinaga konstruktsioonina.

Iga tootepere saab tellida kataloogist, Teie oma kaubamärgi all (private label) või eritellimusena Teie jooniste põhjal. Täpne ulatus, materjalid ja tarnitavad dokumendid kinnitatakse kirjalikus pakkumises. Otsingule "palkmaja hind" vastab Eurodita ainult kirjaliku pakkumisega konkreetse mudeli, profiili ja ulatuse kohta; avalikku hinnakirja ei ole.

Teostusviisid erinevad materjalide poolest. Kataloogimudel tellitakse mudelitähise ja soovitud seinaprofiiliga. Konfigureeritav mudel lähtub kataloogimudelist, mille mõõte, avasid või profiili muudetakse tellimuse jaoks. Eritellimusmudel ja üksikprojekt põhinevad Teie joonistel ning nende puhul kontrollib Eurodita kõigepealt, kas soovitud ulatus kuulub tehase tootmisvaldkonda. Puitaknad ja puituksed on kõigil juhtudel oma toodang; alumiiniumist lükanduksed tulevad spetsialiseerunud tarnijalt.

Tootekataloogid (inglise keeles): aiamajad ja palkmajakesed, aiakontorid, liimpalkmajad ja abielamud (granny annexes). Kõik turulehed: turud ja keeled.

## Hulgimüük, edasimüük ja oma kaubamärk (private label)

Edasimüüjate, hulgimüüjate ja kettide puhul hõlmab hindamine tooteperet, turustuskanalit, oodatavat mahtu, sihtkohta ning pakendamis- ja märgistusnõudeid. Eurodita ei paku puitehituse frantsiisiprogrammi: oma kaubamärgi tingimused, tootja märgistused ja kohaldatavad dokumendid määratakse tellimuse kaupa.

Oma kaubamärk (private label) ja white label tähendavad Eurodita jaoks sama lahendust: Eurodita toodab ning partneri kaubamärk on pakkumises, joonistel ja kliendile suunatud dokumentatsioonis tellimuse jaoks kokku lepitud ulatuses. Eurodita ei hoia Eesti turul ladu ega paku dropshipping-tarnet. Ta ei avalda edasimüüja marginaale ega edasimüügihindu; kaubanduspartner määrab oma hinnad ise. Ainuõigus, territooriumi kaitse või garanteeritud marginaal ei kuulu standardpakkumisse; sellised tingimused saavad põhineda ainult eraldi kirjalikul lepingul.

Hulgimüügi ja edasimüügi seisukohalt on oluline, et iga tellimus pakutakse kirjalikult eurodes tingimusel EXW Eurodita ilma käibemaksuta ja ilma transpordita. Korduvate tellimuste plaan, pakendamisviis ja võimalikud märgistused Teie kaubamärgiga käsitletakse samas pakkumises. Eurodita ei avalda riikide ega partnerite arvu ning sellel lehel ei ole referentside nimekirja.

## Arhitektuur ja arendajate projektid: selgelt jaotatud liidesed

Kui puithoone projekti juhib arhitektibüroo või arendaja meeskond, vajab Eurodita projekti kontaktisikut, soovitud tootmise ulatust ning tehniliseks ja kaubanduslikuks läbivaatamiseks vajalikke andmeid. Kohalikud uuringud, terviklik projekteerimine, liidesed teiste töölõikudega ja teostus jäävad Eestis tegutseva pädeva projekteerimismeeskonna vastutusele.

Eurodita osa projektis on tehasetarne: kokkulepitud ulatuse tootmine Leedus, tellimusele vastavad paigaldusjoonised ja pakkumises kinnitatud dokumendid. Vundament, liitumised ja ehitusplatsi koordineerimine korraldatakse Eestis projekti enda spetsialistide poolt; püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi. See jaotus tasub kirjutada hinnapäringusse juba alguses, et tehniline ja kaubanduslik läbivaatamine keskenduks õigele ulatusele.

## Projekti kohalik kooskõlastamine: Eesti ehitusnõuded ja kohalik omavalitsus

Eesti ehitusõiguse nõuded ehk ehitusseadustik, kohaliku omavalitsuse üldplaneering ja detailplaneering, samuti konstruktsiooni-, tuleohutus- ja energiatõhususnõuded ning vajalikud kooskõlastused kehtivad valmis hoone ja selle dokumentide kohta. Need määrab kohalik projekteerija ja Eestis projekti eest vastutavad isikud. Selle, kas objekt vajab ehitusluba, ehitusteatist või muud omavalitsuse nõutavat menetlust, otsustab kohalik omavalitsus konkreetse objekti kohta; ostja kinnitab krundi ja hoone menetluse omavalitsuses enne tellimist.

Eurodita ei esita sellel lehel kataloogitoodet automaatselt Eesti nõuetele või teatud toimivustasemele vastavana ega anna mingit garantiid ehitusloa väljastamise või ehitusteatise vastuvõtmise kohta.

## Dokumendid ja märgistused toote ja tellimuse järgi

Kirjalik pakkumine määrab kokkulepitud tootele ja ulatusele tootmise osad, saadaolevad dokumendid ja võimalikud arvestatavad nõuded. See leht ei luba sertifikaati, märgistust ega ühtset tehnilist dokumentatsiooni kõigile tooteperedele või kõigile projektidele. Eurodital ei ole oma FSC- ega PEFC-sertifikaati ega ISO 9001 sertifitseerimist; konkreetse tellimuse dokumentatsioon kinnitatakse pakkumises. Palume dokumentatsiooninõuded teatada enne pakkumise koostamist.

## Transport ja vastuvõtu vastutus: EXW Eurodita standardina

Standardne tarnetingimus on EXW Eurodita: ostja või tema vedaja võtab komplekti Eurodita tehasest ja vastutab transpordi eest Eestisse ning sellega seotud dokumentide eest. Muud transpordilahendust saab kaaluda konkreetse projekti või marsruudi jaoks ning see tuleb kirjalikult kinnitada Incotermi, sihtkoha, juurdepääsu, mahalaadimise, dokumentide ja vastutuse jaotuse osas. DAP lepitakse kokku tellimuse kaupa, DDP juhtumipõhiselt.

Transport korraldatakse tellimuse kaupa: tingimusel EXW Eurodita korraldab selle ostja või ostja vedaja ning DAP-tarne lepitakse iga tellimuse jaoks eraldi kokku. Mahalaadimine sihtkohas jääb ostjale või vastuvõtjale ehitusplatsil kohapeal korraldatud tehnikaga. Eurodita ei avalda tarneaegu; konkreetse tellimuse ajakava lepitakse kokku pakkumises.

Kuna komplektid tarnitakse lamedalt pakituna, mitte eelnevalt kokku panduna, on hinnapäringus kasulik märkida mahalaadimiskoha aadress Eestis, juurdepääs raskeveokitele ja kasutatav mahalaadimistehnika. Kokkulepitud dokumendid antakse üle pakkumises kinnitatud ulatuses.

## Tootmisteave: alates 1994. aastast Leedus

Eurodita on tootnud puithooneid alates 1994. aastast Leedus umbes 5 000 m² suurusel katusealusel tootmispinnal põhjamaisest kuusest ja männist. Hundegger CNC-töötlus; kuivatamine Nardi kuivatites (elektrilistes) sihtniiskuseni 12-14 %. Massiivseinad: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 ja 70×130 mm; liimpalk: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 ja 220×260 mm (kalasabaseotisega nurgaühendus 88-220 mm); topeltseinad 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm (soojustus hangitakse kohapeal; topeltseina U-väärtus arvutatakse projektipõhiselt). Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist. 19 mm profiili kasutatakse ainult mudelitel, mis on sellega kataloogis. Kõik märgitud mõõdud on välismõõdud.

Põrand 28 mm laudadest ja immutatud põrandatalad standardina; palgid standardina töötlemata, tehasevärvimine lisavarustusena piiratud mahus. Oma toodangu puitaknad ja puituksed (IV45, IV68 ja IV92, viimane kolmekordse klaaspaketiga); alumiiniumist lükanduksed tarnib spetsialiseerunud tarnija. Komplektid tarnitakse lamedalt pakituna, mitte eelnevalt kokku panduna; konstruktsiooniarvutused teevad spetsialiseerunud partnerid.

## Aiamaja 28 mm ja 44 mm: seinaprofiilid kaubandusele

Kergete aiamajade ja väikeste aiaehitiste jaoks toodab Eurodita massiivpuidust profiile 19×100 mm ja 28×100 mm. Need profiilid kuuluvad mahutootmise standardvalikusse, mida kasutatakse peamiselt kataloogi standardmudelites.

Profiilid 34×100 mm ja 44×130 mm kuuluvad edasimüüjatele mõeldud standardvalikusse. Neid kasutatakse nii kataloogimudelites kui ka konfigureeritavates mudelites ning need on kaubanduses tavalised seinapaksused.

Aastaringseks kasutamiseks ja suurematele hoonetele pakub Eurodita profiile 58×130 mm ja 70×130 mm, mis on saadaval ka üksikprojektidele ja eritellimusmudelitele. Topeltseinaga konstruktsioonina pakub Eurodita lisaks kombinatsioone 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm: kaks massiivpuidust seina, mille vahel on soojustuse jaoks ette valmistatud õhuvahe; soojustusmaterjal valitakse ja hangitakse tavaliselt kohapeal. Liimpuit (glulam) katab profiilid 70×130 mm kuni 220×260 mm. Massiivpuidust mudelit saab põhimõtteliselt valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist ja see kinnitatakse tellimuse kaupa. Puitseinaelementide esialgsed U-väärtused on avaldatud eespool (44 mm 2,43 ja 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); kõik hoone kohta märgitud mõõdud on välismõõdud.

Seina paksus valitakse kasutusotstarbe järgi ning sama kataloogimudelit saab pakkuda mitme profiiliga, kui profiil on sellele mudelile heaks kiidetud. Allolev tabel võtab kokku massiivprofiilide tavapärase kasutuse kaubanduses.

| Profiil | Tüüpiline kasutus kaubanduses | Märkus

| 19×100 mm | Kerged aiamajad, väikesed aiaehitised, standardtootmine | Mahutootmise standardvalik.

| 28×100 mm | Kataloogimudelid ja konfigureeritavad mudelid aiamajadele ja palkmajakestele | Mahutootmise standardvalik.

| 34×100 mm | Kataloogimudelid ja konfigureeritavad mudelid | Mahutootmise standardvalik.

| 44×130 mm | Kataloogimudelid, konfigureeritavad ja eritellimusmudelid, edasimüüjate standardvalik | Toimib ka välisseinana topeltseina kombinatsioonides 44-50-44 ja 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Kataloogimudelid, konfigureeritavad mudelid ja üksikprojektid, aastaringne kasutus | Toimib ka välisseinana topeltseina kombinatsioonides 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Kataloogimudelid, konfigureeritavad mudelid ja üksikprojektid, aastaringne kasutus ja suuremad hooned | See profiil on saadaval ka liimpuiduna (glulam); palume märkida soovitud versioon.

Eurodita on Leedus tegutsev palkmajade tootja, kellel on tootmiskogemus alates 1994. aastast ja kes tarnib edasimüüjatele ja hulgimüüjatele päringu alusel. Iga tellimuse kohta koostatakse kirjalik pakkumine eurodes tingimusel EXW Eurodita; avalikku hinnakirja ei ole. Eurodita ei avalda riikide ega partnerite arvu.

## Põhifaktid Teie hinnapäringu jaoks

Allolevad faktid koondavad lehe põhitingimused ühte kohta, et need saaks sellisena lisada ettevõttesisesesse hankememosse või hinnapäringusse.

- Iga tellimuse kohta koostatakse kirjalik pakkumine: EXW Eurodita, hind eurodes ilma käibemaksuta ja ilma transpordita; DAP tellimuse kaupa, DDP juhtumipõhiselt.

- Maksmine: 50 % tellimisel, 50 % enne tehasest väljasaatmist. Avalikku hinnakirja, avaldatud tarneaegu ega edasimüüja marginaale ei ole.

- Massiivpuidust seinaprofiilid 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; liimpalk 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist. 19 mm profiili kasutatakse ainult mudelitel, mis on sellega kataloogis. Kõik märgitud mõõdud on välismõõdud.

- Eurodital ei ole oma FSC- ega PEFC-sertifikaati ega ISO 9001 sertifitseerimist; konkreetse tellimuse dokumentatsioon kinnitatakse pakkumises.

- Tehasekülastused Leedus kokkuleppel.

## Korduma kippuvad küsimused

## Kas Eurodita müüb aiamaju otse eraisikutele Eestis?

Väikeste aiaehitiste valiku (aiamajad, kuurid, aiakontorid) tarneviis kinnitatakse iga projekti puhul eraldi; suuremaid elumaju võib tarnida otse eraklientidele. See leht on mõeldud edasimüüjate, hulgimüüjate, ehitusettevõtete, arhitektide, arendajate ja teiste professionaalsete partnerite hinnapäringute jaoks.

## Kas edasimüüjale kehtib minimaalne tellimiskogus?

Oodatav maht on hinnapäringu hindamise üks osa koos tootepere, turustuskanali, sihtkoha ning pakendamis- ja märgistusnõuetega. Sellel lehel koguselist piiri ei märgita; kogus ja kaubanduslikud tingimused kinnitatakse kirjalikus pakkumises iga tellimuse jaoks.

## Kas liimpuitprojekt vastab automaatselt Eesti ehitusnõuetele?

Ei. Nõuded ja kooskõlastused sõltuvad valmis hoonest, selle asukohast ja dokumentidest; need kuuluvad Eestis projekti eest vastutavatele isikutele. Ostja kinnitab krundi menetluse (ehitusluba või ehitusteatis) kohalikus omavalitsuses.

## Millised dokumendid kuuluvad tellimusse?

Saadaolevad dokumendid määratakse iga toote, ulatuse ja tellimuse jaoks. Iga dokumentatsiooninõue tuleb teatada enne pakkumise koostamist. Eurodital ei ole oma FSC- ega PEFC-sertifikaati ega ISO 9001 sertifitseerimist.

## Kas aiamaju saab toota meie oma kaubamärgi all (private label)?

Jah. Eurodita toodab ning partneri kaubamärk on pakkumises, joonistel ja kliendile suunatud dokumentatsioonis tellimuse jaoks kokku lepitud ulatuses. Oma kaubamärgi tingimused, tootja märgistused ja kohaldatavad dokumendid määratakse tellimuse kaupa; Eurodita ei paku frantsiisiprogrammi.

## Kumb seinapaksus aiamajale: 28 mm või 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) ja 44 mm (44×130 mm) on kaks eraldi massiivpuidust profiili Eurodita standardvalikust. 28 mm profiili kasutatakse kergetes aiamajades, 44 mm profiil kuulub edasimüüjatele pakutavasse standardvalikusse. Iga hoone kohta märgitud mõõdud on välismõõdud.

## Kas topeltseinaga aiamaja saab soojustada?

Jah. Topeltseina kombinatsioonides (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm) on kahe massiivpuidust seina vahel soojustuse jaoks ette valmistatud õhuvahe. Soojustusmaterjal valitakse ja hangitakse tavaliselt kohapeal. Ainult puitseinaelemendi esialgsed U-väärtused on avaldatud (44 mm 2,43 ja 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); topeltseina kogu U-väärtus sõltub valitud soojustusest ja arvutatakse projektipõhiselt.

## Kuidas toimub tarne Eestisse ja kuidas koostööd alustada?

Standardne tarnetingimus on EXW Eurodita; DAP lepitakse kokku tellimuse kaupa, DDP juhtumipõhiselt, alati kirjalikult Incotermi, sihtkoha, juurdepääsu, mahalaadimise ja dokumentide osas. Eurodita on Leedus tegutsev tootja, kellel on tootmiskogemus alates 1994. aastast, ja ta tarnib edasimüüjatele ja hulgimüüjatele päringu alusel. Alustamiseks saatke kontaktivormi kaudu oma ettevõte ja roll, toode või projekt, sihtkoht, kogus ja soovitud tehasetarne ulatus.

## Kuidas koostada Eesti B2B-hinnapäringut

Märkige oma ettevõte ja roll, toode või projekt, sihtkoht, joonised või spetsifikatsioon, kogus, kasutusotstarve, soovitud tehasetarne ulatus, ajakava ja logistikaviis. Eurodita kontrollib kõigepealt kaubanduslikku sobivust ja puuduvaid andmeid, enne kui koostab kirjaliku pakkumise.

- Ettevõte ja Teie roll: edasimüüja, hulgimüüja, arendaja, ehitusettevõte, projekteerimisbüroo või oma kaubamärk

- Toode või projekt: kataloogimudel, konfigureeritav mudel või Teie joonised

- Sihtkoht Eestis ja kasutusotstarve: suvila, aastaringne elamine, garaaž, kontor või töökoda

- Kogus, korduvate tellimuste plaan ja otsustamise ajakava

- Soovitud tehasetarne ulatus, seinaprofiil ja dokumentatsiooni vajadus

- Logistikaviis: EXW Eurodita või kirjalikult kokku lepitav muu Incoterm, juurdepääs ja mahalaadimine

Kasulik järjekord edasimüüjale või hulgimüüjale: tootepere (aiamaja või suvila, palkmaja, puitgaraaž, puukuur või aiakontor, liimpalkmaja), müügikanal, oodatav maht ja korduvate tellimuste plaan, oma kaubamärgi ja märgistuste nõuded ning mahalaadimiskoht Eestis. Projekteerimismeeskonnale: kontaktisik, jooniste revisioon, tehasetarne ulatus, liidesed teiste töölõikudega ja otsustamise ajakava.

Saada B2B päring

Eesti Saada B2B päring


---

# Latvia
URL: https://eurodita.com/lv-market/

## Guļbūvju un koka māju ražotājs tirgotājiem Latvijā

Latvija: Guļbūvju un koka māju ražotājs B2B

Šī lapa ir paredzēta Latvijas uzņēmumiem, kas izvērtē ražošanas avotu: guļbūvju un koka māju tirgotājiem, vairumtirgotājiem, būvmateriālu tīkliem, attīstītājiem, būvuzņēmējiem, arhitektu birojiem un zīmoliem ar savu preču zīmi (private label). Eurodita ir guļbūvju, koka māju un līmētās koksnes (glulam) konstrukciju ražotājs, kura rūpnīca atrodas Lietuvā. Tā piegādā koka ēku komplektus tirdzniecības partneriem visā Eiropas Savienībā, arī Latvijā, atkarībā no projekta piemērotības, loģistikas, tirgus prasībām un komerciālajiem nosacījumiem.

Nosūtīt B2B pieprasījumu Skatīt līmētā koka mājas

Turpmāk aprakstām B2B ražošanas apjomu, līmētās koksnes projekta dokumentāciju pirms piedāvājuma, produktu grupas tirdzniecībai (guļbūve, vasarnīca, koka māja, koka garāža, dārza mājiņa un dārza birojs), vairumtirdzniecības un privātā zīmola principus, atbildības sadalījumu ar projektēšanas komandu, transportu ar nosacījumu EXW Eurodita un to, kā sagatavot B2B pieprasījumu no Latvijas.

Lapā nav cenrāža un partneru saraksta. Par katru pasūtījumu tiek sagatavots rakstisks piedāvājums, un piegādes apjoms, materiāli un dokumenti tiek noteikti katram pasūtījumam atsevišķi.

## Īsumā

Kam: tirgotāji, vairumtirgotāji, būvmateriālu tīkli, attīstītāji, būvuzņēmēji, projektēšanas biroji un privātie zīmoli, kas pērk tālākpārdošanai vai saviem projektiem.

Ražošanas apjoms: kataloga modeļi, ražošana ar Jūsu preču zīmi (private label) un projekti pēc Jūsu rasējumiem, ieskaitot līmētās koksnes (glulam) konstrukcijas.

Standarta komplektā neietilpst: pamati, pieslēgumi, būvlaukuma koordinācija un atļaujas paliek pircēja un viņa vietējo speciālistu atbildībā; montāžu un tās organizēšanu saskaņojam katram projektam.

Sienas biezums: tiek norādīts katram modelim; masīvkoka profili 19-70 mm, līmētās koksnes profili 70×130-220×260 mm. Norādītie izmēri ir ārējie izmēri.

Piedāvājums: rakstisks, eiro, bez PVN un bez transporta, ar nosacījumu EXW Eurodita; DAP tiek saskaņots katram pasūtījumam, DDP izvērtē atsevišķi.

Apmaksa: 50 % pasūtot, 50 % pirms nosūtīšanas no rūpnīcas. Nav publiska cenrāža, nav publicētu piegādes termiņu, nav tirgotāju uzcenojumu.

Sertifikāti: Eurodita rīcībā nav sava FSC vai PEFC sertifikāta, nav arī ISO 9001 sertifikācijas; konkrēta pasūtījuma dokumentācija tiek apstiprināta piedāvājumā.

Ražošana: koka ēkas kopš 1994. gada Lietuvā, Hundegger CNC apstrāde, kameržāvēšana līdz 12-14 % mitrumam.

## Rūpnieciska B2B ražošana un piegādes apjoms

Šī lapa ir adresēta profesionāļiem, kas izvērtē ražošanas avotu, nevis privātpersonām, kas meklē nelielu dārza mājiņu vai māju ar atslēgu rokās. Eurodita var izskatīt kataloga piegādi, projektu pēc rasējumiem un ražošanu ar Jūsu preču zīmi. Pamati, pieslēgumi, būvlaukuma koordinācija un atļauju kārtošana paliek pircēja un viņa vietējo speciālistu atbildībā; montāžu un tās organizēšanu saskaņojam katram projektam.

Praksē tas nozīmē, ka Eurodita ražo komplektu: sienu baļķus, grīdas un jumta konstrukcijas, kā arī koka logus un koka durvis, kas tiek apstrādāti Lietuvā un iepakoti plakanā veidā kopā ar pasūtījumam atbilstošiem montāžas rasējumiem. Tirdzniecības partneris pārvalda savu preču zīmi, cenu politiku un attiecības ar gala klientu.

Mazo dārza ēku klāstam (dārza mājiņas, šķūņi, dārza biroji) piegādes veidu apstiprinām katram projektam atsevišķi; lielākas dzīvojamās ēkas var piegādāt arī tieši privātiem klientiem. Lapa ir veltīta uzņēmumu pieprasījumiem; arī privātpersonas var nosūtīt pieprasījumu ar to pašu veidlapu.

## Līmētā koksne (glulam): projekta dokumentācija pirms piedāvājuma

Ja pieprasījums attiecas uz līmētu koka māju vai līmētās koksnes (glulam) nesošo konstrukciju, dokumentācijā jānorāda rasējumu redakcija, galvenie izmēri, konstruktīvā sistēma, saskarnes, daudzums, atrašanās vieta, lietošanas mērķis un lēmuma pieņemšanas termiņš. Eurodita pārbauda pieprasīto rūpnīcas piegādes apjomu, pirms apstiprina, vai projektu var pieņemt izskatīšanai.

- Rasējumi, būvapraksts vai definēta produktu grupa

- Objekta atrašanās vieta, lietošanas mērķis, daudzums un lēmuma pieņemšanas grafiks

- Ražošanas apjoms, iepakojums un dokumentācijas vajadzības

- Piekļuve objektam, izkraušana, Incoterm un loģistikas atbildības sadalījums

Līmētās koksnes profili ir 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 un 220×260 mm, un bezdelīgastes stūra savienojums ir pieejams profiliem 88-220 mm. Profils 70×130 mm tiek ražots gan kā masīvkoka, gan kā līmēts profils, tāpēc pieprasījumā jānorāda, kura versija ir domāta. Konstrukciju aprēķinus veic specializēti partneri. Eurodita publicē provizoriskās U vērtības tikai koka sienas elementam: 28 mm 3,82, 34 mm 3,15, 44 mm 2,43, 58 mm 1,84, 70 mm 1,53, 88 mm 1,22, 135 mm 0,79, 180 mm 0,59 un 220 mm 0,49 W/m²K (elements atsevišķi, nevis gatava ēka un nevis atbilstības rezultāts); dubultsienas U vērtību aprēķina katram projektam atbilstoši izvēlētajam siltinājumam, un gatavās ēkas īpašības nosaka vietējā projektēšanas komanda, pamatojoties uz pasūtījuma dokumentāciju.

## Guļbūve, koka māja, koka garāža un dārza mājiņa: produktu grupas tirdzniecībai

Papildus līmētās koksnes konstrukcijām Eurodita tirgotājiem, vairumtirgotājiem un privātā zīmola pārdevējiem ražo šādas produktu grupas, kas visas tiek piegādātas kā komplekti no Eurodita rūpnīcas:

- Guļbūve un vasarnīca: kataloga modeļi no masīvkoka vai līmētiem baļķiem, no vienas telpas ēkām līdz ēkām ar vairākām guļamistabām. Latvijas tirgū tos pašus modeļus meklē arī ar vārdiem vasarnīcas, guļbūves un pirts; katra modeļa piegādes saturs tiek apstiprināts piedāvājumā. Sienas biezums tiek norādīts katram modelim: masīvkoka profili 19-70 mm, līmētās koksnes profili 70×130-220×260 mm.

- Koka māja komplektā, arī dzīvošanai visu gadu: mājas ar masīvkoka vai līmētu baļķu sienām vienā stāvā vai ar augšstāvu, piegādātas komplektā ar pasūtījumam atbilstošiem montāžas rasējumiem. Latvijā šādas ēkas meklē arī kā moduļu mājas vai karkasa mājas; Eurodita piegādā guļbūves vai līmētās koksnes komplektu, nevis rūpnīcā pabeigtu moduli un nevis karkasa konstrukciju. Dzīvošanai visu gadu Eurodita piedāvā profilus 58×130 un 70×130 mm, kā arī līmētos baļķus.

- Koka garāža un nojume: vienvietīgas un divvietīgas koka garāžas, automašīnu nojumes, kā arī garāžas un nojumes kombinācijas masīvkoka profilos, ar divslīpju vai vienslīpes jumtu atkarībā no modeļa.

- Dārza mājiņa, šķūnis un dārza birojs: siltināmas dārza ēkas biroja vai darbnīcas vajadzībām, tirdzniecībai masīvkoka profilos vai dubultsienas konstrukcijā.

Katru produktu grupu var īstenot kā kataloga pirkumu, ar Jūsu preču zīmi (private label) vai kā individuālu ražojumu pēc Jūsu rasējumiem. Precīzs apjoms, materiāli un piegādājamie dokumenti tiek apstiprināti rakstiskā piedāvājumā.

Īstenošanas veidi atšķiras pēc nepieciešamās dokumentācijas. Kataloga modeli pasūta ar modeļa apzīmējumu un vēlamo sienas profilu. Konfigurējams modelis balstās uz kataloga modeli, kura izmērus, ailes vai profilu pasūtījumam maina. Individuāls modelis un atsevišķs projekts balstās uz Jūsu rasējumiem, un tad Eurodita vispirms pārbauda, vai pieprasītais apjoms ietilpst rūpnīcas ražošanas jomā. Koka logi un koka durvis visos gadījumos ir mūsu pašu ražojums; alumīnija bīdāmās durvis piegādā specializēts piegādātājs.

Produktu katalogi (angļu valodā): guļbūves un dārza mājiņas, dārza biroji, līmētās koksnes mājas un piebūves dzīvošanai (granny annexes). Visas tirgu lapas: tirgi un valodas.

## Vairumtirdzniecība, izplatīšana un privātais zīmols (private label)

Tirgotāju, vairumtirgotāju un tīklu gadījumā izvērtējums attiecas uz produktu grupu, izplatīšanas kanālu, sagaidāmo apjomu, lietošanas mērķi, kā arī iepakojuma un marķējuma prasībām. Eurodita nepiedāvā franšīzes programmu: privātā zīmola nosacījumi, ražotāja norādes un piemērojamie dokumenti tiek noteikti katram pasūtījumam.

Privātais zīmols (private label) un white label Eurodita izpratnē ir viens un tas pats risinājums: Eurodita ražo, un partnera preču zīme parādās piedāvājumā, rasējumos un klientam paredzētajā dokumentācijā pasūtījumam saskaņotajā apjomā. Eurodita neuztur noliktavu Latvijas tirgū un nepiedāvā dropshipping piegādi. Tā nepublicē tirgotāju uzcenojumus un mazumtirdzniecības cenas; tirdzniecības partneris nosaka savas cenas. Ekskluzivitāte, teritorijas aizsardzība vai garantēts uzcenojums nav standarta piedāvājums; šādi nosacījumi var balstīties tikai uz atsevišķu rakstisku līgumu.

Vairumtirdzniecībai un tālākpārdošanai būtiski ir tas, ka katrs pasūtījums tiek piedāvāts rakstiski eiro ar nosacījumu EXW Eurodita, bez PVN un bez transporta. Atkārtotu pasūtījumu plāns, iepakojuma veids un marķējums ar Jūsu preču zīmi tiek izskatīts tajā pašā piedāvājumā. Eurodita publiski nenorāda valstu un partneru skaitu, un šajā lapā nav atsauksmju saraksta.

## Arhitektūra un attīstītāju projekti: skaidri sadalītas saskarnes

Ja koka ēkas projektu vada arhitektu birojs vai attīstītāja komanda, Euroditai ir nepieciešama projekta kontaktpersona, vēlamais ražošanas apjoms un tehniskajai un komerciālajai izskatīšanai vajadzīgie dati. Vietējā izpēte, kopējā projektēšana, saskarnes ar citiem darbu veidiem un izpilde paliek Latvijā strādājošas kompetentas projektēšanas komandas atbildībā.

Eurodita daļa projektā ir rūpnīcas piegāde: saskaņotā apjoma ražošana Lietuvā, pasūtījumam atbilstoši montāžas rasējumi un piedāvājumā apstiprinātie dokumenti. Pamatus, pieslēgumus un būvlaukuma koordināciju Latvijā organizē projekta paši speciālisti; montāžu un tās organizēšanu saskaņojam katram projektam. Šo sadalījumu ieteicams ierakstīt pieprasījumā jau sākumā, lai izskatīšana attiektos uz pareizo apjomu.

## Projekta vietējā saskaņošana: Latvijas būvnormatīvi un būvvalde

Latvijas būvniecības regulējuma prasības, tas ir, Būvniecības likums un teritorijas plānojums, tāpat kā konstrukciju, ugunsdrošības un energoefektivitātes prasības un nepieciešamie saskaņojumi, attiecas uz gatavo ēku un tās dokumentāciju. Tās nosaka vietējā projektēšanas komanda un par projektu Latvijā atbildīgās personas. To, vai konkrētajam objektam nepieciešama būvatļauja, paskaidrojuma raksts vai apliecinājuma karte, lemj būvvalde; pircējs pirms pasūtīšanas kopā ar savu vietējo būvprojekta izstrādātāju apstiprina zemesgabalam un ēkai piemērojamo kārtību būvvaldē.

Eurodita šajā lapā automātiski nenorāda kataloga produktu kā atbilstošu Latvijas normatīviem vai noteiktam veiktspējas līmenim un nesniedz garantiju par būvatļaujas izsniegšanu vai paskaidrojuma raksta akceptēšanu.

## Dokumenti un marķējumi atkarībā no produkta un pasūtījuma

Rakstiskais piedāvājums saskaņotajam produktam un apjomam nosaka ražošanas sastāvdaļas, pieejamos dokumentus un iespējamās prasības, kas jāņem vērā. Šī lapa nesola sertifikātu, marķējumu vai vienotu tehnisko dokumentāciju visām produktu grupām vai projektiem. Eurodita rīcībā nav sava FSC vai PEFC sertifikāta, nav arī ISO 9001 sertifikācijas; konkrēta pasūtījuma dokumentācija tiek apstiprināta piedāvājumā. Lūdzam norādīt dokumentācijas prasības pirms piedāvājuma sagatavošanas.

## Transports un saņemšanas atbildība: EXW Eurodita kā standarts

Standarta piegādes nosacījums ir EXW Eurodita: pircējs vai viņa pārvadātājs saņem komplektu rūpnīcā Lietuvā un atbild par transportu uz Latviju un ar to saistītajiem dokumentiem. Citu transporta risinājumu var izskatīt konkrētam projektam vai maršrutam, un tas jāapstiprina rakstiski attiecībā uz Incoterm, galamērķi, piekļuvi, izkraušanu, dokumentiem un atbildības sadalījumu. DAP tiek saskaņots katram pasūtījumam, DDP izvērtē atsevišķi.

Transports tiek organizēts katram pasūtījumam: ar nosacījumu EXW Eurodita to kārto pircējs vai pircēja pārvadātājs. Izkraušana galamērķī ir pircēja vai saņēmēja pienākums ar objektā vietēji nodrošinātu tehniku. Eurodita nepublicē piegādes termiņus; konkrēta pasūtījuma grafiks tiek saskaņots piedāvājumā.

Tā kā komplekti tiek piegādāti iepakoti plakanā veidā, nevis samontēti, pieprasījumā ieteicams norādīt izkraušanas vietas adresi Latvijā, piekļuvi smagajai tehnikai un pieejamo izkraušanas tehniku. Saskaņotie dokumenti tiek piegādāti piedāvājumā apstiprinātajā apjomā.

## Ražošanas informācija: kopš 1994. gada Lietuvā

Eurodita ražo koka ēkas kopš 1994. gada Lietuvā aptuveni 5 000 m² segtā ražošanas platībā no ziemeļu egles un priedes. Hundegger CNC apstrāde; žāvēšana Nardi žāvēšanas kamerās (elektriskajās) līdz mērķa mitrumam 12-14 %. Masīvkoka sienas: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 un 70×130 mm; līmētie baļķi: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 un 220×260 mm (bezdelīgastes stūra savienojums 88-220 mm); dubultsienas 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 un 58-100-58 mm (siltinājums tiek iegādāts uz vietas; dubultsienas U vērtību aprēķina katram projektam). Masīvkoka modeli var izgatavot no jebkura 28, 34, 44, 58 vai 70 mm profila, līmētās koksnes modeli no jebkura līmētās koksnes profila. 19 mm profilu izmanto tikai modeļiem, kas ar to ir katalogā. Norādītie izmēri ir ārējie izmēri.

Grīda no 28 mm dēļiem un impregnētas grīdas sijas standartā; baļķi standartā neapstrādāti, rūpnīcas krāsojums kā papildaprīkojums ar ierobežotu jaudu. Mūsu pašu ražotie koka logi un koka durvis (IV45, IV68 un IV92, pēdējais ar trīskāršu stiklojumu); alumīnija bīdāmās durvis piegādā specializēts piegādātājs. Komplekti tiek piegādāti iepakoti plakanā veidā, nevis iepriekš samontēti; konstrukciju aprēķinus veic specializēti partneri.

## Dārza mājiņa 28 mm un 44 mm: sienas profili tirdzniecībai

Vieglām dārza mājiņām un mazām dārza ēkām Eurodita ražo masīvkoka profilus 19×100 mm un 28×100 mm. Šie profili pieder pie sērijveida ražošanas standarta klāsta, ko izmanto galvenokārt kataloga standarta modeļiem.

Profili 34×100 mm un 44×130 mm pieder pie tirgotājiem paredzētā standarta klāsta. Tos izmanto gan kataloga, gan konfigurējamiem modeļiem, un tie ir tirdzniecībā ierastie sienas biezumi.

Dzīvošanai visu gadu un lielākām ēkām Eurodita piedāvā profilus 58×130 mm un 70×130 mm, kas pieejami arī atsevišķiem projektiem un individuāliem modeļiem. Dubultsienas konstrukcijā Eurodita piedāvā kombinācijas 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 un 58-100-58 mm: divas masīvkoka sienas, starp kurām ir siltinājumam sagatavota gaisa sprauga; siltinājuma materiālu parasti izvēlas un iegādājas uz vietas. Līmētā koksne (glulam) aptver profilus no 70×130 mm līdz 220×260 mm. Masīvkoka modeli var izgatavot no jebkura 28, 34, 44, 58 vai 70 mm profila, līmētās koksnes modeli no jebkura līmētās koksnes profila; to apstiprina katram pasūtījumam. Koka sienas elementu provizoriskās U vērtības ir publicētas iepriekš (44 mm 2,43 un 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K); visi ēkai norādītie izmēri ir ārējie izmēri.

Sienas biezumu izvēlas atbilstoši lietošanas mērķim, un vienu kataloga modeli var piedāvāt ar vairākiem profiliem, ja profils ir apstiprināts šim modelim. Tabulā apkopots masīvkoka profilu ierastais lietojums tirdzniecībā.

| Profils | Ierastais lietojums tirdzniecībā | Piezīme

| 19×100 mm | Vieglas dārza mājiņas, mazas dārza ēkas, standarta ražošana | Sērijveida ražošanas standarta klāsts.

| 28×100 mm | Kataloga un konfigurējami modeļi dārza mājiņām un guļbūvēm | Sērijveida ražošanas standarta klāsts.

| 34×100 mm | Kataloga un konfigurējami modeļi | Sērijveida ražošanas standarta klāsts.

| 44×130 mm | Kataloga, konfigurējami un individuāli modeļi, tirgotāju standarta klāsts | Kalpo arī kā ārējā siena dubultsienas kombinācijās 44-50-44 un 44-100-44.

| 58×130 mm | Kataloga un konfigurējami modeļi un atsevišķi projekti, dzīvošana visu gadu | Kalpo arī kā ārējā siena dubultsienas kombinācijās 58-50-58 un 58-100-58.

| 70×130 mm | Kataloga un konfigurējami modeļi un atsevišķi projekti, dzīvošana visu gadu un lielākas ēkas | Šis profils ir pieejams arī kā līmētā koksne (glulam); lūdzam norādīt vēlamo versiju.

Eurodita ir Lietuvā strādājošs guļbūvju un koka māju ražotājs ar ražošanas pieredzi kopš 1994. gada, kas pēc pieprasījuma piegādā tirgotājiem un vairumtirgotājiem. Par katru pasūtījumu tiek sagatavots rakstisks piedāvājums eiro ar nosacījumu EXW Eurodita; publiska cenrāža nav.

## Galvenie fakti Jūsu pieprasījumam

Šie fakti apkopo lapas galvenos nosacījumus vienuviet iekšējai iepirkuma piezīmei vai pieprasījumam.

- Par katru pasūtījumu tiek sagatavots rakstisks piedāvājums: EXW Eurodita, cena eiro bez PVN un bez transporta; DAP katram pasūtījumam, DDP izvērtē atsevišķi.

- Apmaksa: 50 % pasūtot, 50 % pirms nosūtīšanas no rūpnīcas. Nav publiska cenrāža, nav publicētu piegādes termiņu, nav tirgotāju uzcenojumu.

- Masīvkoka sienas profili 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 mm; līmētie baļķi 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 mm. Masīvkoka modeli var izgatavot no jebkura 28, 34, 44, 58 vai 70 mm profila, līmētās koksnes modeli no jebkura līmētās koksnes profila. 19 mm profilu izmanto tikai modeļiem, kas ar to ir katalogā. Norādītie izmēri ir ārējie izmēri.

- Eurodita rīcībā nav sava FSC vai PEFC sertifikāta, nav arī ISO 9001 sertifikācijas; konkrēta pasūtījuma dokumentācija tiek apstiprināta piedāvājumā.

- Rūpnīcas apmeklējumi Lietuvā pēc vienošanās.

## Biežāk uzdotie jautājumi

## Vai Eurodita pārdod guļbūves tieši privātpersonām Latvijā?

Mazo dārza ēku klāstam (dārza mājiņas, šķūņi, dārza biroji) piegādes veidu apstiprinām katram projektam atsevišķi; lielākas dzīvojamās ēkas var piegādāt tieši privātiem klientiem. Šī lapa ir paredzēta tirgotāju, vairumtirgotāju, būvuzņēmēju, arhitektu, attīstītāju un citu profesionālu partneru pieprasījumiem.

## Vai tirgotājam ir minimālais pasūtījuma apjoms?

Sagaidāmais apjoms ir viens no pieprasījuma izvērtēšanas elementiem līdzās produktu grupai, izplatīšanas kanālam, lietošanas mērķim, kā arī iepakojuma un marķējuma prasībām. Šajā lapā daudzuma slieksnis netiek norādīts; daudzums un komerciālie nosacījumi tiek apstiprināti rakstiskā piedāvājumā katram pasūtījumam.

## Vai līmētās koksnes projekts automātiski atbilst Latvijas būvnormatīviem?

Nē. Prasības un saskaņojumi ir atkarīgi no gatavās ēkas, tās atrašanās vietas un dokumentācijas; tie ir par projektu Latvijā atbildīgo personu pārziņā. To, vai objektam nepieciešama būvatļauja, paskaidrojuma raksts vai apliecinājuma karte, lemj būvvalde, un pircējs to apstiprina kopā ar savu vietējo būvprojekta izstrādātāju.

## Kādi dokumenti ir iekļauti pasūtījumā?

Pieejamie dokumenti tiek noteikti katram produktam, apjomam un pasūtījumam. Katra dokumentācijas prasība jānorāda pirms piedāvājuma sagatavošanas. Eurodita rīcībā nav sava FSC vai PEFC sertifikāta, nav arī ISO 9001 sertifikācijas.

## Vai ēkas var ražot ar mūsu preču zīmi (private label)?

Jā. Eurodita ražo, un partnera preču zīme parādās piedāvājumā, rasējumos un klientam paredzētajā dokumentācijā pasūtījumam saskaņotajā apjomā. Privātā zīmola nosacījumi, ražotāja norādes un piemērojamie dokumenti tiek noteikti katram pasūtījumam; Eurodita nepiedāvā franšīzes programmu.

## Kurš sienas biezums dārza mājiņai: 28 mm vai 44 mm?

28 mm (28×100 mm) un 44 mm (44×130 mm) ir divi atsevišķi masīvkoka profili no Eurodita standarta klāsta. 28 mm profilu izmanto vieglām dārza mājiņām, savukārt 44 mm profils pieder pie tirgotājiem piedāvātā standarta klāsta. Katrai ēkai norādītie izmēri ir ārējie izmēri.

## Vai dubultsienas guļbūvi var siltināt?

Jā. Dubultsienas kombinācijās (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 un 58-100-58 mm) starp divām masīvkoka sienām ir siltinājumam sagatavota gaisa sprauga. Siltinājuma materiālu parasti izvēlas un iegādājas uz vietas. Tikai koka sienas elementa provizoriskās U vērtības ir publicētas (44 mm 2,43 un 58 mm 1,84 W/m²K; elements atsevišķi, nevis gatava ēka un nevis atbilstības rezultāts); dubultsienas kopējā U vērtība ir atkarīga no izvēlētā siltinājuma un tiek aprēķināta katram projektam.

## Kā notiek piegāde uz Latviju un kā sākt sadarbību?

Standarta piegādes nosacījums ir EXW Eurodita; DAP tiek saskaņots katram pasūtījumam, DDP izvērtē atsevišķi, vienmēr rakstiski attiecībā uz Incoterm, galamērķi, piekļuvi, izkraušanu un dokumentiem. Eurodita ir Lietuvā strādājošs ražotājs ar ražošanas pieredzi kopš 1994. gada, un tas pēc pieprasījuma piegādā tirgotājiem un vairumtirgotājiem. Lai sāktu, nosūtiet, izmantojot kontaktformu, savu uzņēmumu un lomu, produktu vai projektu, objekta atrašanās vietu, daudzumu un vēlamo rūpnīcas piegādes apjomu.

## Kā sagatavot Latvijas B2B pieprasījumu

Norādiet savu uzņēmumu un lomu, produktu vai projektu, objekta atrašanās vietu, rasējumus vai specifikāciju, daudzumu, lietošanas mērķi, vēlamo rūpnīcas piegādes apjomu, grafiku un loģistikas veidu. Eurodita vispirms pārbauda komerciālo piemērotību un trūkstošos datus, pirms sagatavo rakstisku piedāvājumu.

- Uzņēmums un Jūsu loma: tirgotājs, vairumtirgotājs, attīstītājs, būvuzņēmējs, projektēšanas birojs vai privātais zīmols

- Produkts vai projekts: kataloga modelis, konfigurējams modelis vai Jūsu rasējumi

- Objekta atrašanās vieta Latvijā un lietošanas mērķis: vasarnīca, dzīvošana visu gadu, garāža, birojs vai darbnīca

- Daudzums, atkārtotu pasūtījumu plāns un lēmuma pieņemšanas termiņš

- Vēlamais rūpnīcas piegādes apjoms, sienas profils un dokumentācijas vajadzības

- Loģistikas veids: EXW Eurodita vai rakstiski saskaņojams cits Incoterm, piekļuve un izkraušana

Noderīga secība tirgotājam vai vairumtirgotājam: produktu grupa (guļbūve vai vasarnīca, koka māja, koka garāža, dārza mājiņa vai dārza birojs, līmēta koka māja), pārdošanas kanāls, sagaidāmais apjoms un atkārtotu pasūtījumu plāns, privātā zīmola un marķējuma prasības un izkraušanas vieta Latvijā. Projektēšanas komandai: kontaktpersona, rasējumu redakcija, rūpnīcas piegādes apjoms, saskarnes ar citiem darbu veidiem un lēmuma pieņemšanas termiņš.

Nosūtīt B2B pieprasījumu

Latvija Nosūtīt B2B pieprasījumu


---

# Ukraine
URL: https://eurodita.com/ua-market/

## Дерев'яні будинки з бруса: домокомплекти для дилерів в Україні

Україна: Модульні будинки з бруса для дилерів України

Ця сторінка призначена для українських компаній, які оцінюють джерело виробництва: дилерів і дистриб'юторів дерев'яних будинків, оптових торговців, забудовників, підрядників, архітектурних бюро та брендів із власною торговою маркою (private label). Eurodita є виробником будинків з масивного та клеєного бруса (glulam) із заводом у Литві. Вона постачає домокомплекти торговим партнерам в усіх країнах Європейського Союзу та в Україну залежно від придатності проєкту, логістики, вимог ринку та комерційних умов.

Надіслати B2B-запит Переглянути будинки з клеєного бруса

Нижче описано обсяг B2B-виробництва, проєктну документацію з клеєного бруса, сімейства продукції для торгівлі (дачний будинок, садовий будинок, дерев'яний будинок з бруса, дерев'яний гараж, садовий офіс), оптове постачання та власну торгову марку, перевезення на умовах EXW Eurodita і підготовку B2B-запиту з України.

На сторінці немає прайс-листа та переліку партнерів. На кожне замовлення складається письмова пропозиція; обсяг постачання, матеріали та документи визначаються для кожного продукту та замовлення окремо.

Приватним замовникам, які шукають будинок для життя, ми пропонуємо окрему сторінку: модульні будинки з клеєного бруса серії Mobile Log Home, з каталогу або за Вашим проєктом.

## Коротко

Для кого: дилери, дистриб'ютори, оптові торговці, забудовники, підрядники, проєктні бюро та власні торгові марки, які купують для перепродажу або власних проєктів.

Обсяг виробництва: каталожні моделі, виробництво під Вашою торговою маркою (private label) та проєкти за Вашими кресленнями, включно з конструкціями з клеєного бруса (glulam).

Не входить у стандартний домокомплект: фундаменти, підключення до мереж, координація майданчика та дозволи залишаються за покупцем і його місцевими фахівцями; монтаж і його організацію ми погоджуємо для кожного проєкту.

Товщина стіни: вказується для кожної моделі; профілі з масивного бруса 19-70 мм, з клеєного бруса 70×130-220×260 мм. Зазначені розміри є зовнішніми.

Пропозиція: письмова, у євро, без ПДВ і без перевезення, на умовах EXW Eurodita; DAP погоджується для кожного замовлення окремо.

Оплата: 50 % при замовленні, 50 % перед відвантаженням із заводу. Без публічного прайс-листа, без опублікованих строків постачання, без дилерських націнок.

Сертифікати: Eurodita не має власного сертифіката FSC або PEFC і не має сертифікації ISO 9001; документація конкретного замовлення підтверджується в пропозиції.

Виробництво: дерев'яні будівлі з 1994 року в Литві, CNC-обробка Hundegger, камерне сушіння до вологості 12-14 %.

## Промислове B2B-виробництво та обсяг постачання

Ця сторінка адресована фахівцям, які оцінюють джерело виробництва, а не приватним особам, що шукають невеликий садовий будиночок або будинок «під ключ». Надіслати запит через ту саму форму можуть і приватні особи. Eurodita може розглянути постачання з каталогу, проєкт за кресленнями та виробництво під власною торговою маркою. Фундаменти, підключення до мереж, координація майданчика та дозволи залишаються за покупцем і його місцевими фахівцями; монтаж і його організацію ми погоджуємо для кожного проєкту.

На практиці Eurodita виготовляє домокомплект: стіновий брус, конструкції підлоги та даху, дерев'яні вікна та двері, які обробляються в Литві та пакуються в розібраному вигляді разом із монтажними кресленнями до замовлення. Торговий партнер веде власну торгову марку, власне ціноутворення та власні відносини з кінцевим клієнтом.

Для асортименту невеликих садових будівель (садові будиночки, господарські будівлі, садові офіси) спосіб постачання підтверджуємо для кожного проєкту окремо; більші житлові будинки можуть постачатися також безпосередньо приватним клієнтам. Сторінка зосереджена на запитах компаній.

## Клеєний брус (glulam): проєктна документація до пропозиції

Якщо запит стосується будинку або несучої конструкції з клеєного бруса (glulam), документація має визначати ревізію креслень, основні розміри, конструктивну систему, інтерфейси, кількість, місце, призначення та графік рішення. Eurodita перевіряє запитаний обсяг заводського постачання, перш ніж підтвердити, чи може проєкт бути взятий на розгляд.

- Креслення, технічне завдання або визначене сімейство продукції

- Місце використання, призначення, кількість і графік ухвалення рішення

- Обсяг виробництва, пакування та потреба в документації

- Під'їзд до ділянки, розвантаження, Інкотермс і розподіл логістичної відповідальності

Профілі з клеєного бруса: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 і 220×260 мм; кутове з'єднання «ластівчин хвіст» доступне для профілів 88-220 мм. Профіль 70×130 мм виготовляється як із масивного, так і з клеєного бруса, тому в запиті варто вказати потрібну версію. Розрахунки конструкцій виконують спеціалізовані партнери. Eurodita публікує попередні значення U лише для дерев'яного стінового елемента: 28 мм 3,82, 34 мм 3,15, 44 мм 2,43, 58 мм 1,84, 70 мм 1,53, 88 мм 1,22, 135 мм 0,79, 180 мм 0,59 та 220 мм 0,49 W/m²K (елемент окремо, не готова будівля і не результат відповідності вимогам); значення U подвійної стіни розраховується для кожного проєкту окремо залежно від обраного утеплювача, а характеристики готової будівлі визначає місцева проєктна група на підставі документації замовлення.

## Дачний будинок, будинок з бруса, дерев'яний гараж і садовий офіс: сімейства продукції для торгівлі

Окрім конструкцій з клеєного бруса, Eurodita виготовляє для торгівлі наведені нижче сімейства продукції; усі ці дерев'яні будинки та будівлі постачаються домокомплектами із заводу Eurodita. Покупці, які шукають каркасні будинки або модульні будинки, знаходять у Eurodita збірні домокомплекти з масивного та клеєного бруса, що зазвичай постачаються комплектами для монтажу на місці; для окремих проєктів можливе заводське складання в транспортабельний модуль, що підтверджується для кожного проєкту.

- Дачний будинок і садовий будинок з бруса: каталожні моделі з масивного або клеєного бруса, від однокімнатних будиночків до будівель із кількома спальнями. В українській торгівлі ті самі моделі шукають також за словами зруб, дерев'яний будинок і садовий будинок; склад постачання кожної моделі підтверджується в пропозиції.

- Дерев'яний будинок як домокомплект, також для цілорічного проживання: будинки зі стінами з масивного або клеєного бруса, одноповерхові або з другим поверхом. Для цілорічного проживання Eurodita пропонує профілі 58×130 і 70×130 мм, а також клеєний брус. Саме такий збірний будинок відповідає запитам «модульний будинок» і «модульний будинок купити»: повна будівля у вигляді комплекту, а не готовий модуль із заводу.

- Дерев'яний гараж і навіс для авто: одинарні та подвійні гаражі, навіси та комбінації гаража з навісом із масивних профілів, з двосхилим або односхилим дахом залежно від моделі.

- Садовий офіс і майстерня: садові будівлі з можливістю утеплення для офісу або майстерні, для торгівлі в масивних профілях або з подвійною стіною.

Кожне сімейство може бути реалізоване як каталожна купівля, під Вашою торговою маркою (private label) або на замовлення за Вашими кресленнями; точний обсяг, матеріали та документи підтверджуються в письмовій пропозиції. Каталожна модель замовляється за позначенням моделі та профілем стіни. Конфігурована модель відштовхується від каталожної, розміри, прорізи або профіль якої змінюються для замовлення. Модель на замовлення та окремий проєкт ґрунтуються на Ваших кресленнях; Eurodita спершу перевіряє, чи належить запитаний обсяг до виробничої сфери заводу. Дерев'яні вікна та двері завжди власного виробництва; алюмінієві розсувні двері надходять від спеціалізованого постачальника.

Каталоги продукції (англійською): дачні та садові будинки з бруса, садові офіси, будинки з клеєного бруса та гостьові будинки (granny annexes). Усі ринкові сторінки: ринки та мови.

## Оптове постачання, дистрибуція та власна торгова марка (private label)

Для дилерів, дистриб'юторів і мереж оцінка стосується сімейства продукції, каналу збуту, очікуваного обсягу, місця використання та вимог до пакування й маркування. Eurodita не пропонує франчайзингової програми: умови власної торгової марки, позначення виробника та застосовні документи визначаються для кожного замовлення окремо.

Private label і white label означають у Eurodita одне й те саме: Eurodita виготовляє, а торгова марка партнера зазначається в пропозиції, кресленнях і документації для клієнта в погодженому обсязі. Eurodita не тримає складу на українському ринку та не пропонує дропшипінгу; вона не публікує дилерських націнок і роздрібних цін, торговий партнер визначає власні ціни. Ексклюзивність, територіальний захист або гарантована націнка не є стандартною пропозицією і можуть ґрунтуватися лише на окремому письмовому договорі.

Кожне замовлення пропонується письмово в євро на умовах EXW Eurodita без ПДВ і без перевезення; план повторних замовлень, пакування та маркування під Вашою торговою маркою розглядаються в тій самій пропозиції. Eurodita не повідомляє кількості країн чи партнерів, і сторінка не містить переліку референцій.

## Архітектура та проєкти забудовників: чітко розподілені інтерфейси

Коли проєкт веде архітектурне бюро або команда забудовника, Eurodita потребує контактної особи, бажаного обсягу виробництва та інформації для технічного й комерційного розгляду. Місцеві вишукування, загальне проєктування, інтерфейси з іншими підрядами та виконання залишаються за кваліфікованою проєктною групою в Україні.

Частка Eurodita полягає в заводському постачанні: виготовлення погодженого обсягу в Литві, монтажні креслення та документи, підтверджені в пропозиції. Фундаменти, підключення до мереж і координація майданчика організовуються в Україні фахівцями проєкту; монтаж і його організацію ми погоджуємо для кожного проєкту. Цей розподіл варто зафіксувати в запиті від початку.

## Місцеве погодження проєкту: українські будівельні норми та органи архітектурно-будівельного контролю

Закон України «Про регулювання містобудівної діяльності», державні будівельні норми (ДБН), а також вимоги до конструкцій, пожежної безпеки та енергоефективності і необхідні погодження стосуються готової будівлі та її документації. Їх визначає місцева проєктна група та особи, відповідальні за проєкт в Україні. Чи потребує об'єкт повідомлення про початок будівельних робіт або дозволу, залежить від класу наслідків об'єкта та місцевих органів державного архітектурно-будівельного контролю; покупець підтверджує процедуру через свого місцевого проєктувальника до замовлення.

Eurodita не подає каталожний продукт як такий, що автоматично відповідає українським нормам або певному рівню характеристик, і не надає гарантій отримання дозволу чи прийняття повідомлення.

## Документи та маркування відповідно до продукту й замовлення

Письмова пропозиція визначає для погодженого продукту та обсягу складові виробництва, доступні документи та вимоги до врахування. Ця сторінка не обіцяє сертифіката, маркування чи єдиної технічної документації для всіх сімейств продукції або всіх проєктів. Eurodita не має власного сертифіката FSC або PEFC і не має сертифікації ISO 9001; документація конкретного замовлення підтверджується в пропозиції. Просимо повідомляти про вимоги до документації до складання пропозиції.

## Перевезення та відповідальність при отриманні: EXW Eurodita як стандарт

Стандартна умова постачання: EXW Eurodita, тобто покупець або його експедитор забирає домокомплект на заводі в Литві та відповідає за перевезення в Україну і пов'язані документи. Митне оформлення, імпортні формальності та розвантаження в Україні залишаються за покупцем або його експедитором. Інше рішення розглядається для конкретного проєкту і підтверджується письмово щодо Інкотермс, місця призначення, під'їзду, розвантаження, документів та відповідальності. DAP погоджується для кожного замовлення окремо.

Eurodita не публікує строків постачання; графік конкретного замовлення погоджується в пропозиції. Оскільки домокомплекти постачаються в розібраному пакованому вигляді, у запиті доцільно вказати адресу розвантаження в Україні, можливість під'їзду важкої техніки та наявну розвантажувальну техніку.

## Відомості про виробництво: з 1994 року в Литві

Eurodita виготовляє дерев'яні будівлі з 1994 року в Литві на критій виробничій площі близько 5 000 м² із північної ялини та сосни. CNC-обробка Hundegger; сушіння в сушильних камерах Nardi (електричних) до цільової вологості 12-14 %. Масивні стіни: 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130 і 70×130 мм; клеєний брус: 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 і 220×260 мм (кутове з'єднання «ластівчин хвіст» 88-220 мм); подвійні стіни 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 і 58-100-58 мм (утеплювач купується на місці; значення U подвійної стіни розраховується для кожного проєкту окремо). Модель із масиву можна виготовити з будь-якого з профілів 28, 34, 44, 58 і 70 мм, а модель із клеєного бруса з будь-якого профілю клеєного бруса. Профіль 19 мм використовується лише в моделях, які подано з ним у каталозі. Зазначені розміри є зовнішніми.

Підлога з дошки 28 мм і просочені лаги в стандартній комплектації; брус стандартно без обробки, заводське фарбування як опція з обмеженою потужністю. Дерев'яні вікна та двері власного виробництва (IV45, IV68 та IV92, останні з потрійним склінням); алюмінієві розсувні двері постачає спеціалізований постачальник. Домокомплекти постачаються в розібраному пакованому вигляді; розрахунки конструкцій виконують спеціалізовані партнери.

## Садовий будинок 28 мм і 44 мм: профілі стін для торгівлі

Для легких садових будиночків і невеликих садових будівель Eurodita виготовляє масивні профілі 19×100 мм і 28×100 мм; це стандартний асортимент серійного виробництва для стандартних моделей каталогу. Профілі 34×100 мм і 44×130 мм належать до стандартного асортименту для дилерів, використовуються в каталожних і конфігурованих моделях і є звичайними товщинами стін у торгівлі.

Для цілорічного проживання та більших будівель Eurodita пропонує профілі 58×130 мм і 70×130 мм, доступні також для окремих проєктів і моделей на замовлення; подвійні стіни мають порожнину для утеплювача, який зазвичай купується на місці. Попередні значення U стінових елементів опубліковано вище (44 мм 2,43 і 58 мм 1,84 W/m²K); усі розміри є зовнішніми.

Та сама каталожна модель може бути запропонована з кількома профілями, якщо профіль затверджений для цієї моделі. Таблиця нижче узагальнює звичайне використання масивних профілів у торгівлі.

| Профіль | Типове використання в торгівлі | Примітка

| 19×100 мм | Легкі садові будиночки, невеликі садові будівлі, стандартне виробництво | Стандартний асортимент серійного виробництва.

| 28×100 мм | Каталожні та конфігуровані моделі для садових будиночків і дачних будинків з бруса | Стандартний асортимент серійного виробництва.

| 34×100 мм | Каталожні та конфігуровані моделі | Стандартний асортимент серійного виробництва.

| 44×130 мм | Каталожні, конфігуровані моделі та моделі на замовлення, стандартний асортимент для дилерів | Також зовнішня стіна подвійних стін 44-50-44 і 44-100-44.

| 58×130 мм | Каталожні, конфігуровані моделі та окремі проєкти, цілорічне проживання | Також зовнішня стіна подвійних стін 58-50-58 і 58-100-58.

| 70×130 мм | Каталожні, конфігуровані моделі та окремі проєкти, цілорічне проживання та більші будівлі | Цей профіль доступний також із клеєного бруса (glulam); просимо вказати бажану версію.

Eurodita постачає дилерам і оптовим торговцям за запитом; на кожне замовлення складається письмова пропозиція в євро на умовах EXW Eurodita, публічного прайс-листа немає.

## Ключові факти для Вашого запиту

Основні умови сторінки в одному місці для закупівельної записки або запиту.

- На кожне замовлення складається письмова пропозиція: EXW Eurodita, ціна в євро без ПДВ і без перевезення; DAP погоджується для кожного замовлення окремо.

- Оплата: 50 % при замовленні, 50 % перед відвантаженням із заводу. Без публічного прайс-листа, без опублікованих строків постачання, без дилерських націнок.

- Профілі стін з масивної деревини 19×100, 28×100, 34×100, 44×130, 58×130, 70×130 мм; клеєний брус 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260, 220×260 мм. Модель із масиву можна виготовити з будь-якого з профілів 28, 34, 44, 58 і 70 мм, а модель із клеєного бруса з будь-якого профілю клеєного бруса. Профіль 19 мм використовується лише в моделях, які подано з ним у каталозі. Зазначені розміри є зовнішніми.

- Eurodita не має власного сертифіката FSC або PEFC і не має сертифікації ISO 9001; документація конкретного замовлення підтверджується в пропозиції.

- Відвідування заводу в Литві за домовленістю.

## Поширені запитання

## Чи продає Eurodita дерев'яні будинки безпосередньо приватним особам в Україні?

Для асортименту невеликих садових будівель (садові будиночки, господарські будівлі, садові офіси) спосіб постачання підтверджуємо для кожного проєкту окремо; більші житлові будинки можуть постачатися безпосередньо приватним клієнтам. Ця сторінка призначена для запитів дилерів, дистриб'юторів, оптових торговців, підрядників, архітекторів, забудовників та інших професійних партнерів.

## Чи існує мінімальний обсяг замовлення для дилера?

Очікуваний обсяг є одним із чинників оцінки запиту поряд із сімейством продукції, каналом збуту, місцем використання та вимогами до пакування й маркування. На цій сторінці не вказується порогу кількості; кількість і комерційні умови підтверджуються в письмовій пропозиції для кожного замовлення.

## Чи відповідає проєкт з клеєного бруса автоматично українським будівельним нормам?

Ні. Вимоги та погодження залежать від готової будівлі, її розташування та документації; вони належать до відповідальності осіб, які відповідають за проєкт в Україні. Чи потрібне повідомлення про початок будівельних робіт або дозвіл, залежить від класу наслідків об'єкта та місцевих органів державного архітектурно-будівельного контролю; покупець підтверджує процедуру через свого місцевого проєктувальника.

## Які документи входять до замовлення?

Доступні документи визначаються для кожного продукту, обсягу та замовлення. Про кожну вимогу до документації слід повідомити до складання пропозиції. Eurodita не має власного сертифіката FSC або PEFC і не має сертифікації ISO 9001.

## Чи можна виготовляти будинки під нашою власною торговою маркою (private label)?

Так. Eurodita виготовляє, а торгова марка партнера зазначається в пропозиції, кресленнях і документації для клієнта в погодженому для замовлення обсязі. Умови власної торгової марки, позначення виробника та застосовні документи визначаються для кожного замовлення окремо; Eurodita не пропонує франчайзингової програми.

## Яка товщина стіни для садового будинку: 28 мм чи 44 мм?

28 мм (28×100 мм) і 44 мм (44×130 мм) є двома окремими профілями з масивної деревини стандартного асортименту Eurodita. Профіль 28 мм використовується для легких садових будиночків, тоді як профіль 44 мм належить до стандартного асортименту, що пропонується дилерам. Зазначені для кожної будівлі розміри є зовнішніми.

## Чи можна утеплити будинок з подвійною стіною?

Так. У комбінаціях з подвійною стіною (44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 і 58-100-58 мм) між двома стінами з масивної деревини є порожнина, підготовлена для утеплювача. Матеріал утеплювача зазвичай обирається та купується на місці. Попередні значення U лише для дерев'яного стінового елемента опубліковано (44 мм 2,43 і 58 мм 1,84 W/m²K); загальне значення U подвійної стіни залежить від обраного утеплювача та розраховується для кожного проєкту окремо.

## Як здійснюється доставка в Україну і як розпочати співпрацю?

Стандартна умова постачання: EXW Eurodita; DAP погоджується для кожного замовлення окремо, завжди письмово щодо Інкотермс, місця призначення, під'їзду, розвантаження та документів. Митне оформлення, імпортні формальності та розвантаження в Україні залишаються за покупцем або його експедитором. Eurodita є виробником у Литві, з виробничим досвідом з 1994 року, який постачає дилерам і оптовим торговцям за запитом. Щоб розпочати, надішліть через контактну форму Вашу компанію та роль, продукт або проєкт, місце використання, кількість і бажаний обсяг заводського постачання.

## Як підготувати український B2B-запит

Вкажіть компанію та роль, продукт або проєкт, місце використання, креслення або специфікацію, кількість, призначення, бажаний обсяг заводського постачання, графік і спосіб логістики. Eurodita спершу перевіряє комерційну придатність і відсутні дані.

- Компанія та Ваша роль: дилер, дистриб'ютор, оптовий торговець, забудовник, підрядник, проєктне бюро або власна торгова марка

- Продукт або проєкт: каталожна модель, конфігурована модель або Ваші креслення

- Місце використання в Україні та призначення: дачний будинок, цілорічне проживання, гараж, офіс або майстерня

- Кількість, план повторних замовлень і графік ухвалення рішення

- Бажаний обсяг заводського постачання, профіль стіни та потреба в документації

- Спосіб логістики: EXW Eurodita або інший письмово погоджений Інкотермс, під'їзд і розвантаження

Для дилера або оптового торговця корисна послідовність: сімейство продукції, канал збуту, очікуваний обсяг і план повторних замовлень, вимоги до власної торгової марки та маркування, місце розвантаження в Україні. Для проєктної групи: контактна особа, ревізія креслень, обсяг заводського постачання, інтерфейси з іншими підрядами та графік рішення.

Надіслати B2B-запит

Україна Надіслати B2B-запит


---

# Granny annexe planning permission
URL: https://eurodita.com/granny-annexe-planning-permission/

## Granny annexe planning permission in the UK: the routes a buyer in England checks

Granny annexes: the planning routes a buyer checks

A granny annexe in a garden in England is judged by how it will be used and who will live in it, not by whether it arrives as a timber kit, a brick extension or a twin-unit mobile home. This page sets out the routes a buyer in England checks before ordering: an ancillary annexe application, Class E permitted development, the caravan definition, the lawful development certificate, and the building regulations and council tax questions that follow.

Nothing here is legal advice and nothing here says that a particular building needs no permission. The rules described are those for England; Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland run their own planning systems with different orders and thresholds, and the Republic of Ireland has a separate system, set out on the page planning permission for a log cabin in Ireland. Eurodita manufactures the timber kit shown on the granny annexes hub; the planning route stays with the buyer, the dealer or the project team.

Send an annexe enquiry Granny annexe range

## At a glance

Default position: a self-contained annexe in a garden will generally need planning permission.

The test that matters: ancillary use tied to the main house, or an independent dwelling; the same building can fall either side.

Permitted development: Class E covers outbuildings for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house; it does not cover separate self-contained living accommodation.

Class E limits: eaves 2.5 m, overall height 4 m with a dual-pitched roof or 3 m otherwise, 2.5 m within 2 m of a boundary, no more than 50% of the curtilage covered.

Caravan route: a twin-unit structure within 20 m by 6.8 m, 3.05 m internal height, movable when assembled, can meet the legal definition of a caravan; use is still assessed.

Certainty: a lawful development certificate confirms lawfulness for planning purposes; it is not a planning permission.

Building regulations: the small-outbuilding exemptions apply only where there is no sleeping accommodation, so an annexe with a bedroom is normally within scope.

Council tax: a self-contained annexe receives its own band; a 50 per cent council tax reduction or a Class W exemption can apply while a relative lives in it.

## Does a granny annexe need planning permission?

For many projects, yes. Where a buyer believes permission is not required, a lawful development certificate is the formal way to ask the council to confirm that position. GOV.UK states that you will probably need planning permission if you want to build something new or change the use of a building, and a bedroom, kitchen and bathroom in the garden will usually raise both new-building and use questions. Rother District Council puts the local position plainly: annexes will generally require planning permission. A buyer who assumes otherwise usually meets the problem when the main house is sold and the solicitor asks for the paperwork.

The real question is which of three routes applies: an application for an ancillary annexe conditioned to the main house; Class E permitted development, narrower than most guides suggest; or the mobile home route, where a structure meeting the legal definition of a caravan is used in association with the house. Each faces the same use test.

## Ancillary annexe or separate dwelling: why the use test matters more than the building

Planning officers look past the building to the relationship between the annexe and the main house. Cornwall Council's annexe guidance asks that an annexe has a functional link with and is ancillary to the principal dwelling, so that occupants rely on facilities in the main house, is in the same ownership and curtilage, shares the vehicular access, and has no subdivided garden. Rother District Council frames it from the other side: an annexe occupied independently, with no relationship to the main dwellinghouse, requires permission as a new dwelling.

This is why use matters more than the wall system or the floor plan. A one-bedroom cabin with its own kitchen is capable of independent use, but capability is not use. Councils weigh separate meters, a separate postal address or a fenced-off garden as signs of a separate dwelling. Where permission is granted, a council may use a condition to the effect that the annexe shall only be used as ancillary accommodation and occupied only by members of the family or non-paying guests of the occupiers of the dwelling.

## Permitted development outbuildings and why an annexe usually is not one

Class E of Schedule 2, Part 1 of the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 permits, within the curtilage of a dwellinghouse, any building required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the dwellinghouse as such, giving poultry, bees and pet animals as examples. Garden offices, studios and stores can sit inside it where the use is incidental and the Class E limits and conditions are met. Self-contained living accommodation for a resident relative is normally treated as residential use rather than merely incidental outbuilding use, and the Planning Portal states that the outbuilding rules do not cover use as separate self-contained living accommodation.

The physical limits still apply to any garden building. Under Class E the building must not stand forward of the principal elevation, must be single storey with eaves no higher than 2.5 m, must not exceed 4 m overall with a dual-pitched roof or 3 m with any other roof, and must not exceed 2.5 m if within 2 m of a boundary. Buildings other than the original house may not cover more than 50% of the curtilage. In a listed curtilage any outbuilding needs permission, and on designated land further limits apply. The 1-bedroom and 2-bedroom ranges are drawn as external dimensions; eaves and ridge figures come from the elevation drawing.

## The mobile home route: annexes that meet the caravan definition

The Caravan Sites and Control of Development Act 1960 defines a caravan as any structure designed or adapted for human habitation which is capable of being moved from one place to another, whether by being towed or by being transported on a motor vehicle or trailer. Section 13 of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 extends that to twin-unit structures of not more than two sections, assembled on site by bolts, clamps or other devices, and physically capable of being moved by road when assembled. The maximum dimensions in section 13(2), as amended for England in 2006, are 20 metres in length exclusive of any drawbar, 6.8 metres in width, and 3.05 metres overall height of living accommodation measured internally.

Some councils, including Rother, state that a caravan within the domestic curtilage, used solely for purposes ancillary or incidental to the residential occupation of the main dwellinghouse, may not need planning permission for its siting. Two points keep this route honest. The same council states that independent residential occupation of a caravan or mobile home requires planning permission, so the use test applies in full. And the definition is about construction and mobility, not appearance: a unit that cannot in practice be moved as a whole has left it. Buyers confirm the position with a certificate, not an assumption.

## Lawful development certificates and pre-application advice

A lawful development certificate is the formal way to settle whether a proposal needs permission. Under section 192 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 a council can certify that a proposed use or development would be lawful for planning purposes; section 191 does the same for an existing use or building. The Planning Practice Guidance is explicit that a certificate applies only to lawfulness under planning legislation, does not remove other legal requirements, and rests on evidence the applicant supplies. Rother District Council recommends one whenever a buyer is uncertain. That is the honest answer to the search for an annexe with no planning permission: the certificate says so for one site, and nothing else does.

Pre-application advice is the other tool. Councils may charge for it under section 93 of the Local Government Act 2003, at no more than the cost of the service. For an annexe, pre-application advice can indicate which route the council is likely to expect and what conditions may be considered, but it is not a planning permission or a certificate.

## Building regulations, council tax and what changes when the relative moves out

Building regulations approval is separate from planning permission and a project may need both. The Planning Portal gives the outbuilding exemptions: under 15 square metres with no sleeping accommodation, and 15 to 30 square metres with no sleeping accommodation where the building is at least one metre from any boundary or substantially non-combustible. An annexe with a bedroom therefore normally sits within the regulations, assessed by the buyer's building control route on the project drawings.

| Question | What applies in England

| Council tax band | Each self-contained unit receives its own band from the Valuation Office Agency.

| 50 per cent reduction | Annexe lived in by immediate family of the main household, or used as part of the main residence but otherwise unoccupied.

| Class W exemption | Annexe occupied by a dependent relative aged 65 or over, or who is severely mentally impaired or substantially and permanently disabled.

| Relative moves out | The planning condition still binds: family or non-paying guests only. Separate letting or occupation is likely to need a fresh planning assessment or application, and a separate sale may conflict with an ancillary-use condition.

The last row is the one buyers overlook. The ancillary condition survives the relative: an empty annexe can serve the household as a study or guest room, and a Class T exemption can apply where planning restrictions prevent separate letting, but a tenant or a separate sale is a new dwelling in the council's eyes.

## What Eurodita supplies and what stays with the buyer

Eurodita is the manufacturer. It supplies the timber kit: wall logs in the approved solid, twin-skin or glulam profiles, roof and floor structure, timber windows and doors, and the 2D floor plans, elevation drawings, window and door schedule and 3D visuals for each configured project. Where a project specifies it, the kit can be designed to the Caravan Sites Act dimensions above, as the holiday park lodge procurement guide describes. That is a manufacturing scope, not a certification, and it does not decide how a council classifies the unit on a site.

Everything that turns the kit into a lawful annexe stays with the buyer, the dealer or the project team: the planning application or certificate, building control, foundations, insulation bought locally, electrical, plumbing and gas work, and the occupation arrangements that keep the annexe ancillary. Structural calculations come from specialist partners where needed. For standard cabins, the supply route is confirmed project by project; larger residential annexes are quoted directly, each project assessed individually. Dimensions are external and the base size per model is published, so drawings and kit agree before the order is placed.

## Frequently asked questions

## Does a granny annexe need planning permission in the UK?

In England the usual starting point is that a self-contained annexe in a garden needs planning permission, either as an ancillary annexe tied to the main house by condition or, where the structure meets the legal definition of a caravan and is used in association with the house, through a lawful development certificate confirming that no permission is needed. Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland apply their own rules, and the Republic of Ireland has a separate system.

## Can I build an annexe without planning permission under permitted development?

Rarely. Class E permitted development covers outbuildings required for a purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the house, such as a garden office or store, and the Planning Portal states it does not cover use as separate self-contained living accommodation. Sleeping accommodation for a relative is primary residential use, so a bedroom annexe is normally outside Class E even when it meets the height and coverage limits.

## How big can a granny annexe be?

There is no single size limit. Under Class E an outbuilding must keep eaves to 2.5 m, overall height to 4 m with a dual-pitched roof or 3 m otherwise, 2.5 m within 2 m of a boundary, and buildings may not cover more than 50% of the curtilage. A twin-unit structure meets the caravan definition only within 20 m by 6.8 m and 3.05 m internal height. An annexe granted planning permission is sized by the council's assessment of the plot and the relationship to the main house.

## What is the difference between an ancillary annexe and a separate dwelling?

An ancillary annexe has a functional link with the main house: same ownership, same curtilage, shared access, no subdivided garden, and occupation by family or non-paying guests. A separate dwelling is occupied independently, often with its own meters, address or access. Councils assess the intended use, not just the building, and grant ancillary annexes with a condition preventing separate occupation.

## Does a granny annexe need building regulations approval?

Normally yes. The small-outbuilding exemptions below 15 square metres and between 15 and 30 square metres apply only where the building contains no sleeping accommodation. An annexe with a bedroom is therefore within the regulations and is assessed by the buyer's building control route on the project drawings. Building regulations approval is separate from planning permission.

## Does Eurodita secure planning permission for an annexe?

No. Eurodita is the manufacturer and supplies the timber kit with the drawing set for each configured project. Planning, lawful development certificates, building control, foundations and utilities stay with the buyer, the dealer or the project team; installation is agreed per project. Where a project specifies it, a kit can be designed to Caravan Sites Act dimensions, without any certification or planning outcome being implied.

## Related pages

- Granny annexe floor plans: one and two bedroom layouts

## How to start a granny annexe project

Send the plot address, the intended occupant and the model or footprint in mind, with any pre-application response or certificate already held. Eurodita confirms the product route and, once the brief is configured, produces the drawing set for that project, so the buyer, dealer or project team has drawings to use before any planning route is confirmed and manufacture begins.

Send an annexe enquiry


---

# Planning permission for holiday log cabins
URL: https://eurodita.com/planning-permission-holiday-log-cabins/

## Planning permission for holiday log cabins in England: what an operator checks before buying

Holiday cabins in England: planning, licences and the business case

A holiday log cabin in England sits inside three legal systems: planning control, caravan site licensing, and the tax and building rules that follow the chosen route. Which applies depends less on the cabin's material than on what is done with it, where it stands, and whether it is a building or a caravan in law.

Send a park project brief Lodge procurement guide

This explainer sets out, with sources, what a park operator, a diversifying farm, a holiday-let investor or a dealer supplying them checks before a purchase. It summarises the position in England as at September 2026 and is not legal advice. Eurodita manufactures timber kits and does not obtain consents; nothing here claims that any product needs no permission. The commercial side is covered in the holiday park lodge procurement guide.

## At a glance

Default position: building something new or changing the use of land or a building normally needs planning permission.

Use classes: hotels are Class C1, dwellings Class C3; commercial holiday letting of a house can be a sui generis use, decided on fact and degree.

Proposed C5 class: announced in February 2024, not in force in England as at September 2026; a national short-term let register is due by March 2027.

Protected landscapes: NPPF policy N4 gives substantial weight to natural beauty; major development there should be refused other than in exceptional circumstances.

Caravan route: section 13 of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 extends the caravan definition to a twin-unit structure within set limits of size; its site licence needs planning permission first.

Farm rights: Class R allows up to 1,000 sq m of agricultural buildings to change to uses including C1; the 28-day and 60-day rules do not permit static caravans or cabins.

Occupancy and tax: holiday-use conditions ban sole or main residence and require an occupier register; business rates in England need 140 nights available and 70 let.

Manufacturer's role: Eurodita supplies the timber kit, joinery and drawings to a written brief; planning, site licence, foundations and utilities stay with the operator; installation is agreed per project.

## Does a holiday log cabin need planning permission?

GOV.UK states that planning permission is likely to be needed to build something new, to make a major change to a building, or to change its use, and that work done without it can be met with an enforcement notice. A holiday cabin project usually triggers at least one of the three: the cabin is a new structure, the land changes to holiday accommodation, or both.

The caravan route, covered below, does not remove planning control; it moves the question from the cabin to the land, which must hold permission as a caravan site before a licence can be issued. Anyone told that a timber cabin "needs no planning" should check with the local planning authority in writing. Eurodita gives no such assurance for any product; the granny annexe planning note applies the same caution to residential cabins.

## Change of use and the holiday-let use classes

The Use Classes Order 1987 groups uses so that moves within a class are not development. Class C1 is use as a hotel or as a boarding or guest house with no significant element of care; Class C3 is use of a dwellinghouse by a single household. Neither was written for self-catering lodges. In Moore v Secretary of State (2012) the Court of Appeal held that commercial holiday letting of a dwelling can be a material change of use from C3 to a sui generis use, as a matter of fact and degree, looking at the character of the use and its effect on the area.

The government consulted in 2023 on a new use class for short-term lets and said in February 2024 that it would introduce it. As at the sources checked in September 2026 the class had not been brought into force in England, and GOV.UK guidance describes the related national register as not yet in force; a parliamentary answer on 3 September 2026 was reported as putting the register fully operational by March 2027. Check GOV.UK and legislation.gov.uk before relying on either. None of this replaces the application for a purpose-built lodge site: its permission usually names the use directly, with conditions fixing it as holiday accommodation.

## Holiday cabins in a National Landscape (AONB) or National Park

A new National Planning Policy Framework was published on 17 August 2026. Policy N4 says development within Protected Landscapes, which include National Parks, the Broads and National Landscapes (the statutory name for areas of outstanding natural beauty), should be limited in scale and extent and sensitively located and designed, with substantial weight placed on conserving and enhancing their natural beauty. Major development there should be refused other than in exceptional circumstances and where it is shown to be in the public interest, tested against need, alternatives outside the designation and environmental effect. Whether a lodge scheme is major development is for the decision-maker. The December 2024 Framework used "great weight" for the same test; the 2026 wording is "substantial weight".

Policy S5 accepts development for rural businesses, including tourism, outside settlements only where such a location is shown to be necessary. These designations are also "article 2(3) land" under the General Permitted Development Order, which removes several permitted development rights, including Class Q. Pre-application advice from the National Park or district authority is the first purchase, before any cabin.

## The caravan route and site licences: why park lodges are usually caravans in law

Under section 29 of the Caravan Sites and Control of Development Act 1960 a caravan is any structure designed or adapted for human habitation which is capable of being moved from one place to another, excluding tents. Section 13 of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 extends this to a twin-unit structure of not more than two sections, assembled on site by bolts, clamps or other devices, provided it is physically capable of being moved by road when assembled and does not exceed 20 m in length, 6.8 m in width and 3.05 m in internal height. A structure outside that envelope falls outside the caravan-route assumption and is checked as a building-route project with the local planning authority and a building control adviser.

Land on which a caravan is stationed for human habitation is a caravan site, and section 1 of the 1960 Act prohibits its use without a site licence. Section 3(3) allows the licence to be issued if, and only if, the applicant holds planning permission for use of the land as a caravan site: permission first, licence second. Conditions follow the Model Standards 1989, which include five to six metre spacing between units, not more than sixty caravans per usable hectare and a fire point within thirty metres of every unit. Local authority guidance commonly treats the caravan unit itself as controlled through site licensing rather than the building regulations, but bases, services, drainage, amenity buildings and any non-caravan structure still need separate checking. A lodge that leaves the envelope, or is bolted from three sections, returns to the building route.

## Farm diversification: Class R, temporary campsite rights and what they do not cover

Class R of Part 3 of the General Permitted Development Order allows an agricultural building on an established agricultural unit to change to a flexible commercial use within Class B8, Class C1 hotels, Class E, Class F.2(c) outdoor recreation, limited Class B2 or agricultural training. Since 21 May 2024 the cumulative floor space that can change within one unit is 1,000 sq m, up from 500 sq m; buildings of up to 150 sq m need only a notification, larger ones prior approval. Class Q, the sister right for conversion to dwellings, is not available on article 2(3) land and delivers C3 dwellings, not holiday units.

The temporary rights are narrower still. Class B of Part 4 permits any use of land for up to 28 days a year but excludes the siting of any caravan other than a motorhome at a festival. Class BC, added on 26 July 2023, permits a recreational campsite for up to 60 days a year with not more than 50 pitches, for tents and motor caravans only. Neither right covers a static lodge or a timber cabin, so a farm that wants cabins needs an express permission or a Class R conversion of an existing barn to a C1 use. NPPF policy E4 supports diversification and facilities for rural leisure and tourism, which is the policy hook for the application, not a permission in itself.

## Occupancy conditions, business rates and the letting-days tests

Permission for holiday accommodation almost always carries an occupancy condition. East Riding of Yorkshire Council's model conditions expect three elements: the accommodation is occupied for holiday purposes only; it is not occupied as a person's sole or main place of residence; and the operator maintains a register of the occupants' main place of residence, available for inspection. The Model Standards 1989 add a limit of twenty-eight days' occupation by the same person in thirty-six consecutive days.

The tax test is separate. In England, since 1 April 2023, a self-catering property is rated for business rates instead of council tax only if it was available to let commercially for 140 nights in a 12-month period, was actually let for 70 nights, and the owner intends to make it available for at least 140 nights in the following 12 months. Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland differ and are outside this page: Wales requires 252 nights available and 182 let; Scotland has required a short-term let licence since 2022; Northern Ireland requires a Tourism NI certificate under the Tourism (Northern Ireland) Order 1992.

## From plan to business case: what an operator prepares before asking a manufacturer

The plan for a log cabin business is paperwork before it is timber. A manufacturer can quote accurately only when the operator can state the site and its planning status, the number of units, the route, the utilities at the pitches, the trading season and the unit specification. A building-regulations project needs foundations, insulation and services approved through a local authority or registered building control approver; a caravan-route project needs units inside the 1968 Act envelope and a layout inside the Model Standards.

| Item | What to have ready | Why it changes the specification

| Site and designation | Address, ownership, whether in a National Landscape, National Park, flood zone or conservation area | Sets the policy test and removes some permitted development rights

| Planning status | Existing permission and conditions, pre-application advice, or application timetable | Decides whether units must be caravans in law or buildings

| Number of units | First phase and full scheme, with pitch layout to the spacing and density standards | Fixes freight loads, unloading sequence and phasing of the quotation

| Utilities | Electricity capacity, water, foul drainage or treatment plant, heating fuel | Determines service entries and whether insulation and heating are specified

| Target season | Year-round letting or a closed period fixed by condition | Drives wall build-up, glazing and heating brief

| Unit specification | Bedrooms, external footprint, wall system, joinery, finish | The written brief the quotation is priced against

## What Eurodita supplies and what stays with the operator

Eurodita, a timber building manufacturer in Lithuania, manufacturing timber buildings since 1994, supplies the factory package: wall logs, floor and roof structure and own timber joinery, packed flat with 2D CAD drawings, elevations with external dimensions, a 3D visual and the specification for the configured project. The families used on holiday sites are mobile log homes and lodges in glulam with one to four bedrooms, which can be designed to caravan dimensions where the operator specifies them, residential log cabins for building-regulations projects, twin-skin cabins with a cavity for locally bought insulation, and catalogue cabins for ancillary buildings. Structural calculations, where required, are performed by external specialists.

Every order is quoted in writing, in EUR, excluding VAT and delivery, EXW Eurodita factory by default; there is no price list, no published lead time, no U-value for a finished building and no certification claim, and Eurodita does not say that any building is exempt from planning or building control. Planning permission, the site licence, classification, foundations, insulation material, utilities and site works remain with the operator, its dealer or its project team, installation is agreed per project, and the quotation states that split. Eurodita supplies the technical data it holds to support the operator's own application; it does not make the application or promise its outcome.

## Frequently asked questions

## Do holiday log cabins need planning permission in England?

Usually yes. GOV.UK states that building something new or changing the use of land or a building normally needs planning permission, and a holiday cabin project typically does one or both. A lodge that is a caravan in law still needs the land to hold planning permission for use as a caravan site before a site licence can be issued. Eurodita does not state that any of its products is exempt; the route is confirmed with the local planning authority for each site.

## What is the difference between a holiday cabin that is a building and one that is a caravan in law?

Section 13 of the Caravan Sites Act 1968 extends the caravan definition to a twin-unit structure of not more than two sections, assembled on site by bolts, clamps or other devices, provided it is physically capable of being moved by road when assembled and does not exceed 20 m in length, 6.8 m in width and 3.05 m in internal height. Such a structure is then controlled through a caravan site licence rather than the building regulations. A structure outside that envelope, or made of more than two sections, falls outside the caravan-route assumption and is checked as a building-route project with the local planning authority and building control.

## Has the C5 short-term let use class come into force in England?

Not as at the sources checked in September 2026. The government consulted on a new use class and permitted development rights in 2023 and announced in February 2024 that it would introduce them; GOV.UK guidance still describes the related national register of short-term lets as not yet in force, and a parliamentary answer on 3 September 2026 was reported as putting it fully operational by March 2027. Check GOV.UK and legislation.gov.uk for the current position before relying on either.

## Can I put holiday cabins on farmland under the 28-day or 60-day rules?

No. Class B of Part 4 of the General Permitted Development Order allows temporary uses for 28 days a year but excludes siting any caravan other than a motorhome at a festival. Class BC allows a recreational campsite for 60 days a year with up to 50 pitches, for tents and motor caravans only, with annual notification and toilet and waste facilities. A static lodge or timber cabin needs an express permission or, for an existing barn, a Class R change to a C1 hotel use within the 1,000 sq m limit.

## When does a holiday cabin pay business rates instead of council tax?

In England, since 1 April 2023, a self-catering unit is rated for business rates only if it was available to let commercially for 140 nights in a 12-month period, was actually let for 70 nights in that period, and the owner intends to make it available for at least 140 nights in the following 12 months. Wales uses 252 nights available and 182 nights let. Planning occupancy conditions, which ban use as a sole or main residence and require an occupier register, are a separate test.

## What does Eurodita supply for a holiday cabin project and what does it not do?

Eurodita manufactures the timber kit: wall logs, floor and roof structure, own timber joinery, flat packed with drawings and specification, quoted in writing in EUR EXW Eurodita factory. Mobile log homes in glulam can be designed to caravan dimensions where the operator specifies them. Planning permission, the site licence, classification, foundations, insulation material, utilities and building control remain with the operator or project team, installation is agreed per project, and Eurodita publishes no prices, lead times, finished-building U-values or certification claims.

## Related pages

- Cabin Project Qualification for UK Short-Let Buyers

- Mobile log homes vs static log cabins: caravan route or building route

- Mobile Home and Cabin Project Route for Holiday Parks

- Glamping Site Log Cabins: What the Operator Settles First

## How to start a holiday cabin project

Settle the route with the planning authority first, then send Eurodita the site, its planning status, the number of units, the utilities, the target season and the unit specification. The reply is a technical and commercial response and, where the project fits, a quotation with drawings.

Send a park project brief

Holiday cabins in England Send a park project brief


---

# Construction guides
URL: https://eurodita.com/construction-guides/

## Timber Construction Guides for B2B Dealers

Technical resource index from Eurodita for B2B dealers, distributors and builders. The linked guides provide general topic context; the selected product, project brief, local professional review and written order documentation control each project.

For B2B dealers: Use these guides to frame product and project questions before a written quotation. Review Dealer Programme | Dealer economics | Golf simulator cabins

## Does Eurodita provide construction guides for B2B log cabin dealers?

Yes. This hub indexes general guides for B2B dealers, distributors and builders across foundation, roofing, insulation, wall-profile, material, heating, ventilation, maintenance and regulatory topics. The applicable product specification, project review and order documentation must still be confirmed for the selected project.

## Building Regulations & Planning Permission

Educational context for regulatory and planning questions in the UK and Europe. Dealers must verify the applicable requirements for the project with the relevant authority or appointed professional.

- UK Building Regulations for Timber Structures 2026

- Log Cabin Building Regulations UK 2026

- Log Cabin Building Regulations EU Country Guide 2026

- Granny Annexe Planning Regulations 2026

- Granny Annexe Planning Permission UK 2026

- Garden Office Planning Permission UK 2026

- Log Cabin Planning Permission UK

- Timber Building Fire Regulations Europe

- EU Timber Regulation (EUDR) 2026 Compliance Guide

- EU Energy Performance Directive (EPBD) for Timber Dealers

## Insulation & Thermal Performance

Guide index for thermal, insulation and energy-performance questions. The selected assembly and project review control any product-specific figure.

- Log Cabin Insulation & Wall Thickness Thermal Guide

- Log Cabin Insulation Guide for Year-Round Use

- Garden Office Insulation Guide for B2B Partners

- Thermal Performance of Timber Structures

- Year-Round Garden Office: Twin Skin Construction

## Wall Thickness & Timber Grades

Guide index for comparing product-specific wall profiles, solid timber and glulam routes before the selected model and material scope are confirmed.

- Glulam Wall Profiles Guide: 70mm to 220mm

- Choosing Wall Thickness for Log Cabins

- Glulam Construction B2B Manufacturing Guide

## Foundations

Guide index for foundation questions that must be resolved against the structure, ground conditions and appointed project design.

- Log Cabin Foundation Types, Dealer Guide

## Roofing & Weatherproofing

Guide index for roof, membrane and weatherproofing questions; the supplied roof scope is confirmed for the selected model and order.

- Log Cabin Roof Options, Specification Guide

- Weatherproofing Techniques for All-Season Cabins

- Roofing Materials for Garden Buildings

- How to Choose a Roof Pitch

- Best Roofing Materials for Long-Lasting Cabins

- Roofing Warranties and Upkeep

- Innovative Roof and Wall Panel Technologies

## Assembly & Construction Process

Guide index for assembly and construction-process questions. Available assembly information and responsibilities are confirmed in the written order scope.

- Log Cabin Self-Build Assembly Guide

- The Log Cabin Construction Process

- Modular Log Cabin Construction: What a Factory-Made Kit Gives the Buyer

- Timber Frame vs Log Cabin Construction

- How Kit Homes Simplify Construction

- Architect & Timber Construction Collaboration Guide

## See how an order-specific glulam drawing pack is controlled

Eurodita 220 mm technical evidence module uses sanitised excerpts from an actual Eurodita-owned production and assembly pack. Architects, dealers and installers can review the drawing index, revision boundary, component-identification examples and the information required before a project is ready for technical review.

- Real order-specific corner, opening, finishing, assembly, floor and roof drawing evidence.

- Clear Eurodita, designer, installer and local-review responsibility boundaries.

- No transferable construction dimensions, bill of materials, cut list or unsupported performance claim.

Review the controlled 220 mm glulam evidence pack

## Heating & Ventilation

Guide index for heating and ventilation questions that require product, climate, use and appointed-project review.

- Ventilation Tips for Garden Buildings

## Maintenance & Protection

Guide index for maintenance and protection topics; product-specific treatment, warranty and maintenance terms remain written and order-specific.

- Fire Resistance of Laminated Log Houses

- Preventing Dampness Before Construction

- Log Cabin Maintenance Guide for Dealer Support

## Construction Materials & Methods

Guide index for comparing timber materials and construction methods before the exact material, build-up and documentation scope are confirmed.

- Glulam vs Solid Timber for Residential Construction

- Benefits of Engineered Timber

- Eco-Friendly Timber Sourcing

- Benefits of Timber Frame Construction

## Start Your Dealer Partnership

Eurodita provides these resources to help B2B dealers and distributors prepare product and project questions. The drawings, specifications and technical documents included in an order are confirmed in writing; no active-country count or blanket technical-backing promise applies.

- Log Cabin Dealer Programme

- Partner onboarding guide

- Dealer margin and business model guide

- Why private-label beats dropshipping


---

# Dealer resources
URL: https://eurodita.com/dealer-resources/

## Dealer Resources, B2B Partner Hub

Practical guides and technical documentation for log cabin and timber building dealers across Europe. Eurodita has supplied B2B partners on a private-label basis since 1994.

Since 1994

Manufacturing: ≈ 12,000.

Units / Year: ≈ 5,000 m².

Covered facility: ≈ 150,000 m³.

Timber per year

## Getting Started as a Log Cabin Dealer

From manufacturer selection to first sale, guides covering everything a new or growing timber building dealer needs to know.

How a Dealer Relationship with Eurodita Starts

Qualification, the first order, the written quotation, private-label branding and the delivery basis.

Eurodita for German Trade Partners, in German

Product families, wall profiles, documents and the B2B enquiry for German trade partners, on a page in German.

How to Choose a Log Cabin Manufacturer

10 questions every dealer must ask before committing to a wholesale supply relationship.

## Technical and Product Guides

Specifications, construction types, U-values, building regulations, the technical knowledge that separates expert dealers.

Glulam vs Traditional Log Cabins: Technical Guide

Structural strength, settling, U-values, pricing, and market preferences by country.

Log Cabin Building Regulations: EU Country Guide 2026

Permit thresholds for Germany, France, Netherlands, Belgium, Scandinavia, and UK.

Log Cabin Building Regulations UK 2026

Permitted development rights, planning thresholds, building regulations England, Scotland, Wales.

Garden Office Planning Permission UK 2026

Everything your UK customers need to know before ordering a garden office or studio.

## The Eurodita Partner Programme

Manufacturing in Lithuania since 1994, for trade partners in a number of markets. Private-label supply: your brand, our manufacturing.

No Single Fixed Minimum
Order scope is confirmed per quote, product line and partner account.

Bespoke Quote Support
CAD/3D review is included where applicable when the project brief is complete.

Documented timber + project documentation
Project-scoped construction documentation. Timber from Nordic forests, with sourcing documentation confirmed per order where the supplier documentation supports it.

EU Logistics from the Eurodita factory
Road-freight timing is confirmed per route, load plan and delivery point.

Apply to Become a Dealer

## Frequently Asked Questions for Dealers

How is dealer order scope confirmed?

Order scope is confirmed per quote. Standard catalogue orders, mixed loads and bespoke projects depend on product line, partner account and project brief. Complete bespoke briefs are normally prepared per enquiry, including CAD/3D review where applicable.

Do you supply log cabins under my own brand?

Yes. Eurodita operates a fully private-label supply model. Quotations, drawings and documentation can carry the partner's brand, as agreed per order. Dealers can present the finished offer under their own brand.

What countries does Eurodita supply to?

Eurodita exports from its plant in Lithuania and supplies B2B partners in a number of markets. Product scope, documents and freight route are confirmed per order.

What product documentation does Eurodita provide?

Eurodita provides available sourcing documentation for the confirmed order, and project or product technical data for dealer, client and appointed-professional review where agreed per order. Certification or compliance status depends on product line and destination-market route.

How long does production and freight planning take?

Standard garden-cabin production timing is confirmed in the written quotation before EXW factory release. Bespoke and glulam project timing is confirmed in the written quotation before EXW release. Freight timing is confirmed per route, load plan and delivery point.

## Related pages

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Log cabin base size by model: external footprint of every Eurodita model

- Reading a Eurodita quotation: what each line means


---

# Certification and order documentation
URL: https://eurodita.com/certifications/

## Eurodita Certification and Documentation Reference

This page explains the sourcing and technical documentation that may be available for a confirmed Eurodita order. It is a B2B reference, not a certificate register, regulatory approval or substitute for the dealer's, designer's or local authority's own project review.

Documentation scope is confirmed per order according to the product line, destination market and agreed project brief.

Reference topics on this page include:

- Timber sourcing documentation

- EUDR as an EU sourcing framework

- Glulam and project technical documentation

- Destination-market standards where relevant to the confirmed order

- Available technical data for dealer, designer or local-authority review

## Timber Sourcing, FSC Chain-of-Custody

Eurodita does not hold its own FSC chain-of-custody certificate for its Lithuanian production route. Timber is purchased from suppliers that operate certified supply chains, and their certificate codes are not published by Eurodita. The appropriate order documentation and reference route are confirmed in the dealer or project file.

FSC chain of custody is a procurement framework that may be relevant to a dealer's tender or project requirements. The buyer or project team determines the evidence required for its own route.

Timber sourcing: Eurodita uses Northern European timber for its non-glulam products and engineered glulam timber for its glulam range. Available sourcing and product documentation is confirmed for the specific order.

Documentation per order: the order file can include timber sourcing documentation, material information and other documentation where agreed for dealer, architect, procurement or local-authority review.

Correction to earlier press releases. Press releases issued on 27 January 2026 and 10 February 2026 described the timber as FSC-certified and quoted an on-time delivery rate, a number of dealer partners and lead times. Eurodita withdraws those statements. Eurodita does not hold its own FSC or PEFC chain-of-custody certificate and publishes no partner counts, delivery rates or lead times. The documentation and schedule for a specific order are confirmed at quotation.

## EUDR Due Diligence Support

The EU Deforestation Regulation, EUDR, is a regulatory framework that can affect wood-product supply chains. The applicable responsibilities and evidence route depend on each party's supply-chain role and the confirmed transaction.

Eurodita support: Eurodita can provide available sourcing documentation on request, such as species information, country or region of harvest where available, supplier compliance information and HS-code mapping. This support is confirmed per order and is not a blanket public compliance guarantee. The relevant operator remains responsible for its own due-diligence route.

## Manufacturing and Project Documentation

Eurodita confirms available manufacturing and project documentation against the requirements identified for the product line, destination market and confirmed project brief.

Glulam project documentation is scoped to the intended use, destination market and order specification. Where required, the technical file can identify available material and production information for dealer, client or local-authority review.

CE and UKCA marking: Eurodita products do not carry CE or UKCA marking. These marks are discussed only as destination-market frameworks. Dealers must identify documentation needs at order placement so the technical team can confirm the available documentation scope.

Structural review: Eurocode or other structural frameworks may be relevant to an engineered or bespoke project. The dealer or project team is responsible for confirming the final review route with the relevant designer, engineer or local authority.

Production documentation: the confirmed manufacturing file records the agreed product specification. Any additional technical data or tolerances are confirmed per order.

## Mobile and Park-Home Documentation

Mobile log cabin and park-home projects may require different documentation depending on intended use, site context, specification, destination market and local review. A category name, model dimension or product drawing does not by itself establish a regulatory or market-access route.

Where a project references BS 3632:2023, BS EN 1647:2026 or another standard, the dealer or project team must confirm the applicable route and evidence requirements before sale positioning. Eurodita can review the available product and project documentation scope for the confirmed order.

## Destination-country building regulations

Where a Eurodita structure is reviewed as a building rather than a caravan or garden structure, the applicable route depends on the destination market, intended use, site context and local-authority review.

Eurodita can provide available technical data for the confirmed wall, roof, floor, doors and windows where required for dealer, designer or local-authority review. Fire, accessibility, electrical connection and final regulatory requirements must be defined and validated by the relevant project professionals and authorities.

## Warranty documentation

Eurodita offers a warranty confirmed in the order documentation. Eligibility, scope, exclusions, installation and maintenance requirements are those stated in the confirmed order-specific warranty documentation.

## Order documentation for dealers

Order documentation is confirmed per order and is designed to support the dealer's project file or end-client handover.

Depending on the confirmed package, available documentation can include:

- Timber sourcing documentation with an order-specific reference

- Glulam and product documentation scope confirmed per order

- Destination-market standard cross-reference where relevant

- Project technical data or structural-review documents where agreed

- Assembly instructions and production drawings where included in the confirmed order package

- Warranty documentation supplied with the confirmed order package

- Available EUDR sourcing records to support the relevant operator's due-diligence file, with the exact dataset confirmed per order

Private-label option: where agreed, selected documentation can be prepared for the dealer's identity and end-customer handover process. The final scope is confirmed with the order package.

## Using order documentation in sales

Documentation helps a dealer present a confirmed product specification accurately. Dealers should use only the evidence included in the agreed order file and should not make blanket certification, marking or regulatory-compliance claims.

- Tender and quotation: reference only the sourcing or technical documentation confirmed for the specific order.

- Project review: share available technical data with the dealer, designer, engineer or local authority where the project brief requires it.

- End-customer handover: provide the agreed order documents, installation information and warranty documentation with the confirmed package.

## Frequently Asked Questions

## How does Eurodita document timber sourcing?

Eurodita does not hold its own FSC chain-of-custody certificate for its Lithuanian production route. Timber is purchased from suppliers that operate certified supply chains, and their certificate codes are not published by Eurodita. The appropriate order documentation and reference route are confirmed per order.

## How is glulam documentation scoped for projects?

Glulam documentation is scoped to the product line, destination market and confirmed order requirements. Available technical data and project files are agreed at order placement.

## How are destination-market requirements handled?

The required route depends on intended use, site context, specification and the evidence required by the project. Dealers should confirm their destination-market requirements at order placement so the available documentation scope can be agreed before sale positioning.

## Does Eurodita provide CE or UKCA marking?

No. Eurodita products do not carry CE or UKCA marking. Destination-market documentation requirements must be identified at order placement.

## How does Eurodita support EUDR due diligence?

Eurodita can provide available sourcing information on request to support the relevant operator's due-diligence file. The exact dataset and formal route depend on the supply-chain role and are confirmed per order.

## How are thermal values handled for project review?

Thermal performance depends on the confirmed wall profile, roof, floor, doors and windows, detailing and installation route. Eurodita can provide available technical data for dealer, designer or local-authority review where the project brief requires it.

## Are structural documents available with bespoke orders?

Where required, project-specific structural documentation can be reviewed and confirmed per order. The dealer or project team validates final requirements before sale positioning.

## Can dealer customers receive documentation under their brand?

Selected documentation can be prepared for the dealer's identity where agreed in the confirmed order package.

## What warranty documents can dealers provide to customers?

Dealers should use the warranty documentation and maintenance guidance included in the confirmed order package rather than making blanket warranty claims.

## Request B2B Documentation Support

Eurodita supports private-label B2B partners with supplier sourcing documentation and order-specific sourcing and technical documentation. Documentation scope is confirmed per order, with dealer-brandable files where agreed.

Request a quotation

Do Eurodita products carry CE or UKCA marking?

No. Eurodita products do not carry CE or UKCA marking. These marks may be relevant to a destination-market assessment, but they must not be described as Eurodita certification, product approval or blanket conformity. Documentation requirements should be identified before the quotation and order scope are confirmed.

Is Eurodita certified to EN 14080?

No certification claim is made. EN 14080 is referenced only as a glulam product-standard framework that may be relevant to a defined project. Available material, production or technical documentation is reviewed against the product, destination and agreed brief; final conformity or approval routes remain project-specific.

How can Eurodita support EUDR due diligence?

Eurodita can share the sourcing and order documentation it holds for a specific order; the exact scope is confirmed per order. Eurodita does not supply a due-diligence statement, geolocation data or harvest-origin dataset as a standard deliverable, and does not hold a chain-of-custody certificate of its own. The relevant operator remains responsible for its own EUDR route and final file.

Do BS 3632:2023 or BS EN 1647:2026 references prove compliance?

No. These standards are destination-market frameworks that may be relevant to mobile or park-home projects. A category name, model dimension or product drawing does not prove compliance. The intended use, site, specification and evidence route must be defined, and the available order documentation then confirmed.

What documentation is supplied with an order?

The written quotation and order define the package. Depending on scope, it may include approved drawings, material information, assembly instructions, component or packing labels, technical data, warranty documents and logistics records. Anything not expressly confirmed remains outside the supplied documentation package until agreed in writing.

How are product, order and after-sales conditions confirmed?

Product, order and after-sales conditions are confirmed in writing for each project in the quotation, order confirmation and applicable product documentation. Please contact Eurodita for the documentation relevant to your confirmed order.

Who validates local compliance and project approval?

The dealer, buyer or appointed project team identifies the intended-use, planning, building-control, structural, fire, accessibility, electrical and other local requirements. Eurodita confirms the factory and documentation scope written into the quotation. Final design review, approval and site compliance remain with the relevant professionals and authorities.


---

# Shipping and factory release
URL: https://eurodita.com/shipping-delivery-policy-log-cabins/

## B2B Timber Building Shipping and Factory Release

Plan the responsibility boundary before a timber building order leaves the Eurodita factory. This page explains the standard EXW route, when delivered options may be considered, and the project information needed to review freight, documentation and release.

Our standard terms are EXW (Ex Works). Delivered options, including DAP or DDP, can be arranged for selected markets and projects; terms are agreed individually per order.

Discuss an Order and Route

Review Factory Responsibilities

## Choose the responsibility route in writing

Incoterms® define responsibilities between seller and buyer, but the quotation and order must still identify the named place and the services included. Eurodita does not treat a destination country alone as a confirmed delivery commitment.

## EXW: the standard route

Eurodita makes the confirmed order available at the agreed factory-release point in Lithuania. The buyer or appointed forwarder normally arranges the carrier and onward route.

## DAP: selected orders only

A delivered-to-place route may be considered for a selected market and project. The named destination, transport scope, import responsibility and unloading boundary must be written into the order.

## DDP: selected orders only

A delivered-duty-paid route carries a materially wider seller responsibility. Eurodita offers it only where the destination, importer position, taxes, customs feasibility and commercial terms can be confirmed for that order.

## What Eurodita prepares, and what the buyer must plan

## Eurodita confirms per order

- Manufacture against the approved specification

- Factory checks, packing and component marking included in the order

- Agreed commercial and export documentation

- Release readiness, named factory point and loading arrangement

- Any delivered services expressly included in writing

## Buyer and appointed parties manage

- Accurate destination, importer and contact information

- Carrier booking and onward freight under EXW

- Import, duties and local taxes where assigned to the buyer

- Insurance where required, unloading and site access

- Storage, installation, local approvals and end-customer coordination

## Factory release is a controlled handover

## Information required before route review

- Destination country and precise named place

- Order quantity, package or load information when available

- Road, sea or combined transport preference

- Site access, vehicle and unloading constraints

- Importer and customs-agent details where relevant

- Requested documents and target factory timing

Missing route information may prevent a reliable freight scope or delivered quotation.

## From confirmed order to onward delivery

Manufacturing readiness and transport transit are separate schedules. A factory-release date is not a promise of arrival at the final site.

## 1. Confirm the commercial order

Product scope, specification, quantity, pricing and responsibility boundary are accepted in writing.

## 2. Confirm release inputs

Eurodita and the buyer close required drawings, documentation, destination and carrier information.

## 3. Manufacture, check and pack

The order is produced, checked, packed and marked according to the written factory scope.

## 4. Coordinate collection or carriage

The responsible party books the carrier and confirms the collection date, equipment and named handover point.

## 5. Release from the factory

The prepared order and agreed documents are handed over under the confirmed Incoterm and loading arrangement.

## 6. Manage onward delivery

Freight, borders, unloading, site storage and installation follow the responsibilities assigned in the written order.

## Timing must be confirmed for the exact route

Eurodita confirms manufacturing and factory-release timing against the order. Freight transit, customs processing and final-mile arrival depend on the destination, carrier, border requirements, weather, access and the responsibilities assigned by the Incoterm.

Do not schedule installers, lifting equipment or customer handover from an estimated factory date alone. Use the confirmed carrier plan and written order milestones.

Send Logistics Details

Review Bespoke Supply

## Delivery information by destination

What applies to a shipment depends on where it is going. The pages below set out the supply route and the commercial terms for each destination Eurodita publishes information for. EXW Eurodita factory is the default basis unless a specific quotation or order states otherwise, and the terms for any individual order are the ones written into that order.

## Shipping and factory-release questions

## What are Eurodita standard shipping terms?

Our standard terms are EXW (Ex Works). Delivered options, including DAP or DDP, can be arranged for selected markets and projects; terms are agreed individually per order.

## Can Eurodita arrange DAP or DDP?

Yes, delivered options including DAP or DDP may be considered for selected markets and projects. The named place, included services, costs and responsibility boundary must be agreed in writing for the individual order.

## Does EXW include transport to the destination?

No. Under Eurodita standard EXW factory-release route, the buyer or its appointed forwarder arranges onward transport from the named factory-release point unless different delivered terms are agreed in writing.

## Who books the carrier under EXW?

The buyer or its appointed forwarder normally selects and books the carrier under EXW. Collection details and the factory-release point are coordinated against the confirmed order.

## Who manages import clearance, duties and local taxes?

The written Incoterm and order assign these responsibilities. Under the standard EXW route, the buyer, importer or appointed customs agent manages destination import formalities, duties and local taxes.

## What information is needed for a logistics review?

Provide the destination country and precise delivery or collection point, order quantity, intended transport mode, site access and unloading constraints, importer details where relevant, required documentation and target timing.

## When can collection be booked?

Collection is coordinated after the order, specification, factory scope and release readiness are confirmed. The collection date, carrier and loading arrangement remain specific to the order.

## Are manufacturing and transit times the same?

No. Manufacturing and factory-release timing are confirmed separately from freight transit, customs and final-mile timing. Route, carrier, border processes, weather and site access can affect onward transport.

## Related pages

- Order and After-Sales Documentation

- Eurodita Certification and Documentation Reference

- What Eurodita does not do: scope, pricing and supply boundaries

- Reading a Eurodita quotation: what each line means

- What is in a Eurodita kit, and what is not


---

# Дървени къщи за живеене, директно от производителя
URL: https://eurodita.com/bg-market/darveni-kashti/

## Дървени къщи за живеене, директно от производителя

Дървени къщи за живеене и по поръчка

Търсите дървена къща за живеене, за семейството или за почивка? Eurodita произвежда дървени сгради в собствения си завод в Литва от 1994 г. Стените и дървените прозорци и врати се произвеждат в един и същ завод, където се изготвят и чертежите на проекта: разпределението, дебелината на стените и местата на прозорците уточнявате директно с производителя.

Изпратете запитване Eurodita в България

Нашите жилищни дървени къщи са с една до четири спални, на един или два етажа. Освен каталожните модели произвеждаме дървени къщи по поръчка, вили и бунгала по Ваша скица или по проект на архитект. Цената, чертежите и 3D визуализацията изготвяме в собствената си система за изчисление и проектиране.

Не публикуваме ценоразпис. За всяка къща изготвяме писмена оферта според размерите, избраната стенна система и договорената доставка.

## Накратко

Производител: Eurodita произвежда дървени сгради в собствения си завод в Литва от 1994 г.

Жилищни модели: къщи с една до четири спални, къщи с двойна стена Twin Skin, едноетажни бунгала от слепена дървесина и проекти по поръчка.

По поръчка: цената, 2D CAD чертежите, 3D визуализацията и предложението се изготвят заедно в системата за изчисление и проектиране на Eurodita; затова офертата обикновено идва бързо.

Стени: масивна дървесина от 19 до 70 mm, Twin Skin от 44-50-44 до 58-100-58 mm, слепена дървесина от 70 x 130 до 220 x 260 mm. Модел от масивна дървесина може да се изработи във всеки от профилите 28, 34, 44, 58 и 70 mm, а модел от слепена дървесина във всеки профил от слепена дървесина. Профилът 19 mm се използва само при моделите, които са с него в каталога.

Разрешение: според Закона за устройство на територията строежи могат да се извършват само ако са разрешени; разрешението за строеж се издава от главния архитект на общината.

Оферта: писмена, в евро, EXW завод Eurodita, без ДДС и без транспорт; доставката може да се изчисли отделно.

Начин на покупка: за по-големите жилищни къщи можем да дадем оферта и директно на частни клиенти след оценка на проекта. За всеки проект уточняваме дали доставката е директна или чрез търговски партньор.

## Дървени къщи за живеене: модели с една до четири спални

Нашите жилищни къщи се използват като основно жилище, къща за член на семейството и къща за почивка. Вътрешното разпределение с баня, кухня и складови пространства се уточнява в чертежите на проекта преди производството. Таблицата показва семействата модели и размерите, които каталогът предлага днес:

| Семейство | Стени в каталога | Външни размери в каталога | Бележки

| Къщи с 1 спалня | масивна 44 или 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | от 5,85 x 4,1 m до 7 x 10,3 m | едноетажни, някои модели с мансарда

| Къщи с 2 спални | масивна 44 или 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | от 6 x 5,8 m до 10,1 x 8 m | едноетажни

| Къщи с 3 спални | масивна 44, 58 или 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | от 10 x 6 m до 12 x 7 m; на два етажа 8,45 x 7,6 m | почти всички едноетажни, един модел на два етажа

| Къщи с 4 спални | масивна 58 или 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | от 8,45 x 7,6 m (два етажа) до 16 x 9 m | на един или два етажа

| Къщи Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm в каталога, четири налични изпълнения | от 4 x 3 m до 16 x 9 m | от градинска къщичка до къща с 4 спални

| Бунгала от слепена дървесина | слепена дървесина от 70 x 130 до 220 x 260 mm | от 8 x 5 m до 20 x 7 m | едноетажни, с една до четири спални, и за къмпинги и глемпинг

| Къщи от слепена дървесина | слепена дървесина от 70 x 130 до 220 x 260 mm | например от 10,7 x 7,6 m до 16,68 x 22,67 m | на един и на два етажа

| Къщи по поръчка | масивна, Twin Skin или слепена дървесина | по Вашия проект | изпълнимостта се проверява за всеки проект

Всички размери са външни и съответстват на каталога от септември 2026 г. Те не са ограничения: разпределението и размерите се адаптират в проект по поръчка, а модел от масивна дървесина може да се изработи във всеки от профилите 28, 34, 44, 58 и 70 mm, а модел от слепена дървесина във всеки профил от слепена дървесина, с потвърждение в офертата. Страниците на моделите засега са на английски език.

## Дървена къща по поръчка: от Вашия проект до комплекта

Дървената къща по поръчка може да започне от идея, от ръчна скица или от пълния проект на архитекта. Независимо дали става дума за жилище, вила, бунгало или друга сграда, я разработваме в системата за изчисление и проектиране, която Eurodita създаде за собствените си сгради и използва при реалните запитвания и оферти на клиентите. Процесът е следният:

- Запитване със скица или проект: за начало е достатъчна скица; посочете, ако вече ги знаете, местата на прозорците и вратите, дебелината на стената и височините на сградата.

- Преглед на производствените възможности: разглеждаме чертежите, за да установим какво се произвежда като конструкция от масивна дървесина, Twin Skin или слепена дървесина, каква стена е подходяща и какви прозорци и врати са необходими.

- Цена, чертежи и 3D наведнъж: изчисляването на цената, 2D CAD чертежите с оразмерени разпределения и фасади, 3D визуализацията и предложението в PDF се изготвят заедно в една и съща система. Затова офертата обикновено идва бързо.

- Писмена оферта: в евро, EXW завод Eurodita, без ДДС и без транспорт, с техническите данни на проекта и списъка на прозорците и вратите.

- Производство: след Вашето одобрение произвеждаме дървената конструкция в завода на Eurodita по договорените чертежи.

Ползата за Вас: виждате къщата начертана и изчислена, преди да решите, а офертата се актуализира при всяка промяна до Вашето писмено одобрение. Когато е необходимо конструктивно изчисление, то се изготвя от външни специалисти. Проверяваме изпълнимостта за всеки проект и не посочваме обща максимална големина. Проектът, разрешенията и проверките остават за Вас и Вашия проектант.

## Стените на дървените къщи: масивна дървесина, Twin Skin или слепена дървесина

Стената се избира според начина на ползване на къщата и според проекта като цяло. Eurodita произвежда три стенни системи:

- Масивна дървесина: стенни греди с дебелина 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 и 70 mm в един слой. Жилищните къщи в каталога използват 44, 58 и 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (двойна стена): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 и 58-100-58 mm, тоест външен слой, междинно пространство и вътрешен слой с еднаква дебелина. Междинното пространство е предвидено за изолация, която се купува на място. Ширината на пространството не е спецификация на изолацията.

- Слепена дървесина (glulam): профили 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 и 220 x 260 mm. Слепената дървесина се произвежда в завода на Eurodita: лепи се, профилира се и се обработва там.

Модел от масивна дървесина може да се изработи във всеки от профилите 28, 34, 44, 58 и 70 mm, а модел от слепена дървесина във всеки профил от слепена дървесина; наличността за Вашата къща се потвърждава в офертата. Не посочваме топлинните характеристики на завършената къща: дебелината на стената сама по себе си не определя енергийните характеристики на сградата. Проектантът определя подходящата стенна система за цялата къща.

## Какво съдържа комплектът на дървената къща и какво не

Комплектът включва дървената конструкция на къщата, произведена по чертежите на Вашата поръчка:

- стените от масивна дървесина, Twin Skin или слепена дървесина

- дървената конструкция на пода и покрива, подготвена за изолация, където е необходимо

- дървените прозорци и врати от собствено производство според поръчката

- фрезовани в завода канали за кабели, ако са предвидени в поръчката

- чертежите и документите на поръчката

Не са част от стандартния комплект:

- изолационните материали

- покривното покритие, ако не е поръчано

- основите

- присъединяванията и електрическите, водопроводните, канализационните и газовите инсталации

- монтажът

Монтажът и неговата организация се договарят за всеки проект. Основите, присъединяванията и инсталациите планирайте с фирми и специалисти от Вашия район. Цената зависи от външните размери, стената, броя на етажите, прозорците и вратите и договорената доставка: затова няма ценоразпис, а писмена оферта за Вашата къща.

## Строеж на дървена къща в България: какво казва ЗУТ

Според чл. 148, ал. 1 и 2 от Закона за устройство на територията (обн. ДВ, бр. 1 от 2001 г., последно изм. ДВ, бр. 87 от 2025 г.) строежи могат да се извършват само ако са разрешени съгласно закона, а разрешението за строеж се издава от главния архитект на общината. Дървената къща е сграда като всяка друга, независимо от конструктивната система. Чл. 147, ал. 1 изброява изключенията, при които не се изисква одобряване на инвестиционни проекти за издаване на разрешение за строеж.

За градински постройки законът разграничава няколко случая. Според чл. 147, ал. 1, т. 1 за постройките на допълващото застрояване, с изключение на тези за производство, обществено обслужване или търговия, не се изисква одобряване на инвестиционен проект, но разрешение за строеж е необходимо; то се издава по заявление, след представяне на проектно решение от инженер-конструктор и другите документи по чл. 147, ал. 2. Второстепенните постройки на допълващото застрояване, например летни кухни и леки постройки за отоплителни материали и инвентар, могат да се изграждат в урегулирани поземлени имоти за ниско жилищно или вилно застрояване и са с височина до 2,5 m над прилежащия терен и до 3 m до най-високата част на покрива; когато са разположени на вътрешната граница на имота, най-високата част на покрива при калканната стена може да е до 3,6 m (чл. 46). Разрешение за строеж не се изисква за леки постройки за отоплителни материали и инвентар (чл. 151, ал. 1, т. 3).

Дали конкретна постройка попада в тези случаи, решава общината за конкретния имот. Проверете процедурата с проектанта и главния архитект преди поръчката. Eurodita не предоставя правни консултации и не гарантира за нито един модел, че може да се построи без разрешение за строеж. За документацията предоставяме чертежите и техническите данни на комплекта.

## Дървени къщи директно от производителя: как да купите

Eurodita работи основно с търговци, строителни фирми, инвеститори и архитекти. За по-големите жилищни къщи можем да дадем оферта и директно на частни клиенти след оценка на проекта. За всеки проект уточняваме дали доставката е директна или чрез търговски партньор. Произвеждаме и по-малки градински къщички; и при тях начинът на доставка се потвърждава за всеки проект.

Ако сте търговец, вижте страницата Eurodita в България.

## Често задавани въпроси

## Нужно ли е разрешение за строеж за дървена къща?

Да. Според чл. 148 от Закона за устройство на територията строежи могат да се извършват само ако са разрешени, а разрешението за строеж се издава от главния архитект на общината. Дървената къща е сграда като всяка друга, независимо от конструктивната система. Проверете процедурата за своя имот с проектанта и общината.

## Може ли градинска къщичка да се построи без разрешение?

Според чл. 151, ал. 1, т. 3 от ЗУТ разрешение за строеж не се изисква за леки постройки за отоплителни материали и инвентар. За другите постройки на допълващото застрояване не се изисква одобряване на инвестиционен проект, но е необходимо разрешение за строеж (чл. 147). Второстепенните постройки са с височина до 2,5 m над терена и до 3 m до най-високата част на покрива, а при разположение на вътрешната граница на имота покривът при калканната стена може да е до 3,6 m (чл. 46). Дали конкретната постройка попада в тези случаи, решава общината.

## Колко струва дървена къща?

Eurodita не публикува цени и ценоразписи. Цената зависи от външните размери, стената, броя на етажите, прозорците и вратите и договорената доставка. За всяка къща изготвяме писмена оферта в евро, EXW завод Eurodita, без ДДС и без транспорт; доставката може да се изчисли отделно. Цената изчисляваме в собствената си система, която изготвя и чертежите и 3D визуализацията, затова офертата обикновено идва бързо. Отделно от комплекта се планират основите, изолацията, монтажът, присъединяванията и инсталациите.

## Подходяща ли е дървената къща за целогодишно живеене?

Това зависи от проекта като цяло: стената, изолацията, основите, инсталациите и монтажа. Комплектът съдържа дървена конструкция, подготвена за изолация, където е необходимо; изолационните материали се купуват на място. Не посочваме топлинните характеристики на завършената къща; проектантът определя подходящата стенна система.

## Доставяте ли дървени къщи „до ключ“?

Стандартната доставка е комплект от производителя: дървената конструкция на къщата по Вашите чертежи, с поръчаните прозорци и врати. Изолацията, основите, присъединяванията, инсталациите и монтажът не са част от стандартния комплект; монтажът и неговата организация се договарят за всеки проект.

## Можете ли да произведете къща по моя проект?

Да. Изпратете ни скица или проекта на архитекта. Преглеждаме какво може да се произведе от масивна дървесина, Twin Skin или слепена дървесина, изчисляваме цената в собствената си система и изпращаме оферта с 2D чертежи и 3D визуализация. Когато е необходимо конструктивно изчисление, то се изготвя от външни специалисти; разрешенията проверете с проектанта и общината.

## Как да подготвите запитването

Посочете общината и населеното място на имота и дали имотът е урегулиран, предназначението на къщата (жилище, вила или бунгало за туризъм), желания модел или външните размери, броя на спалните и етажите, стената, ако вече сте я избрали, и скиците или чертежите, с които разполагате. Напишете ни и дали се обръщате към нас като частно лице, специалист или търговец.

Разглеждаме проекта и Ви отговаряме с подходящия начин на доставка, а когато данните са достатъчни, с писмена оферта, придружена от чертежи.

Изпратете запитване

Дървени къщи за живеене и по поръчка Изпратете запитване


---

# Dřevěné zahradní domky od výrobce, také na míru
URL: https://eurodita.com/cz-market/drevene-zahradni-domky/

## Dřevěné zahradní domky od výrobce, také na míru

Srubové zahradní domky od výrobce

Hledáte dřevěný zahradní domek nebo zahradní chatku k odpočinku, pro hosty nebo jako zahradní pracovnu? Eurodita vyrábí dřevostavby v Litvě od roku 1994 ve vlastní továrně a dodává srubové zahradní domky jako stavebnice přímo od výrobce. Najdete zde, kdy zahradní domek nepotřebuje povolení stavebního úřadu, a modely z našeho katalogu, které se do těchto limitů vejdou.

Odeslat poptávku Eurodita v Česku

Ceník nezveřejňujeme. Pro každý domek připravíme písemnou nabídku podle vnějších rozměrů, zvoleného stěnového systému a dohodnuté dodávky.

## Stručně

Bez povolení: stavba do 40 m² zastavěné plochy a do 5 m výšky s nejvýše jedním nadzemním podlažím na pozemku rodinného domu nebo stavby pro rodinnou rekreaci, nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku, za dalších podmínek přílohy č. 1 stavebního zákona.

Plochy rekreace: na pozemku určeném územním plánem s prvky regulačního plánu nebo regulačním plánem pro rekreaci až 55 m² zastavěné plochy a 4 m výšky, například chata, rovněž nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku a při zachování nejméně 50 % plochy pozemku schopné vsakovat dešťové vody.

Výrobce: Eurodita, dřevostavby z vlastní továrny v Litvě, výroba od roku 1994.

Modely: srubové zahradní domky od 12 m² podle vnějších rozměrů, okap do 2,5 m a hřeben do 4,0 m podle katalogu.

Stěny: masivní dřevo 19 až 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 nebo 58-100-58 mm a lepené lamelové dřevo od 70×130 do 220×260 mm. Model z masivního dřeva lze vyrobit v kterémkoli z profilů 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dřeva v kterémkoli profilu z lepeného lamelového dřeva. Profil 19 mm se používá jen u modelů, které jsou s ním v katalogu.

Nabídka: písemná, v EUR, EXW továrna Eurodita, bez DPH a bez dopravy; dodávku lze nacenit zvlášť.

## Zahradní domek bez stavebního povolení: pravidla

Podle přílohy č. 1 stavebního zákona č. 283/2021 Sb. ve znění pozdějších předpisů a metodiky Ministerstva pro místní rozvoj nevyžaduje povolení drobná stavba do 40 m² zastavěné plochy a do 5 m výšky s nejvýše jedním nadzemním podlažím, podsklepená nejvýše do hloubky 3 m. Musí stát na pozemku rodinného domu nebo stavby pro rodinnou rekreaci, souviset s bydlením nebo rodinnou rekreací a nesmí jít o stavbu pro podnikatelskou činnost. Umisťuje se nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku a po jejím umístění musí zůstat nejméně 50 % plochy pozemku schopné vsakovat dešťové vody. Typicky jde o altán, kůlnu, dílnu pro nepodnikatelskou činnost, sklad nebo saunu.

V zahrádkářské osadě platí stejný limit 40 m² a 5 m s nejvýše jedním nadzemním podlažím, podsklepení nejvýše do hloubky 3 m, odstup nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku a nejméně 50 % plochy pozemku schopné vsakovat dešťové vody; domek ale nesmí sloužit k bydlení, rodinné rekreaci ani podnikání. Na pozemku, který je územním plánem s prvky regulačního plánu nebo regulačním plánem určen jako plocha rekreace, je bez povolení možná stavba do 55 m² zastavěné plochy a do 4 m výšky, například chata, rovněž nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku a s nejméně 50 % plochy pozemku schopné vsakovat vodu. Drobné stavby nepotřebují kolaudaci, musí však být v souladu s územním nebo regulačním plánem obce a splňovat technické požadavky na stavby.

Větší stavba nebo stavba určená k bydlení vyžaduje povolení stavebního úřadu. Než si domek objednáte, ověřte pravidla pro svůj pozemek na stavebním úřadě nebo u projektanta. Eurodita neposkytuje právní poradenství a u žádného modelu nezaručuje, že jej lze postavit bez povolení. K dokumentaci dodáme výkresy a technické údaje stavebnice.

## Dřevěné zahradní domky do 40 m² podle vnějších rozměrů: modely a půdorysy

Tabulka ukazuje výběr z našeho katalogu s vnějšími rozměry, plochou podle vnějších rozměrů a výškami podle katalogu:

| Model | Vnější rozměry | Plocha | Výška okapu | Výška hřebene

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| S jednou ložnicí 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| S jednou ložnicí 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin s jednou ložnicí 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin s jednou ložnicí 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| S jednou ložnicí 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

Všechny rozměry jsou vnější a odpovídají katalogu ze září 2026. Plochy v tabulce jsou spočteny z vnějších rozměrů; zastavěnou plochu podle předpisů určí projektant, u modelu Folio je třeba ji ověřit, protože leží přímo na hranici 40 m². Výšky jsou uvedeny podle katalogu; výslednou výšku stavby včetně základu si ověřte v projektu. Stránky modelů jsou zatím v angličtině; další modely najdete v přehledu zahradních domků a domků s jednou ložnicí.

Takto vypadá půdorys čtyř modelů. Obrázky ukazují katalogovou dispozici shora; rozdělení místností, okna a dveře lze v nabídce změnit.

S jednou ložnicí 6x4: 6 x 4 m, 24 m², tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

S jednou ložnicí 5x5,8: 5 x 5,8 m, 29 m², tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

S jednou ložnicí 6x5: 6 x 5 m, 30 m², tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

S jednou ložnicí 5x7: 5 x 7 m, 35 m², tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

## Zahradní domek s terasou

Terasa rozšíří prostor pro posezení; krytá veranda navíc nabídne posezení pod střechou. V katalogu jsou dva modely: rohový domek s verandou 5 x 3 m a srub s jednou ložnicí, podkrovím a krytou terasou 5,85 x 4,1 m + 2 m. Terasu nebo přístřešek lze navrhnout také u projektu na míru. Zastavěnou plochu včetně terasy určí projektant; ověřte ji proti limitu 40 m².

Rohový domek s verandou: 5 x 3 m, 15 m², hřeben 2,50 m, tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

S jednou ložnicí, podkrovím a terasou: vnější rozměry 5,85 x 4,1 m + 2 m podle katalogu, hřeben 3,51 m, tloušťka stěny 58 mm.

## Zahradní domek k bydlení

Drobná stavba bez povolení slouží jako doplněk bydlení nebo rodinné rekreace; stavba určená k bydlení vyžaduje povolení stavebního úřadu. Pro bydlení a pro hosty vyrábíme sruby s jednou až čtyřmi ložnicemi, s dvojitou stěnou Twin Skin připravenou pro izolaci nebo z lepeného lamelového dřeva. Větší obytné domy lze nacenit přímo soukromým zákazníkům po posouzení projektu. Půdorysy dvou modelů se dvěma ložnicemi:

Se dvěma ložnicemi 6x5,8: 6 x 5,8 m, 34,8 m², tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

Se dvěma ložnicemi 7x5,5: 7 x 5,5 m, 38,5 m², tloušťka stěny 44 mm.

Další modely najdete v přehledu obytných srubů, zatím v angličtině.

## Stěny: masivní dřevo, Twin Skin nebo lepené lamelové dřevo

Stěnu volíte podle toho, jak budete domek používat, a podle projektu jako celku. Eurodita vyrábí tři stěnové systémy:

- Masivní dřevo: stěnové trámy o tloušťce 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm v jedné vrstvě.

- Twin Skin (dvojitá stěna): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm, tedy vnější vrstva, mezera a vnitřní vrstva stejné tloušťky. Mezera je určena pro izolaci, kterou si kupujete na místě. Šířka mezery není specifikací izolace.

- Lepené lamelové dřevo: profily 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 a 220×260 mm. Lepené lamelové dřevo vyrábíme ve vlastní továrně: lepíme, profilujeme a obrábíme ho sami.

Model z masivního dřeva lze vyrobit v kterémkoli z profilů 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dřeva v kterémkoli profilu z lepeného lamelového dřeva; dostupnost se potvrzuje v nabídce. Tepelné vlastnosti hotové stavby neuvádíme: tloušťka stěny sama o sobě neurčuje energetickou náročnost budovy. Pokud chcete domek užívat i v zimě, zvolte stěnu, izolaci a základ společně s projektantem.

## Co stavebnice obsahuje a co ne

Stavebnice obsahuje dřevěnou konstrukci stavby vyrobenou podle výkresů vaší objednávky:

- stěny z masivního dřeva, Twin Skin nebo lepeného lamelového dřeva

- dřevěnou konstrukci podlahy a střechy, kde je to potřeba, připravenou pro izolaci

- dřevěná okna a dveře z vlastní výroby podle objednávky

- kabelové kanály vyfrézované v továrně, pokud je objednávka obsahuje

- výkresy a dokumenty k objednávce

Standardní stavebnice neobsahuje:

- izolační materiály

- střešní krytinu, pokud není objednána

- základ

- přípojky a rozvody elektřiny, vody, kanalizace a plynu

- montáž

Montáž a její organizaci domlouváme pro každý projekt zvlášť. Základ, přípojky a rozvody plánujte s místními firmami. Cena závisí na vnějších rozměrech, typu stěny, oknech a dveřích a na dohodnutém způsobu dodání, proto místo ceníku připravíme písemnou nabídku pro váš domek.

## Na míru: od náčrtu ke stavebnici

Pokud žádný model z katalogu neodpovídá vašemu pozemku, můžeme vycházet z náčrtu nebo z výkresů architekta. Cenu počítáme a nabídku připravujeme ve vlastním kalkulačním a projekčním systému Eurodity a spolu s nabídkou dostanete 2D výkresy a 3D vizualizaci. Při úplných podkladech proto nabídka zpravidla přijde rychle. Rozměry a dispozici lze přizpůsobit pravidlům, která platí pro váš pozemek; co platí pro váš záměr, si ověřte na stavebním úřadě. Kde je potřeba statický výpočet, zpracují jej externí specialisté.

Příklad níže je projekt na míru, 7,84 x 4,34 m se stěnou 70 mm, připravený v našem systému. Další výkresy ze stejného projektu najdete na stránce Bespoke log cabins, v angličtině.

3D vizualizace připravená z modelu.

Půdorys s vnějšími a vnitřními rozměry a otvory.

## Jak nakupovat

Eurodita spolupracuje především s prodejci, stavebními firmami, developery a architekty. Větší obytné domy lze nacenit přímo soukromým zákazníkům po posouzení projektu. U zahradních domků a dalších menších staveb domlouváme pro každý projekt, zda nakupujete přímo, nebo přes obchodního partnera.

Pokud jste prodejce, najdete více informací na stránce Eurodita v Česku.

## Časté dotazy

## Jak velký zahradní domek mohu postavit bez stavebního povolení?

Podle přílohy č. 1 stavebního zákona č. 283/2021 Sb. nevyžaduje povolení stavba do 40 m² zastavěné plochy a do 5 m výšky s nejvýše jedním nadzemním podlažím, podsklepená nejvýše do 3 m, na pozemku rodinného domu nebo stavby pro rodinnou rekreaci, která souvisí s bydlením nebo rodinnou rekreací a neslouží k podnikání. Musí stát nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku a plocha části pozemku schopného vsakovat dešťové vody musí tvořit nejméně 50 % celkové plochy pozemku. Na plochách rekreace podle územního plánu s prvky regulačního plánu nebo regulačního plánu platí limit 55 m² a 4 m, rovněž s odstupem nejméně 2 m a nejméně 50 % vsakovací plochy pozemku.

## Je možné postavit zahradní domek bez stavebního povolení v roce 2026?

Ano, pokud jde o drobnou stavbu podle přílohy č. 1 stavebního zákona č. 283/2021 Sb.: do 40 m² zastavěné plochy a do 5 m výšky s nejvýše jedním nadzemním podlažím, podsklepenou nejvýše do hloubky 3 m, která souvisí s bydlením nebo rodinnou rekreací a neslouží k podnikání. Musí stát na pozemku rodinného domu nebo stavby pro rodinnou rekreaci nejméně 2 m od hranic pozemku a po jejím umístění musí zůstat nejméně 50 % plochy pozemku schopné vsakovat dešťové vody. Stavba musí být v souladu s územním plánem; ověřte si záměr na stavebním úřadě.

## Mohu v zahradním domku bydlet?

Drobná stavba podle přílohy č. 1 slouží jako doplněk bydlení nebo rodinné rekreace, například jako altán, sklad nebo dílna; v zahrádkářské osadě nesmí sloužit k bydlení ani rodinné rekreaci. Stavba pro bydlení vyžaduje povolení stavebního úřadu. Ověřte si záměr na stavebním úřadě.

## Kolik stojí dřevěný zahradní domek?

Eurodita nezveřejňuje ceny ani ceníky. Cena závisí na vnějších rozměrech, typu stěny, oknech a dveřích a na dohodnutém způsobu dodání. Pro každý domek připravíme písemnou nabídku v EUR, EXW továrna Eurodita, bez DPH a bez dopravy; dodávku lze nacenit zvlášť. Cenu počítáme ve vlastním kalkulačním systému, který zároveň připraví výkresy a 3D vizualizaci, při úplných podkladech proto nabídka zpravidla přijde rychle. K celkové částce připočtěte základ, izolaci, montáž, přípojky a rozvody.

## Lze zahradní domek užívat i v zimě?

Záleží na celém projektu: zvolené stěně, izolaci, základu, rozvodech a montáži. Stavebnice obsahuje dřevěnou konstrukci, kde je to potřeba, připravenou pro izolaci; izolační materiály se kupují na místě. Tepelné vlastnosti hotové stavby neuvádíme.

## Dodáváte zahradní domek smontovaný na klíč?

Standardní dodávka je stavebnice od výrobce, tedy dřevěná konstrukce domku vyrobená podle vašich výkresů s objednanými okny a dveřmi. Izolace, základ, přípojky, rozvody a montáž nejsou součástí standardní stavebnice; montáž a její organizaci domlouváme pro každý projekt zvlášť.

## Vyrobíte domek podle mých rozměrů?

Ano. Pošlete nám náčrt nebo výkresy architekta. Posoudíme, co lze vyrobit z masivního dřeva, Twin Skin nebo lepeného lamelového dřeva, spočítáme cenu ve vlastním kalkulačním systému a pošleme nabídku s 2D výkresy a 3D vizualizací. Kde je potřeba statický výpočet, zpracují jej externí specialisté; povolení a technické požadavky si ověřte na stavebním úřadě.

## Jaká je ideální velikost zahradního domku?

Záleží na využití a na pozemku. V katalogu jsou srubové domky od 12 m² (4 x 3 m) do 40 m² (8 x 5 m) podle vnějších rozměrů; modely s ložnicí začínají na 24 m². Pro stavbu bez povolení hlídejte limit 40 m² zastavěné plochy, odstup 2 m od hranic pozemku a 50 % plochy pozemku schopné vsakovat dešťové vody.

## Dodáváte zahradní domek s terasou?

Ano. V katalogu je rohový domek s verandou 5 x 3 m a srub s jednou ložnicí, podkrovím a krytou terasou 5,85 x 4,1 m + 2 m. Terasu nebo přístřešek navrhneme také u projektu na míru; zastavěnou plochu včetně terasy určí projektant.

## Jak připravit poptávku

Uveďte, v jaké obci je pozemek a zda jde o pozemek rodinného domu, stavby pro rodinnou rekreaci, zahrádkářské osady nebo plochy rekreace, jak budete domek používat (odpočinek, hosté, pracovna nebo sklad), jaký model nebo jaké vnější rozměry si představujete, vzdálenost od hranic pozemku, stěnový systém, pokud ho už znáte, a případné náčrty. Napište také, zda nás kontaktujete jako soukromá osoba, odborník nebo prodejce.

Posoudíme projekt a odpovíme, jakým způsobem můžete domek koupit, a pokud budou údaje dostatečné, pošleme písemnou nabídku s výkresy.

Odeslat poptávku

Srubové zahradní domky od výrobce Odeslat poptávku


---

# Blockhaus-Bausatz vom Hersteller
URL: https://eurodita.com/de-market/blockhaus-bausatz/

## Blockhaus-Bausatz vom Hersteller

Blockhaus-Bausatz direkt vom Hersteller

Ein Blockhaus-Bausatz von Eurodita kommt direkt aus dem Werk. Eurodita fertigt seit 1994 Holzhäuser in Litauen: Blockbohlenhäuser, Häuser mit Twin-Skin-Doppelwand und Häuser aus Brettschichtholz. Wer ein Blockhaus kaufen oder ein Holzhaus kaufen möchte, spricht bei uns mit dem Hersteller, der Wände, Fenster und Türen selbst fertigt.

Projektanfrage senden Deutsche Marktseite

Diese Seite zeigt vor allem größere Häuser: das Wohnblockhaus mit einem bis vier Schlafzimmern, das Ferienhaus aus Holz als Bausatz, ein- und zweigeschossige Brettschichtholzhäuser und individuelle Entwürfe nach Ihrem eigenen Plan. Sie richtet sich an private Bauherren ebenso wie an Architekten und Fachhändler. Weiter unten stehen alle Wohnhausmodelle des Katalogs nach Grundfläche geordnet, von Häusern bis 40 m² bis zu Häusern über 100 m² .

Preise veröffentlichen wir nicht. Jedes Haus wird nach Ihren Angaben schriftlich angeboten, damit Maße, Wandaufbau und Lieferumfang von Anfang an eindeutig feststehen.

## Auf einen Blick

Hersteller: Holzbau-Fertigung seit 1994 im Werk Eurodita in Litauen.

Häuser: Wohnblockhäuser mit einem bis vier Schlafzimmern, Twin-Skin-Häuser, Brettschichtholzhäuser, mobile Blockhäuser und individuelle Entwürfe.

Wände: Blockbohlen von 19 bis 70 mm , Twin Skin von 44-50-44 bis 58-100-58 mm , Brettschichtholz von 70 x 130 bis 220 x 260 mm . Ein Modell aus Massivholz kann in jedem der Profile 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm gefertigt werden, ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil. Das Profil 19 mm wird nur bei den Modellen verwendet, die damit im Katalog stehen.

Holz: Fichte und Kiefer aus Nordeuropa; die Wandbohlen werden standardmäßig unbehandelt geliefert.

Fenster und Türen: eigene Holzfenster und Holztüren der Systeme IV45, IV68 und IV92, das System IV92 mit Dreifachverglasung.

Maße: Alle Maßangaben sind Außenmaße.

Größen: Wohnhausmodelle von 4 x 3 m bis 16,68 x 22,67 m Außenmaß; jedes Modell lässt sich ändern, und ein eigener Entwurf ist möglich.

Angebot: schriftlich, in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport; die Lieferung kann separat angeboten werden.

Bezugsweg: Größere Wohnhäuser bieten wir nach individueller Prüfung auch privaten Bauherren direkt an. Wir stimmen für jedes Projekt ab, ob der Direktbezug möglich ist oder die Abwicklung über einen Händler erfolgt.

## Blockhaus kaufen direkt beim Hersteller

Bei Eurodita sprechen Sie mit dem Werk, das Ihr Haus fertigt. Zeichnungen, Wandkonstruktion, Holzfenster und Holztüren kommen aus einer Hand, und Ihre Fragen zu Wandstärke, Grundriss oder Fensterposition beantwortet der Hersteller selbst.

Eurodita arbeitet vorrangig mit Fachhändlern, Bauunternehmen, Projektentwicklern und Architekten. Größere Wohnhäuser bieten wir nach individueller Prüfung auch privaten Bauherren direkt an. Ob Ihr Projekt direkt oder über einen Händler abgewickelt wird, bestätigen wir je Projekt. Kleinere Gartenhäuser fertigen wir ebenfalls; auch dort wird der Bezugsweg je Projekt bestätigt.

Fachhändler finden die Bedingungen für den Handel auf unserer deutschen Marktseite. Private Bauherren lesen mehr zum Direktbezug auf der Seite Häuser für Privatkunden (englisch).

## Blockhaus-Bausatz: Modellfamilien und Außenmaße

Die Tabelle zeigt, in welchen Größen Eurodita Wohnhäuser im Katalog führt. Die Außenmaße sind Katalogwerte, keine Grenze: Grundriss und Maße lassen sich im individuellen Entwurf anpassen, und ein Modell aus Massivholz kann in jedem der Profile 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm gefertigt werden, ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil. Die Machbarkeit prüfen wir je Projekt.

| Modellfamilie | Wandaufbau im Katalog | Außenmaße im Katalog | Hinweis

| Wohnblockhaus mit 1 Schlafzimmer | Blockbohlen 44 oder 58 mm , Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | von 5,85 x 4,1 m bis 7 x 10,3 m | eingeschossig, ein Modell mit Loft

| Wohnblockhaus mit 2 Schlafzimmern | Blockbohlen 44 oder 58 mm , Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | von 6 x 5,8 m bis 10,1 x 8 m | eingeschossig

| Wohnblockhaus mit 3 Schlafzimmern | Blockbohlen 44, 58 oder 70 mm , Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | von 10 x 6 m bis 12 x 7 m ; zweigeschossig 8,45 x 7,6 m | überwiegend eingeschossig, ein Modell zweigeschossig

| Wohnblockhaus mit 4 Schlafzimmern | Blockbohlen 58 oder 70 mm , Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | von 8,45 x 7,6 m (zweigeschossig) bis 16 x 9 m | ein- und zweigeschossig

| Twin-Skin-Häuser | 44-100-44 mm im Katalog; vier Doppelwand-Aufbauten lieferbar | von 4 x 3 m bis 16 x 9 m | vom kleinen Einraumhaus bis zum Haus mit 4 Schlafzimmern

| Häuser aus Brettschichtholz | Brettschichtholz 70, 88, 135, 180 oder 220 mm | von 5,89 x 4,54 m bis 16,68 x 22,67 m | ein- und zweigeschossig

| Mobile Blockhäuser aus Brettschichtholz | Brettschichtholz 88 mm im Katalog, 70 bis 220 mm möglich | von 8 x 5 m und 10 x 4 m bis 20 x 7 m | eingeschossig, 1 bis 4 Schlafzimmer, etwa für Ferienparks

| Individuelle Häuser | Blockbohlen, Twin Skin oder Brettschichtholz | nach Ihrem Plan, Machbarkeit je Projekt | ab Skizze oder Architektenplan

Die verlinkten Modellseiten sind derzeit auf Englisch. Die Größenangaben geben den Stand der Katalogseiten am 20. Oktober 2026 wieder.

## Blockhaus nach Quadratmetern: alle Modelle nach Grundfläche

Viele Bauherren suchen ein Blockhaus nach Quadratmetern, etwa ein Blockhaus mit 50 oder mit 100 m² . Die Tabellen ordnen die 106 Modelle der Kataloge für Wohnblockhäuser und Brettschichtholzhäuser nach ihrer Grundfläche. Die Grundfläche ist aus den Außenmaßen gerechnet, eine Terrasse zählt nicht mit. Die Wohnfläche Ihres Hauses ist kleiner, weil die Wände davon abgehen; bei einem zweigeschossigen Modell kommt das Obergeschoss hinzu.

## Blockhaus bis 40 m² Grundfläche

19 Katalogmodelle: 16 aus Blockbohlen oder Twin Skin, 1 aus Brettschichtholz und 2 mobile Blockhäuser aus Brettschichtholz.

| Modell | Außenmaß | Grundfläche aus Außenmaß | Wand im Katalog

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 4x3m | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Pent Twin Skin Log Cabin 5x4m | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5.85x4.1m, with Loft | 5,85 x 4,1 m + 2 m Terrasse | 24 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Betty 5.85x4.1m, 58mm | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m, 44mm | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Apex Twin Skin Log Cabin 6x4m | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Glulam Log House Challenger 5.89x4.54m, 135mm | 5,89 x 4,54 m | 26,7 m² | Brettschichtholz

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m, 44mm | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m, 44mm | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m, 44mm | 6 x 5,8 m | 34,8 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m, 44mm | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m, 44mm | 7 x 5,5 m | 38,5 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Folio 8x5m, 58mm | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| Mobile Log Homes, 2 Modelle | 10 x 4 m ; 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | Brettschichtholz

## Blockhaus über 40 bis 70 m² Grundfläche

19 Katalogmodelle: 10 aus Blockbohlen oder Twin Skin, 3 aus Brettschichtholz und 6 mobile Blockhäuser aus Brettschichtholz.

| Modell | Außenmaß | Grundfläche aus Außenmaß | Wand im Katalog

| Log Cabin Gladehaven 6x7.2m, 58mm | 6 x 7,2 m | 43,2 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Northlight 8x6m, 58mm | 8 x 6 m | 48 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x6m, 44mm | 9 x 6 m | 54 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 8x7m | 8 x 7 m | 56 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Log Cabin Stonepine 9.5x7.2m, 58mm | 9,5 x 6 m + 1,2 m Terrasse | 57 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm | 10 x 6 m | 60 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10x6m, 44mm | 10 x 6 m | 60 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Glulam Log House Paris 8x7.8m , zweigeschossig | 8 x 7,8 m | 62,4 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Log Cabin Roan, 70mm , zweigeschossig | 8,45 x 7,6 m | 64,2 m² | Blockbohlen 70 x 130 mm

| Two Storey Log House Nicolas 8.45x7.6m, 70mm , zweigeschossig | 8,45 x 7,6 m | 64,2 m² | Blockbohlen 70 x 130 mm

| Twin Skin 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 11x6m | 11 x 6 m | 66 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Contemporary 1 Bedroom Log Home Ullswater | 10,25 x 6,55 m | 67,1 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Windermere | 10,25 x 6,55 m | 67,1 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Mobile Log Homes, 6 Modelle | 11 x 3,8 m ; 11 x 4,3 m ; 10 x 5 m ; 9 x 6 m ; 10 x 6 m ; 9 x 7 m | 41,8 bis 63 m² | Brettschichtholz

## Blockhaus über 70 bis 100 m² Grundfläche

30 Katalogmodelle: 8 aus Blockbohlen oder Twin Skin, 13 aus Brettschichtholz und 9 mobile Blockhäuser aus Brettschichtholz.

| Modell | Außenmaß | Grundfläche aus Außenmaß | Wand im Katalog

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.2x7m, 44mm | 10,2 x 7 m | 71,4 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 9x8m | 9 x 8 m | 72 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Log Cabin Pinecrest 7x10.3m, 44mm | 7 x 10,3 m | 72,1 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12.2x6m, 58mm | 12,2 x 6 m | 73,2 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| Log Cabin Lakeview 7x12.5m, 3 Bedroom, 58mm | 7 x 11 m + 1,5 m Terrasse | 77 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Aurora 9.7x8.2m, 220mm , zweigeschossig | 9,7 x 8,2 m | 79,5 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Dublin 8x10m | 8 x 10 m | 80 m² | Brettschichtholz

| 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 11.3x7.1m, 44mm | 11,3 x 7,1 m | 80,2 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 10.1x8m, 44mm | 10,1 x 8 m | 80,8 m² | Blockbohlen 44 x 130 mm

| Glulam Log House Halden 10.7x7.6m, 220mm | 10,7 x 7,6 m | 81,3 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Twin Skin 3 Bedroom Log Cabin 12x7m | 12 x 7 m | 84 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Two Storey Glulam Log House David 6x14.2m, 88mm , zweigeschossig | 6 x 14,2 m | 85,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Oslo 8.5x10.5m | 8,5 x 10,5 m | 89,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Arvika 12x7.5m, 220mm , zweigeschossig | 12 x 7,5 m | 90 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Silvawood, zweigeschossig | 12,87 x 7 m | 90,1 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Contemporary 2 Bedroom Log Home Rutland | 10,25 x 8,95 m | 91,7 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Greenhaven, zweigeschossig | 11,45 x 8,23 m | 94,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Fjord 80 10.2x9.5m, 220mm | 10,2 x 9,5 m | 96,9 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Gluluxe, zweigeschossig | 10,9 x 5,4 m + 7,2 x 5,4 m | 97,7 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Begue 7.8x12.6m, 88mm | 7,8 x 12,6 m | 98,3 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Woodglow | 9,18 x 10,8 m | 99,1 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Mobile Log Homes, 9 Modelle | 11 x 6,8 m ; 14 x 5,8 m ; 14 x 6 m ; 15 x 6 m ; 14 x 6,8 m ; 14 x 7 m | 74,8 bis 98 m² | Brettschichtholz

## Blockhaus über 100 m² Grundfläche

38 Katalogmodelle: 4 aus Blockbohlen oder Twin Skin, 26 aus Brettschichtholz und 8 mobile Blockhäuser aus Brettschichtholz.

| Modell | Außenmaß | Grundfläche aus Außenmaß | Wand im Katalog

| Glulam Log House Lumio 102 11.7x8.7m, 220mm | 11,7 x 8,7 m | 101,8 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Glulife, zweigeschossig | 10,18 x 10,02 m | 102 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Everbark | 15,15 x 6,78 m | 102,7 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Saimaa 11.5x9m, 220mm , zweigeschossig | 11,5 x 9 m | 103,5 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 13x8m | 13 x 8 m | 104 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Glulam Log House Lucien 9.1x11.7m, 88mm | 9,1 x 11,71 m | 106,6 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Rome 10x11m | 10 x 11 m | 110 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Log House Mathilde 13.7x8.2m, 88mm | 13,7 x 8,2 m + 2,8 m Terrasse | 112,3 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Linnea 11.5x9.8m, 220mm | 11,5 x 9,8 m | 112,7 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House London 13x8.8m | 13 x 8,8 m | 114,4 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Riga 12x10m , zweigeschossig | 12 x 10 m | 120 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Log Cabin Finlandia | 8,87 x 13,58 m | 120,5 m² | Blockbohlen 70 x 130 mm

| Glulam Log House Sylvie 11.3x11.3m, 88mm | 11,3 x 11,3 m | 127,7 m² | Brettschichtholz

| 4 Bedroom Log Cabin Ryan 14.58x9.2m, 58mm | 14,58 x 9,2 m | 134,1 m² | Blockbohlen 58 x 130 mm

| Glulam Log House Skara 14.7x9.2m, 220mm | 14,7 x 9,2 m | 135,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Timberly, 180mm , zweigeschossig | 12,73 x 10,81 m | 137,6 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Vienna 11.97x12m | 11,97 x 12 m | 143,6 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Twin Skin 4 Bedroom Log Cabin 16x9m | 16 x 9 m | 144 m² | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm

| Glulam Log House Monaco 14x10.5m, 220mm , zweigeschossig | 14 x 10,5 m | 147 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Berlin 12.5x12.35m | 12,5 x 12,35 m | 154,4 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Uvdal 12.6x12.3m, 220mm | 12,6 x 12,3 m | 155 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Naturhaus | 15,32 x 11,45 m | 175,4 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Two Storey Glulam Log House Verdantix, zweigeschossig | 13,47 x 13,38 m | 180,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Norvik 15.7x12.2m, 220mm | 15,7 x 12,2 m | 191,5 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Finland 220mm, 23.6x8.4m | 23,6 x 8,4 m | 198,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Forestique | 16,3 x 14,8 m | 241,2 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Vasa 270 19x14.2m, 220mm | 19 x 14,2 m | 269,8 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Tromso 17.95x16.45m, 220mm | 17,95 x 16,45 m | 295,3 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Lumberlux | 16,7 x 18 m | 300,6 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Glulam Log House Logique | 16,68 x 22,67 m | 378,1 m² | Brettschichtholz

| Mobile Log Homes, 8 Modelle | 16 x 6,8 m ; 17 x 7 m ; 20 x 6 m ; 18 x 6,8 m ; 19 x 6,6 m ; 20 x 7 m | 108,8 bis 140 m² | Brettschichtholz

Jedes Haus fertigen wir wie im Katalog oder individuell angepasst. Ein Modell lässt sich in Grundriss und Maßen ändern, und auch ein Entwurf auf dem leeren Blatt ist möglich; die Machbarkeit prüfen wir je Projekt. Ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz kann in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil von 70 x 130 bis 220 x 260 mm gefertigt werden. Die Modellseiten sind auf Englisch, und die Tabellen geben den Stand der Katalogseiten am 20. Oktober 2026 wieder.

## Wandstärke und Wandaufbau: Blockbohlen, Twin Skin oder Brettschichtholz

Ein Blockbohlenhaus hat eine massive Wand aus einer Lage Blockbohlen. Beim Twin-Skin-Haus stehen zwei gleich starke Bohlenschalen mit einem Hohlraum dazwischen. Häuser aus Brettschichtholz entstehen aus verleimten Wandprofilen. Bei jedem Profil nennen wir zuerst die Stärke und dann die Höhe der Bohle.

| Wandaufbau | Profile | Bei den Wohnhäusern im Katalog

| Blockbohlen aus Vollholz | 19 x 100 mm | Das Profil 19 mm wird nur bei den Modellen verwendet, die damit im Katalog stehen.

| Blockbohlen aus Vollholz | 28 x 100, 34 x 100 mm | für jedes Modell aus Massivholz möglich

| Blockbohlen aus Vollholz | 44 x 130 mm | 13 Modelle mit 1 bis 3 Schlafzimmern

| Blockbohlen aus Vollholz | 58 x 130 mm | 9 Modelle mit 1 bis 4 Schlafzimmern

| Blockbohlen aus Vollholz | 70 x 130 mm | 3 Modelle, darunter die zweigeschossigen Häuser Roan und Nicolas

| Twin Skin (Doppelwand) | 44-50-44, 44-100-44 mm | 13 Modelle in 44-100-44 mm , vom Einraumhaus 4 x 3 m bis zum Haus mit 4 Schlafzimmern

| Twin Skin (Doppelwand) | 58-50-58, 58-100-58 mm | je Projekt angeboten

| Brettschichtholz | 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260, 220 x 260 mm | 43 Häuser und 25 mobile Blockhäuser, jedes Modell in jedem dieser Profile

- Twin Skin wird als Außenschale, Hohlraum und Innenschale angegeben. Die beiden Schalen sind Blockbohlen der Profile 44 x 130 oder 58 x 130 mm . Der Hohlraum ist für die Dämmung vorbereitet; das Dämmmaterial beschaffen Sie vor Ort. Ein Hohlraummaß ist keine Dämmspezifikation.

- Das Brettschichtholz verleimen wir im eigenen Werk, und wir liefern es nur als Teil eines Hausbausatzes.

- Ein Modell aus Massivholz kann in jedem der Profile 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm gefertigt werden, ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil.

Wandstärke und Wandsystem wählen Sie je Projekt, nach Budget und technischer Machbarkeit; die Verfügbarkeit für Ihr Haus bestätigen wir im Angebot. Welche Wand zu Ihrem Energiekonzept passt, berechnet Ihr Energieberater oder Planer für das ganze Haus.

## Blockhaus zum Wohnen: Baugenehmigung und Energierecht

Ob Sie für ein Blockhaus eine Baugenehmigung brauchen, regelt die Landesbauordnung Ihres Bundeslandes. Die Musterbauordnung der Bauministerkonferenz, das Muster für die Landesbauordnungen, formuliert den Grundsatz so: Die Errichtung von Anlagen bedarf der Baugenehmigung, soweit nichts anderes bestimmt ist (§ 59 Abs. 1 MBO).

Für Gebäude kennen die Bauordnungen nur enge Ausnahmen von der Genehmigungspflicht, und die Grenzen unterscheiden sich je nach Land. Die Musterbauordnung nennt in § 61 Abs. 1 Nr. 1 Buchst. a unter anderem eingeschossige Gebäude mit einer Brutto-Grundfläche bis zu 10 m² , außer im Außenbereich. Die Bayerische Bauordnung in der ab 1. Mai 2026 geltenden Fassung setzt in Art. 57 die Grenze bei Gebäuden mit einem Brutto-Rauminhalt bis zu 75 m ³, außer im Außenbereich; dort sind nur Gebäude bis 20 m ³ Brutto-Rauminhalt verfahrensfrei, die keine Aufenthaltsräume, Toiletten oder Feuerstätten haben und weder Verkaufs- noch Ausstellungszwecken dienen. Ein Wohnblockhaus mit zwei oder mehr Schlafzimmern überschreitet diese Größen in aller Regel. Zudem muss auch ein verfahrensfreies Gebäude die öffentlich-rechtlichen Anforderungen einhalten.

Wird das Haus zum Wohnen beheizt, gilt außerdem das Gebäudeenergiegesetz, das seit dem 29. Juli 2026 Gebäudemodernisierungsgesetz (GModG) heißt. Es ist auf Gebäude anzuwenden, soweit sie nach ihrer Zweckbestimmung unter Einsatz von Energie beheizt oder gekühlt werden. Nach § 2 Abs. 2 Nr. 8 ist das Gesetz, mit Ausnahme der §§ 74 bis 78, nicht auf Wohngebäude anzuwenden, die für weniger als vier Monate im Jahr bestimmt sind oder bei begrenzter jährlicher Nutzung voraussichtlich weniger als 25 Prozent des Energieverbrauchs einer ganzjährigen Nutzung erreichen; bei einem Ferienhaus kann das eine Rolle spielen.

Eurodita gibt keine Rechtsberatung und sagt für kein Modell zu, dass es genehmigungsfrei ist oder die Anforderungen dieser Gesetze erfüllt. Baugenehmigung, Statik, Energienachweis und Brandschutz liegen bei Ihnen und Ihrem Planungsteam. Klären Sie vor der Bestellung mit Ihrem örtlichen Bauamt, welches Verfahren für Ihr Grundstück gilt. Wir liefern dafür Zeichnungen und die technischen Angaben zum Bausatz.

## Was der Holzhaus-Bausatz enthält und was nicht

Der Bausatz umfasst die Holzkonstruktion Ihres Hauses, gefertigt nach den Zeichnungen Ihres Auftrags:

- Wände aus Blockbohlen, Twin Skin oder Brettschichtholz

- Boden- und Dachkonstruktion aus Holz, wo erforderlich für die Dämmung vorbereitet

- Holzfenster und Holztüren aus eigener Fertigung, wie im Auftrag festgelegt

- werkseitig gefräste Kabelkanäle, wo der Auftrag sie vorsieht

- die Zeichnungen und Unterlagen zu Ihrem Auftrag

Nicht zum Standard-Bausatz gehören:

- Dämmmaterial

- die Dacheindeckung

- Fundament

- Hausanschlüsse sowie Elektro-, Sanitär- und Gasinstallation

Ob und wie die Montage organisiert wird, stimmen wir je Projekt ab. Fundament, Anschlüsse und Installationen planen Sie mit örtlichen Fachbetrieben.

Zum Preis: Jedes Haus wird schriftlich angeboten, in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport. Die Lieferung kann separat angeboten werden. Eine öffentliche Preisliste gibt es nicht, weil der Preis von Außenmaßen, Wandaufbau, Geschosszahl und Verglasung Ihres Hauses abhängt.

## Individuelles Wohnblockhaus nach Ihrem Plan oder Architektenentwurf

Sie haben bereits einen Entwurf? Architektenpläne prüfen wir auf den Fertigungsumfang: was sich als Blockbohlen-, Twin-Skin- oder Brettschichtholzkonstruktion herstellen lässt, welche Wand passt und welche Fenster und Türen dazugehören. Für den Anfang genügt auch eine Skizze.

Für das konfigurierte Projekt erstellt DrafTimber, das Planungs- und Angebotssystem von Eurodita für Holzbauten, 2D-CAD-Zeichnungen, 3D-Visualisierungen und die Projektunterlagen. Statische Berechnungen übernehmen, wo erforderlich, externe Fachleute. Die Machbarkeit prüfen wir für jedes Projekt einzeln.

Für Architekten und Planungsbüros heißt das: Planung, Genehmigung und Nachweise bleiben bei Ihnen, Eurodita fertigt die Holzkonstruktion nach den abgestimmten Zeichnungen.

## Häufige Fragen

## Ist ein Blockhaus genehmigungsfrei?

Das hängt von Größe, Nutzung, Lage und Bundesland ab, denn jede Landesbauordnung regelt das selbst. Die Ausnahmen für Gebäude sind eng: Die Musterbauordnung nennt unter anderem eingeschossige Gebäude bis 10 m² Brutto-Grundfläche außer im Außenbereich, die Bayerische Bauordnung Gebäude bis 75 m ³ Brutto-Rauminhalt außer im Außenbereich. Ein Blockhaus zum Wohnen liegt in aller Regel darüber. Auch ein verfahrensfreies Gebäude muss die baurechtlichen Anforderungen einhalten. Fragen Sie vor dem Kauf Ihr örtliches Bauamt; Eurodita sagt für kein Modell Genehmigungsfreiheit zu.

## Kann man in einem Blockbohlenhaus wohnen?

Ja, Modelle von Eurodita aus Blockbohlen, Twin Skin oder Brettschichtholz werden als Wohnhäuser, Ferienhäuser und Einliegerhäuser genutzt. Ob ein bestimmtes Haus an Ihrem Standort für dauerhaftes Wohnen geeignet ist, hängt vom ganzen Gebäude ab: Wandaufbau, Dämmung, Dach, Boden, Fenster, Heizung und den örtlichen Vorschriften. Für beheizte Wohngebäude gilt das Gebäudeenergiegesetz, heute Gebäudemodernisierungsgesetz. Den Nachweis erstellt Ihr Energieberater oder Planer. Eurodita liefert die Holzkonstruktion, wo erforderlich vorbereitet für die Dämmung, die Sie vor Ort beschaffen.

## Was kostet ein Blockhaus?

Eine Preisliste veröffentlicht Eurodita nicht. Der Preis eines Blockhaus-Bausatzes hängt von Außenmaßen, Wandsystem und Wandstärke, Geschosszahl, Fenstern und Türen sowie den vereinbarten Optionen ab. Jedes Haus wird schriftlich angeboten, in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport; die Lieferung kann separat angeboten werden. Für Ihr Gesamtbudget kommen Fundament, Dämmung, Dacheindeckung, Hausanschlüsse, Installationen, Genehmigungen und, sofern sie nicht im Angebot vereinbart ist, die Montage hinzu.

## Welche Wandstärken haben Blockbohlenhäuser?

Eurodita fertigt Blockbohlen in 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm Stärke (Profile 19 x 100 bis 70 x 130 mm ). Wohnhäuser führt der Katalog in 44, 58 und 70 mm . Dazu kommen die Twin-Skin-Doppelwände 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 und 58-100-58 mm , deren Hohlraum für Dämmung vorbereitet ist, die Sie vor Ort kaufen, sowie Brettschichtholz von 70 x 130 bis 220 x 260 mm . Ein Modell aus Massivholz kann in jedem der Profile 28, 34, 44, 58 und 70 mm gefertigt werden, ein Modell aus Brettschichtholz in jedem Brettschichtholzprofil; die Verfügbarkeit bestätigt das Angebot.

## Wie wird ein Blockhaus-Bausatz geliefert und aufgebaut?

Ihr Haus wird im Werk Eurodita nach den Zeichnungen Ihres Auftrags gefertigt und als Bausatz bereitgestellt. Standardbasis ist EXW Werk Eurodita; die Lieferung zu Ihrem Grundstück kann separat angeboten werden. Die Montage gehört nicht zum Standard-Bausatz; wie sie organisiert wird, stimmen wir je Projekt ab. Fundament, Hausanschlüsse und Installationen bereiten Sie mit örtlichen Fachbetrieben vor. Mit dem Bausatz erhalten Sie die Zeichnungen und Unterlagen zu Ihrem Auftrag.

## Kann ich meinen eigenen Architektenplan umsetzen lassen?

Ja, senden Sie uns Ihren Plan oder auch nur eine Skizze. Eurodita prüft, was sich davon als Blockbohlen-, Twin-Skin- oder Brettschichtholzkonstruktion fertigen lässt, und erstellt für das konfigurierte Projekt 2D-CAD-Zeichnungen, 3D-Visualisierungen und die Unterlagen für das Angebot. Die Machbarkeit prüfen wir je Projekt. Statische Berechnungen übernehmen, wo erforderlich, externe Fachleute. Baugenehmigung, Energienachweis und Brandschutz bleiben bei Ihnen und Ihrem Architekten.

## Blockhaus kaufen: Wie läuft das Angebot ab?

[The page continues at its URL.]


---

# Holzhaus bauen mit Brettschichtholz
URL: https://eurodita.com/de-market/holzhaus-bauen/

## Holzhaus bauen mit Brettschichtholz

Holzhaus aus Brettschichtholz, individuell geplant

Sie möchten ein Holzhaus bauen, das modern wirkt und genau zu Ihrem Grundstück passt? Dann lohnt sich ein Blick auf Brettschichtholz. Eurodita fertigt seit 1994 Holzhäuser in Litauen. Die Wände unserer Brettschichtholzhäuser entstehen vollständig im eigenen Werk: Eurodita verleimt die Lamellen, profiliert die Wandprofile und bearbeitet sie für Ihr Haus.

Projekt anfragen Blockhaus-Bausatz

Im Mittelpunkt steht das individuelle Holzhaus: Sie senden uns eine Skizze oder den Plan Ihres Architekten. Wir prüfen die Umsetzbarkeit und liefern die gefertigte Holzkonstruktion als Bausatz direkt vom Hersteller. Wer lieber von einem fertigen Entwurf ausgeht, wählt ein Modell aus unserem Katalog und passt es an.

Eine Preisliste gibt es nicht. Jedes Einfamilienhaus aus Holz bieten wir schriftlich an, auf Grundlage Ihrer Maße, Ihres Wandprofils und des vereinbarten Lieferumfangs.

## Auf einen Blick

Hersteller: Holzhäuser aus dem Werk Eurodita in Litauen, Fertigung seit 1994.

Wand: Brettschichtholz in den Profilen 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 und 220 x 260 mm.

Ecke: Schwalbenschwanz-Eckverbindung (Dovetail) für die Profile von 88 bis 220 mm, nicht für 70 x 130 mm.

Planung und Kalkulation: Ihr Haus wird nach Ihrer Skizze oder Ihrem Architektenplan im eigenen Kalkulations- und Planungssystem von Eurodita berechnet und gezeichnet. Preis, 2D-CAD-Zeichnungen, 3D-Visualisierung und Angebot entstehen im selben System, deshalb erhalten Sie Ihr schriftliches Angebot in der Regel schnell.

Holz: Fichte und Kiefer aus Nordeuropa.

Fenster und Türen: eigene Holzfenster und Holztüren der Systeme IV45, IV68 und IV92, beim IV92 mit Dreifachverglasung.

Angebot: schriftlich, in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport; die Lieferung kann separat angeboten werden.

Bezugsweg: Größere Wohnhäuser bieten wir nach individueller Prüfung auch privaten Bauherren direkt an. Wir stimmen für jedes Projekt ab, ob der Direktbezug möglich ist oder die Abwicklung über einen Händler erfolgt.

## Holzhaus bauen mit Brettschichtholz: die Wand

Brettschichtholz besteht aus mehreren Holzlamellen, die miteinander verleimt werden. Diese Bauweise gilt im Holzbau allgemein als formstabil. Wie sich eine Wand im fertigen Haus verhält, hängt aber nicht vom Werkstoff allein ab, sondern auch von Profil, Detailplanung, Schutz vor Feuchte und sorgfältiger Montage.

Eurodita fertigt fünf Wandprofile aus Brettschichtholz. Für die vier größeren Profile gibt es die Schwalbenschwanz-Eckverbindung, im Katalog als Dovetail-Ecke bezeichnet:

| Wandprofil | Schwalbenschwanz-Ecke (Dovetail)

| 70 x 130 mm | nicht verfügbar

| 88 x 260 mm | verfügbar

| 135 x 260 mm | verfügbar

| 180 x 260 mm | verfügbar

| 220 x 260 mm | verfügbar

Aus dem Profilmaß allein lassen sich keine Aussagen zu Wärmeschutz, Statik oder Brandschutz ableiten. Welche Wandstärke zu Ihrem Haus passt, klären Sie mit Ihrem Planer und Energieberater für das ganze Gebäude. Auf Wunsch kann das Brettschichtholz im Werk als Zusatzleistung gestrichen werden.

- Holz: Fichte und Kiefer aus Nordeuropa.

- Fenster und Türen: eigene Holzfenster und Holztüren IV45, IV68 und IV92, dazu eigene Schiebe- und Falttüren aus Holz. Schiebesysteme aus Aluminium beziehen wir von einem Fachlieferanten.

- Geschosse: Der Katalog zeigt ein- und zweigeschossige Häuser. Häuser mit zwei oder mehr Geschossen planen wir immer als Einzelprojekt, auch wenn sie auf einem Katalogmodell beruhen.

## Individuelles Holzhaus: von der Skizze oder dem Architektenplan zum Bausatz

Ihr Holzhaus muss nicht aus dem Katalog kommen. Am Anfang kann ebenso eine Idee stehen wie der fertige Entwurf Ihres Architekten. Ein Architektenhaus aus Holz ist bei uns deshalb kein Sonderfall. So läuft ein Projekt ab:

- Anfrage mit Skizze oder Plan: Eine Handskizze reicht für den Anfang, ein fertiger Architektenplan ebenso.

- Prüfung des Fertigungsumfangs: Wir prüfen, was sich als Brettschichtholzkonstruktion fertigen lässt und welches Wandprofil passt.

- 2D-CAD-Zeichnungen: Grundrisse und Ansichten für Ihr konfiguriertes Projekt.

- Kalkulation, 3D-Visualisierung und Projektunterlagen: Preis, Visualisierung und technische Angaben zum Bausatz entstehen zusammen im eigenen Kalkulations- und Planungssystem von Eurodita. So bekommen Sie Zeichnungen und Angebot in der Regel schnell und aus einer Hand.

- Schriftliches Angebot: in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport.

- Fertigung: Nach Ihrer Freigabe fertigen wir die Holzkonstruktion im Werk Eurodita nach den abgestimmten Zeichnungen.

Wo eine statische Berechnung nötig ist, erstellen sie externe Fachleute. Die Machbarkeit prüfen wir für jedes Projekt einzeln; eine allgemeine Höchstgröße nennen wir nicht. Planung, Genehmigung und Nachweise bleiben bei Ihnen und Ihrem Architekten.

## Welche Unterlagen wir für die Prüfung Ihres Plans brauchen

Je vollständiger Ihre Unterlagen sind, desto genauer wird unser Angebot. Diese Angaben helfen uns:

- Stand des Plans: Skizze, Vorentwurf oder Ausführungsplan, mit Datum oder Planversion

- Grundrisse, Ansichten und Schnitte

- Außenmaße des Hauses

- Nutzung: Wohnhaus, Ferienhaus oder ein anderes Projekt

- gewünschtes Wandsystem und Wandprofil, falls schon festgelegt

- Zahl der Geschosse

- Fenster und Türen: Anzahl, Lage und Größen

- Standort und Bundesland

- gewünschter Lieferumfang, etwa mit oder ohne Dacheindeckung

Bitte beachten Sie: Vor dieser Prüfung sagen wir nichts zu Statik, Energiebedarf, Brandschutz oder Genehmigungsfähigkeit zu. Diese Fragen klären Sie mit Ihrem Planungsteam und dem örtlichen Bauamt.

## Modernes Holzhaus: Modelle aus Brettschichtholz im Katalog

Was ein Holzhaus modern macht, entscheidet die Architektur: klare Linien, große Glasflächen, offene Grundrisse, ein flaches oder flach geneigtes Dach. Unser Katalog zeigt ein- und zweigeschossige Häuser aus Brettschichtholz, die Sie als Ausgangspunkt nehmen und anpassen können. Eine Auswahl:

| Modell | Geschosse | Außenmaße | Wandprofil im Katalog

| Halden | 1 | 10,7 x 7,6 m | 220 mm

| Aurora | 2 | 9,7 x 8,2 m | 220 mm

| Fjord 80 | 1 | 10,2 x 9,5 m | 220 mm

| Glulife | 2 | 10,18 x 10,02 m | wählbar

| Linnea | 1 | 11,5 x 9,8 m | 220 mm

| Saimaa | 2 | 11,5 x 9 m | 220 mm

| Verdantix | 2 | 13,47 x 13,38 m | wählbar

| Norvik | 1 | 15,7 x 12,2 m mit Carport-Anbau | 220 mm

| Logique | 1 | 16,68 x 22,67 m | wählbar

Alle Maße sind Außenmaße. Für jedes dieser Modelle führt der Katalog die Wandstärken 70, 88, 135, 180 und 220 mm; das Profil im Modellnamen ist kein festes Maß, und Grundriss wie Größe lassen sich im individuellen Entwurf ändern. Die Modellseiten sind derzeit auf Englisch. Weitere Häuser finden Sie in der Übersicht Häuser aus Brettschichtholz und bei den zeitgemäßen Entwürfen mit Flachdach. Wer ein Haus aus Blockbohlen sucht, findet es auf unserer Seite zum Blockhaus-Bausatz.

## Holz-Fertighaus oder Bausatz: was geliefert wird und was nicht

Ein Fertighaus besteht aus vorgefertigten Bauteilen; Leistungsumfang und Ausbaustufe unterscheiden sich je nach Anbieter. Das ist bei Eurodita nicht der Standard. Sie erhalten einen Bausatz vom Hersteller: die im Werk gefertigte Holzkonstruktion Ihres Hauses. Die Arbeiten vor Ort werden für jedes Projekt eigens organisiert.

Zum Bausatz gehören:

- die Wände aus Brettschichtholz, gefertigt nach den Zeichnungen Ihres Auftrags

- Boden- und Dachkonstruktion aus Holz, wo erforderlich für die Dämmung vorbereitet

- Holzfenster und Holztüren aus eigener Fertigung, wie im Auftrag festgelegt

- werkseitig gefräste Kabelkanäle, sofern der Auftrag sie vorsieht

- die Zeichnungen und Unterlagen zu Ihrem Auftrag

Nicht im Standard-Bausatz enthalten sind:

- Dämmmaterial

- die Dacheindeckung

- das Fundament

- Hausanschlüsse sowie Elektro-, Sanitär- und Gasinstallation

- die Montage

Ob und wie die Montage organisiert wird, stimmen wir je Projekt ab. Fundament, Anschlüsse und Installationen planen Sie mit Fachbetrieben vor Ort. Den Preis bestimmen Außenmaße, Wandprofil, Geschosszahl, Fenster und Türen sowie der vereinbarte Lieferumfang; deshalb gibt es kein Holzhaus zum Festpreis von der Stange, sondern ein schriftliches Angebot für Ihr Haus.

## Baugenehmigung und Gebäudemodernisierungsgesetz

Ob Sie eine Baugenehmigung brauchen, regelt die Landesbauordnung Ihres Bundeslandes; für ein Wohnhaus ist sie in aller Regel nötig. Wird das Haus zum Wohnen beheizt, gilt außerdem das Gebäudeenergiegesetz, das seit Juli 2026 Gebäudemodernisierungsgesetz (GModG) heißt.

Planung, Genehmigung, Statik, Energienachweis und Brandschutz liegen bei Ihnen und Ihrem Planungsteam. Eurodita sagt für kein Modell zu, dass es genehmigungsfrei ist oder die gesetzlichen Anforderungen erfüllt; wir liefern Zeichnungen und die technischen Angaben zum Bausatz. Klären Sie das Verfahren früh mit Ihrem örtlichen Bauamt. Mehr dazu, auch zu den Ausnahmen in den Bauordnungen, lesen Sie auf der Seite zum Blockhaus-Bausatz.

## Häufige Fragen

## Ist ein Holzhaus günstiger als ein Massivhaus?

Eine pauschale Antwort gibt es darauf nicht, und einen Kostenvergleich veröffentlichen wir nicht. Was ein Haus insgesamt kostet, hängt von Größe, Wandaufbau, Geschosszahl, Fenstern, Ausbau, Grundstück und den Arbeiten vor Ort ab. Eurodita bietet den Bausatz schriftlich an, in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport. Für einen ehrlichen Vergleich rechnen Sie Fundament, Dämmung, Montage, Hausanschlüsse, Installationen und Genehmigung mit Ihrem Planer oder Bauunternehmen dazu und stellen diese Summe einem Angebot für ein Massivhaus gegenüber.

## Wie lange hält ein Holzhaus?

Eine Zahl nennen wir dafür nicht, denn die Lebensdauer eines Holzhauses hängt vor allem davon ab, wie es geplant, gebaut und gepflegt wird. Entscheidend sind eine durchdachte Konstruktion, konsequenter Schutz vor Feuchte an Sockel, Dach und Anschlüssen, regelmäßige Pflege der Fassade sowie eine sorgfältige Ausführung vor Ort. Eurodita liefert die im Werk gefertigte Holzkonstruktion; Fundament und Detailausführung verantworten Sie mit Ihren örtlichen Fachbetrieben und Ihrem Planungsteam; ob und wie die Montage organisiert wird, stimmen wir je Projekt ab.

## Was kostet ein Holzhaus aus Brettschichtholz?

Preise veröffentlicht Eurodita nicht. Der Preis eines Brettschichtholzhauses hängt von Außenmaßen, Wandprofil, Geschosszahl, Fenstern und Türen sowie dem vereinbarten Lieferumfang ab. Das gilt für ein kleines Haus mit rund 50 Quadratmetern ebenso wie für ein Einfamilienhaus. Jedes Haus bieten wir schriftlich an, in EUR, EXW Werk Eurodita, ohne Mehrwertsteuer und ohne Transport; die Lieferung kann separat angeboten werden. Für Ihr Gesamtbudget kommen Fundament, Dämmung, Montage, Anschlüsse, Installationen und Genehmigung hinzu.

## Kann ich mein Holzhaus nach eigenem Architektenplan bauen lassen?

Ja. Senden Sie uns den Plan Ihres Architekten oder zunächst eine Skizze. Wir prüfen, was sich als Brettschichtholzkonstruktion fertigen lässt und welches Wandprofil passt. Für das konfigurierte Projekt erstellt das Eurodita-Planungssystem 2D-CAD-Zeichnungen, eine 3D-Visualisierung und die Projektunterlagen; danach erhalten Sie ein schriftliches Angebot. Die Statik berechnen, wo nötig, externe Fachleute. Die Machbarkeit prüfen wir je Projekt. Für Baugenehmigung, Energienachweis und Brandschutz sind Sie und Ihr Architekt zuständig.

## Ist ein Holzhaus-Bausatz ein Fertighaus?

Nicht im Sinne eines schlüsselfertigen Hauses. Eurodita liefert einen Bausatz vom Hersteller: Wände aus Brettschichtholz, Boden- und Dachkonstruktion, wo erforderlich für die Dämmung vorbereitet, eigene Holzfenster und Holztüren sowie die Unterlagen zu Ihrem Auftrag. Dämmmaterial, Dacheindeckung, Fundament, Hausanschlüsse und Installationen gehören nicht zum Bausatz; wie die Montage organisiert wird, stimmen wir je Projekt ab. Ob und wie die Montage organisiert wird, stimmen wir je Projekt ab.

## Welche Wandstärken gibt es bei Brettschichtholz?

Eurodita fertigt fünf Brettschichtholz-Profile: 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 und 220 x 260 mm. Die Schwalbenschwanz-Eckverbindung (Dovetail) gibt es für die vier Profile von 88 bis 220 mm, nicht für 70 x 130 mm. Aus dem Profilmaß allein ergibt sich kein Wert für Wärmeschutz oder Statik; welche Wandstärke zu Ihrem Haus passt, klärt Ihr Planer für das ganze Gebäude. Die Verfügbarkeit für Ihr Projekt bestätigen wir im Angebot.

## So starten Sie Ihr Holzhaus-Projekt

Schicken Sie uns Ihre Skizze oder Ihren Architektenplan, dazu Standort, Nutzung, Außenmaße und Geschosszahl. Schreiben Sie auch, ob Sie als Bauherr, Architekt oder Händler anfragen.

Wir prüfen Ihr Projekt, nennen Ihnen den passenden Bezugsweg und senden Ihnen, sobald die Angaben ausreichen, ein schriftliches Angebot mit Zeichnungen.

Projekt anfragen

Holzhaus aus Brettschichtholz, individuell geplant Projekt anfragen


---

# Anneks og bjælkehytte som byggesæt fra producent
URL: https://eurodita.com/dk-market/anneks/

## Anneks og bjælkehytte som byggesæt fra producent

Anneks og bjælkehytter som byggesæt fra producent

Overvejer du et anneks eller en bjælkehytte som byggesæt? Eurodita har produceret træbygninger siden 1994 på egen fabrik i Litauen og leverer bjælkehytter som byggesæt direkte fra producenten. Her finder du reglerne for byggetilladelse og de modeller i vores katalog, der passer til dem.

Send en forespørgsel Eurodita i Danmark

Vi offentliggør ingen prisliste. Hver bygning får et skriftligt tilbud ud fra udvendige mål, valgt væg og aftalt levering.

## Kort fortalt

Uden byggetilladelse: sekundær bebyggelse som udhuse og lignende bygninger på i alt højst 50,0 m² på grunden, eksisterende bygninger medregnet, når bygningsreglementet, byggeretten og anden lovgivning overholdes.

Anneks til beboelse: sekundær bebyggelse må ikke bruges til beboelse, dvs. længerevarende ophold, så et anneks til beboelse kræver byggetilladelse fra kommunen.

Producent: træbygninger fra Eurodita-fabrikken i Litauen, produktion siden 1994.

Modeller: annekser og bjælkehytter med udvendige mål fra 12 m², tagfod op til 2,5 m og kiphøjde op til 4,0 m ifølge kataloget.

Vægge: massivt træ 19-70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 eller 58-100-58 mm og limtræ 70×130-220×260 mm. En model i massivt træ kan fremstilles i enhver af profilerne 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en model i limtræ i enhver limtræsprofil. Profilen på 19 mm bruges kun på de modeller, der står med den i kataloget.

Tilbud: skriftligt, i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabrikken, uden moms og transport; leveringen kan prissættes separat.

## Anneks og byggetilladelse: reglerne

Ifølge bygningsreglementets vejledning om sekundær bebyggelse forstås ved sekundær bebyggelse garager, carporte, udhuse, drivhuse, orangerier, overdækkede terrasser og lignende bygninger. Sekundær bebyggelse med et samlet areal på højst 50,0 m² kan opføres uden ansøgning om byggetilladelse, hvis bygningsreglementet, herunder byggeretten, og anden lovgivning er overholdt. Arealet gælder al sekundær bebyggelse på grunden tilsammen, også den, der allerede står der: er der opført 40 m², kan der kun opføres 10 m² mere uden byggetilladelse. Bygningen skal desuden placeres på terræn. Overstiger den sekundære bebyggelse 50,0 m², er der altid krav om byggetilladelse.

Sekundær bebyggelse må ikke anvendes til beboelse, dvs. til længerevarende ophold, heller ikke selv om bygningen opfylder kravene til en bolig. Skal annekset bruges til beboelse, kræver det derfor byggetilladelse. Om den brug, du planlægger, for eksempel gæsteværelse, regnes som beboelse, afklarer du med kommunen.

Ved sommerhuse gælder særlige afstandskrav: udgangspunktet er, at der ikke må opføres bebyggelse 0,0-5,0 meter fra skel. Inden for 2,5 meter fra skel er det ikke tilladt. Fra 2,5 til 5,0 meter fra skel mod nabo og sti kan sekundær bebyggelse opføres på visse betingelser, bl.a. at ingen del af væg eller tag er højere end 2,5 meter over terræn, at siderne mod skel samlet er højst 12 meter lange, at der ikke er vinduer, døre eller andre åbninger mod skel, og at tagvandet holdes på egen grund. Derudover gælder byggerettens regler om afstand til skel, højde og bebyggelsesprocent samt lokalplan og deklarationer. Undersøg derfor reglerne for din grund hos kommunen, før du bestiller. Eurodita yder ikke juridisk rådgivning og garanterer ikke for nogen model, at den kan opføres uden byggetilladelse. Til ansøgningen leverer vi tegninger og tekniske data for byggesættet.

## Modeller fra 12 til 43 m²

Tabellen viser et udvalg fra vores katalog med udvendige mål, areal efter udvendige mål og højder ifølge kataloget:

| Model | Udvendige mål | Areal | Tagfod | Kip

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Ét soveværelse 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Ét soveværelse 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin ét soveværelse 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin ét soveværelse 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Ét soveværelse 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

| Gladehaven | 6 x 7,2 m | 43,2 m² | 2,14 m | 2,86 m

Alle mål er udvendige mål ifølge kataloget i september 2026. Det areal, kommunen regner med, kan afvige fra arealet efter udvendige mål, fx på grund af tagudhæng. Højderne måles fra terræn, så fundamentets højde kommer oveni. Modelsiderne er foreløbig på engelsk; flere modeller finder du i oversigterne over hytter med ét soveværelse og havehytter.

## Vægge: massivt træ, Twin Skin eller limtræ

Væggen vælges efter, hvordan bygningen skal bruges, og efter projektet som helhed. Eurodita producerer tre vægsystemer:

- Massivt træ: vægbjælker på 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm i ét lag.

- Twin Skin (dobbeltvæg): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm, dvs. ydervæg, hulrum og indervæg i samme tykkelse. Hulrummet er forberedt til isolering, som købes lokalt. Hulrummets bredde er ingen isoleringsspecifikation.

- Limtræ: profilerne 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 og 220×260 mm. Limtræet produceres på Eurodita-fabrikken: limes, profileres og bearbejdes.

En model i massivt træ kan fremstilles i enhver af profilerne 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en model i limtræ i enhver limtræsprofil; tilgængeligheden bekræftes i tilbuddet. Vi angiver ikke den færdige bygnings termiske egenskaber: vægtykkelsen alene afgør ikke bygningens energiforbrug.

## Hvad byggesættet indeholder, og hvad det ikke indeholder

Byggesættet omfatter bygningens trækonstruktion, produceret efter tegningerne til din ordre:

- vægge i massivt træ, Twin Skin eller limtræ

- trækonstruktion til gulv og tag, forberedt til isolering, hvor det er nødvendigt

- vinduer og døre i træ fra egen produktion, som angivet i ordren

- kabelkanaler fræset på fabrikken, hvis ordren angiver dem

- tegninger og dokumenter til ordren

Standardbyggesættet omfatter ikke:

- isoleringsmaterialer

- tagdækning, hvis den ikke bestilles

- fundament

- tilslutninger og installationer til el, vand, afløb og gas

- montering

Monteringen, og hvordan den organiseres, aftaler vi for hvert projekt. Fundament, tilslutninger og installationer planlægges med lokale firmaer. Prisen afhænger af udvendige mål, væg, vinduer og døre og aftalt levering; derfor findes der ingen prisliste, men et skriftligt tilbud på din bygning.

## Efter egne mål: fra skitse til byggesæt

Passer ingen katalogmodel til din grund, kan vi tage udgangspunkt i en skitse eller en arkitekttegning. Vi beregner prisen og udarbejder tilbuddet i Euroditas eget kalkulations- og konstruktionssystem, og sammen med tilbuddet får du 2D-tegninger og en 3D-visualisering. Derfor kommer tilbuddet som regel hurtigt. Mål og planløsning kan tilpasses de regler, der gælder for din grund; hvad der gælder for dit projekt, afklarer du med kommunen. Hvor der er brug for statiske beregninger, udføres de af eksterne specialister.

## Sådan køber du

Eurodita arbejder primært med forhandlere, byggefirmaer, bygherrer og arkitekter. Større boliger kan prissættes direkte til privatpersoner efter en konkret vurdering af projektet. For annekser, bjælkehytter og andre mindre bygninger afklarer vi for hvert projekt, om du køber direkte eller gennem en forhandler.

Er du forhandler, finder du mere på siden Eurodita i Danmark.

## Ofte stillede spørgsmål

## Må man bygge et anneks uden byggetilladelse?

Sekundær bebyggelse som udhuse og lignende bygninger kan opføres uden byggetilladelse, når det samlede areal af den sekundære bebyggelse på grunden, eksisterende bygninger medregnet, er højst 50,0 m², bygningen står på terræn, og bygningsreglementet, byggeretten og anden lovgivning er overholdt. Sekundær bebyggelse må dog ikke bruges til beboelse, dvs. længerevarende ophold. Skal annekset bruges til beboelse, kræver det byggetilladelse fra kommunen.

## Hvad gælder for et anneks til sommerhus?

Ved sommerhuse gælder særlige afstandskrav for sekundær bebyggelse: udgangspunktet er, at der ikke må opføres bebyggelse 0,0-5,0 meter fra skel. Inden for 2,5 meter fra skel er det ikke tilladt; fra 2,5 til 5,0 meter kun på visse betingelser, bl.a. at ingen del af bygningen er højere end 2,5 meter over terræn. Derudover gælder byggeretten, bebyggelsesprocenten, lokalplan og deklarationer. Undersøg reglerne for din grund hos kommunen, før du bestiller.

## Hvor stort må et anneks være?

Uden byggetilladelse må den sekundære bebyggelse på grunden samlet være højst 50,0 m², også medregnet det, der allerede står, og den må ikke bruges til beboelse. Overstiger den 50,0 m², er der altid krav om byggetilladelse. Et anneks til beboelse behandles af kommunen ud fra byggeretten, lokalplanen og bygningens anvendelse.

## Hvad koster et anneks som byggesæt?

Eurodita offentliggør ingen priser eller prislister. Prisen afhænger af udvendige mål, væg, vinduer og døre og aftalt levering. Hver bygning får et skriftligt tilbud i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabrikken, uden moms og transport; leveringen kan prissættes separat. Vi beregner prisen i vores eget kalkulationssystem og udarbejder tegninger og 3D-visualisering, derfor kommer tilbuddet som regel hurtigt. Oveni kommer fundament, isolering, montering, tilslutninger og installationer.

## Leveres annekset nøglefærdigt?

Monteringen aftales for hvert projekt, og nøglefærdig levering indgår ikke i standardleverancen. Eurodita leverer byggesættet fra producenten, dvs. trækonstruktionen produceret efter dine tegninger med de bestilte vinduer og døre. Isolering, fundament, tilslutninger, installationer og montering indgår ikke i standardbyggesættet; monteringen, og hvordan den organiseres, aftaler vi for hvert projekt.

## Kan jeg få annekset tilpasset egne mål?

Ja. Send en skitse eller arkitekttegninger. Vi kontrollerer, hvad der kan produceres i massivt træ, Twin Skin eller limtræ, beregner prisen i vores eget system og sender tilbuddet med 2D-tegninger og 3D-visualisering. Hvor der er brug for statiske beregninger, udføres de af eksterne specialister; byggetilladelse og tekniske krav afklarer du med kommunen.

## Sådan forbereder du din forespørgsel

Fortæl os, i hvilken kommune grunden ligger, og om det er en helårs- eller sommerhusgrund, hvordan bygningen skal bruges (anneks, gæstehus, udhus eller hobbyrum), hvilken model eller hvilke udvendige mål du tænker på, afstanden til skel, væggen, hvis du allerede har valgt den, og eventuelle skitser. Skriv også, om du kontakter os som privatperson, fagperson eller forhandler.

Vi gennemgår projektet og svarer med den relevante købsvej og, når oplysningerne rækker, et skriftligt tilbud med tegninger.

Send en forespørgsel

Anneks og bjælkehytter som byggesæt fra producent Send en forespørgsel


---

# Puidust aiamajad otse tootjalt, ka mõõdu järgi
URL: https://eurodita.com/ee-market/aiamajad/

## Puidust aiamajad otse tootjalt, ka mõõdu järgi

Palkaiamajad otse tootjalt

Otsite puidust aiamaja puhkamiseks, külalistele või kodukontoriks? Eurodita toodab puithooneid alates 1994. aastast oma tehases Leedus ning tarnib aiamaju komplektina otse tootjalt. Sellelt lehelt leiate, millal aiamaja jaoks ei ole vaja ehitusteatist ega ehitusluba ja milliste meie kataloogi mudelite välismõõtudest arvutatud pind jääb nendesse piiridesse.

Saada hinnapäring Eurodita Eestis

Hinnakirja me ei avalda. Koostame kirjaliku pakkumise, lähtudes välismõõtudest, valitud seinasüsteemist ja kokkulepitud tarneviisist.

## Lühidalt

Ilma teatiseta: kuni 20 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrgune hoone, ka elamut teenindav abihoone, ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 järgi.

Ehitusteatis ja ehitusprojekt: üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ning kuni 5 m kõrgune hoone.

Ehitusluba: üle 5 m kõrgune kuni 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga hoone ning iga üle 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga hoone.

Tootja: Eurodita toodab puithooneid oma tehases Leedus alates 1994. aastast.

Mudelid: aiamajad 12 kuni 40 m² välismõõtude järgi, kataloogi järgi harjakõrgusega kuni 3,51 m.

Seinad: massiivpuit 19 kuni 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 või 58-100-58 mm ning liimpuit (glulam) 70×130 kuni 220×260 mm. Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist. 19 mm profiili kasutatakse ainult mudelitel, mis on sellega kataloogis.

Pakkumine: kirjalik, eurodes, tingimusel EXW Eurodita tehas, ilma käibemaksu ja transpordita; transpordi saame pakkuda eraldi.

## Aiamaja ilma ehitusteatise ja ehitusloata: reeglid

Ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 (redaktsioon, mis kehtib alates 1. augustist 2026) määrab, millal hoone püstitamiseks on vaja ehitusteatist, ehitusprojekti või ehitusluba. Elamu ja selle teenindamiseks vajaliku abihoone, samuti mitteelamu puhul kehtib püstitamisel järgmine:

- ehitisealune pind kuni 20 m² ja kõrgus kuni 5 m: teavitamiskohustus puudub;

- ehitisealune pind üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m² ning kõrgus kuni 5 m: ehitusteatis ja ehitusprojekt;

- ehitisealune pind kuni 60 m² ja kõrgus üle 5 m: ehitusluba;

- ehitisealune pind üle 60 m²: ehitusluba.

Lisa selgitab ka piiri: 20,0 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrguse hoone püstitamisel teavituskohustus puudub, kuid juba 20,1 m² suurune hoone kuulub järgmisse kategooriasse. Ka teatise- ja loavaba hoone peab ehitusseadustiku § 11 järgi olema ohutu ja vastama ehitisele esitatavatele nõuetele. Kontrollige enne tellimist oma kinnistu kohta kehtivaid planeeringuid ja nõudeid kohalikust omavalitsusest või projekteerijalt. Eurodita ei anna õigusnõu ega garanteeri ühegi mudeli puhul, et selle võib püstitada ilma teatiseta. Projekti jaoks anname komplekti joonised ja tehnilised andmed.

## Mudelid 12 kuni 40 m²

Tabelis on valik meie kataloogi mudeleid koos välismõõtude, nende põhjal arvutatud pinna ning kataloogijärgsete kõrgustega:

| Mudel | Välismõõdud | Pind | Räästa kõrgus | Harja kõrgus

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Ühe magamistoaga 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Ühe magamistoaga 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin, ühe magamistoaga 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin, ühe magamistoaga 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Ühe magamistoaga 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

Kõik mõõdud on välismõõdud ja vastavad 2026. aasta septembri kataloogile. Tabeli pinnad on arvutatud välismõõtudest; ehitisealuse pinna määrab projekteerija. Brookhaveni ja Jamesi välismõõtude põhjal arvutatud pind jääb alla 20 m², Apex Twin Skin on täpselt piiril; see ei kinnita ehitisealust pinda, mille määrab projekt. Ülejäänud mudelite arvutatud pind jääb vahemikku üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m². Kõrgused on toodud kataloogi järgi; hoone lõpliku kõrguse koos vundamendiga kontrollige projektis. Mudelite lehed on praegu inglise keeles; rohkem mudeleid leiate aiamajade ja ühe magamistoaga majade ülevaatest.

## Seinad: massiivpuit, Twin Skin või liimpuit

Seinasüsteemi valikul lähtuge aiamaja kavandatud kasutusest ja kogu projektist. Eurodita toodab kolme seinasüsteemi:

- Massiivpuit: 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 ja 70 mm paksused seinapalgid ühes kihis.

- Twin Skin (topeltsein): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm ehk välimine kiht, vahe ja sama paksusega sisemine kiht. Vahe on mõeldud soojustusele, mille hangite kohapeal. Vahe laius ei ole soojustuse spetsifikatsioon.

- Liimpuit (glulam): profiilid 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 ja 220×260 mm. Liimpuitu toodame oma tehases: liimime, profileerime ja töötleme selle ise.

Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist; saadavuse kinnitab pakkumine. Valmis hoone soojustehnilisi omadusi me ei avalda: seina paksus üksi ei määra hoone energiatõhusust. Kui soovite aiamaja kasutada ka talvel, valige sein, soojustus ja vundament koos projekteerijaga.

## Mida komplekt sisaldab ja mida mitte

Komplekt sisaldab teie tellimuse jooniste järgi valmistatud puitkonstruktsiooni:

- massiivpuidust, Twin Skin või liimpuidust seinad

- põranda ja katuse puitkonstruktsiooni, vajaduse korral soojustamiseks ettevalmistatuna

- tellimuse järgi oma toodangu puitaknad ja -uksed

- tehases freesitud kaablikanalid, kui tellimus neid sisaldab

- tellimuse joonised ja dokumendid

Standardkomplekt ei sisalda:

- soojustusmaterjale

- katusekatet, kui seda ei ole tellitud

- vundamenti

- elektri-, vee-, kanalisatsiooni- ja gaasiliitumisi ning -paigaldisi

- püstitamist

Püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi. Vundament ja liitumised planeerige kohalike ettevõtetega. Hind sõltub välismõõtudest, seinatüübist, akendest ja ustest ning kokkulepitud tarneviisist, seepärast koostame hinnakirja asemel teie aiamaja kohta kirjaliku pakkumise.

## Mõõdu järgi: visandist komplektini

Kui ükski kataloogimudel teie krundile ei sobi, võime alustada visandist või arhitekti joonistest. Hinna arvutame ja pakkumise koostame Eurodita enda kalkulatsiooni- ja projekteerimissüsteemis ning koos pakkumisega saate 2D-joonised ja 3D-visualiseeringu. Seetõttu jõuab pakkumine tavaliselt kiiresti. Mõõte ja planeeringut saab kohandada teie krundile kehtivate reeglitega; mis teie ehitise kohta kehtib, kontrollige kohalikust omavalitsusest või projekteerijalt. Kui on vaja tugevusarvutust, teevad selle välised spetsialistid.

## Puitmaja aastaringseks elamiseks

Kui kavandate aastaringseks elamiseks puitmaja, valmistame ka aiamajast suuremaid hooneid massiivpuidust, Twin Skin seinast või liimpuidust. Üle 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga või üle 5 m kõrgusele hoonele on ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 järgi vaja ehitusluba. Tellimuseks vajalikud joonised ja tehnilised andmed anname meie.

## Kuidas osta

Eurodita teeb koostööd peamiselt edasimüüjate, ehitusettevõtete, arendajate ja arhitektidega. Suuremate elamute kohta teeme pakkumise ka otse eraklientidele, kui oleme projekti hinnanud. Aiamajade ja muude väiksemate hoonete puhul lepime iga projekti puhul kokku, kas ostate otse või kaubanduspartneri kaudu.

Saunamajadest kirjutame lehel Saunamaja palgist otse tootjalt.

Kui olete edasimüüja, leiate lisateavet lehelt Eurodita Eestis.

## Korduma kippuvad küsimused

## Kui suure aiamaja võib püstitada ilma ehitusteatiseta?

Ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 järgi ei ole kuni 20 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrguse hoone püstitamisel teavituskohustust. Üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ning kuni 5 m kõrguse hoone jaoks on vaja ehitusteatist ja ehitusprojekti, üle 5 m kõrguse või üle 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga hoone jaoks ehitusluba. Ka teatisevaba hoone peab vastama ehitisele esitatavatele nõuetele; kontrollige planeeringuid kohalikust omavalitsusest.

## Kas aiamajas võib elada?

Menetlus sõltub hoone ehitisealusest pinnast ja kõrgusest ning kasutusotstarbest. Aastaringseks elamiseks mõeldud suurema maja jaoks on üle 60 m² ehitisealuse pinna või üle 5 m kõrguse korral ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 järgi vaja ehitusluba. Kontrollige oma kavatsust kohalikust omavalitsusest või projekteerijalt.

## Kui palju maksab puidust aiamaja?

Eurodita ei avalda hindu ega hinnakirju. Hind sõltub välismõõtudest, seinatüübist, akendest ja ustest ning kokkulepitud tarneviisist. Iga aiamaja kohta koostame kirjaliku pakkumise eurodes, tingimusel EXW Eurodita tehas, ilma käibemaksu ja transpordita; transpordi saame pakkuda eraldi. Hinna arvutame oma kalkulatsioonisüsteemis, mis koostab ka joonised ja 3D-visualiseeringu, seetõttu jõuab pakkumine tavaliselt kiiresti. Kogusummale lisanduvad vundament, soojustus, püstitamine, liitumised ja paigaldised.

## Kas aiamaja saab kasutada ka talvel?

See sõltub projektist tervikuna: valitud seinast, soojustusest, vundamendist, paigaldistest ja püstitamisest. Komplekt sisaldab puitkonstruktsiooni, vajaduse korral soojustamiseks ettevalmistatuna; soojustusmaterjalid ostetakse kohapeal. Valmis hoone soojustehnilisi omadusi me ei avalda.

## Kas tarnite aiamaja kokkupanduna, võtmed kätte?

Standardtarne on tootja komplekt: aiamaja puitkonstruktsioon, mis on valmistatud teie jooniste järgi koos tellitud akende ja ustega. Soojustus, vundament, liitumised, paigaldised ja püstitamine ei kuulu standardkomplekti; püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi.

## Kas valmistate aiamaja minu mõõtude järgi?

Jah. Saatke meile visand või arhitekti joonised. Hindame, mida saab valmistada massiivpuidust, Twin Skin seinast või liimpuidust, arvutame hinna oma süsteemis ja saadame pakkumise koos 2D-jooniste ja 3D-visualiseeringuga. Kui on vaja tugevusarvutust, teevad selle välised spetsialistid; ehitusreeglid kontrollige kohalikust omavalitsusest või projekteerijalt.

## Kuidas hinnapäringut ette valmistada

Märkige, millises omavalitsuses krunt asub, milleks aiamaja kasutate (puhkus, külalised, kodukontor või panipaik), millist mudelit või milliseid välismõõte soovite, kavandatav kaugus krundi piirist, seinasüsteem, kui olete selle juba valinud, ning võimalikud visandid. Kirjutage ka, kas pöördute meie poole eraisiku, spetsialisti või edasimüüjana.

Hindame projekti ja vastame, kuidas saate aiamaja osta, ning kui andmeid on piisavalt, saadame kirjaliku pakkumise koos joonistega.

Saada hinnapäring

Palkaiamajad otse tootjalt Saada hinnapäring


---

# Saunamaja palgist otse tootjalt, ka mõõdu järgi
URL: https://eurodita.com/ee-market/saunamaja/

## Saunamaja palgist otse tootjalt, ka mõõdu järgi

Saunamaja palkhoone otse tootjalt

Kas kavandate oma aeda palksaunamaja? Eurodita toodab puithooneid alates 1994. aastast oma tehases Leedus ning tarnib palkhooneid komplektina otse tootjalt, ka eraldi saunaruumiga. Tarnime ainult hoone enda: puitkarkassi ning hoone välisaknad ja -uksed. Keris, lavad, sauna uks ja sauna sisustus ei kuulu Eurodita tarnesse; need valitakse ja paigaldatakse koos kohalike spetsialistidega.

Saada hinnapäring Eurodita Eestis

Hinnakirja me ei avalda. Koostame kirjaliku pakkumise, lähtudes välismõõtudest, valitud seinasüsteemist ja kokkulepitud tarneviisist.

## Lühidalt

Mida tarnime: saunamaja palkhoone komplektina: seinad, põranda ja katuse puitkonstruktsioonid ning hoone välisaknad ja -uksed tellimuse jooniste järgi.

Mida me ei tarni: kerist, lavasid, sauna ust ega sauna sisustust, aurutõket, soojustusmaterjale, elektripaigaldisi ega korstnat.

Ilma teatiseta: kuni 20 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrgune hoone ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 järgi.

Ehitusteatis ja ehitusprojekt: üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ning kuni 5 m kõrgune hoone.

Saunamudel: Log Cabin With Sauna Room, välismõõdud 5,7 x 3,7 m, seinaprofiil 44 x 130 mm, eraldi saunaruumiga.

Tootja: Eurodita toodab puithooneid oma tehases Leedus alates 1994. aastast.

Pakkumine: kirjalik, eurodes, tingimusel EXW Eurodita tehas, ilma käibemaksu ja transpordita; transpordi saame pakkuda eraldi.

## Kas saunamaja jaoks on vaja ehitusteatist?

Ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 (redaktsioon, mis kehtib alates 1. augustist 2026) määrab, millal hoone püstitamiseks on vaja ehitusteatist, ehitusprojekti või ehitusluba. Elamu teenindamiseks vajaliku abihoone ja mitteelamu puhul kehtib püstitamisel järgmine:

- ehitisealune pind kuni 20 m² ja kõrgus kuni 5 m: teavitamiskohustus puudub;

- ehitisealune pind üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m² ning kõrgus kuni 5 m: ehitusteatis ja ehitusprojekt;

- ehitisealune pind kuni 60 m² ja kõrgus üle 5 m: ehitusluba;

- ehitisealune pind üle 60 m²: ehitusluba.

Lisa selgitab ka piiri: 20,0 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrguse hoone püstitamisel teavituskohustus puudub, kuid juba 20,1 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrgune hoone kuulub järgmisse kategooriasse. Ka teatise- ja loavaba ehitis peab ehitusseadustiku § 11 järgi kogu oma kasutusea vältel vastama selle kasutamise nõuetele ja olema olemasolu vältel ohutu. Keris, korsten ja nende paigaldus tehakse tootja juhiste järgi koos kohalike spetsialistidega. Kontrollige enne tellimist oma kinnistu kohta kehtivaid planeeringuid ja nõudeid kohalikust omavalitsusest või projekteerijalt. Eurodita ei anna õigusnõu ega garanteeri ühegi mudeli puhul, et selle võib püstitada ilma teatiseta. Anname komplekti joonised ja tehnilised andmed; projektipõhiste dokumentide vajaduse määrab projekteerija.

## Saunamaja kataloogist

Kataloogis on eraldi saunaruumiga palkhoone. Andmed on tootekaardi järgi:

| Mudel | Välismõõdud | Välisjalajälg | Räästa kõrgus | Harja kõrgus | Sein

| Log Cabin With Sauna Room | 5,7 x 3,7 m | 21,1 m² | 2,21 m | 2,57 m | 44 x 130 mm

Mõõdud on välismõõdud ja koos 21,1 m² välisjalajäljega vastavad 2026. aasta septembri kataloogile. Ehitisealuse pinna määrab projekteerija ning selle põhjal tuleb kontrollida, kas hoone vajab ehitusteatist ja ehitusprojekti või ehitusluba; üle 20 m² välisjalajäljega mudeli puhul arvestage vähemalt ehitusteatisega. Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist, kinnitatult pakkumises. Saunaruumi paigutamist teistesse aiamajadesse või teie visandi järgi hoonesse, näiteks alla 20 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga, hindame projekti kaupa ja ruumijaotus kinnitatakse pakkumises ja joonistel; mudeleid leiate lehelt Puidust aiamajad otse tootjalt. Mudelite lehed on praegu inglise keeles.

## Seinad: massiivpuit, Twin Skin või liimpuit

Seinasüsteemi valikul lähtuge hoone kavandatud kasutusest ja kogu projektist. Eurodita toodab kolme seinasüsteemi:

- Massiivpuit: 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 ja 70 mm paksused seinapalgid ühes kihis.

- Twin Skin (topeltsein): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm ehk välimine kiht, vahe ja sama paksusega sisemine kiht. Vahe on mõeldud soojustusele, mille hangite kohapeal. Vahe laius ei ole soojustuse spetsifikatsioon.

- Liimpuit (glulam): profiilid 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 ja 220×260 mm. Liimpuitu toodame oma tehases: liimime, profileerime ja töötleme selle ise.

Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist; saadavuse kinnitab pakkumine. Me ei avalda valmis hoone soojustehnilisi omadusi ega hinda sauna toimivust; Eurodita tarnib ainult palkhoone komplekti. Kerise, soojustuse, aurutõkke ja ventilatsiooni valite koos kohalike spetsialistidega.

## Mida komplekt sisaldab ja mida mitte

Komplekt sisaldab teie tellimuse jooniste järgi valmistatud puitkonstruktsiooni:

- massiivpuidust, Twin Skin või liimpuidust seinad, ruumijaotus jooniste järgi

- põranda ja katuse puitkonstruktsiooni, vajaduse korral soojustamiseks ettevalmistatuna

- hoone oma toodangu puidust välisaknad ja -uksed tellimuse järgi

- tehases freesitud kaablikanalid, kui tellimus neid sisaldab

- tellimuse joonised ja dokumendid

Standardkomplekt ei sisalda:

- kerist, lavasid, sauna ust ega sauna sisustust

- aurutõket ega soojustusmaterjale

- korstnat ega suitsulõõre

- elektri-, vee- ja kanalisatsioonipaigaldisi ega liitumisi

- katusekatet, kui seda ei ole tellitud

- vundamenti

- püstitamist

Püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi. Sauna sisustus, keris, korsten, paigaldised ja vundament planeerige kohalike ettevõtete ja spetsialistidega. Hind sõltub välismõõtudest, seinatüübist, akendest ja ustest ning kokkulepitud tarneviisist, seepärast koostame hinnakirja asemel teie hoone kohta kirjaliku pakkumise.

## Mõõdu järgi: visandist komplektini

Kui ükski kataloogimudel ei sobi, võime alustada teie visandist või arhitekti joonistest, näiteks saunaruumi, riietusruumi ja terrassiga. Hinna arvutame ja pakkumise koostame Eurodita enda kalkulatsiooni- ja projekteerimissüsteemis ning koos pakkumisega saate 2D-joonised ja 3D-visualiseeringu. Kui lähteandmeid on piisavalt, jõuab pakkumine seetõttu tavaliselt kiiresti. Kui on vaja tugevusarvutust, teevad selle välised spetsialistid.

## Kuidas osta

Eurodita teeb koostööd peamiselt edasimüüjate, ehitusettevõtete, arendajate ja arhitektidega. Saunamajade ja muude väiksemate hoonete puhul lepime iga projekti puhul kokku, kas ostate otse või kaubanduspartneri kaudu.

Kui olete edasimüüja, leiate lisateavet lehelt Eurodita Eestis.

## Korduma kippuvad küsimused

## Kas saunamaja jaoks on vaja ehitusteatist?

Ehitusseadustiku lisa 1 järgi ei ole kuni 20 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ja kuni 5 m kõrguse hoone püstitamisel teavituskohustust. Üle 20 m² ja kuni 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga ning kuni 5 m kõrguse hoone jaoks on vaja ehitusteatist ja ehitusprojekti, üle 5 m kõrguse või üle 60 m² ehitisealuse pinnaga hoone jaoks ehitusluba. Kontrollige planeeringuid kohalikust omavalitsusest.

## Kas tarnite sauna koos kerise ja lavadega?

Ei. Eurodita tarnib ainult palkhoone: seinad, põranda ja katuse puitkonstruktsioonid ning hoone välisaknad ja -uksed. Keris, lavad, sauna uks ja muu sisustus ning aurutõke, soojustus, korsten ja paigaldised ei kuulu tarnesse; need valitakse ja paigaldatakse koos kohalike spetsialistidega.

## Kui palju maksab saunamaja?

Eurodita ei avalda hindu ega hinnakirju. Hoone hind sõltub välismõõtudest, seinatüübist, akendest ja ustest ning kokkulepitud tarneviisist. Iga hoone kohta koostame kirjaliku pakkumise eurodes, tingimusel EXW Eurodita tehas, ilma käibemaksu ja transpordita. Hinna arvutame oma süsteemis, mis koostab ka joonised ja 3D-visualiseeringu, seetõttu jõuab pakkumine tavaliselt kiiresti. Sauna sisustus, keris, korsten, paigaldised, vundament ja püstitamine planeeritakse eraldi.

## Kui suur võib saunamaja olla?

Meie kataloogi eraldi saunaruumiga palkhoone välismõõdud on 5,7 x 3,7 m. Saunaruumi paigutamist teistesse aiamajadesse või teie visandi järgi hindame projekti kaupa. Teatisevabaks jäämiseks peab ehitisealune pind olema kuni 20 m² ja kõrgus kuni 5 m.

## Kas püstitate saunamaja?

Standardtarne on tootja komplekt. Hoone püstitamine ja selle korraldus lepitakse kokku iga projekti puhul eraldi. Sauna sisustus, keris, korsten ja paigaldised ei kuulu tarnesse ning need tehakse koos kohalike spetsialistidega.

## Milline sein sobib saunamajale?

Toodame massiivpuidust seinu profiilides 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 ja 70 mm, Twin Skin topeltseinu ja liimpuitu. Massiivpuidust mudelit saab valmistada mis tahes 28, 34, 44, 58 või 70 mm profiilist, liimpuidust mudelit mis tahes liimpuitprofiilist. 19 mm profiili kasutatakse ainult mudelitel, mis on sellega kataloogis. Me ei hinda sauna toimivust ega avalda valmis hoone soojustehnilisi omadusi; Eurodita tarnib ainult palkhoone komplekti.

## Kuidas hinnapäringut ette valmistada

Märkige, millises omavalitsuses krunt asub, valitud mudel või soovitud välismõõdud, kavandatud ruumijaotus (saunaruum, riietusruum, puhkeruum), kavandatav kaugus krundi piirist, seinasüsteem, kui olete selle juba valinud, ning võimalikud visandid. Kirjutage ka, kas pöördute meie poole eraisiku, spetsialisti või edasimüüjana.

Hindame projekti ja vastame, kuidas saate hoone osta, ning kui andmeid on piisavalt, saadame kirjaliku pakkumise koos joonistega.

Saada hinnapäring

Saunamaja palkhoone otse tootjalt Saada hinnapäring


---

# Casas de madera del fabricante, también a medida
URL: https://eurodita.com/es-market/casas-de-madera/

## Casas de madera del fabricante, también a medida

Casas de madera habitables, también a medida

¿Busca una casa de madera para vivir, como vivienda principal, casa para un familiar o casa de vacaciones? Eurodita fabrica edificios de madera desde 1994 en su propia fábrica de Lituania. Paredes, ventanas y puertas de madera y los planos del proyecto salen de la misma fábrica: usted define la distribución, el grosor de las paredes y la posición de las ventanas directamente con el fabricante.

Enviar consulta Eurodita en España

Nuestras casas de madera habitables tienen de uno a cuatro dormitorios, en una o dos plantas. Además de los modelos del catálogo, fabricamos casas de madera a medida, chalets y bungalows de madera a partir de su boceto o de los planos de su arquitecto. El precio, los planos y la visualización 3D los preparamos en nuestro propio sistema de cálculo y diseño.

No publicamos tarifas. Cada casa recibe un presupuesto por escrito, según sus medidas, la pared elegida y el suministro acordado.

## En resumen

Fabricante: edificios de madera fabricados desde 1994 en la fábrica de Eurodita en Lituania.

Modelos habitables: casas de uno a cuatro dormitorios, casas de doble pared Twin Skin, bungalows de una planta en madera laminada y proyectos a medida.

A medida: precio, planos CAD 2D, visualización 3D y propuesta se generan juntos en el sistema de cálculo y diseño de Eurodita; por eso el presupuesto suele llegar rápido.

Paredes: madera maciza de 19 a 70 mm, Twin Skin de 44-50-44 a 58-100-58 mm, madera laminada de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm. Un modelo de madera maciza puede fabricarse en cualquiera de los perfiles de 28, 34, 44, 58 y 70 mm, y un modelo de madera laminada en cualquier perfil de madera laminada. El perfil de 19 mm se usa solo en los modelos que figuran con él en el catálogo.

Madera y carpintería: abeto y pino del norte de Europa, troncos de pared sin tratar de serie; ventanas y puertas de madera de fabricación propia IV45, IV68 e IV92, esta última con triple acristalamiento.

Presupuesto: por escrito, en EUR, EXW fábrica de Eurodita, sin IVA y sin transporte; la entrega puede presupuestarse aparte.

Canal de suministro: las viviendas de mayor tamaño pueden presupuestarse directamente a particulares, tras valorar el proyecto. En cada proyecto acordamos si el suministro directo es posible o si pasa por un distribuidor.

## Casas de madera habitables: modelos de uno a cuatro dormitorios

Nuestras casas habitables se usan como vivienda principal, vivienda anexa y casa de vacaciones. La distribución interior, con baño, cocina y almacenaje, se fija en los planos del proyecto antes de la fabricación. La tabla muestra las familias de modelos y las medidas que ofrece hoy el catálogo:

| Familia | Paredes en catálogo | Medidas exteriores en catálogo | Notas

| Casas de 1 dormitorio | maciza 44 o 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 5,85 x 4,1 m a 7 x 10,3 m | de una planta, algunos modelos con altillo

| Casas de 2 dormitorios | maciza 44 o 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 6 x 5,8 m a 10,1 x 8 m | de una planta

| Casas de 3 dormitorios | maciza 44, 58 o 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 10 x 6 m a 12 x 7 m; de dos plantas 8,45 x 7,6 m | casi todas de una planta, un modelo de dos plantas

| Casas de 4 dormitorios | maciza 58 o 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 8,45 x 7,6 m (dos plantas) a 16 x 9 m | de una o dos plantas

| Casas Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm en catálogo, cuatro composiciones disponibles | de 4 x 3 m a 16 x 9 m | de la caseta de jardín a la casa de 4 dormitorios

| Bungalows de madera laminada | laminada de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm | de 8 x 5 m a 20 x 7 m | de una planta, de uno a cuatro dormitorios, también para campings y glamping

| Casas de madera laminada | laminada de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm | por ejemplo de 10,7 x 7,6 m a 16,68 x 22,67 m | de una y dos plantas

| Casas a medida | maciza, Twin Skin o laminada | según su proyecto | viabilidad comprobada proyecto a proyecto

Todas las medidas son exteriores y reflejan el catálogo de septiembre de 2026. No son un límite: la distribución y las medidas se adaptan en un proyecto a medida, y un modelo de madera maciza puede fabricarse en cualquiera de los perfiles de 28, 34, 44, 58 y 70 mm, y un modelo de madera laminada en cualquier perfil de madera laminada, con confirmación en el presupuesto. Las páginas de los modelos están por ahora en inglés.

## Casa de madera a medida: de su proyecto al kit

Una casa de madera a medida puede partir de una idea, de un boceto a mano o de los planos completos de su arquitecto. Ya sea una vivienda, una casa de vacaciones, un bungalow u otro edificio, lo desarrollamos en el sistema de cálculo y diseño que Eurodita creó para sus propios edificios y que utiliza en las consultas y presupuestos reales de sus clientes. El proceso es este:

- Consulta con boceto o planos: para empezar basta un boceto; indique, si los conoce, la posición de ventanas y puertas, el grosor de la pared y las alturas.

- Revisión del alcance de fabricación: estudiamos los planos para determinar qué se fabrica como estructura de madera maciza, Twin Skin o laminada, qué pared conviene y qué ventanas y puertas hacen falta.

- Precio, planos y 3D en un solo paso: el cálculo del precio, los planos CAD 2D con plantas y alzados acotados, la visualización 3D y una propuesta en PDF con la imagen de Eurodita se generan juntos en el mismo sistema. Por eso el presupuesto suele llegarle rápido.

- Presupuesto por escrito: en EUR, EXW fábrica de Eurodita, sin IVA y sin transporte, con los datos técnicos del proyecto y la lista de ventanas y puertas.

- Fabricación: tras su aprobación, fabricamos la estructura de madera en la fábrica de Eurodita según los planos acordados.

La ventaja para usted: ve la casa dibujada y presupuestada antes de decidir, y el presupuesto se actualiza con cada cambio hasta su aprobación por escrito. Cuando se necesita un cálculo estructural, lo realizan especialistas externos. Comprobamos la viabilidad proyecto a proyecto y no indicamos un tamaño máximo general. El proyecto, las licencias y las inspecciones corresponden a usted y a su técnico.

## Paredes de las casas de madera: maciza, Twin Skin o laminada

La pared se elige según el uso de la casa y el proyecto en su conjunto. Eurodita fabrica tres sistemas:

- Madera maciza: troncos de pared de 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 y 70 mm de grosor, en una sola capa. Las casas habitables del catálogo usan 44, 58 y 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (doble pared): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 y 58-100-58 mm, es decir, hoja exterior, cámara y hoja interior del mismo grosor. La cámara está prevista para el aislamiento, que se compra en la zona. El ancho de la cámara no es una especificación de aislamiento.

- Madera laminada: perfiles de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 y 220 x 260 mm. La madera laminada se produce en la fábrica de Eurodita: encolada, perfilada y mecanizada.

Un modelo de madera maciza puede fabricarse en cualquiera de los perfiles de 28, 34, 44, 58 y 70 mm, y un modelo de madera laminada en cualquier perfil de madera laminada; su disponibilidad para su casa se confirma en el presupuesto. No indicamos el comportamiento térmico de la casa terminada: el grosor de la pared no determina por sí solo la eficiencia energética del edificio. La pared adecuada para su proyecto la determina su técnico para el conjunto de la casa.

## Qué incluye el kit de la casa de madera y qué no

El kit incluye la estructura de madera de la casa, fabricada según los planos de su pedido:

- las paredes de madera maciza, Twin Skin o laminada

- la estructura de madera del suelo y de la cubierta, preparada para el aislamiento donde sea necesario

- las ventanas y puertas de madera de fabricación propia, según el pedido

- los pasos para cables fresados en fábrica, si el pedido los prevé

- los planos y documentos de su pedido

No forman parte del kit estándar:

- los materiales aislantes

- el acabado de la cubierta, si no se pide

- la cimentación

- las acometidas y las instalaciones eléctricas, de fontanería y de gas

- el montaje

El montaje y su organización se acuerdan proyecto a proyecto. La cimentación, las acometidas y las instalaciones se planifican con empresas y técnicos de su zona. El precio depende de las medidas exteriores, la pared, el número de plantas, las ventanas y puertas y el suministro acordado: por eso no hay tarifa, sino un presupuesto por escrito para su casa.

## Proyecto y licencia para una casa de madera en España

Una casa de madera en la que se vive es un edificio, sea cual sea su sistema constructivo. La Ley 38/1999 de Ordenación de la Edificación exige un proyecto para las obras de edificación de nueva construcción (artículo 2.2). Solo quedan fuera las construcciones de escasa entidad constructiva y sencillez técnica que no tengan carácter residencial ni público y se desarrollen en una sola planta.

Cuando el edificio es de uso residencial, el proyecto debe redactarlo un arquitecto (artículo 10). La licencia de obras u otro título habilitante lo tramita su ayuntamiento, conforme al planeamiento municipal y a la normativa urbanística de su comunidad autónoma. Consulte en su ayuntamiento qué se puede construir en su parcela antes de hacer el pedido.

Eurodita no presta asesoramiento jurídico y no garantiza para ningún modelo que pueda construirse sin licencia. Para el proyecto le facilitamos los planos y los datos técnicos del kit; el proyecto, la licencia, el cálculo estructural, la eficiencia energética y la puesta en uso corresponden a usted y a su técnico.

## Casas de madera directamente del fabricante: cómo comprar

Eurodita trabaja sobre todo con distribuidores, constructoras, promotores y arquitectos. Las viviendas de mayor tamaño pueden presupuestarse directamente a particulares, tras valorar el proyecto. En cada proyecto acordamos si el suministro directo es posible o si pasa por un distribuidor. También fabricamos casetas de jardín más pequeñas; también en ese caso el canal de suministro se confirma proyecto a proyecto.

Si es distribuidor, consulte nuestra página Eurodita en España. Si es particular, el recorrido para clientes directos se describe en la página Homes for private clients (en inglés).

## Preguntas frecuentes

## ¿Necesita licencia una casa de madera?

Una casa de madera para vivir es un edificio. La Ley 38/1999 de Ordenación de la Edificación exige proyecto para toda obra de edificación de nueva construcción; solo excluye las construcciones sencillas de una planta sin carácter residencial ni público. Si el uso es residencial, el proyecto lo redacta un arquitecto. La licencia la tramita el ayuntamiento según el planeamiento municipal y la normativa de su comunidad autónoma: consulte antes de hacer el pedido.

## ¿Cuánto cuesta una casa de madera?

Eurodita no publica precios ni tarifas. El precio depende de las medidas exteriores, la pared, el número de plantas, las ventanas y puertas y el suministro acordado. Cada casa recibe un presupuesto por escrito, en EUR, EXW fábrica de Eurodita, sin IVA y sin transporte; la entrega puede presupuestarse aparte. El precio se calcula en nuestro sistema de cálculo y diseño junto con los planos y la visualización 3D, por eso el presupuesto suele llegar rápido. Al presupuesto total se suman cimentación, aislamiento, montaje, acometidas, instalaciones y licencias.

## ¿Se puede vivir todo el año en una casa de madera?

Nuestras casas habitables se usan como vivienda principal, vivienda anexa y casa de vacaciones. El uso durante todo el año depende del proyecto completo: pared elegida, aislamiento, cimentación, instalaciones y montaje. El kit incluye la estructura de madera preparada para el aislamiento donde sea necesario; los aislantes se compran en la zona. No indicamos el comportamiento térmico de la casa terminada: la eficiencia energética se determina para toda la casa con su técnico.

## ¿La casa de madera se entrega llave en mano?

El montaje se acuerda proyecto a proyecto, y la entrega llave en mano no forma parte del suministro estándar. Eurodita suministra el kit del fabricante, es decir, la estructura de madera de la casa fabricada según sus planos, con las ventanas y puertas pedidas. Aislantes, cimentación, acometidas, instalaciones y montaje no forman parte del kit estándar; el montaje y su organización se acuerdan proyecto a proyecto.

## ¿Pueden fabricar la casa según los planos de mi arquitecto?

Sí. Envíenos los planos de su arquitecto o, para empezar, un boceto. Comprobamos qué se fabrica como estructura de madera maciza, Twin Skin o laminada y qué pared conviene. En nuestro sistema de cálculo y diseño preparamos juntos precio, planos CAD 2D, visualización 3D y propuesta, y después recibe un presupuesto por escrito. Si hace falta, el cálculo estructural lo realizan especialistas externos; la licencia y la eficiencia energética corresponden a usted y a su técnico.

## ¿Qué diferencia hay entre madera maciza, Twin Skin y madera laminada?

La madera maciza es una pared de una sola capa de troncos de 19 a 70 mm. Twin Skin es una doble pared, por ejemplo 44-100-44 mm, cuya cámara está prevista para un aislamiento comprado en la zona. La madera laminada, en perfiles de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm, se encola, se perfila y se mecaniza en la fábrica de Eurodita. La elección depende del uso y del proyecto; un modelo de madera maciza puede fabricarse en cualquiera de los perfiles de 28, 34, 44, 58 y 70 mm, y un modelo de madera laminada en cualquier perfil de madera laminada.

## Cómo preparar su consulta

Indíquenos la provincia y el municipio de la parcela, el uso previsto (vivienda, casa de vacaciones o bungalow para alojamiento turístico), el modelo o las medidas exteriores deseadas, el número de dormitorios y plantas, la pared si ya la ha elegido y los bocetos o planos de que disponga. Díganos también si nos escribe como particular, como profesional o como distribuidor.

Estudiamos el proyecto y le respondemos indicando el canal de suministro adecuado y, cuando los datos son suficientes, con un presupuesto por escrito acompañado de planos.

Enviar consulta

Casas de madera habitables, también a medida Enviar consulta


---

# Hirsimökki ja hirsitalopaketti valmistajalta
URL: https://eurodita.com/fi-market/hirsimokki-ja-hirsitalopaketti/

## Hirsimökki ja hirsitalopaketti valmistajalta

Hirsimökit ja hirsitalot, myös yksilöllisesti suunniteltuina

Etsitkö hirsimökkiä, vierasmajaa tai hirsitalopakettia omaan käyttöön? Eurodita on valmistanut puurakennuksia vuodesta 1994 omassa tehtaassaan Liettuassa. Seinät, puiset ikkunat ja ovet sekä hankkeen piirustukset syntyvät samassa tehtaassa, joten sovit pohjaratkaisusta, seinävahvuudesta ja ikkunoiden paikoista suoraan valmistajan kanssa.

Lähetä tarjouspyyntö Eurodita Suomessa

Mallistossamme on hirsimökkejä ja hirsitaloja yhdestä neljään makuuhuoneeseen, yksi- tai kaksikerroksisina. Mallien lisäksi valmistamme yksilöllisesti suunniteltuja hirsitaloja, huviloita ja vierasmajoja luonnoksesi tai arkkitehtisi piirustusten pohjalta. Hinnan, piirustukset ja 3D-havainnekuvan laadimme omassa laskenta- ja suunnittelujärjestelmässämme.

Emme julkaise hinnastoa. Jokaisesta rakennuksesta tehdään kirjallinen tarjous mittojen, valitun seinän ja sovitun toimituslaajuuden perusteella.

## Lyhyesti

Valmistaja: puurakennuksia Euroditan tehtaalta Liettuasta, valmistusta vuodesta 1994.

Mallit: hirsimökit ja hirsitalot 1-4 makuuhuoneella, kaksoisseinäiset Twin Skin -rakennukset, yksikerroksiset lamellihirsitalot ja yksilölliset hankkeet.

Yksilöllinen suunnittelu: hinta, 2D-piirustukset, 3D-havainnekuva ja tarjous syntyvät yhdessä Euroditan omassa laskenta- ja suunnittelujärjestelmässä, joten tarjous valmistuu yleensä nopeasti.

Seinät: massiivihirsi 19-70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 tai 58-100-58 mm, lamellihirsi 70 x 130 mm:stä 220 x 260 mm:iin. Massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja lamellihirsimalli mistä tahansa lamellihirsiprofiilista. 19 mm:n profiilia käytetään vain niissä malleissa, joille se on merkitty luettelossa.

Puu ja ikkunat: pohjoiseurooppalaista kuusta ja mäntyä, seinähirret vakiona käsittelemättöminä; oman valmistuksen puiset ikkunat ja ovet IV45, IV68 ja IV92, jälkimmäinen kolminkertaisella lasituksella.

Tarjous: kirjallinen, euroina, EXW Euroditan tehdas, ilman arvonlisäveroa ja kuljetusta; toimituksen voi hinnoitella erikseen.

Toimitustapa: suuremmat asuinrakennukset voidaan tarjota suoraan myös yksityisasiakkaille hankkeen arvioinnin jälkeen. Jokaisen hankkeen kohdalla sovimme, onko suora toimitus mahdollinen vai kulkeeko se jälleenmyyjän kautta.

## Hirsimökit ja hirsitalot: mallit yhdestä neljään makuuhuoneeseen

Asuinkäyttöön tarkoitettuja mallejamme käytetään vakituisena asuntona, sivuasuntona ja vapaa-ajan asuntona. Sisätilojen järjestys kylpyhuoneineen, keittiöineen ja säilytystiloineen määritetään hankkeen piirustuksissa ennen valmistusta. Taulukossa ovat malliperheet ja niiden nykyiset mitat:

| Malliperhe | Seinät mallistossa | Ulkomitat mallistossa | Huomioita

| 1 makuuhuone | massiivihirsi 44 tai 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | 5,85 x 4,1 m:stä 7 x 10,3 m:iin | yksikerroksisia, osassa parvi

| 2 makuuhuonetta | massiivihirsi 44 tai 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | 6 x 5,8 m:stä 10,1 x 8 m:iin | yksikerroksisia

| 3 makuuhuonetta | massiivihirsi 44, 58 tai 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | 10 x 6 m:stä 12 x 7 m:iin; kaksikerroksinen 8,45 x 7,6 m | lähes kaikki yksikerroksisia, yksi malli kaksikerroksinen

| 4 makuuhuonetta | massiivihirsi 58 tai 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | 8,45 x 7,6 m:stä (kaksikerroksinen) 16 x 9 m:iin | yksi- tai kaksikerroksisia

| Twin Skin -rakennukset | mallistossa 44-100-44 mm, neljä rakennetta saatavilla | 4 x 3 m:stä 16 x 9 m:iin | pihamökistä neljän makuuhuoneen taloon

| Yksikerroksiset lamellihirsitalot | lamellihirsi 70 x 130 mm:stä 220 x 260 mm:iin | 8 x 5 m:stä 20 x 7 m:iin | 1-4 makuuhuonetta, myös lomakyliin ja glampingiin

| Lamellihirsitalot | lamellihirsi 70 x 130 mm:stä 220 x 260 mm:iin | esimerkiksi 10,7 x 7,6 m:stä 16,68 x 22,67 m:iin | yksi- ja kaksikerroksisia

| Yksilölliset talot ja mökit | massiivihirsi, Twin Skin tai lamellihirsi | hankkeesi mukaan | toteutettavuus tarkistetaan hankekohtaisesti

Kaikki mitat ovat ulkomittoja ja kuvaavat mallistoa syyskuussa 2026. Mitat eivät rajoita yksilöllistä suunnittelua: pohja ja mitat muokataan yksilöllisessä suunnittelussa, ja massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja lamellihirsimalli mistä tahansa lamellihirsiprofiilista, vahvistettuna tarjouksessa. Mallisivut ovat toistaiseksi englanniksi.

## Yksilöllinen hirsitalo: piirustuksista talopakettiin

Yksilöllinen hirsitalo voi lähteä liikkeelle ideasta, käsin piirretystä luonnoksesta tai arkkitehtisi valmiista piirustuksista. Oli kyse talosta, huvilasta, vierasmajasta tai muusta rakennuksesta, kehitämme sen laskenta- ja suunnittelujärjestelmässä, jonka Eurodita on rakentanut omia rakennuksiaan varten ja jota se käyttää todellisissa asiakaskyselyissä ja tarjouksissa. Eteneminen:

- Kysely luonnoksella tai piirustuksilla: aloittamiseen riittää luonnos; merkitse siihen ikkunoiden ja ovien paikat, seinävahvuus ja korkeudet, jos ne ovat tiedossa.

- Valmistuslaajuuden tarkistus: käymme piirustukset läpi ja selvitämme, mitä valmistetaan massiivihirrestä, Twin Skin -seinänä tai lamellihirrestä, mikä seinä sopii ja mitä ikkunoita ja ovia tarvitaan.

- Hinta, piirustukset ja 3D samalla kertaa: hintalaskelma, mitoitetut 2D-pohjat ja -julkisivut, 3D-havainnekuva ja Euroditan tarjous PDF-muodossa syntyvät yhdessä samassa järjestelmässä. Siksi tarjous valmistuu yleensä nopeasti.

- Kirjallinen tarjous: euroina, EXW Euroditan tehdas, ilman arvonlisäveroa ja kuljetusta, sisältäen hankkeen tekniset tiedot sekä ikkuna- ja ovilistan.

- Valmistus: hyväksyntäsi jälkeen valmistamme puurungon Euroditan tehtaalla sovittujen piirustusten mukaan.

Hyöty sinulle: näet talon piirrettynä ja hinnoiteltuna ennen päätöstä, ja tarjous päivittyy muutosten mukana kirjalliseen hyväksyntääsi asti. Kun rakennelaskelmia tarvitaan, ne tekevät ulkopuoliset asiantuntijat. Toteutettavuus tarkistetaan hankekohtaisesti, emmekä ilmoita yleistä enimmäiskokoa. Suunnittelu, luvat ja tarkastukset kuuluvat sinulle ja suunnittelijallesi.

## Hirsitalon seinät: massiivihirsi, Twin Skin tai lamellihirsi

Seinä valitaan rakennuksen käytön ja koko hankkeen perusteella. Eurodita valmistaa kolmea seinäjärjestelmää:

- Massiivihirsi: seinähirret 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 ja 70 mm paksuina, yhtenä kerroksena. Asuinkäyttöön tarkoitetut mallit käyttävät 44, 58 ja 70 mm hirttä.

- Twin Skin (kaksoisseinä): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm eli ulkokuori, väli ja sisäkuori, kuoret samanpaksuisia. Väli on tarkoitettu eristeelle, joka hankitaan paikallisesti. Välin leveys ei ole eristysmäärittely.

- Lamellihirsi (liimapuu): profiilit 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ja 220 x 260 mm. Lamellihirsi valmistetaan Euroditan tehtaalla: liimataan, profiloidaan ja työstetään.

Massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja lamellihirsimalli mistä tahansa lamellihirsiprofiilista; saatavuus vahvistetaan tarjouksessa. Emme ilmoita valmiin rakennuksen lämpöteknisiä arvoja: seinän paksuudesta ei yksin voi päätellä rakennuksen energiatehokkuutta. Hankkeeseesi sopivan seinän määrittää suunnittelijasi koko rakennuksen osalta.

## Mitä talopaketti sisältää ja mitä ei

Paketti sisältää rakennuksen puurungon, joka valmistetaan tilauksesi piirustusten mukaan:

- seinät massiivihirrestä, Twin Skin -rakenteena tai lamellihirrestä

- lattian ja katon puurakenteen, valmiina eristämistä varten siellä, missä sitä tarvitaan

- oman valmistuksen puiset ikkunat ja ovet tilauksen mukaan

- tehtaalla jyrsityt sähköjohtojen kanavat, jos tilaus niin määrää

- tilauksesi piirustukset ja asiakirjat

Vakiopakettiin eivät kuulu:

- eristeet

- katteet, jos niitä ei tilata

- perustukset

- liittymät sekä sähkö-, vesi-, viemäri- ja kaasuasennukset

- asennus

Asennuksen järjestämisestä sovitaan hankekohtaisesti. Perustukset, liittymät ja talotekniikka suunnitellaan oman alueesi yritysten ja suunnittelijoiden kanssa. Hinta riippuu ulkomitoista, seinästä, kerrosmäärästä, ikkunoista ja ovista sekä sovitusta toimituslaajuudesta. Siksi hinnastoa ei ole, vaan talollesi tehdään kirjallinen tarjous.

## Rakentamislupa hirsimökille ja hirsitalolle Suomessa

Rakentamisen luvista säädetään rakentamislaissa (751/2023). Lain 42 §:n mukaan uuden rakennuskohteen rakentaminen edellyttää rakentamislupaa muun muassa silloin, kun kohde on asuinrakennus tai kooltaan vähintään 30 neliömetriä tai 120 kuutiometriä oleva rakennus.

Myös pienempi rakennus voi tarvita luvan, jos rakentamisella on vähäistä merkittävämpää vaikutusta esimerkiksi kaupunkikuvaan, maisemaan tai ympäristöön, tai jos rakentaminen edellyttää viranomaisvalvontaa. Kunta voi rakennusjärjestyksessään määrätä, ettei tällaiseen vähäiseen hankkeeseen tarvita lupaa. Lisäksi kaava ja kunnan rakennusjärjestys vaikuttavat siihen, mitä tontillesi saa rakentaa. Tarkista siksi lupatarve kunnan rakennusvalvonnasta ennen tilausta.

Eurodita ei anna oikeudellista neuvontaa eikä takaa minkään mallin olevan rakennettavissa ilman lupaa. Lupahakemusta varten toimitamme paketin piirustukset ja tekniset tiedot; suunnittelu, luvat, rakennelaskelmat, energiatehokkuus ja käyttöönotto kuuluvat sinulle ja suunnittelijallesi.

## Hirsitalo suoraan valmistajalta: näin ostat

Eurodita toimii pääasiassa jälleenmyyjien, rakennusliikkeiden, rakennuttajien ja arkkitehtien kanssa. Suuremmat asuinrakennukset voidaan tarjota suoraan myös yksityisasiakkaille hankkeen arvioinnin jälkeen. Jokaisen hankkeen kohdalla sovimme, onko suora toimitus mahdollinen vai kulkeeko se jälleenmyyjän kautta. Valmistamme myös pienempiä pihamökkejä ja piharakennuksia; niidenkin toimitustapa vahvistetaan hankekohtaisesti.

Pihasaunoista kerromme sivulla Pihasauna ja saunamökki hirrestä valmistajalta.

Jos olet jälleenmyyjä, katso sivu Eurodita Suomessa. Yksityisasiakkaan reitti on kuvattu sivulla Homes for private clients (englanniksi).

## Usein kysytyt kysymykset

## Tarvitseeko hirsimökki rakentamisluvan?

Rakentamislain (751/2023) 42 §:n mukaan rakentamislupa tarvitaan, kun uusi rakennus on asuinrakennus tai kooltaan vähintään 30 neliömetriä tai 120 kuutiometriä. Pienempikin rakennus voi tarvita luvan, jos sillä on vähäistä merkittävämpää vaikutusta esimerkiksi maisemaan tai ympäristöön; kunta voi rakennusjärjestyksessään vapauttaa vähäisiä hankkeita luvasta. Tarkista lupatarve kunnan rakennusvalvonnasta ennen tilausta.

## Mitä hirsitalopaketti maksaa?

Eurodita ei julkaise hintoja eikä hinnastoa. Hinta riippuu ulkomitoista, seinästä, kerrosmäärästä, ikkunoista ja ovista sekä sovitusta toimituslaajuudesta. Jokaisesta rakennuksesta tehdään kirjallinen tarjous euroina, EXW Euroditan tehdas, ilman arvonlisäveroa ja kuljetusta; toimituksen voi hinnoitella erikseen. Hinta lasketaan omassa järjestelmässämme yhdessä piirustusten ja 3D-havainnekuvan kanssa, joten tarjous valmistuu yleensä nopeasti. Kokonaisbudjettiin kuuluvat lisäksi perustukset, eristys, asennus, liittymät, talotekniikka ja luvat.

## Voiko hirsimökissä asua ympäri vuoden?

Asuinkäyttöön tarkoitettuja mallejamme käytetään vakituisena asuntona, sivuasuntona ja vapaa-ajan asuntona. Ympärivuotinen käyttö riippuu koko hankkeesta: seinästä, eristyksestä, perustuksista, talotekniikasta ja asennuksesta. Paketti sisältää puurungon valmiina eristämistä varten siellä, missä sitä tarvitaan; eristeet hankitaan paikallisesti. Emme ilmoita valmiin rakennuksen lämpöteknisiä arvoja, vaan energiatehokkuus määritetään koko rakennukselle suunnittelijan kanssa.

## Onko hirsitalopaketti avaimet käteen -toimitus?

Asennuksesta sovitaan hankekohtaisesti, eikä avaimet käteen -toimitus kuulu vakiotoimitukseen. Eurodita toimittaa valmistajan talopaketin eli rakennuksen puurungon, joka valmistetaan tehtaalla piirustustesi mukaan, sekä tilatut ikkunat ja ovet. Eristeet, perustukset, liittymät, talotekniikka ja asennus eivät kuulu vakiopakettiin; asennuksen järjestämisestä sovitaan hankekohtaisesti.

## Voiko hirsitalon teettää omien piirustusten mukaan?

Kyllä. Lähetä arkkitehtisi piirustukset tai aluksi luonnos. Tarkistamme, mitä voidaan valmistaa massiivihirrestä, Twin Skin -seinänä tai lamellihirrestä ja mikä seinä sopii. Laskenta- ja suunnittelujärjestelmässämme laadimme yhdessä hinnan, 2D-piirustukset, 3D-havainnekuvan ja tarjouksen, minkä jälkeen saat kirjallisen tarjouksen. Rakennelaskelmat tekevät tarvittaessa ulkopuoliset asiantuntijat; luvat ja energiatehokkuus kuuluvat sinulle ja suunnittelijallesi.

## Mitä eroa on massiivihirrellä, Twin Skin -seinällä ja lamellihirrellä?

Massiivihirsi on yksikerroksinen seinä 19-70 mm hirrestä. Twin Skin on kaksoisseinä, esimerkiksi 44-100-44 mm, jonka väli on tarkoitettu paikallisesti hankittavalle eristeelle. Lamellihirsi, profiilit 70 x 130 mm:stä 220 x 260 mm:iin, liimataan, profiloidaan ja työstetään Euroditan tehtaalla. Valinta riippuu käytöstä ja hankkeesta; massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja lamellihirsimalli mistä tahansa lamellihirsiprofiilista.

## Näin valmistelet tarjouspyynnön

Kerro meille tontin kunta, käyttötarkoitus (vakituinen asunto, vapaa-ajan asunto tai majoituskäyttö), malli tai toivotut ulkomitat, makuuhuoneiden ja kerrosten määrä, seinärakenne, jos olet jo valinnut sen sekä käytössäsi olevat luonnokset tai piirustukset. Kerro myös, otatko yhteyttä yksityishenkilönä, ammattilaisena vai jälleenmyyjänä.

Arvioimme hankkeen ja vastaamme kertomalla sopivan toimitustavan sekä, kun tiedot riittävät, kirjallisen tarjouksen piirustuksineen.

Lähetä tarjouspyyntö

Hirsimökit ja hirsitalot, myös yksilöllisesti suunniteltuina Lähetä tarjouspyyntö


---

# Pihasauna ja saunamökki hirrestä valmistajalta
URL: https://eurodita.com/fi-market/pihasauna/

## Pihasauna ja saunamökki hirrestä valmistajalta

Pihasaunan hirsirakennus valmistajalta

Suunnitteletko pihasaunaa tai saunamökkiä hirrestä? Eurodita on valmistanut puurakennuksia vuodesta 1994 omassa tehtaassaan Liettuassa ja toimittaa hirsirakennuksia pakettina suoraan valmistajalta, myös erillisellä saunahuoneella. Toimitamme itse rakennuksen: puurungon sekä rakennuksen ulkoikkunat ja -ovet. Kiuas, lauteet, saunan ovi ja saunan varustus eivät kuulu Euroditan toimitukseen, vaan ne valitaan ja asennetaan paikallisten ammattilaisten kanssa.

Lähetä tarjouspyyntö Eurodita Suomessa

Emme julkaise hinnastoa. Jokaisesta rakennuksesta laaditaan kirjallinen tarjous ulkomittojen, valitun seinäprofiilin ja sovitun toimitustavan perusteella.

## Lyhyesti

Mitä toimitamme: pihasaunan hirsirakennuksen pakettina: seinät, lattian ja katon puurakenteet sekä rakennuksen ulkoikkunat ja -ovet tilauksen piirustusten mukaan.

Mitä emme toimita: kiuasta, lauteita, saunan ovea tai saunan varustusta, höyrynsulkua, eristeitä, sähköasennuksia eikä hormia.

Saunamalli: Log Cabin With Sauna Room, ulkomitat 5,7 x 3,7 m, seinäprofiili 44 x 130 mm, erillinen saunahuone.

Yksilöllisesti: saunahuoneen toteutusta muihin malleihin tai luonnoksesi mukaiseen hankkeeseen arvioidaan projektikohtaisesti; tilajako vahvistetaan tarjouksessa ja piirustuksissa.

Luvat: rakentamislain (751/2023) 42 §:n 1 momentin mukaan rakentamislupa tarvitaan asuinrakennukselle ja vähintään 30 neliömetrin tai 120 kuutiometrin rakennukselle; lupa voi olla tarpeen myös 2 momentin perusteilla.

Valmistaja: Eurodita on valmistanut puurakennuksia omassa tehtaassaan Liettuassa vuodesta 1994.

Tarjous: kirjallinen, euroina, EXW Euroditan tehdas, ilman arvonlisäveroa ja kuljetusta; toimituksen voi hinnoitella erikseen.

## Mitä lupia pihasauna vaatii?

Vuoden 2025 alusta rakentamista säätelee rakentamislaki (751/2023). Aiempi rakennuslupa on nyt rakentamislupa, eikä toimenpidelupaa enää ole. Lain 42 §:n 1 momentin mukaan uuden rakennuskohteen rakentaminen edellyttää rakentamislupaa, jos kohde on asuinrakennus tai kooltaan vähintään 30 neliömetriä tai 120 kuutiometriä oleva rakennus. Pykälän 2 momentin mukaan lupa voi olla tarpeen myös pienemmälle kohteelle, jos rakentamisella on vähäistä merkittävämpää vaikutusta alueiden käyttöön, kaupunkikuvaan, maisemaan, kulttuuriperintöön tai ympäristönäkökohtiin tai jos rakentaminen edellyttää viranomaisvalvontaa. Kunta voi rakennusjärjestyksessään määrätä, ettei tällainen vähäinen hanke tarvitse lupaa.

Rakentamislupaa edellyttämättömänkin pihasaunan on oltava asemakaavan, kunnan rakennusjärjestyksen ja olennaisten teknisten vaatimusten mukainen. Rakennusjärjestyksen määräykset voivat koskea esimerkiksi rakennuksen kokoa, sijoittamista ja sopeuttamista ympäristöön. Meren tai vesistön rantavyöhykkeelle ei alueidenkäyttölain 72 §:n mukaan saa rakentaa ilman asemakaavaa tai sellaista oikeusvaikutteista yleiskaavaa, jossa on erityisesti määrätty sen käyttämisestä rakentamisluvan myöntämisen perusteena. Kiuas, hormi ja niiden asennus toteutetaan valmistajan ohjeiden ja paikallisten ammattilaisten kanssa.

Tarkista oman tonttisi määräykset kunnan rakennusvalvonnasta tai suunnittelijalta ennen tilausta. Eurodita ei anna oikeudellista neuvontaa eikä takaa minkään mallin osalta, että sen voi rakentaa ilman lupaa. Toimitamme paketin piirustukset ja tekniset tiedot; hankekohtaisten lupa-asiakirjojen tarpeesta vastaa suunnittelija.

## Saunamökki mallistosta

Mallistossa on hirsirakennus, jossa on erillinen saunahuone. Tiedot ovat tuotekortin mukaiset:

| Malli | Ulkomitat | Pohjan ala | Räystäskorkeus | Harjakorkeus | Seinäprofiili

| Log Cabin With Sauna Room | 5,7 x 3,7 m | 21,1 m² | 2,21 m | 2,57 m | 44 x 130 mm

Mitat ovat ulkomittoja ja vastaavat mallistoa syyskuussa 2026; pohjan ala 21,1 m² on tuotekortin mukainen, ja rakentamislain mukainen koko arvioidaan hankekohtaisesti suunnittelijan kanssa. Massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja lamellihirsimalli mistä tahansa lamellihirsiprofiilista, vahvistettuna tarjouksessa. Saunahuoneen toteutusta muihin mallistomme pihamökkeihin, esimerkiksi 12 m²:n ulkomitoista alkaen, tai yksilölliseen hankkeeseen arvioidaan projektikohtaisesti; malleja löydät pihamökkien sivulta. Mallisivut ovat toistaiseksi englanniksi.

## Seinät: massiivihirsi, Twin Skin tai lamellihirsi

Seinäjärjestelmä valitaan rakennuksen käytön ja hankkeen kokonaisuuden mukaan. Eurodita valmistaa kolmea seinäjärjestelmää:

- Massiivihirsi: 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 ja 70 mm:n seinähirret yhtenä kerroksena.

- Twin Skin (kaksoisseinä): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ja 58-100-58 mm eli ulkokerros, väli ja samanvahvuinen sisäkerros. Väli on tarkoitettu eristeelle, joka hankitaan paikan päältä. Välin leveys ei ole eristeen määrittely.

- Lamellihirsi: profiilit 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ja 220 x 260 mm. Lamellihirren valmistamme omassa tehtaassamme: liimaamme, profiloimme ja työstämme sen itse.

Massiivihirsimalli voidaan valmistaa mistä tahansa 28, 34, 44, 58 tai 70 mm:n profiilista ja lamellihirsimalli mistä tahansa lamellihirsiprofiilista; saatavuus vahvistetaan tarjouksessa. Eurodita ei ilmoita valmiin rakennuksen lämpöteknisiä arvoja eikä lupaa saunan lämpötilatasoa tai saunomissoveltuvuutta; toimitamme ainoastaan hirsirakennuksen. Kiukaan, eristyksen, höyrynsulun ja ilmanvaihdon valitset paikallisten ammattilaisten kanssa.

## Mitä paketti sisältää ja mitä ei

Paketti sisältää rakennuksen puurungon, joka valmistetaan tilauksesi piirustusten mukaan:

- seinät massiivihirrestä, Twin Skin -seinänä tai lamellihirrestä, tilajako piirustusten mukaan

- lattian ja katon puurakenteet, tarvittaessa eristämistä varten valmisteltuina

- rakennuksen oman valmistuksen puiset ulkoikkunat ja -ovet tilauksen mukaan

- tehtaalla jyrsityt kaapelikanavat, jos ne kuuluvat tilaukseen

- tilauksen piirustukset ja asiakirjat

Vakiopaketti ei sisällä:

- kiuasta, lauteita, saunan ovea eikä saunan varustusta

- höyrynsulkua eikä eristeitä

- hormia eikä savuhormeja

- sähkö-, vesi- ja viemäriasennuksia eikä liittymiä

- katemateriaalia, jos sitä ei ole tilattu

- perustuksia

- pystytystä

Pystytyksestä ja sen järjestämisestä sovitaan projektikohtaisesti. Saunan varustus, kiuas, hormi, asennukset ja perustukset suunnitellaan paikallisten yritysten ja ammattilaisten kanssa. Hinta riippuu ulkomitoista, seinäprofiilista, ikkunoista ja ovista sekä sovitusta toimitustavasta, joten hinnaston sijaan laadimme rakennuksestasi kirjallisen tarjouksen.

## Yksilöllisesti: luonnoksesta pakettiin

Jos mikään mallistomme rakennus ei sovi, voimme aloittaa luonnoksestasi tai arkkitehdin piirustuksista, esimerkiksi saunahuoneella, pukuhuoneella ja terassilla. Hinnan laskemme ja tarjouksen laadimme Euroditan omassa laskenta- ja suunnittelujärjestelmässä, ja saat tarjouksen mukana 2D-piirustukset ja 3D-havainnekuvan. Kun lähtötiedot ovat riittävät, tarjous valmistuu siksi yleensä nopeasti. Jos tarvitaan rakennelaskelmia, ne tekevät ulkopuoliset asiantuntijat.

## Miten ostat

Eurodita toimii pääasiassa jälleenmyyjien, rakennusyritysten, rakennuttajien ja arkkitehtien kanssa. Pihasaunojen ja muiden pienempien rakennusten kohdalla sovimme jokaisessa hankkeessa, ostatko suoraan vai kauppakumppanin kautta. Hirsimökeistä ja hirsitalopaketeista kerromme sivulla Hirsimökki ja hirsitalopaketti valmistajalta.

Jos olet jälleenmyyjä, löydät lisätietoa sivulta Eurodita Suomessa.

## Usein kysytyt kysymykset

## Mitä lupia pihasauna vaatii?

Rakentamislain (751/2023) 42 §:n mukaan rakentamislupa tarvitaan asuinrakennukselle sekä rakennukselle, joka on kooltaan vähintään 30 neliömetriä tai 120 kuutiometriä. Lupa voi olla tarpeen myös 42 §:n 2 momentissa säädetyillä vaikutus- ja valvontaperusteilla. Kunta voi rakennusjärjestyksessään määrätä, ettei vähäinen hanke tarvitse lupaa. Asemakaava ja kunnan rakennusjärjestys koskevat myös luvasta vapaata rakentamista. Tarkista tonttisi määräykset rakennusvalvonnasta.

## Tarvitseeko pihasaunasta ilmoittaa?

Rakentamislaissa ei ole erillistä ilmoitusmenettelyä, eikä toimenpidelupaa enää ole. Kunnan rakennusjärjestys ja kaava voivat kuitenkin asettaa pihasaunan koolle ja sijoitukselle vaatimuksia. Rantavyöhykkeellä rakentaminen edellyttää asemakaavaa tai sellaista oikeusvaikutteista yleiskaavaa, jossa on erityisesti määrätty sen käyttämisestä rakentamisluvan myöntämisen perusteena. Varmista asia oman kuntasi rakennusvalvonnasta.

## Toimitatteko saunan kiukaan ja lauteiden kanssa?

Emme. Eurodita toimittaa ainoastaan hirsirakennuksen: seinät, lattian ja katon puurakenteet sekä rakennuksen ulkoikkunat ja -ovet. Kiuas, lauteet, saunan ovi ja muu varustus sekä höyrynsulku, eristeet, hormi ja asennukset eivät kuulu toimitukseen; ne valitaan ja asennetaan paikallisten ammattilaisten kanssa.

## Paljonko pihasauna maksaa?

Eurodita ei julkaise hintoja eikä hinnastoja. Rakennuksen hinta riippuu ulkomitoista, seinäprofiilista, ikkunoista ja ovista sekä sovitusta toimitustavasta. Jokaisesta rakennuksesta laadimme kirjallisen tarjouksen euroina, EXW Euroditan tehdas, ilman arvonlisäveroa ja kuljetusta. Hinta lasketaan omassa järjestelmässämme, joka tuottaa myös piirustukset ja 3D-havainnekuvan, joten riittävillä lähtötiedoilla tarjous valmistuu yleensä nopeasti. Saunan varustus, kiuas, hormi, asennukset, perustukset ja pystytys suunnitellaan erikseen.

## Minkä kokoinen saunamökki voi olla?

Mallistomme saunahuoneellisen hirsirakennuksen ulkomitat ovat 5,7 x 3,7 m. Saunahuoneen toteutusta muihin pihamökkeihin tai luonnoksesi mukaiseen hankkeeseen arvioidaan projektikohtaisesti; tilajako vahvistetaan tarjouksessa ja piirustuksissa. Vähintään 30 m²:n tai 120 m³:n rakennus edellyttää lähtökohtaisesti rakentamislupaa 42 §:n 1 momentin mukaan; lupa voi olla tarpeen myös muilla lain perusteilla.

## Pystytättekö pihasaunan?

Vakiotoimitus on valmistajan paketti. Rakennuksen pystytyksestä ja sen järjestämisestä sovitaan projektikohtaisesti. Saunan varustus, kiuas, hormi ja asennukset eivät kuulu toimitukseen; ne tehdään paikallisten ammattilaisten kanssa.

## Miten valmistelet tarjouspyynnön

Kerro tontin kunta ja sijainti sekä onko tontti rannalla, valitsemasi malli tai toivotut ulkomitat, suunniteltu tilajako (saunahuone, pukuhuone, oleskelutila), suunniteltu etäisyys tontin rajasta, seinäprofiili, jos olet jo valinnut sen, sekä mahdolliset luonnokset. Kerro myös, otatko yhteyttä yksityishenkilönä, ammattilaisena vai jälleenmyyjänä.

Arvioimme hankkeen ja kerromme, miten voit ostaa rakennuksen; jos tiedot ovat riittävät, lähetämme kirjallisen tarjouksen piirustuksineen.

Lähetä tarjouspyyntö

Pihasaunan hirsirakennus valmistajalta Lähetä tarjouspyyntö


---

# Chalet, garage, studio bois : autorisations d'urbanisme en France
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/autorisations-urbanisme-chalet-bois-france/

## Chalet, garage, studio bois : autorisations d'urbanisme en France

Guide technique pour les professionnels

Guide technique pour négociants, constructeurs et promoteurs, établi en septembre 2026 sur les textes en vigueur (derniers décrets : n° 2024-1023 et n° 2026-117). Les seuils évoluent ; le service urbanisme de la mairie confirme le régime de chaque dossier.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Eurodita ne garantit pas l'obtention des autorisations ; le dossier relève du maître d'ouvrage.

## En bref

Jusqu'à 5 m² : aucune formalité pour une construction nouvelle indépendante de 12 m de hauteur au plus, hors secteur protégé (R421-2).

De plus de 5 m² à 20 m² : déclaration préalable pour une construction nouvelle indépendante de 12 m de hauteur au plus (R421-9).

Plus de 20 m² : permis de construire (L421-1, R421-1).

40 m² : un seuil réservé aux extensions en zone urbaine d'un PLU (R421-14, R421-17).

150 m² : au-delà, permis avec architecte (L431-3, R431-2).

Secteur protégé : déclaration préalable pour toute construction nouvelle jusqu'à 20 m² (R421-11).

## Le principe : toute construction est soumise à autorisation

L'article L421-1 du Code de l'urbanisme pose la règle : les constructions, « même ne comportant pas de fondations », doivent être précédées d'un permis de construire. Un chalet sur plots, un garage en kit ou un studio de jardin sont des constructions au sens du code. Deux allègements existent selon surface et hauteur : la dispense de formalité (art. R421-2) et la déclaration préalable, ou DP (art. R421-9 et R421-17). Au-delà, permis de construire (PC).

## Les deux surfaces qui comptent

La plus élevée des deux déclenche le seuil :

- Emprise au sol (art. R420-1) : projection verticale du volume, « tous débords et surplombs inclus », hors débords de toiture non portés par des poteaux.

- Surface de plancher (art. R111-22) : surfaces closes et couvertes de chaque niveau, au nu intérieur des façades, hors surfaces sous 1,80 m.

Un chalet de 19 m² avec terrasse couverte sur poteaux de 6 m² totalise 25 m² d'emprise : permis, pas DP.

## Tableau des seuils (hors secteurs protégés)

| Cas | Emprise au sol ou surface de plancher créée | Formalité | Référence

| Construction nouvelle indépendante (chalet, garage, studio détaché) | ≤ 5 m², hauteur ≤ 12 m | Aucune | R421-2 a

| Construction nouvelle indépendante | > 5 m² et ≤ 20 m², hauteur ≤ 12 m | Déclaration préalable | R421-9 a

| Construction nouvelle indépendante | > 20 m² | Permis de construire | L421-1, R421-1

| Extension accolée à un bâtiment existant | > 5 m² et ≤ 20 m² | Déclaration préalable | R421-17 f

| Extension en zone urbaine (U) d'un PLU | ≤ 40 m², sauf si le total dépasse 150 m² de surface de plancher | Déclaration préalable | R421-17 f, R421-14 b

| Extension en zone U d'un PLU | > 40 m², ou 20 à 40 m² portant le total au-delà de 150 m² | Permis de construire | R421-14 b, R431-2

| Extension hors zone U | > 20 m² | Permis de construire | R421-14 a

| Projet portant la surface de plancher totale au-delà de 150 m² | Sans seuil propre | Permis avec architecte | L431-3, R431-2

## Le seuil de 40 m² ne vaut que pour les extensions

Il s'applique aux seuls travaux sur construction existante (R421-14 b, R421-17 f) : un chalet ou un garage indépendant de 30 m² reste soumis à permis, même en zone U.

## Le seuil de 150 m² et l'architecte

L'article L431-3 dispense d'architecte les personnes physiques qui construisent pour elles-mêmes une surface de plancher n'excédant pas 150 m² (R431-2). Une maison de 130 m² à laquelle on accole un studio de 25 m² dépasse le seuil : permis et architecte, même en zone U. Une société ou un promoteur qui dépose un permis recourt à un architecte quelle que soit la surface (L431-1).

## PLU, carte communale ou RNU

Le régime d'autorisation est national ; la constructibilité de la parcelle dépend du document communal :

- PLU ou PLUi : règlement écrit et zonage. Il fixe implantation, hauteur, aspect, matériaux, parfois le nombre et la surface des annexes. Seul cadre où le seuil de 40 m² existe (zones U).

- Carte communale : délimite les secteurs constructibles sans pouvoir fixer implantation ni aspect ; le règlement national d'urbanisme s'applique.

- Aucun document (RNU) : constructibilité limitée. L'article L111-3 n'autorise les constructions que dans « les parties urbanisées de la commune », sauf exceptions (extension de l'existant, bâtiments agricoles, délibération motivée). L'article R111-17 impose, hors construction en limite, un retrait d'au moins 3 m.

Règle par défaut d'une annexe selon service-public.fr : si le PLU ne dit rien, en limite de propriété ou à 3 m minimum.

## Secteurs protégés et Architecte des Bâtiments de France

Dans les sites patrimoniaux remarquables, les abords de monuments historiques, les sites classés, les réserves naturelles et les cœurs de parcs nationaux, l'article R421-11 supprime la dispense : toute construction nouvelle jusqu'à 20 m² exige une DP, même un abri de 4 m². Au-delà, permis.

Aux abords d'un monument historique (Code du patrimoine, art. L621-32), les travaux modifiant l'aspect extérieur d'un immeuble bâti ou non bâti exigent l'accord de l'Architecte des Bâtiments de France ; sans périmètre délimité, la protection couvre le champ de visibilité à moins de 500 m. L'ABF dispose d'un mois pour une DP, deux pour un permis, et peut imposer des prescriptions (teinte, pente et couverture). L'instruction passe en général de 1 à 2 mois pour une DP, de 2 à 3 mois pour un permis de maison individuelle.

## Garage et annexes ou bâtiment habitable

- Garage, abri, atelier : annexe. Les locaux accessoires « sont réputés avoir la même destination que le local principal » (R421-14). Un garage de 24 m² détaché est une construction nouvelle de plus de 20 m² : permis.

- Studio de jardin, chambre d'amis, bureau : toute surface close, couverte et de plus de 1,80 m sous plafond est de la surface de plancher ; une mezzanine à 1,90 m s'ajoute au calcul.

- Chalet d'habitation : au-delà de 20 m² d'emprise, permis ; le dossier PCMI (Cerfa 13406) couvre la maison individuelle et ses annexes.

Un petit chalet de jardin.

Un chalet de jardin à toit monopente.

## Construction neuve ou extension

Une annexe détachée est une construction nouvelle (R421-2, R421-9) ; un bâtiment accolé à l'existant est une extension (R421-14, R421-17). La distinction pèse sur le seuil de 40 m² en zone U, sur le total de 150 m², et sur la DP exigée même sous 5 m² dès qu'une construction accolée modifie l'aspect extérieur. En cas de doute, la mairie tranche.

## Taxe d'aménagement : le principe

Toute construction de plus de 5 m² de surface taxable (clos, couvert, plus de 1,80 m) déclenche la taxe d'aménagement, due par le bénéficiaire de l'autorisation : valeur forfaitaire au m² révisée chaque année, multipliée par les taux communal et départemental. Deux allègements courants : abattement de 50 % sur les 100 premiers m² d'une habitation principale et de ses annexes ; exonération facultative, votée par la collectivité, des abris de jardin non professionnels de 20 m² ou moins soumis à DP. Déclaration sur impots.gouv.fr dans les 90 jours suivant l'achèvement.

## Ce qu'un négociant demande avant de chiffrer

- Commune et parcelle : PLU, carte communale ou RNU ? Réponse sur le Géoportail de l'urbanisme ou en mairie.

- Zone du PLU : U, AU, A ou N. Le seuil de 40 m² n'existe qu'en zone U ; en A ou N, les annexes sont souvent limitées ou interdites.

- Secteur protégé : abords de monument, site patrimonial remarquable, site classé.

- Distance aux limites et à la voie : PLU ou, à défaut, RNU (3 m), auvents sur poteaux compris.

- Surface de plancher existante : détermine le franchissement des 150 m² et donc l'architecte.

Ajoutez détaché ou accolé, habitable ou non, et la hauteur au faîtage. Formulaires : Cerfa 16702 pour une DP, Cerfa 13406 pour un permis de maison individuelle et annexes. DP et permis valent 3 ans, prorogeables deux fois un an.

## Sources consultées (septembre 2026)

- Service-public.fr, Quelle autorisation d'urbanisme déposer pour installer un abri de jardin ? (vérifié le 21 mars 2025)

- Service-public.fr, Comment installer des annexes extérieures dans son jardin ? (vérifié le 13 novembre 2025)

- Service-public.fr, Déclaration préalable (DP) (vérifié le 13 février 2026)

- Service-public.fr, Permis de construire pour une maison individuelle (vérifié le 13 février 2026)

- Service-public.fr, Taxe d'aménagement (vérifié le 1er janvier 2026)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. L421-1

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R421-1, R421-2, R421-9, R421-11 (constructions nouvelles)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R421-14 (travaux sur existant soumis à permis)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R421-17 (travaux sur existant soumis à DP, version du 22 février 2026)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R420-1 (emprise au sol)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R111-22 (surface de plancher)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R111-17 (implantation, RNU)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. L111-3 (constructibilité limitée)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. L431-3 (dispense d'architecte)

- Légifrance, Code de l'urbanisme, art. R431-2 (seuil de 150 m²)

- Légifrance, Code du patrimoine, art. L621-32 (abords des monuments historiques)

- Ministère de la Culture, Réaliser des travaux en abords d'un monument historique

- Ministère de la Transition écologique, Constructibilité limitée hors document d'urbanisme

- Ministère de la Transition écologique, Carte communale

- ANIL, Réglementation abri de jardin : autorisation, déclaration et taxe (25 août 2026)

- ANIL, Autorisations d'urbanisme (construire)

- FNCAUE, Guide de la prise en compte des annexes et des extensions (2015)

## Questions fréquentes

## Un chalet en kit sans fondations échappe-t-il au permis ?

Non. L'article L421-1 vise les constructions « même ne comportant pas de fondations ». Seuls surface, hauteur et localisation déterminent la formalité.

## Un garage bois de 25 m² en zone urbaine d'un PLU relève-t-il de la DP ?

Seulement s'il est accolé à la maison (extension) et si la surface de plancher totale reste sous 150 m². Détaché : construction nouvelle de plus de 20 m², permis.

## Deux abris de 5 m² sur la même parcelle sont-ils dispensés de formalité ?

Chaque construction s'apprécie séparément au regard de R421-2, mais le PLU peut limiter le nombre d'annexes, et en secteur protégé chaque abri exige une DP. Vérifiez le règlement de zone.

## Un studio de jardin livré en kit est-il un logement au sens de l'urbanisme ?

Clos, couvert et de plus de 1,80 m sous plafond, il constitue de la surface de plancher : il compte pour la taxe d'aménagement et le seuil de 150 m². Son usage (bureau, chambre, location) relève du PLU et de la réglementation de l'habitat, hors du champ de ce guide.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez la commune et la parcelle, le document d'urbanisme applicable et la zone, la présence d'un secteur protégé, la distance prévue par rapport aux limites, la surface de plancher existante, ainsi que le modèle ou les dimensions extérieures souhaités. Précisez si le bâtiment sera détaché ou accolé, habitable ou non.

Pour le dossier, nous fournissons les plans et les données techniques du kit. Les modèles sont présentés sur les pages Chalet en bois habitable et Studio de jardin en bois.

Envoyer une demande

Guide technique pour les professionnels Envoyer une demande


---

# Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/chalet-double-paroi-vs-standard/

## Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple

Deux systèmes de mur en bois massif

Un chalet en bois massif se construit avec un mur à paroi simple, une seule épaisseur de madriers, ou avec un mur à double paroi, appelé Twin Skin chez Eurodita : deux parois de madriers séparées par un vide. Eurodita, qui fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie, y produit les deux systèmes.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Cette page décrit les deux murs tels qu'ils sont fabriqués. Elle ne donne pas de performance thermique pour un bâtiment fini : celle-ci dépend du projet complet et de ses professionnels.

## En bref

Paroi simple : madriers massifs de 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm, l'épaisseur d'abord, la hauteur du madrier ensuite.

Double paroi Twin Skin : 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm, proposées selon le projet.

Vide : de 50 ou 100 mm, prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place.

Isolant : normalement non fourni par Eurodita ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement.

Valeurs U : aucune valeur n'est publiée pour la double paroi.

Choix du mur : pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique.

## Paroi simple : une seule épaisseur de madriers

Le mur à paroi simple est fait d'une seule épaisseur de madriers massifs en épicéa ou en pin d'Europe du Nord. Les profils sont 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm : le premier chiffre est l'épaisseur du mur, le second la hauteur du madrier.

Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm. Le profil de 19 mm n'est utilisé que pour les modèles proposés dans ce profil au catalogue.

## Double paroi Twin Skin : quatre compositions

Le mur à double paroi se compose d'une paroi extérieure, d'un vide et d'une paroi intérieure de même épaisseur. Eurodita fabrique quatre compositions, proposées selon le projet :

| Composition | Paroi extérieure | Vide | Paroi intérieure | Épaisseur totale du mur

| 44-50-44 | 44 mm | 50 mm | 44 mm | 138 mm

| 44-100-44 | 44 mm | 100 mm | 44 mm | 188 mm

| 58-50-58 | 58 mm | 50 mm | 58 mm | 166 mm

| 58-100-58 | 58 mm | 100 mm | 58 mm | 216 mm

Le vide est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place. Eurodita ne fournit normalement pas l'isolant ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement. La largeur du vide n'est pas une spécification d'isolation.

Visualisation d'un chalet Twin Skin de quatre chambres.

Visualisation d'un chalet Twin Skin de trois chambres.

## Ce que l'épaisseur ne dit pas

Aucune valeur U n'est publiée pour la double paroi. Pour les murs à paroi simple, des valeurs U préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul sont publiées pour les profils de 28 à 70 mm ; ce ne sont ni des valeurs pour un bâtiment fini ni un résultat de conformité. Elles figurent sur la page Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U.

L'épaisseur du mur ne détermine pas à elle seule la performance énergétique d'un bâtiment. L'enveloppe du bâtiment fini (isolant, membranes, étanchéité à l'air, ventilation, plancher, toiture, vitrage) est conçue par le concepteur local, selon l'usage du bâtiment.

## Comment le mur se choisit

Le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique. Un modèle en bois massif peut aussi être fabriqué en lamellé-collé ; la disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis. Pour un bâtiment habité toute l'année, choisissez le mur, l'isolation et la fondation avec votre maître d'œuvre ou votre architecte.

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur.

## Questions fréquentes

## Qu'est-ce qu'un chalet à double paroi ?

C'est un chalet dont le mur se compose de deux parois de madriers massifs, une paroi extérieure et une paroi intérieure de même épaisseur, séparées par un vide. Chez Eurodita, ce mur s'appelle Twin Skin et existe en 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm.

## L'isolant de la double paroi est-il fourni ?

Le vide de 50 ou 100 mm est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place. Eurodita ne fournit normalement pas l'isolant ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement.

## Quelle valeur U pour une double paroi ?

Aucune valeur U n'est publiée pour la double paroi. La performance du bâtiment fini dépend de l'enveloppe complète, conçue par le concepteur local.

## Tous les modèles peuvent-ils être fabriqués en double paroi ?

Les quatre compositions Twin Skin sont proposées selon le projet ; la disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis. Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé (paroi simple et son épaisseur, ou double paroi et sa composition), l'usage prévu du bâtiment et la région du projet. Joignez les plans ou croquis dont vous disposez.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Les modèles habitables, dont les maisons à double paroi Twin Skin, sont présentés sur la page Chalet en bois habitable.

Envoyer une demande

Deux systèmes de mur en bois massif Envoyer une demande


---

# Chalet en bois habitable en kit, du fabricant
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/chalet-en-bois-habitable/

## Chalet en bois habitable en kit, du fabricant

Chalets en bois habitables, aussi sur mesure

Vous cherchez un chalet en bois habitable, pour y vivre à l'année, loger un proche ou passer vos vacances ? Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie et les fournit en kit : une maison en bois en kit dont les murs, les fenêtres et portes en bois ainsi que les plans sortent de la même usine.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nos chalets habitables vont d'une à quatre chambres, de plain-pied ou sur deux niveaux, en bois massif, en double paroi Twin Skin ou en lamellé-collé. Chaque modèle se fabrique aussi sur mesure, et un projet peut partir d'une feuille blanche, de votre croquis ou des plans de votre architecte.

Chaque chalet fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, valable 30 jours à compter de sa date, avec les plans et une vue 3D de votre maison.

## En bref

Fabricant : bâtiments en bois fabriqués depuis 1994 dans l'usine Eurodita en Lituanie, en épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord.

Modèles habitables : chalets et maisons d'une à quatre chambres en bois massif, maisons Twin Skin, maisons et bungalows en lamellé-collé, projets sur mesure.

Murs : bois massif de 28 à 70 mm , Twin Skin de 44-50-44 à 58-100-58 mm , lamellé-collé de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm .

Le kit : la structure bois de la maison, livrée à plat ; montage, fondations, raccordements et autorisations s'organisent projet par projet.

Devis : d'un croquis complet à une vue 3D, des plans et un prix en un jour ouvré ; devis écrit en EUR, valable 30 jours.

Urbanisme : au-delà de 20 m² , une construction nouvelle relève du permis de construire ; au-delà de 150 m² de surface de plancher, les plans sont établis par un architecte.

## Quels chalets en bois habitables fabrique Eurodita ?

Nos chalets habitables servent de résidence principale, de logement pour un proche et de maison de vacances. L'aménagement intérieur, avec salle d'eau, cuisine et rangements, est fixé dans les plans du projet avant la fabrication ; les cloisons intérieures peuvent être ajoutées, supprimées ou déplacées. Le tableau présente les familles de modèles et les dimensions du catalogue :

| Famille | Murs | Dimensions extérieures au catalogue | Remarques

| Chalets 1 chambre | massif 44 ou 58 mm au catalogue, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 5,85 x 4,1 m à 7 x 10,3 m | de plain-pied, un modèle avec mezzanine

| Chalets 2 chambres | massif 44 ou 58 mm au catalogue, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 6 x 5,8 m à 10,1 x 8 m | de plain-pied

| Maisons 3 chambres | massif 44, 58 ou 70 mm au catalogue, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 10 x 6 m à 12 x 7 m ; sur deux niveaux 8,45 x 7,6 m | presque toutes de plain-pied, un modèle sur deux niveaux

| Maisons 4 chambres | massif 58 ou 70 mm au catalogue, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 8,45 x 7,6 m (sur deux niveaux) à 16 x 9 m | de plain-pied ou sur deux niveaux

| Chalets Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm au catalogue, quatre compositions fabriquées | de 4 x 3 m à 16 x 9 m | du chalet de jardin à la maison 4 chambres

| Bungalows en lamellé-collé | lamellé-collé, au choix parmi les profils de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm ; le profil est confirmé dans le devis | de 8 x 5 m à 20 x 7 m | de plain-pied, d'une à quatre chambres

| Maisons en lamellé-collé | lamellé-collé, au choix parmi les profils de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm ; le profil est confirmé dans le devis | selon le modèle | environ 50 maisons de plus de 100 m² fabriquées par an en moyenne

| Maisons et chalets sur mesure | massif, Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé | selon votre projet | faisabilité vérifiée projet par projet

Toutes les dimensions sont extérieures. Elles ne sont pas une limite : le plan et les dimensions s'adaptent dans un projet sur mesure. Les pages des modèles sont pour l'instant en anglais.

## Chalet en bois habitable de 40 m² ou 50 m² : modèles et plans

Le tableau classe des modèles du catalogue par surface, avec les dimensions extérieures et la hauteur au faîtage du catalogue. Pour un studio de 20 m² et moins, voir la page Studio de jardin en bois.

| Modèle | Dimensions extérieures | Surface selon les dimensions extérieures | Hauteur au faîtage | Mur au catalogue

| Chalet 1 chambre 6 x 4 m | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Chalet 1 chambre 5 x 5,8 m | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 3,25 m | 44 mm

| Chalet 1 chambre 6 x 5 m | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Chalet 2 chambres 6 x 5,8 m | 6 x 5,8 m | 34,8 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Chalet 1 chambre 5 x 7 m | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Chalet 2 chambres 7 x 5,5 m | 7 x 5,5 m | 38,5 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Bungalow 1 chambre 8 x 5 m | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 3,25 m | lamellé-collé

| Bungalow 1 chambre 10 x 5 m | 10 x 5 m | 50 m² | 3,25 m | lamellé-collé

| Chalet 2 chambres 9 x 6 m | 9 x 6 m | 54 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Chalet Twin Skin 2 chambres 8 x 7 m | 8 x 7 m | 56 m² | 3,12 m | Twin Skin

Les surfaces du tableau sont le produit des dimensions extérieures : elles ne sont ni la surface de plancher ni l'emprise au sol de votre dossier d'urbanisme, qui se calculent avec votre maître d'œuvre. Voici le plan de deux de ces modèles, vu de dessus ; la distribution des pièces, les fenêtres et les portes se modifient dans le devis.

Chalet 1 chambre 5 x 7 m : 35 m² , mur de 44 mm .

Chalet 2 chambres 6 x 5,8 m : 34,8 m² , mur de 44 mm .

## Sur mesure : du croquis au devis en un jour ouvré

Chaque bâtiment se fabrique comme modèle du catalogue ou sur mesure, et une conception à partir d'une feuille blanche est toujours possible. Nous développons chaque projet dans DrafTimber, le système de conception et de chiffrage qu'Eurodita a créé pour ses bâtiments en bois et qui a produit plus de 13 000 chiffrages depuis 2020. Le parcours :

- Votre croquis : un plan dessiné à la main suffit pour commencer, s'il indique les dimensions extérieures, l'épaisseur du mur, le plancher et ses lambourdes, la hauteur au faîtage et les ouvertures.

- Vue 3D, plans et prix : d'un croquis complet à une vue 3D, des plans et un prix en un jour ouvré. Les plans comprennent les vues en plan et les façades cotées.

- Devis écrit : en EUR, hors TVA et hors livraison, EXW usine Eurodita, avec la liste des fenêtres et portes. Le devis est valable 30 jours à compter de sa date ; pendant cette période, le prix n'est pas augmenté en raison d'une hausse du prix du bois.

- Accord et fabrication : le prix de la commande est fixé lorsque la spécification finale et les plans sont approuvés et que l'acompte convenu est reçu. La fabrication suit les plans approuvés ; le délai de fabrication est confirmé dans le devis écrit.

Une modification demandée après l'approbation est évaluée selon l'avancement de la commande en production ; un surcoût éventuel est calculé et convenu avant la suite des travaux. Lorsqu'un calcul de structure est nécessaire, il est réalisé par des spécialistes externes. L'exemple ci-dessous est un projet sur mesure de 7,84 x 4,34 m avec un mur de 70 mm , préparé dans DrafTimber ; d'autres plans du même projet figurent sur la page Bespoke log cabins, en anglais.

Vue 3D préparée à partir du modèle.

Vue en plan préparée dans le système Eurodita.

## Murs du chalet en bois habitable : massif, Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé

Le mur se choisit pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique. Eurodita fabrique trois systèmes ; un profil s'écrit épaisseur d'abord, hauteur du madrier ensuite :

- Bois massif : madriers de 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm , en une seule couche. Les chalets habitables du catalogue utilisent 44, 58 et 70 mm . Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm .

- Twin Skin (double paroi) : 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm . Les deux parois sont des madriers de 44 x 130 ou 58 x 130 mm ; le vide entre les deux parois est prévu pour l'isolant, acheté sur place. Le Twin Skin est proposé projet par projet.

- Lamellé-collé : profils de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm , collés, profilés et usinés dans l'usine Eurodita. Un modèle en lamellé-collé peut être fabriqué dans chacun de ces profils. Les murs en lamellé-collé tassent, mais très peu : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent ni ne se voit.

L'épaisseur du mur ne donne pas à elle seule la performance énergétique de la maison : celle-ci se calcule pour le bâtiment fini, avec l'isolation, les menuiseries et les installations, par votre maître d'œuvre ou votre bureau d'études. Les choix d'isolation sont décrits sur la page Isolation du chalet en bois, et la comparaison des murs sur les pages Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple et Lamellé-collé ou bois massif.

Maison Twin Skin 3 chambres, 9 x 8 m .

Maison Twin Skin 4 chambres, 13 x 8 m .

## Ce que contient le kit, et ce que vous organisez sur place

Le kit comprend la structure bois de la maison, fabriquée selon les plans de votre commande et livrée à plat :

- les murs en bois massif, Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé, et les cloisons intérieures prévues dans les plans

- la structure bois du plancher et de la toiture, prête à recevoir l'isolation là où c'est nécessaire ; un plancher de 28 mm sur lambourdes imprégnées

- les fenêtres et portes en bois de notre fabrication, IV45, IV68 ou IV92 en triple vitrage ; le devis nomme le type

- pour les kits en bois massif et Twin Skin, le jeu de tirants anti-tempête et d'ancrages

- les passages de câbles fraisés en usine, si la commande les prévoit

- les plans et documents de votre commande

Vous organisez sur place, avec des entreprises de votre région :

- les fondations

- les matériaux isolants et la couverture de toiture

- les raccordements et les installations électriques, de plomberie, de chauffage et de ventilation, ainsi que leurs équipements

- les autorisations d'urbanisme et les études de votre dossier

- le déchargement du kit sur le terrain

Le montage et son organisation sont convenus projet par projet. La livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard. Les fondations adaptées à un chalet en kit sont décrites sur la page Fondations d'un chalet en bois en kit.

## Livraison en France

La livraison est convenue individuellement avec chaque client. Le kit voyage à plat, en paquets ; le transport est chiffré une fois l'adresse du terrain et son accès connus, à part du prix du kit. Le devis est établi EXW usine Eurodita ; une livraison jusqu'à votre adresse peut être chiffrée pour la commande.

## Permis de construire ou déclaration préalable : les seuils du Code de l'urbanisme

Un chalet en bois dans lequel on habite est une construction au sens du Code de l'urbanisme, même posé sans fondations (article L421-1). La formalité dépend de l'emprise au sol et de la surface de plancher créées, la plus élevée des deux comptant, et de la situation du terrain :

| Construction nouvelle indépendante | Formalité | Article

| 5 m² au plus, hauteur de 12 m au plus, hors secteur protégé | aucune formalité | R421-2

| plus de 5 m² et jusqu'à 20 m² , hauteur de 12 m au plus | déclaration préalable | R421-9

| jusqu'à 20 m² en secteur protégé | déclaration préalable | R421-11

| plus de 20 m² | permis de construire | R421-1, R421-9

| surface de plancher totale de plus de 150 m² , pour un particulier qui construit pour lui-même | permis avec plans établis par un architecte | L431-3, R431-2

Un chalet habitable indépendant de plus de 20 m² relève donc du permis de construire. Le seuil de 40 m² en zone urbaine d'un PLU ne vaut que pour une extension accolée à un bâtiment existant (articles R421-14 et R421-17), pas pour un chalet détaché. Selon la fiche « Permis de construire » de Service-Public.fr (vérifiée le 13 février 2026), le délai d'instruction d'une maison individuelle est de 2 mois à partir du dépôt du dossier complet en mairie, et de 3 mois en secteur protégé.

Le plan local d'urbanisme (PLU) de votre commune fixe les règles du terrain : implantation, hauteur, aspect, matériaux. Renseignez-vous en mairie avant de commander. Le détail des seuils, des secteurs protégés et des extensions figure sur notre guide Autorisations d'urbanisme pour un chalet bois.

Une maison neuve relève en principe de la réglementation environnementale RE2020, applicable aux maisons depuis le 1er janvier 2022. Elle s'apprécie pour la maison finie, avec son isolation, ses menuiseries et ses installations : c'est votre maître d'œuvre ou votre bureau d'études thermiques qui vérifie ce qu'elle exige pour votre projet. Eurodita ne déclare aucun modèle conforme à la RE2020 ; nous fournissons les plans et les données techniques du kit dont ces calculs ont besoin.

Eurodita ne fournit pas de conseil juridique et ne garantit pour aucun modèle qu'il puisse être construit sans autorisation. Le projet, les autorisations, le calcul de structure, la performance énergétique et la conformité restent sous votre responsabilité et celle de votre maître d'œuvre.

## Qui peut acheter un chalet en bois habitable chez Eurodita ?

Eurodita fabrique ses kits pour des revendeurs, des entreprises de construction, des promoteurs et des marques qui vendent sous leur propre nom. Les maisons d'habitation plus grandes sont aussi chiffrées directement pour les particuliers, chaque projet étant évalué sur son propre cahier des charges. Pour les bâtiments de jardin plus petits, le circuit de fourniture est confirmé projet par projet. Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit.

Si vous êtes revendeur, consultez notre page Eurodita en France. Si vous êtes un particulier, le parcours des clients directs est décrit sur la page Homes for private clients, en anglais.

## Questions fréquentes

## Faut-il un permis de construire pour un chalet en bois habitable ?

Oui, dès que le chalet est une construction nouvelle de plus de 20 m² d'emprise au sol ou de surface de plancher (articles R421-1 et R421-9 du Code de l'urbanisme), même posé sans fondations (article L421-1). De plus de 5 m² à 20 m² , une déclaration préalable suffit (article R421-9). Au-delà de 150 m² de surface de plancher, les plans d'un particulier qui construit pour lui-même sont établis par un architecte (articles L431-3 et R431-2). Le PLU de votre commune s'ajoute à ces règles : renseignez-vous en mairie avant de commander.

## Quelle taille de chalet sans permis de construire ?

Une construction nouvelle indépendante de plus de 5 m² et jusqu'à 20 m² , d'une hauteur de 12 m au plus, relève de la déclaration préalable (article R421-9) ; jusqu'à 5 m² , hors secteur protégé, aucune formalité n'est requise (article R421-2). En secteur protégé, la déclaration préalable s'applique même sous 5 m² , et jusqu'à 20 m² (article R421-11). Le seuil de 40 m² ne vaut que pour une extension accolée en zone urbaine d'un PLU, pas pour un chalet détaché.

## Peut-on vivre toute l'année dans un chalet en bois ?

Nos chalets habitables servent de résidence principale, de logement pour un proche et de maison de vacances. L'usage à l'année dépend de l'ensemble du projet : mur choisi, isolation, fondations, installations. Le kit fournit la structure bois prête à recevoir l'isolation là où c'est nécessaire, et le mur Twin Skin a un vide entre les deux parois, prévu pour l'isolant ; les isolants s'achètent sur place. La performance énergétique se calcule pour la maison finie, avec votre maître d'œuvre.

## Quel est le prix d'un chalet en bois habitable ?

Eurodita ne publie ni prix ni tarifs. Le prix dépend des dimensions extérieures, du mur, du nombre de niveaux, des fenêtres et portes et de la fourniture convenue. D'un croquis complet, nous préparons une vue 3D, des plans et un prix en un jour ouvré. Le devis écrit est en EUR, hors TVA et hors livraison, et valable 30 jours ; pendant cette période, le prix n'est pas augmenté en raison d'une hausse du prix du bois. Au budget total s'ajoutent fondations, isolation, couverture, raccordements, installations, démarches d'urbanisme et, s'il n'est pas convenu dans le devis, le montage.

## Le chalet en bois habitable est-il livré monté ou clé en main ?

Le kit est livré à plat : la structure bois de la maison fabriquée en usine selon vos plans, avec les fenêtres et portes commandées. Le montage et son organisation sont convenus projet par projet, et la livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard. Fondations, isolants, couverture, raccordements et installations s'organisent avec des entreprises de votre région.

## La RE2020 s' applique-t-elle à un chalet en bois habitable ?

La RE2020 s'applique en principe aux constructions neuves ; pour les maisons, depuis le 1er janvier 2022. Elle s'apprécie pour la maison finie : votre maître d'œuvre ou votre bureau d'études thermiques vérifie ce qu'elle exige pour votre projet. Eurodita ne déclare aucun modèle conforme à la RE2020 et fournit les plans et les données techniques du kit dont ces calculs ont besoin.

## Puis-je faire réaliser le chalet sur mes propres plans ?

Oui. Envoyez-nous les plans de votre architecte ou un croquis qui indique les dimensions extérieures, l'épaisseur du mur, le plancher, la hauteur au faîtage et les ouvertures. Dans DrafTimber, notre système de conception et de chiffrage, nous préparons en un jour ouvré une vue 3D, des plans et un prix, puis vous recevez un devis écrit. Si nécessaire, le calcul de structure est réalisé par des spécialistes externes.

## Quelle différence entre bois massif, Twin Skin et lamellé-collé ?

Le bois massif est un mur d'une seule couche de madriers ; les maisons du catalogue utilisent 44, 58 et 70 mm , et un modèle peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm . Le Twin Skin est une double paroi, de 44-50-44 à 58-100-58 mm , dont le vide entre les deux parois est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place. Le lamellé-collé, en profils de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm , est collé, profilé et usiné dans l'usine Eurodita. Un modèle en lamellé-collé se fabrique au choix dans l'un des profils en lamellé-collé.

## Comment le chalet est-il livré en France ?

La livraison est convenue individuellement avec chaque client. Le kit voyage à plat ; le transport est chiffré une fois l'adresse du terrain et son accès connus, et le déchargement sur le terrain est à la charge de l'acheteur.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez la commune du terrain, l'usage prévu (habitation à l'année, logement d'un proche, maison de vacances), le modèle ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le nombre de chambres et de niveaux et le mur, si vous l'avez choisi. Joignez votre croquis ou vos plans : avec les dimensions extérieures, l'épaisseur du mur, le plancher, la hauteur au faîtage et les ouvertures, nous préparons la vue 3D, les plans et le prix en un jour ouvré. Précisez si vous nous contactez en tant que particulier, professionnel ou revendeur.

Nous vous répondons avec le circuit de fourniture adapté et, lorsque les informations sont suffisantes, avec un devis écrit, valable 30 jours.

Envoyer une demande

Chalets en bois habitables, aussi sur mesure Envoyer une demande


---

# Chalet en bois en kit ou construction traditionnelle
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/chalets-bois-vs-maisons-traditionnelles-differences/

## Chalet en bois en kit ou construction traditionnelle

Kit fabriqué en usine ou construction sur place

Cette page compare deux façons d'acheter et de construire : un bâtiment en bois fabriqué en usine et fourni en kit, et une construction traditionnelle réalisée sur place. Elle ne compare ni les coûts, ni les durées, ni les performances, qui dépendent de chaque projet et de ses professionnels.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie. Nous ne publions pas de tarifs : chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit.

## En bref

Fabrication : en usine, en épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord, avec usinage sur centres CNC Hundegger.

Kit à plat : les kits sont toujours expédiés à plat.

Mur : bois massif, double paroi Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé, choisi pour chaque projet.

Menuiseries : fenêtres et portes en bois de fabrication Eurodita.

Montage : défini projet par projet ; la livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard.

Devis : écrit, en EUR, EXW usine Eurodita, hors TVA et hors transport ; la livraison peut être chiffrée à part.

## Ce qui vient de l'usine

- Fabrication : Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994, en Lituanie, en épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord, avec usinage sur centres CNC Hundegger.

- Kit à plat : les kits sont toujours expédiés à plat.

- Mur : bois massif, double paroi Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé. Le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique.

- Menuiseries : fenêtres et portes en bois de fabrication Eurodita.

- Devis : écrit pour chaque commande, en EUR, hors TVA et hors transport, EXW usine Eurodita par défaut.

## Ce qui se fait sur place

- Déchargement : à la charge de l'acheteur.

- Montage : défini projet par projet.

- Fondations, raccordements et autorisations : à la charge de l'acheteur, sauf accord contraire.

- Isolant : normalement non fourni par Eurodita, sauf si le périmètre du projet le prévoit ; il s'achète sur place.

La livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard.

## Ce que cela change pour l'acheteur

Avec un kit, la structure en bois fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, puis elle est fabriquée en usine. Le chantier porte alors sur les fondations, le montage du kit et les travaux qui suivent. Dans une construction traditionnelle, la structure est réalisée sur place par les entreprises locales.

Dans les deux cas, le projet et la conception du bâtiment fini relèvent de l'acheteur et de son maître d'œuvre. Lorsqu'un calcul de structure est nécessaire pour le kit, il est réalisé par des partenaires spécialisés.

Montage d'un kit : les premiers rangs de madriers.

Montage d'un kit : la pose des voliges de toiture.

## Questions fréquentes

## Un chalet en bois en kit est-il livré monté ?

Les kits sont toujours expédiés à plat. Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet ; la livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard.

## Que comprend le devis d'un kit ?

Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, en EUR, hors TVA et hors transport, EXW usine Eurodita par défaut ; la livraison peut être chiffrée à part.

## Qui s'occupe des fondations et des autorisations ?

Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur. Le projet et la conception du bâtiment fini relèvent de l'acheteur et de son maître d'œuvre.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé et son épaisseur si vous l'avez choisie, la région du projet et l'usage prévu du bâtiment. Précisez si le montage doit être étudié pour votre projet et joignez les plans ou croquis dont vous disposez.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Les modèles habitables sont présentés sur la page Chalet en bois habitable, les plus petits sur la page Studio de jardin en bois.

Envoyer une demande

Kit fabriqué en usine ou construction sur place Envoyer une demande


---

# Fondations d'un chalet en bois en kit
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/choisir-fondations-chalet-bois-eurodita/

## Fondations d'un chalet en bois en kit

Fondations et plancher d'un kit Eurodita

Les fondations d'un chalet en bois se réalisent sur place : sauf accord contraire, elles sont à la charge de l'acheteur. Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie et les fournit en kit. Cette page indique ce que l'usine fournit pour préparer la base et ce qui se décide localement.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions pas de tarifs. Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, établi selon les dimensions extérieures, le mur choisi et la fourniture convenue.

## En bref

Dimensions : toutes les dimensions indiquées pour un bâtiment Eurodita sont des dimensions extérieures.

Plancher : lames de plancher de 28 mm et lambourdes imprégnées, en standard.

Fondations : réalisées sur place ; à la charge de l'acheteur, sauf accord contraire.

Montage : défini projet par projet ; la livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard.

Kit : toujours expédié à plat ; le déchargement est à la charge de l'acheteur.

Devis : écrit, en EUR, EXW usine Eurodita, hors TVA et hors transport ; la livraison peut être chiffrée à part.

## Ce que l'usine fournit pour la base

La base se prévoit à partir des dimensions extérieures du modèle. La page taille de la base par modèle (en anglais) indique la taille de la base pour les modèles du catalogue.

Le plancher du kit comprend, en standard, les lames de plancher de 28 mm et les lambourdes imprégnées. Les plans et les documents de la commande accompagnent le kit.

## Ce qui se décide sur place

Le type de fondation, son dimensionnement et sa réalisation dépendent du terrain. C'est la décision du professionnel local qui connaît le sol et le site, maître d'œuvre ou entreprise de maçonnerie.

Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements aux réseaux et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur. Lorsqu'un calcul de structure est nécessaire pour le kit, il est réalisé par des partenaires spécialisés. Pour les démarches en France, voir la page Autorisations d'urbanisme pour un chalet en bois en France.

Exemple de chantier : le plancher posé sur le cadre de lambourdes, avant les murs.

Exemple de chantier : un bureau de jardin Eurodita monté sur une base en gravier.

## Montage

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. La livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard. Le kit arrive toujours à plat, avec les plans de la commande.

## Questions fréquentes

## Qui réalise les fondations d'un chalet en bois Eurodita ?

Les fondations sont réalisées sur place et, sauf accord contraire, elles sont à la charge de l'acheteur. Le type de fondation et son dimensionnement sont décidés par le professionnel local qui connaît le terrain, maître d'œuvre ou entreprise de maçonnerie.

## Quelles dimensions utiliser pour préparer la base ?

Toutes les dimensions indiquées pour un bâtiment Eurodita sont des dimensions extérieures. La base se prévoit à partir de ces dimensions ; la page « taille de la base par modèle » (en anglais) indique la taille de la base pour les modèles du catalogue.

## Le plancher fait-il partie du kit ?

Le kit comprend, en standard, les lames de plancher de 28 mm et les lambourdes imprégnées.

## Le montage est-il compris dans la fourniture ?

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. La livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé (bois massif, double paroi Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé) et son épaisseur si vous l'avez choisie, la région et la commune du terrain, et précisez si le montage doit être étudié pour votre projet. Joignez les plans ou croquis dont vous disposez.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Les modèles habitables sont présentés sur la page Chalet en bois habitable.

Envoyer une demande

Fondations et plancher d'un kit Eurodita Envoyer une demande


---

# Humidité et bois : du séchoir au chantier
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/conseils-humidite-structures-bois/

## Humidité et bois : du séchoir au chantier

Séchage et protection du bois

Le bois échange de l'humidité avec l'air qui l'entoure : c'est une propriété du matériau. Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie. Cette page indique ce que l'usine fait sur ce point avant l'expédition d'un kit, et ce qui est ensuite décidé sur place par l'acheteur et ses professionnels.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions pas de tarifs. Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit.

## En bref

Bois : épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord.

Séchage : en séchoirs Nardi, avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %.

Usinage : sur centres CNC Hundegger, dans l'usine Eurodita.

Madriers de mur : fournis non traités par défaut ; la peinture en usine est une option à capacité limitée.

Plancher : lambourdes imprégnées en standard.

Sur place : la protection du bois est choisie localement et appliquée selon les instructions du fabricant du produit.

## Ce que fait l'usine

- Séchage : le bois est séché en séchoirs Nardi, avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %. Le système de séchage fonctionne à l'électricité.

- Usinage : les pièces sont usinées sur centres CNC Hundegger.

- Madriers de mur : ils sont fournis non traités par défaut. La peinture en usine est une option à capacité limitée, jamais fournie en standard.

- Plancher : les lambourdes sont imprégnées en standard.

- Lamellé-collé : il est collé, profilé et usiné par Eurodita sur un seul site, et fourni uniquement dans un kit de bâtiment.

Une ligne de profilage dans l'usine Eurodita.

## Ce qui se décide sur place

Comme les madriers arrivent non traités par défaut, la protection du bois se fait sur place. Le produit de protection est choisi localement, par l'acheteur ou son client ; son application et son renouvellement suivent les instructions du fabricant de ce produit. Cette page ne recommande aucun produit et ne donne aucune fréquence.

La conception du bâtiment fini face à l'eau et à l'humidité (fondations, couverture, ventilation, enveloppe) relève du concepteur local. Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur. Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet.

Pendant le montage : des madriers non traités, tels qu'ils sont fournis par défaut.

Un chalet Eurodita lasuré.

## Lamellé-collé : tassement et fentes de séchage

Les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas. Les fentes de séchage sont moins fréquentes dans le lamellé-collé que dans le bois scié (APA Technical Note EWS R475E) ; elles peuvent tout de même apparaître.

## Questions fréquentes

## À quel taux d'humidité le bois est-il séché ?

Le bois est séché en séchoirs Nardi, avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %. Le système de séchage fonctionne à l'électricité.

## Le bois du kit est-il traité ?

Les madriers de mur sont fournis non traités par défaut et les lambourdes de plancher sont imprégnées en standard. La peinture en usine est une option à capacité limitée, jamais fournie en standard.

## Qui choisit le produit de protection du bois ?

Le produit est choisi localement, par l'acheteur ou son client. Son application et son renouvellement suivent les instructions du fabricant de ce produit.

## Les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent-ils ?

Les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé et son épaisseur si vous l'avez choisie, la région du projet et l'usage prévu du bâtiment. Précisez aussi si la peinture en usine doit être étudiée pour la commande.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Pour la finition extérieure, voir aussi la page Peindre ou lasurer un chalet en bois.

Envoyer une demande

Séchage et protection du bois Envoyer une demande


---

# Dimensions d'un bureau de jardin : le guide
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/guide-dimensions-bureau-de-jardin/

## Dimensions d'un bureau de jardin : le guide

Bureaux de jardin en bois, en kit

Quelle taille pour un bureau de jardin ? Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie et fournit des bureaux de jardin en madriers sous forme de kit. Vous trouverez ici les dimensions extérieures, les surfaces et les hauteurs des modèles du catalogue, et ce qui se décide pour un bureau sur mesure.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions pas de tarifs. Chaque bureau fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, établi selon les dimensions extérieures, le mur choisi et la fourniture convenue.

## En bref

Dimensions : toutes les dimensions indiquées sont des dimensions extérieures.

Modèles : bureaux de jardin du catalogue de 3,2 x 2,6 m à 7 x 4 m, soit de 8,3 à 28 m² selon les dimensions extérieures.

Hauteurs : hauteur au faîtage de 2,34 à 2,53 m selon le catalogue.

Murs : modèles présentés en bois massif de 44 ou 58 mm ; un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm.

Sur mesure : à partir de votre croquis ou des plans de votre architecte.

Devis : écrit, en EUR, EXW usine Eurodita, hors TVA et hors transport ; la livraison peut être chiffrée à part.

## Bureaux de jardin du catalogue : dimensions et hauteurs

Le tableau présente les bureaux de jardin du catalogue avec les dimensions extérieures, la surface calculée à partir de ces dimensions, les hauteurs du catalogue et le mur du modèle :

| Modèle | Dimensions extérieures | Surface | Hauteur à l'égout | Hauteur au faîtage | Mur

| Modern 3,2 x 2,6 | 3,2 x 2,6 m | 8,3 m² | 2,05 m | 2,45 m | 44 mm

| Modern 4 x 3 | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,15 m | 2,41 m | 44 mm

| Jacob | 4 x 3,83 m | 15,3 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m | 44 mm

| Modern 5 x 4 | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,02 m | 2,41 m | 44 mm

| Modern 5,9 x 4 | 5,9 x 4 m | 23,6 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m | 44 mm

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m | 58 mm

| Modern 6 x 4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,02 m | 2,41 m | 44 mm

| Matthew | 7 x 4 m | 28 m² | 2,09 m | 2,53 m | 58 mm

Toutes les dimensions sont extérieures et correspondent au catalogue d'octobre 2026. Les surfaces du tableau sont calculées à partir des dimensions extérieures ; l'emprise au sol et la surface de plancher au sens du Code de l'urbanisme sont déterminées par votre projet. Les hauteurs sont celles du catalogue ; vérifiez la hauteur finale du bâtiment, fondation comprise, dans votre projet. Les pages des modèles sont pour l'instant en anglais ; retrouvez les autres modèles dans la sélection de bureaux de jardin.

Un bureau de jardin plus large, à toit monopente.

Un bureau de jardin à double porte, sur une terrasse.

## Formalités selon la surface

Les formalités d'urbanisme dépendent de la surface créée, de la hauteur, du secteur et du plan local d'urbanisme de la commune. Elles sont décrites sur la page Autorisations d'urbanisme pour un chalet en bois en France ; pour un studio ou une pièce en plus, voir aussi la page Studio de jardin en bois. Eurodita ne fournit pas de conseil juridique et ne garantit pour aucun modèle qu'il peut être construit sans autorisation. Pour le dossier, nous fournissons les plans et les données techniques du kit.

## Murs, portes et fenêtres

Les bureaux de jardin du catalogue sont présentés en bois massif de 44 ou 58 mm. Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm ; le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique, et la disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis.

Les fenêtres et les portes en bois sont de fabrication Eurodita. Sur les modèles à portes coulissantes, les systèmes coulissants en aluminium sont achetés auprès d'un spécialiste. Nous n'indiquons pas les performances thermiques du bâtiment fini : pour un bureau utilisé toute l'année, choisissez le mur, l'isolation et la fondation avec votre maître d'œuvre.

L'intérieur d'un bureau de jardin, avec une rangée de hautes fenêtres.

Une façade vitrée sur un bureau à toit monopente.

## Sur mesure : du croquis au kit

Si aucun modèle du catalogue ne convient à votre terrain, nous partons de votre croquis ou des plans de votre architecte. Le prix et la proposition sont préparés dans le système de chiffrage et de conception d'Eurodita, qui produit des plans 2D et une visualisation 3D ; le devis est donc en général établi rapidement. Si un calcul de structure est nécessaire, il est réalisé par des spécialistes externes.

Le kit standard ne comprend pas les matériaux d'isolation, la fondation, les raccordements et installations ni le montage. Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet ; la fondation, les raccordements et les installations se planifient avec des entreprises locales.

## Comment acheter

Eurodita travaille principalement avec des revendeurs, des entreprises de construction, des promoteurs et des architectes. Pour les bureaux de jardin et les autres petits bâtiments, le mode d'achat est convenu projet par projet, en direct ou par l'intermédiaire d'un partenaire commercial. Si vous êtes revendeur, retrouvez plus d'informations sur la page Eurodita en France.

## Questions fréquentes

## Quelles sont les dimensions d'un bureau de jardin Eurodita ?

Les bureaux de jardin du catalogue vont de 3,2 x 2,6 m à 7 x 4 m en dimensions extérieures, soit de 8,3 à 28 m² selon ces dimensions. D'autres dimensions sont possibles sur mesure, à partir de votre croquis ou des plans de votre architecte.

## Quelle est la hauteur d'un bureau de jardin ?

Selon le catalogue, la hauteur au faîtage des bureaux de jardin va de 2,34 à 2,53 m et la hauteur à l'égout de 2,02 à 2,21 m. Vérifiez la hauteur finale du bâtiment, fondation comprise, dans votre projet.

## Faut-il une autorisation pour un bureau de jardin ?

Les formalités dépendent de la surface créée, de la hauteur, du secteur et du plan local d'urbanisme de la commune. Elles sont décrites sur notre page consacrée aux autorisations d'urbanisme en France ; votre mairie confirme le régime applicable à votre projet.

## Pouvez-vous fabriquer un bureau de jardin à mes dimensions ?

Envoyez-nous un croquis ou les plans de votre architecte. Nous vérifions ce qui peut être fabriqué, calculons le prix dans notre système et envoyons un devis avec plans 2D et visualisation 3D. Si un calcul de structure est nécessaire, il est réalisé par des spécialistes externes.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez l'usage prévu (bureau, atelier ou pièce en plus), le modèle ou les dimensions extérieures souhaités, la commune du terrain, le mur s'il est déjà choisi et vos éventuels croquis. Précisez aussi si vous nous contactez en tant que particulier, professionnel ou revendeur.

Nous étudions le projet et vous répondons sur le mode d'achat possible ; si les données sont suffisantes, nous vous envoyons un devis écrit accompagné de plans.

Envoyer une demande

Bureaux de jardin en bois, en kit Envoyer une demande


---

# Entretien du chalet en bois : guide du revendeur
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/guide-entretien-chalet-bois-support-client-negociants/

## Entretien du chalet en bois : guide du revendeur

Pour les revendeurs : ce que vous pouvez transmettre

Le revendeur est souvent la première personne à qui un client demande comment entretenir son chalet en bois. Cette page réunit ce qu'un revendeur peut transmettre à partir des données de fabrication, et ce qui relève du propriétaire et du fabricant des produits d'entretien.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie. Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit.

## En bref

Bois : épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord, séché en séchoir avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %.

Madriers de mur : fournis non traités par défaut ; la protection extérieure se fait sur place.

Peinture en usine : une option à capacité limitée, jamais fournie en standard.

Plancher : lames de 28 mm et lambourdes imprégnées, en standard.

Lamellé-collé : les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas.

Documents : devis, plans et documentation peuvent porter la marque du revendeur, selon ce qui est convenu pour la commande.

## Ce que le revendeur peut transmettre

- Bois : épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord, séché en séchoir avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %.

- Madriers de mur : fournis non traités par défaut. La protection extérieure se fait donc sur place. La peinture en usine est une option à capacité limitée, jamais fournie en standard.

- Plancher : lames de 28 mm et lambourdes imprégnées, en standard.

- Lamellé-collé : les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas.

- Fentes de séchage : elles sont moins fréquentes dans le lamellé-collé que dans le bois scié (APA Technical Note EWS R475E) ; elles peuvent tout de même apparaître.

## Documents d'une commande

Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit. La documentation fournie pour une commande donnée est confirmée au moment du devis. Les devis, les plans et la documentation peuvent porter la marque du revendeur, selon ce qui est convenu pour la commande.

Trois chalets de jardin montés côte à côte.

Chalet de jardin peint en crème.

## Ce qui relève du propriétaire

Les produits d'entretien et la fréquence de leur renouvellement sont le choix du propriétaire, qui suit les instructions du fabricant de chaque produit. Cette page ne donne ni calendrier d'entretien ni liste de produits.

## Montage et chantier

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur.

## Questions fréquentes

## Que dire à un client sur l'entretien de son chalet en bois ?

Les madriers de mur sont fournis non traités par défaut ; la protection extérieure se fait donc sur place. Les produits d'entretien et la fréquence de leur renouvellement sont le choix du propriétaire, qui suit les instructions du fabricant de chaque produit.

## Les documents peuvent-ils porter la marque du revendeur ?

Les devis, les plans et la documentation peuvent porter la marque du revendeur, selon ce qui est convenu pour la commande.

## Le lamellé-collé se fend-il ?

Les fentes de séchage sont moins fréquentes dans le lamellé-collé que dans le bois scié (APA Technical Note EWS R475E) ; elles peuvent tout de même apparaître.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé et son épaisseur si vous l'avez choisie, et la région où le bâtiment sera revendu. Précisez si la peinture en usine doit être étudiée pour la commande et si les documents doivent porter votre marque.

Nous étudions la demande et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Les informations destinées aux revendeurs en France sont réunies sur la page Eurodita en France ; sur la finition, voir la page Peindre ou lasurer un chalet en bois.

Envoyer une demande

Pour les revendeurs Envoyer une demande


---

# Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/isolation-chalet-bois-epaisseur-paroi-performance-thermique/

## Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U

Épaisseur de paroi, valeurs U et isolant

Quelle épaisseur de mur pour un chalet en bois, et que dit-elle de l'isolation ? Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie. Cette page réunit les profils de mur fabriqués, les valeurs U préliminaires publiées pour l'élément de mur en bois seul et ce qui se conçoit localement.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous n'indiquons pas les performances thermiques d'un bâtiment fini : l'épaisseur du mur ne détermine pas à elle seule la performance énergétique.

## En bref

Bois massif : profils de 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm.

Lamellé-collé : profils de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm.

Double paroi Twin Skin : 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm, avec un vide prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place.

Valeurs U : valeurs préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul, pour les profils de 28 à 220 mm.

Isolant : normalement non fourni par Eurodita ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement.

Choix du mur : pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique.

## Les profils de mur fabriqués

Un profil s'écrit avec l'épaisseur d'abord et la hauteur du madrier ensuite. Eurodita fabrique trois systèmes de murs :

- Bois massif : 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm, en une seule épaisseur.

- Double paroi Twin Skin : 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm, soit une paroi extérieure, un vide et une paroi intérieure de même épaisseur.

- Lamellé-collé : 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm, avec des angles à queue d'aronde de 88 à 220 mm. Eurodita colle, profile et usine le lamellé-collé elle-même, sur un seul site.

Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé. Le profil de 19 mm n'est utilisé que pour les modèles proposés dans ce profil au catalogue.

Murs et cloisons en madriers, pendant le montage.

Un chalet de jardin en madriers.

## Valeurs U préliminaires de l'élément de mur

Les valeurs ci-dessous sont des valeurs U préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul. Ce ne sont ni des valeurs pour un bâtiment fini ni un résultat de conformité.

| Épaisseur du mur | Système | Valeur U préliminaire de l'élément de mur

| 28 mm | Bois massif | 3,82 W/m²K

| 34 mm | Bois massif | 3,15 W/m²K

| 44 mm | Bois massif | 2,43 W/m²K

| 58 mm | Bois massif | 1,84 W/m²K

| 70 mm | Bois massif ou lamellé-collé | 1,53 W/m²K

| 88 mm | Lamellé-collé | 1,22 W/m²K

| 135 mm | Lamellé-collé | 0,79 W/m²K

| 180 mm | Lamellé-collé | 0,59 W/m²K

| 220 mm | Lamellé-collé | 0,49 W/m²K

Aucune valeur n'est publiée pour le profil de 19 mm ni pour la double paroi Twin Skin. Les mêmes valeurs figurent sur la page Wall profiles (en anglais).

## Ce que ces valeurs ne disent pas

Une valeur U de l'élément de mur ne décrit pas un bâtiment. L'enveloppe du bâtiment fini (isolant, membranes, étanchéité à l'air, ventilation, plancher, toiture, vitrage) est conçue par le concepteur local, maître d'œuvre ou bureau d'études, selon l'usage du bâtiment et les règles applicables au projet.

Eurodita ne fournit normalement pas l'isolant ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement. Dans une double paroi Twin Skin, le vide de 50 ou 100 mm est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place ; la largeur du vide n'est pas une spécification d'isolation.

## Comment le mur se choisit

Le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique ; la disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis. Pour un bâtiment habité toute l'année, choisissez le mur, l'isolation et la fondation avec votre maître d'œuvre ou votre architecte.

Les fenêtres et les portes en bois sont de fabrication Eurodita, en IV45, IV68 et IV92, cette dernière à triple vitrage. Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet.

## Questions fréquentes

## Quelles épaisseurs de paroi Eurodita fabrique-t-elle ?

En bois massif : 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm. En lamellé-collé : 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm. En double paroi Twin Skin : 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm.

## Quelle est la valeur U d'un mur en bois massif de 44 mm ?

La valeur U préliminaire de l'élément de mur en bois seul est de 2,43 W/m²K pour 44 mm. Ce n'est ni une valeur pour un bâtiment fini ni un résultat de conformité.

## Eurodita fournit-elle l'isolant ?

Eurodita ne fournit normalement pas l'isolant ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement. Dans une double paroi Twin Skin, le vide est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place.

## Quelle épaisseur de mur choisir pour un usage à l'année ?

Le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique. Pour un bâtiment habité toute l'année, le mur, l'isolation et la fondation se choisissent avec votre maître d'œuvre ou votre architecte.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé et son épaisseur, l'usage prévu du bâtiment (saisonnier ou à l'année) et la région du projet. Joignez les plans ou la description de l'enveloppe établis par votre concepteur, si vous en disposez.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Voir aussi les pages Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple et Membranes et isolation en construction bois.

Envoyer une demande

Épaisseur de paroi, valeurs U et isolant Envoyer une demande


---

# Lamellé-collé ou bois massif : guide pour les négociants
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/lamelle-colle-vs-chalet-bois-massif-guide-negociants/

## Lamellé-collé ou bois massif : guide pour les négociants

Pour les négociants : deux matériaux de mur

Lamellé-collé ou madriers massifs : les deux murs sortent de la même usine. Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie ; elle colle, profile et usine son lamellé-collé elle-même, sur un seul site. Cette page réunit ce qu'un négociant peut dire à son client sur chaque mur.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions ni tarifs ni prix de revente : chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, et le revendeur fixe ses propres prix.

## En bref

Bois massif : madriers de 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm.

Lamellé-collé : profils de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm.

Angles : queue d'aronde pour les profils en lamellé-collé de 88 à 220 mm.

Fourniture : le lamellé-collé est fourni uniquement dans un kit de bâtiment, jamais en poutres seules.

Tassement : les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas.

Choix : le mur se choisit pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique.

## Qu'est-ce que le lamellé-collé ?

Le lamellé-collé est un matériau fait de plusieurs lamelles de bois collées entre elles. Chez Eurodita, il est produit dans l'usine : collé, profilé et usiné sur un seul site, en épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord. La colle est la Dynea Prefere 6151, utilisée avec le durcisseur Prefere 6651 : une colle EPI à deux composants, que son fournisseur classe en type I selon la norme EN 16254. Le fournisseur décrit la Prefere 6151 comme sans formaldéhyde. Cette indication décrit la colle ; ce n'est pas une certification du lamellé-collé.

Le mur en madriers massifs est fait d'une seule épaisseur de bois scié, usiné sur centres CNC Hundegger.

## Les profils fabriqués

Un profil s'écrit avec l'épaisseur d'abord et la hauteur du madrier ensuite.

| Mur | Profils | Angles

| Bois massif | 19 x 100, 28 x 100, 34 x 100, 44 x 130, 58 x 130 et 70 x 130 mm | Sans queue d'aronde

| Lamellé-collé | 70 x 130 mm | Sans queue d'aronde

| Lamellé-collé | 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm | Queue d'aronde

Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé. Le profil de 19 mm n'est utilisé que pour les modèles proposés dans ce profil au catalogue. Un modèle en bois massif peut aussi être fabriqué en lamellé-collé ; la disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis.

Les cinq profils en lamellé-collé, de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm.

## Tassement et fentes de séchage

Les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas. Les fentes de séchage sont moins fréquentes dans le lamellé-collé que dans le bois scié (APA Technical Note EWS R475E) ; elles peuvent tout de même apparaître.

## Valeurs U de l'élément de mur

Des valeurs U préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul sont publiées pour les profils de 28 à 220 mm : par exemple 1,53 W/m²K pour 70 mm, 1,22 W/m²K pour 88 mm et 0,49 W/m²K pour 220 mm. Ce ne sont ni des valeurs pour un bâtiment fini ni un résultat de conformité. Le tableau complet figure sur la page Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U.

Un grand bâtiment en bois Eurodita, pendant le chantier.

Le même bâtiment, côté pignon.

## Quand proposer l'un ou l'autre

Les gammes standard en bois massif de 19 à 44 mm sont des séries produites en volume. Les profils de 58 et 70 mm, les projets sur mesure et le lamellé-collé peuvent être commandés pour un seul projet. Chaque année, Eurodita fabrique en moyenne environ 50 maisons en lamellé-collé de plus de 100 m².

Le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique. Lorsqu'un calcul de structure est nécessaire, il est réalisé par des partenaires spécialisés. Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet ; sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur.

## Questions fréquentes

## Quelle est la différence entre le lamellé-collé et le bois massif ?

Le lamellé-collé est fait de plusieurs lamelles de bois collées entre elles ; le madrier massif est une seule pièce de bois scié. Eurodita fabrique les deux : madriers massifs de 19 à 70 mm d'épaisseur et profils en lamellé-collé de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm.

## Le lamellé-collé se tasse-t-il ?

Les murs en lamellé-collé se tassent, mais de façon minime : à l'usage, le tassement ne se sent pas et ne se voit pas.

## Peut-on acheter des poutres en lamellé-collé seules ?

Le lamellé-collé Eurodita est fourni uniquement dans un kit de bâtiment, jamais en poutres seules.

## Un modèle en bois massif peut-il être fabriqué en lamellé-collé ?

Le type de mur et son épaisseur se choisissent pour chaque projet, selon le budget et la faisabilité technique : un modèle en bois massif peut aussi être fabriqué en lamellé-collé. La disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé (bois massif ou lamellé-collé) et son profil, l'usage prévu du bâtiment et la région du projet. Précisez si vous nous contactez en tant que revendeur, entreprise de construction ou architecte, et joignez les plans dont vous disposez.

Nous étudions la demande et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Les informations destinées aux revendeurs en France sont réunies sur la page Eurodita en France.

Envoyer une demande

Pour les négociants Envoyer une demande


---

# Peindre ou lasurer un chalet en bois
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/peindre-lasurer-exterieur-chalet-bois-bonnes-pratiques/

## Peindre ou lasurer un chalet en bois

Finition extérieure du chalet en bois

Peinture, lasure ou saturateur : la finition extérieure d'un chalet en bois est un choix de l'acheteur ou de son client. Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie. Cette page indique dans quel état l'usine fournit le bois et ce qui se décide sur place.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions pas de tarifs. Chaque commande fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, qui précise la finition retenue.

## En bref

Madriers de mur : fournis non traités par défaut.

Peinture en usine : une option à capacité limitée, jamais fournie en standard.

Plancher : lambourdes imprégnées en standard.

Bois : épicéa et pin d'Europe du Nord, séché en séchoir avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %.

Sur place : le produit est choisi localement ; son application suit les instructions de son fabricant.

Devis : écrit, en EUR, EXW usine Eurodita, hors TVA et hors transport ; la livraison peut être chiffrée à part.

## Ce que l'usine fournit

Les madriers de mur sont fournis non traités par défaut. Le bois est de l'épicéa et du pin d'Europe du Nord, séché en séchoir avec une humidité cible de 12-14 %. Les lambourdes de plancher sont imprégnées en standard.

La peinture en usine est une option, et la capacité est limitée : elle n'est jamais fournie en standard. Si vous souhaitez qu'elle soit étudiée pour votre commande, indiquez-le dans la demande. Ce qui est retenu figure dans le devis écrit.

## Ce qui se décide sur place

Lorsque le kit est fourni non traité, la finition extérieure est réalisée sur place :

- le produit est choisi localement, par l'acheteur ou son client ;

- la préparation du bois, l'application et le renouvellement suivent les instructions du fabricant de ce produit ;

- la personne qui applique le produit, particulier ou entreprise, est choisie localement.

Cette page ne recommande aucun produit, aucun nombre de couches et aucune fréquence de renouvellement : ces indications sont celles du fabricant du produit choisi.

Sans finition : le bois tel qu'il est fourni par défaut.

Avec une lasure.

## Exemples de finitions peintes

Deux chalets de jardin Eurodita peints, à titre d'exemple. La teinte et le produit sont le choix de l'acheteur ou de son client.

Chalet de jardin peint en vert sauge.

Chalet de jardin peint en blanc.

## Montage et chantier

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur. La livraison clé en main ne fait pas partie de la fourniture standard.

## Questions fréquentes

## Le chalet est-il livré peint ?

Les madriers de mur sont fournis non traités par défaut. La peinture en usine est une option à capacité limitée, jamais fournie en standard ; ce qui est retenu figure dans le devis écrit.

## Quel produit utiliser pour peindre ou lasurer le chalet ?

Le produit est choisi localement, par l'acheteur ou son client. La préparation du bois, l'application et le renouvellement suivent les instructions du fabricant de ce produit.

## Le plancher est-il traité ?

Les lambourdes de plancher sont imprégnées en standard.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé (bois massif, double paroi Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé) et la région du projet. Précisez si le bois doit rester non traité ou si la peinture en usine doit être étudiée pour la commande.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Sur le séchage et la protection du bois, voir aussi la page Humidité et bois.

Envoyer une demande

Finition extérieure du chalet en bois Envoyer une demande


---

# Membranes et isolation en construction bois
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/role-membranes-respirantes-construction-bois/

## Membranes et isolation en construction bois

Enveloppe du bâtiment : kit et conception locale

Pare-pluie, pare-vapeur, isolant : ces couches appartiennent à l'enveloppe du bâtiment fini. Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie et les fournit en kit. Cette page indique ce que comprend un kit sur ce sujet, ce qu'il ne comprend pas d'ordinaire et ce qui est conçu localement.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions pas de tarifs. Le devis écrit de chaque commande précise ce qui est fourni.

## En bref

Murs du kit : bois massif, double paroi Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé.

Twin Skin : compositions 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm, proposées selon le projet.

Isolant : normalement non fourni par Eurodita ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement.

Menuiseries : fenêtres et portes en bois de fabrication Eurodita, IV45, IV68 et IV92, cette dernière à triple vitrage.

Valeurs U : valeurs préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul, publiées pour les profils de 28 à 220 mm.

Enveloppe : conçue par le concepteur local, selon l'usage du bâtiment.

## Ce que l'usine fournit

- Les murs en bois du kit : bois massif, double paroi Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé. Les kits sont toujours expédiés à plat.

- Double paroi Twin Skin : compositions 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm, proposées selon le projet. Le vide entre les deux parois est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place.

- Fenêtres et portes : en bois, de fabrication Eurodita, en IV45, IV68 et IV92, cette dernière à triple vitrage.

Eurodita ne fournit normalement pas l'isolant ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement. Le devis écrit de chaque commande précise ce qui est fourni.

Visualisation d'un chalet de jardin à double paroi Twin Skin.

Visualisation d'un modèle Twin Skin plus long.

## Valeurs U publiées

Des valeurs U préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul sont publiées pour les profils de 28 à 220 mm sur la page Wall profiles (en anglais). Elles décrivent l'élément de mur uniquement : ce ne sont ni des valeurs pour un bâtiment fini ni un résultat de conformité. Aucune valeur n'est publiée pour le profil de 19 mm ni pour la double paroi. Le détail par profil figure sur la page Isolation du chalet en bois : épaisseur de paroi et valeurs U.

## Ce qui se conçoit localement

L'enveloppe du bâtiment fini (isolant, membranes, étanchéité à l'air, ventilation) est conçue par le concepteur local, maître d'œuvre ou bureau d'études, selon l'usage du bâtiment. Les membranes et les autres produits sont choisis selon cette conception et posés selon les instructions de leur fabricant. Cette page ne donne pas de composition type.

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. Sauf accord contraire, les fondations, les raccordements et les autorisations sont à la charge de l'acheteur.

## Questions fréquentes

## Les membranes sont-elles comprises dans le kit ?

Le devis écrit de chaque commande précise ce qui est fourni. Les membranes et les autres produits de l'enveloppe sont choisis selon la conception établie par le concepteur local et posés selon les instructions de leur fabricant.

## Eurodita fournit-elle l'isolant ?

Eurodita ne fournit normalement pas l'isolant ; le périmètre d'un projet peut en décider autrement. Dans une double paroi Twin Skin, le vide entre les deux parois est prévu pour un isolant acheté sur place.

## Quelles valeurs U sont publiées ?

Des valeurs U préliminaires de l'élément de mur en bois seul sont publiées pour les profils de 28 à 220 mm. Ce ne sont ni des valeurs pour un bâtiment fini ni un résultat de conformité. Aucune valeur n'est publiée pour le profil de 19 mm ni pour la double paroi.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez le modèle du catalogue ou les dimensions extérieures souhaitées, le mur envisagé et, pour une double paroi, la composition, ainsi que l'usage prévu du bâtiment. Joignez les plans ou la description de l'enveloppe établis par votre concepteur, si vous en disposez.

Nous étudions le projet et vous envoyons un devis écrit. Sur la double paroi, voir aussi la page Chalet à double paroi ou à paroi simple.

Envoyer une demande

Enveloppe du bâtiment Envoyer une demande


---

# Studio de jardin en bois, directement du fabricant
URL: https://eurodita.com/fr-market/studio-de-jardin/

## Studio de jardin en bois, directement du fabricant

Studios de jardin en madriers, en kit

Vous cherchez un studio de jardin pour loger un proche, recevoir des amis ou travailler au calme ? Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois depuis 1994 dans sa propre usine en Lituanie et livre des studios de jardin en madriers sous forme de kit, directement du fabricant. Vous trouverez ici les formalités selon la surface et les modèles de notre catalogue qui entrent dans ces seuils.

Envoyer une demande Eurodita en France

Nous ne publions pas de tarifs. Chaque studio fait l'objet d'un devis écrit, établi selon les dimensions extérieures, le mur choisi et la fourniture convenue.

## En bref

Jusqu'à 5 m² : une construction neuve indépendante est dispensée de formalité, hors secteur protégé.

De plus de 5 m² à 20 m² : déclaration préalable de travaux.

Plus de 20 m² : permis de construire. En secteur protégé, la déclaration préalable s'applique jusqu'à 20 m², y compris sous 5 m².

Fabricant : Eurodita fabrique des bâtiments en bois dans sa propre usine en Lituanie depuis 1994.

Modèles : studios de jardin en madriers de 12 à 40 m² selon les dimensions extérieures, hauteur au faîtage jusqu'à 3,51 m selon le catalogue.

Murs : bois massif de 19 à 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ou 58-100-58 mm et lamellé-collé de 70 x 130 à 220 x 260 mm. Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé. Le profil de 19 mm n'est utilisé que pour les modèles proposés dans ce profil au catalogue.

Devis : écrit, en EUR, EXW usine Eurodita, hors TVA et hors transport ; la livraison peut être chiffrée à part.

## Quelle autorisation pour un studio de jardin ?

Pour une annexe indépendante, la fiche officielle Service Public « Quelle autorisation d'urbanisme déposer pour installer une annexe dans son jardin ? » (vérifiée le 13 novembre 2025) indique : jusqu'à 5 m² de surface de plancher ou d'emprise au sol, l'annexe est dispensée de formalité ; de plus de 5 m² jusqu'à 20 m², elle est soumise à déclaration préalable ; au-delà de 20 m², à permis de construire. En secteur protégé (sites patrimoniaux remarquables, abords des monuments historiques, sites classés ou en instance de classement, réserves naturelles, cœur des parcs nationaux), la déclaration préalable s'applique jusqu'à 20 m². Ces seuils reposent sur les articles R*421-1, R*421-2, R421-9 et R421-11 du Code de l'urbanisme.

Si le plan local d'urbanisme (PLU) ne prévoit pas de règles particulières, l'annexe s'implante soit en limite de propriété, soit à 3 mètres minimum de celle-ci. Au-delà de 5 m², la construction entraîne aussi le paiement de la taxe d'aménagement ; sous 20 m², le conseil municipal peut décider d'une exonération totale ou partielle. Le seuil de 40 m² que l'on rencontre souvent concerne les extensions accolées en zone urbaine d'un PLU, pas une construction indépendante.

Un studio utilisé comme pièce de vie annexe de la maison garde la destination de la maison : selon l'article R151-29 du Code de l'urbanisme, les locaux accessoires sont réputés avoir la même destination et sous-destination que le local principal. S'il doit devenir un logement indépendant, par exemple pour la location, les règles du PLU et de votre commune s'appliquent : renseignez-vous en mairie. Eurodita ne fournit pas de conseil juridique et ne garantit pour aucun modèle qu'il peut être construit sans autorisation. Pour le dossier, nous fournissons les plans et les données techniques du kit.

## Studios de jardin de 12 à 40 m²

Le tableau présente une sélection de notre catalogue avec les dimensions extérieures, la surface calculée à partir de ces dimensions et les hauteurs du catalogue :

| Modèle | Dimensions extérieures | Surface | Hauteur à l'égout | Hauteur au faîtage

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Une chambre 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Une chambre 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin une chambre 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin une chambre 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Une chambre 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

Toutes les dimensions sont extérieures et correspondent au catalogue de septembre 2026. Les surfaces du tableau sont calculées à partir des dimensions extérieures ; l'emprise au sol et la surface de plancher au sens du Code de l'urbanisme sont déterminées par votre projet. Brookhaven et James restent sous 20 m² selon ce calcul, Apex Twin Skin est exactement à la limite et doit être vérifié ; les autres modèles relèvent en principe du permis de construire. Les hauteurs sont celles du catalogue ; vérifiez la hauteur finale du bâtiment, fondation comprise, dans votre projet. Les pages des modèles sont pour l'instant en anglais ; retrouvez d'autres modèles dans notre sélection de chalets de jardin.

## Murs : bois massif, Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé

Le mur se choisit selon l'usage du studio et le projet dans son ensemble. Eurodita fabrique trois systèmes de murs :

- Bois massif : madriers de 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm d'épaisseur, en une seule couche.

- Twin Skin (double paroi) : 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 et 58-100-58 mm, soit une paroi extérieure, un vide et une paroi intérieure de même épaisseur. Le vide est destiné à l'isolant, acheté sur place. La largeur du vide n'est pas une spécification d'isolation.

- Lamellé-collé : profils de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 et 220 x 260 mm. Nous fabriquons le lamellé-collé dans notre propre usine : nous le collons, le profilons et l'usinons nous-mêmes.

Un modèle en bois massif peut être fabriqué dans chacun des profils de 28, 34, 44, 58 et 70 mm, un modèle en lamellé-collé dans chacun des profils en lamellé-collé ; la disponibilité est confirmée dans le devis. Nous n'indiquons pas les performances thermiques du bâtiment fini : l'épaisseur du mur ne détermine pas à elle seule la performance énergétique. Pour un studio habité toute l'année, choisissez le mur, l'isolation et la fondation avec votre maître d'œuvre ou votre architecte.

## Ce que contient le kit et ce qu'il ne contient pas

Le kit comprend la structure bois du bâtiment, fabriquée d'après les plans établis pour votre commande :

- les murs en bois massif, Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé

- la structure bois du plancher et de la toiture, préparée pour l'isolation là où c'est nécessaire

- les fenêtres et portes extérieures en bois de notre fabrication, selon la commande

- les passages de câbles usinés en usine, si la commande les prévoit

- les plans et documents de la commande

Le kit standard ne comprend pas :

- les matériaux d'isolation

- la couverture de toiture

- la fondation

- les raccordements et installations d'électricité, d'eau, d'assainissement et de gaz

- le montage

Le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet. La fondation, les raccordements et les installations se planifient avec des entreprises locales. Le prix dépend des dimensions extérieures, du mur, des fenêtres et portes et de la livraison convenue ; c'est pourquoi nous établissons un devis écrit pour votre studio plutôt qu'un tarif.

## Sur mesure : du croquis au kit

Si aucun modèle du catalogue ne convient à votre terrain, nous partons de votre croquis ou des plans de votre architecte, par exemple pour rester sous 20 m². Le prix et la proposition sont préparés dans le système de chiffrage et de conception d'Eurodita, qui produit des plans 2D et une visualisation 3D ; le devis est donc en général établi rapidement. Si un calcul de structure est nécessaire, il est réalisé par des spécialistes externes. Pour la surface d'un bureau de jardin, consultez aussi notre guide des dimensions du bureau de jardin.

## Comment acheter

Eurodita travaille principalement avec des revendeurs, des entreprises de construction, des promoteurs et des architectes. Pour les maisons d'habitation plus grandes, nous établissons aussi des devis directement pour les particuliers, après évaluation du projet. Pour les studios de jardin et les autres petits bâtiments, le mode d'achat est convenu projet par projet, en direct ou par l'intermédiaire d'un partenaire commercial. Pour une maison en bois à l'année, voir notre page Chalet en bois habitable.

Si vous êtes revendeur, retrouvez plus d'informations sur la page Eurodita en France.

## Questions fréquentes

## Quelle autorisation pour un studio de jardin ?

Selon la fiche officielle Service Public sur les annexes, une construction indépendante jusqu'à 5 m² de surface de plancher ou d'emprise au sol est dispensée de formalité, de plus de 5 m² à 20 m² elle est soumise à déclaration préalable, et au-delà de 20 m² à permis de construire. En secteur protégé, la déclaration préalable s'applique jusqu'à 20 m². Le PLU de la commune s'applique dans tous les cas.

## Peut-on construire un studio de jardin sans permis de construire ?

Oui jusqu'à 20 m² : une déclaration préalable suffit au-delà de 5 m², et en dessous de 5 m² aucune formalité n'est requise hors secteur protégé. Au-delà de 20 m², le permis de construire est nécessaire pour une construction indépendante. Le seuil de 40 m² concerne les extensions accolées en zone urbaine d'un PLU.

## Peut-on vivre dans un studio de jardin à l'année ?

Un studio utilisé comme pièce de vie annexe de la maison garde la destination de la maison (article R151-29 du Code de l'urbanisme). S'il doit devenir un logement indépendant, par exemple pour la location, renseignez-vous en mairie sur les règles du PLU. Pour un usage à l'année, le mur, l'isolation, la fondation et les installations se choisissent avec votre maître d'œuvre.

## Quel est le prix d'un studio de jardin ?

Eurodita ne publie pas de tarifs. Le prix dépend des dimensions extérieures, du mur, des fenêtres et portes et de la livraison convenue. Chaque studio fait l'objet d'un devis écrit en EUR, EXW usine Eurodita, hors TVA et hors transport. Le prix est calculé dans notre propre système, qui prépare aussi les plans et la visualisation 3D ; le devis est donc en général établi rapidement. La fondation, l'isolation, le montage, les raccordements et les installations se planifient à part.

## Livrez-vous le studio de jardin monté, clé en main ?

La fourniture standard est un kit du fabricant : la structure bois du studio d'après vos plans, avec les fenêtres et portes commandées. L'isolation, la fondation, les raccordements, les installations et le montage ne font pas partie du kit standard ; le montage et son organisation sont définis projet par projet.

## Pouvez-vous fabriquer un studio de jardin à mes dimensions ?

Oui. Envoyez-nous un croquis ou les plans de votre architecte. Nous vérifions ce qui peut être fabriqué en bois massif, Twin Skin ou lamellé-collé, calculons le prix dans notre système et envoyons un devis avec plans 2D et visualisation 3D. Si un calcul de structure est nécessaire, il est réalisé par des spécialistes externes ; vérifiez les formalités auprès de votre mairie.

## Comment préparer votre demande

Indiquez la commune du terrain et si elle se trouve en secteur protégé, l'usage prévu (pièce en plus, chambre d'amis, bureau ou atelier), le modèle ou les dimensions extérieures souhaités, la distance prévue par rapport aux limites de propriété, le mur s'il est déjà choisi et vos éventuels croquis. Précisez aussi si vous nous contactez en tant que particulier, professionnel ou revendeur.

Nous étudions le projet et vous répondons sur le mode d'achat possible ; si les données sont suffisantes, nous vous envoyons un devis écrit accompagné de plans.

Envoyer une demande

Studios de jardin en madriers, en kit Envoyer une demande


---

# Drvene vrtne kućice od proizvođača i po mjeri
URL: https://eurodita.com/hr-market/drvene-vrtne-kucice/

## Drvene vrtne kućice od proizvođača i po mjeri

Drvene vrtne kućice izravno od proizvođača

Tražite drvenu vrtnu kućicu za odmor, goste ili radni kutak u vrtu? Eurodita od 1994. proizvodi drvene građevine u vlastitoj tvornici u Litvi i isporučuje drvene vrtne kućice kao komplete izravno od proizvođača. Na ovoj stranici saznat ćete kada vrtnoj kućici nije potrebna građevinska dozvola i koji modeli iz našeg kataloga ulaze u te granice.

Pošaljite upit Eurodita u Hrvatskoj

Cjenik ne objavljujemo. Za svaku kućicu pripremamo pisanu ponudu prema vanjskim dimenzijama, odabranom zidnom sustavu i dogovorenoj isporuci.

## Ukratko

Bez građevinske dozvole: pomoćna zgrada s jednom etažom do 50 m² tlocrtne površine, na građevnoj čestici postojeće zgrade i za njezine potrebe, prema članku 4. Pravilnika o jednostavnim i drugim građevinama i radovima. Potrebni su glavni projekt i prijava početka građenja.

Kuća za stanovanje: potrebna je građevinska dozvola; stambena zgrada s najviše dva stana i do 400 m² građevinske (bruto) površine od 1. siječnja 2026. je manje složena zgrada prema novom Zakonu o gradnji.

Proizvođač: Eurodita proizvodi drvene građevine u vlastitoj tvornici u Litvi od 1994.

Modeli: drvene vrtne kućice od 12 do 40 m² prema vanjskim dimenzijama, s visinom sljemena do 3,51 m prema katalogu.

Zidovi: masivno drvo od 19 do 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ili 58-100-58 mm te lijepljeno lamelirano drvo (glulam) od 70×130 do 220×260 mm. Model od masivnog drva može se izraditi u bilo kojem od profila 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model od lijepljenog lameliranog drva u bilo kojem profilu od lijepljenog lameliranog drva. Profil od 19 mm koristi se samo na modelima koji su s njim u katalogu.

Ponuda: pisana, u eurima, EXW tvornica Eurodita, bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza; prijevoz možemo ponuditi zasebno.

## Vrtna kućica bez građevinske dozvole: pravila

Prema članku 4. točki 1. podtočki a) Pravilnika o jednostavnim i drugim građevinama i radovima (Narodne novine 112/17, 34/18, 36/19, 98/19, 31/20, 74/22 i 155/23) bez građevinske dozvole, a u skladu s glavnim projektom, može se graditi pomoćna zgrada koja ima jednu etažu do 50 m² tlocrtne površine. Gradi se na građevnoj čestici postojeće zgrade, odnosno zgrade za koju postoji akt kojim se odobrava građenje, i za potrebe te zgrade. Prema članku 6. istog Pravilnika investitor je dužan prijaviti početak građenja.

Pravilnik i dalje vrijedi i nakon 1. siječnja 2026.: novi Zakon o gradnji (Narodne novine 155/25) u članku 157. ostavlja ga na snazi do donošenja novog pravilnika. Gradnja bez dozvole i dalje mora biti u skladu s prostornim planom i svim propisima koji se odnose na građevinu. Uvjete za svoju česticu, udaljenost od međe i izgrađenost provjerite u prostornom planu općine ili grada.

Za kuću za stanovanje potrebna je građevinska dozvola. Stambena zgrada s najviše dva stana čija građevinska (bruto) površina ne prelazi 400 m² prema novom Zakonu o gradnji je manje složena zgrada, a dozvola se izdaje na temelju idejnog projekta koji izrađuju ovlašteni arhitekt i ovlašteni inženjeri drugih struka. Prije narudžbe provjerite pravila za svoju česticu kod nadležnog upravnog tijela ili projektanta. Eurodita ne daje pravne savjete i ni za jedan model ne jamči da se može graditi bez dozvole. Za projekt isporučujemo nacrte i tehničke podatke kompleta.

## Modeli od 12 do 40 m²

Tablica prikazuje izbor iz našeg kataloga s vanjskim dimenzijama, površinom izračunatom iz vanjskih dimenzija i visinama prema katalogu:

| Model | Vanjske dimenzije | Površina | Visina strehe | Visina sljemena

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| S jednom spavaćom sobom 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| S jednom spavaćom sobom 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin s jednom spavaćom sobom 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin s jednom spavaćom sobom 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| S jednom spavaćom sobom 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

Sve su dimenzije vanjske i odgovaraju katalogu iz rujna 2026. Površine u tablici izračunate su iz vanjskih dimenzija; tlocrtnu površinu prema propisima određuje projektant. Visine su navedene prema katalogu; konačnu visinu građevine s temeljima provjerite u projektu. Stranice modela zasad su na engleskom jeziku; više modela pronaći ćete u pregledu vrtnih kućica i kućica s jednom spavaćom sobom.

## Zidovi: masivno drvo, Twin Skin ili lijepljeno lamelirano drvo

Zid birate prema tome kako ćete koristiti kućicu i prema projektu u cjelini. Eurodita proizvodi tri zidna sustava:

- Masivno drvo: zidne grede debljine 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm u jednom sloju.

- Twin Skin (dvostruki zid): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm, odnosno vanjski sloj, međuprostor i unutarnji sloj iste debljine. Međuprostor je namijenjen izolaciji koju nabavljate na mjestu gradnje. Širina međuprostora nije specifikacija izolacije.

- Lijepljeno lamelirano drvo (glulam): profili 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 i 220×260 mm. Lamelirano drvo izrađujemo u vlastitoj tvornici: sami ga lijepimo, profiliramo i obrađujemo.

Model od masivnog drva može se izraditi u bilo kojem od profila 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model od lijepljenog lameliranog drva u bilo kojem profilu od lijepljenog lameliranog drva; dostupnost potvrđuje ponuda. Toplinska svojstva gotove građevine ne navodimo: debljina zida sama po sebi ne određuje energetska svojstva zgrade. Ako kućicu želite koristiti i zimi, zid, izolaciju i temelje odaberite zajedno s projektantom.

## Što komplet sadrži, a što ne

Komplet sadrži drvenu konstrukciju građevine izrađenu prema nacrtima za Vašu narudžbu:

- zidove od masivnog drva, Twin Skin ili lijepljenog lameliranog drva

- drvenu konstrukciju poda i krova, gdje je potrebno pripremljenu za izolaciju

- drvene prozore i vrata iz vlastite proizvodnje prema narudžbi

- kabelske kanale izglodane u tvornici, ako ih narudžba sadrži

- nacrte i dokumente uz narudžbu

Standardni komplet ne sadrži:

- izolacijske materijale

- krovni pokrov, ako nije naručen

- temelje

- priključke i instalacije struje, vode, odvodnje i plina

- montažu

Montažu i njezinu organizaciju dogovaramo za svaki projekt. Temelje i priključke planirajte s lokalnim tvrtkama. Cijena ovisi o vanjskim dimenzijama, vrsti zida, prozorima i vratima te dogovorenom načinu isporuke, pa umjesto cjenika pripremamo pisanu ponudu za Vašu kućicu.

## Po mjeri: od skice do kompleta

Ako nijedan model iz kataloga ne odgovara Vašoj čestici, možemo krenuti od skice ili od nacrta arhitekta. Cijenu izračunavamo i ponudu pripremamo u Euroditinom vlastitom sustavu za izračun i projektiranje, a uz ponudu dobivate 2D nacrte i 3D vizualizaciju. Zato ponuda obično stiže brzo. Dimenzije i raspored mogu se prilagoditi pravilima koja vrijede za Vašu česticu; što vrijedi za Vaš zahvat, provjerite kod nadležnog upravnog tijela ili projektanta. Gdje je potreban statički proračun, izrađuju ga vanjski stručnjaci.

## Drvena kuća za stanovanje

Ako planirate drvenu kuću za cjelogodišnje stanovanje, i građevine veće od vrtne kućice izrađujemo od masivnog drva, Twin Skin zida ili lijepljenog lameliranog drva. Za takvu kuću potrebna je građevinska dozvola, a idejni projekt izrađuju ovlašteni arhitekt i ovlašteni inženjeri u Hrvatskoj. Nacrte i tehničke podatke potrebne za narudžbu isporučujemo mi.

## Kako kupiti

Eurodita prvenstveno surađuje s trgovcima, građevinskim tvrtkama, investitorima i arhitektima. Za veće stambene kuće dajemo ponudu i izravno privatnim kupcima, nakon procjene projekta. Za vrtne kućice i druge manje građevine za svaki projekt dogovaramo kupujete li izravno ili preko poslovnog partnera.

Mobilne kućice od lijepljenog drva za kamp ili vlastitu česticu opisujemo na stranici Mobilne kućice od drva.

Ako ste trgovac, više informacija pronaći ćete na stranici Eurodita u Hrvatskoj.

## Česta pitanja

## Kolika se vrtna kućica može graditi bez građevinske dozvole?

Prema članku 4. Pravilnika o jednostavnim i drugim građevinama i radovima bez građevinske dozvole, a u skladu s glavnim projektom, može se graditi pomoćna zgrada s jednom etažom do 50 m² tlocrtne površine, na građevnoj čestici postojeće zgrade i za njezine potrebe. Investitor je dužan prijaviti početak građenja, a gradnja mora biti u skladu s prostornim planom. Pravilnik vrijedi i nakon stupanja na snagu novog Zakona o gradnji 1. siječnja 2026.

## Mogu li stanovati u vrtnoj kućici?

Za kuću za stanovanje potrebna je građevinska dozvola. Stambena zgrada s najviše dva stana i do 400 m² građevinske (bruto) površine prema novom Zakonu o gradnji je manje složena zgrada, a dozvola se izdaje na temelju idejnog projekta koji izrađuju ovlašteni arhitekt i ovlašteni inženjeri drugih struka. Svoj zahvat provjerite kod nadležnog upravnog tijela ili projektanta.

## Koliko košta drvena vrtna kućica?

Eurodita ne objavljuje cijene ni cjenike. Cijena ovisi o vanjskim dimenzijama, vrsti zida, prozorima i vratima te dogovorenom načinu isporuke. Za svaku kućicu pripremamo pisanu ponudu u eurima, EXW tvornica Eurodita, bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza; prijevoz možemo ponuditi zasebno. Cijenu izračunavamo u vlastitom sustavu za izračun, koji ujedno izrađuje nacrte i 3D vizualizaciju, pa ponuda obično stiže brzo. Ukupnom iznosu pribrojite temelje, izolaciju, montažu, priključke i instalacije.

## Može li se vrtna kućica koristiti i zimi?

To ovisi o projektu u cjelini: odabranom zidu, izolaciji, temeljima, instalacijama i montaži. Komplet sadrži drvenu konstrukciju, gdje je potrebno pripremljenu za izolaciju; izolacijski materijali nabavljaju se na mjestu gradnje. Toplinska svojstva gotove građevine ne navodimo.

## Isporučujete li vrtnu kućicu montiranu, po sistemu ključ u ruke?

Standardna isporuka je komplet od proizvođača: drvena konstrukcija kućice izrađena prema Vašim nacrtima, s naručenim prozorima i vratima. Izolacija, temelji, priključci, instalacije i montaža nisu dio standardnog kompleta; montažu i njezinu organizaciju dogovaramo za svaki projekt.

## Izrađujete li kućicu prema mojim dimenzijama?

Da. Pošaljite nam skicu ili nacrte arhitekta. Procijenit ćemo što se može izraditi od masivnog drva, Twin Skin zida ili lijepljenog lameliranog drva, izračunati cijenu u vlastitom sustavu i poslati ponudu s 2D nacrtima i 3D vizualizacijom. Gdje je potreban statički proračun, izrađuju ga vanjski stručnjaci; pravila gradnje provjerite kod nadležnog upravnog tijela ili projektanta.

## Kako pripremiti upit

Navedite u kojoj se općini ili gradu nalazi čestica i postoji li na njoj zgrada, za što ćete koristiti kućicu (odmor, gosti, radni prostor ili spremište), koji model ili koje vanjske dimenzije zamišljate, planiranu udaljenost od međe, zidni sustav ako ste ga već odabrali te eventualne skice. Napišite i obraćate li nam se kao privatna osoba, stručnjak ili trgovac.

Procijenit ćemo projekt i odgovoriti na koji način možete kupiti kućicu, a ako podaci budu dovoljni, poslat ćemo pisanu ponudu s nacrtima.

Pošaljite upit

Drvene vrtne kućice izravno od proizvođača Pošaljite upit


---

# Mobilne kućice od drva, izravno od proizvođača
URL: https://eurodita.com/hr-market/mobilne-kucice/

## Mobilne kućice od drva, izravno od proizvođača

Mobilne kućice od lijepljenog drva izravno od proizvođača

Tražite mobilnu kućicu za kamp ili drvenu kućicu za stanovanje na vlastitoj čestici? Eurodita u vlastitoj tvornici u Litvi proizvodi drvene građevine od 1994. i isporučuje mobilne kućice od lijepljenog lameliranog drva (glulam) kao komplete izravno od proizvođača: 25 kataloških modela od 8 x 5 m do oko 20 x 7 m, s jednom do četiri spavaće sobe. Glulam lijepimo, profiliramo i obrađujemo sami, a svaki projekt crtamo i računamo u vlastitom sustavu za projektiranje i izradu ponuda.

Pošaljite upit Eurodita u Hrvatskoj

Cjenik ne objavljujemo. Za svaku kućicu pripremamo pisanu ponudu prema vanjskim dimenzijama, odabranom profilu zida i dogovorenoj isporuci.

## Ukratko

Modeli: 25 prizemnih kućica od lijepljenog drva, od 8 x 5 m do oko 20 x 7 m prema vanjskim dimenzijama, s jednom do četiri spavaće sobe.

Zidovi: katalog predviđa glulam debljine 88 mm, a naručiti se može svaki odobreni profil: 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ili 220 x 260 mm.

U kampu: prema Zakonu o prostornom uređenju (NN 155/25) položaj svake kućice određuje lokacijska dozvola kampa, a kućice se ubrajaju u najveću izgrađenost od 30 % površine kampa.

Na vlastitoj čestici: kućica u kojoj se boravi je zgrada; za stanovanje je potrebna građevinska dozvola prema Zakonu o gradnji (NN 155/25).

Proizvođač: Eurodita proizvodi drvene građevine u vlastitoj tvornici u Litvi od 1994.

Ponuda: pisana, u eurima, EXW tvornica Eurodita, bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza; prijevoz možemo ponuditi zasebno.

## Mobilna kućica u kampu: pravila

Od 1. siječnja 2026. kampove uređuje novi Zakon o prostornom uređenju (Narodne novine 155/25). Prema članku 67. najveća dopuštena izgrađenost iznosi 30 % ukupne površine kampa, a u tu se površinu uračunavaju i modularno-montažne kućice (pokretne kućice), neovisno o tome jesu li čvrsto povezane s tlom. Najmanje 40 % površine kampa mora biti uređeno kao parkovni nasadi ili prirodno zelenilo. U kampovima izvan naselja kućice se ne postavljaju u pojasu od 100 m od obalne crte, a u kampovima unutar naselja u pojasu od 25 m.

Prema članku 243. istog zakona položaj pojedine kućice u kampu određuje lokacijska dozvola; kad je položaj tako određen, za postavljanje se primjenjuju propisi o gradnji bez građevinske dozvole. Postojeći kampovi imaju prijelazna razdoblja za usklađenje. Pravilnik o kampovima (NN 54/16, 68/19, 120/19) opisuje pokretnu kućicu kao pokretnu opremu za kampiranje od čvrstog materijala koja nije čvrsto vezana za tlo i ima kupaonicu, a priključci na infrastrukturu moraju biti demontažni. Ministarstvo turizma najavilo je usklađivanje svojih pravila s novim zakonom, pa prije narudžbe provjerite važeće uvjete za svoj kamp.

## Mobilna kućica na vlastitoj čestici

Prema članku 3. Zakona o gradnji (Narodne novine 155/25) zgrada je zatvorena ili natkrivena građevina namijenjena boravku ljudi. Ministarstvo prostornoga uređenja, graditeljstva i državne imovine u mišljenju iz 2024. navelo je da montažna kućica postavljena na određeno mjesto i korištena za boravak ljudi predstavlja građevinu. Za stanovanje na vlastitoj čestici zato je potrebna građevinska dozvola.

Prema novom zakonu manje složena zgrada je stambena zgrada s najviše dva stana i građevinskom (bruto) površinom do 400 m²; naši modeli imaju vanjske dimenzije do oko 140 m², a kategorija se utvrđuje za konkretan projekt. Za takvu zgradu zahtjevu za građevinsku dozvolu prilaže se idejni projekt, početak gradnje prijavljuje se uz glavni projekt, a zgrada se smije koristiti nakon uporabne dozvole. Pravilnik o jednostavnim i drugim građevinama i radovima bez građevinske dozvole, a uz glavni projekt, dopušta samo pomoćnu zgradu s jednom etažom do 50 m² tlocrtne površine, na čestici postojeće zgrade i za potrebe te zgrade, a ne kuću za stanovanje. Uvjete za svoju česticu provjerite u prostornom planu općine ili grada i kod nadležnog upravnog tijela. Eurodita ne daje pravne savjete i ni za jedan model ne tvrdi da se može postaviti bez dozvole. Za projekt isporučujemo nacrte i tehničke podatke kompleta.

## Mobilne kućice iz kataloga

Izbor modela; podaci su prema kataloškim karticama:

| Model | Spavaće sobe | Vanjske dimenzije | Visina sljemena

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 1 | 8 x 5 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m | 1 | 10 x 4 m | 2,67 m

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m | 1 | 9 x 6 m | 2,84 m

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m | 2 | 14 x 5,8 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 2 | 11 x 6,8 m | 3,16 m

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 3 | 14 x 6 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m | 3 | 19 x 6,6 m | 2,99 m

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 4 | 18 x 6,8 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m | 4 | 20 x 7 m | 2,97 m

Dimenzije su vanjske i odgovaraju kataloškim podacima. Svih 25 modela nalazi se na stranici Mobile log cabins and log homes; stranice modela zasad su na engleskom. Raspored, prozore i vrata možemo prilagoditi, a kućicu možemo izraditi i prema vašem nacrtu.

## Zidovi od lijepljenog lameliranog drva

Zidovi mobilnih kućica izrađuju se od lijepljenog lameliranog drva (glulam), u profilima 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 i 220 x 260 mm. Kutni spoj na lastin rep dostupan je od profila 88 x 260 mm. Glulam lijepimo u vlastitoj tvornici ljepilom Dynea Prefere 6151 s učvršćivačem Prefere 6651, dvokomponentnim EPI ljepilom za nosive drvene konstrukcije koje proizvođač svrstava u tip I prema EN 16254; to opisuje ljepilo, a ne certifikat gotovog glulama. Zidovi od glulama slegnu se, ali minimalno, pa se to u uporabi ne osjeti i ne vidi. Toplinske vrijednosti gotove kućice ne objavljujemo.

## Što komplet sadrži, a što ne

Komplet sadrži drvenu konstrukciju izrađenu prema nacrtima vaše narudžbe:

- zidove od lijepljenog lameliranog drva, s rasporedom prostorija prema nacrtima

- drvenu konstrukciju poda i krova, prema potrebi pripremljenu za toplinsku izolaciju

- vanjske prozore i vrata od drva vlastite proizvodnje prema narudžbi

- nacrte i dokumentaciju narudžbe

Standardni komplet ne sadrži:

- temelj ili podlogu i prijevoz do mjesta postavljanja

- toplinsku izolaciju

- elektro, vodovodne i kanalizacijske instalacije ni priključke

- unutarnje uređenje, kuhinju i sanitarije

- pokrov, ako nije naručen

- dozvole i postupke u kampu ili kod upravnog tijela

Montaža i njezina organizacija dogovaraju se za svaki projekt posebno. Cijena ovisi o vanjskim dimenzijama, profilu zida, prozorima i vratima te dogovorenoj isporuci, pa umjesto cjenika pripremamo pisanu ponudu za vašu kućicu.

## Po mjeri: od skice do kompleta

Ako vam nijedan model iz kataloga ne odgovara, možemo krenuti od vaše skice ili nacrta arhitekta. Kućicu crtamo i računamo u vlastitom sustavu za projektiranje i izradu ponuda, koji izrađuje 2D nacrte i 3D vizualizaciju. Kada su ulazni podaci potpuni, ponudu obično pripremimo brzo. Ako je potreban statički proračun, izrađuju ga vanjski stručnjaci.

## Kako kupiti

Mobilne kućice kupuju kampovi i turistička naselja, trgovci koji ih prodaju pod vlastitim imenom te privatni kupci. Za veće stambene projekte ponudu možemo pripremiti izravno privatnom kupcu, a za svaki projekt dogovaramo kupujete li izravno ili preko trgovačkog partnera.

Ako ste trgovac ili upravljate kampom, više informacija naći ćete na stranici Eurodita u Hrvatskoj. Drvene vrtne kućice opisujemo na stranici Drvene vrtne kućice od proizvođača.

## Česta pitanja

## Je li mobilna kućica građevina?

Prema Zakonu o gradnji (NN 155/25) zgrada je zatvorena ili natkrivena građevina namijenjena boravku ljudi, a Ministarstvo je 2024. navelo da montažna kućica postavljena na određeno mjesto i korištena za boravak ljudi predstavlja građevinu. Za stanovanje na vlastitoj čestici potrebna je građevinska dozvola; u kampu položaj kućice određuje lokacijska dozvola kampa.

## Treba li mi građevinska dozvola za mobilnu kućicu na vlastitom zemljištu?

Za kućicu u kojoj se stanuje, da. Stambena zgrada s najviše dva stana i bruto površinom do 400 m² prema novom Zakonu o gradnji je manje složena zgrada: zahtjevu za dozvolu prilaže se idejni projekt, početak gradnje prijavljuje se uz glavni projekt, a zgrada se koristi nakon uporabne dozvole. Uvjete za česticu provjerite u prostornom planu i kod nadležnog upravnog tijela.

## Kakva pravila vrijede za mobilne kućice u kampu?

Prema Zakonu o prostornom uređenju (NN 155/25) kućice se ubrajaju u najveću izgrađenost od 30 % površine kampa, najmanje 40 % kampa mora biti zelenilo, a položaj svake kućice određuje lokacijska dozvola kampa. Uz obalu vrijede i zabranjeni pojasevi. Ministarstvo turizma najavilo je usklađivanje pravila za kampove s novim zakonom, pa provjerite važeće uvjete.

## Koliko košta mobilna kućica?

Eurodita ne objavljuje cijene ni cjenike. Cijena ovisi o vanjskim dimenzijama, profilu zida, prozorima i vratima te dogovorenoj isporuci. Za svaku kućicu pripremamo pisanu ponudu u eurima, EXW tvornica Eurodita, bez PDV-a i bez prijevoza. Ponudu računamo u vlastitom sustavu koji izrađuje i nacrte te 3D vizualizaciju; kada su podaci potpuni, obično je pripremimo brzo.

## Koje su dimenzije mobilnih kućica?

U katalogu je 25 prizemnih modela od 8 x 5 m do oko 20 x 7 m prema vanjskim dimenzijama, s jednom do četiri spavaće sobe. Raspored, prozore i vrata možemo prilagoditi, a kućicu možemo izraditi i prema vašem nacrtu.

## Montirate li kućicu?

Standardna isporuka je komplet od proizvođača. Montaža i njezina organizacija dogovaraju se za svaki projekt posebno. Temelj ili podloga, prijevoz do mjesta postavljanja, instalacije i priključci ne ulaze u standardni komplet.

## Kako pripremiti upit

Navedite gdje će kućica stajati (kamp ili vlastita čestica, općina), željeni model ili vanjske dimenzije, broj spavaćih soba i raspored, profil zida ako ste ga već odabrali, broj kućica i moguće skice. Napišite i obraćate li nam se kao kamp, trgovac ili privatna osoba.

Procijenit ćemo projekt i odgovoriti kako možete kupiti kućicu, a kad su podaci dovoljni, poslat ćemo pisanu ponudu s nacrtima.

Pošaljite upit

Mobilne kućice od lijepljenog drva izravno od proizvođača Pošaljite upit


---

# Kerti faházak a gyártótól, egyedi méretben is
URL: https://eurodita.com/hu-market/kerti-fahazak/

## Kerti faházak a gyártótól, egyedi méretben is

Tömör fa kerti faházak a gyártótól

Kerti faházat keres pihenésre, vendégeknek vagy dolgozószobának? Az Eurodita 1994 óta gyárt faépületeket saját gyárában, Litvániában, és a kerti faházakat építőkészletként, közvetlenül a gyártótól szállítja. Ezen az oldalon megtalálja, mikor nem kell egy kerti faházhoz építési engedély, és a katalógusunk mely modelljei férnek bele ezekbe a határokba.

Ajánlatkérés küldése Eurodita Magyarországon

Árlistát nem teszünk közzé. Minden faházra írásos ajánlatot készítünk a külső méretek, a választott falrendszer és a megbeszélt szállítás alapján.

## Röviden

Építési engedély nélkül: nem lakóépületként használt új épület legfeljebb 35 m² összes hasznos alapterülettel és legfeljebb 4,5 m gerincmagassággal, lapostetős épületnél legfeljebb 3,5 m párkánymagassággal, a 281/2024. (IX. 30.) Korm. rendelet 17. § a) pontja alapján. A helyi építési szabályzatnak és a településképi rendeletnek ettől függetlenül meg kell felelni.

Egyszerű bejelentés: lakóépületet kiszolgáló melléképület 35 m² felett legfeljebb 60 m² összes hasznos alapterületig és 6,0 m gerincmagasságig (lapostetős melléképületnél 4,5 m párkánymagasságig), valamint a rendelet feltételeivel új lakóépület legfeljebb 300 m² összes hasznos alapterületig.

Gyártó: Eurodita, faépületek saját litvániai gyárból, gyártás 1994 óta.

Modellek: kerti faházak 12 és 35 m² között a külső méretek alapján, a katalógus szerint legfeljebb 3,51 m gerincmagassággal.

Falak: tömör fa 19 és 70 mm között, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 vagy 58-100-58 mm, valamint ragasztott gerenda (glulam) 70×130 és 220×260 mm között. A tömörfa modell a 28, 34, 44, 58 és 70 mm -es profilok bármelyikéből elkészíthető, a ragasztott gerendás modell a ragasztott gerenda bármely profiljából. A 19 mm -es profil csak azoknál a modelleknél használatos, amelyek ezzel szerepelnek a katalógusban.

Ajánlat: írásos, euróban, EXW Eurodita gyár paritással, áfa és szállítás nélkül; a szállítást külön is beárazzuk.

## Kerti faház építési engedély nélkül: a szabályok

A 281/2024. (IX. 30.) Korm. rendelet 17. § a) pontja szerint építési engedély akkor kell új épülethez, ha annak mérete meghaladja a 35 m² összes hasznos alapterületet vagy a 4,5 méteres gerincmagasságot, lapostetős épület esetén a 3,5 méteres párkánymagasságot. Az ennél kisebb kerti faház, amely nem lakóépület, tehát nem igényel sem építési engedélyt, sem egyszerű bejelentést; új lakóépület kis méretben is csak a lent leírt egyszerű bejelentéssel építhető. Ettől függetlenül meg kell felelnie a 280/2024. (IX. 30.) Korm. rendeletnek (TÉKA), a település helyi építési szabályzatának (HÉSZ) és településképi rendeletének, amely településképi bejelentést is előírhat. Az elhelyezést, a beépítési mértéket és a telekhatártól mért távolságot ezek a szabályok határozzák meg.

A rendelet 16. § (1) bekezdése szerint egyszerű bejelentés alapján építhető a lakóépületet kiszolgáló melléképület, ha nagyobb a fenti méretnél, de legfeljebb 60 m² összes hasznos alapterületű és legfeljebb 6,0 méteres gerincmagasságú, lapostetős melléképületnél legfeljebb 4,5 méteres párkánymagasságú. Ugyanígy egyszerű bejelentéssel építhető, a nemzeti emléknek minősülő műemlék telkét kivéve, a legfeljebb 300 m² összes hasznos alapterületű, kizárólag lakófunkciót és azt kiszolgáló helyiséget tartalmazó új lakóépület is, ha a szomszédos, zártsorúan vagy ikresen csatlakozó épület alapozásának megerősítése nem szükséges. Ha egy új épület meghaladja a 17. § a) pontja szerinti méretet, és nem tartozik az egyszerű bejelentés esetei közé, építési engedély kell hozzá.

A határok az összes hasznos alapterületre vonatkoznak, katalógusunk viszont külső méreteket ad meg; a hasznos alapterületet és a besorolást a tervező határozza meg. Mielőtt faházat rendel, ellenőrizze a telkére vonatkozó szabályokat az önkormányzatnál vagy egy tervezőnél. Az Eurodita nem ad jogi tanácsot, és egyik modellnél sem garantálja, hogy engedély nélkül megépíthető. A dokumentációhoz átadjuk a készlet rajzait és műszaki adatait.

## Modellek 12 és 35 m² között

A táblázat a katalógusunk egy válogatását mutatja külső méretekkel, a külső méretekből számolt területtel és a katalógus szerinti magasságokkal:

| Modell | Külső méretek | Terület | Ereszmagasság | Gerincmagasság

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Egy hálószobás 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Egy hálószobás 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin egy hálószobás 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin egy hálószobás 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Egy hálószobás 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

Minden méret külső méret, és a 2026. szeptemberi katalógusnak felel meg. A táblázat területei a külső méretekből számoltak; a hasznos alapterületet a tervező határozza meg. A magasságok a katalógus szerintiek; az épület végleges magasságát az alapozással együtt a tervben ellenőrizze. A modellek oldalai egyelőre angol nyelvűek; további modelleket a kerti faházak és az egy hálószobás faházak áttekintésében talál.

## Falak: tömör fa, Twin Skin vagy ragasztott gerenda

A falat aszerint válassza, hogyan fogja használni a faházat, és a projekt egésze alapján. Az Eurodita három falrendszert gyárt:

- Tömör fa: 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 és 70 mm vastag falgerendák egy rétegben.

- Twin Skin (kettős fal): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 és 58-100-58 mm, vagyis külső réteg, légrés és azonos vastagságú belső réteg. A rés a szigetelés helye, a szigetelőanyagot helyben kell beszerezni. A rés szélessége nem a szigetelés specifikációja.

- Ragasztott gerenda (glulam): 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 és 220×260 mm -es profilok. A ragasztott gerendát saját gyárunkban készítjük: magunk ragasztjuk, profilozzuk és munkáljuk meg.

A tömörfa modell a 28, 34, 44, 58 és 70 mm -es profilok bármelyikéből elkészíthető, a ragasztott gerendás modell a ragasztott gerenda bármely profiljából; az elérhetőséget az ajánlat erősíti meg. A kész épület hőtechnikai jellemzőit nem adjuk meg: a falvastagság önmagában nem határozza meg az épület energetikai teljesítményét. Ha télen is használni szeretné a faházat, a falat, a szigetelést és az alapozást a tervezővel együtt válassza ki.

## Mit tartalmaz a készlet, és mit nem

A készlet a rendelés rajzai szerint gyártott faszerkezetet tartalmazza:

- tömör fa, Twin Skin vagy ragasztott gerenda falak

- a padló és a tető faszerkezete, ahol szükséges, szigetelésre előkészítve

- saját gyártású fa ablakok és ajtók a rendelés szerint

- gyárban kimart kábelcsatornák, ha a rendelés tartalmazza őket

- a rendeléshez tartozó rajzok és dokumentumok

A standard készlet nem tartalmazza:

- a szigetelőanyagokat

- a tetőfedést, ha nincs megrendelve

- az alapozást

- a villany-, víz-, csatorna- és gázbekötést és a belső vezetékeket

- az összeszerelést

Az összeszerelést és annak megszervezését projektenként egyeztetjük. Az alapozást és a közműveket helyi cégekkel tervezze. Az ár a külső méretektől, a faltípustól, az ablakoktól és ajtóktól, valamint a megbeszélt szállítási módtól függ, ezért árlista helyett írásos ajánlatot készítünk az Ön faházára.

## Egyedi méretben: a vázlattól a készletig

Ha egyik katalógusmodell sem illik a telkéhez, kiindulhatunk egy vázlatból vagy az építész rajzaiból. Az árat és az ajánlatot az Eurodita saját kalkulációs és tervezőrendszerében készítjük, és az ajánlattal együtt 2D rajzokat és 3D látványtervet is kap. Ezért az ajánlat általában gyorsan elkészül. A méreteket és az alaprajzot a telkére érvényes szabályokhoz lehet igazítani; hogy mi vonatkozik az Ön tervére, azt az önkormányzatnál vagy a tervezőnél ellenőrizze. Ahol statikai számítás szükséges, azt külső szakemberek készítik el.

## Lakható faház nagyobb méretben

Ha egész évben lakható faházat vagy családi házat tervez, a 35 m² feletti épületek is készülnek tömör fából, Twin Skin falból vagy ragasztott gerendából. A legfeljebb 300 m² összes hasznos alapterületű új lakóépület a rendelet feltételeivel egyszerű bejelentéssel építhető, amelyhez a dokumentációt magyar tervező készíti el. A rendeléshez szükséges rajzokat és műszaki adatokat mi adjuk át.

## Hogyan vásárolhat

Az Eurodita elsősorban kereskedőkkel, építőipari cégekkel, ingatlanfejlesztőkkel és építészekkel dolgozik. Nagyobb lakóépületekre magánügyfeleknek is közvetlenül adunk ajánlatot, a projekt értékelése után. Kerti faházaknál és más kisebb épületeknél projektenként egyeztetjük, hogy közvetlenül vagy kereskedelmi partneren keresztül vásárol.

Ha kereskedő, további információt az Eurodita Magyarországon oldalon talál.

## Gyakori kérdések

## Mekkora kerti faházat építhetek építési engedély nélkül?

A 281/2024. (IX. 30.) Korm. rendelet 17. § a) pontja szerint építési engedély akkor kell új épülethez, ha meghaladja a 35 m² összes hasznos alapterületet vagy a 4,5 méteres gerincmagasságot, lapostetős épületnél a 3,5 méteres párkánymagasságot. Az ennél kisebb, nem lakóépületként használt kerti faház engedély és egyszerű bejelentés nélkül építhető, de meg kell felelnie a helyi építési szabályzatnak és a településképi rendeletnek. A lakóépületet kiszolgáló melléképület 60 m² -ig és 6,0 m gerincmagasságig, lapostetős melléképületnél 4,5 m párkánymagasságig egyszerű bejelentéssel építhető.

## Lakhatok a kerti faházban?

Az új lakóépület, kis méretben is, a 281/2024. (IX. 30.) Korm. rendelet 16. § (1) a) pontjának feltételeivel egyszerű bejelentéssel építhető legfeljebb 300 m² összes hasznos alapterületig, amelyhez magyar tervező készíti el a dokumentációt. A lakhatáshoz szükséges szigetelést, alapozást és közműveket a projekt egészében kell megtervezni. Ellenőrizze a tervét az önkormányzatnál vagy egy tervezőnél.

## Mennyibe kerül egy kerti faház?

Az Eurodita nem tesz közzé árakat és árlistát. Az ár a külső méretektől, a faltípustól, az ablakoktól és ajtóktól, valamint a megbeszélt szállítási módtól függ. Minden faházra írásos ajánlatot készítünk euróban, EXW Eurodita gyár paritással, áfa és szállítás nélkül; a szállítást külön is beárazzuk. Az árat saját kalkulációs rendszerünkben számoljuk, amely a rajzokat és a 3D látványtervet is elkészíti, ezért az ajánlat általában gyorsan elkészül. A teljes összeghez számolja hozzá az alapozást, a szigetelést, az összeszerelést és a közműveket.

## Használható a kerti faház télen is?

Ez a projekt egészétől függ: a választott faltól, a szigeteléstől, az alapozástól, a vezetékektől és az összeszereléstől. A készlet faszerkezetet tartalmaz, ahol szükséges, szigetelésre előkészítve; a szigetelőanyagot helyben kell beszerezni. A kész épület hőtechnikai jellemzőit nem adjuk meg.

## Összeszerelve, kulcsrakészen szállítják a faházat?

A standard szállítás a gyártótól érkező építőkészlet: a faház faszerkezete az Ön rajzai szerint gyártva, a megrendelt ablakokkal és ajtókkal. A szigetelés, az alapozás, a közművek, a vezetékek és az összeszerelés nem része a standard készletnek; az összeszerelést és annak megszervezését projektenként egyeztetjük.

## Elkészítik a faházat az általam megadott méretekben?

Igen. Küldjön egy vázlatot vagy az építész rajzait. Megvizsgáljuk, mi készíthető tömör fából, Twin Skin falból vagy ragasztott gerendából, saját kalkulációs rendszerünkben kiszámoljuk az árat, és 2D rajzokkal és 3D látványtervvel együtt küldjük az ajánlatot. Ahol statikai számítás szükséges, azt külső szakemberek készítik el; az engedélyezési szabályokat az önkormányzatnál vagy a tervezőnél ellenőrizze.

## Hogyan készítse elő az ajánlatkérést

Adja meg, melyik településen van a telek, mire fogja használni a faházat (pihenés, vendégek, dolgozószoba vagy tároló), milyen modellt vagy milyen külső méreteket képzel el, az épület telekhatártól tervezett távolságát, a falrendszert, ha már tudja, és az esetleges vázlatokat. Írja meg azt is, hogy magánszemélyként, szakemberként vagy kereskedőként keres meg minket.

Értékeljük a projektet, és válaszolunk, milyen módon vásárolhatja meg a faházat; ha az adatok elegendőek, rajzokkal együtt írásos ajánlatot küldünk.

Ajánlatkérés küldése

Tömör fa kerti faházak a gyártótól Ajánlatkérés küldése


---

# Case in legno lamellare su misura
URL: https://eurodita.com/it-market/case-in-legno-lamellare/

## Case in legno lamellare su misura

Case in legno lamellare su misura dal produttore

Cerca una casa in legno pensata per il Suo terreno e per il Suo modo di vivere, con linee classiche o contemporanee? Le case in legno lamellare offrono proprio questa libertà di progetto. Eurodita produce edifici in legno in Lituania dal 1994, e il legno lamellare delle nostre case nasce nello stabilimento Eurodita: incollato, profilato e lavorato.

Richiedi un preventivo Casette in legno abitabili

Il centro del nostro lavoro è la casa in legno su misura. Lei ci invia uno schizzo o il progetto del Suo architetto; noi verifichiamo che cosa si può produrre, calcoliamo il prezzo e disegniamo la casa nel nostro sistema di preventivazione, poi forniamo la struttura in legno come kit, direttamente dal produttore. Se preferisce partire da un progetto già pronto, può scegliere un modello del catalogo e adattarlo.

Non esiste un listino prezzi. Ogni casa viene quotata per iscritto, in base alle misure esterne, al profilo di parete e alla fornitura concordata.

## In sintesi

Produttore: case in legno dallo stabilimento Eurodita in Lituania, produzione dal 1994.

Legno lamellare: incollato, profilato e lavorato nello stabilimento Eurodita, in abete rosso e pino del Nord Europa.

Pareti: profili lamellari 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 e 220 x 260 mm; angolo a coda di rondine (Dovetail) sui profili da 88 a 220 mm.

Su misura: casa progettata dal Suo schizzo o dai disegni del Suo architetto, oppure un modello del catalogo adattato alle Sue esigenze.

Preventivazione: prezzo, disegni CAD 2D, visualizzazione 3D e proposta nascono insieme nel sistema di preventivazione di Eurodita, per questo il preventivo scritto arriva in genere in tempi rapidi.

Finestre e porte: serramenti in legno di nostra produzione, sistemi IV45, IV68 e IV92, quest'ultimo con triplo vetro.

Fornitura: un kit con la struttura in legno della casa; la consegna chiavi in mano non fa parte della fornitura standard, e montaggio e lavori in cantiere si concordano per ogni progetto.

Preventivo: scritto, in EUR, EXW stabilimento Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi; la consegna può essere quotata a parte. Per ogni progetto concordiamo se è possibile la fornitura diretta o se passa da un rivenditore.

## Legno lamellare: che cos'è e come lo produciamo

Il legno lamellare è composto da più lamelle di legno incollate tra loro. Unendo le lamelle si ottengono sezioni che un singolo tronco non offre, e nelle costruzioni in legno la struttura a strati è considerata in generale stabile nella forma. Per questo le pareti delle nostre case in legno lamellare sono realizzate con profili lamellari. Il comportamento della parete nella casa finita, però, non dipende solo dal materiale: contano anche il profilo, i dettagli costruttivi, la protezione dall'umidità e la cura del montaggio.

Il legno lamellare di Eurodita è prodotto nel nostro stabilimento: incolliamo le lamelle, profiliamo i profili di parete e li lavoriamo secondo i disegni della Sua casa. Produciamo cinque profili di parete in legno lamellare. L'angolo a coda di rondine, a catalogo chiamato Dovetail, è disponibile sui quattro profili più grandi:

| Profilo di parete | Angolo a coda di rondine (Dovetail)

| 70 x 130 mm | non disponibile

| 88 x 260 mm | disponibile

| 135 x 260 mm | disponibile

| 180 x 260 mm | disponibile

| 220 x 260 mm | disponibile

Dalla sola misura del profilo non si ricavano valori di isolamento termico, di statica o di sicurezza antincendio. Lo spessore di parete adatto alla Sua casa si sceglie con il progettista, considerando l'edificio nel suo insieme. Su richiesta, il legno lamellare può essere verniciato o rifinito in stabilimento come servizio aggiuntivo.

- Legno: abete rosso e pino del Nord Europa.

- Finestre e porte: serramenti in legno di nostra produzione nei sistemi IV45, IV68 e IV92, oltre a porte scorrevoli e a libro in legno prodotte da noi. I sistemi scorrevoli in alluminio provengono da un fornitore specializzato.

- Piani: il catalogo comprende case a uno e a due piani. Le case su due o più piani sono sempre trattate come progetto individuale, anche quando partono da un modello del catalogo.

## Casa in legno su misura: dal progetto al kit

La Sua casa non deve per forza venire dal catalogo. Si può partire da un'idea, da uno schizzo a mano o dal progetto completo del Suo architetto: anche una casa in legno su progetto di un architetto rientra tra i progetti che valutiamo abitualmente.

Le case su misura e le case in legno lamellare vengono calcolate una per una nel sistema di preventivazione e progettazione sviluppato da Eurodita. Calcolo del prezzo, disegni CAD 2D, visualizzazione 3D, parametri tecnici e dei materiali e la proposta in PDF con il marchio nascono insieme, in un unico sistema. Non servono passaggi separati tra disegno, rendering 3D e foglio di calcolo: per questo riceve disegni e preventivo in genere in tempi rapidi, da un solo interlocutore. Ecco come si svolge un progetto:

- Richiesta con schizzo o progetto: per iniziare basta uno schizzo a mano; va bene anche un progetto architettonico completo.

- Verifica del perimetro di produzione: verifichiamo la fattibilità produttiva della struttura in legno lamellare e la disponibilità dei profili richiesti.

- Disegni CAD 2D: piante e prospetti del Suo progetto configurato.

- 3D e documentazione: visualizzazione 3D e dati tecnici del kit, prodotti nello stesso sistema insieme al calcolo del prezzo.

- Preventivo scritto: in EUR, EXW stabilimento Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi.

- Produzione: dopo la Sua approvazione produciamo la struttura in legno nello stabilimento Eurodita, secondo i disegni concordati.

Dove è necessario un calcolo strutturale, lo eseguono specialisti esterni. La fattibilità si verifica per ogni singolo progetto: non indichiamo una dimensione massima valida in generale. Progettazione, titolo edilizio e verifiche restano a Lei e al Suo progettista.

## Quali documenti servono per esaminare il Suo progetto

Più complete sono le informazioni, più preciso sarà il preventivo. Ci sono utili in particolare:

- lo stato del progetto: schizzo, progetto preliminare o esecutivo, con data o numero di revisione

- piante, prospetti e sezioni

- le misure esterne della casa

- l'uso previsto: abitazione principale, casa per le vacanze o altro

- il sistema di parete e il profilo desiderati, se già scelti

- il numero di piani

- finestre e porte: numero, posizione e dimensioni

- la località e la regione

- la fornitura desiderata, per esempio con o senza copertura del tetto

Tenga presente che, prima di questo esame, non prendiamo impegni su statica, prestazioni energetiche, sicurezza antincendio o permessi. Questi aspetti li definisce con il Suo progettista e con il Comune.

## Case in legno lamellare a catalogo: alcuni modelli

Il catalogo comprende case in legno lamellare a uno e a due piani, da usare come punto di partenza e da adattare. Una selezione:

| Modello | Piani | Misure esterne | Profilo nel nome del modello

| Halden | 1 | 10,7 x 7,6 m | 220 mm

| Aurora | 2 | 9,7 x 8,2 m | 220 mm

| Fjord 80 | 1 | 10,2 x 9,5 m | 220 mm

| Glulife | 2 | 10,18 x 10,02 m | a scelta

| Linnea | 1 | 11,5 x 9,8 m | 220 mm

| Saimaa | 2 | 11,5 x 9 m | 220 mm

| Verdantix | 2 | 13,47 x 13,38 m | a scelta

| Norvik | 1 | 15,7 x 12,2 m con carport annesso | 220 mm

| Logique | 1 | 16,68 x 22,67 m | a scelta

Tutte le misure sono esterne. Per ciascuno di questi modelli il catalogo prevede gli spessori di parete 70, 88, 135, 180 e 220 mm: il profilo indicato nel nome non è vincolante, e pianta e dimensioni si possono modificare nel progetto su misura. Le pagine dei modelli sono al momento in inglese. Altri modelli si trovano nella panoramica delle case in legno lamellare, anch'essa in inglese. Se cerca un edificio abitabile più piccolo, veda le nostre casette in legno abitabili.

## Case in legno prefabbricate e chiavi in mano: che cosa comprende il kit

Con "case in legno prefabbricate" si indicano soluzioni molto diverse, e anche "chiavi in mano" non ha lo stesso significato per tutti i fornitori. La consegna chiavi in mano non fa parte della fornitura standard: Eurodita fornisce il kit dal produttore, cioè la struttura in legno della Sua casa prodotta in stabilimento. Se e come organizzare il montaggio e i lavori in cantiere si concorda per ogni progetto.

Il kit comprende:

- le pareti in legno lamellare, prodotte secondo i disegni del Suo ordine

- la struttura in legno di pavimento e tetto, predisposta per l'isolamento dove necessario

- finestre e porte in legno di nostra produzione, come indicato nell'ordine

- le canaline per i cavi fresate in stabilimento, se l'ordine le prevede

- i disegni e i documenti del Suo ordine

Non fanno parte del kit standard:

- i materiali isolanti

- la copertura del tetto, se non viene ordinata insieme al kit

- le fondazioni

- gli allacciamenti e gli impianti elettrici, idraulici e del gas

- il montaggio

Fondazioni, allacciamenti e impianti si pianificano con imprese locali. Il prezzo dipende da misure esterne, profilo di parete, numero di piani, finestre e porte e fornitura concordata: per questo non c'è un prezzo fisso, ma un preventivo scritto per la Sua casa.

## Permessi per una casa in legno in Italia

La costruzione di una nuova casa è un intervento di nuova costruzione ai sensi del Testo unico dell'edilizia, il DPR 380/2001, qualunque sia il materiale. L' articolo 10 stabilisce che "sono subordinati a permesso di costruire: a) gli interventi di nuova costruzione"; in alcuni casi indicati dall'articolo 23 il permesso può essere sostituito da una SCIA. Per una nuova casa, il titolo edilizio dipende dalla classificazione dell'intervento e dalle regole applicabili al terreno: il permesso di costruire è previsto dall'articolo 10, la SCIA alternativa solo nei casi indicati dall'articolo 23. Verifichi il caso concreto con un tecnico e con il Comune.

Le Regioni hanno potestà legislativa concorrente in materia edilizia e possono prevedere regole proprie; il Comune applica i propri strumenti urbanistici e il regolamento edilizio. Verifichi quindi il percorso con l'ufficio tecnico del Suo Comune prima di ordinare. Progettazione, titolo edilizio, calcoli strutturali, prestazioni energetiche e sicurezza antincendio restano a Lei e al Suo progettista. Eurodita non dichiara per nessun modello che sia esente da permesso o conforme alle norme; forniamo i disegni e i dati tecnici del kit.

## Domande frequenti

## Che cos'è il legno lamellare?

Il legno lamellare è un materiale composto da più lamelle di legno incollate tra loro. Unendo le lamelle si ottengono sezioni che un singolo tronco non offre, e nelle costruzioni in legno la struttura a strati è considerata in generale stabile nella forma. Nello stabilimento Eurodita il legno lamellare viene incollato, profilato e lavorato, in abete rosso e pino del Nord Europa. Il comportamento della parete nella casa finita dipende comunque anche da profilo, dettagli costruttivi, protezione dall'umidità e montaggio.

## Quanto costa una casa in legno lamellare?

Eurodita non pubblica prezzi. Ogni casa in legno lamellare viene calcolata singolarmente nel nostro sistema di preventivazione, che produce insieme prezzo, disegni CAD 2D e visualizzazione 3D; per questo il preventivo arriva in genere in tempi rapidi. Il prezzo dipende da misure esterne, profilo di parete, numero di piani, finestre e porte e fornitura concordata. Il preventivo è scritto, in EUR, EXW stabilimento Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi; la consegna può essere quotata a parte. Al budget complessivo si aggiungono fondazioni, isolamento, montaggio, allacciamenti, impianti e permessi.

## Posso costruire una casa in legno sul progetto del mio architetto?

Sì. Ci invii il progetto del Suo architetto oppure, per iniziare, uno schizzo. Verifichiamo che cosa si può produrre come struttura in legno lamellare e quale profilo di parete è adatto. Per il progetto configurato il nostro sistema produce disegni CAD 2D, visualizzazione 3D e documentazione tecnica; poi riceve un preventivo scritto. Dove serve, i calcoli strutturali li eseguono specialisti esterni. La fattibilità si verifica per ogni progetto; titolo edilizio, prestazioni energetiche e sicurezza antincendio restano a Lei e al Suo architetto.

## Una casa in legno lamellare è chiavi in mano?

Il montaggio si concorda per ogni progetto; la consegna chiavi in mano non fa parte della fornitura standard. Eurodita fornisce il kit dal produttore: pareti in legno lamellare, struttura di pavimento e tetto predisposta per l'isolamento dove necessario, finestre e porte in legno di nostra produzione e i documenti dell'ordine. Materiali isolanti, copertura del tetto se non ordinata, fondazioni, allacciamenti, impianti e montaggio non fanno parte del kit standard. Se e come organizzare il montaggio lo concordiamo per ogni progetto.

## Quali spessori di parete sono disponibili?

Eurodita produce cinque profili in legno lamellare: 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 e 220 x 260 mm. L'angolo a coda di rondine (Dovetail) è disponibile sui quattro profili da 88 a 220 mm, non sul 70 x 130 mm. Dalla sola misura del profilo non si ricavano valori di isolamento termico o di statica: lo spessore adatto alla Sua casa si sceglie con il progettista, per l'edificio nel suo insieme. La disponibilità per il Suo progetto la confermiamo nel preventivo.

## Quanto dura una casa in legno?

Non indichiamo una cifra, perché la durata di una casa in legno dipende soprattutto da come viene progettata, costruita e mantenuta. Contano un progetto accurato, una protezione costante dall'umidità alla base, sul tetto e nei raccordi, la manutenzione regolare delle superfici esterne e un'esecuzione attenta in cantiere. Eurodita fornisce la struttura in legno prodotta in stabilimento; fondazioni e dettagli esecutivi si definiscono con il Suo progettista e con le imprese locali, mentre il montaggio si concorda per ogni progetto.

## Come avviare il Suo progetto

Ci invii il Suo schizzo o il progetto del Suo architetto, insieme a località, uso previsto, misure esterne e numero di piani. Ci indichi anche se scrive come privato, architetto o rivenditore.

Esaminiamo il progetto, Le indichiamo la modalità di fornitura e, quando le informazioni sono sufficienti, Le inviamo un preventivo scritto con i disegni.

Richiedi un preventivo

Case in legno lamellare su misura dal produttore Richiedi un preventivo


---

# Case in legno abitabili dal produttore, anche su misura
URL: https://eurodita.com/it-market/casette-in-legno-abitabili/

## Case in legno abitabili dal produttore, anche su misura

Casette in legno abitabili, anche su misura

Cerca una casa in legno o una casetta in legno abitabile da usare come abitazione, come dépendance o come casa per le vacanze? Eurodita produce edifici in legno dal 1994 nel proprio stabilimento in Lituania. Pareti, finestre e porte in legno e i disegni del progetto nascono nello stesso stabilimento: può confrontarsi direttamente con chi produce la casa per definire la pianta, lo spessore delle pareti e la posizione delle finestre.

Invia la richiesta Case in legno lamellare

Le nostre case e casette in legno abitabili vanno da una a quattro camere da letto, a un piano o su due piani. Oltre ai modelli a catalogo realizziamo case in legno su misura, chalet e bungalow in legno partendo da un Suo schizzo o dal progetto del Suo architetto. Prezzo, disegni e visualizzazione 3D li prepariamo nel nostro sistema di calcolo e progettazione.

Non pubblichiamo listini. Ogni casetta riceve un preventivo scritto, basato sulle Sue misure, sulla parete scelta e sulla fornitura concordata.

## In sintesi

Produttore: edifici in legno prodotti dal 1994 nello stabilimento Eurodita in Lituania.

Modelli abitabili: casette da 1 a 4 camere, case con parete doppia Twin Skin, bungalow a un piano in legno lamellare e progetti su misura.

Su misura: prezzo, disegni CAD 2D, visualizzazione 3D e proposta nascono insieme nel sistema di calcolo e progettazione di Eurodita, per questo il preventivo arriva in genere in tempi rapidi.

Pareti: legno massiccio da 19 a 70 mm, Twin Skin da 44-50-44 a 58-100-58 mm, lamellare da 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm. Un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare. Il profilo da 19 mm è usato solo sui modelli che lo riportano a catalogo.

Legno e serramenti: abete e pino del Nord Europa, tronchi di parete non trattati di serie; finestre e porte in legno di produzione propria IV45, IV68 e IV92, quest'ultima con triplo vetro.

Preventivo: scritto, in EUR, EXW stabilimento Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi; la consegna può essere quotata a parte.

Canale di fornitura: le case residenziali più grandi possono essere quotate direttamente anche ai privati, dopo una valutazione del singolo progetto. Per ogni progetto concordiamo se è possibile la fornitura diretta o se passa da un rivenditore.

## Casette in legno abitabili: modelli da 1 a 4 camere

Le nostre casette abitabili vengono usate come abitazione principale, come dépendance e come case per le vacanze. La disposizione interna, con bagno, cucina e ripostigli, si definisce nei disegni del progetto prima della produzione. La tabella mostra le famiglie di modelli e le misure che il catalogo propone oggi:

| Famiglia | Pareti a catalogo | Misure esterne a catalogo | Note

| Casette con 1 camera | massiccio 44 o 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | da 5,85 x 4,1 m a 7 x 10,3 m | a un piano, alcuni modelli con soppalco

| Casette con 2 camere | massiccio 44 o 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | da 6 x 5,8 m a 10,1 x 8 m | a un piano

| Case con 3 camere | massiccio 44, 58 o 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | da 10 x 6 m a 12 x 7 m; su due piani 8,45 x 7,6 m | quasi tutte a un piano, un modello su due piani

| Case con 4 camere | massiccio 58 o 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | da 8,45 x 7,6 m (su due piani) a 16 x 9 m | a uno o due piani

| Casette Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm a catalogo, quattro stratigrafie disponibili | da 4 x 3 m a 16 x 9 m | dalla casetta da giardino alla casa con 4 camere

| Bungalow in lamellare | lamellare 88 mm a catalogo, da 70 a 220 mm su richiesta | da 8 x 5 m a 20 x 7 m | a un piano, da 1 a 4 camere, anche per villaggi vacanze e glamping

| Case e casette su misura | massiccio, Twin Skin o lamellare | secondo il Suo progetto | fattibilità verificata progetto per progetto

Tutte le misure sono esterne e riportano lo stato del catalogo a settembre 2026. Non sono un limite: pianta e dimensioni si adattano nel progetto su misura, e un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare, con conferma nel preventivo. Le pagine dei modelli sono per ora in inglese.

## Su misura: dal Suo progetto al kit

Una casa in legno su misura può partire da un'idea, da uno schizzo a mano o dalle tavole complete del Suo architetto. Che si tratti di una casa, di una casetta per le vacanze, di uno chalet in legno, di un bungalow o di un altro edificio, lo sviluppiamo nel sistema di calcolo e progettazione che Eurodita ha realizzato per i propri edifici e che usa per le richieste e i preventivi reali dei clienti. Il percorso è questo:

- Richiesta con schizzo o progetto: per iniziare basta uno schizzo; indichi, se le conosce, la posizione di finestre e porte, lo spessore della parete e le altezze.

- Verifica del perimetro di produzione: esaminiamo le tavole dell'architetto per capire che cosa si produce come struttura in legno massiccio, Twin Skin o lamellare, quale parete è adatta e quali finestre e porte servono.

- Prezzo, disegni e 3D in un unico passaggio: il calcolo del prezzo, i disegni CAD 2D con piante e prospetti quotati, la visualizzazione 3D e una proposta in PDF con il marchio nascono insieme nello stesso sistema. Per questo riceve il preventivo in genere in tempi rapidi.

- Preventivo scritto: in EUR, EXW stabilimento Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi, con i dati tecnici del progetto e l'elenco di finestre e porte.

- Produzione: dopo la Sua approvazione produciamo la struttura in legno nello stabilimento Eurodita, secondo i disegni concordati.

Il vantaggio per Lei: vede la casa disegnata e con il prezzo prima di decidere, e le modifiche seguono il preventivo fino alla Sua approvazione scritta. Dove serve un calcolo strutturale, lo eseguono specialisti esterni. La fattibilità la verifichiamo per ogni singolo progetto e non indichiamo una dimensione massima generale. Progetto, titolo edilizio e verifiche restano a Lei e al Suo tecnico.

## Pareti delle casette in legno abitabili: massiccio, Twin Skin o lamellare

La parete si sceglie in base all'uso della casa e al progetto complessivo. Eurodita produce tre sistemi:

- Legno massiccio: tronchi di parete da 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm di spessore, in un unico strato. Le casette abitabili a catalogo usano 44, 58 e 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (parete doppia): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm, cioè guscio esterno, intercapedine e guscio interno di pari spessore. L'intercapedine è predisposta per l'isolante, che si acquista in loco. La misura dell'intercapedine non è una specifica di isolamento.

- Legno lamellare: profili 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 e 220 x 260 mm. Il lamellare è prodotto nello stabilimento Eurodita: incollato, profilato e lavorato. Trova i dettagli nella pagina sulle case in legno lamellare.

Un modello in legno massiccio può essere realizzato in ciascuno dei profili da 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, un modello in legno lamellare in ciascun profilo lamellare; la disponibilità per la Sua casa la confermiamo nel preventivo. Non indichiamo la prestazione termica della casa finita: dallo spessore della parete non si ricava la prestazione energetica dell'edificio. Quale parete sia adatta al Suo progetto lo calcola il Suo progettista per l'intera casa.

## Cosa contiene il kit della casetta in legno abitabile e cosa no

Il kit comprende la struttura in legno della casa, prodotta secondo i disegni del Suo ordine:

- le pareti in legno massiccio, Twin Skin o lamellare

- la struttura in legno di pavimento e tetto, predisposta per l'isolamento dove necessario

- finestre e porte in legno di produzione propria, come previsto nell'ordine

- le canaline per i cavi fresate in stabilimento, se l'ordine le prevede

- i disegni e i documenti relativi al Suo ordine

Non fanno parte del kit standard:

- i materiali isolanti

- la copertura del tetto, se non viene ordinata

- le fondazioni

- gli allacciamenti e gli impianti elettrico, idraulico e del gas

- il montaggio

Se e come organizzare il montaggio lo concordiamo progetto per progetto. Fondazioni, allacciamenti e impianti li pianifica con imprese e tecnici della Sua zona. Il prezzo dipende da misure esterne, parete, numero di piani, finestre e porte e fornitura concordata: per questo non esiste un listino, ma un preventivo scritto per la Sua casa.

## Permessi per una casetta in legno abitabile in Italia

Per la legge una casetta in legno in cui si vive è un edificio. Il Testo unico dell'edilizia, il DPR 380/2001, considera interventi di nuova costruzione anche «l'installazione di manufatti leggeri, anche prefabbricati, e di strutture di qualsiasi genere» che siano utilizzati come abitazioni (art. 3, comma 1, lettera e.5). L'articolo 10 subordina a permesso di costruire «gli interventi di nuova costruzione»; in casi precisi, legati a piani urbanistici con disposizioni plano-volumetriche dettagliate, l'articolo 23 ammette in alternativa la SCIA.

L'edilizia libera dell'articolo 6, cioè le opere eseguite senza titolo abilitativo, riguarda altro: per esempio la manutenzione ordinaria o le opere stagionali e temporanee da rimuovere entro 180 giorni. Le regioni possono estendere l'edilizia libera ad altri interventi, ma non a quelli soggetti a permesso di costruire secondo l'articolo 10 né a quelli soggetti a SCIA in alternativa al permesso secondo l'articolo 23 (articolo 6, comma 6). La stessa lettera e.5 esclude i manufatti destinati a esigenze meramente temporanee e, a condizioni precise, alcune unità abitative mobili nelle strutture ricettive all'aperto autorizzate. Se il Suo caso rientri in un'eccezione lo stabilisce il Comune.

Oltre al Testo unico contano la legge della Sua regione, il regolamento edilizio del Comune, il piano urbanistico (PRG, PGT o strumento equivalente) con la zona del terreno ed eventuali vincoli paesaggistici. Una soglia in metri quadri che renda libera una casa abitabile nel Testo unico non la troverà. Prima dell'ordine chieda all'Ufficio tecnico del Comune quale titolo edilizio serve per il Suo terreno.

Eurodita non offre consulenza legale e non garantisce per nessun modello che si possa costruire senza permessi. Per la pratica Le forniamo i disegni e i dati tecnici del kit; progetto, titolo edilizio, calcolo strutturale, prestazione energetica e agibilità restano a Lei e al Suo tecnico.

## Casette in legno abitabili dal produttore: come si acquista

Eurodita lavora soprattutto con rivenditori, imprese edili, sviluppatori immobiliari e architetti. Le case residenziali più grandi possono essere quotate direttamente anche ai privati, dopo una valutazione del singolo progetto. Per ogni progetto concordiamo se è possibile la fornitura diretta o se passa da un rivenditore. Produciamo anche casette da giardino più piccole; anche per queste il canale di fornitura si conferma progetto per progetto.

Se è un rivenditore e desidera proporre casette abitabili con il Suo nome, legga la pagina sulle casette in legno abitabili a marchio proprio. Se è un privato, trova il percorso per i clienti diretti nella pagina Homes for private clients (in inglese).

## Domande frequenti

## Che permessi ci vogliono per una casetta in legno abitabile?

Una casetta in legno usata come abitazione è, per il DPR 380/2001, un intervento di nuova costruzione: l'articolo 3 vi include anche i manufatti leggeri e prefabbricati utilizzati come abitazioni. Di norma serve quindi il permesso di costruire (art. 10); in casi precisi legati a piani urbanistici dettagliati è ammessa la SCIA in alternativa (art. 23). Contano poi la legge regionale, il regolamento edilizio del Comune e la zona del terreno nel PRG o PGT. Quale titolo serva per il Suo terreno lo conferma l'Ufficio tecnico del Comune.

## È possibile costruire case prefabbricate senza permessi?

Di regola no. Una struttura prefabbricata destinata ad abitazione rientra tra gli interventi di nuova costruzione, salvo le eccezioni previste dall'articolo 3, comma 1, lettera e.5, del Testo unico dell'edilizia; il titolo richiesto dipende dal caso concreto e dalle norme applicabili al terreno. L'edilizia libera dell'articolo 6 riguarda altre opere, per esempio quelle stagionali e temporanee da rimuovere entro 180 giorni. Le eccezioni previste dalla legge sono circoscritte e le valuta il Comune. Eurodita non garantisce per nessun modello che si possa costruire senza permessi.

## Quanti metri quadri si possono costruire senza permesso?

Il Testo unico dell'edilizia non fissa una superficie in metri quadri al di sotto della quale una casa abitabile sia libera da titolo edilizio: l'installazione di manufatti prefabbricati usati come abitazione è nuova costruzione a prescindere dalla misura. Regioni e Comuni disciplinano l'attività edilizia con le proprie norme, e piccoli manufatti accessori possono avere regole diverse a seconda del luogo. Per una risposta valida sul Suo terreno si rivolga all'Ufficio tecnico del Comune prima di ordinare.

## Quali sono gli svantaggi delle case prefabbricate in legno?

Più che svantaggi, sono aspetti da pianificare. Una casa in legno chiede dettagli progettati con cura contro l'umidità alla base, sul tetto e nei raccordi, e una facciata curata nel tempo; i tronchi di parete Eurodita arrivano di serie non trattati, quindi la protezione va prevista. La consegna chiavi in mano non fa parte della fornitura standard: fondazioni, isolamento e impianti si organizzano con imprese locali, e il montaggio si concorda progetto per progetto. E prefabbricata non significa senza permessi. Con un preventivo scritto e una fornitura definita, questi punti si chiariscono prima dell'ordine.

## Quanto costa una casetta in legno abitabile?

Eurodita non pubblica prezzi né listini. Il prezzo dipende da misure esterne, parete, numero di piani, finestre e porte e fornitura concordata. Ogni casetta riceve un preventivo scritto, in EUR, EXW stabilimento Eurodita, IVA e trasporto esclusi; la consegna può essere quotata a parte. Il prezzo lo calcoliamo nel nostro sistema di calcolo e progettazione, insieme ai disegni e alla visualizzazione 3D, per cui il preventivo arriva in genere in tempi rapidi. Al budget complessivo si aggiungono fondazioni, isolamento, montaggio, allacciamenti, impianti e pratiche edilizie.

## Posso far realizzare la casetta sul mio progetto?

Sì. Ci invii le tavole del Suo architetto oppure, per iniziare, uno schizzo. Verifichiamo che cosa si produce come struttura in legno massiccio, Twin Skin o lamellare e quale parete è adatta. Nel nostro sistema di calcolo e progettazione prepariamo insieme prezzo, disegni CAD 2D, visualizzazione 3D e proposta, poi riceve un preventivo scritto. Dove serve, il calcolo strutturale lo eseguono specialisti esterni, e la fattibilità la verifichiamo progetto per progetto. Titolo edilizio, prestazione energetica e agibilità restano a Lei e al Suo tecnico.

## Come preparare la Sua richiesta

Ci indichi la regione e il Comune del terreno, l'uso previsto (abitazione, casa per le vacanze o bungalow per una struttura ricettiva), il modello o le misure esterne desiderate, il numero di camere e di piani, la parete se l'ha già scelta e gli schizzi o le tavole di cui dispone. Scriva anche se ci contatta come privato, come tecnico o come rivenditore.

Valutiamo il progetto e Le rispondiamo indicando il canale di fornitura adatto e, quando i dati sono sufficienti, con un preventivo scritto corredato di disegni.

Invia la richiesta

Casette in legno abitabili, anche su misura Invia la richiesta


---

# Klijuotos medienos namai ir pastatai iš gamintojo
URL: https://eurodita.com/lt-market/klijuotos-medienos-namai/

## Klijuotos medienos namai ir pastatai iš gamintojo

Klijuota mediena iš mūsų gamyklos

Planuojate namą, sodybą ar poilsio namą iš klijuotos medienos? Eurodita medinius pastatus savo gamykloje Lietuvoje gamina nuo 1994 metų, o klijuotą medieną (glulam) gaminame patys: lameles klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame savo gamykloje. Iš jos gaminame namų ir kitų pastatų komplektus pagal katalogą arba pagal jūsų projektą.

Siųsti užklausą Eurodita Lietuvoje

Viešo kainoraščio neskelbiame. Kiekvienam pastatui kainą apskaičiuojame savo sąmatų programa ir parengiame rašytinį pasiūlymą su brėžiniais.

## Trumpai

Gamintojas: klijuota mediena pagaminta Euroditos gamykloje: suklijuota, profiliuota ir apdirbta.

Profiliai: 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ir 220 x 260 mm. Masyvo modelis gali būti gaminamas iš bet kurio 28, 34, 44, 58 ar 70 mm profilio, klijuotos medienos modelis iš bet kurio klijuotos medienos profilio. 19 mm profilis naudojamas tik modeliuose, kurie su juo kataloguoti.

Pastatai: vieno aukšto klijuotos medienos bungalai su vienu, dviem, trimis arba keturiais miegamaisiais, vieno ir dviejų aukštų namai, sodybos ir kiti pastatai pagal projektą.

Pagal projektą: kainą, 2D brėžinius, 3D vizualizaciją ir pasiūlymą parengiame savo sąmatų ir projektavimo programa, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai.

Leidimai: vienbučiam gyvenamajam namui visada reikia projekto ir statybą leidžiančio dokumento.

Pasiūlymas: rašytinis, eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto; pristatymą galima įkainoti atskirai.

Tiesiogiai: didesni gyvenamieji namai privatiems užsakovams gali būti įkainojami tiesiogiai, įvertinus projektą.

## Kas yra klijuota mediena

Klijuota mediena, dar vadinama glulam arba klijuotu tašu, gaminama iš kelių medienos lamelių, suklijuotų į vieną elementą. Taip gaunami skerspjūviai, kurių negalima išpjauti iš vieno rąsto. Eurodita klijuotą medieną naudoja sienoms, o pastato konstrukciją parenka pagal konkretų projektą.

Klijuotą medieną klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame savo gamykloje, todėl sienų profilis, angos langams ir durims bei sujungimai paruošiami pagal jūsų užsakymo brėžinius. Baigto namo šiluminių savybių nenurodome: vien sienos storis nelemia pastato energinio naudingumo klasės, ją projektuotojas nustato visam pastatui.

## Klijuotos medienos namai ir bungalai

Lentelėje pateiktos klijuotos medienos pastatų grupės ir matmenys, kuriuos šiandien siūlo katalogas:

| Grupė | Sienos | Išoriniai matmenys kataloge | Pastabos

| Klijuotos medienos bungalai | klijuota mediena nuo 70 x 130 iki 220 x 260 mm | nuo 8 x 5 m iki 20 x 7 m | vieno aukšto, su vienu, dviem, trimis arba keturiais miegamaisiais, ir poilsio parkams bei glampingui

| Klijuotos medienos namai | klijuota mediena nuo 70 x 130 iki 220 x 260 mm | pavyzdžiui, nuo 10,7 x 7,6 m iki 16,68 x 22,67 m | vieno ir dviejų aukštų

| Namai ir sodybos pagal projektą | klijuota mediena, masyvi mediena arba Twin Skin | pagal jūsų projektą | įgyvendinamumas tikrinamas kiekvienam projektui

Visi matmenys yra išoriniai ir atitinka 2026 m. rugsėjo katalogą. Tai nėra ribos: planą ir matmenis pritaikome projektui, o masyvo modelis gali būti gaminamas iš bet kurio 28, 34, 44, 58 ar 70 mm profilio, klijuotos medienos modelis iš bet kurio klijuotos medienos profilio, patvirtinus pasiūlyme. Modelių puslapiai kol kas anglų kalba. Vieno aukšto modelių lentelę ir planus lietuviškai rasite puslapyje Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos.

## Namas pagal jūsų projektą: sąmatų programa

Klijuotos medienos namas gali prasidėti nuo idėjos, eskizo ar architekto brėžinių. Jį įvertiname Euroditos sukurtoje sąmatų ir projektavimo programoje, kurią naudojame tikroms klientų užklausoms ir pasiūlymams. Taip tai vyksta:

- Užklausa su eskizu ar brėžiniais: pradžiai užtenka eskizo; jei žinote, nurodykite langų ir durų vietas, sienos profilį ir aukščius.

- Gamybos apimties įvertinimas: pagal brėžinius nustatome, ką gaminame iš klijuotos medienos, kurį profilį siūlome ir kokių langų bei durų reikia.

- Kaina, brėžiniai ir 3D kartu: kainos skaičiavimas, 2D CAD brėžiniai su planais ir fasadais, 3D vizualizacija ir pasiūlymas PDF formatu parengiami toje pačioje programoje. Todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai.

- Rašytinis pasiūlymas: eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto, su projekto techniniais duomenimis ir langų bei durų sąrašu.

- Gamyba: jums patvirtinus, medinę konstrukciją pagaminame Euroditos gamykloje pagal suderintus brėžinius.

Namą matote nubraižytą ir įkainotą prieš priimdami sprendimą, o pasiūlymas atnaujinamas po kiekvieno pakeitimo iki jūsų rašytinio patvirtinimo. Kai reikia konstrukcijų skaičiavimų, juos atlieka išorės specialistai. Dviejų aukštų ir didesni pastatai projektuojami individualiai, o įgyvendinamumą tikriname kiekvienam projektui.

Žemiau pateiktas pavyzdys: vieno aukšto gyvenamasis klijuotos medienos namas, kurio išoriniai matmenys 16,84 x 6,46 m, o sienų storis 88 mm, parengtas mūsų sąmatų programa. Kainų pavyzdyje nerodome. Daugiau pavyzdžių rasite puslapyje Bespoke log cabins (anglų kalba).

Pagal modelį parengta 3D vizualizacija.

Planas su patalpų išdėstymu, matmenimis ir angomis.

## Kas įeina į komplektą ir kas ne

Komplektą sudaro pastato medinė konstrukcija, pagaminta pagal jūsų užsakymo brėžinius:

- klijuotos medienos sienos pasirinktu profiliu

- grindų ir stogo medinė konstrukcija, kur reikia, paruošta šiltinti

- mūsų gamybos mediniai langai ir durys, kaip nurodyta užsakyme

- gamykloje išfrezuoti kabelių kanalai, jei jie numatyti užsakyme

- užsakymo brėžiniai ir dokumentai

Į standartinį komplektą neįeina:

- šiltinimo medžiagos

- stogo danga, jei ji neužsakyta

- pamatai

- prijungimai ir elektros, vandentiekio, nuotekų bei dujų sistemos

- montavimas

Montavimą ir jo organizavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Pamatus, prijungimus ir inžinerines sistemas planuokite su vietos įmonėmis ir projektuotoju. Kaina priklauso nuo išorinių matmenų, profilio, aukštų skaičiaus, langų ir durų bei sutarto tiekimo, todėl vietoj kainoraščio pateikiame rašytinį pasiūlymą.

## Leidimai klijuotos medienos namui

Pagal Valstybinės teritorijų planavimo ir statybos inspekcijos paaiškinimą vienbučiam gyvenamajam namui, nepriklausomai nuo jo parametrų, visada reikia parengti projektą, gauti statybą leidžiantį dokumentą ir pranešti apie statybos pradžią. Tai galioja ir klijuotos medienos namui. Sodo namą iki 50 m² bendro ploto ir 5 m aukščio galima statyti be statybą leidžiančio dokumento, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje toks dokumentas privalomas; plačiau apie tai rašome puslapyje Sodo nameliai ir mediniai nameliai.

2026 m. rugsėjo 24 d. Seimas po pateikimo pritarė pataisoms, kuriomis siūloma sodininkų bendrijose be statybos leidimo leisti statyti sodo namus ir vienbučius gyvenamuosius namus iki 80 m² ir 8,5 m, nuo 2027 m. sausio 1 d. Kol pataisos nepriimtos, galioja dabartinė tvarka. Eurodita teisinių konsultacijų neteikia; projektui pateikiame komplekto brėžinius ir techninius duomenis, o projektą, leidimus, konstrukcijų skaičiavimus ir energinį naudingumą užtikrina jūsų projektuotojas.

## Kaip įsigyti

Eurodita pirmiausia dirba su prekybininkais, statybos įmonėmis, vystytojais ir architektais. Didesni gyvenamieji namai privatiems užsakovams gali būti įkainojami tiesiogiai, įvertinus projektą. Kiekvienam projektui aptariame, ar tiekiame tiesiogiai, ar per prekybos partnerį.

Jei esate prekybininkas ar statybos įmonė, daugiau informacijos rasite puslapyje Eurodita Lietuvoje.

## Dažniausiai užduodami klausimai

## Ar Eurodita pati gamina klijuotą medieną?

Taip. Klijuotą medieną gaminame savo gamykloje Lietuvoje: lameles klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame patys. Iš jos gaminame namų ir kitų pastatų komplektus pagal katalogą arba pagal jūsų projektą.

## Kokių profilių klijuotos medienos sienos gaminamos?

Gaminame 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ir 220 x 260 mm klijuotos medienos profilius. Masyvo modelis gali būti gaminamas iš bet kurio 28, 34, 44, 58 ar 70 mm profilio, klijuotos medienos modelis iš bet kurio klijuotos medienos profilio; prieinamumas jūsų pastatui patvirtinamas pasiūlyme. Tinkamą profilį visam pastatui parenkate kartu su projektuotoju.

## Kiek kainuoja klijuotos medienos namas?

Eurodita neskelbia kainų ir kainoraščių. Kaina priklauso nuo išorinių matmenų, profilio, aukštų skaičiaus, langų ir durų bei sutarto tiekimo. Kainą skaičiuojame savo sąmatų programa, kuri kartu parengia brėžinius ir 3D vizualizaciją, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai. Pasiūlymas pateikiamas eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto. Prie bendros sumos pridėkite pamatus, šiltinimą, montavimą, prijungimus, inžinerines sistemas ir projektavimą.

## Ar klijuotos medienos namui reikia statybos leidimo?

Vienbučiam gyvenamajam namui, nepriklausomai nuo jo parametrų, visada reikia projekto, statybą leidžiančio dokumento ir pranešimo apie statybos pradžią. Be leidimo galima statyti sodo namą iki 50 m² bendro ploto ir 5 m aukščio, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje toks dokumentas privalomas. 2026 m. rugsėjo 24 d. Seimas po pateikimo pritarė pataisoms, kuriomis siūloma nuo 2027 m. sausio 1 d. sodininkų bendrijose be statybą leidžiančio dokumento leisti statyti iki 80 m² ploto ir 8,5 m aukščio sodo namus bei vienbučius gyvenamuosius namus. Pataisos dar nepriimtos.

## Ar klijuotos medienos namas pristatomas raktas į rankas?

Standartiškai Eurodita tiekia gamintojo komplektą: pagal jūsų brėžinius pagamintą medinę konstrukciją su užsakytais langais ir durimis. Montavimą ir jo organizavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Šiltinimas, pamatai, prijungimai ir inžinerinės sistemos į standartinį komplektą neįeina.

## Ar galite pagaminti namą pagal mano architekto projektą?

Taip. Atsiųskite architekto brėžinius arba, pradžiai, eskizą. Įvertiname, ką gaminame iš klijuotos medienos, kurį profilį siūlome, apskaičiuojame kainą savo sąmatų programa ir atsiunčiame pasiūlymą su 2D brėžiniais ir 3D vizualizacija. Kai reikia konstrukcijų skaičiavimų, juos atlieka išorės specialistai; projektą, leidimus ir energinį naudingumą užtikrina jūsų projektuotojas.

## Kaip pasiruošti užklausai

Nurodykite, kurioje savivaldybėje yra sklypas ir kokia jo paskirtis, kaip pastatas bus naudojamas (gyvenamasis namas, sodyba, poilsio namas ar bungalas nuomai), modelį ar norimus išorinius matmenis, miegamųjų ir aukštų skaičių, pasirinktą profilį, jei jį jau žinote, ir turimus eskizus ar brėžinius. Taip pat parašykite, ar kreipiatės kaip privatus asmuo, specialistas ar prekybininkas.

Įvertinę projektą atsakysime, kokiu būdu galite įsigyti pastatą, ir, kai duomenų pakanka, atsiųsime rašytinį pasiūlymą su brėžiniais.

Siųsti užklausą

Klijuota mediena iš mūsų gamyklos Siųsti užklausą


---

# Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos, tiesiai iš gamintojo
URL: https://eurodita.com/lt-market/moduliniai-namai/

## Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos, tiesiai iš gamintojo

Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos

Ieškote modulinio namo, kuriame būtų galima gyventi ištisus metus, ne tik vasarą? Eurodita medinius pastatus savo gamykloje Lietuvoje gamina nuo 1994 metų. Mūsų vieno aukšto Mobile Log Home serijos namų sienos pagamintos iš klijuotos medienos, kurią patys klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame Euroditos gamykloje.

Siųsti užklausą Eurodita Lietuvoje

Namą galite išsirinkti iš katalogo arba suprojektuoti pagal savo eskizą ar architekto projektą. Kainą, brėžinius ir 3D vizualizaciją parengiame savo sąmatų programa, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, rašytinį pasiūlymą paprastai gaunate greitai.

Viešo kainoraščio neskelbiame. Kiekvienam namui rašytinį pasiūlymą parengiame pagal išorinius matmenis, sienos profilį ir sutartą tiekimo apimtį.

## Trumpai

Gamintojas: Eurodita, mediniai pastatai iš savo gamyklos Lietuvoje nuo 1994 metų.

Klijuota mediena: klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame savo gamykloje, iš Šiaurės Europos eglės ir pušies.

Sienos: klijuotos medienos profiliai 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ir 220 x 260 mm.

Modeliai: vieno aukšto namai su vienu, dviem, trimis arba keturiais miegamaisiais, nuo 40 iki 140 m² pagal išorinius matmenis.

Modulis ar komplektas: standartiškai tiekiame namo komplektą; gamykloje surinktas transportuojamas modulis galimas atskiriems projektams ir patvirtinamas kiekvienam projektui.

Pagal jūsų projektą: kaina, 2D brėžiniai, 3D vizualizacija ir pasiūlymas parengiami kartu mūsų sąmatų programa, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai.

Pasiūlymas: rašytinis, eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto; pristatymą galima įkainoti atskirai.

## Modulinis namas: ką tai reiškia ir ką tiekia Eurodita

Moduliniu namu paprastai vadinamas namas, kuris gamykloje pagaminamas dalimis (moduliais) ir į sklypą atvežamas sunkvežimiu. Rinkoje taip vadinami labai skirtingi pastatai: karkasiniai, skydiniai, konteineriniai ir mediniai iš tašų. Todėl prieš lygindami kainas pasitikslinkite, iš ko pagamintos sienos ir kas tiksliai įeina į tiekimą.

Euroditos namų sienos gaminamos iš masyvios klijuotos medienos, o ne iš plokštėmis apkalto karkaso. Standartiškai namą tiekiame kaip komplektą: sienos, grindų ir stogo konstrukcijos, langai ir durys pagaminami gamykloje pagal jūsų užsakymo brėžinius ir surenkami sklype. Atskiriems projektams namą galima surinkti gamykloje į transportuojamą modulį. Ar tai įmanoma jūsų namui, priklauso nuo matmenų, transportavimo ir sklypo, ir tai patvirtiname kiekvieno projekto pasiūlyme.

## Mobile Log Home serijos klijuotos medienos namai

Klijuota mediena gaminama iš kelių medienos lamelių, suklijuotų į vieną elementą. Taip gaunami skerspjūviai, kurių negalima išpjauti iš vieno rąsto. Euroditos gamykloje lameles klijuojame, sienojus profiliuojame ir apdirbame pagal jūsų namo brėžinius. Apie klijuotą medieną ir kitus pastatus iš jos plačiau rašome puslapyje Klijuotos medienos namai ir pastatai.

Kiekvienam serijos modeliui galimi penki klijuotos medienos sienos profiliai. Kampinis sujungimas „kregždės uodega“ (Dovetail) galimas profiliams nuo 88 iki 220 mm:

| Sienos profilis | Kampas „kregždės uodega“ (Dovetail)

| 70 x 130 mm | negalimas

| 88 x 260 mm | galimas

| 135 x 260 mm | galimas

| 180 x 260 mm | galimas

| 220 x 260 mm | galimas

Vien profilio storis nelemia namo šiluminių, konstrukcinių ar gaisrinių savybių. Sienos profilį jūsų namui parenkate kartu su projektuotoju, įvertindami visą pastatą.

## Modulinis namas gyventi ištisus metus

Gyvenant ištisus metus svarbios ne tik sienos, bet ir šiltinimas, pamatai, inžinerinės sistemos ir montavimas. Eurodita tiekia medinę sienų, grindų ir stogo konstrukciją, kur reikia, paruoštą šiltinti. Šiltinimo medžiagos į standartinį tiekimą neįeina, jas parenkate ir perkate vietoje.

Baigto namo šilumos perdavimo verčių nenurodome: namo energinis naudingumas priklauso nuo visos konstrukcijos ir nustatomas projekte. Elektros, vandentiekio, nuotekų ir dujų sistemos į standartinį tiekimą taip pat neįeina ir planuojamos su vietos rangovais.

## Moduliniai namai nuo 40 iki 140 m²: modeliai ir planai

Mobile Log Home serijos kataloge yra vieno aukšto namai su vienu, dviem, trimis arba keturiais miegamaisiais. Modeliai yra atskaitos taškas: planą ir matmenis galima keisti individualiame projekte. Dalis modelių:

| Modelis | Miegamieji | Išoriniai matmenys | Plotas pagal išorinius matmenis

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 1 | 8 x 5 m | 40 m²

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m | 1 | 10 x 5 m | 50 m²

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m | 1 | 10 x 6 m | 60 m²

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 2 | 11 x 6,8 m | 74,8 m²

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m | 2 | 15 x 6 m | 90 m²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 3 | 14 x 6 m | 84 m²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m | 3 | 15 x 6 m | 90 m²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m | 3 | 14 x 7 m | 98 m²

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m | 4 | 20 x 6 m | 120 m²

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 4 | 18 x 6,8 m | 122,4 m²

Visi matmenys yra išoriniai ir atitinka 2026 m. rugsėjo katalogą. Lentelės plotai apskaičiuoti pagal išorinius matmenis ir nėra teisės aktuose apibrėžtas bendras plotas. Kiekvienam modeliui galimi visi penki klijuotos medienos profiliai. Modelių puslapiai kol kas anglų kalba; visą sąrašą rasite Mobile Log Home serijos apžvalgoje.

Jei ieškote modulinio namo iki 50 m², iki 80 m² ar apie 100 m², kataloge tai modeliai 10 x 5 m (50 m²), 11 x 6,8 m (74,8 m²) ir 14 x 7 m (98 m²) pagal išorinius matmenis. Kitus matmenis įvertiname individualiame projekte.

Žemiau pateikti keturių modelių planai, vaizdas iš viršaus. Tai katalogo išplanavimas: individualiame projekte išplanavimą, langų ir durų vietas galima keisti.

Vienas miegamasis, 8 x 5 m : 40 m² pagal išorinius matmenis.

Du miegamieji, 15 x 6 m : 90 m² pagal išorinius matmenis.

Trys miegamieji, 15 x 6 m : 90 m² pagal išorinius matmenis.

Keturi miegamieji, 20 x 6 m : 120 m² pagal išorinius matmenis.

## Namas pagal jūsų projektą: nuo eskizo iki komplekto

Namas neprivalo būti iš katalogo. Galima pradėti nuo idėjos, ranka nupiešto eskizo ar viso architekto projekto, taip pat nuo katalogo modelio, kurį norite pakeisti.

Kiekvieną individualų klijuotos medienos namo projektą atskirai įvertiname Euroditos sąmatų ir projektavimo programa. Kainos skaičiavimas, 2D brėžiniai, 3D vizualizacija, techniniai parametrai ir pasiūlymas PDF formatu parengiami kartu, vienoje programoje, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, brėžinius ir pasiūlymą paprastai gaunate greitai ir iš vieno kontakto. Taip vyksta darbas su projektu:

- Užklausa su eskizu ar projektu: pradžiai užtenka ranka nupiešto eskizo; tinka ir visas architekto projektas.

- Gamybos galimybių patikra: tikriname, ką galima pagaminti iš klijuotos medienos ir kokių profilių reikia.

- 2D brėžiniai: jūsų namo planai ir fasadai.

- 3D ir dokumentai: 3D vizualizacija ir komplekto techniniai duomenys, parengti toje pačioje programoje kartu su kainos skaičiavimu.

- Rašytinis pasiūlymas: eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto.

- Gamyba: jums patvirtinus, medinę konstrukciją pagaminame Euroditos gamykloje pagal suderintus brėžinius.

Kai reikia konstrukcijų skaičiavimų, juos atlieka išorės specialistai. Pagaminimo galimybes tikriname kiekvienam projektui atskirai. Projektas, leidimai ir patikros lieka jums ir jūsų projektuotojui.

Žemiau pateiktas pavyzdys: vieno aukšto klijuotos medienos pastatas, kurio išoriniai matmenys 20 x 5 m, o sienų storis 88 mm, parengtas mūsų sąmatų programa. Tai 3D vizualizacija, planas ir fasadai; kainų pavyzdyje nerodome. Daugiau pavyzdžių rasite puslapyje Bespoke log cabins (anglų kalba).

Pagal modelį parengta 3D vizualizacija.

Galinis fasadas su stogo nuolydžiu ir aukščiais.

Planas su matmenimis, vidinėmis sienomis ir angomis.

Išilginis fasadas su langų ir durų matmenimis.

## Moduliniai namai su pilna apdaila: kas įeina į komplektą, o kas atliekama sklype

„Su pilna apdaila“ ir „raktas į rankas“ skirtingi tiekėjai supranta skirtingai, todėl visada paprašykite tikslaus darbų ir medžiagų sąrašo. Eurodita standartiškai tiekia gamintojo pagamintą namo komplektą, tai yra medinę jūsų namo konstrukciją. Ar ir kaip organizuoti montavimą ir darbus sklype, aptariame kiekvienam projektui.

Komplektą sudaro:

- klijuotos medienos sienos, pagamintos pagal jūsų užsakymo brėžinius

- grindų ir stogo medinė konstrukcija, kur reikia, paruošta šiltinti

- mūsų gamybos mediniai langai ir durys, kaip nurodyta užsakyme

- gamykloje išfrezuoti kabelių kanalai, jei jie numatyti užsakyme

- užsakymo brėžiniai ir dokumentai

Į standartinį komplektą neįeina:

- šiltinimo medžiagos

- stogo danga, jei ji neužsakyta kartu su komplektu

- pamatai

- prijungimai prie tinklų, elektros, vandentiekio, nuotekų ir dujų sistemos

- montavimas

Montavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Pamatai, šiltinimas, inžinerinės sistemos ir apdaila planuojami su vietos rangovais.

## Moduliniai namai: kaina ir nuo ko ji priklauso

Eurodita viešo kainoraščio neskelbia ir kainos už kvadratinį metrą nenurodo. Komplekto kaina priklauso nuo:

- namo išorinių matmenų

- pasirinkto klijuotos medienos sienos profilio

- užsakytų langų ir durų

- sutartos tiekimo apimties

Pasiūlymas pateikiamas raštu, eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto; pristatymą galima įkainoti atskirai. Į bendrą namo biudžetą taip pat įeina pamatai, šiltinimas, montavimas, inžinerinės sistemos, apdaila, projektavimas ir leidimai; montavimo apimtį aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Lygindami pasiūlymus „su pilna apdaila“ ir kainas už kvadratinį metrą, lyginkite darbų ir medžiagų sudėtį, ne tik galutinę sumą.

## Leidimai moduliniam namui Lietuvoje

Statybos reikalavimai priklauso nuo pastato paskirties, parametrų ir vietos; modulinis gamybos būdas jų nenulemia. Pagal Valstybinės teritorijų planavimo ir statybos inspekcijos paaiškinimą vienbučiam gyvenamajam namui, nepriklausomai nuo jo parametrų, visada reikia parengti projektą, gauti statybą leidžiantį dokumentą ir pranešti apie statybos pradžią.

Sodo sklype galima statyti vieną sodo namą arba vieną vienbutį gyvenamąjį namą. Sodo namas iki 5 m aukščio, iki 50 m² bendro ploto ir su ne didesniu kaip 6,0 m atstumu tarp atraminių konstrukcijų yra I grupės nesudėtingasis pastatas, kurį galima statyti be statybą leidžiančio dokumento, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje toks dokumentas privalomas. Jei bendras plotas didesnis nei 50 m², laikoma, kad statomas vienbutis gyvenamasis namas. Plačiau apie tai rašome puslapyje Sodo nameliai ir mediniai nameliai.

Pagal tą patį paaiškinimą atskirai stovintiems pastatams, kurių bendras naudingasis vidaus patalpų plotas ne didesnis kaip 50 m², minimalūs energinio naudingumo klasės reikalavimai nenustatomi ir A++ klasės reikalavimai netaikomi.

2026 m. rugsėjo 24 d. Seimas po pateikimo pritarė pataisoms, kuriomis siūloma nuo 2027 m. sausio 1 d. sodininkų bendrijose be statybą leidžiančio dokumento leisti statyti iki 80 m² ploto ir 8,5 m aukščio sodo namus bei vienbučius gyvenamuosius namus. Pataisos dar nepriimtos, todėl kol kas galioja dabartinė tvarka.

Procedūrą savo sklypui pasitikrinkite su projektuotoju ir savivaldybe prieš užsakydami. Eurodita teisinių konsultacijų neteikia ir neteigia, kad kuriam nors modeliui leidimų nereikia ar kad jis savaime atitinka Lietuvos reikalavimus. Dokumentams parengti pateikiame komplekto brėžinius ir techninius duomenis.

## Dažniausiai užduodami klausimai

## Kuo Euroditos modulinis namas skiriasi nuo karkasinio?

Euroditos namų sienos gaminamos iš masyvios klijuotos medienos, o ne iš plokštėmis apkalto karkaso. Klijuotą medieną klijuojame, profiliuojame ir apdirbame savo gamykloje Lietuvoje. Standartiškai namas tiekiamas kaip komplektas ir surenkamas sklype; gamykloje surinktas transportuojamas modulis galimas atskiriems projektams ir patvirtinamas kiekvienam projektui.

## Kiek kainuoja modulinis namas ir nuo ko priklauso kaina?

Eurodita kainų neskelbia ir kainos už kvadratinį metrą nenurodo. Kaina priklauso nuo išorinių matmenų, sienos profilio, užsakytų langų ir durų bei sutartos tiekimo apimties. Kiekvieną namą įvertiname atskirai savo sąmatų programa, kurioje kainos skaičiavimas, 2D brėžiniai ir 3D vizualizacija parengiami kartu, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai. Pasiūlymas pateikiamas eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto. Į bendrą namo biudžetą taip pat įeina pamatai, šiltinimas, montavimas, inžinerinės sistemos, projektavimas ir leidimai; montavimo apimtį aptariame kiekvienam projektui.

## Ar tiekiate modulinius namus su pilna apdaila?

Standartiškai Eurodita tiekia namo komplektą, pagamintą gamykloje pagal užsakymo brėžinius: klijuotos medienos sienas, grindų ir stogo medinę konstrukciją, užsakytus langus ir duris. Montavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Pamatai, šiltinimas, inžinerinės sistemos ir apdaila atliekami vietoje. Jei jums siūlomas namas „su pilna apdaila“, paprašykite tikslaus darbų ir medžiagų sąrašo.

## Ar yra modulinis namas iki 50 m², iki 80 m² ar apie 100 m²?

Mobile Log Home serijos kataloge yra modeliai 8 x 5 m (40 m²) ir 10 x 5 m (50 m²), 11 x 6,8 m (74,8 m²) ir 14 x 7 m (98 m²); plotai nurodyti pagal išorinius matmenis, o visa serija apima namus nuo 40 iki 140 m². Kitus matmenis ir išplanavimą įvertiname individualiame projekte. Ar reikia statybą leidžiančio dokumento, priklauso nuo pastato paskirties ir parametrų; lentelės plotai nėra teisės aktuose apibrėžtas bendras plotas.

## Ar moduliniame name iš klijuotos medienos galima gyventi ištisus metus?

Mobile Log Home serijoje yra namai su vienu, dviem, trimis arba keturiais miegamaisiais, o sienas galima rinktis iš klijuotos medienos profilių nuo 70 x 130 iki 220 x 260 mm. Ar namas tinka gyventi ištisus metus, priklauso nuo viso projekto: šiltinimo, pamatų, inžinerinių sistemų ir montavimo, kuriuos suplanuojate su projektuotoju. Šiltinimo medžiagos perkamos vietoje; baigto namo šilumos perdavimo verčių nenurodome.

## Ar moduliniam namui reikia statybos leidimo?

Vienbučiam gyvenamajam namui, nepriklausomai nuo jo parametrų ir statybos būdo, visada reikia projekto, statybą leidžiančio dokumento ir pranešimo apie statybos pradžią. Be leidimo galima statyti sodo namą iki 50 m² bendro ploto ir 5 m aukščio, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje toks dokumentas privalomas. 2026 m. rugsėjo 24 d. Seimas po pateikimo pritarė pataisoms, kuriomis siūloma nuo 2027 m. sausio 1 d. sodininkų bendrijose be leidimo leisti statyti iki 80 m² ir 8,5 m sodo namus bei vienbučius gyvenamuosius namus; pataisos dar nepriimtos.

## Ar modulinis namas pristatomas surinktas?

Standartiškai tiekiame namo komplektą, kuris surenkamas sklype. Atskiriems projektams namą galima surinkti gamykloje į transportuojamą modulį; tai priklauso nuo matmenų, transportavimo ir sklypo ir patvirtinama kiekvieno projekto pasiūlyme. Šiltinimas, pamatai, prijungimai, inžinerinės sistemos ir montavimas į standartinį komplektą neįeina; montavimą ir jo organizavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui.

## Ar galite pagaminti modulinį namą pagal mano projektą?

Taip. Atsiųskite eskizą arba architekto projektą, taip pat galite pradėti nuo katalogo modelio, kurį norite pakeisti. Patikriname, ką galima pagaminti iš klijuotos medienos, ir savo sąmatų programa parengiame kainą, 2D brėžinius, 3D vizualizaciją bei rašytinį pasiūlymą. Kai reikia konstrukcijų skaičiavimų, juos atlieka išorės specialistai; projektas ir leidimai lieka jums ir jūsų projektuotojui.

## Ką įvertinti prieš užsakant modulinį namą?

Tai priklauso nuo namo tipo ir tiekimo apimties. Užsakant Euroditos klijuotos medienos namą verta iš anksto įvertinti kelis dalykus. Standartinis tiekimas yra komplektas, todėl pamatai, šiltinimas, inžinerinės sistemos ir apdaila planuojami vietoje. Gamykloje surinktas transportuojamas modulis galimas tik atskiriems projektams. Sienojai standartiškai tiekiami neapdoroti apsauginėmis priemonėmis, todėl medienos apsaugą reikia numatyti projekte. Transportavimą, privažiavimą sunkvežimiui ir iškrovimą reikia patikrinti prieš užsakant.

## Kaip pradėti jūsų projektą

Atsiųskite eskizą, architekto projektą arba katalogo modelio pavadinimą, nurodykite savivaldybę, sklypo paskirtį, kaip namas bus naudojamas, išorinius matmenis ir pageidaujamą sienos profilį. Taip pat parašykite, ar kreipiatės kaip privatus užsakovas, architektas, vystytojas ar prekybininkas.

Didesnius gyvenamuosius namus privatiems užsakovams galime įkainoti tiesiogiai, įvertinę konkretų projektą. Tiekimo būdą suderiname kiekvienam projektui. Kai informacijos pakanka, gaunate rašytinį pasiūlymą su brėžiniais. Jei esate prekybininkas, daugiau informacijos rasite puslapyje Eurodita Lietuvoje.

Siųsti užklausą

Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos Siųsti užklausą


---

# Sodo nameliai ir mediniai nameliai iš gamintojo
URL: https://eurodita.com/lt-market/sodo-nameliai/

## Sodo nameliai ir mediniai nameliai iš gamintojo

Rąstiniai sodo nameliai iš gamintojo

Ieškote medinio sodo namelio poilsiui, svečiams ar darbui kieme? Eurodita medinius pastatus savo gamykloje Lietuvoje gamina nuo 1994 metų ir tiekia rąstinius sodo namelius kaip surenkamus komplektus tiesiai iš gamintojo. Čia rasite, kada sodo nameliui reikia statybos leidimo, ir mūsų katalogo modelius, kurie telpa į šias ribas.

Siųsti užklausą Eurodita Lietuvoje

Viešo kainoraščio neskelbiame. Kiekvienam nameliui parengiame rašytinį pasiūlymą pagal išorinius matmenis, pasirinktą sienos sistemą ir sutartą tiekimą.

## Trumpai

Be statybos leidimo: sodo namas iki 5 m aukščio ir iki 50 m² bendro ploto yra I grupės nesudėtingasis pastatas; statybą leidžiančio dokumento jam nereikia, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje jis privalomas.

Didesnis nei 50 m²: laikomas vienbučiu gyvenamuoju namu, todėl reikia projekto ir statybą leidžiančio dokumento. Seime svarstomos pataisos, kurios nuo 2027 m. šią ribą sodininkų bendrijose padidintų iki 80 m² ir 8,5 m.

Gamintojas: Eurodita, mediniai pastatai iš savo gamyklos Lietuvoje nuo 1994 metų.

Modeliai: rąstiniai sodo nameliai nuo 12 m² pagal išorinius matmenis, karnizo aukštis iki 2,5 m ir kraigo aukštis iki 4,0 m pagal katalogą.

Sienos: masyvi mediena 19-70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 arba 58-100-58 mm ir klijuota mediena nuo 70 x 130 iki 220 x 260 mm. Masyvo modelis gali būti gaminamas iš bet kurio 28, 34, 44, 58 ar 70 mm profilio, klijuotos medienos modelis iš bet kurio klijuotos medienos profilio. 19 mm profilis naudojamas tik modeliuose, kurie su juo kataloguoti.

Pasiūlymas: rašytinis, eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto; pristatymą galima įkainoti atskirai.

## Sodo namelis be statybos leidimo: taisyklės

Pagal Valstybinės teritorijų planavimo ir statybos inspekcijos paaiškinimą sodo sklype galima statyti vieną sodo namą arba vieną vienbutį gyvenamąjį namą su priklausiniais. Sodo namas yra I grupės nesudėtingasis pastatas: jo didžiausias aukštis 5 m, didžiausias bendras plotas 50 m², o atstumas tarp atraminių konstrukcijų ne didesnis kaip 6,0 m. Į bendrą plotą įskaičiuojami visų aukštų, antstatų, pastogės patalpų ir priestatų plotai, išskyrus rūsį. Toks sodo namas statomas be statybą leidžiančio dokumento, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje toks dokumentas privalomas.

Jei sodo namo bendras plotas didesnis nei 50 m², laikoma, kad statomas vienbutis gyvenamasis namas. Jam visada reikia parengti projektą, gauti statybą leidžiantį dokumentą ir pranešti apie statybos pradžią. Kai statybą leidžiančio dokumento nereikia, prieš statybą reikia gauti žemės sklypo bendraturčių arba besiribojančių sklypų savininkų ar valdytojų rašytinius sutikimus.

2026 m. rugsėjo 24 d. Seimas po pateikimo pritarė Sodininkų bendrijų ir Statybos įstatymų pataisoms: už balsavo 82 Seimo nariai, prieš nebuvo, susilaikė 10. Pataisomis siūloma sodininkų bendrijose be statybos leidimo leisti statyti sodo namus ir vienbučius gyvenamuosius namus iki 80 m² ploto ir 8,5 m aukščio, o naujas nuostatas taikyti nuo 2027 m. sausio 1 d. Projektą dar svarstys Seimo komitetai; plenariniame posėdyje jis numatytas gruodžio 1 d. Kol pataisos nepriimtos, galioja 50 m² ir 5 m ribos.

Prieš užsakydami pasitarkite su savivaldybe ar architektu. Eurodita teisinių konsultacijų neteikia ir negarantuoja, kad kuris nors modelis gali būti statomas be leidimo. Projektui pateikiame komplekto brėžinius ir techninius duomenis.

## Modeliai nuo 12 iki 43 m²

Lentelėje pateikta dalis mūsų katalogo modelių su išoriniais matmenimis, plotu pagal išorinius matmenis ir aukščiais pagal katalogą:

| Modelis | Išoriniai matmenys | Plotas | Karnizo aukštis | Kraigo aukštis

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Su vienu miegamuoju 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Su vienu miegamuoju 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin su vienu miegamuoju 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin su vienu miegamuoju 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Su vienu miegamuoju 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

| Gladehaven | 6 x 7,2 m | 43,2 m² | 2,14 m | 2,86 m

Visi matmenys yra išoriniai ir atitinka 2026 m. rugsėjo katalogą. Lentelės plotai apskaičiuoti pagal išorinius matmenis ir nėra teisės aktuose apibrėžtas bendras plotas: jis skaičiuojamas pagal patalpų plotus, o jūsų projekto atitiktį įvertina projektuotojas. Aukščiai nurodyti pagal katalogą; galutinį pastato aukštį, įskaitant pamatus, įvertinkite projektuodami. Modelių puslapiai kol kas anglų kalba; daugiau modelių rasite sodo namelių ir namelių su vienu miegamuoju apžvalgose.

Žemiau pateikti keturių modelių planai, vaizdas iš viršaus. Tai katalogo išplanavimas: individualiame projekte išplanavimą, langų ir durų vietas galima keisti.

James, 4 x 4,8 m : 19,2 m² pagal išorinius matmenis, 44 mm siena.

Su vienu miegamuoju, 6 x 4 m : 24 m² pagal išorinius matmenis, 44 mm siena.

Folio, 8 x 5 m : 40 m² pagal išorinius matmenis, 58 mm siena.

Gladehaven, 6 x 7,2 m : 43,2 m² pagal išorinius matmenis, 58 mm siena.

## Sienos: masyvi mediena, Twin Skin ar klijuota mediena

Siena parenkama pagal tai, kaip namelis bus naudojamas, ir pagal visą projektą. Eurodita gamina tris sienų sistemas:

- Masyvi mediena: 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 ir 70 mm storio sienojai vienu sluoksniu.

- Twin Skin (dviguba siena): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 ir 58-100-58 mm, tai yra vienodo storio išorinis sluoksnis, tarpas ir vidinis sluoksnis. Tarpas skirtas šiltinimui, kurio medžiagos perkamos vietoje. Tarpo plotis nėra šiltinimo specifikacija.

- Klijuota mediena: 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 ir 220 x 260 mm profiliai. Klijuotą medieną Eurodita klijuoja, profiliuoja ir apdirba savo gamykloje.

Masyvo modelis gali būti gaminamas iš bet kurio 28, 34, 44, 58 ar 70 mm profilio, klijuotos medienos modelis iš bet kurio klijuotos medienos profilio; prieinamumas patvirtinamas pasiūlyme. Baigto pastato šiluminių savybių nenurodome: vien sienos storis nelemia pastato energijos sąnaudų. Jei namelyje norite leisti laiką ir žiemą, sieną, šiltinimą ir pamatus parinkite kartu su projektuotoju.

## Kas įeina į komplektą ir kas ne

Komplektą sudaro pastato medinė konstrukcija, pagaminta pagal jūsų užsakymo brėžinius:

- masyvios medienos, Twin Skin arba klijuotos medienos sienos

- grindų ir stogo medinė konstrukcija, kur reikia, paruošta šiltinti

- mūsų gamybos mediniai langai ir durys, kaip nurodyta užsakyme

- gamykloje išfrezuoti kabelių kanalai, jei jie numatyti užsakyme

- užsakymo brėžiniai ir dokumentai

Į standartinį komplektą neįeina:

- šiltinimo medžiagos

- stogo danga, jei ji neužsakyta

- pamatai

- prijungimai ir elektros, vandentiekio, nuotekų bei dujų sistemos

- montavimas

Montavimą ir jo organizavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Pamatus, prijungimus ir inžinerines sistemas planuokite su vietos įmonėmis. Kaina priklauso nuo išorinių matmenų, sienos, langų ir durų bei sutarto tiekimo, todėl vietoj kainoraščio pateikiame rašytinį pasiūlymą jūsų nameliui.

## Pagal jūsų matmenis: nuo eskizo iki komplekto

Jei nė vienas katalogo modelis netinka jūsų sklypui, galime pradėti nuo eskizo ar architekto brėžinių. Kainą skaičiuojame ir pasiūlymą rengiame savo sąmatų ir projektavimo programa, o kartu su pasiūlymu gaunate 2D brėžinius ir 3D vizualizaciją. Todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai. Matmenis ir planą galima pritaikyti jūsų sklypui taikomoms taisyklėms; kas taikoma jūsų projektui, pasitikslinkite savivaldybėje. Kai reikia konstrukcijų skaičiavimų, juos atlieka išorės specialistai.

Žemiau pateiktas pavyzdys: individualus pastatas, kurio išoriniai matmenys 7,84 x 4,34 m, o sienos storis 70 mm, parengtas mūsų sąmatų programa. Kainų pavyzdyje nerodome. Daugiau to paties projekto brėžinių rasite puslapyje Bespoke log cabins (anglų kalba).

Pagal modelį parengta 3D vizualizacija.

Planas su išoriniais ir vidiniais matmenimis bei angomis.

## Kaip įsigyti

Eurodita pirmiausia dirba su prekybininkais, statybos įmonėmis, vystytojais ir architektais. Didesni gyvenamieji namai privatiems užsakovams gali būti įkainojami tiesiogiai, įvertinus projektą. Sodo nameliams ir kitiems mažesniems pastatams kiekvienam projektui aptariame, ar perkate tiesiogiai, ar per prekybos partnerį.

Jei ieškote didesnio namo gyventi ištisus metus, žr. puslapius Moduliniai namai iš klijuotos medienos ir Klijuotos medienos namai ir pastatai.

Jei esate prekybininkas, daugiau informacijos rasite puslapyje Eurodita Lietuvoje.

## Dažniausiai užduodami klausimai

## Ar sodo nameliui reikia statybos leidimo?

Sodo namas iki 5 m aukščio, iki 50 m² bendro ploto ir su ne didesniu kaip 6,0 m atstumu tarp atraminių konstrukcijų yra I grupės nesudėtingasis pastatas, kurį galima statyti be statybą leidžiančio dokumento, jei sklypas ne kurorte ir nepatenka į kitą teritoriją, kurioje toks dokumentas privalomas. Jei bendras plotas didesnis nei 50 m², laikoma, kad statomas vienbutis gyvenamasis namas, kuriam reikia projekto ir statybą leidžiančio dokumento. Prieš statybą be leidimo reikia gauti besiribojančių sklypų savininkų ar bendraturčių rašytinius sutikimus.

## Ar bus galima be leidimo statyti sodo namą iki 80 m²?

2026 m. rugsėjo 24 d. Seimas po pateikimo pritarė pataisoms, kuriomis siūloma sodininkų bendrijose be statybos leidimo leisti statyti sodo namus ir vienbučius gyvenamuosius namus iki 80 m² ir 8,5 m, nuo 2027 m. sausio 1 d. Projektą dar svarstys komitetai, plenariniame posėdyje jis numatytas gruodžio 1 d. Kol pataisos nepriimtos, galioja 50 m² ir 5 m ribos; sekite galutinį sprendimą ir pasitikslinkite savivaldybėje.

## Kiek kainuoja medinis sodo namelis?

Eurodita neskelbia kainų ir kainoraščių. Kaina priklauso nuo išorinių matmenų, sienos, langų ir durų bei sutarto tiekimo. Kiekvienam nameliui parengiame rašytinį pasiūlymą eurais, EXW Eurodita gamykla, be PVM ir transporto; pristatymą galima įkainoti atskirai. Kainą skaičiuojame savo sąmatų programa, kuri kartu parengia brėžinius ir 3D vizualizaciją, todėl, kai duomenų pakanka, pasiūlymas paprastai parengiamas greitai. Prie bendros sumos pridėkite pamatus, šiltinimą, montavimą, prijungimus ir inžinerines sistemas.

## Ar sodo namelyje galima gyventi žiemą?

Tai priklauso nuo viso projekto: pasirinktos sienos, šiltinimo, pamatų, inžinerinių sistemų ir montavimo. Komplekte yra medinė konstrukcija, kur reikia, paruošta šiltinti; šiltinimo medžiagos perkamos vietoje. Baigto pastato šiluminių savybių nenurodome. Atkreipkite dėmesį, kad sodo namas teisiškai yra poilsiui skirtas pastatas, o vienbučiam gyvenamajam namui taikomi kiti reikalavimai, tarp jų projektas ir statybą leidžiantis dokumentas.

## Ar sodo namelis pristatomas surinktas, raktas į rankas?

Standartiškai Eurodita tiekia gamintojo komplektą: pagal jūsų brėžinius pagamintą namelio medinę konstrukciją su užsakytais langais ir durimis. Montavimą ir jo organizavimą aptariame kiekvienam projektui. Šiltinimas, pamatai, prijungimai ir inžinerinės sistemos į standartinį komplektą neįeina.

## Ar galite pagaminti namelį pagal mano matmenis?

Taip. Atsiųskite eskizą ar architekto brėžinius. Įvertiname, ką galima pagaminti iš masyvios medienos, Twin Skin ar klijuotos medienos, apskaičiuojame kainą savo sąmatų programa ir atsiunčiame pasiūlymą su 2D brėžiniais ir 3D vizualizacija. Kai reikia konstrukcijų skaičiavimų, juos atlieka išorės specialistai; leidimus ir techninius reikalavimus pasitikslinkite savivaldybėje.

## Kaip pasiruošti užklausai

Nurodykite, kurioje savivaldybėje yra sklypas ir ar tai sodo sklypas, kaip namelis bus naudojamas (poilsiui, svečiams, darbui ar sandėliavimui), kokio modelio ar kokių išorinių matmenų norėtumėte, atstumą iki sklypo ribos, pasirinktą sienos sistemą, jei ją jau žinote, ir turimus eskizus. Taip pat parašykite, ar kreipiatės kaip privatus asmuo, specialistas ar prekybininkas.

Įvertinę projektą atsakysime, kokiu būdu galite įsigyti namelį, ir, kai duomenų pakanka, atsiųsime rašytinį pasiūlymą su brėžiniais.

Siųsti užklausą

Rąstiniai sodo nameliai iš gamintojo Siųsti užklausą


---

# Houten huis bouwen: prefab houten huizen van de fabrikant
URL: https://eurodita.com/nl-market/houten-huis-bouwen/

## Houten huis bouwen: prefab houten huizen van de fabrikant

Bewoonbare houten huizen, ook op maat

Wilt u een houten huis bouwen, als eigen woning, mantelzorgwoning of vakantiewoning? Eurodita fabriceert houten gebouwen sinds 1994 in de eigen fabriek in Litouwen. Wanden, houten ramen en deuren en de tekeningen van het project komen uit dezelfde fabriek: u bepaalt de indeling, de wanddikte en de plaats van de ramen rechtstreeks met de fabrikant.

Aanvraag versturen Eurodita in Nederland

Onze bewoonbare houten huizen hebben één tot vier slaapkamers, met één of twee bouwlagen. Naast de modellen uit de catalogus maken wij prefab houten huizen op maat, chalets en bungalows naar uw schets of de tekeningen van uw architect. Prijs, tekeningen en 3D-visualisatie maken wij in ons eigen reken- en ontwerpsysteem.

Wij publiceren geen prijslijst. Elk huis krijgt een schriftelijke offerte op basis van de maten, de gekozen wand en de afgesproken levering.

## In het kort

Fabrikant: Eurodita fabriceert houten gebouwen sinds 1994 in de eigen fabriek in Litouwen.

Bewoonbare modellen: huizen met één tot vier slaapkamers, Twin Skin-huizen met dubbele wand, bungalows met één bouwlaag in gelamineerd hout en projecten op maat.

Op maat: prijs, 2D CAD-tekeningen, 3D-visualisatie en voorstel ontstaan samen in het reken- en ontwerpsysteem van Eurodita; daardoor komt de offerte meestal snel.

Wanden: massief hout van 19 tot 70 mm, Twin Skin van 44-50-44 tot 58-100-58 mm, gelamineerd hout van 70 x 130 tot 220 x 260 mm. Een model in massief hout kan in elk van de profielen van 28, 34, 44, 58 en 70 mm worden gemaakt, een model in gelamineerd hout in elk gelamineerd profiel. Het profiel van 19 mm wordt alleen gebruikt bij de modellen die er in de catalogus mee staan.

Regels: voor een nieuwe woning gelden het omgevingsplan van uw gemeente en, voor een vrijstaand huis, het stelsel van kwaliteitsborging: een bouwmelding met een kwaliteitsborger.

Offerte: schriftelijk, in EUR, EXW fabriek Eurodita, zonder btw en zonder transport; de levering kan apart worden geoffreerd.

Leveringsroute: grotere woningen kunnen na beoordeling van het project rechtstreeks aan particulieren worden geoffreerd. Per project spreken wij af of rechtstreekse levering mogelijk is of via een dealer loopt.

## Bewoonbare houten huizen: modellen met één tot vier slaapkamers

Onze bewoonbare huizen worden gebruikt als eigen woning, mantelzorgwoning en vakantiewoning. De indeling met badkamer, keuken en bergruimte wordt vóór de productie in de projecttekeningen vastgelegd. De tabel toont de modelfamilies en de maten die de catalogus vandaag biedt:

| Familie | Wanden in de catalogus | Buitenmaten in de catalogus | Opmerkingen

| Huizen met 1 slaapkamer | massief 44 of 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | van 5,85 x 4,1 m tot 7 x 10,3 m | één bouwlaag, sommige modellen met vide of zolder

| Huizen met 2 slaapkamers | massief 44 of 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | van 6 x 5,8 m tot 10,1 x 8 m | één bouwlaag

| Huizen met 3 slaapkamers | massief 44, 58 of 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | van 10 x 6 m tot 12 x 7 m; met twee bouwlagen 8,45 x 7,6 m | bijna alle met één bouwlaag, één model met twee bouwlagen

| Huizen met 4 slaapkamers | massief 58 of 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | van 8,45 x 7,6 m (twee bouwlagen) tot 16 x 9 m | één of twee bouwlagen

| Twin Skin-huizen | 44-100-44 mm in de catalogus, vier opbouwen beschikbaar | van 4 x 3 m tot 16 x 9 m | van tuinhuis tot huis met 4 slaapkamers

| Bungalows in gelamineerd hout | gelamineerd 70 x 130 tot 220 x 260 mm | van 8 x 5 m tot 20 x 7 m | één bouwlaag, één tot vier slaapkamers, ook voor campings en glamping

| Huizen in gelamineerd hout | gelamineerd 70 x 130 tot 220 x 260 mm | bijvoorbeeld van 10,7 x 7,6 m tot 16,68 x 22,67 m | één en twee bouwlagen

| Huizen op maat | massief, Twin Skin of gelamineerd | volgens uw project | haalbaarheid per project gecontroleerd

Alle maten zijn buitenmaten en volgen de catalogus van september 2026. Het zijn geen grenzen: indeling en maten passen wij aan in een project op maat, en een model in massief hout kan in elk van de profielen van 28, 34, 44, 58 en 70 mm worden gemaakt, een model in gelamineerd hout in elk gelamineerd profiel, met bevestiging in de offerte. De modelpagina's zijn voorlopig in het Engels.

## Prefab houten huis op maat: van uw ontwerp naar het bouwpakket

Een houten huis op maat kan beginnen bij een idee, een schets op papier of de complete tekeningen van uw architect. Of het nu gaat om een woning, een vakantiewoning, een bungalow of een ander gebouw: wij werken het uit in het reken- en ontwerpsysteem dat Eurodita voor de eigen gebouwen heeft ontwikkeld en dat het gebruikt voor echte aanvragen en offertes van klanten. Zo gaat het:

- Aanvraag met schets of tekeningen: een schets is genoeg om te beginnen; vermeld, als u die al weet, de plaats van ramen en deuren, de wanddikte en de hoogtes.

- Beoordeling van de productieomvang: wij bestuderen de tekeningen en bepalen wat als houtconstructie in massief hout, Twin Skin of gelamineerd hout wordt gemaakt, welke wand past en welke ramen en deuren nodig zijn.

- Prijs, tekeningen en 3D in één stap: de prijsberekening, de 2D CAD-tekeningen met plattegronden en gevelaanzichten, voorzien van maten, de 3D-visualisatie en een voorstel in pdf ontstaan samen in hetzelfde systeem. Daardoor komt de offerte meestal snel.

- Schriftelijke offerte: in EUR, EXW fabriek Eurodita, zonder btw en zonder transport, met de technische gegevens van het project en de lijst van ramen en deuren.

- Productie: na uw akkoord maken wij de houtconstructie in de fabriek van Eurodita volgens de afgesproken tekeningen.

Het voordeel voor u: u ziet het huis getekend en geprijsd voordat u beslist, en de offerte wordt bij elke wijziging bijgewerkt tot uw schriftelijke akkoord. Als een constructieve berekening nodig is, wordt die door externe specialisten gemaakt. Wij beoordelen de haalbaarheid per project en noemen geen algemene maximale grootte. Vergunning, bouwmelding en kwaliteitsborging liggen bij u en uw adviseurs.

## Wanden van houten huizen: massief, Twin Skin of gelamineerd hout

De wand kiest u op basis van het gebruik van het huis en het project als geheel. Eurodita maakt drie systemen:

- Massief hout: wandbalken van 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 en 70 mm dik, in één laag. De bewoonbare huizen in de catalogus gebruiken 44, 58 en 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (dubbele wand): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 en 58-100-58 mm, dus buitenblad, spouw en binnenblad van dezelfde dikte. De spouw is bedoeld voor isolatie, die u lokaal koopt. De breedte van de spouw is geen isolatiespecificatie.

- Gelamineerd hout: profielen van 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 en 220 x 260 mm. Het gelamineerde hout wordt in de fabriek van Eurodita gemaakt: verlijmd, geprofileerd en bewerkt.

Een model in massief hout kan in elk van de profielen van 28, 34, 44, 58 en 70 mm worden gemaakt, een model in gelamineerd hout in elk gelamineerd profiel; de beschikbaarheid voor uw huis wordt in de offerte bevestigd. Wij noemen geen thermische prestaties van het afgebouwde huis: de wanddikte alleen bepaalt de energieprestatie van het gebouw niet. De juiste wand voor uw project bepaalt uw adviseur voor het huis als geheel.

## Wat het bouwpakket van het houten huis bevat, en wat niet

Het bouwpakket bevat de houtconstructie van het huis, gemaakt volgens de tekeningen van uw order:

- de wanden in massief hout, Twin Skin of gelamineerd hout

- de houtconstructie van vloer en dak, waar nodig voorbereid op isolatie

- de houten ramen en deuren uit eigen productie, volgens de order

- in de fabriek gefreesde kabelkanalen, als de order die voorziet

- de tekeningen en documenten van uw order

Geen onderdeel van het standaard bouwpakket zijn:

- isolatiematerialen

- de dakbedekking, als die niet wordt besteld

- de fundering

- aansluitingen en installaties voor elektriciteit, water, riolering en gas

- de montage

De montage en de organisatie daarvan spreken wij per project af. Fundering, aansluitingen en installaties plant u met bedrijven en adviseurs in uw regio. De prijs hangt af van de buitenmaten, de wand, het aantal bouwlagen, de ramen en deuren en de afgesproken levering: daarom is er geen prijslijst, maar een schriftelijke offerte voor uw huis.

## Vergunning en bouwmelding voor een houten huis

Sinds 1 januari 2024 geldt de Omgevingswet. Voor een omgevingsplanactiviteit is een omgevingsvergunning nodig (Omgevingswet, artikel 5.1), behalve in de gevallen die de regels daarvan uitzonderen. Of en onder welke voorwaarden u op uw kavel een woning mag bouwen, bepaalt het omgevingsplan van uw gemeente.

Voor de technische kant valt het bouwen van een grondgebonden woning die niet in een woongebouw ligt, zoals een vrijstaand huis, onder gevolgklasse 1 van het stelsel van kwaliteitsborging (Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving, artikel 2.17; met wettelijke uitzonderingen, zoals woningen voor zorg of kamerverhuur). Dan beoordeelt een kwaliteitsborger die u zelf inschakelt of het bouwwerk aan de technische regels voldoet; de gemeente houdt haar wettelijke taken. U doet ten minste vier weken voor de start een bouwmelding met onder meer de gegevens van de kwaliteitsborger, een risicobeoordeling en het borgingsplan (artikelen 2.18 en 2.19). Ten minste twee weken voordat u het huis in gebruik neemt, doet u een gereedmelding (artikel 2.21).

Een houten huis wordt daarbij net zo behandeld als elke andere woning: de regels hangen af van de plaats en het gebruik. Informeer bij uw gemeente wat op uw kavel mag voordat u bestelt. Eurodita geeft geen juridisch advies en garandeert voor geen enkel model dat het zonder vergunning kan worden gebouwd. Voor de aanvraag en de bouwmelding leveren wij de tekeningen en technische gegevens van het bouwpakket; vergunning, kwaliteitsborging, constructieve berekening, energieprestatie en ingebruikname liggen bij u en uw adviseurs.

## Mantelzorgwoning in de achtertuin

Volgens de regels die elke gemeente van het Rijk in het tijdelijke deel van haar omgevingsplan heeft gekregen, de zogenoemde bruidsschat (artikelen 22.36 en 22.37), mag een bijbehorend bouwwerk in het achtererfgebied onder voorwaarden zonder omgevingsvergunning worden gebouwd en gebruikt, ook voor huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg. Voor de oppervlakte geldt dan een grens die afhangt van de grootte van het bebouwingsgebied, met een maximum van in totaal 150 m². Voldoet een mantelzorgwoning niet aan die oppervlakte-eisen, dan is die toch toegestaan als die in zijn geheel of in delen verplaatsbaar is, niet groter is dan 100 m² en buiten de bebouwde kom staat, en aan de overige voorwaarden voldoet.

Daarnaast gelden hoogte-eisen en de technische regels van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving. Gemeenten kunnen de bruidsschat in hun omgevingsplan wijzigen, dus controleer de regels voor uw adres bij uw gemeente. Of een bouwwerk als verplaatsbaar geldt, beoordeelt uw gemeente.

## Houten huizen rechtstreeks van de fabrikant: zo koopt u

Eurodita werkt vooral met dealers, bouwbedrijven, projectontwikkelaars en architecten. Grotere woningen kunnen na beoordeling van het project rechtstreeks aan particulieren worden geoffreerd. Per project spreken wij af of rechtstreekse levering mogelijk is of via een dealer loopt. Wij maken ook kleinere tuinhuizen; ook dan wordt de leveringsroute per project bevestigd.

Bent u dealer, kijk dan op onze pagina Eurodita in Nederland. Bent u particulier, dan staat de route voor directe klanten op de pagina Homes for private clients (in het Engels).

## Veelgestelde vragen

## Zo bereidt u uw aanvraag voor

Vermeld de provincie en gemeente van de kavel, het beoogde gebruik (woning, mantelzorgwoning, vakantiewoning of bungalow voor verhuur), het model of de gewenste buitenmaten, het aantal slaapkamers en bouwlagen, de wand als u die al hebt gekozen en de schetsen of tekeningen die u hebt. Laat ons ook weten of u schrijft als particulier, als professional of als dealer.

Wij bestuderen het project en antwoorden met de passende leveringsroute en, als de gegevens voldoende zijn, met een schriftelijke offerte met tekeningen.

Aanvraag versturen

Bewoonbare houten huizen, ook op maat Aanvraag versturen


---

# Mantelzorgwoning in de tuin: regels en houten bouwpakket
URL: https://eurodita.com/nl-market/mantelzorgwoning/

## Mantelzorgwoning in de tuin: regels en houten bouwpakket

Mantelzorgwoning: regels en houten bouwpakket

Een mantelzorgwoning is een woonruimte in of bij een woning, bestemd voor één huishouden van ten hoogste twee personen, van wie ten minste één persoon mantelzorg verleent aan of ontvangt van een bewoner van die woning. Deze pagina zet de regels uiteen voor een mantelzorgwoning in de achtertuin: de regels van het tijdelijke deel van het omgevingsplan van uw gemeente, de zogenoemde bruidsschat, en die van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving. Beide teksten zijn gelezen op 20 oktober 2026.

Offerte aanvragen Houten huis bouwen

Eurodita fabriceert houten gebouwen sinds 1994 in de eigen fabriek in Litouwen en levert ze als bouwpakket, met wanden in massief hout, gelamineerd hout of met een Twin Skin-wand. De modellen, maten en wanden voor bewoonbare houten huizen staan op houten huis bouwen. Niets op deze pagina is juridisch advies, en niets op deze pagina zegt dat een bepaald gebouw zonder vergunning kan worden gebouwd.

## In het kort

Waar: een bijbehorend bouwwerk dat zonder omgevingsvergunning in overeenstemming is met het omgevingsplan, staat op de grond, in het achtererfgebied en op meer dan 1 m van openbaar toegankelijk gebied (bruidsschat, artikel 22.27, onder a).

Hoogte: niet hoger dan 5 m ; op meer dan 4 m van het oorspronkelijk hoofdgebouw boven 3 m alleen met een schuin dak en een dakvoet van ten hoogste 3 m (artikel 22.36).

Oppervlakte: afhankelijk van de grootte van het bebouwingsgebied, met een maximum van in totaal 150 m² aan bijbehorende bouwwerken; buiten de bebouwde kom gelden voor een mantelzorgwoning die in zijn geheel of in delen verplaatsbaar is andere eisen, met ten hoogste 100 m² (artikelen 22.36 en 22.37).

Mantelzorg: de behoefte aan mantelzorg moet met een verklaring van een huisarts, wijkverpleegkundige of andere door de gemeente aangewezen sociaal-medisch adviseur kunnen worden aangetoond (Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving, bijlage I).

Techniek: de technische regels voor nieuwbouw van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving gelden voor elk nieuw bouwwerk, met of zonder vergunning (artikel 4.1).

2027: het Besluit versterking regie volkshuisvesting, dat naar verwachting op 1 januari 2027 in werking treedt, moet volgens IPLO de bouw van een mantelzorgwoning en van een familiewoning vergunningvrij mogelijk maken.

Van Eurodita: het houten bouwpakket en de tekeningen van de order; vergunning, fundering, aansluitingen en de dakbedekking regelt u lokaal, en de montage spreken wij per project af.

## Wat de regels onder mantelzorg verstaan

Bijlage I bij het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving omschrijft huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg als "huisvesting in of bij een woning van één huishouden van ten hoogste twee personen, van wie ten minste één persoon mantelzorg verleent aan of ontvangt van een bewoner van de woning".

Mantelzorg is daar "intensieve zorg of ondersteuning, die niet in het kader van een hulpverlenend beroep wordt geboden aan een hulpbehoevende", die rechtstreeks voortvloeit uit een sociale relatie tussen personen, de gebruikelijke hulp van huisgenoten voor elkaar overstijgt en "waarvan de behoefte met een verklaring van een huisarts, wijkverpleegkundige of andere door de gemeente aangewezen sociaal-medisch adviseur kan worden aangetoond".

Voor de regels over bijbehorende bouwwerken wordt huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg aangemerkt als functioneel verbonden met het hoofdgebouw (bruidsschat, artikel 22.25). Het aantal woningen blijft bij deze regels gelijk, tenzij het gaat om huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg (artikel 22.23, tweede lid). Volgens de toelichting bij de bruidsschat is het toekennen van een eigen huisnummer niet van belang voor de vraag of het een bijbehorend bouwwerk is.

Het Informatiepunt Leefomgeving (IPLO) schrijft dat de gemeente kan vragen om een verklaring van een huisarts, wijkverpleegkundige of andere instantie om de medische behoefte aan mantelzorg te onderbouwen. Vraag uw gemeente vóór de bouw welke gegevens zij wil zien.

## Een mantelzorgwoning als bijbehorend bouwwerk in de achtertuin

Elke gemeente heeft bij de invoering van de Omgevingswet regels van het Rijk in het tijdelijke deel van haar omgevingsplan gekregen, de bruidsschat. Volgens artikel 22.27, onder a, geldt het verbod om zonder omgevingsvergunning te bouwen niet voor een bijbehorend bouwwerk of een uitbreiding daarvan als het aan zes eisen voldoet, en artikel 22.36, onder a, stelt daar eisen bij. Een bijbehorend bouwwerk dat aan al die eisen voldoet, is volgens artikel 22.36 in overeenstemming met het omgevingsplan. De geconsolideerde tekst is die van 29 juni 2026, gepubliceerd door IPLO.

## Plaats

- Op de grond staand en gelegen in achtererfgebied (artikel 22.27, onder a, 1° en 2°). Volgens IPLO begint het achtererfgebied op 1 meter achter de voorkant van het hoofdgebouw, en is voor een bijbehorend bouwwerk in het voorerfgebied altijd een vergunning nodig.

- Afstand: op meer dan 1 m van openbaar toegankelijk gebied (3°).

- Bij het hoofdgebouw: een uitbreiding van of gelegen aan of bij een hoofdgebouw, anders dan een woonwagen, een hoofdgebouw met een vergunning voor bepaalde tijd of een bouwwerk voor recreatief nachtverblijf door één huishouden (artikel 22.36, onder a, 4°).

## Hoogte en bouwlagen

- Altijd: niet hoger dan 5 m , een verblijfsgebied bij meer dan een bouwlaag alleen op de eerste bouwlaag, en geen dakterras, balkon of andere niet op de grond gelegen buitenruimte (artikel 22.27, onder a, 4° tot en met 6°).

- Tot 4 m van het oorspronkelijk hoofdgebouw: niet hoger dan 5 m , niet hoger dan 0,3 m boven de bovenkant van de scheidingsconstructie met de tweede bouwlaag van het hoofdgebouw, en niet hoger dan het hoofdgebouw (artikel 22.36, onder a, 1°).

- Op meer dan 4 m : een bouwwerk hoger dan 3 m heeft een schuin dak, een dakvoet van niet meer dan 3 m en een daknok van twee of meer schuine dakvlakken met een hellingshoek van niet meer dan 55°; de daknok is niet hoger dan 5 m en niet hoger dan (afstand van de daknok tot de perceelsgrens in m x 0,47) + 3 (artikel 22.36, onder a, 2°, onder i).

## Oppervlakte

De oppervlakte van alle bijbehorende bouwwerken in het bebouwingsgebied samen is niet meer dan (artikel 22.36, onder a, 3°):

- bij een bebouwingsgebied tot en met 100 m² : 50% van dat bebouwingsgebied;

- bij een bebouwingsgebied van meer dan 100 m² tot en met 300 m² : 50 m² , vermeerderd met 20% van het deel boven 100 m² ;

- bij een bebouwingsgebied van meer dan 300 m² : 90 m² , vermeerderd met 10% van het deel boven 300 m² , tot een maximum van in totaal 150 m² .

Volgens IPLO is het bebouwingsgebied het achtererfgebied samen met de grond onder de aan- en uitbouwen die later aan het hoofdgebouw zijn toegevoegd, en tellen de bijbehorende bouwwerken die er al staan mee. Een tuinhuis, garage of berging in het achtererfgebied gaat dus af van wat er nog bij mag. De maten worden buitenwerks gemeten, waarbij uitstekende delen van ondergeschikte aard tot 0,5 m buiten beschouwing blijven, en hoogten vanaf het aansluitend afgewerkt terrein (artikel 22.24). De maten van een Eurodita-model zijn buitenmaten, dus u kunt ze naast deze cijfers leggen.

## Gebruik

Op meer dan 4 m van het oorspronkelijk hoofdgebouw moet een bijbehorend bouwwerk functioneel ondergeschikt zijn aan het hoofdgebouw, "tenzij het gaat om huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg" (artikel 22.36, onder a, 2°, onder ii). Daarnaast mag een bestaand bouwwerk worden gebruikt voor huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg (artikel 22.36, onder c).

## Buiten de bebouwde kom: een verplaatsbare mantelzorgwoning tot 100 m²

Wordt een bijbehorend bouwwerk gebruikt voor huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg, dan gelden volgens artikel 22.37, tweede lid, in plaats van de oppervlakte-eisen drie andere eisen:

- in zijn geheel of in delen verplaatsbaar;

- de oppervlakte niet meer dan 100 m² ;

- buiten de bebouwde kom.

De Vangnetregeling Omgevingswet vult aan dat dit lid alleen van toepassing is als het bouwwerk niet aan de gewone oppervlakte-eisen voldoet. De overige eisen, zoals plaats en hoogte, blijven gelden. Of een bouwwerk in zijn geheel of in delen verplaatsbaar is, en of uw adres binnen of buiten de bebouwde kom ligt, beoordeelt uw gemeente.

## Wanneer deze regels niet gelden

- Zonder vergunning gebouwd: de regels gelden niet bij een bouwwerk dat zonder de vereiste omgevingsvergunning is gebouwd of wordt gebruikt (artikel 22.23, eerste lid).

- Monumenten en archeologie: in, aan of op een gemeentelijk, provinciaal of rijksmonument, ook een voorbeschermd monument, geldt de vrijstelling van artikel 22.27 niet, bij een monument geldt ze niet voor een bijbehorend bouwwerk, en artikel 22.36 geldt in, aan, op of bij een monument niet (artikelen 22.28 en 22.38). In een rijksbeschermd stads- of dorpsgezicht geldt de vrijstelling van artikel 22.27 alleen in beperkte gevallen (artikel 22.28, derde lid), en geldt artikel 22.36 niet (artikel 22.38, onder b). Waar het omgevingsplan regels over archeologisch onderzoek stelt, geldt de vrijstelling in de regel alleen voor een bouwwerk van minder dan 50 m² (artikel 22.28, vierde lid).

- Externe veiligheid: ook niet op de locaties die artikel 22.39 noemt, zoals een veiligheidszone rond een munitieopslag.

- Welstand: het uiterlijk van een bouwwerk zonder vergunning mag niet in ernstige mate in strijd zijn met redelijke eisen van welstand (artikel 22.7).

- Uw gemeente: de bruidsschat is overgangsrecht. Wanneer de gemeente de regels omzet naar het nieuwe deel van haar omgevingsplan, beslist zij zelf welke regels voor mantelzorgwoningen gelden. Lees daarom de regels voor uw adres, niet alleen de landelijke tekst.

## De technische regels: Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving

Naast het omgevingsplan geldt het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving (Bbl), in de versie die volgens wetten.overheid.nl geldt vanaf 24 september 2026. Voor een gebouw met een dak is een omgevingsvergunning voor de technische bouwactiviteit nodig als het gebouw niet op de grond staat, hoger is dan 5 m , bij meer dan een bouwlaag een verblijfsgebied heeft op de tweede bouwlaag of hoger, een dakterras, balkon of andere niet op de grond gelegen buitenruimte heeft, of door de bouw een hoofdgebouw wordt (artikel 2.25). Ook hier wordt huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg aangemerkt als functioneel verbonden met het hoofdgebouw (artikel 2.24).

Volgens IPLO valt een bouwactiviteit die aan geen van de criteria van artikel 2.25 voldoet niet onder gevolgklasse 1 van de kwaliteitsborging. Valt een bouwwerk wel onder een van die criteria, dan is een vergunning nodig, of, voor een bouwwerk in gevolgklasse 1 (artikel 2.17), een bouwmelding ten minste vier weken voor de start en een gereedmelding ten minste twee weken voor de ingebruikname (artikelen 2.18, 2.21 en 2.27).

De technische regels voor nieuwbouw in hoofdstuk 4 van het Bbl gelden voor bouwactiviteiten die het bouwen van nieuwe bouwwerken betreffen (artikel 4.1), en daaraan wordt voldaan door "degene die het bouwwerk bouwt" (artikel 4.3). Eurodita levert normaal geen isolatiemateriaal: de constructie kan worden voorbereid op isolatie die u lokaal koopt, en een Twin Skin-wand heeft een spouw voor isolatie. Welke opbouw uw mantelzorgwoning nodig heeft, bepaalt u met uw adviseur voor het gebouw als geheel.

## Wat er verandert: landelijke regels verwacht op 1 januari 2027

De Wet versterking regie volkshuisvesting is op 1 juli 2026 gedeeltelijk in werking getreden. Volgens de Rijksoverheid worden onderwerpen van die wet uitgewerkt in het Besluit versterking regie volkshuisvesting, dat naar verwachting op 1 januari 2027 in werking treedt. IPLO noemt als wijzigingen van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving: de bouw van een familiewoning vergunningvrij mogelijk maken, en de bouw van een mantelzorgwoning vergunningvrij mogelijk maken.

De geldende tekst van het Bbl op wetten.overheid.nl vermeldde op 20 oktober 2026 toekomstige wijzigingen, de eerste op 1 januari 2027, en bevatte nog geen regel die een mantelzorgwoning of familiewoning vergunningvrij maakt. De voorwaarden van de nieuwe regels staan pas vast als het besluit is gepubliceerd. Tot het besluit in werking treedt, gelden de regels die hierboven staan.

## Als de mantelzorg eindigt

IPLO schrijft dat de woonvoorzieningen die voor mantelzorg in een bestaand bouwwerk zijn aangebracht, na beëindiging van de mantelzorgbehoefte weer moeten worden verwijderd, en dat een verplaatsbare mantelzorgvoorziening buiten de bebouwde kom na beëindiging van de mantelzorgbehoefte weer moet worden verwijderd. Vraag uw gemeente wat dit voor uw gebouw betekent voordat u bestelt.

## Wat u controleert, en bij wie, voordat u bestelt

- Het omgevingsplan: of uw gemeente de regels van de bruidsschat heeft gewijzigd; uw gemeente.

- De tuin: waar het achtererfgebied ligt, hoe groot het bebouwingsgebied is en hoeveel bijbehorende bouwwerken er al staan; op een situatietekening van het perceel.

- De hoogte: de hoogte van het gebouw op zijn fundering, gemeten vanaf het aansluitend afgewerkt terrein, en de afstand tot het hoofdgebouw en de perceelsgrens.

- De mantelzorg: welke verklaring de gemeente wil zien; uw huisarts of wijkverpleegkundige en de gemeente.

- Bijzondere locaties: monument, beschermd stads- of dorpsgezicht, archeologische waarden, veiligheidszones en welstand; uw gemeente.

- De techniek: of het gebouw onder artikel 2.25 van het Bbl valt, en hoe het aan hoofdstuk 4 voldoet; met een adviseur aan uw kant.

- Aansluitingen: water, riolering en elektriciteit; met bedrijven in uw regio.

## Houten huizen uit de catalogus voor gebruik als mantelzorgwoning

De reeks granny annexes bevat houten huizen met één of twee slaapkamers die als woning bij een hoofdhuis worden gebruikt. De tabel toont de modellen met één bouwlaag, met de buitenmaten en de nokhoogte uit de catalogus van vandaag:

| Model | Buitenmaten | Wand in de catalogus | Nokhoogte

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x4m | 6 x 4 m | massief 44 mm | 312 cm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x5.8m | 5 x 5,8 m | massief 44 mm | 325 cm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m | 6 x 5 m | massief 44 mm | 312 cm

| 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 5x7m | 5 x 7 m | massief 44 mm | 312 cm

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5m | 6 x 5 m | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | 247 cm

| Twin Skin 1 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.5m | 6 x 5,5 m | Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | 247 cm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 6x5.8m | 6 x 5,8 m | massief 44 mm | 312 cm

| 2 Bedroom Log Cabin 7x5.5m | 7 x 5,5 m | massief 44 mm | 312 cm

Alle maten zijn buitenmaten. De nokhoogte is die van het model; hoe hoog het gebouw boven het afgewerkte terrein uitkomt, hangt ook af van de fundering die lokaal wordt gemaakt. Een model in massief hout kan in elk van de profielen van 28, 34, 44, 58 en 70 mm worden gemaakt, en Twin Skin bestaat in de opbouwen 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 en 58-100-58 mm ; de beschikbaarheid voor uw model wordt in de offerte bevestigd. Indeling en maten passen wij aan in een project op maat.

In dezelfde reeks staan vier Mobile Log Homes in gelamineerd hout, van 10 x 4 m , 11 x 4,3 m , 9 x 6 m en 10 x 6 m . Of een bouwwerk in zijn geheel of in delen verplaatsbaar is in de zin van artikel 22.37, beoordeelt uw gemeente. Meer modellen staan in de reeksen huizen met 1 slaapkamer, huizen met 2 slaapkamers en Twin Skin. De modelpagina's zijn voorlopig in het Engels.

## Wat Eurodita levert voor de mantelzorgwoning

Eurodita levert het houten bouwpakket, gemaakt volgens de tekeningen van uw order. Wat een bouwpakket bevat, staat ook op what is in a Eurodita kit (in het Engels).

- Bouwpakket: de wandbalken in het profiel van de order, de houtconstructie van vloer en dak en de houten ramen en deuren uit eigen productie; vloerdelen van 28 mm en geïmpregneerde vloerbalken zijn standaard.

- Binnenwanden: bij een model met aparte ruimtes horen de binnenwanden bij het bouwpakket, en ze kunnen worden toegevoegd, weggelaten of aangepast. Een naam van een ruimte op de plattegrond is een voorstel.

- Alleen het gebouw: Eurodita levert geen uitrusting voor badkamer, toilet of keuken.

- Tekeningen: plattegronden, gevelaanzichten, de lijst van ramen en deuren en een 3D-weergave van het project. Met een volledige schets ontvangt u binnen één werkdag een 3D-weergave, tekeningen en een prijs.

- Lokaal: vergunning, fundering en aansluitingen regelt u met bedrijven en adviseurs in uw regio; de dakbedekking koopt u lokaal.

- Montage: de montage en de organisatie daarvan spreken wij per project af; sleutelklare levering hoort niet bij de standaardlevering.

- Levering: de offerte geldt EXW fabriek Eurodita, en de levering kan apart worden geoffreerd; het lossen ligt bij de koper.

- Offerte: schriftelijk, in EUR, zonder btw en zonder transport, en geldig gedurende 30 dagen vanaf de datum. Of Eurodita rechtstreeks levert of via een handelspartner, wordt per project bevestigd.

## Veelgestelde vragen over de mantelzorgwoning

## Mag ik een mantelzorgwoning in mijn tuin bouwen zonder vergunning?

Dat hangt af van het gebouw, de plaats en het omgevingsplan van uw gemeente. Volgens de bruidsschat in het omgevingsplan (artikelen 22.27 en 22.36) is een bijbehorend bouwwerk in het achtererfgebied zonder omgevingsvergunning in overeenstemming met het omgevingsplan als het aan alle eisen voldoet: op de grond, op meer dan 1 m van openbaar toegankelijk gebied, niet hoger dan 5 m , met eisen aan hoogte, dakvorm en oppervlakte. Op meer dan 4 m van het hoofdgebouw hoeft het niet functioneel ondergeschikt te zijn als het gaat om huisvesting in verband met mantelzorg. Voor de technische bouwactiviteit noemt artikel 2.25 van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving de gevallen waarin een vergunning nodig is; voor een bouwwerk in gevolgklasse 1 is in die gevallen in plaats daarvan een bouwmelding nodig (artikelen 2.17, 2.18 en 2.27). Gemeenten kunnen de bruidsschat wijzigen; controleer de regels voor uw adres.

## Hoe groot mag een mantelzorgwoning zijn?

Zonder omgevingsvergunning is de oppervlakte van alle bijbehorende bouwwerken in het bebouwingsgebied samen niet meer dan: bij een bebouwingsgebied tot en met 100 m² : 50% daarvan; bij meer dan 100 m² tot en met 300 m² : 50 m² plus 20% van het deel boven 100 m² ; bij meer dan 300 m² : 90 m² plus 10% van het deel boven 300 m² , tot in totaal 150 m² (artikel 22.36, onder a, 3°). Bestaande bijgebouwen tellen mee. Voldoet een mantelzorgwoning niet aan die eisen, dan gelden buiten de bebouwde kom andere eisen: in zijn geheel of in delen verplaatsbaar en niet meer dan 100 m² (artikel 22.37, tweede lid).

## Hoe hoog mag een mantelzorgwoning zijn?

Om zonder omgevingsvergunning in overeenstemming met het omgevingsplan te zijn, is een mantelzorgwoning niet hoger dan 5 m . Binnen 4 m van het oorspronkelijk hoofdgebouw is zij ook niet hoger dan het hoofdgebouw en niet hoger dan 0,3 m boven de bovenkant van de scheidingsconstructie met de tweede bouwlaag. Verder dan 4 m is een bouwwerk hoger dan 3 m alleen in overeenstemming met deze regels met een schuin dak, een dakvoet van ten hoogste 3 m , dakvlakken van niet meer dan 55° en een daknok van niet meer dan (afstand van de daknok tot de perceelsgrens in m x 0,47) + 3 (artikel 22.36). Hoogten worden gemeten vanaf het aansluitend afgewerkt terrein, dus ook de hoogte van de fundering boven het terrein telt mee.

## Wie mag er in een mantelzorgwoning wonen?

Volgens bijlage I bij het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving gaat het om huisvesting in of bij een woning van één huishouden van ten hoogste twee personen, van wie ten minste één persoon mantelzorg verleent aan of ontvangt van een bewoner van de woning. De behoefte aan mantelzorg moet met een verklaring van een huisarts, wijkverpleegkundige of andere door de gemeente aangewezen sociaal-medisch adviseur kunnen worden aangetoond. Vraag uw gemeente welke gegevens zij wil zien.

## Wat verandert er in 2027 voor de mantelzorgwoning?

Volgens de Rijksoverheid treedt het Besluit versterking regie volkshuisvesting naar verwachting op 1 januari 2027 in werking. IPLO noemt als wijzigingen van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving dat de bouw van een mantelzorgwoning en van een familiewoning vergunningvrij mogelijk wordt gemaakt. Op 20 oktober 2026 stond die regel nog niet in de geldende tekst; de voorwaarden staan pas vast als het besluit is gepubliceerd. Tot dan gelden de regels van de bruidsschat in het omgevingsplan van uw gemeente.

## Wat kost een mantelzorgwoning van Eurodita, en hoe koopt u er een?

Eurodita publiceert geen prijslijst. Elke mantelzorgwoning krijgt een schriftelijke offerte in EUR, EXW fabriek Eurodita, zonder btw en zonder transport, geldig gedurende 30 dagen vanaf de datum; de levering kan apart worden geoffreerd. De prijs hangt af van de buitenmaten, de wand, de ramen en deuren en de indeling. Stuur het model of een schets, de gemeente en het gebruik; of Eurodita rechtstreeks levert of via een handelspartner, wordt per project bevestigd. Tot de totale kosten horen ook vergunningen, kwaliteitsborging, fundering, isolatie, dakbedekking, montage, aansluitingen en installaties.

## Plaatst Eurodita de mantelzorgwoning?

De montage en de organisatie daarvan spreken wij per project af; sleutelklare levering hoort niet bij de standaardlevering. Eurodita levert het houten bouwpakket met de tekeningen van de order. Vergunning, fundering en aansluitingen voor water, riolering en elektriciteit plant u met bedrijven en adviseurs in uw regio, en Eurodita levert geen uitrusting voor badkamer, toilet of keuken.

## Kun je het hele jaar in een houten mantelzorgwoning wonen?

Dat hangt af van het hele project: de gekozen wand, de isolatie, de fundering, de installaties en de montage. Het bouwpakket bevat de houtconstructie, waar nodig voorbereid op isolatie die u lokaal koopt; een Twin Skin-wand heeft een spouw voor isolatie. De technische regels van hoofdstuk 4 van het Besluit bouwwerken leefomgeving gelden voor elk nieuw bouwwerk, en daaraan voldoet degene die het bouwwerk bouwt. De opbouw bepaalt u met uw adviseur voor het gebouw als geheel.

## Wat u meestuurt voor een schriftelijke offerte

Stuur deze gegevens via het formulier of de contactpagina. Elke order wordt schriftelijk geoffreerd. Meer over Eurodita in Nederland leest u op Eurodita in Nederland.

- Het model uit de catalogus, of een schets met wanddikte, vloer, nokhoogte, ramen en deuren en buitenmaten

- Het gebruik als mantelzorgwoning, de gemeente en of het adres binnen of buiten de bebouwde kom ligt

- De ruimte die uw achtererfgebied biedt en de hoogte die uw situatie toelaat, als u die al hebt bepaald

- Of u schrijft als particulier, als professional of als dealer

- Het leveradres en de manier van lossen op de bouwplaats

- Of u de montage voor het project wilt bespreken

Offerte aanvragen

Mantelzorgwoning Offerte aanvragen


---

# Anneks og tømmerhytte som byggesett fra produsent
URL: https://eurodita.com/no-market/anneks-byggesett/

## Anneks og tømmerhytte som byggesett fra produsent

Anneks og tømmerhytter som byggesett fra produsent

Vurderer du et anneks eller en tømmerhytte som byggesett? Eurodita har produsert trebygninger siden 1994 på egen fabrikk i Litauen og leverer laftede byggesett direkte fra produsent. Her finner du reglene for søknadsplikt og modellene i katalogen vår som passer innenfor dem.

Send en forespørsel Eurodita i Norge

Vi publiserer ingen prisliste. Hver bygning får et skriftlig tilbud basert på utvendige mål, valgt vegg og avtalt leveranse.

## Kort oppsummert

Uten søknad: en frittliggende bygning som ikke skal brukes til beboelse, på inntil 50 m², med mønehøyde inntil 4,0 m og gesimshøyde inntil 3,0 m, minst 1,0 m fra nabogrense (byggesaksforskriften § 4-1).

Søknad du kan sende selv: en frittliggende boligbygning inntil 30 m² BRA med én boenhet, eller en bygning uten beboelse inntil 70 m² (byggesaksforskriften § 3-1).

Produsent: tømmerbygninger fra Eurodita-fabrikken i Litauen, produksjon siden 1994.

Modeller: anneks og tømmerhytter med utvendige mål fra 12 m², med gesimshøyder under 2,5 m og mønehøyder under 4,0 m ifølge katalogen.

Vegger: massivt tømmer 19-70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 eller 58-100-58 mm og limtre 70×130-220×260 mm. En modell i massivt tømmer kan lages i hvilken som helst av profilene 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en modell i limtre i hvilken som helst limtreprofil. Profilen på 19 mm brukes bare på de modellene som står med den i katalogen.

Tilbud: skriftlig, i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabrikken, uten mva. og transport; leveransen kan prises separat.

## Anneks uten byggesøknad: reglene

Etter byggesaksforskriften § 4-1 første ledd bokstav a er en frittliggende bygning på bebygd eiendom unntatt fra byggesaksbehandling når den ikke skal brukes til beboelse og verken har bruksareal (BRA) eller bebygd areal (BYA) over 50 m². Mønehøyden kan ikke være over 4,0 m og gesimshøyden ikke over 3,0 m, målt fra ferdig planert terrengs gjennomsnittsnivå rundt bygningen. Bygningen kan ha én etasje uten kjeller, skal stå minst 1,0 m fra nabogrense og annen bygning på eiendommen og kan ikke plasseres over ledninger i grunnen.

Unntaket gjelder bare når tiltaket ikke er i strid med kommuneplanens arealdel, reguleringsplan eller annet regelverk. Du som tiltakshaver har ansvaret for at vilkårene er oppfylt. Om den bruken du planlegger, for eksempel gjesterom eller overnatting, regnes som beboelse, avklarer du med kommunen.

## Anneks til beboelse: søknad du kan sende selv

Skal annekset brukes til beboelse, krever det søknad. Etter byggesaksforskriften § 3-1 bokstav e regnes en frittliggende boligbygning inntil 30 m² BRA med én boenhet i én etasje uten kjeller, som ikke på noe punkt er høyere enn 4,5 m over bakken, som et mindre tiltak. Det samme gjelder etter bokstav b en frittliggende bygning som ikke skal brukes til beboelse, inntil 70 m² BRA og BYA i én etasje. Mindre tiltak kan du søke om selv som tiltakshaver (plan- og bygningsloven § 20-4). Kommunen behandler søknaden og ser på plan, plassering og tekniske krav.

Eurodita gir ikke juridisk rådgivning og garanterer ikke for noen modell at den kan oppføres uten søknad. Til søknaden leverer vi tegninger og tekniske data for byggesettet.

## Modeller innenfor 50 m², 4,0 m møne og 3,0 m gesims

Tabellen viser et utvalg fra katalogen vår med utvendige mål, areal etter utvendige mål og høyder ifølge katalogen:

| Modell | Utvendige mål | Areal | Gesims | Møne

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Ett soverom 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Ett soverom 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin ett soverom 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin ett soverom 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Ett soverom 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

| Gladehaven | 6 x 7,2 m | 43,2 m² | 2,14 m | 2,86 m

Alle mål er utvendige mål ifølge katalogen i september 2026. Bebygd areal (BYA) kan bli større enn arealet etter utvendige mål når takutstikk regnes med, og bruksareal (BRA) måles innvendig. Høydene måles fra terrenget, så fundamentets høyde kommer i tillegg. Modellsidene er foreløpig på engelsk; flere modeller finner du i oversiktene over hytter med ett soverom og hagehytter.

## Vegger: massivt tømmer, Twin Skin eller limtre

Veggen velges etter hvordan bygningen skal brukes og etter prosjektet som helhet. Eurodita produserer tre veggsystemer:

- Massivt tømmer: veggstokker på 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, i ett lag.

- Twin Skin (dobbeltvegg): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 og 58-100-58 mm, det vil si ytre vegg, hulrom og indre vegg i samme tykkelse. Hulrommet er forberedt for isolasjon som kjøpes lokalt. Bredden på hulrommet er ingen isolasjonsspesifikasjon.

- Limtre: profilene 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 og 220×260 mm. Limtreet produseres på Eurodita-fabrikken: limes, profileres og bearbeides.

En modell i massivt tømmer kan lages i hvilken som helst av profilene 28, 34, 44, 58 og 70 mm, en modell i limtre i hvilken som helst limtreprofil; tilgjengeligheten bekreftes i tilbudet. Vi oppgir ikke den ferdige bygningens termiske egenskaper: veggtykkelsen alene bestemmer ikke bygningens energiytelse.

## Hva byggesettet inneholder, og hva det ikke inneholder

Byggesettet omfatter bygningens trekonstruksjon, produsert etter tegningene for din bestilling:

- vegger i massivt tømmer, Twin Skin eller limtre

- trekonstruksjon for gulv og tak, forberedt for isolasjon der det trengs

- vinduer og dører i tre fra egen produksjon, som angitt i bestillingen

- kabelkanaler frest på fabrikken, dersom bestillingen angir dem

- tegninger og dokumenter for bestillingen

Standard byggesett omfatter ikke:

- isolasjonsmaterialer

- taktekking, dersom den ikke bestilles

- fundament

- tilkoblinger og installasjoner for elektrisitet, vann, avløp og gass

- montering

Montering og hvordan den organiseres, avtaler vi for hvert prosjekt. Fundament, tilkoblinger og installasjoner planlegges med lokale firmaer. Prisen avhenger av utvendige mål, vegg, vinduer og dører og avtalt leveranse, derfor finnes det ingen prisliste, men et skriftlig tilbud for din bygning.

## Etter egne mål: fra skisse til byggesett

Passer ingen katalogmodell tomten din, kan vi ta utgangspunkt i en skisse eller en arkitekttegning. Pris, 2D-tegninger, 3D-visualisering og tilbud utarbeides sammen i Euroditas eget kalkyle- og konstruksjonssystem, derfor kommer tilbudet som regel raskt. Mål og planløsning kan tilpasses de grensene som gjelder for tomten din; hva som gjelder for ditt prosjekt, avklarer du med kommunen. Der det trengs konstruksjonsberegning, utføres den av eksterne spesialister.

## Slik kjøper du

Eurodita arbeider i hovedsak med forhandlere, byggefirmaer, utbyggere og arkitekter. Større boliger kan prises direkte til privatpersoner etter en vurdering av prosjektet. For anneks, tømmerhytter og andre mindre bygninger bekreftes leveranseveien prosjekt for prosjekt.

Er du forhandler, finner du mer på siden Eurodita i Norge.

## Ofte stilte spørsmål

## Hvor stort anneks kan man bygge uten å søke?

Etter byggesaksforskriften § 4-1 bokstav a kan du uten søknad oppføre en frittliggende bygning på bebygd eiendom som ikke skal brukes til beboelse, på inntil 50 m² BRA og BYA, med mønehøyde inntil 4,0 m, gesimshøyde inntil 3,0 m, i én etasje uten kjeller og minst 1,0 m fra nabogrense og annen bygning. Tiltaket må ikke være i strid med plan eller annet regelverk.

## Kan man bo i et anneks?

Et anneks som skal brukes til beboelse, krever søknad. En frittliggende boligbygning inntil 30 m² BRA med én boenhet i én etasje uten kjeller og høyst 4,5 m over bakken regnes som et mindre tiltak (byggesaksforskriften § 3-1 bokstav e), som du kan søke om selv. Kommunen avgjør søknaden.

## Hvor nær nabogrensen kan annekset stå?

For unntaket fra søknadsplikt må bygningen stå minst 1,0 m fra nabogrense og fra annen bygning på eiendommen, og den kan ikke plasseres over ledninger i grunnen. Reguleringsplanen kan ha egne krav, så sjekk med kommunen før du bestiller.

## Hva koster et anneks som byggesett?

Eurodita publiserer ingen priser eller prislister. Prisen avhenger av utvendige mål, vegg, vinduer og dører og avtalt leveranse. Hver bygning får et skriftlig tilbud i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabrikken, uten mva. og transport; leveransen kan prises separat. Prisen beregnes i vårt eget kalkylesystem sammen med tegninger og 3D-visualisering, derfor kommer tilbudet som regel raskt. I tillegg kommer fundament, isolasjon, montering, tilkoblinger og installasjoner.

## Leveres annekset nøkkelferdig?

Montering avtales for hvert prosjekt, og nøkkelferdig levering inngår ikke i standardleveransen. Eurodita leverer byggesettet fra produsent, det vil si trekonstruksjonen produsert etter tegningene dine, med vinduene og dørene som er bestilt. Isolasjon, fundament, tilkoblinger, installasjoner og montering inngår ikke i standard byggesett; montering og hvordan den organiseres, avtaler vi for hvert prosjekt.

## Kan jeg få annekset tilpasset egne mål?

Ja. Send en skisse eller arkitekttegninger. Vi kontrollerer hva som kan produseres i massivt tømmer, Twin Skin eller limtre, og utarbeider pris, 2D-tegninger, 3D-visualisering og tilbud sammen i vårt eget system. Der det trengs konstruksjonsberegning, utføres den av eksterne spesialister; søknad og tekniske krav avklarer du med kommunen.

## Slik forbereder du forespørselen

Fortell oss hvilken kommune tomten ligger i, hvordan bygningen skal brukes (anneks, gjestehytte, bolig eller bod), hvilken modell eller hvilke utvendige mål du tenker på, avstanden til nabogrensen, veggen hvis du allerede har valgt den og eventuelle skisser. Skriv også om du kontakter oss som privatperson, fagperson eller forhandler.

Vi går gjennom prosjektet og svarer med passende leveransevei og, når opplysningene holder, et skriftlig tilbud med tegninger.

Send en forespørsel

Anneks og tømmerhytter som byggesett fra produsent Send en forespørsel


---

# Domki letniskowe i drewniane domki od producenta
URL: https://eurodita.com/pl-market/domki-letniskowe/

## Domki letniskowe i drewniane domki od producenta

Domki letniskowe z bali od producenta

Szukają Państwo drewnianego domku letniskowego na działkę, domku dla gości albo pracowni w ogrodzie? Eurodita produkuje budynki drewniane we własnym zakładzie na Litwie od 1994 roku i dostarcza domki z bali jako zestawy bezpośrednio od producenta. Na tej stronie znajdą Państwo zasady, kiedy domek letniskowy wymaga zgłoszenia, a kiedy nie wymaga żadnej formalności, oraz modele z naszego katalogu o wymiarach zewnętrznych mieszczących się w podanych zakresach; zgodność powierzchni zabudowy z przepisami potwierdza projekt.

Wyślij zapytanie Eurodita w Polsce

Nie publikujemy cennika. Dla każdego domku przygotowujemy pisemną ofertę według wymiarów zewnętrznych, wybranego systemu ścian i uzgodnionej dostawy.

## W skrócie

Domek letniskowy na zgłoszenie: wolno stojący parterowy budynek rekreacji indywidualnej o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², a powyżej 35 m² do 70 m² przy rozpiętości elementów konstrukcyjnych do 6 m i wysięgu wsporników do 2 m; nie więcej niż jeden taki budynek na każde 500 m² działki (art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 16 Prawa budowlanego).

Bez pozwolenia i bez zgłoszenia: wolno stojąca altana o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², najwyżej dwie na każde 500 m² działki (art. 29 ust. 2 pkt 3).

Producent: Eurodita produkuje budynki drewniane we własnym zakładzie na Litwie od 1994 roku.

Modele: domki z bali od 12 do 40 m² według wymiarów zewnętrznych, z wysokością kalenicy do 3,51 m według katalogu, oraz większe domy.

Ściany: drewno lite od 19 do 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 lub 58-100-58 mm oraz drewno klejone od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm. Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego. Profil 19 mm stosuje się tylko w modelach, które są z nim w katalogu.

Oferta: pisemna, w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu; dostawę możemy wycenić osobno.

## Domek letniskowy na zgłoszenie: zasady

Zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 16 ustawy Prawo budowlane (tekst jednolity Dz.U. 2026 poz. 524) budowa wolno stojących parterowych budynków rekreacji indywidualnej nie wymaga pozwolenia na budowę, lecz wymaga zgłoszenia, o którym mowa w art. 30. Dotyczy to budynków o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², a także budynków o powierzchni zabudowy powyżej 35 m², ale nie większej niż 70 m², przy rozpiętości elementów konstrukcyjnych do 6 m i wysięgu wsporników do 2 m. Liczba takich budynków na działce nie może być większa niż jeden na każde 500 m² jej powierzchni.

Budynek rekreacji indywidualnej to według art. 3 pkt 2g Prawa budowlanego budynek przeznaczony do okresowego wypoczynku. Jeśli domek ma być miejscem stałego zamieszkania, chodzi o budynek mieszkalny jednorodzinny: zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 1a zgłoszenia wymaga budowa wolno stojącego, nie więcej niż dwukondygnacyjnego domu jednorodzinnego o powierzchni zabudowy do 70 m², którego obszar oddziaływania mieści się w całości na działce, jeśli budowa jest prowadzona w celu zaspokojenia własnych potrzeb mieszkaniowych inwestora. Więcej o domach do stałego zamieszkania piszemy na stronie Domy drewniane całoroczne od producenta.

Bez pozwolenia na budowę i bez zgłoszenia można postawić wolno stojącą altanę o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², przy czym na działce mogą stać najwyżej dwa takie obiekty na każde 500 m² jej powierzchni (art. 29 ust. 2 pkt 3). O tym, co można zbudować na konkretnej działce, decydują też miejscowy plan zagospodarowania przestrzennego albo decyzja o warunkach zabudowy. Przed zamówieniem prosimy sprawdzić zasady dla swojej działki w starostwie lub urzędzie miasta albo u projektanta. Eurodita nie udziela porad prawnych i dla żadnego modelu nie gwarantuje, że można go zbudować na zgłoszenie. Do dokumentacji dostarczamy rysunki i dane techniczne zestawu.

## Modele od 12 do 40 m²

Tabela pokazuje wybór modeli z naszego katalogu z wymiarami zewnętrznymi, powierzchnią obliczoną z wymiarów zewnętrznych i wysokościami według katalogu:

| Model | Wymiary zewnętrzne | Powierzchnia | Wysokość okapu | Wysokość kalenicy

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Domek z jedną sypialnią 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| Domek z jedną sypialnią 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Domek Twin Skin z jedną sypialnią 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Domek Twin Skin z jedną sypialnią 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Domek z jedną sypialnią 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

Wszystkie wymiary są zewnętrzne i odpowiadają katalogowi z września 2026 roku. Powierzchnie w tabeli obliczono z wymiarów zewnętrznych; powierzchnię zabudowy według przepisów określa projektant, a przy modelu 5x7 leżącym dokładnie na granicy 35 m² trzeba ją sprawdzić. Wysokości podano według katalogu; ostateczną wysokość budynku razem z fundamentem należy sprawdzić w projekcie. Strony modeli są na razie po angielsku; więcej modeli znajdą Państwo w przeglądzie domków ogrodowych i domków z jedną sypialnią.

## Ściany: drewno lite, Twin Skin lub drewno klejone

Ścianę wybiera się według przeznaczenia domku i całego projektu. Eurodita produkuje trzy systemy ścian:

- Drewno lite: bale ścienne o grubości 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, w jednej warstwie.

- Twin Skin (podwójna ściana): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm, czyli warstwa zewnętrzna, przestrzeń i warstwa wewnętrzna tej samej grubości. Przestrzeń jest przeznaczona na izolację, którą kupuje się na miejscu. Szerokość przestrzeni nie jest specyfikacją izolacji.

- Drewno klejone: profile 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 i 220 x 260 mm. Drewno klejone produkujemy we własnym zakładzie: sami je klejimy, profilujemy i obrabiamy.

Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego; dostępność potwierdza oferta. Nie podajemy właściwości cieplnych gotowego budynku: grubość ściany sama nie decyduje o charakterystyce energetycznej budynku. Jeśli domek ma być używany także zimą, ścianę, izolację i fundament należy dobrać razem z projektantem.

## Co zawiera zestaw, a czego nie

Zestaw obejmuje drewnianą konstrukcję budynku wykonaną na podstawie rysunków przygotowanych dla Państwa zamówienia:

- ściany z drewna litego, Twin Skin lub drewna klejonego

- drewnianą konstrukcję podłogi i dachu, tam gdzie potrzeba, przygotowaną do izolacji

- drewniane okna i drzwi własnej produkcji według zamówienia

- kanały kablowe frezowane w zakładzie, jeśli zamówienie je przewiduje

- rysunki i dokumenty zamówienia

Standardowy zestaw nie obejmuje:

- materiałów izolacyjnych

- pokrycia dachowego, jeśli nie zostało zamówione

- fundamentu

- przyłączy oraz instalacji elektrycznych, wodnych, kanalizacyjnych i gazowych

- montażu

Montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu. Fundament, przyłącza i instalacje prosimy planować z lokalnymi firmami. Cena zależy od wymiarów zewnętrznych, rodzaju ściany, okien i drzwi oraz uzgodnionego sposobu dostawy, dlatego zamiast cennika przygotowujemy pisemną ofertę dla Państwa domku.

## Na wymiar: od szkicu do zestawu

Jeśli żaden model z katalogu nie pasuje do Państwa działki, możemy zacząć od szkicu albo od rysunków architekta. Cenę obliczamy i ofertę przygotowujemy we własnym systemie kalkulacji i projektowania Eurodita, a razem z ofertą otrzymują Państwo rysunki 2D i wizualizację 3D. Dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko. Wymiary i układ można dopasować do zasad obowiązujących na Państwa działce; co dotyczy Państwa inwestycji, prosimy sprawdzić w urzędzie albo u projektanta. Jeśli potrzebne są obliczenia konstrukcyjne, wykonują je zewnętrzni specjaliści.

## Jak kupić

Eurodita współpracuje przede wszystkim ze sprzedawcami, firmami budowlanymi, deweloperami i architektami. Na większe domy mieszkalne przygotowujemy ofertę także bezpośrednio dla klientów prywatnych, po ocenie projektu. W przypadku domków letniskowych i innych mniejszych budynków dla każdego projektu uzgadniamy, czy kupują Państwo bezpośrednio, czy przez partnera handlowego.

Drewniany budynek sauny opisujemy na stronie Sauna ogrodowa: drewniany domek od producenta.

Jeśli są Państwo sprzedawcą, więcej informacji znajdą Państwo na stronie Eurodita w Polsce.

## Najczęstsze pytania

## Jaki domek letniskowy można postawić na zgłoszenie?

Zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 16 Prawa budowlanego zgłoszenia zamiast pozwolenia na budowę wymaga budowa wolno stojącego parterowego budynku rekreacji indywidualnej o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², a powyżej 35 m² do 70 m² przy rozpiętości elementów konstrukcyjnych do 6 m i wysięgu wsporników do 2 m. Na działce może stać nie więcej niż jeden taki budynek na każde 500 m² jej powierzchni. Obowiązują też miejscowy plan albo warunki zabudowy.

## Jakie warunki musi spełniać domek letniskowy?

Budynek rekreacji indywidualnej to według art. 3 pkt 2g Prawa budowlanego budynek przeznaczony do okresowego wypoczynku. Na zgłoszenie musi być wolno stojący i parterowy, a jego powierzchnia zabudowy i konstrukcja muszą mieścić się w granicach z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 16 Prawa budowlanego. Musi też być zgodny z miejscowym planem zagospodarowania przestrzennego albo decyzją o warunkach zabudowy dla działki.

## Czy w domku letniskowym można mieszkać na stałe?

Budynek rekreacji indywidualnej jest przeznaczony do okresowego wypoczynku. Dom do stałego zamieszkania jest budynkiem mieszkalnym jednorodzinnym; zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 1a Prawa budowlanego wolno stojący, nie więcej niż dwukondygnacyjny dom o powierzchni zabudowy do 70 m², budowany na własne potrzeby mieszkaniowe inwestora, wymaga zgłoszenia. Zamiar prosimy sprawdzić w urzędzie albo u projektanta.

## Ile kosztuje drewniany domek letniskowy?

Eurodita nie publikuje cen ani cenników. Cena zależy od wymiarów zewnętrznych, rodzaju ściany, okien i drzwi oraz uzgodnionego sposobu dostawy. Dla każdego domku przygotowujemy pisemną ofertę w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu; dostawę możemy wycenić osobno. Cenę obliczamy we własnym systemie, który przygotowuje też rysunki i wizualizację 3D, dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko. Fundament, izolację, montaż, przyłącza i instalacje planuje się osobno.

## Czy domek letniskowy nadaje się do używania zimą?

To zależy od całego projektu: wybranej ściany, izolacji, fundamentu, instalacji i montażu. Zestaw zawiera drewnianą konstrukcję, tam gdzie potrzeba, przygotowaną do izolacji; materiały izolacyjne kupuje się na miejscu. Nie podajemy właściwości cieplnych gotowego budynku.

## Czy dostarczacie domki pod klucz?

Standardowa dostawa to zestaw od producenta: drewniana konstrukcja domku wykonana według Państwa rysunków, z zamówionymi oknami i drzwiami. Izolacja, fundament, przyłącza, instalacje i montaż nie są częścią standardowego zestawu; montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu.

## Jak przygotować zapytanie

Prosimy podać gminę i miejscowość działki oraz jej powierzchnię, przeznaczenie domku (wypoczynek, goście, pracownia lub magazyn), wybrany model albo wymiary zewnętrzne, planowaną odległość od granicy działki, system ścian, jeśli jest już wybrany, oraz ewentualne szkice. Prosimy też napisać, czy kontaktują się Państwo z nami jako osoba prywatna, specjalista czy sprzedawca.

Ocenimy projekt i odpowiemy, w jaki sposób można kupić domek, a jeśli dane będą wystarczające, prześlemy pisemną ofertę z rysunkami.

Wyślij zapytanie

Domki letniskowe z bali od producenta Wyślij zapytanie


---

# Domy drewniane całoroczne od producenta
URL: https://eurodita.com/pl-market/domy-drewniane-caloroczne/

## Domy drewniane całoroczne od producenta

Domy drewniane całoroczne i domki letniskowe, także na zamówienie

Szukają Państwo drewnianego domu całorocznego, domku letniskowego albo domu na własnym projekcie? Eurodita produkuje budynki drewniane od 1994 roku we własnym zakładzie na Litwie. Ściany, drewniane okna i drzwi oraz rysunki projektu powstają w jednym zakładzie, więc układ, grubość ścian i położenie okien ustalają Państwo bezpośrednio z producentem.

Wyślij zapytanie Eurodita w Polsce

Nasze domy drewniane mają od jednej do czterech sypialni, jedną lub dwie kondygnacje. Oprócz modeli z katalogu produkujemy domy drewniane na zamówienie, domki letniskowe i domy z drewna klejonego według Państwa szkicu albo projektu architekta. Cenę, rysunki i wizualizację 3D przygotowujemy we własnym systemie kalkulacji i projektowania.

Nie publikujemy cennika. Każdy dom otrzymuje pisemną ofertę opartą na wymiarach, wybranym systemie ścian i uzgodnionym zakresie dostawy.

## W skrócie

Producent: budynki drewniane produkowane od 1994 roku w zakładzie Eurodita na Litwie.

Modele: domy całoroczne i domki letniskowe z jedną do czterech sypialni, domy o podwójnej ścianie Twin Skin, parterowe domy z drewna klejonego oraz projekty na zamówienie.

Na zamówienie: cena, rysunki CAD 2D, wizualizacja 3D i oferta powstają razem w systemie kalkulacji i projektowania Eurodita, dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko.

Ściany: drewno lite od 19 do 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 lub 58-100-58 mm, drewno klejone od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm. Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego. Profil 19 mm stosuje się tylko w modelach, które są z nim w katalogu.

Drewno i stolarka: świerk i sosna z północnej Europy, bale ścienne standardowo nieimpregnowane; drewniane okna i drzwi własnej produkcji IV45, IV68 i IV92, to ostatnie z potrójnym szkleniem.

Oferta: pisemna, w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu; dostawę można wycenić osobno.

Droga dostawy: większe domy mieszkalne mogą być wyceniane bezpośrednio dla klientów prywatnych, po ocenie projektu. Przy każdym projekcie ustalamy, czy możliwa jest dostawa bezpośrednia, czy przez sprzedawcę.

## Domy drewniane całoroczne i domki letniskowe: modele od jednej do czterech sypialni

Nasze domy są używane jako dom całoroczny, dom dla bliskich przy głównym domu i domek letniskowy. Układ wnętrza z łazienką, kuchnią i schowkami ustala się w rysunkach projektu przed produkcją. Tabela pokazuje rodziny modeli i wymiary, które obecnie oferuje katalog:

| Rodzina | Ściany w katalogu | Wymiary zewnętrzne w katalogu | Uwagi

| Domy z 1 sypialnią | lite 44 lub 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 5,85 x 4,1 m do 7 x 10,3 m | parterowe, niektóre modele z antresolą

| Domy z 2 sypialniami | lite 44 lub 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 6 x 5,8 m do 10,1 x 8 m | parterowe

| Domy z 3 sypialniami | lite 44, 58 lub 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 10 x 6 m do 12 x 7 m; dwukondygnacyjny 8,45 x 7,6 m | prawie wszystkie parterowe, jeden model dwukondygnacyjny

| Domy z 4 sypialniami | lite 58 lub 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 8,45 x 7,6 m (dwie kondygnacje) do 16 x 9 m | jedno- lub dwukondygnacyjne

| Domy Twin Skin | w katalogu 44-100-44 mm, dostępne cztery układy | od 4 x 3 m do 16 x 9 m | od domku ogrodowego do domu z 4 sypialniami

| Parterowe domy z drewna klejonego | drewno klejone od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm | od 8 x 5 m do 20 x 7 m | od jednej do czterech sypialni, także dla ośrodków wypoczynkowych i glampingu

| Domy z drewna klejonego | drewno klejone od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm | na przykład od 10,7 x 7,6 m do 16,68 x 22,67 m | jedno- i dwukondygnacyjne

| Domy na zamówienie | lite, Twin Skin lub drewno klejone | według Państwa projektu | wykonalność sprawdzana dla każdego projektu

Wszystkie wymiary są zewnętrzne i odpowiadają katalogowi z września 2026 roku. Nie są ograniczeniem: układ i wymiary dostosowuje się w projekcie na zamówienie, a model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego, z potwierdzeniem w ofercie. Strony modeli są na razie w języku angielskim.

## Dom drewniany na zamówienie: od projektu do zestawu

Dom drewniany na zamówienie może zacząć się od pomysłu, odręcznego szkicu albo kompletnego projektu architekta. Niezależnie od tego, czy to dom, domek letniskowy, czy inny budynek, opracowujemy go w systemie kalkulacji i projektowania, który Eurodita stworzyła dla własnych budynków i którego używa przy obsłudze zapytań i przygotowywaniu ofert dla klientów. Przebieg:

- Zapytanie ze szkicem lub projektem: na początek wystarczy szkic; jeśli są znane, prosimy zaznaczyć położenie okien i drzwi, grubość ściany i wysokości.

- Sprawdzenie zakresu produkcji: analizujemy rysunki i ustalamy, co powstaje jako konstrukcja z drewna litego, Twin Skin lub drewna klejonego, jaka ściana pasuje i jakie okna i drzwi są potrzebne.

- Cena, rysunki i 3D w jednym kroku: kalkulacja ceny, rysunki CAD 2D z wymiarowanymi rzutami i elewacjami, wizualizacja 3D oraz oferta w PDF z logo Eurodita powstają razem w tym samym systemie. Dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko.

- Oferta pisemna: w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu, z danymi technicznymi projektu i zestawieniem okien i drzwi.

- Produkcja: po Państwa akceptacji produkujemy konstrukcję drewnianą w zakładzie Eurodita według uzgodnionych rysunków.

Korzyść dla Państwa: widzą Państwo dom narysowany i wyceniony przed decyzją, a oferta jest aktualizowana przy każdej zmianie aż do pisemnej akceptacji. Jeśli potrzebne są obliczenia konstrukcyjne, wykonują je zewnętrzni specjaliści. Wykonalność sprawdzamy dla każdego projektu osobno i nie podajemy ogólnego maksymalnego rozmiaru. Projekt, zgłoszenie lub pozwolenie i odbiory należą do Państwa i Państwa projektanta.

## Ściany domów drewnianych: drewno lite, Twin Skin lub drewno klejone

Ścianę wybiera się według przeznaczenia domu i całego projektu. Eurodita produkuje trzy systemy:

- Drewno lite: bale ścienne o grubości 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, w jednej warstwie. Domy mieszkalne z katalogu mają ściany 44, 58 i 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (podwójna ściana): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm, czyli warstwa zewnętrzna, pustka i warstwa wewnętrzna o tej samej grubości. Pustka jest przewidziana na izolację, którą kupuje się na miejscu. Szerokość pustki nie jest specyfikacją izolacji.

- Drewno klejone: profile 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 i 220 x 260 mm. Drewno klejone powstaje w zakładzie Eurodita: klejone, profilowane i obrabiane.

Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego; dostępność dla Państwa domu potwierdzamy w ofercie. Nie podajemy parametrów cieplnych gotowego budynku: sama grubość ściany nie określa charakterystyki energetycznej budynku. Ścianę odpowiednią dla projektu dobiera Państwa projektant dla całego domu.

## Co zawiera zestaw domu drewnianego, a czego nie

Zestaw obejmuje drewnianą konstrukcję domu, wykonaną według rysunków Państwa zamówienia:

- ściany z drewna litego, Twin Skin lub drewna klejonego

- drewnianą konstrukcję podłogi i dachu, przygotowaną pod izolację tam, gdzie jest potrzebna

- drewniane okna i drzwi własnej produkcji, zgodnie z zamówieniem

- frezowane w zakładzie kanały na przewody, jeśli przewiduje je zamówienie

- rysunki i dokumenty Państwa zamówienia

Standardowy zestaw nie obejmuje:

- materiałów izolacyjnych

- pokrycia dachu, jeśli nie zostało zamówione

- fundamentów

- przyłączy oraz instalacji elektrycznej, wodno-kanalizacyjnej i gazowej

- montażu

Montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu. Fundamenty, przyłącza i instalacje planuje się z firmami i specjalistami z Państwa okolicy. Cena zależy od wymiarów zewnętrznych, ściany, liczby kondygnacji, okien i drzwi oraz uzgodnionego zakresu dostawy: dlatego nie ma cennika, tylko pisemna oferta dla Państwa domu.

## Zgłoszenie czy pozwolenie na budowę domu drewnianego w Polsce

Dom drewniany, w którym się mieszka, jest budynkiem niezależnie od technologii. Zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 ustawy Prawo budowlane (tekst jednolity Dz.U. 2026 poz. 524) zgłoszenia zamiast pozwolenia na budowę wymaga między innymi budowa wolno stojącego budynku mieszkalnego jednorodzinnego, którego obszar oddziaływania mieści się w całości na działce lub działkach, na których został zaprojektowany. Dotyczy to także wolno stojących, nie więcej niż dwukondygnacyjnych domów jednorodzinnych o powierzchni zabudowy do 70 m², budowanych w celu zaspokojenia własnych potrzeb mieszkaniowych inwestora.

Wolno stojące parterowe budynki rekreacji indywidualnej, czyli przeznaczone do okresowego wypoczynku, wymagają zgłoszenia przy powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², a powyżej 35 m² do 70 m² przy rozpiętości elementów konstrukcyjnych do 6 m i wysięgu wsporników do 2 m. Na działce może stać nie więcej niż jeden taki budynek na każde 500 m² jej powierzchni. Zgłoszenie składa się w organie administracji architektoniczno-budowlanej. Domkom letniskowym poświęciliśmy osobną stronę: Domki letniskowe i drewniane domki od producenta. O tym, co można zbudować na działce, decydują też miejscowy plan zagospodarowania przestrzennego albo decyzja o warunkach zabudowy, dlatego przed zamówieniem warto sprawdzić wymagania w starostwie lub urzędzie gminy.

Eurodita nie udziela porad prawnych i nie gwarantuje dla żadnego modelu, że można go zbudować bez zgłoszenia lub pozwolenia. Do dokumentacji przekazujemy rysunki i dane techniczne zestawu; projekt, zgłoszenie lub pozwolenie, obliczenia konstrukcyjne, charakterystyka energetyczna i odbiory należą do Państwa i Państwa projektanta.

## Domy drewniane bezpośrednio od producenta: jak kupić

Eurodita współpracuje głównie ze sprzedawcami, firmami budowlanymi, deweloperami i architektami. Większe domy mieszkalne mogą być wyceniane bezpośrednio dla klientów prywatnych, po ocenie projektu. Przy każdym projekcie ustalamy, czy możliwa jest dostawa bezpośrednia, czy przez sprzedawcę. Produkujemy też mniejsze domki ogrodowe; również dla nich drogę dostawy potwierdzamy dla każdego projektu.

Jeśli są Państwo sprzedawcą, zapraszamy na stronę Eurodita w Polsce. Ścieżka dla klientów prywatnych jest opisana na stronie Homes for private clients (w języku angielskim).

## Najczęstsze pytania

## Czy dom drewniany całoroczny wymaga pozwolenia na budowę?

Zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 Prawa budowlanego (Dz.U. 2026 poz. 524) wolno stojący dom jednorodzinny, którego obszar oddziaływania mieści się w całości na działce, wymaga zgłoszenia zamiast pozwolenia na budowę. Zgłoszenia wymagają też wolno stojące, nie więcej niż dwukondygnacyjne domy o powierzchni zabudowy do 70 m², budowane na własne potrzeby mieszkaniowe. Miejscowy plan albo warunki zabudowy określają, co można zbudować na działce: prosimy sprawdzić to przed zamówieniem.

## Jaki domek letniskowy można postawić na zgłoszenie?

Prawo budowlane (art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 16) przewiduje zgłoszenie dla wolno stojących parterowych budynków rekreacji indywidualnej o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², a powyżej 35 m² do 70 m² przy rozpiętości elementów konstrukcyjnych do 6 m i wysięgu wsporników do 2 m. Na działce może stać nie więcej niż jeden taki budynek na każde 500 m² jej powierzchni. Eurodita nie gwarantuje dla żadnego modelu, że spełni te warunki na Państwa działce.

## Ile kosztuje dom drewniany całoroczny?

Eurodita nie publikuje cen ani cennika. Cena zależy od wymiarów zewnętrznych, ściany, liczby kondygnacji, okien i drzwi oraz uzgodnionego zakresu dostawy. Każdy dom otrzymuje pisemną ofertę w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu; dostawę można wycenić osobno. Cenę liczymy w naszym systemie kalkulacji i projektowania razem z rysunkami i wizualizacją 3D, dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko. Do całego budżetu dochodzą fundamenty, izolacja, montaż, przyłącza, instalacje i formalności.

## Czy dom drewniany jest dostarczany pod klucz?

Montaż uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu, a dostawa pod klucz nie wchodzi w zakres standardowej dostawy. Eurodita dostarcza zestaw od producenta, czyli drewnianą konstrukcję domu wykonaną w zakładzie według Państwa rysunków, wraz z zamówionymi oknami i drzwiami. Izolacja, fundamenty, przyłącza, instalacje i montaż nie wchodzą w standardowy zestaw; montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu.

## Czy można zamówić dom według własnego projektu?

Tak. Prosimy przesłać projekt architekta albo na początek szkic. Sprawdzamy, co można wykonać z drewna litego, jako ścianę Twin Skin lub z drewna klejonego, i jaka ściana pasuje. W naszym systemie kalkulacji i projektowania przygotowujemy razem cenę, rysunki CAD 2D, wizualizację 3D i ofertę, a następnie przesyłamy ofertę pisemną. Obliczenia konstrukcyjne w razie potrzeby wykonują zewnętrzni specjaliści; zgłoszenie lub pozwolenie oraz charakterystyka energetyczna należą do Państwa i Państwa projektanta.

## Czym różnią się drewno lite, Twin Skin i drewno klejone?

Drewno lite to ściana z jednej warstwy bali o grubości od 19 do 70 mm. Twin Skin to podwójna ściana, na przykład 44-100-44 mm, z pustką na izolację kupowaną na miejscu. Drewno klejone, w profilach od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm, jest klejone, profilowane i obrabiane w zakładzie Eurodita. Wybór zależy od przeznaczenia i projektu; model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego.

## Jak przygotować zapytanie

Prosimy podać gminę i województwo działki, przeznaczenie (dom całoroczny, domek letniskowy lub obiekt noclegowy), model albo pożądane wymiary zewnętrzne, liczbę sypialni i kondygnacji, ścianę, jeśli jest już wybrana, oraz posiadane szkice lub rysunki. Prosimy też napisać, czy piszą Państwo jako klient prywatny, profesjonalista czy sprzedawca.

Analizujemy projekt i odpowiadamy, wskazując odpowiednią drogę dostawy, a gdy informacji jest wystarczająco dużo, przesyłamy pisemną ofertę z rysunkami.

Wyślij zapytanie

Domy drewniane całoroczne i domki letniskowe, także na zamówienie Wyślij zapytanie


---

# Sauna ogrodowa: drewniany domek od producenta
URL: https://eurodita.com/pl-market/sauna-ogrodowa/

## Sauna ogrodowa: drewniany domek od producenta

Drewniany budynek sauny od producenta

Planują Państwo saunę ogrodową w drewnianym domku? Eurodita produkuje budynki drewniane we własnym zakładzie na Litwie od 1994 roku i dostarcza domki z bali jako zestawy bezpośrednio od producenta, także z wydzielonym pomieszczeniem sauny. Dostarczamy sam budynek: drewnianą konstrukcję oraz okna i drzwi zewnętrzne budynku. Piec, ławy, drzwi do pomieszczenia sauny i wyposażenie sauny nie są częścią dostawy Eurodita; ich dobór i montaż należy uzgodnić z lokalnymi specjalistami.

Wyślij zapytanie Eurodita w Polsce

Nie publikujemy cennika. Dla każdego domku przygotowujemy pisemną ofertę według wymiarów zewnętrznych, wybranego systemu ścian i uzgodnionej dostawy.

## W skrócie

Co dostarczamy: drewniany budynek sauny ogrodowej jako zestaw: ściany, konstrukcję podłogi i dachu oraz okna i drzwi zewnętrzne budynku, według rysunków zamówienia.

Czego nie dostarczamy: pieca, ław, drzwi do pomieszczenia sauny i wyposażenia sauny, paroizolacji, materiałów izolacyjnych, instalacji elektrycznej ani komina.

Model z sauną: Log Cabin With Sauna Room, 5,7 x 3,7 m według wymiarów zewnętrznych, ściana 44 mm, z wydzielonym pomieszczeniem sauny.

Na wymiar: pomieszczenie sauny można zaplanować także w innym modelu lub w projekcie według Państwa szkicu; podział wnętrza ustalamy w rysunkach.

Zgłoszenie: Prawo budowlane nie wymienia sauny osobno; wolno stojące parterowe budynki gospodarcze i budynki rekreacji indywidualnej do 35 m² wymagają zgłoszenia (art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 14 i 16).

Producent: Eurodita produkuje budynki drewniane we własnym zakładzie na Litwie od 1994 roku.

Oferta: pisemna, w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu; dostawę możemy wycenić osobno.

## Czy saunę w ogrodzie trzeba zgłaszać?

Ustawa Prawo budowlane (tekst jednolity Dz.U. 2026 poz. 524) nie wymienia sauny ogrodowej jako osobnej kategorii. Wolno stojący budynek sauny kwalifikuje się według jego przeznaczenia. Zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 14 zgłoszenia zamiast pozwolenia na budowę wymaga budowa wolno stojących parterowych budynków gospodarczych o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², przy czym łączna liczba takich obiektów na działce nie może przekraczać dwóch na każde 500 m² jej powierzchni. Zgodnie z art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 16 zgłoszenia wymaga też budowa wolno stojących parterowych budynków rekreacji indywidualnej, czyli przeznaczonych do okresowego wypoczynku (art. 3 pkt 2g), o powierzchni zabudowy do 35 m², a powyżej 35 m² do 70 m² przy rozpiętości elementów konstrukcyjnych do 6 m i wysięgu wsporników do 2 m; takich budynków może być najwyżej jeden na każde 500 m² działki.

Sposób zastosowania tych przepisów do konkretnego budynku sauny należy potwierdzić w urzędzie albo u projektanta; o tym, co można zbudować na działce, decydują też miejscowy plan zagospodarowania przestrzennego albo decyzja o warunkach zabudowy. Eurodita dostarcza wyłącznie drewniany budynek: piec, komin, instalacje i wyposażenie sauny należy uzgodnić z lokalnymi specjalistami. Przed zamówieniem prosimy sprawdzić zasady dla swojej działki w urzędzie albo u projektanta. Eurodita nie udziela porad prawnych i nie gwarantuje, że dany budynek można postawić na zgłoszenie. Do dokumentacji dostarczamy rysunki i dane techniczne zestawu.

## Domek z sauną: model z katalogu

W katalogu mamy domek z wydzielonym pomieszczeniem sauny. Dane podajemy według karty katalogowej:

| Model | Wymiary zewnętrzne | Powierzchnia obrysu | Wysokość okapu | Wysokość kalenicy | Ściana

| Log Cabin With Sauna Room | 5,7 x 3,7 m | 21,1 m² | 2,21 m | 2,57 m | 44 x 130 mm

Wymiary są zewnętrzne i odpowiadają katalogowi z września 2026 roku; powierzchnia obrysu 21,1 m² pochodzi z karty katalogowej, a powierzchnię zabudowy według przepisów określa projektant. Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego; dostępność potwierdza oferta. Pomieszczenie sauny można zaplanować także w innych domkach z katalogu, na przykład od 12 m² według wymiarów zewnętrznych, albo w projekcie na wymiar; przegląd modeli znajdą Państwo na stronie domków ogrodowych. Strony modeli są na razie po angielsku.

## Ściany: drewno lite, Twin Skin lub drewno klejone

Ścianę wybiera się według sposobu użytkowania budynku i całego projektu. Eurodita produkuje trzy systemy ścian:

- Drewno lite: bale ścienne o grubości 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, w jednej warstwie.

- Twin Skin (podwójna ściana): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 i 58-100-58 mm, czyli warstwa zewnętrzna, przestrzeń i warstwa wewnętrzna tej samej grubości. Przestrzeń jest przeznaczona na izolację, którą kupuje się na miejscu. Szerokość przestrzeni nie jest specyfikacją izolacji.

- Drewno klejone: profile 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 i 220 x 260 mm. Drewno klejone produkujemy we własnym zakładzie: sami je klejimy, profilujemy i obrabiamy.

Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego; dostępność potwierdza oferta. Nie podajemy właściwości cieplnych ani parametrów pracy sauny w gotowym budynku: zależą one od pieca, izolacji, paroizolacji i wentylacji, które dobierają lokalni specjaliści.

## Co zawiera zestaw, a czego nie

Zestaw obejmuje drewnianą konstrukcję budynku wykonaną na podstawie rysunków przygotowanych dla Państwa zamówienia:

- ściany z drewna litego, Twin Skin lub drewna klejonego, z podziałem wnętrza według rysunków

- drewnianą konstrukcję podłogi i dachu, tam gdzie potrzeba, przygotowaną do izolacji

- drewniane okna i drzwi zewnętrzne budynku własnej produkcji według zamówienia

- kanały kablowe frezowane w zakładzie, jeśli zamówienie je przewiduje

- rysunki i dokumenty zamówienia

Standardowy zestaw nie obejmuje:

- pieca do sauny, ław, drzwi do pomieszczenia sauny i wyposażenia sauny

- paroizolacji i materiałów izolacyjnych

- komina i przewodów spalinowych

- instalacji elektrycznych, wodnych i kanalizacyjnych oraz przyłączy

- pokrycia dachowego, jeśli nie zostało zamówione

- fundamentu

- montażu

Montaż i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu. Wyposażenie sauny, piec, komin, instalacje i fundament prosimy planować z lokalnymi firmami i specjalistami. Cena zależy od wymiarów zewnętrznych, rodzaju ściany, okien i drzwi oraz uzgodnionego sposobu dostawy, dlatego zamiast cennika przygotowujemy pisemną ofertę dla Państwa budynku.

## Na wymiar: od szkicu do zestawu

Jeśli żaden model z katalogu nie pasuje, możemy zacząć od szkicu albo od rysunków architekta, na przykład z pomieszczeniem sauny i przebieralnią. Cenę obliczamy i ofertę przygotowujemy we własnym systemie kalkulacji i projektowania Eurodita, a razem z ofertą otrzymują Państwo rysunki 2D i wizualizację 3D. Dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko. Jeśli potrzebne są obliczenia konstrukcyjne, wykonują je zewnętrzni specjaliści.

## Jak kupić

Eurodita współpracuje przede wszystkim ze sprzedawcami, firmami budowlanymi, deweloperami i architektami. W przypadku saun ogrodowych i innych mniejszych budynków dla każdego projektu uzgadniamy, czy kupują Państwo bezpośrednio, czy przez partnera handlowego. Więcej o domkach letniskowych piszemy na stronie Domki letniskowe i drewniane domki od producenta.

Jeśli są Państwo sprzedawcą, więcej informacji znajdą Państwo na stronie Eurodita w Polsce.

## Najczęstsze pytania

## Czy saunę w ogrodzie trzeba zgłaszać?

Prawo budowlane nie wymienia sauny ogrodowej osobno. Wolno stojące parterowe budynki gospodarcze do 35 m² powierzchni zabudowy oraz budynki rekreacji indywidualnej do 35 m² (a przy spełnieniu dodatkowych warunków do 70 m²) wymagają zgłoszenia zamiast pozwolenia na budowę (art. 29 ust. 1 pkt 14 i 16). Kwalifikację konkretnego budynku i zasady dla działki prosimy potwierdzić w urzędzie albo u projektanta.

## Czy dostarczacie saunę z piecem i ławami?

Nie. Eurodita dostarcza wyłącznie drewniany budynek: ściany, konstrukcję podłogi i dachu oraz okna i drzwi zewnętrzne budynku. Piec, ławy, drzwi do pomieszczenia sauny i pozostałe wyposażenie, a także paroizolacja, izolacja, komin i instalacje nie wchodzą w zakres dostawy; ich dobór i montaż należy uzgodnić z lokalnymi specjalistami.

## Ile kosztuje sauna ogrodowa?

Eurodita nie publikuje cen ani cenników. Cena budynku zależy od wymiarów zewnętrznych, rodzaju ściany, okien i drzwi oraz uzgodnionego sposobu dostawy. Dla każdego budynku przygotowujemy pisemną ofertę w EUR, EXW zakład Eurodita, bez VAT i bez transportu. Cenę obliczamy we własnym systemie, który przygotowuje też rysunki i wizualizację 3D, dlatego oferta przychodzi zwykle szybko. Wyposażenie sauny, piec, komin, instalacje, fundament i montaż planuje się osobno.

## Jakiej wielkości może być domek z sauną?

Model z katalogu z wydzielonym pomieszczeniem sauny ma 5,7 x 3,7 m według wymiarów zewnętrznych. Pomieszczenie sauny można zaplanować także w innych domkach z katalogu albo w projekcie na wymiar według Państwa szkicu; podział wnętrza ustalamy w rysunkach.

## Jaka ściana do sauny ogrodowej?

Produkujemy ściany z drewna litego w profilach 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, podwójne ściany Twin Skin i drewno klejone. Model z drewna litego można wykonać w każdym z profili 28, 34, 44, 58 i 70 mm, a model z drewna klejonego w każdym profilu z drewna klejonego. Profil 19 mm stosuje się tylko w modelach, które są z nim w katalogu. Nie podajemy parametrów pracy sauny ani właściwości cieplnych gotowego budynku; zależą one od pieca, izolacji, paroizolacji i wentylacji, które dobierają lokalni specjaliści.

## Czy montujecie saunę na miejscu?

Standardowa dostawa to zestaw od producenta. Montaż budynku i jego organizację uzgadniamy dla każdego projektu. Wyposażenie sauny, piec, komin i instalacje nie wchodzą w zakres dostawy; należy je uzgodnić z lokalnymi specjalistami.

## Jak przygotować zapytanie

Prosimy podać gminę i miejscowość działki, wybrany model albo wymiary zewnętrzne, planowany podział na pomieszczenie sauny, przebieralnię lub strefę wypoczynku, planowaną odległość od granicy działki, system ścian, jeśli jest już wybrany, oraz ewentualne szkice. Prosimy też napisać, czy kontaktują się Państwo z nami jako osoba prywatna, specjalista czy sprzedawca.

Ocenimy projekt i odpowiemy, w jaki sposób można kupić budynek, a jeśli dane będą wystarczające, prześlemy pisemną ofertę z rysunkami.

Wyślij zapytanie

Drewniany budynek sauny od producenta Wyślij zapytanie


---

# Casas pré-fabricadas de madeira do fabricante, também por medida
URL: https://eurodita.com/pt-market/casas-de-madeira-pre-fabricadas/

## Casas pré-fabricadas de madeira do fabricante, também por medida

Casas de madeira habitáveis, também por medida

Procura uma casa pré-fabricada de madeira para viver, como habitação própria, casa para um familiar ou casa de férias? A Eurodita fabrica edifícios de madeira desde 1994 na sua própria fábrica na Lituânia. Paredes, janelas e portas de madeira e os desenhos do projeto saem da mesma fábrica: define a planta, a espessura das paredes e a posição das janelas diretamente com o fabricante.

Enviar pedido Eurodita em Portugal

As nossas casas de madeira habitáveis têm de um a quatro quartos, com um ou dois pisos. Além dos modelos do catálogo, fabricamos casas de madeira por medida, chalés e bungalows de madeira a partir do seu esboço ou do projeto do seu arquiteto. O preço, os desenhos e a visualização 3D são preparados no nosso próprio sistema de cálculo e projeto.

Não publicamos tabela de preços. Cada casa recebe um orçamento escrito, de acordo com as medidas, a parede escolhida e o fornecimento acordado.

## Em resumo

Fabricante: a Eurodita fabrica edifícios de madeira desde 1994 na sua fábrica na Lituânia.

Modelos habitáveis: casas de um a quatro quartos, casas de parede dupla Twin Skin, bungalows de um piso em madeira lamelada colada e projetos por medida.

Por medida: preço, desenhos CAD 2D, visualização 3D e proposta são gerados em conjunto no sistema de cálculo e projeto da Eurodita; por isso o orçamento chega normalmente depressa.

Paredes: madeira maciça de 19 a 70 mm, Twin Skin de 44-50-44 a 58-100-58 mm, madeira lamelada colada de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm. Um modelo em madeira maciça pode ser fabricado em qualquer um dos perfis de 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, e um modelo em madeira lamelada colada em qualquer perfil de madeira lamelada colada. O perfil de 19 mm é usado apenas nos modelos que constam com ele no catálogo.

Licenciamento: uma casa pré-fabricada é uma edificação como qualquer outra e precisa, em regra, de licença ou comunicação prévia na câmara municipal.

Orçamento: escrito, em EUR, EXW fábrica da Eurodita, sem IVA e sem transporte; a entrega pode ser orçamentada à parte.

Canal de fornecimento: as habitações de maior dimensão podem ser orçamentadas diretamente a particulares, após avaliação do projeto. Em cada projeto acordamos se o fornecimento direto é possível ou se passa por um revendedor.

## Casas de madeira habitáveis: modelos de um a quatro quartos

As nossas casas habitáveis são usadas como habitação própria, anexo habitacional e casa de férias. A planta interior, com casa de banho, cozinha e arrumos, é definida nos desenhos do projeto antes do fabrico. A tabela mostra as famílias de modelos e as medidas que o catálogo oferece hoje:

| Família | Paredes no catálogo | Medidas exteriores no catálogo | Notas

| Casas de 1 quarto | maciça 44 ou 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 5,85 x 4,1 m a 7 x 10,3 m | de um piso, alguns modelos com mezanino

| Casas de 2 quartos | maciça 44 ou 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 6 x 5,8 m a 10,1 x 8 m | de um piso

| Casas de 3 quartos | maciça 44, 58 ou 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 10 x 6 m a 12 x 7 m; de dois pisos 8,45 x 7,6 m | quase todas de um piso, um modelo de dois pisos

| Casas de 4 quartos | maciça 58 ou 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de 8,45 x 7,6 m (dois pisos) a 16 x 9 m | de um ou dois pisos

| Casas Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm no catálogo, quatro composições disponíveis | de 4 x 3 m a 16 x 9 m | do abrigo de jardim à casa de 4 quartos

| Bungalows em madeira lamelada colada | lamelada de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm | de 8 x 5 m a 20 x 7 m | de um piso, de um a quatro quartos, também para parques de campismo e glamping

| Casas em madeira lamelada colada | lamelada de 70 x 130 a 220 x 260 mm | por exemplo de 10,7 x 7,6 m a 16,68 x 22,67 m | de um e dois pisos

| Casas por medida | maciça, Twin Skin ou lamelada | de acordo com o seu projeto | viabilidade verificada projeto a projeto

Todas as medidas são exteriores e correspondem ao catálogo de setembro de 2026. Não são um limite: a planta e as medidas adaptam-se num projeto por medida, e um modelo em madeira maciça pode ser fabricado em qualquer um dos perfis de 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, e um modelo em madeira lamelada colada em qualquer perfil de madeira lamelada colada, com confirmação no orçamento. As páginas dos modelos estão, por enquanto, em inglês.

## Casas modulares de madeira: módulo ou kit

Muitas pessoas procuram casas modulares. Na Eurodita, uma casa pré-fabricada de madeira é normalmente fornecida em kit: a estrutura de madeira é fabricada e preparada na fábrica e montada no terreno. Um bungalow em madeira lamelada colada pode ser fornecido como módulo transportável montado na fábrica quando o projeto o permite; caso contrário, é fornecido em kit. Confirmamos isso projeto a projeto, no orçamento.

## Casa de madeira por medida: do seu projeto ao kit

Uma casa de madeira por medida pode partir de uma ideia, de um esboço à mão ou do projeto completo do seu arquiteto. Seja uma habitação, uma casa de férias, um bungalow ou outro edifício, desenvolvemo-lo no sistema de cálculo e projeto que a Eurodita criou para os seus próprios edifícios e que usa nos pedidos e orçamentos reais dos seus clientes. O processo é este:

- Pedido com esboço ou projeto: para começar basta um esboço; indique, se já as conhecer, a posição de janelas e portas, a espessura da parede e as alturas.

- Análise do âmbito de fabrico: estudamos os desenhos para determinar o que é fabricado como estrutura de madeira maciça, Twin Skin ou lamelada, que parede convém e que janelas e portas são necessárias.

- Preço, desenhos e 3D num só passo: o cálculo do preço, os desenhos CAD 2D com plantas e alçados cotados, a visualização 3D e uma proposta em PDF são gerados em conjunto no mesmo sistema. Por isso o orçamento chega normalmente depressa.

- Orçamento escrito: em EUR, EXW fábrica da Eurodita, sem IVA e sem transporte, com os dados técnicos do projeto e a lista de janelas e portas.

- Fabrico: após a sua aprovação, fabricamos a estrutura de madeira na fábrica da Eurodita de acordo com os desenhos acordados.

A vantagem para si: vê a casa desenhada e orçamentada antes de decidir, e o orçamento é atualizado a cada alteração até à sua aprovação por escrito. Quando é necessário um cálculo estrutural, este é feito por especialistas externos. Verificamos a viabilidade projeto a projeto e não indicamos uma dimensão máxima geral. O projeto de licenciamento, a licença e as vistorias cabem a si e ao seu técnico.

## Paredes das casas de madeira: maciça, Twin Skin ou lamelada colada

A parede escolhe-se de acordo com o uso da casa e com o projeto no seu conjunto. A Eurodita fabrica três sistemas:

- Madeira maciça: troncos de parede de 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm de espessura, numa só camada. As casas habitáveis do catálogo usam 44, 58 e 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (parede dupla): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 e 58-100-58 mm, ou seja, pano exterior, caixa de ar e pano interior da mesma espessura. A caixa de ar está prevista para o isolamento, que se compra localmente. A largura da caixa de ar não é uma especificação de isolamento.

- Madeira lamelada colada: perfis de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 e 220 x 260 mm. A madeira lamelada colada é produzida na fábrica da Eurodita: colada, perfilada e maquinada.

Um modelo em madeira maciça pode ser fabricado em qualquer um dos perfis de 28, 34, 44, 58 e 70 mm, e um modelo em madeira lamelada colada em qualquer perfil de madeira lamelada colada; a disponibilidade para a sua casa é confirmada no orçamento. Não indicamos o desempenho térmico da casa acabada: a espessura da parede, por si só, não determina a eficiência energética do edifício. A parede adequada ao seu projeto é definida pelo seu técnico para a casa no seu conjunto.

## O que inclui o kit da casa de madeira e o que não inclui

O kit inclui a estrutura de madeira da casa, fabricada de acordo com os desenhos da sua encomenda:

- as paredes em madeira maciça, Twin Skin ou lamelada colada

- a estrutura de madeira do pavimento e da cobertura, preparada para o isolamento onde necessário

- as janelas e portas de madeira de fabrico próprio, de acordo com a encomenda

- as passagens para cabos fresadas na fábrica, se a encomenda as previr

- os desenhos e documentos da sua encomenda

Não fazem parte do kit standard:

- os materiais de isolamento

- o revestimento da cobertura, se não for encomendado

- as fundações

- as ligações às redes e as instalações elétricas, de águas, de esgotos e de gás

- a montagem

A montagem e a sua organização são acordadas projeto a projeto. As fundações, as ligações e as instalações são planeadas com empresas e técnicos da sua zona. O preço depende das medidas exteriores, da parede, do número de pisos, das janelas e portas e do fornecimento acordado: por isso não há tabela de preços, mas um orçamento escrito para a sua casa.

## É preciso licença para uma casa pré-fabricada?

Sim, em regra. Para o Regime Jurídico da Urbanização e Edificação (RJUE, Decreto-Lei n.º 555/99), uma edificação é qualquer construção destinada a utilização humana ou que se incorpore no território com carácter de permanência, independentemente do sistema construtivo. Uma casa pré-fabricada ou modular de madeira é, portanto, uma edificação como uma casa de alvenaria.

As obras de construção estão sujeitas a licença ou a comunicação prévia, conforme a localização (artigo 4.º). A comunicação prévia aplica-se, por exemplo, em área abrangida por plano de pormenor, unidade de execução ou operação de loteamento que defina, entre outros, os alinhamentos, a implantação, a altura, o número de pisos e de fogos e a área de construção, ou em certas obras em zona urbana consolidada; nos restantes casos aplica-se, em regra, a licença. O requerimento ou a comunicação é acompanhado das declarações de responsabilidade dos autores dos projetos e do coordenador, e só técnicos legalmente habilitados podem subscrever os projetos (artigo 10.º).

Ficam isentas de controlo prévio as obras de escassa relevância urbanística (artigo 6.º-A), por exemplo, edificações, contíguas ou não ao edifício principal, com altura não superior a 2,2 m ou, em alternativa, à cércea do rés do chão do edifício principal, com área igual ou inferior a 10 m² e que não confinem com a via pública. O regulamento municipal pode prever outras obras de escassa relevância. Uma casa para habitar fica muito acima destes limites.

A revisão do RJUE pelo Decreto-Lei n.º 108/2026 entra em vigor a 1 de outubro de 2026, de acordo com o Decreto-Lei n.º 155-B/2026. As regras descritas acima mantêm-se no texto revisto. Consulte na câmara municipal o que pode construir no seu terreno antes de fazer a encomenda.

A Eurodita não presta aconselhamento jurídico e não garante para nenhum modelo que possa ser construído sem licença. Para o projeto fornecemos os desenhos e os dados técnicos do kit; o projeto, a licença, o cálculo estrutural, a eficiência energética e a utilização cabem a si e ao seu técnico.

## Casas de madeira diretamente do fabricante: como comprar

A Eurodita trabalha sobretudo com revendedores, construtores, promotores e arquitetos. As habitações de maior dimensão podem ser orçamentadas diretamente a particulares, após avaliação do projeto. Em cada projeto acordamos se o fornecimento direto é possível ou se passa por um revendedor. Também fabricamos abrigos de jardim mais pequenos; também nesse caso o canal de fornecimento é confirmado projeto a projeto.

Se é revendedor, consulte a nossa página Eurodita em Portugal. Se é particular, o percurso para clientes diretos está descrito na página Homes for private clients (em inglês).

## Perguntas frequentes

## É preciso licença para uma casa pré-fabricada de madeira?

Sim, em regra. Para o RJUE, uma edificação é qualquer construção para utilização humana ou incorporada no território com carácter de permanência, independentemente do sistema construtivo. As obras de construção estão sujeitas a licença ou a comunicação prévia na câmara municipal, com projetos subscritos por técnicos habilitados. Só as obras de escassa relevância urbanística ficam isentas, por exemplo, edificações, contíguas ou não ao edifício principal, até 2,2 m de altura e 10 m² de área, que não confinem com a via pública. Consulte a câmara municipal antes de fazer a encomenda.

## Quanto custa uma casa pré-fabricada de madeira?

A Eurodita não publica preços nem tabelas. O preço depende das medidas exteriores, da parede, do número de pisos, das janelas e portas e do fornecimento acordado. Cada casa recebe um orçamento escrito, em EUR, EXW fábrica da Eurodita, sem IVA e sem transporte; a entrega pode ser orçamentada à parte. Calculamos o preço no nosso sistema de cálculo e projeto, onde preparamos também os desenhos e a visualização 3D, por isso o orçamento chega normalmente depressa. Ao custo total somam-se fundações, isolamento, montagem, ligações, instalações e licenciamento.

## Qual é a diferença entre casa modular e casa pré-fabricada?

Uma casa modular pode ser entregue em módulos montados na fábrica; uma casa pré-fabricada em kit é fabricada na fábrica e montada no terreno. A Eurodita fornece as suas casas de madeira normalmente em kit. Um bungalow em madeira lamelada colada pode ser fornecido como módulo transportável montado na fábrica quando o projeto o permite; confirmamos isso projeto a projeto. Para a licença, ambos são edificações.

## Pode-se viver todo o ano numa casa de madeira?

As nossas casas habitáveis são usadas como habitação própria, anexo habitacional e casa de férias. O uso durante todo o ano depende do projeto completo: parede escolhida, isolamento, fundações, instalações e montagem. O kit inclui a estrutura de madeira preparada para o isolamento onde necessário; os materiais de isolamento compram-se localmente. Não indicamos o desempenho térmico da casa acabada: a eficiência energética é definida para a casa inteira com o seu técnico.

## A casa de madeira é entregue chave na mão?

A montagem é acordada projeto a projeto, e a entrega chave na mão não faz parte do fornecimento standard. A Eurodita fornece o kit do fabricante, ou seja, a estrutura de madeira da casa fabricada de acordo com os seus desenhos, com as janelas e portas encomendadas. Isolamento, fundações, ligações, instalações e montagem não fazem parte do kit standard; a montagem e a sua organização são acordadas projeto a projeto.

## Podem fabricar a casa de acordo com o projeto do meu arquiteto?

Sim. Envie-nos o projeto do seu arquiteto ou, para começar, um esboço. Verificamos o que é fabricado como estrutura de madeira maciça, Twin Skin ou lamelada colada e que parede convém. No nosso sistema de cálculo e projeto calculamos o preço e preparamos os desenhos CAD 2D, a visualização 3D e a proposta; depois recebe um orçamento escrito. Se for necessário, o cálculo estrutural é feito por especialistas externos; a licença e a eficiência energética cabem a si e ao seu técnico.

## Como preparar o seu pedido

Indique-nos o distrito e o concelho do terreno, o uso previsto (habitação, casa de férias ou bungalow para alojamento turístico), o modelo ou as medidas exteriores pretendidas, o número de quartos e de pisos, a parede se já a escolheu e os esboços ou desenhos de que disponha. Diga-nos também se nos escreve como particular, como profissional ou como revendedor.

Estudamos o projeto e respondemos com o canal de fornecimento adequado e, quando os dados são suficientes, com um orçamento escrito acompanhado de desenhos.

Enviar pedido

Casas de madeira habitáveis, também por medida Enviar pedido


---

# Case din lemn de locuit, direct de la producător
URL: https://eurodita.com/ro-market/case-din-lemn/

## Case din lemn de locuit, direct de la producător

Case din lemn de locuit, și la comandă

Căutați o casă din lemn în care să locuiți, pentru dumneavoastră, pentru familie sau ca locuință de vacanță? Eurodita produce clădiri din lemn în Lituania din 1994, în fabrica proprie. Pereții, ferestrele și ușile din lemn și desenele proiectului provin din aceeași fabrică: stabiliți planul, grosimea pereților și poziția ferestrelor direct cu producătorul.

Trimiteți o cerere Eurodita în România

Casele noastre din lemn de locuit au de la unul la patru dormitoare, pe unul sau două niveluri. Pe lângă modelele din catalog, producem case din lemn la comandă, cabane și bungalouri din lemn după schița dumneavoastră sau după proiectul arhitectului. Prețul, desenele și vizualizarea 3D le pregătim în propriul nostru sistem de calcul și proiectare.

Nu publicăm listă de prețuri. Pentru fiecare casă pregătim o ofertă scrisă, în funcție de dimensiuni, sistemul de pereți ales și livrarea convenită.

## Pe scurt

Producător: Eurodita produce clădiri din lemn în Lituania din 1994, în fabrica proprie.

Modele de locuit: case cu unul până la patru dormitoare, case cu perete dublu Twin Skin, bungalouri parter din lemn lamelar și proiecte la comandă.

La comandă: prețul, desenele CAD 2D, vizualizarea 3D și propunerea se realizează împreună în sistemul de calcul și proiectare Eurodita; de aceea, atunci când datele sunt complete, oferta vine de regulă repede.

Pereți: lemn masiv de la 19 la 70 mm, Twin Skin de la 44-50-44 la 58-100-58 mm, lemn lamelar de la 70 x 130 la 220 x 260 mm. Un model din lemn masiv poate fi realizat în oricare dintre profilele de 28, 34, 44, 58 și 70 mm, iar un model din lemn lamelar încleiat în orice profil din lemn lamelar încleiat. Profilul de 19 mm se folosește numai la modelele care apar cu el în catalog.

Autorizare: din 25 august 2026 este în vigoare Codul amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026); o casă nouă necesită, în general, autorizație de construire.

Ofertă: scrisă, în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport; livrarea poate fi calculată separat.

Canal de livrare: casele de locuit mai mari pot fi ofertate direct persoanelor fizice, după evaluarea proiectului. Pentru fiecare proiect stabilim dacă livrarea directă este posibilă sau se face printr-un comerciant.

## Case din lemn de locuit: modele cu unul până la patru dormitoare

Casele noastre de locuit sunt folosite ca locuință principală, casă pentru un membru al familiei și casă de vacanță. Planul interior, cu baie, bucătărie și spații de depozitare, se stabilește în desenele proiectului înainte de producție. Tabelul arată familiile de modele și dimensiunile pe care le oferă astăzi catalogul:

| Familie | Pereți în catalog | Dimensiuni exterioare în catalog | Observații

| Case cu 1 dormitor | masiv 44 sau 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de la 5,85 x 4,1 m la 7 x 10,3 m | parter, unele modele cu mansardă

| Case cu 2 dormitoare | masiv 44 sau 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de la 6 x 5,8 m la 10,1 x 8 m | parter

| Case cu 3 dormitoare | masiv 44, 58 sau 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de la 10 x 6 m la 12 x 7 m; pe două niveluri 8,45 x 7,6 m | aproape toate parter, un model pe două niveluri

| Case cu 4 dormitoare | masiv 58 sau 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | de la 8,45 x 7,6 m (două niveluri) la 16 x 9 m | unul sau două niveluri

| Case Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm în catalog, patru alcătuiri disponibile | de la 4 x 3 m la 16 x 9 m | de la căsuța de grădină la casa cu 4 dormitoare

| Bungalouri din lemn lamelar | lamelar de la 70 x 130 la 220 x 260 mm | de la 8 x 5 m la 20 x 7 m | parter, de la unul la patru dormitoare, și pentru campinguri și glamping

| Case din lemn lamelar | lamelar de la 70 x 130 la 220 x 260 mm | de exemplu de la 10,7 x 7,6 m la 16,68 x 22,67 m | unul și două niveluri

| Case la comandă | masiv, Twin Skin sau lamelar | după proiectul dumneavoastră | fezabilitate verificată pentru fiecare proiect

Toate dimensiunile sunt exterioare și corespund catalogului din septembrie 2026. Dimensiunile din tabel nu sunt o limită: într-un proiect la comandă, planul și dimensiunile se adaptează, după verificarea fezabilității, iar un model din lemn masiv poate fi realizat în oricare dintre profilele de 28, 34, 44, 58 și 70 mm, iar un model din lemn lamelar încleiat în orice profil din lemn lamelar încleiat, cu confirmare în ofertă. Paginile modelelor sunt deocamdată în limba engleză.

Mai jos vedeți planurile a patru modele, privite de sus. Imaginile arată compartimentarea din catalog. Într-un proiect la comandă pot fi modificate compartimentarea, poziția ferestrelor și cea a ușilor.

Un dormitor, 6 x 5 m : 30 m² după dimensiunile exterioare, perete de 44 mm.

Un dormitor, 5 x 7 m : 35 m² după dimensiunile exterioare, perete de 44 mm.

Două dormitoare, 6 x 5,8 m : 34,8 m² după dimensiunile exterioare, perete de 44 mm.

Două dormitoare, 7 x 5,5 m : 38,5 m² după dimensiunile exterioare, perete de 44 mm.

## Casă din lemn la comandă: de la proiectul dumneavoastră la kit

O casă din lemn la comandă poate porni de la o idee, de la o schiță de mână sau de la proiectul complet al arhitectului. Fie că este vorba de o locuință, o casă de vacanță, un bungalou sau o altă clădire, o dezvoltăm în sistemul de calcul și proiectare pe care Eurodita l-a creat pentru propriile clădiri și pe care îl folosește la cererile și ofertele reale ale clienților. Procesul este următorul:

- Cerere cu schiță sau proiect: pentru început este suficientă o schiță; indicați, dacă le cunoașteți deja, poziția ferestrelor și ușilor, grosimea peretelui și înălțimile clădirii.

- Analiza posibilităților de producție: studiem desenele pentru a stabili ce se produce ca structură din lemn masiv, Twin Skin sau lamelar, ce perete se potrivește și ce ferestre și uși sunt necesare.

- Preț, desene și 3D într-un singur pas: calculul prețului, desenele CAD 2D cu planuri și fațade cotate, vizualizarea 3D și o propunere în PDF se realizează împreună în același sistem. De aceea, atunci când datele sunt complete, oferta vine de regulă repede.

- Ofertă scrisă: în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport, cu datele tehnice ale proiectului și lista ferestrelor și ușilor.

- Producție: după aprobarea dumneavoastră, producem structura din lemn în fabrica Eurodita după desenele convenite.

Avantajul pentru dumneavoastră: vedeți casa desenată și calculată înainte de a decide, iar oferta se actualizează la fiecare modificare până la aprobarea dumneavoastră scrisă. Acolo unde este nevoie de un calcul structural, acesta este realizat de specialiști externi. Verificăm fezabilitatea pentru fiecare proiect și nu indicăm o dimensiune maximă generală. Proiectul, autorizarea și verificările rămân în sarcina dumneavoastră și a proiectantului.

Exemplul de mai jos este un proiect la comandă de 7,84 x 4,34 m, cu perete de 70 mm, pregătit în sistemul nostru. Prețurile nu sunt afișate. Alte desene ale aceluiași proiect găsiți pe pagina Bespoke log cabins, în limba engleză.

Vizualizare 3D pregătită din model.

Plan cu dimensiuni exterioare, interioare și goluri.

## Pereții caselor din lemn: masiv, Twin Skin sau lamelar

Peretele se alege în funcție de utilizarea casei și de proiect în ansamblu. Eurodita produce trei sisteme:

- Lemn masiv: grinzi de perete de 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 și 70 mm grosime, într-un singur strat. Casele de locuit din catalog folosesc 44, 58 și 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (perete dublu): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 și 58-100-58 mm, adică strat exterior, spațiu intermediar și strat interior de aceeași grosime. Spațiul intermediar este prevăzut pentru izolație, care se cumpără local. Lățimea spațiului nu este o specificație de izolare.

- Lemn lamelar: profile de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 și 220 x 260 mm. Lemnul lamelar se produce în fabrica Eurodita: încleiat, profilat și prelucrat.

Un model din lemn masiv poate fi realizat în oricare dintre profilele de 28, 34, 44, 58 și 70 mm, iar un model din lemn lamelar încleiat în orice profil din lemn lamelar încleiat; disponibilitatea pentru casa dumneavoastră se confirmă în ofertă. Nu indicăm performanța termică a casei finalizate: grosimea peretelui nu determină singură performanța energetică a clădirii. Peretele potrivit pentru proiect îl stabilește proiectantul, pentru casă în ansamblu.

## Case din lemn la cheie: ce conține kitul și ce rămâne de făcut pe teren

„La cheie” înseamnă lucruri diferite pentru furnizori diferiți; pe piață se folosesc și termenii „la roșu” și „la gri” pentru stadii intermediare de finalizare. De aceea cereți întotdeauna lista exactă a lucrărilor și a materialelor incluse.

Kitul cuprinde structura din lemn a casei, produsă după desenele comenzii dumneavoastră:

- pereții din lemn masiv, Twin Skin sau lamelar

- structura din lemn a planșeului și a acoperișului, pregătită pentru izolare acolo unde este necesar

- ferestrele și ușile din lemn din producția proprie, conform comenzii

- canalele pentru cabluri frezate în fabrică, dacă sunt prevăzute în comandă

- desenele și documentele comenzii

Nu fac parte din kitul standard:

- materialele de izolare

- învelitoarea acoperișului, dacă nu este comandată

- fundația

- racordurile și instalațiile electrice, de apă, de canalizare și de gaze

- montajul

Montajul și organizarea lui le stabilim pentru fiecare proiect. Fundația, racordurile și instalațiile le planificați cu firme și specialiști din zona dumneavoastră.

## Case din lemn: de ce depinde prețul

Eurodita nu publică listă de prețuri și nu indică prețuri pe metru pătrat. Prețul kitului depinde de:

- dimensiunile exterioare ale casei

- peretele ales: lemn masiv, Twin Skin sau lamelar

- numărul de niveluri

- ferestrele și ușile comandate

- livrarea convenită

Oferta scrisă este în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport; livrarea poate fi calculată separat. La bugetul total al casei se adaugă fundația, izolația, montajul, racordurile, instalațiile, finisajele, proiectarea și autorizarea. Când comparați oferte „la cheie”, comparați conținutul lor, nu doar suma finală.

## Autorizarea unei case din lemn în România

Din 25 august 2026 este în vigoare Codul amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026, Monitorul Oficial nr. 661 din 10 august 2026), care a abrogat Legea nr. 50/1991. Potrivit art. 259, pentru realizarea clădirilor noi este necesară autorizația de construire, cu excepția cazurilor în care legea prevede procedura simplificată a notificării sau lipsa oricărei formalități. O casă din lemn este o clădire ca oricare alta, indiferent de sistemul constructiv.

În mediul rural, în intravilan și în afara zonelor protejate și a zonelor de protecție a monumentelor istorice, o singură locuință unifamilială parter, fără subsol, cu o suprafață desfășurată de cel mult 150 mp, poate fi realizată pe baza notificării (art. 294 alin. (2) lit. a)), cu un proiect-tip rezultat dintr-un concurs de soluții sau cu un proiect individual elaborat de arhitecți cu drept de semnătură și ingineri proiectanți de structuri și de instalații, conform Ghidului de arhitectură pentru încadrarea în specificul local din mediul rural al Ordinului Arhitecților din România și avizat de arhitectul-șef de județ; studiul geotehnic și studiul topografic sunt obligatorii (art. 298 alin. (3)). Dacă primăria nu cere clarificări sau documente suplimentare și nu respinge notificarea, aprobarea tacită produce efecte după 15 zile lucrătoare, iar lucrările pot începe la 15 zile calendaristice după acest termen (art. 296). Mai multe detalii găsiți pe pagina Case modulare din lemn lamelar.

Potrivit art. 279, în regie proprie, adică fără antreprenor, se pot realiza numai locuințe parter în mediul rural, garaje, terase și anexe gospodărești parter; celelalte clădiri se realizează de antreprenori. Verificați procedura pentru terenul dumneavoastră cu proiectantul și cu primăria înainte de comandă. Eurodita nu oferă consultanță juridică și nu garantează pentru niciun model că poate fi construit fără autorizație. Pentru documentație vă punem la dispoziție desenele și datele tehnice ale kitului.

## Case din lemn direct de la producător: cum cumpărați

Eurodita lucrează în principal cu comercianți, firme de construcții, dezvoltatori și arhitecți. Casele de locuit mai mari pot fi ofertate direct persoanelor fizice, după evaluarea proiectului. Pentru fiecare proiect stabilim dacă livrarea directă este posibilă sau se face printr-un comerciant. Producem și căsuțe de grădină mai mici; și în acest caz canalul de livrare se confirmă pentru fiecare proiect.

Dacă sunteți comerciant, consultați pagina Eurodita în România.

## Întrebări frecvente

## Este nevoie de autorizație de construire pentru o casă din lemn?

În general, da. Potrivit Codului amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026), în vigoare din 25 august 2026, clădirile noi necesită autorizație de construire, indiferent de sistemul constructiv. În mediul rural, în intravilan și în afara zonelor protejate și a zonelor de protecție a monumentelor istorice, o singură locuință unifamilială parter, fără subsol, de până la 150 mp suprafață desfășurată poate fi realizată pe baza notificării, numai dacă sunt îndeplinite toate condițiile art. 294 alin. (2) lit. a) pct. (ii): proiect-tip rezultat dintr-un concurs de soluții sau proiect individual al unor arhitecți cu drept de semnătură și ingineri de structuri și instalații, conform ghidului OAR pentru mediul rural și avizat de arhitectul-șef de județ, cu studiu geotehnic și topografic. Verificați procedura cu primăria înainte de comandă.

## Cât costă o casă din lemn?

Eurodita nu publică prețuri sau liste de prețuri. Prețul depinde de dimensiunile exterioare, perete, numărul de niveluri, ferestre și uși și livrarea convenită. Fiecare casă primește o ofertă scrisă în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport; livrarea poate fi calculată separat. Calculăm prețul în propriul sistem de calcul și proiectare, în care se realizează și desenele și vizualizarea 3D, de aceea, atunci când datele sunt complete, oferta vine de regulă repede. La costul total se adaugă fundația, izolația, montajul, racordurile, instalațiile și autorizarea.

## Pot construi singur casa din lemn?

Potrivit art. 279 din Legea nr. 169/2026, în regie proprie se pot realiza numai locuințe parter în mediul rural, garaje, terase și anexe gospodărești parter; celelalte clădiri se realizează de antreprenori. Montajul kitului Eurodita și organizarea lui le stabilim pentru fiecare proiect.

## Se poate locui tot anul într-o casă din lemn?

Casele noastre de locuit sunt folosite ca locuință principală, casă pentru familie și casă de vacanță. Dacă o casă poate fi locuită tot anul depinde de întregul proiect: perete ales, izolație, fundație, instalații și montaj. Kitul cuprinde structura din lemn, pregătită pentru izolare acolo unde este necesar; materialele de izolare se cumpără local. Nu indicăm performanța termică a casei finalizate: performanța energetică se stabilește pentru întreaga casă împreună cu proiectantul.

## Livrați case din lemn la cheie?

Livrarea standard Eurodita este kitul casei: structura din lemn, produsă după desenele dumneavoastră, cu ferestrele și ușile comandate. Montajul și organizarea lui le stabilim pentru fiecare proiect. Izolația, fundația, racordurile, instalațiile și finisajele se realizează local. Dacă vi se oferă o casă „la cheie”, cereți lista exactă a lucrărilor și a materialelor incluse.

## Puteți produce casa după proiectul arhitectului meu?

Da. Trimiteți-ne proiectul arhitectului sau, pentru început, o schiță. Verificăm ce se produce ca structură din lemn masiv, Twin Skin sau lamelar și ce perete se potrivește. În sistemul nostru de calcul și proiectare calculăm prețul și pregătim desenele CAD 2D, vizualizarea 3D și propunerea; apoi primiți o ofertă scrisă. Dacă este necesar, calculul structural îl realizează specialiști externi; autorizarea și performanța energetică rămân în sarcina dumneavoastră și a proiectantului.

## Cum pregătiți cererea

Indicați-ne județul și localitatea terenului, precum și dacă terenul se află în intravilan și dacă localitatea este în mediul rural sau urban, destinația casei (locuință, casă de vacanță sau bungalou pentru turism), modelul sau dimensiunile exterioare dorite, numărul de dormitoare și de niveluri, peretele, dacă l-ați ales deja, și schițele sau desenele de care dispuneți. Spuneți-ne și dacă ne scrieți ca persoană fizică, ca specialist sau în calitate de comerciant.

Studiem proiectul și vă răspundem cu modul de livrare potrivit și, când datele sunt suficiente, cu o ofertă scrisă însoțită de desene.

Trimiteți o cerere

Case din lemn de locuit, și la comandă Trimiteți o cerere


---

# Case modulare din lemn lamelar, direct de la producător
URL: https://eurodita.com/ro-market/case-modulare-din-lemn/

## Case modulare din lemn lamelar, direct de la producător

Case modulare din lemn lamelar

Căutați o casă modulară în care să locuiți tot anul, nu doar vara? Eurodita produce clădiri din lemn în Lituania din 1994, în fabrica proprie. Casele noastre parter din seria Mobile Log Home au pereți din lemn lamelar încleiat, pe care îl încleiem, îl profilăm și îl prelucrăm singuri în fabrica Eurodita.

Trimiteți o cerere Eurodita în România

Puteți alege casa din catalog sau o putem proiecta după schița dumneavoastră ori după proiectul arhitectului. Prețul, desenele și vizualizarea 3D le pregătim în propriul nostru sistem de calcul și proiectare, astfel încât, atunci când datele sunt complete, oferta scrisă o primiți de regulă repede.

Nu publicăm listă de prețuri. Pentru fiecare casă pregătim o ofertă scrisă, în funcție de dimensiunile exterioare, profilul peretelui și volumul de livrare convenit.

## Pe scurt

Producător: Eurodita, clădiri din lemn din fabrica proprie din Lituania, producție din 1994.

Lemn lamelar: îl încleiem, îl profilăm și îl prelucrăm în fabrica proprie, din molid și pin din nordul Europei.

Pereți: profile din lemn lamelar de 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 și 220 x 260 mm.

Modele: case parter cu unul, două, trei sau patru dormitoare, de la 40 la 140 m² după dimensiunile exterioare.

Modul sau kit: în mod standard livrăm casa ca kit; asamblarea în fabrică într-un modul transportabil este posibilă pentru anumite proiecte și se confirmă pentru fiecare proiect.

Autorizare: din 25 august 2026 este în vigoare noul Cod al amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026); în mediul rural, în intravilan și în afara zonelor protejate și a zonelor de protecție a monumentelor istorice, o casă parter de până la 150 mp poate fi realizată, în anumite condiții, pe baza notificării.

Ofertă: scrisă, în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport; livrarea poate fi calculată separat.

## Casa modulară: ce înseamnă și ce livrează Eurodita

Prin casă modulară se înțelege de obicei o casă realizată în fabrică pe bucăți (module) și adusă pe teren cu camionul. Pe piață se numesc așa clădiri foarte diferite: pe structură metalică, din panouri, containere sau din lemn. De aceea, înainte de a compara prețurile, merită să aflați din ce sunt făcuți pereții și ce intră exact în livrare.

Casele Eurodita au pereți din lemn lamelar masiv, nu o structură metalică sau un schelet placat cu panouri. În mod standard livrăm casa ca kit: pereții, structura din lemn a planșeului și a acoperișului, ferestrele și ușile sunt produse în fabrică după desenele comenzii dumneavoastră și se asamblează pe teren. Pentru anumite proiecte, casa poate fi asamblată în fabrică într-un modul transportabil. Dacă acest lucru este posibil pentru casa dumneavoastră depinde de dimensiuni, de transport și de teren, iar noi îl confirmăm în oferta pentru fiecare proiect.

## Casele din lemn lamelar din seria Mobile Log Home

Lemnul lamelat încleiat, numit adesea lemn lamelar, este alcătuit din lamele de lemn lipite între ele într-un singur element. Astfel se obțin secțiuni care nu pot fi tăiate dintr-un singur buștean. În fabrica Eurodita încleiem lamelele, profilăm grinzile de perete și le prelucrăm după desenele casei dumneavoastră.

Pentru fiecare model din serie sunt disponibile cinci profile de perete din lemn lamelar. Îmbinarea de colț în coadă de rândunică (Dovetail) este posibilă la profilele de la 88 la 220 mm:

| Profil de perete | Colț în coadă de rândunică (Dovetail)

| 70 x 130 mm | nu este disponibil

| 88 x 260 mm | disponibil

| 135 x 260 mm | disponibil

| 180 x 260 mm | disponibil

| 220 x 260 mm | disponibil

Grosimea profilului nu determină singură performanța termică, structurală sau la foc a casei. Profilul de perete pentru casa dumneavoastră îl alegeți împreună cu proiectantul, ținând cont de întreaga clădire.

## Casă modulară pentru locuit tot anul

Pentru a locui tot anul contează nu doar pereții, ci și izolația, fundația, instalațiile și montajul. Eurodita livrează structura din lemn a pereților, planșeului și acoperișului, pregătită pentru izolare acolo unde este necesar. Materialele de izolare nu fac parte din livrarea standard; le alegeți și le cumpărați local.

Nu indicăm valori de transfer termic pentru casa finalizată: performanța energetică depinde de întreaga construcție și se stabilește în proiect. Instalațiile electrice, de apă, de canalizare și de gaze nu fac nici ele parte din livrarea standard și se planifică împreună cu firme locale.

## Case modulare parter de la 40 la 140 m²: modele și planuri

Catalogul seriei Mobile Log Home cuprinde case parter cu unul, două, trei sau patru dormitoare. Modelele sunt un punct de plecare: planul și dimensiunile pot fi modificate într-un proiect individual. O selecție:

| Model | Dormitoare | Dimensiuni exterioare | Suprafață după dimensiunile exterioare

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 1 | 8 x 5 m | 40 m²

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m | 1 | 10 x 6 m | 60 m²

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 2 | 11 x 6,8 m | 74,8 m²

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m | 2 | 15 x 6 m | 90 m²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 3 | 14 x 6 m | 84 m²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m | 3 | 15 x 6 m | 90 m²

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m | 4 | 20 x 6 m | 120 m²

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 4 | 18 x 6,8 m | 122,4 m²

Toate dimensiunile sunt exterioare și corespund catalogului din septembrie 2026. Suprafețele din tabel sunt calculate după dimensiunile exterioare și nu sunt suprafața desfășurată stabilită prin proiect. Pentru fiecare model sunt disponibile toate cele cinci profile din lemn lamelar. Paginile modelelor sunt deocamdată în limba engleză; lista completă o găsiți în prezentarea seriei Mobile Log Home.

Mai jos vedeți planurile a patru modele, privite de sus. Imaginile arată compartimentarea din catalog. Într-un proiect individual pot fi modificate compartimentarea, poziția ferestrelor și cea a ușilor.

Un dormitor, 8 x 5 m : 40 m² după dimensiunile exterioare.

Două dormitoare, 15 x 6 m : 90 m² după dimensiunile exterioare.

Trei dormitoare, 15 x 6 m : 90 m² după dimensiunile exterioare.

Patru dormitoare, 20 x 6 m : 120 m² după dimensiunile exterioare.

## Casă după proiectul dumneavoastră: de la schiță la kit

Casa nu trebuie să fie din catalog. Puteți porni de la o idee, de la o schiță de mână sau de la proiectul complet al arhitectului, precum și de la un model din catalog pe care doriți să-l modificați.

Fiecare proiect individual de casă din lemn lamelar îl evaluăm separat în sistemul de calcul și proiectare Eurodita. Calculul prețului, desenele 2D, vizualizarea 3D, parametrii tehnici și oferta în format PDF se realizează împreună, într-un singur sistem, astfel încât, atunci când datele sunt complete, desenele și oferta le primiți de regulă repede și de la un singur interlocutor. Așa se desfășoară lucrul la proiect:

- Cerere cu schiță sau proiect: pentru început este suficientă o schiță de mână; se potrivește și un proiect complet de arhitectură.

- Verificarea posibilităților de producție: verificăm ce se poate produce din lemn lamelar și ce profile sunt necesare.

- Desene 2D: planurile și fațadele casei dumneavoastră.

- 3D și documentație: vizualizarea 3D și datele tehnice ale kitului, realizate în același sistem împreună cu calculul prețului.

- Ofertă scrisă: în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport.

- Producție: după aprobarea dumneavoastră, producem structura din lemn în fabrica Eurodita după desenele convenite.

Acolo unde sunt necesare calcule de structură, acestea sunt realizate de specialiști externi. Posibilitatea de producție o verificăm separat pentru fiecare proiect. Proiectul, autorizarea și verificările rămân în sarcina dumneavoastră și a proiectantului dumneavoastră.

Exemplul de mai jos este o clădire parter din lemn lamelar de 20 x 5 m, cu pereți din profil de 88 mm, pregătită în sistemul nostru: vizualizarea 3D, planul și fațadele. Prețurile nu sunt afișate. Alte exemple găsiți pe pagina Bespoke log cabins, în limba engleză.

Vizualizare 3D pregătită din model.

Fațada de capăt, cu panta acoperișului și înălțimile.

Plan cu dimensiuni, pereți interiori și goluri.

Fațada lungă, cu dimensiunile ferestrelor și ușilor.

## Case modulare la cheie: ce conține kitul și ce rămâne de făcut pe teren

„La cheie” înseamnă lucruri diferite pentru furnizori diferiți; pe piață se folosesc și termenii „la roșu” și „la gri” pentru stadii intermediare de finalizare. De aceea cereți întotdeauna lista exactă a lucrărilor și a materialelor incluse. Eurodita livrează structura din lemn a casei dumneavoastră, produsă de fabricant. Dacă și cum se organizează montajul și lucrările pe teren stabilim pentru fiecare proiect.

Kitul cuprinde:

- pereții din lemn lamelar, produși după desenele comenzii dumneavoastră

- structura din lemn a planșeului și a acoperișului, pregătită pentru izolare acolo unde este necesar

- ferestrele și ușile din lemn din producția proprie, conform comenzii

- canalele pentru cabluri frezate în fabrică, dacă sunt prevăzute în comandă

- desenele și documentele comenzii

Nu fac parte din kitul standard:

- materialele de izolare

- învelitoarea acoperișului, dacă nu este comandată împreună cu kitul

- fundația

- racordurile la rețele și instalațiile electrice, de apă, de canalizare și de gaze

- montajul

Montajul se stabilește pentru fiecare proiect. Fundația, izolația, instalațiile și finisajele le planificați cu firme și specialiști din zona dumneavoastră.

## Case modulare: de ce depinde prețul

Eurodita nu publică listă de prețuri și nu indică prețuri pe metru pătrat. Prețul kitului depinde de:

- dimensiunile exterioare ale casei

- profilul de perete din lemn lamelar ales

- ferestrele și ușile comandate

- volumul de livrare convenit

Oferta scrisă este în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport; livrarea poate fi calculată separat. La bugetul total al casei se adaugă fundația, izolația, montajul, instalațiile, finisajele, proiectarea și autorizarea. Când comparați oferte „la cheie”, comparați conținutul lor, nu doar suma finală.

## Autorizarea unei case modulare în România

Din 25 august 2026 este în vigoare Codul amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026, publicată în Monitorul Oficial nr. 661 din 10 august 2026), care a abrogat Legea nr. 50/1991. Potrivit art. 259, autorizația de construire este necesară pentru clădirile noi și pentru amenajări, inclusiv pentru construcțiile provizorii de tipul containerelor, cu excepția lucrărilor pentru care legea permite procedura simplificată a notificării sau lipsa oricărei formalități. Faptul că o casă este modulară sau prefabricată nu o scutește de aceste reguli.

Procedura notificării (art. 294 alin. (2) lit. a)) se aplică doar în mediul rural, în intravilan, în afara zonelor protejate și a zonelor de protecție a monumentelor istorice, cu respectarea documentațiilor de urbanism aprobate. Pe această bază se poate realiza o singură locuință unifamilială cu acces și lot propriu, parter sau demisol și parter, fără subsol, cu o suprafață desfășurată maximă de 150 mp. Locuința se realizează fie pe baza unui proiect-tip pus la dispoziție de autoritățile publice centrale sau locale, rezultat în urma unui concurs de soluții organizat potrivit metodologiei prevăzute de lege, fie pe baza unui proiect individual întocmit de un colectiv format din arhitecți cu drept de semnătură și ingineri proiectanți de structuri și de instalații, cu respectarea Ghidului de arhitectură pentru încadrarea în specificul local din mediul rural, elaborat de Ordinul Arhitecților din România, avizat de arhitectul-șef de județ. Studiul geotehnic și studiul topografic sunt obligatorii (art. 298 alin. (3)).

Notificarea se depune înainte de începerea lucrărilor, împreună cu un proiect tehnic de execuție cu conținut simplificat (art. 295). Dacă autoritatea nu cere clarificări și nu respinge notificarea, aprobarea tacită produce efecte după 15 zile lucrătoare, iar lucrările pot începe la 15 zile calendaristice după acest termen (art. 296). În mediul urban și în celelalte cazuri este necesară autorizația de construire.

Verificați procedura pentru terenul dumneavoastră cu proiectantul și cu primăria înainte de comandă. Eurodita nu oferă consultanță juridică și nu afirmă că vreun model este scutit de autorizare sau că îndeplinește automat cerințele din România. Pentru documentație vă punem la dispoziție desenele și datele tehnice ale kitului.

## Întrebări frecvente

## Prin ce se deosebește casa modulară Eurodita de una pe structură metalică?

Pereții caselor Eurodita sunt din lemn lamelar masiv, nu o structură metalică sau un schelet placat cu panouri. Lemnul lamelar îl încleiem, îl profilăm și îl prelucrăm în fabrica proprie din Lituania. În mod standard casa se livrează ca kit și se asamblează pe teren; asamblarea în fabrică într-un modul transportabil este posibilă pentru anumite proiecte și se confirmă pentru fiecare proiect.

## Din ce este făcută o casă modulară?

Sub numele de casă modulară se vând clădiri foarte diferite: pe structură metalică, din panouri sandwich, din containere, pe structură de lemn sau din lemn masiv. Casele Eurodita din seria Mobile Log Home au pereți din lemn lamelar masiv, din molid și pin din nordul Europei, pe care îl încleiem, îl profilăm și îl prelucrăm în fabrica proprie. Înainte de a compara oferte, aflați din ce sunt făcuți pereții și ce intră exact în livrare.

## Livrați case modulare la cheie?

Livrarea standard Eurodita este kitul casei, produs în fabrică după desenele comenzii: pereții din lemn lamelar, structura din lemn a planșeului și a acoperișului, ferestrele și ușile comandate. Montajul se stabilește pentru fiecare proiect. Fundația, izolația, instalațiile și finisajele se realizează local. Dacă vi se oferă o casă „la cheie”, cereți lista exactă a lucrărilor și a materialelor incluse.

## Cât costă o casă modulară și de ce depinde prețul?

Eurodita nu publică prețuri și nu indică prețuri pe metru pătrat. Prețul depinde de dimensiunile exterioare, de profilul de perete, de ferestrele și ușile comandate și de volumul de livrare convenit. Fiecare casă o calculăm separat în propriul sistem, în care calculul prețului, desenele 2D și vizualizarea 3D se realizează împreună, astfel încât, atunci când datele sunt complete, oferta o primiți de regulă repede. Oferta este în EUR, EXW fabrica Eurodita, fără TVA și fără transport. La bugetul total se adaugă fundația, izolația, montajul, instalațiile, proiectarea și autorizarea.

## Este nevoie de autorizație de construire pentru o casă modulară?

În general, da: potrivit Codului amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026), în vigoare din 25 august 2026, clădirile noi și construcțiile provizorii de tipul containerelor necesită autorizație de construire. În mediul rural, în intravilan și în afara zonelor protejate și a zonelor de protecție a monumentelor istorice, o singură locuință unifamilială parter, fără subsol, de până la 150 mp suprafață desfășurată poate fi realizată pe baza notificării, cu un proiect-tip rezultat dintr-un concurs de soluții sau cu un proiect individual al unui colectiv de arhitecți și ingineri, cu studiu geotehnic și topografic. Verificați procedura cu primăria înainte de comandă.

## Se poate amplasa o casă modulară fără autorizație de construire?

Codul amenajării teritoriului, urbanismului și construcțiilor (Legea nr. 169/2026) nu tratează casele modulare ca o categorie aparte. Dintre construcțiile noi, art. 299 alin. (2) lit. c) permite realizarea fără autorizație și fără notificare a anexelor exterioare locuințelor unifamiliale, în mediul rural, care nu depășesc cumulat 20 mp și 2,5 m înălțime, construite fără fundație, pe structură de lemn sau metalică, cu caracter provizoriu și demontabile. Locuințele nu se află în această listă: pentru o casă de locuit se aplică autorizația de construire (art. 259) sau, în cazurile prevăzute la art. 294, procedura notificării. Verificați situația terenului dumneavoastră la primărie înainte de comandă.

## Cât durează procedura notificării?

Potrivit art. 296 din Legea nr. 169/2026, dacă primăria nu cere clarificări și nu respinge notificarea, aprobarea tacită produce efecte după 15 zile lucrătoare de la primirea notificării, iar lucrările pot începe la 15 zile calendaristice după acest termen. Termenul de realizare a lucrărilor notificate este de 3 ani.

## Se poate locui tot anul, în toate cele patru anotimpuri, într-o casă modulară din lemn lamelar?

Seria Mobile Log Home cuprinde case cu unul, două, trei sau patru dormitoare, iar pereții pot fi aleși din profilele de lemn lamelar de la 70 x 130 la 220 x 260 mm. Dacă o casă este potrivită pentru locuit tot anul depinde de întregul proiect: izolație, fundație, instalații și montaj, pe care le planificați cu proiectantul. Materialele de izolare se cumpără local; nu indicăm valori de transfer termic pentru casa finalizată.

## Puteți produce casa după proiectul meu?

Da. Trimiteți-ne o schiță sau proiectul arhitectului; puteți porni și de la un model din catalog pe care doriți să-l modificați. Verificăm ce se poate produce din lemn lamelar și pregătim în sistemul nostru prețul, desenele 2D, vizualizarea 3D și oferta scrisă. Acolo unde sunt necesare calcule de structură, le realizează specialiști externi; proiectul și autorizarea rămân în sarcina dumneavoastră și a proiectantului.

## Cum începeți proiectul

Trimiteți-ne o schiță, proiectul arhitectului sau numele unui model din catalog, împreună cu județul și localitatea, precum și dacă terenul se află în intravilan și dacă localitatea este în mediul rural sau urban, destinația casei, dimensiunile exterioare și profilul de perete dorit. Menționați și dacă ne scrieți ca persoană fizică, arhitect, dezvoltator sau comerciant.

Casele de locuit mai mari le putem oferta direct și persoanelor fizice, după evaluarea proiectului concret. Modul de livrare îl stabilim pentru fiecare proiect. Când informațiile sunt suficiente, primiți o ofertă scrisă cu desene. Dacă sunteți comerciant, găsiți mai multe informații pe pagina Eurodita în România.

Trimiteți o cerere

Case modulare din lemn lamelar Trimiteți o cerere


---

# Drevené záhradné domčeky od výrobcu, aj na mieru
URL: https://eurodita.com/sk-market/drevene-zahradne-domceky/

## Drevené záhradné domčeky od výrobcu, aj na mieru

Zrubové záhradné domčeky od výrobcu

Hľadáte drevený záhradný domček na oddych, pre hostí alebo ako pracovňu v záhrade? Eurodita vyrába drevostavby od roku 1994 vo vlastnom závode v Litve a záhradné domčeky dodáva ako stavebnice priamo od výrobcu. Na tejto stránke nájdete, čo platí pre záhradný domček podľa nového stavebného zákona, a modely z nášho katalógu, ktoré sa zmestia do limitov drobnej stavby.

Poslať dopyt Eurodita na Slovensku

Cenník nezverejňujeme. Na každý domček pripravíme písomnú cenovú ponuku podľa vonkajších rozmerov, zvoleného stenového systému a dohodnutej dodávky.

## Stručne

Drobná stavba: prízemná stavba vrátane zmontovaného výrobku so zastavanou plochou do 50 m² a výškou do 5 m, napríklad kôlňa, letná kuchyňa alebo sauna, podľa § 2 ods. 4 stavebného zákona č. 25/2025 Z. z.

Ohlásenie: drobnú stavbu treba vopred ohlásiť stavebnému úradu spolu s projektom stavby na ohlásenie; úrad ho overí do 30 dní, inak sa overovacia doložka považuje za vydanú (§ 63).

Dom na bývanie: bytová budova s najviac tromi bytmi, zastavanou plochou do 300 m² a najviac dvoma nadzemnými podlažiami je jednoduchá stavba (§ 2 ods. 6) a vyžaduje rozhodnutie o stavebnom zámere.

Výrobca: Eurodita vyrába drevostavby vo vlastnom závode v Litve od roku 1994.

Modely: záhradné domčeky od 12 do 40 m² podľa vonkajších rozmerov, s výškou hrebeňa do 3,51 m podľa katalógu.

Steny: masívne drevo od 19 do 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 alebo 58-100-58 mm a lepené lamelové drevo (glulam) od 70×130 do 220×260 mm. Model z masívneho dreva je možné vyrobiť v ktoromkoľvek z profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dreva v ktoromkoľvek profile z lepeného lamelového dreva. Profil 19 mm sa používa len pri modeloch, ktoré sú s ním v katalógu.

Cenová ponuka: písomná, v eurách, EXW závod Eurodita, bez DPH a bez dopravy; dopravu vieme naceniť samostatne.

## Záhradný domček podľa nového stavebného zákona: pravidlá

Od 1. apríla 2025 platí stavebný zákon č. 25/2025 Z. z. Podľa § 2 ods. 4 písm. a) je drobnou stavbou najmä prízemná stavba, konštrukcia alebo zmontovaný výrobok pevne spojený so zemou, ak jeho zastavaná plocha nepresahuje 50 m² a výška 5 m. Zákon ako príklady uvádza kôlne, práčovne, letné kuchyne, prístrešky, sauny, úschovne bicyklov a garáže. Záhradný domček zmontovaný na mieste zo stavebnice môže byť takýmto zmontovaným výrobkom, ak je pevne spojený so zemou a spĺňa zákonné limity.

Podľa § 63 je stavebník povinný drobnú stavbu vopred ohlásiť. Prílohou ohlásenia je projekt stavby na ohlásenie a záväzné stanoviská dotknutých orgánov. Stavebný úrad ohlásenie vybaví do 30 dní overením projektu a vydaním overovacej doložky; ak projekt ohlásenej drobnej stavby v tejto lehote neoverí, predpokladá sa, že overovaciu doložku vydal. Úrad môže stavebníkovi oznámiť, že stavbu možno uskutočniť len na základe rozhodnutia o stavebnom zámere, napríklad ak by sa dotkla práv tretích osôb.

Na dom na bývanie sa podľa § 18 ods. 2 vyžaduje rozhodnutie o stavebnom zámere. Bytová budova s najviac tromi bytmi, so zastavanou plochou do 300 m² a najviac dvoma nadzemnými podlažiami je podľa § 2 ods. 6 jednoduchou stavbou. Skôr ako domček objednáte, overte si pravidlá pre svoj pozemok na stavebnom úrade alebo u projektanta vrátane územného plánu obce. Eurodita neposkytuje právne poradenstvo a pri žiadnom modeli nezaručuje, že ho možno postaviť len na ohlásenie. K projektu dodáme výkresy a technické údaje stavebnice.

## Modely od 12 do 40 m²

Tabuľka ukazuje výber z nášho katalógu s vonkajšími rozmermi, plochou vypočítanou z vonkajších rozmerov a výškami podľa katalógu:

| Model | Vonkajšie rozmery | Plocha | Výška odkvapu | Výška hrebeňa

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,08 m | 2,34 m

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,10 m | 2,47 m

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,21 m | 2,47 m

| S jednou spálňou 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 2,34 m | 3,51 m

| S jednou spálňou 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 2,34 m | 3,25 m

| Twin Skin s jednou spálňou 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| Twin Skin s jednou spálňou 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,20 m | 2,47 m

| S jednou spálňou 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 2,21 m | 3,12 m

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 2,40 m | 3,44 m

Všetky rozmery sú vonkajšie a zodpovedajú katalógu zo septembra 2026. Plochy v tabuľke sú vypočítané z vonkajších rozmerov; zastavanú plochu podľa predpisov určí projektant. Výšky sú uvedené podľa katalógu; výslednú výšku stavby vrátane základu si overte v projekte. Stránky modelov sú zatiaľ v angličtine; ďalšie modely nájdete v prehľade záhradných domčekov a domčekov s jednou spálňou.

## Steny: masívne drevo, Twin Skin alebo lepené lamelové drevo

Stenu si vyberáte podľa toho, ako budete domček používať, a podľa projektu ako celku. Eurodita vyrába tri stenové systémy:

- Masívne drevo: stenové hranoly s hrúbkou 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm v jednej vrstve.

- Twin Skin (dvojitá stena): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 a 58-100-58 mm, teda vonkajšia vrstva, medzera a vnútorná vrstva rovnakej hrúbky. Medzera je určená na izoláciu, ktorú si zabezpečíte na mieste. Šírka medzery nie je špecifikáciou izolácie.

- Lepené lamelové drevo (glulam): profily 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 a 220×260 mm. Lepené lamelové drevo vyrábame vo vlastnom závode: sami ho lepíme, profilujeme a opracúvame.

Model z masívneho dreva je možné vyrobiť v ktoromkoľvek z profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 a 70 mm, model z lepeného lamelového dreva v ktoromkoľvek profile z lepeného lamelového dreva; dostupnosť potvrdí cenová ponuka. Tepelné vlastnosti hotovej stavby neuvádzame: hrúbka steny sama osebe neurčuje energetickú hospodárnosť budovy. Ak chcete domček používať aj v zime, stenu, izoláciu a základ vyberte spolu s projektantom.

## Čo stavebnica obsahuje a čo nie

Stavebnica obsahuje drevenú konštrukciu stavby vyrobenú podľa výkresov vašej objednávky:

- steny z masívneho dreva, Twin Skin alebo lepeného lamelového dreva

- drevenú konštrukciu podlahy a strechy, kde je to potrebné, pripravenú na izoláciu

- drevené okná a dvere z vlastnej výroby podľa objednávky

- káblové kanály vyfrézované v závode, ak ich objednávka obsahuje

- výkresy a dokumenty k objednávke

Štandardná stavebnica neobsahuje:

- izolačné materiály

- strešnú krytinu, ak nie je objednaná

- základ

- prípojky a rozvody elektriny, vody, kanalizácie a plynu

- montáž

Montáž a jej organizáciu dohadujeme pre každý projekt zvlášť. Základ, prípojky a rozvody plánujte s miestnymi firmami. Cena závisí od vonkajších rozmerov, typu steny, okien a dverí a od dohodnutého spôsobu dodania, preto namiesto cenníka pripravíme písomnú cenovú ponuku pre váš domček.

## Na mieru: od náčrtu po stavebnicu

Ak vášmu pozemku nevyhovuje žiadny model z katalógu, môžeme vychádzať z náčrtu alebo z výkresov architekta. Cenu počítame a ponuku pripravujeme vo vlastnom kalkulačnom a projekčnom systéme Eurodity a spolu s ponukou dostanete 2D výkresy a 3D vizualizáciu. Preto ponuka zvyčajne príde rýchlo. Rozmery a dispozíciu možno prispôsobiť pravidlám, ktoré platia pre váš pozemok; čo platí pre váš zámer, si overte na stavebnom úrade alebo u projektanta. Kde je potrebný statický výpočet, vypracujú ho externí špecialisti.

## Drevený dom na celoročné bývanie

Ak plánujete drevený dom na celoročné bývanie, aj stavby väčšie ako záhradný domček vyrábame z masívneho dreva, Twin Skin steny alebo lepeného lamelového dreva. Na takýto dom sa vyžaduje rozhodnutie o stavebnom zámere a projekt stavby vypracuje oprávnený projektant na Slovensku. Výkresy a technické údaje potrebné na objednávku dodáme my.

## Ako nakupovať

Eurodita spolupracuje predovšetkým s predajcami, stavebnými firmami, developermi a architektmi. Na väčšie obytné domy pripravíme cenovú ponuku aj priamo súkromným zákazníkom, po posúdení projektu. Pri záhradných domčekoch a ďalších menších stavbách dohadujeme pre každý projekt, či nakupujete priamo, alebo cez obchodného partnera.

Ak ste predajca, viac informácií nájdete na stránke Eurodita na Slovensku.

## Časté otázky

## Aký veľký záhradný domček je drobnou stavbou?

Podľa § 2 ods. 4 stavebného zákona č. 25/2025 Z. z. je drobnou stavbou prízemná stavba alebo zmontovaný výrobok pevne spojený so zemou so zastavanou plochou do 50 m² a výškou do 5 m. Drobnú stavbu treba podľa § 63 vopred ohlásiť stavebnému úradu spolu s projektom stavby na ohlásenie. Úrad ohlásenie vybaví do 30 dní; ak v tejto lehote neoverí projekt ohlásenej drobnej stavby, predpokladá sa, že overovaciu doložku vydal. Úrad môže oznámiť, že stavbu možno uskutočniť len na základe rozhodnutia o stavebnom zámere.

## Môžem v záhradnom domčeku bývať?

Drobné stavby podľa zákona sú napríklad kôlne, letné kuchyne alebo sauny. Na dom na bývanie sa vyžaduje rozhodnutie o stavebnom zámere; bytová budova s najviac tromi bytmi, zastavanou plochou do 300 m² a najviac dvoma nadzemnými podlažiami je jednoduchou stavbou. Svoj zámer si overte na stavebnom úrade alebo u projektanta.

## Koľko stojí drevený záhradný domček?

Eurodita nezverejňuje ceny ani cenníky. Cena závisí od vonkajších rozmerov, typu steny, okien a dverí a od dohodnutého spôsobu dodania. Na každý domček pripravíme písomnú cenovú ponuku v eurách, EXW závod Eurodita, bez DPH a bez dopravy; dopravu vieme naceniť samostatne. Cenu počítame vo vlastnom kalkulačnom systéme, ktorý zároveň pripraví výkresy a 3D vizualizáciu, preto ponuka zvyčajne príde rýchlo. K celkovej sume pripočítajte základ, izoláciu, montáž, prípojky a rozvody.

## Dá sa záhradný domček používať aj v zime?

Závisí to od projektu ako celku: od zvolenej steny, izolácie, základu, rozvodov a montáže. Stavebnica obsahuje drevenú konštrukciu, kde je to potrebné, pripravenú na izoláciu; izolačné materiály sa kupujú na mieste. Tepelné vlastnosti hotovej stavby neuvádzame.

## Dodávate záhradný domček zmontovaný na kľúč?

Štandardná dodávka je stavebnica od výrobcu: drevená konštrukcia domčeka vyrobená podľa vašich výkresov s objednanými oknami a dverami. Izolácia, základ, prípojky, rozvody a montáž nie sú súčasťou štandardnej stavebnice; montáž a jej organizáciu dohadujeme pre každý projekt zvlášť.

## Vyrobíte domček podľa mojich rozmerov?

Áno. Pošlite nám náčrt alebo výkresy architekta. Posúdime, čo možno vyrobiť z masívneho dreva, Twin Skin steny alebo lepeného lamelového dreva, vypočítame cenu vo vlastnom kalkulačnom systéme a pošleme ponuku s 2D výkresmi a 3D vizualizáciou. Kde je potrebný statický výpočet, vypracujú ho externí špecialisti; pravidlá výstavby si overte na stavebnom úrade alebo u projektanta.

## Ako pripraviť dopyt

Uveďte, v ktorej obci je pozemok, na čo budete domček používať (oddych, hostia, pracovňa alebo sklad), aký model alebo aké vonkajšie rozmery si predstavujete, plánovanú vzdialenosť od hranice pozemku, stenový systém, ak ho už poznáte, a prípadné náčrty. Napíšte aj, či nás kontaktujete ako súkromná osoba, odborník alebo predajca.

Posúdime projekt a odpovieme, akým spôsobom môžete domček kúpiť, a ak budú údaje dostatočné, pošleme písomnú cenovú ponuku s výkresmi.

Poslať dopyt

Zrubové záhradné domčeky od výrobcu Poslať dopyt


---

# Lesene hiše in brunarice neposredno od proizvajalca
URL: https://eurodita.com/sl-market/lesene-hise/

## Lesene hiše in brunarice neposredno od proizvajalca

Lesene hiše in brunarice, tudi po meri

Iščete leseno hišo za bivanje, za družino ali za počitnice, ali brunarico za vrt? Eurodita od leta 1994 izdeluje lesene objekte v lastni tovarni v Litvi. Stene ter lesena okna in vrata izdelujemo v isti tovarni, kjer pripravimo tudi načrte projekta: o razporeditvi, debelini sten in legi oken se dogovorite neposredno s proizvajalcem.

Pošljite povpraševanje Eurodita v Sloveniji

Naše lesene hiše za bivanje imajo od ene do štiri spalnice, v eni ali dveh etažah. Poleg kataloških modelov izdelujemo lesene hiše po meri, brunarice in bungalove po vaši skici ali po načrtu arhitekta. Ceno, načrte in 3D vizualizacijo pripravimo v lastnem sistemu za izračun in projektiranje.

Cenika ne objavljamo. Za vsako hišo pripravimo pisno ponudbo glede na mere, izbrani stenski sistem in dogovorjeno dobavo.

## Na kratko

Proizvajalec: Eurodita izdeluje lesene objekte v lastni tovarni v Litvi od leta 1994.

Bivalni modeli: hiše z eno do štirimi spalnicami, hiše z dvojno steno Twin Skin, pritlični bungalovi iz lepljenega lesa in projekti po meri.

Brunarice za vrt: kataloški modeli od 12 m² po zunanjih merah.

Po meri: ceno, 2D CAD načrte, 3D vizualizacijo in predlog pripravimo skupaj v Euroditinem sistemu za izračun in projektiranje; zato ponudba običajno prispe hitro.

Stene: masivni les od 19 do 70 mm, Twin Skin od 44-50-44 do 58-100-58 mm, lepljen les od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm. Model iz masivnega lesa je mogoče izdelati v katerem koli od profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 in 70 mm, model iz lepljenega lesa v katerem koli profilu iz lepljenega lesa. Profil 19 mm se uporablja samo pri modelih, ki so z njim v katalogu.

Dovoljenje: po Gradbenem zakonu (GZ-1) sta za novogradnjo nezahtevnega, manj zahtevnega in zahtevnega objekta pogoj gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje; enostaven objekt se gradi brez njiju.

Ponudba: pisna, v evrih, EXW tovarna Eurodita, brez DDV in brez prevoza; dobavo lahko izračunamo posebej.

## Lesene hiše za bivanje: modeli z eno do štirimi spalnicami

Naše bivalne hiše se uporabljajo kot glavno bivališče, hiša za družinskega člana in počitniška hiša. Notranjo razporeditev s kopalnico, kuhinjo in shrambami določimo v načrtih projekta pred proizvodnjo. Tabela prikazuje družine modelov in mere, ki jih katalog ponuja danes:

| Družina | Stene v katalogu | Zunanje mere v katalogu | Opombe

| Hiše z 1 spalnico | masivni les 44 ali 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 5,85 x 4,1 m do 7 x 10,3 m | pritlične, nekateri modeli z mansardo

| Hiše z 2 spalnicama | masivni les 44 ali 58 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 6 x 5,8 m do 10,1 x 8 m | pritlične

| Hiše s 3 spalnicami | masivni les 44, 58 ali 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 10 x 6 m do 12 x 7 m; v dveh etažah 8,45 x 7,6 m | skoraj vse pritlične, en model v dveh etažah

| Hiše s 4 spalnicami | masivni les 58 ali 70 mm, Twin Skin 44-100-44 mm | od 8,45 x 7,6 m (dve etaži) do 16 x 9 m | v eni ali dveh etažah

| Hiše Twin Skin | 44-100-44 mm v katalogu, štiri razpoložljive sestave | od 4 x 3 m do 16 x 9 m | od vrtne hišice do hiše s 4 spalnicami

| Bungalovi iz lepljenega lesa | lepljen les od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm | od 8 x 5 m do 20 x 7 m | pritlični, z eno do štirimi spalnicami, tudi za kampe in glamping

| Hiše iz lepljenega lesa | lepljen les od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm | na primer od 10,7 x 7,6 m do 16,68 x 22,67 m | v eni in dveh etažah

| Hiše po meri | masivni les, Twin Skin ali lepljen les | po vašem projektu | izvedljivost preverimo za vsak projekt

Vse mere so zunanje in ustrezajo katalogu iz septembra 2026. Niso omejitve: razporeditev in mere se prilagodijo v projektu po meri, model iz masivnega lesa pa je mogoče izdelati v katerem koli od profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 in 70 mm, model iz lepljenega lesa v katerem koli profilu iz lepljenega lesa, s potrditvijo v ponudbi. Strani modelov so zaenkrat v angleščini.

## Brunarice za vrt

Za vrt, goste ali delovni kotiček izdelujemo brunarice od 12 m² po zunanjih merah, na primer Brookhaven 4 x 3 m, James 4 x 4,8 m, Archie 4,4 x 5,4 m in Betty 5,85 x 4,1 m, ter večje modele do 40 m². Več modelov najdete v pregledu vrtnih hišic. Katera pravila veljajo zanje, opisujemo v naslednjem razdelku.

## Gradnja lesene hiše ali brunarice v Sloveniji: pravila

Po 5. členu Gradbenega zakona (GZ-1, Uradni list RS, št. 199/21 do 75/25) sta pravnomočno gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje pogoj za novogradnjo zahtevnega, manj zahtevnega in nezahtevnega objekta. Enostaven objekt se gradi brez gradbenega dovoljenja, vendar gradnja po 6. členu ne sme biti v nasprotju s prostorskim izvedbenim aktom in predpisi o bistvenih in drugih zahtevah. Za nezahteven objekt uporabno dovoljenje ni potrebno.

Katera vrsta velja za posamezen objekt, določa Uredba o razvrščanju objektov (Uradni list RS, št. 96/22). Stavba je enostaven objekt, če ima samo eno etažo, višino do 4 m in globino do 1 m ter izpolnjuje merila iz Priloge 1; nezahteven objekt je, če ima samo eno etažo, višino do 6 m in globino do 2 m ter izpolnjuje merila iz Priloge 1 (11. in 10. člen). Po Prilogi 1 so ute, letne kuhinje in vratarnice (stavbe za funkcionalno dopolnitev) enostavni objekti do 10 m² in nezahtevni objekti do 25 m². Enostanovanjska stavba ne more biti enostaven objekt; nezahteven objekt je lahko do 25 m². Površina pomeni bruto tlorisno površino, višina pa razdaljo od kote tlaka najnižje etaže do vrha stavbe (7. člen).

Če se vrtna brunarica razvrsti kot uta nad 10 m², ni več enostaven objekt in zanjo sta potrebna gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje. Ker enostanovanjska stavba po Prilogi 1 ne more biti enostaven objekt, je za leseno hišo za bivanje gradbeno dovoljenje potrebno v vsakem primeru. Katera merila veljajo za vaš objekt, preverite na upravni enoti ali pri projektantu pred naročilom. Eurodita ne daje pravnih nasvetov in za noben model ne jamči, da ga je mogoče zgraditi brez gradbenega dovoljenja. Za dokumentacijo zagotovimo načrte in tehnične podatke kompleta.

## Lesena hiša po meri: od vašega projekta do kompleta

Lesena hiša po meri se lahko začne z idejo, z ročno skico ali s celotnim načrtom arhitekta. Ne glede na to, ali gre za bivališče, počitniško hišo, bungalov ali drug objekt, jo razvijemo v sistemu za izračun in projektiranje, ki ga je Eurodita razvila za lastne objekte in ga uporablja pri resničnih povpraševanjih in ponudbah strank. Postopek je naslednji:

- Povpraševanje s skico ali načrtom: za začetek zadošča skica; navedite, če jih že poznate, lego oken in vrat, debelino stene in višine objekta.

- Pregled proizvodnih možnosti: pregledamo načrte in ugotovimo, kaj izdelamo kot konstrukcijo iz masivnega lesa, Twin Skin ali lepljenega lesa, katera stena je primerna ter katera okna in vrata so potrebna.

- Cena, načrti in 3D v enem koraku: izračun cene, 2D CAD načrti s kotiranimi tlorisi in fasadami, 3D vizualizacija in predlog v PDF nastanejo skupaj v istem sistemu. Zato ponudba običajno prispe hitro.

- Pisna ponudba: v evrih, EXW tovarna Eurodita, brez DDV in brez prevoza, s tehničnimi podatki projekta in seznamom oken in vrat.

- Proizvodnja: po vaši potrditvi izdelamo leseno konstrukcijo v tovarni Eurodita po dogovorjenih načrtih.

Vaša korist: hišo vidite narisano in izračunano, preden se odločite, ponudba pa se ob vsaki spremembi posodobi do vaše pisne potrditve. Kadar je potreben statični izračun, ga izdelajo zunanji strokovnjaki. Izvedljivost preverimo za vsak projekt in ne navajamo splošne največje velikosti. Projekt, dovoljenja in preverjanja ostanejo pri vas in vašem projektantu.

## Stene lesenih hiš: masivni les, Twin Skin ali lepljen les

Steno izberete glede na uporabo hiše in projekt kot celoto. Eurodita izdeluje tri stenske sisteme:

- Masivni les: stenska bruna debeline 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 in 70 mm v eni plasti. Bivalne hiše v katalogu uporabljajo 44, 58 in 70 mm.

- Twin Skin (dvojna stena): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 in 58-100-58 mm, torej zunanja plast, vmesni prostor in notranja plast enake debeline. Vmesni prostor je namenjen izolaciji, ki jo kupite na kraju gradnje. Širina vmesnega prostora ni specifikacija izolacije.

- Lepljen les (glulam): profili 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 in 220 x 260 mm. Lepljen les izdelujemo v lastni tovarni: sami ga lepimo, profiliramo in obdelujemo.

Model iz masivnega lesa je mogoče izdelati v katerem koli od profilov 28, 34, 44, 58 in 70 mm, model iz lepljenega lesa v katerem koli profilu iz lepljenega lesa; razpoložljivost za vašo hišo potrdi ponudba. Toplotnih lastnosti dokončane hiše ne navajamo: debelina stene sama po sebi ne določa energijske učinkovitosti stavbe. Primeren stenski sistem za celotno hišo določi projektant.

## Kaj komplet vsebuje in česa ne

Komplet vsebuje leseno konstrukcijo hiše, izdelano po načrtih vašega naročila:

- stene iz masivnega lesa, Twin Skin ali lepljenega lesa

- leseno konstrukcijo tal in strehe, kjer je potrebno, pripravljeno za izolacijo

- lesena okna in vrata iz lastne proizvodnje po naročilu

- kabelske kanale, rezkane v tovarni, če jih naročilo vsebuje

- načrte in dokumente naročila

Standardni komplet ne vsebuje:

- izolacijskih materialov

- strešne kritine, če ni naročena

- temeljev

- priključkov ter električnih, vodovodnih, kanalizacijskih in plinskih napeljav

- montaže

Montažo in njeno organizacijo dogovorimo za vsak projekt posebej. Temelje, priključke in napeljave načrtujte s podjetji in strokovnjaki iz vašega kraja. Cena je odvisna od zunanjih mer, stene, števila etaž, oken in vrat ter dogovorjene dobave: zato ni cenika, temveč pisna ponudba za vašo hišo.

## Lesene hiše neposredno od proizvajalca: kako kupiti

Eurodita sodeluje predvsem s trgovci, gradbenimi podjetji, investitorji in arhitekti. Za večje bivalne hiše lahko pripravimo ponudbo tudi neposredno zasebnim strankam, po oceni projekta. Za vsak projekt dogovorimo, ali je dobava neposredna ali prek trgovskega partnerja. Tudi pri brunaricah za vrt in drugih manjših objektih način dobave potrdimo za vsak projekt.

Mobilne hiške iz lepljenega lesa za kamp ali lastno parcelo opisujemo na strani Mobilne hiške iz lesa od proizvajalca.

Če ste trgovec, si oglejte stran Eurodita v Sloveniji.

## Pogosta vprašanja

## Ali za leseno hišo potrebujem gradbeno dovoljenje?

Da. Po 5. členu Gradbenega zakona (GZ-1) sta pravnomočno gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje pogoj za novogradnjo zahtevnega, manj zahtevnega in nezahtevnega objekta. Lesena hiša je stavba kot vsaka druga, ne glede na konstrukcijski sistem. Postopek za svoje zemljišče preverite na upravni enoti ali pri projektantu.

## Ali lahko brunarico za vrt postavim brez gradbenega dovoljenja?

Brez gradbenega dovoljenja se gradi enostaven objekt. Po Uredbi o razvrščanju objektov so ute, letne kuhinje in vratarnice enostavni objekti do 10 m² bruto tlorisne površine, z eno etažo, višino do 4 m in globino do 1 m; do 25 m², z eno etažo, višino do 6 m in globino do 2 m so nezahtevni objekti, za katere sta potrebna gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje, uporabno dovoljenje pa ne. Gradnja mora biti tudi v skladu s prostorskim izvedbenim aktom.

## Koliko stane lesena hiša?

Eurodita ne objavlja cen ne cenikov. Cena je odvisna od zunanjih mer, stene, števila etaž, oken in vrat ter dogovorjene dobave. Za vsako hišo pripravimo pisno ponudbo v evrih, EXW tovarna Eurodita, brez DDV in brez prevoza; dobavo lahko izračunamo posebej. Ceno izračunamo v lastnem sistemu, ki pripravi tudi načrte in 3D vizualizacijo, zato ponudba običajno prispe hitro. Temelje, izolacijo, montažo, priključke in napeljave načrtujete posebej.

## Je lesena hiša primerna za celoletno bivanje?

To je odvisno od projekta kot celote: stene, izolacije, temeljev, napeljav in montaže. Komplet vsebuje leseno konstrukcijo, kjer je potrebno, pripravljeno za izolacijo; izolacijske materiale kupite na kraju gradnje. Toplotnih lastnosti dokončane hiše ne navajamo; primeren stenski sistem določi projektant.

## Ali dobavljate lesene hiše na ključ?

Standardna dobava je komplet proizvajalca: lesena konstrukcija hiše, izdelana po vaših načrtih, z naročenimi okni in vrati. Izolacija, temelji, priključki, napeljave in montaža niso del standardnega kompleta; montažo in njeno organizacijo dogovorimo za vsak projekt posebej.

## Ali lahko izdelate hišo po mojem načrtu?

Da. Pošljite nam skico ali načrt arhitekta. Pregledamo, kaj je mogoče izdelati iz masivnega lesa, Twin Skin ali lepljenega lesa, izračunamo ceno v lastnem sistemu in pošljemo ponudbo z 2D načrti in 3D vizualizacijo. Kadar je potreben statični izračun, ga izdelajo zunanji strokovnjaki; dovoljenja preverite pri projektantu in na upravni enoti.

## Kako pripraviti povpraševanje

Navedite občino in kraj zemljišča, namen objekta (bivanje, počitniška hiša, brunarica za vrt ali bungalov za turizem), želeni model ali zunanje mere, število spalnic in etaž, steno, če ste jo že izbrali, ter skice ali načrte, ki jih imate. Napišite tudi, ali se na nas obračate kot zasebnik, strokovnjak ali trgovec.

Pregledamo projekt in vam odgovorimo z ustreznim načinom dobave, ko so podatki zadostni, pa s pisno ponudbo in načrti.

Pošljite povpraševanje

Lesene hiše in brunarice, tudi po meri Pošljite povpraševanje


---

# Mobilne hiške iz lesa, neposredno od proizvajalca
URL: https://eurodita.com/sl-market/mobilne-hiske/

## Mobilne hiške iz lesa, neposredno od proizvajalca

Mobilne hiške iz lepljenega lesa neposredno od proizvajalca

Iščete mobilno hiško za kamp ali leseno hiško za bivanje na lastnem zemljišču? Eurodita od leta 1994 izdeluje lesene objekte v lastni tovarni v Litvi in dobavlja mobilne hiške iz lepljenega lesa kot komplete neposredno od proizvajalca: 25 kataloških modelov od 8 x 5 m do približno 20 x 7 m, z eno do štirimi spalnicami. Lepljen les lepimo, profiliramo in obdelujemo sami, vsak projekt pa narišemo in izračunamo v lastnem sistemu za projektiranje in izračun ponudb.

Pošljite povpraševanje Eurodita v Sloveniji

Cenika ne objavljamo. Za vsako hiško pripravimo pisno ponudbo glede na zunanje mere, izbrani stenski profil in dogovorjeno dobavo.

## Na kratko

Modeli: 25 pritličnih hišk iz lepljenega lesa, od 8 x 5 m do približno 20 x 7 m po zunanjih merah, z eno do štirimi spalnicami.

Stene: katalog je v profilu lepljenega lesa 88 mm, naročiti pa je mogoče vsak odobren profil od 70 x 130 do 220 x 260 mm.

Dovoljenje: hiška, ki je na stalnem mestu temeljena ali z gradbenimi deli povezana s tlemi, je po Gradbenem zakonu (GZ-1) objekt; kot enostanovanjska stavba nad 25 m² je manj zahteven objekt, za katerega sta pogoj gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje.

V kampu: po Zakonu o gostinstvu (ZGos-1) je mobilna hišica ena od oblik nastanitve v kampu; stavba v kampu se razvršča po splošnih pravilih.

Proizvajalec: Eurodita izdeluje lesene objekte v lastni tovarni v Litvi od leta 1994.

Ponudba: pisna, v evrih, EXW tovarna Eurodita, brez DDV in brez prevoza; dobavo lahko izračunamo posebej.

## Ali je mobilna hiška objekt? Pravila v Sloveniji

Po 3. členu Gradbenega zakona (GZ-1, Uradni list RS, št. 199/21 s spremembami do GZ-1B, 75/25) je objekt s tlemi povezana stavba; objekt je povezan s tlemi, če je temeljen ali s pomočjo gradbenih del povezan s tlemi na stalno določenem mestu in ga ni mogoče premakniti ali odstraniti brez škode za njegovo bistvo. Stavba je pokrit objekt, v katerega se lahko vstopi in je namenjen bivanju ali opravljanju dejavnosti. Hiška je torej objekt, če je na stalno določenem mestu temeljena ali z gradbenimi deli povezana s tlemi in je ni mogoče premakniti ali odstraniti brez škode za njeno bistvo; to je običajno pri hiški za stalno bivanje s temelji in priključki.

Po Uredbi o razvrščanju objektov (Uradni list RS, št. 96/22) enostanovanjska stavba nikoli ni enostaven objekt, nezahteven objekt je lahko le do 25 m². Naši modeli imajo od 40 do približno 140 m² po zunanjih merah, zato je hiška, ki je razvrščena kot enostanovanjska stavba, manj zahteven objekt. Po 5. členu GZ-1 sta za novogradnjo takega objekta pogoj pravnomočno gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje, po 8. členu pa je pred uporabo potrebno uporabno dovoljenje, razen za nezahtevni objekt. Gradnja mora biti skladna tudi z občinskim prostorskim načrtom.

Začasni objekti so po 4. členu GZ-1 le objekti za prireditve ali sezonsko rabo, za nujne primere, začasno skladiščenje v industrijskih conah in gradbišča, zato stalno bivanje v hiški ne spada mednje. Za pomožni objekt po ZUreP-3 pa novi komunalni in drugi priključki ne smejo biti potrebni. V kampu je mobilna hišica po Zakonu o gostinstvu (ZGos-1) oblika nastanitve gostov, vsaka stavba v kampu pa se razvršča po splošnih pravilih, zato mora upravljavec kampa preveriti tudi zahteve za posamezno hiško. Pred naročilom preverite pravila za svojo parcelo na občini ali pri projektantu. Eurodita ne daje pravnih nasvetov in za noben model ne trdi, da ga je mogoče postaviti brez dovoljenja. Za projekt dobavimo načrte in tehnične podatke kompleta.

## Mobilne hiške iz kataloga

Izbor modelov; podatki so po kataloških karticah:

| Model | Spalnice | Zunanje mere | Višina slemena

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 1 | 8 x 5 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x4m | 1 | 10 x 4 m | 2,67 m

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 9x6m | 1 | 9 x 6 m | 2,84 m

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 14x5.8m | 2 | 14 x 5,8 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 2 | 11 x 6,8 m | 3,16 m

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 3 | 14 x 6 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 19x6.6m | 3 | 19 x 6,6 m | 2,99 m

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 4 | 18 x 6,8 m | 3,25 m

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x7m | 4 | 20 x 7 m | 2,97 m

Mere so zunanje in ustrezajo kataloškim podatkom. Vseh 25 modelov je na strani Mobile log cabins and log homes; strani modelov so zaenkrat v angleščini. Razporeditev, okna in vrata lahko prilagodimo, hiško pa izdelamo tudi po vašem načrtu.

## Stene iz lepljenega lesa

Stene mobilnih hišk izdelujemo iz lepljenega lesa v profilih 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 in 220 x 260 mm. Kotni spoj na lastovičji rep je na voljo od profila 88 x 260 mm. Lepljen les lepimo v lastni tovarni z lepilom Dynea Prefere 6151 in trdilcem Prefere 6651, dvokomponentnim lepilom EPI za nosilne lesene konstrukcije, ki ga proizvajalec uvršča v tip I po EN 16254; to opisuje lepilo, ne certifikata končnega lepljenega lesa. Stene iz lepljenega lesa se minimalno posedejo, kar pri uporabi ni občutiti ali opaziti. Toplotnih vrednosti končne hiške ne objavljamo.

## Kaj komplet vsebuje in česa ne

Komplet vsebuje leseno konstrukcijo, izdelano po načrtih vašega naročila:

- stene iz lepljenega lesa z razporeditvijo prostorov po načrtih

- leseno konstrukcijo tal in strehe, po potrebi pripravljeno za toplotno izolacijo

- zunanja okna in vrata iz lesa lastne proizvodnje po naročilu

- načrte in dokumentacijo naročila

Standardni komplet ne vsebuje:

- temeljev ali podlage in prevoza do mesta postavitve

- toplotne izolacije

- električnih, vodovodnih in kanalizacijskih inštalacij ter priključkov

- notranje opreme, kuhinje in sanitarij

- kritine, če ni naročena

- dovoljenj in postopkov v kampu ali na upravni enoti

Montaža in njena organizacija se dogovorita za vsak projekt posebej. Cena je odvisna od zunanjih mer, stenskega profila, oken in vrat ter dogovorjene dobave, zato namesto cenika pripravimo pisno ponudbo za vašo hiško.

## Po meri: od skice do kompleta

Če vam noben kataloški model ne ustreza, lahko začnemo z vašo skico ali načrtom arhitekta. Hiško narišemo in izračunamo v lastnem sistemu za projektiranje in izračun ponudb, s ponudbo pa prejmete 2D načrte in 3D vizualizacijo. Ko so vhodni podatki popolni, je ponudba zato običajno hitro pripravljena. Če je potreben statični izračun, ga izdelajo zunanji strokovnjaki.

## Kako kupiti

Mobilne hiške kupujejo kampi in turistična naselja, trgovci, ki jih prodajajo pod svojim imenom, ter zasebni kupci. Za večje stanovanjske projekte lahko ponudbo pripravimo neposredno zasebnemu kupcu, za vsak projekt pa se dogovorimo, ali kupite neposredno ali prek trgovskega partnerja.

Če ste trgovec ali upravljate kamp, več informacij najdete na strani Eurodita v Sloveniji. Lesene hiše za bivanje in brunarice opisujemo na strani Lesene hiše in brunarice od proizvajalca.

## Pogosta vprašanja

## Ali potrebujem gradbeno dovoljenje za mobilno hiško?

Za hiško, ki je na stalnem mestu temeljena ali z gradbenimi deli povezana s tlemi in namenjena bivanju, praviloma da. Po Uredbi o razvrščanju objektov je enostanovanjska stavba nad 25 m² manj zahteven objekt, zato sta po 5. členu Gradbenega zakona (GZ-1) pogoj gradbeno dovoljenje in prijava začetka gradnje, pred uporabo pa uporabno dovoljenje. Pravila za parcelo preverite na občini.

## Ali je mobilna hiška začasni objekt?

Ne, če v njej stalno bivate. Po 4. členu GZ-1 so začasni objekti le objekti za prireditve ali sezonsko rabo, za nujne primere, začasno skladiščenje v industrijskih conah in gradbišča. Za pomožni objekt po ZUreP-3 novi komunalni in drugi priključki ne smejo biti potrebni.

## Kakšna pravila veljajo za mobilne hiške v kampu?

Po Zakonu o gostinstvu (ZGos-1) je mobilna hišica ena od oblik nastanitve v kampu. Kamp je funkcionalni kompleks, vsaka stavba v njem pa se razvršča po splošnih pravilih, zato mora upravljavec kampa preveriti zahteve za posamezno hiško na občini ali pri projektantu.

## Koliko stane mobilna hiška?

Eurodita ne objavlja cen ali cenikov. Cena je odvisna od zunanjih mer, stenskega profila, oken in vrat ter dogovorjene dobave. Za vsako hiško pripravimo pisno ponudbo v evrih, EXW tovarna Eurodita, brez DDV in brez prevoza. Ponudbo izračunamo v lastnem sistemu, ki pripravi tudi načrte in 3D vizualizacijo, zato je ob popolnih podatkih običajno hitro pripravljena.

## Kakšne so mere mobilnih hišk?

V katalogu je 25 pritličnih modelov od 8 x 5 m do približno 20 x 7 m po zunanjih merah, z eno do štirimi spalnicami. Razporeditev, okna in vrata lahko prilagodimo, hiško pa izdelamo tudi po vašem načrtu.

## Ali hiško tudi postavite?

Standardna dobava je komplet od proizvajalca. Montaža in njena organizacija se dogovorita za vsak projekt posebej. Temelji ali podlaga, prevoz do mesta postavitve, inštalacije in priključki niso del standardnega kompleta.

## Kako pripraviti povpraševanje

Navedite, kje bo hiška stala (kamp ali lastna parcela, občina), želeni model ali zunanje mere, število spalnic in razporeditev, stenski profil, če ste ga že izbrali, število hišk in morebitne skice. Napišite tudi, ali nam pišete kot kamp, trgovec ali zasebna oseba.

Ocenili bomo projekt in odgovorili, kako lahko kupite hiško, ko pa so podatki zadostni, vam pošljemo pisno ponudbo z načrti.

Pošljite povpraševanje

Mobilne hiške iz lepljenega lesa neposredno od proizvajalca Pošljite povpraševanje


---

# Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer: byggsats och regler
URL: https://eurodita.com/sv-market/attefallshus-byggsats/

## Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer: byggsats och regler

Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer, byggsats från tillverkaren

Funderar du på ett attefallshus eller en friggebod i timmer? Eurodita har tillverkat träbyggnader sedan 1994 i den egna fabriken i Litauen och levererar timmerstugor som byggsats direkt från tillverkaren. Här hittar du reglerna som gäller sedan den 1 december 2025 och de modeller i vår katalog som ryms inom dem.

Skicka en förfrågan Eurodita i Sverige

Vi publicerar ingen prislista. Varje byggnad får en skriftlig offert utifrån yttermått, vald vägg och överenskommen leverans.

## Kort sammanfattat

Nya regler: sedan den 1 december 2025 heter det komplementbyggnad och komplementbostadshus i plan- och bygglagen. Inom detaljplan krävs inget bygglov upp till 30,0 m² byggnadsarea och 4,0 meter nockhöjd, utanför detaljplan upp till 50,0 m² och 4,5 meter.

Anmälan: själva nybyggnaden kräver inte längre anmälan, men en eldstad, rökkanal, ventilation eller vatten och avlopp i byggnaden gör det.

Tillverkare: timmerbyggnader från Eurodita-fabriken i Litauen, tillverkning sedan 1994.

Modeller: timmerstugor från 12 m², hus med ett eller två sovrum och Twin Skin-stugor, med nockhöjder under 4,0 meter enligt katalogen.

Väggar: massivt timmer 19-70 mm, Twin Skin 44-50-44 till 58-100-58 mm och limträ 70×130-220×260 mm. En modell i massivt timmer kan tillverkas i vilken som helst av profilerna 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm, en modell i limträ i vilken limträprofil som helst. Profilen 19 mm används bara på de modeller som står med den i katalogen.

Offert: skriftlig, i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabriken, exklusive moms och transport; leveransen kan offereras separat.

## Attefallsregler 2026: det som gäller sedan den 1 december 2025

Friggebod och attefallshus är vardagliga namn. I plan- och bygglagen heter det sedan ändringen genom lag 2025:974 komplementbyggnad (utan egen bostad) och komplementbostadshus (en fristående byggnad med en självständig bostad som kompletterar ett en- eller tvåbostadshus). Den tidigare gränsen på 15 m² för friggebodar finns inte längre som egen regel.

Inom detaljplan krävs inget bygglov för en ny komplementbyggnad eller ett nytt komplementbostadshus om byggnaden får högst 30,0 m² byggnadsarea, är mindre än huvudbyggnaden, får högst 4,0 meter nockhöjd, placeras inom tomten och alla sådana byggnader på tomten tillsammans får högst 45,0 m² byggnadsarea (9 kap. 4 §). Utanför detaljplan är gränserna 50,0 m², 4,5 meter och sammanlagt 65,0 m² (9 kap. 5 §). I den sammanlagda arean räknas även komplementbyggnader in som har byggts utan bygglov enligt äldre regler, till exempel tidigare friggebodar och attefallshus.

Enligt plan- och byggförordningen (6 kap. 1 §) kräver själva nybyggnaden inte längre någon anmälan. En anmälan krävs däremot för installation eller väsentlig ändring av en eldstad, rökkanal eller anordning för ventilation och av en anläggning för vattenförsörjning eller avlopp i byggnaden. Bygglov krävs ändå närmare tomtgränsen än 4,5 meter, om inte berörda grannar skriftligen har medgett åtgärden och den inte strider mot detaljplan eller områdesbestämmelser, och närmare än 30,0 meter från ett järnvägsspårs mitt (9 kap. 34 och 35 §§), i vissa områden för totalförsvaret (36 §) och för särskilt värdefulla byggnader och områden (37 §).

Stäm av med byggnadsnämnden i din kommun hur byggnadsarean och nockhöjden beräknas för din byggnad, till exempel hur takutsprång och grundens höjd påverkar beräkningen. Eurodita ger ingen juridisk rådgivning och garanterar inte för någon modell att den kan byggas utan bygglov. Vi lämnar ritningar och tekniska uppgifter för byggsatsen.

## Attefallshus 30 kvm: modeller och planlösningar

Inom detaljplan är 30,0 m² byggnadsarea och 4,0 meter nockhöjd gränsen för ett attefallshus utan bygglov. Tabellen visar ett urval ur vår katalog med yttermått, yta enligt yttermåtten och nockhöjd enligt katalogen:

| Modell | Yttermått | Yta | Nockhöjd | Vägg i katalogen

| Brookhaven | 4 x 3 m | 12 m² | 2,34 m | 44 mm

| James | 4 x 4,8 m | 19,2 m² | 2,47 m | 44 mm

| Apex Twin Skin | 5 x 4 m | 20 m² | 2,47 m | Twin Skin

| Archie | 4,4 x 5,4 m | 23,8 m² | 2,47 m | 58 mm

| Ett sovrum 6x4 | 6 x 4 m | 24 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Betty | 5,85 x 4,1 m | 24 m² | 3,51 m | 58 mm

| Ett sovrum 5x5,8 | 5 x 5,8 m | 29 m² | 3,25 m | 44 mm

| Twin Skin, ett sovrum 6x5 | 6 x 5 m | 30 m² | 2,47 m | Twin Skin

Alla mått är yttermått enligt katalogen i september 2026. Byggnadsarean kan bli större än ytan enligt yttermåtten när takutsprång räknas in, så en modell på exakt 30 m² kan behöva minskas något. Katalogens nockhöjd gäller byggsatsen utan grund; hur taknockshöjden mäts för din byggnad stämmer du av med byggnadsnämnden. Modellsidorna är tills vidare på engelska.

Så här ser planlösningen ut i fyra av modellerna. Bilderna visar katalogens planlösning uppifrån; rumsindelning, fönster och dörrar kan ändras i offerten.

Ett sovrum 6x4: 6 x 4 m, 24 m², vägg 44 mm.

Ett sovrum 5x5,8: 5 x 5,8 m, 29 m², vägg 44 mm.

Ett sovrum 6x5: 6 x 5 m, 30 m², vägg 44 mm.

Ett sovrum och loft 5,85x4,1: yttermått 5,85 x 4,1 m + 2 m enligt katalogen, vägg 58 mm.

## Attefallshus 50 kvm: utanför detaljplan

Utanför detaljplan får en komplementbyggnad eller ett komplementbostadshus vara upp till 50,0 m² med högst 4,5 meter nockhöjd, och alla sådana byggnader på tomten får tillsammans vara högst 65,0 m² (9 kap. 5 §). Inom detaljplan kräver ett hus över 30,0 m² bygglov. Exempel ur katalogen:

| Modell | Yttermått | Yta | Nockhöjd | Vägg i katalogen

| Twin Skin, ett sovrum 6x5,5 | 6 x 5,5 m | 33 m² | 2,47 m | Twin Skin

| Två sovrum 6x5,8 | 6 x 5,8 m | 34,8 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Ett sovrum 5x7 | 5 x 7 m | 35 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Två sovrum 7x5,5 | 7 x 5,5 m | 38,5 m² | 3,12 m | 44 mm

| Folio | 8 x 5 m | 40 m² | 3,44 m | 58 mm

| Gladehaven | 6 x 7,2 m | 43,2 m² | 2,86 m | 58 mm

Planlösningar för fyra hus mellan 35 och 40 m²:

Ett sovrum 5x7: 5 x 7 m, 35 m², vägg 44 mm.

Två sovrum 6x5,8: 6 x 5,8 m, 34,8 m², vägg 44 mm.

Två sovrum 7x5,5: 7 x 5,5 m, 38,5 m², vägg 44 mm.

Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m: 8 x 5 m, 40 m², limträ.

## Attefallshus med loft

Ett loft ger extra sov- eller förvaringsutrymme utan att byggnadens yta på marken ökar. För ett loft är taknockshöjden ofta den avgörande gränsen: högst 4,0 meter inom detaljplan och 4,5 meter utanför. Övriga villkor för att bygga utan bygglov, till exempel byggnadsarea och placering, gäller också. I katalogen finns modellen med ett sovrum och loft, 5,85 x 4,1 m , med 58 mm vägg och 3,51 meter nockhöjd enligt katalogen. Ett loft kan också ritas in i ett projekt på eget mått; höjder och planlösning bekräftas i offerten och ritningarna. Stäm av med byggnadsnämnden hur nockhöjden och byggnadsarean beräknas för din byggnad.

Fler modeller finns i översikterna över hus med ett sovrum, Twin Skin-stugor och trädgårdsstugor, på engelska.

## Väggar: massivt timmer, Twin Skin eller limträ

Väggen väljs efter hur byggnaden ska användas och efter projektet som helhet. Eurodita tillverkar tre väggsystem:

- Massivt timmer: väggtimmer i 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm, i ett skikt.

- Twin Skin (dubbelvägg): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 och 58-100-58 mm, det vill säga ytterskal, hålrum och innerskal i samma tjocklek. Hålrummet är förberett för isolering som köps lokalt. Hålrummets bredd är ingen isoleringsspecifikation.

- Limträ: profilerna 70×130, 88×260, 135×260, 180×260 och 220×260 mm. Limträet tillverkas i Eurodita-fabriken: limmas, profileras och bearbetas.

En modell i massivt timmer kan tillverkas i vilken som helst av profilerna 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm, en modell i limträ i vilken limträprofil som helst; tillgängligheten bekräftas i offerten. Vi anger inte den färdiga byggnadens termiska prestanda: väggtjockleken ensam avgör inte byggnadens energiprestanda.

## Vad ingår i byggsatsen och vad ingår inte

Byggsatsen omfattar byggnadens trästomme, tillverkad enligt ritningarna för din order:

- väggar i massivt timmer, Twin Skin eller limträ

- trästomme för golv och tak, förberedd för isolering där det behövs

- träfönster och trädörrar från egen tillverkning, enligt ordern

- kabelkanaler fräsade i fabriken, om ordern anger dem

- ritningar och dokument för ordern

I standardbyggsatsen ingår inte:

- isoleringsmaterial

- taktäckning, om den inte beställs

- grund

- anslutningar och installationer för el, vatten, avlopp och gas

- montering

Monteringen och hur den ordnas kommer vi överens om för varje projekt. Grund, anslutningar och installationer planeras med företag i ditt område. Priset beror på yttermått, vägg, fönster och dörrar och överenskommen leverans, därför finns ingen prislista utan en skriftlig offert för just din byggnad.

## På eget mått: från skiss till byggsats

Om ingen katalogmodell passar din tomt kan vi utgå från en skiss eller en arkitektritning. Pris, 2D-ritningar, 3D-visualisering och offert tas fram tillsammans i Euroditas eget kalkyl- och konstruktionssystem, och när underlaget räcker kommer offerten därför oftast snabbt. Mått och planlösning kan anpassas efter de gränser som gäller för din tomt; vad som gäller för ditt projekt stämmer du av med byggnadsnämnden. Där en konstruktionsberäkning behövs görs den av externa specialister.

Exemplet nedan är ett projekt på eget mått, 7,84 x 4,34 m med 70 mm vägg, framtaget i vårt system. Fler ritningar från samma projekt finns på sidan Bespoke log cabins, på engelska.

3D-bild framtagen ur modellen.

Planritning med yttermått, innermått och öppningar.

## Så köper du

Eurodita arbetar främst med återförsäljare, byggföretag, byggherrar och arkitekter. Större bostadshus kan offereras direkt till privatpersoner efter en bedömning av projektet. För attefallshus, friggebodar och andra mindre byggnader bekräftas leveransvägen projekt för projekt.

Om bastustugor skriver vi på sidan Bastustuga i timmer direkt från tillverkaren.

Är du återförsäljare hittar du mer på sidan Eurodita i Sverige.

## Vanliga frågor

## Hur stort får ett attefallshus vara 2026?

Sedan den 1 december 2025 krävs inget bygglov inom detaljplan för ett komplementbostadshus på högst 30,0 m² byggnadsarea med högst 4,0 meter nockhöjd, om det är mindre än huvudbyggnaden och alla komplementbyggnader på tomten tillsammans är högst 45,0 m² (plan- och bygglagen 9 kap. 4 §). Utanför detaljplan är gränserna 50,0 m², 4,5 meter och sammanlagt 65,0 m² (9 kap. 5 §).

## Får man bygga ett attefallshus på 50 kvm?

Utanför detaljplan ja: där krävs inget bygglov för ett komplementbostadshus på högst 50,0 m² byggnadsarea med högst 4,5 meter nockhöjd, om det är mindre än huvudbyggnaden och alla komplementbyggnader på tomten tillsammans är högst 65,0 m² (plan- och bygglagen 9 kap. 5 §). Inom detaljplan är gränsen 30,0 m²; ett större hus kräver bygglov.

## Får jag bygga ett attefallshus på 40 kvm utan bygglov?

Inom detaljplan nej: där är gränsen 30,0 m² byggnadsarea. Utanför detaljplan ja, upp till 50,0 m² med högst 4,5 meter nockhöjd och de övriga villkoren i plan- och bygglagen 9 kap. 5 §. Fråga byggnadsnämnden om din tomt omfattas av detaljplan.

## Vilka är de nya reglerna för attefallshus 2026?

Reglerna ändrades den 1 december 2025 och gäller 2026. Attefallshus och friggebod heter nu komplementbostadshus och komplementbyggnad. Gränsen är 30,0 m² byggnadsarea och 4,0 meter nockhöjd inom detaljplan, 50,0 m² och 4,5 meter utanför. Själva nybyggnaden kräver inte längre någon anmälan, men eldstad, rökkanal, ventilation samt vatten och avlopp gör det.

## Behöver man göra en anmälan för ett attefallshus?

För själva nybyggnaden krävs inte längre någon anmälan enligt plan- och byggförordningen 6 kap. 1 §. En anmälan krävs däremot för installation eller väsentlig ändring av eldstad, rökkanal, ventilation samt vatten och avlopp i byggnaden. Fråga byggnadsnämnden i din kommun vad som gäller för din tomt innan du beställer.

## Hur nära tomtgränsen får man bygga en friggebod eller ett attefallshus?

Närmare tomtgränsen än 4,5 meter krävs bygglov, om inte berörda grannar skriftligen har medgett åtgärden och den inte strider mot detaljplan eller områdesbestämmelser. Närmare än 30,0 meter från ett järnvägsspårs mitt krävs också bygglov (plan- och bygglagen 9 kap. 34 och 35 §§).

## Vilka regler gäller för friggebod nu?

Friggebod är ett vardagligt namn. Sedan den 1 december 2025 gäller samma regler för komplementbyggnader som för komplementbostadshus: inom detaljplan högst 30,0 m² byggnadsarea och 4,0 meter nockhöjd, utanför detaljplan 50,0 m² och 4,5 meter, med de sammanlagda gränserna för tomten. Den tidigare särskilda gränsen på 15 m² finns inte längre.

## Vad kostar ett attefallshus som byggsats?

Eurodita publicerar inga priser eller prislistor. Priset beror på yttermått, vägg, fönster och dörrar och överenskommen leverans. Varje byggnad får en skriftlig offert i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabriken, exklusive moms och transport; leveransen kan offereras separat. Priset räknas fram i vårt eget kalkylsystem tillsammans med ritningar och 3D-visualisering, därför kommer offerten oftast snabbt. Till den totala budgeten kommer grund, isolering, montering, anslutningar och installationer.

## Får man bo permanent i ett attefallshus?

Ett komplementbostadshus är enligt plan- och bygglagen en fristående byggnad med en självständig bostad. Om byggnaden fungerar året runt beror på hela projektet: vägg, isolering, grund, installationer och montering. Byggsatsen levereras med trästommen förberedd för isolering där det behövs; isoleringen köps lokalt. Även utan bygglov ska byggnaden ha de tekniska egenskaper som plan- och bygglagen kräver (8 kap. 4 §), bland annat säkerhet vid brand, energihushållning och värmeisolering.

## Kan man ha loft i ett attefallshus?

Ja, ett loft kan ingå. För att bygga utan bygglov gäller samtliga villkor, bland annat byggnadsarea och taknockshöjd: högst 4,0 meter inom detaljplan och 4,5 meter utanför. I vår katalog finns en modell med ett sovrum och loft, 5,85 x 4,1 m, med 3,51 meter nockhöjd enligt katalogen, och ett loft kan ritas in i projekt på eget mått. Höjder och planlösning bekräftas i offerten.

## Levererar ni nyckelfärdiga attefallshus?

Standardleveransen är en byggsats från tillverkaren: trästomme samt fönster och dörrar enligt ordern. Monteringen och hur den ordnas kommer vi överens om för varje projekt. Grund, isolering, installationer och anslutningar planeras med företag i ditt område.

## Så förbereder du din förfrågan

Berätta i vilken kommun tomten ligger och om den omfattas av detaljplan, hur byggnaden ska användas (gäststuga, bostad eller förråd), vilken modell eller vilka yttermått du tänker dig, avståndet till tomtgränsen, väggen om du redan har valt den och eventuella skisser. Skriv också om du kontaktar oss som privatperson, yrkesperson eller återförsäljare.

Vi går igenom projektet och svarar med lämplig leveransväg och, när uppgifterna räcker, en skriftlig offert med ritningar.

Skicka en förfrågan

Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer, byggsats från tillverkaren Skicka en förfrågan


---

# Bastustuga i timmer direkt från tillverkaren
URL: https://eurodita.com/sv-market/bastustuga/

## Bastustuga i timmer direkt från tillverkaren

Bastustugans timmerbyggnad från tillverkaren

Planerar du en bastustuga i timmer på tomten? Eurodita har tillverkat träbyggnader sedan 1994 i den egna fabriken i Litauen och levererar timmerbyggnader som byggsats direkt från tillverkaren, även med ett avskilt rum som du kan planera som bastu. Vi levererar själva byggnaden: trästommen samt byggnadens ytterfönster och ytterdörrar. Bastuaggregat, lavar, bastudörr och bastuinredning ingår inte i Euroditas leverans utan väljs och installeras tillsammans med lokala yrkespersoner.

Skicka förfrågan Eurodita i Sverige

Vi publicerar ingen prislista. Varje byggnad får en skriftlig offert utifrån yttermått, vald väggprofil och överenskommen leverans.

## Kort sammanfattat

Det här levererar vi: bastustugans timmerbyggnad som byggsats: väggar, trästomme för golv och tak samt byggnadens ytterfönster och ytterdörrar enligt orderns ritningar.

Det här levererar vi inte: bastuaggregat, lavar, bastudörr eller bastuinredning, ångspärr, isolering, elinstallationer eller skorsten.

Utan bygglov: Boverket nämner bastu som exempel på komplementbyggnad; uppfyller byggnaden lagens villkor krävs inom detaljplan inget bygglov upp till 30,0 m² byggnadsarea och 4,0 meter nockhöjd, utanför detaljplan upp till 50,0 m² och 4,5 meter (9 kap. 4 och 5 §§ plan- och bygglagen).

Anmälan: själva byggnaden kräver ingen anmälan, men installation eller väsentlig ändring av eldstad, rökkanal eller ventilationsanordning gör det och får inte påbörjas före startbesked.

Katalogmodell: Log Cabin With Sauna Room, yttermått 5,7 x 3,7 m, väggprofil 44 x 130 mm, med ett avskilt rum ritat som bastu.

Tillverkare: Eurodita har tillverkat träbyggnader i den egna fabriken i Litauen sedan 1994.

Offert: skriftlig, i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabriken, exklusive moms och transport; leveransen kan offereras separat.

## Får jag bygga en bastu utan bygglov?

Sedan den 1 december 2025 finns friggebod och attefallshus inte längre som egna kategorier; i stället gäller samma regler för alla komplementbyggnader, och Boverket nämner bastu som exempel. Enligt 9 kap. 4 § plan- och bygglagen krävs inget bygglov för en komplementbyggnad inom detaljplan som får en byggnadsarea på högst 30,0 kvadratmeter, är mindre än byggnaden den kompletterar, får en taknockshöjd på högst 4,0 meter, placeras inom tomten och tillsammans med övriga lovfria komplementbyggnader på tomten har en sammanlagd byggnadsarea på högst 45,0 kvadratmeter. Utanför detaljplan gäller enligt 9 kap. 5 § högst 50,0 kvadratmeter, 4,5 meter och sammanlagt 65,0 kvadratmeter. Tidigare friggebodar och attefallshus på tomten räknas in i den sammanlagda arean.

Närmare tomtgränsen än 4,5 meter kan bygglov krävas (9 kap. 34 §). Berörda grannars skriftliga medgivande tar bort lovkravet bara under villkoren i 9 kap. 35 §, bland annat att åtgärden inte strider mot detaljplan eller områdesbestämmelser. Enligt plan- och byggförordningen (6 kap. 1 §) kräver installation eller väsentlig ändring av eldstad, rökkanal eller ventilationsanordning en anmälan, och arbetet får inte påbörjas innan byggnadsnämnden har gett startbesked. Bastuaggregat, skorsten och installation utförs enligt tillverkarens anvisningar och av lokala yrkespersoner. Strandskydd och särskilda bestämmelser i detaljplanen kan dessutom gälla.

Kontrollera vad som gäller för din tomt hos kommunens byggnadsnämnd innan du beställer. Eurodita ger ingen juridisk rådgivning och garanterar inte för någon modell att den kan byggas utan bygglov. Vi levererar byggsatsens ritningar och tekniska data; vilka handlingar ditt projekt behöver avgör kommunen och din projektör. Om attefallshus och gäststugor skriver vi på sidan Attefallshus och friggebod i timmer.

## Bastustuga ur katalogen

I katalogen finns en timmerbyggnad med ett avskilt rum som ritats som bastu. Uppgifterna följer produktbladet:

| Modell | Yttermått | Yta enligt yttermått | Takfotshöjd | Nockhöjd | Vägg

| Log Cabin With Sauna Room | 5,7 x 3,7 m | 21,1 m² | 2,21 m | 2,57 m | 44 x 130 mm

Måtten är yttermått och motsvarar katalogen i september 2026; ytan 21,1 m² enligt yttermåtten följer produktbladet, och byggnadsarean enligt plan- och bygglagen bestäms i ditt projekt. Eurodita levererar byggnaden och bedömer eller garanterar inte rummets lämplighet för bastubad. En modell i massivt timmer kan tillverkas i vilken som helst av profilerna 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm, en modell i limträ i vilken limträprofil som helst, bekräftat i offerten. Ett bastutrum i andra timmerstugor i katalogen, till exempel från 12 m² i yttermått, eller i ett eget projekt bedömer vi för varje projekt, och rumsindelningen bekräftas i offerten och ritningarna; fler modeller finns bland våra trädgårdsstugor. Modellsidorna är tills vidare på engelska.

## Väggar: massivt timmer, Twin Skin eller limträ

Väggen väljs efter hur byggnaden ska användas och projektet i sin helhet. Eurodita tillverkar tre väggsystem:

- Massivt timmer: väggstockar i tjocklekarna 19, 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm i ett skikt.

- Twin Skin (dubbelvägg): 44-50-44, 44-100-44, 58-50-58 och 58-100-58 mm, det vill säga ytterskikt, mellanrum och innerskikt med samma tjocklek. Mellanrummet är avsett för isolering som köps på plats. Mellanrummets bredd är ingen isoleringsspecifikation.

- Limträ: profiler 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 och 220 x 260 mm. Limträet tillverkar vi i den egna fabriken: vi limmar, profilerar och bearbetar det själva.

En modell i massivt timmer kan tillverkas i vilken som helst av profilerna 28, 34, 44, 58 och 70 mm, en modell i limträ i vilken limträprofil som helst; tillgängligheten bekräftas i offerten. Vi anger inte den färdiga byggnadens termiska egenskaper och bedömer inte bastuns funktion; Eurodita levererar endast timmerbyggnaden. Aggregat, isolering, ångspärr och ventilation väljer du tillsammans med lokala yrkespersoner.

## Vad byggsatsen innehåller och inte innehåller

Byggsatsen innehåller byggnadens trästomme, tillverkad enligt ritningarna för din order:

- väggar i massivt timmer, Twin Skin eller limträ, med rumsindelning enligt ritningarna

- trästomme för golv och tak, vid behov förberedd för isolering

- byggnadens ytterfönster och ytterdörrar i trä från egen tillverkning enligt ordern

- kabelkanaler frästa i fabriken, om ordern omfattar dem

- orderns ritningar och handlingar

Standardbyggsatsen innehåller inte:

- bastuaggregat, lavar, bastudörr eller bastuinredning

- ångspärr och isolering

- skorsten och rökkanal

- installationer för el, vatten och avlopp samt anslutningar

- taktäckning, om den inte beställs

- grund

- montering

Monteringen och hur den ordnas kommer vi överens om för varje projekt. Bastuinredning, aggregat, skorsten, installationer och grund planeras med företag och yrkespersoner i ditt område. Priset beror på yttermått, vägg, fönster och dörrar samt överenskommen leverans, och därför får din byggnad en skriftlig offert i stället för en prislista.

## Efter egna mått: från skiss till byggsats

Om ingen modell i katalogen passar kan vi utgå från din skiss eller arkitektens ritningar, till exempel med bastutrum, omklädningsrum och altan. Vi räknar fram priset i Euroditas eget kalkyl- och projekteringssystem och tar fram offerten där, och med offerten får du 2D-ritningar och en 3D-visualisering. När underlaget räcker kommer offerten därför i regel snabbt. Behövs konstruktionsberäkningar görs de av externa specialister.

## Så köper du

Eurodita arbetar främst med återförsäljare, byggföretag, byggherrar och arkitekter. För bastustugor och andra mindre byggnader kommer vi för varje projekt överens om huruvida du köper direkt eller genom en handelspartner.

Är du återförsäljare hittar du mer information på sidan Eurodita i Sverige.

## Vanliga frågor

## Får jag bygga en bastu utan bygglov?

Boverket nämner bastu som exempel på komplementbyggnad. Inom detaljplan krävs inget bygglov om byggnaden får en byggnadsarea på högst 30,0 kvadratmeter, är mindre än bostadshuset, får en nockhöjd på högst 4,0 meter, placeras inom tomten och alla lovfria komplementbyggnader på tomten tillsammans är högst 45,0 kvadratmeter (9 kap. 4 § plan- och bygglagen). Utanför detaljplan gäller 50,0 kvadratmeter, 4,5 meter och sammanlagt 65,0 kvadratmeter. Närmare tomtgränsen än 4,5 meter kan bygglov krävas; grannarnas skriftliga medgivande tar bort lovkravet bara under villkoren i 9 kap. 35 §.

## Behöver jag göra en anmälan för en bastustuga?

Själva den lovfria byggnaden kräver ingen anmälan. Installation eller väsentlig ändring av eldstad, rökkanal eller ventilationsanordning kräver däremot en anmälan enligt plan- och byggförordningen, och arbetet får inte påbörjas innan byggnadsnämnden har gett startbesked. Kontrollera med din kommun.

## Levererar ni bastun med aggregat och lavar?

Nej. Eurodita levererar endast timmerbyggnaden: väggar, trästomme för golv och tak samt byggnadens ytterfönster och ytterdörrar. Bastuaggregat, lavar, bastudörr och övrig inredning samt ångspärr, isolering, skorsten och installationer ingår inte i leveransen; de väljs och installeras tillsammans med lokala yrkespersoner.

## Vad kostar det att bygga en bastustuga?

Eurodita publicerar inga priser eller prislistor. Byggnadens pris beror på yttermått, vägg, fönster och dörrar samt överenskommen leverans. Varje byggnad får en skriftlig offert i EUR, EXW Eurodita-fabriken, exklusive moms och transport. Priset räknas fram i vårt eget system, som också tar fram ritningar och 3D-visualisering, och därför kommer offerten i regel snabbt. Bastuinredning, aggregat, skorsten, installationer, grund och montering planeras separat.

## Hur stor kan bastustugan vara?

Vår katalogmodell med ett avskilt rum ritat som bastu har yttermåtten 5,7 x 3,7 m. Ett bastutrum i andra timmerstugor i katalogen eller i ett eget projekt efter din skiss bedömer vi för varje projekt. För lovfrihet gäller gränserna för byggnadsarea och nockhöjd i plan- och bygglagen.

## Monterar ni bastustugan?

Standardleveransen är en byggsats från tillverkaren. Monteringen av byggnaden och hur den ordnas kommer vi överens om för varje projekt. Bastuinredning, aggregat, skorsten och installationer ingår inte i leveransen och utförs av lokala yrkespersoner.

## Så förbereder du din förfrågan

Ange kommun och om tomten ligger inom detaljplan, vald modell eller önskade yttermått, planerad rumsindelning (bastutrum, omklädningsrum, vilorum), planerat avstånd till tomtgränsen, vägg om du redan valt den och eventuella skisser. Skriv också om du kontaktar oss som privatperson, yrkesperson eller återförsäljare.

Vi bedömer projektet och svarar på hur du kan köpa byggnaden, och om uppgifterna räcker skickar vi en skriftlig offert med ritningar.

Skicka förfrågan

Bastustugans timmerbyggnad från tillverkaren Skicka förfrågan


---

# Модульні будинки з клеєного бруса
URL: https://eurodita.com/ua-market/modulni-budynky/

## Модульні будинки з клеєного бруса

Модульні будинки з клеєного бруса від виробника

Шукаєте модульний будинок, у якому можна жити цілий рік, а не лише влітку? Eurodita виготовляє дерев'яні будинки в Литві з 1994 року. Наші одноповерхові будинки серії Mobile Log Home мають стіни з клеєного бруса, який ми самі склеюємо, профілюємо та обробляємо на заводі Eurodita.

Надіслати запит Співпраця для дилерів

Будинок можна обрати з каталогу або спроєктувати за Вашим ескізом чи проєктом архітектора. Ціну, креслення та 3D-візуалізацію ми готуємо у власній системі розрахунку та проєктування, тому, коли даних достатньо, письмову пропозицію Ви зазвичай отримуєте швидко.

Прайс-листа ми не публікуємо. Кожен будинок прораховуємо письмово, з урахуванням зовнішніх розмірів, профілю стіни та погодженого обсягу постачання.

## Коротко

Виробник: дерев'яні будинки із заводу Eurodita в Литві, виробництво з 1994 року.

Клеєний брус: склеюємо, профілюємо та обробляємо на власному заводі, з ялини та сосни північної Європи.

Стіни: профілі клеєного бруса 70 x 130, 88 x 260, 135 x 260, 180 x 260 і 220 x 260 мм.

Моделі: одноповерхові будинки від однієї до чотирьох спалень, від 40 до 140 м² за зовнішніми розмірами.

Модуль або домокомплект: стандартно постачаємо домокомплект; заводське складання в транспортабельний модуль можливе для окремих проєктів і підтверджується для кожного проєкту.

За Вашим проєктом: ціна, 2D-креслення, 3D-візуалізація та пропозиція створюються разом у власній системі Eurodita, тому, коли даних достатньо, пропозиція зазвичай готова швидко.

Пропозиція: письмова, в EUR, EXW завод Eurodita, без ПДВ і перевезення; перевезення в Україну можна прорахувати окремо.

## Модульний будинок: що це означає і що постачає Eurodita

Під модульним будинком зазвичай розуміють будинок, який виготовляють на заводі частинами (модулями) і привозять на ділянку вантажівкою. На ринку так називають дуже різні будівлі: каркасні, панельні, контейнерні та дерев'яні з бруса. Тому перш ніж порівнювати ціни, варто з'ясувати, з чого зроблено стіни та що саме входить у постачання.

Будинки Eurodita мають стіни з масивного клеєного бруса, а не з каркаса, обшитого плитами. Стандартно ми постачаємо будинок як домокомплект: стіни, конструкції підлоги й даху, вікна та двері виготовлені на заводі за кресленнями Вашого замовлення і складаються на ділянці. Для окремих проєктів будинок можна зібрати на заводі у транспортабельний модуль. Чи можливо це для Вашого будинку, залежить від розмірів, перевезення та ділянки, і ми підтверджуємо це в пропозиції для кожного проєкту.

## Будинки з клеєного бруса серії Mobile Log Home

Клеєний брус складається з кількох ламелей деревини, склеєних між собою. Так отримують перерізи, яких не дає одна колода, а шарувата будова в дерев'яному будівництві загалом вважається стабільною за формою. На заводі Eurodita ми склеюємо ламелі, профілюємо стіновий брус і обробляємо його за кресленнями Вашого будинку.

Для кожної моделі серії доступні п'ять профілів стіни з клеєного бруса. Кутове з'єднання «ластівчин хвіст» (Dovetail) можливе на профілях від 88 до 220 мм:

| Профіль стіни | Кут «ластівчин хвіст» (Dovetail)

| 70 x 130 мм | недоступний

| 88 x 260 мм | доступний

| 135 x 260 мм | доступний

| 180 x 260 мм | доступний

| 220 x 260 мм | доступний

Сама товщина профілю не визначає теплоізоляційних, конструктивних чи протипожежних характеристик будинку. Профіль стіни для Вашого будинку обирають разом із проєктувальником, враховуючи будівлю в цілому.

## Модульний будинок для постійного проживання

Для життя цілий рік важливі не лише стіни, а й утеплення, фундамент, інженерні мережі та монтаж. Eurodita постачає дерев'яну конструкцію стін, підлоги й даху, підготовлену під утеплення там, де це потрібно. Самі утеплювачі в стандартне постачання не входять, їх обирають і купують на місці.

Значень теплопередачі готового будинку ми не наводимо: енергетичні характеристики будинку залежать від усієї конструкції та визначаються в проєкті. Електрика, водопостачання, каналізація та газ також не входять у стандартне постачання й плануються з місцевими підрядниками.

## Модульні будинки від 40 до 140 м²: моделі та планування

Каталог серії Mobile Log Home містить одноповерхові будинки від однієї до чотирьох спалень. Моделі є відправною точкою: планування і розміри можна змінити в індивідуальному проєкті. Добірка:

| Модель | Спальні | Зовнішні розміри | Площа за зовнішніми розмірами

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 8x5m | 1 | 8 x 5 м | 40 м²

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x5m | 1 | 10 x 5 м | 50 м²

| Mobile Log Home 1 Bed 10x6m | 1 | 10 x 6 м | 60 м²

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 11x6.8m | 2 | 11 x 6,8 м | 74,8 м²

| Mobile Log Home 2 Bed 15x6m | 2 | 15 x 6 м | 90 м²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x6.0m | 3 | 14 x 6 м | 84 м²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 15x6m | 3 | 15 x 6 м | 90 м²

| Mobile Log Home 3 Bed 14x7m | 3 | 14 x 7 м | 98 м²

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 20x6m | 4 | 20 x 6 м | 120 м²

| Mobile Log Home 4 Bed 18x6.8m | 4 | 18 x 6,8 м | 122,4 м²

Усі розміри зовнішні та відповідають стану каталогу на вересень 2026 року. Для кожної моделі доступні всі п'ять профілів клеєного бруса. Сторінки моделей поки що англійською мовою; повний перелік є в огляді серії Mobile Log Home.

Якщо Ви шукаєте модульний будинок на 50 або близько 100 м², у каталозі це моделі 10 x 5 м (50 м²) і 14 x 7 м (98 м²). Площі розраховано за зовнішніми розмірами; інші розміри прораховуємо в індивідуальному проєкті.

Нижче показано планування чотирьох моделей, вигляд зверху. Це каталожне планування: в індивідуальному проєкті можна змінити планування, розташування вікон і дверей.

Одна спальня, 8 x 5 м: 40 м² за зовнішніми розмірами.

Дві спальні, 15 x 6 м: 90 м² за зовнішніми розмірами.

Три спальні, 15 x 6 м: 90 м² за зовнішніми розмірами.

Чотири спальні, 20 x 6 м: 120 м² за зовнішніми розмірами.

## Будинок за Вашим проєктом: від ескізу до домокомплекту

Будинок не обов'язково має бути з каталогу. Почати можна з ідеї, ескізу від руки або повного проєкту архітектора, а також із каталожної моделі, яку потрібно змінити.

Індивідуальні будинки та будинки з клеєного бруса ми прораховуємо кожен окремо у власній системі розрахунку та проєктування Eurodita. Розрахунок ціни, 2D-креслення, 3D-візуалізація, технічні параметри та пропозиція у PDF створюються разом, в одній системі. Окремі етапи креслення, 3D-рендерингу та розрахунку в таблицях не потрібні, тому, коли даних достатньо, креслення і пропозицію Ви зазвичай отримуєте швидко й від одного контакту. Так відбувається робота над проєктом:

- Запит з ескізом або проєктом: для початку достатньо ескізу від руки; підходить і повний архітектурний проєкт.

- Перевірка виробничих можливостей: перевіряємо, що можна виготовити з клеєного бруса і які профілі потрібні.

- 2D-креслення: плани та фасади Вашого будинку.

- 3D і документація: 3D-візуалізація та технічні дані домокомплекту, створені в тій самій системі разом із розрахунком ціни.

- Письмова пропозиція: в EUR, EXW завод Eurodita, без ПДВ і перевезення.

- Виробництво: після Вашого погодження виготовляємо дерев'яну конструкцію на заводі Eurodita за погодженими кресленнями.

Там, де потрібен розрахунок конструкцій, його виконують зовнішні фахівці. Можливість виготовлення перевіряємо для кожного проєкту окремо. Проєкт, погодження та перевірки залишаються за Вами та Вашим проєктувальником.

Приклад нижче: одноповерхова будівля з клеєного бруса 20 x 5 м зі стінами з профілю 88 мм, підготовлена в нашій системі. Це 3D-візуалізація, план і фасади; ціни не показано. Інші приклади є на сторінці Bespoke log cabins, англійською мовою.

3D-візуалізація, підготовлена з моделі.

Торцевий фасад із нахилом даху та висотами.

План із розмірами, внутрішніми стінами та прорізами.

Поздовжній фасад із розмірами вікон і дверей.

## Модульні будинки під ключ: що входить у домокомплект і що залишається на ділянці

«Під ключ» різні постачальники розуміють по-різному, тому завжди просіть точний перелік робіт і матеріалів, що входять у ціну. Стандартно Eurodita постачає домокомплект від виробника, тобто дерев'яну конструкцію Вашого будинку. Чи і як організувати монтаж та роботи на ділянці, погоджуємо для кожного проєкту.

Домокомплект включає:

- стіни з клеєного бруса, виготовлені за кресленнями Вашого замовлення

- дерев'яну конструкцію підлоги й даху, підготовлену під утеплення там, де це потрібно

- дерев'яні вікна та двері власного виробництва, як зазначено в замовленні

- канали для кабелів, профрезеровані на заводі, якщо їх передбачено замовленням

- креслення та документи Вашого замовлення

До стандартного домокомплекту не входять:

- утеплювачі

- покрівельне покриття, якщо його не замовлено разом із домокомплектом

- фундамент

- підключення до мереж, електрика, водопостачання, каналізація та газ

- монтаж

Монтаж погоджуємо для кожного проєкту. Фундамент, утеплення, інженерні мережі та оздоблення плануються з місцевими підрядниками.

## Модульні будинки: ціна і від чого вона залежить

Eurodita не публікує прайс-листа і не наводить ціни за квадратний метр. Ціна домокомплекту залежить від:

- зовнішніх розмірів будинку

- обраного профілю стіни з клеєного бруса

- замовлених вікон і дверей

- погодженого обсягу постачання

Пропозиція письмова, в EUR, EXW завод Eurodita, без ПДВ і перевезення; перевезення в Україну можна прорахувати окремо. До загального бюджету будинку додаються фундамент, утеплення, монтаж, інженерні мережі, оздоблення, проєктування та погодження. Порівнюючи пропозиції «під ключ» і ціни за квадратний метр, порівнюйте склад робіт і матеріалів, а не лише підсумкову суму.

## Дозволи на будівництво в Україні

Порядок будівництва визначає Закон України «Про регулювання містобудівної діяльності» (у редакції станом на 8 вересня 2026 року). Для присадибних, дачних і садових ділянок стаття 27 передбачає будівельний паспорт забудови. Він стосується індивідуального (садибного) житлового, садового або дачного будинку не вище двох поверхів (без урахування мансардного) площею до 500 м².

За статтею 34 для об'єктів з незначними наслідками (СС1) і для об'єктів, які будують на підставі будівельного паспорта та які не потребують отримання дозволу на виконання будівельних робіт згідно з переліком об'єктів будівництва, затвердженим Кабінетом Міністрів України, замовник подає повідомлення про початок виконання будівельних робіт. Об'єкти з середніми (СС2) і значними (СС3) наслідками потребують дозволу на виконання будівельних робіт. Після завершення будівництва об'єкти СС1 та об'єкти за будівельним паспортом приймають в експлуатацію реєстрацією декларації про готовність (стаття 39).

Клас наслідків визначається для конкретного об'єкта згідно з будівельними нормами. Тому процедуру для Вашої ділянки перевірте з проєктувальником і відповідним органом державного архітектурно-будівельного контролю ще до замовлення. Eurodita не заявляє, що будь-яка модель звільнена від погоджень або автоматично відповідає українським нормам. Для оформлення документів ми надаємо креслення і технічні дані домокомплекту.

## Поширені запитання

## Чим модульний будинок Eurodita відрізняється від каркасного?

Стіни будинків Eurodita зроблені з масивного клеєного бруса, а не з каркаса, обшитого плитами. Клеєний брус ми склеюємо, профілюємо та обробляємо на власному заводі в Литві. Стандартно будинок постачається як домокомплект і складається на ділянці; заводське складання в транспортабельний модуль можливе для окремих проєктів і підтверджується для кожного проєкту.

## Скільки коштує модульний будинок і від чого залежить ціна?

Eurodita не публікує цін і не наводить ціни за квадратний метр. Кожен будинок прораховуємо окремо у власній системі, де розрахунок ціни, 2D-креслення та 3D-візуалізація створюються разом, тому, коли даних достатньо, пропозиція зазвичай готова швидко. Ціна залежить від зовнішніх розмірів, профілю стіни, вікон і дверей та погодженого обсягу постачання. Пропозиція письмова, в EUR, EXW завод Eurodita, без ПДВ і перевезення. До загального бюджету додаються фундамент, утеплення, монтаж, інженерні мережі та погодження.

## Чи постачаєте Ви модульні будинки під ключ?

Стандартно Eurodita постачає домокомплект, виготовлений на заводі за кресленнями замовлення: стіни з клеєного бруса, дерев'яну конструкцію підлоги й даху, замовлені вікна та двері. Монтаж погоджуємо для кожного проєкту. Фундамент, утеплення, інженерні мережі та оздоблення виконуються на місці. Якщо Вам пропонують будинок «під ключ», попросіть точний перелік робіт і матеріалів, що входять у ціну.

## Чи є модульний будинок на 50 або 100 м²?

У каталозі серії Mobile Log Home є модель 10 x 5 м (50 м² за зовнішніми розмірами) і модель 14 x 7 м (98 м²), а загалом серія охоплює будинки від 40 до 140 м². Інші розміри та планування прораховуємо в індивідуальному проєкті.

## Чи можна жити в модульному будинку з клеєного бруса цілий рік?

Серія Mobile Log Home містить будинки від однієї до чотирьох спалень, а стіни можна обрати з профілів клеєного бруса від 70 x 130 до 220 x 260 мм. Чи підходить будинок для постійного проживання, залежить від усієї конструкції: утеплення, фундаменту, інженерних мереж і монтажу. Ці рішення приймаються в проєкті з Вашим проєктувальником. Утеплювачі купуються на місці; значень теплопередачі готового будинку ми не наводимо.

## Чи потрібен дозвіл на модульний будинок в Україні?

Це залежить від ділянки та класу наслідків об'єкта. За Законом України «Про регулювання містобудівної діяльності» для об'єктів СС1 і будинків за будівельним паспортом подається повідомлення про початок виконання будівельних робіт, а для об'єктів СС2 і СС3 потрібен дозвіл. Будівельний паспорт стосується садибних, садових і дачних будинків не вище двох поверхів (без мансардного) площею до 500 м². Процедуру перевірте з проєктувальником і органом державного архітектурно-будівельного контролю до замовлення.

## Чи можна замовити будинок за власним проєктом?

Так. Надішліть ескіз від руки або проєкт архітектора. Ми перевіримо, що можна виготовити з клеєного бруса, і підготуємо у власній системі 2D-креслення, 3D-візуалізацію та письмову пропозицію. Розрахунок конструкцій, де він потрібен, виконують зовнішні фахівці; погодження залишаються за Вами та Вашим проєктувальником.

## Як відбувається доставка в Україну?

Стандартна умова постачання: EXW завод Eurodita у Литві. Перевезення в Україну можна прорахувати окремо для конкретного проєкту; умови постачання, місце призначення та документи підтверджуються письмово. Митне оформлення та розвантаження в Україні залишаються за покупцем або його експедитором. У запиті вкажіть адресу розвантаження, під'їзд для вантажівки та наявну розвантажувальну техніку.

## Які мінуси мають модульні будинки та що врахувати перед замовленням?

Це залежить від типу будинку та обсягу постачання. Для будинку з клеєного бруса від Eurodita варто заздалегідь врахувати таке. Стандартне постачання є домокомплектом, тому фундамент, утеплення, інженерні мережі та оздоблення плануються на місці. Заводське складання в транспортабельний модуль можливе лише для окремих проєктів. Стіновий брус стандартно постачається без захисної обробки, тому захист деревини потрібно передбачити в проєкті. Перевезення, під'їзд для вантажівки та розвантаження слід перевірити до замовлення.

## Як розпочати Ваш проєкт

Надішліть нам ескіз, проєкт архітектора або назву каталожної моделі разом із регіоном, призначенням будинку, зовнішніми розмірами та бажаним профілем стіни. Вкажіть також, чи пишете Ви як приватний замовник, архітектор, забудовник або дилер.

Більші житлові будинки можемо прорахувати безпосередньо і для приватних замовників, після оцінки конкретного проєкту. Спосіб постачання погоджуємо для кожного проєкту окремо. Коли інформації достатньо, Ви отримуєте письмову пропозицію з кресленнями.

Надіслати запит

Модульні будинки з клеєного бруса від виробника Надіслати запит